volume 9, issue 7(3), july 2020 international journal of multidisciplinary educational...

217
Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research Published by Sucharitha Publications Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh – India Email: [email protected] Website: www.ijmer.in

Upload: others

Post on 23-Aug-2021

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:

Volume 9 Issue 7(3) July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary

Educational Research

Published by Sucharitha Publications Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh ndash India Email victorphilosophygmailcom Website wwwijmerin

Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief DrK Victor Babu Associate Professor Institute of Education Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS Prof S Mahendra Dev Vice Chancellor Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research Mumbai ProfYC Simhadri Vice Chancellor Patna University Former Director Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies New Delhi amp Formerly Vice Chancellor of Benaras Hindu University Andhra University Nagarjuna University Patna University Prof (Dr) Sohan Raj Tater Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University Rajasthan ProfRSiva Prasadh IASE Andhra University - Visakhapatnam DrVVenkateswarlu Assistant Professor Dept of Sociology amp Social Work AcharyaNagarjuna University Guntur Prof PDSatya Paul Department of Anthropology Andhra University ndash Visakhapatnam Prof Josef HOumlCHTL Department of Political Economy University of Vienna Vienna amp Ex Member of the Austrian Parliament Austria Prof Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Russian Philosophical Society Moscow Russia Prof Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Founder and President Escuela Virtual de AsesoriacuteaFilosoacutefica Lima Peru

Prof Igor Kondrashin The Member of The Russian Philosophical Society The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of The UNESCO Moscow Russia Dr Zoran Vujisiaelig Rector St Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute Universidad Rural de Guatemala GT USA ProfUShameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Dr NVSSuryanarayana Dept of Education AU Campus Vizianagaram Dr Kameswara Sharma YVR Asst Professor Dept of Zoology SriVenkateswara College Delhi University Delhi I Ketut Donder Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Indonesia Prof Roger Wiemers Professor of Education Lipscomb University Nashville USA DrKattagani Ravinder Lecturer in Political Science Govt Degree College MuluguTelangana DrBSNMurthy Department of Mechanical Engineering GITAM UniversityVisakhapatnam

Dr Mustapha Inul Manuha Institute of Indigenous Medicine University of Colombo SL

DrSV Lakshmana Rao Coordinator AP State Resource Center Visakhapatnam DrSKannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar Chidambaram

Dr B Venkataswamy HODamp Associate Professor Dept of Telugu PAS College Pedanandipadu Guntur India DrE Ashok Kumar Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University Shillong

DrKChaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology Peoplersquos Republic of China

DrSandeep Narula Dept of Management Sciences IIHMR University Jaipur Dr BipashaSinha S S Jalan Girlsrsquo College University of CalcuttaCalcutta Prof N Kanakaratnam Dept of History Archaeology amp Culture Dravidian University Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr K John Babu Department of Journalism amp Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir Kashmir DrTVRamana Department of Economics Andhra University Campus Kakinada DrBarada Prasad Bhol Registrar ISBM University Chhatisgarh India

DrTon Quang Cuong Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education VNU Hanoi

Prof Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of PunePune

Prof Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad Serbia ProfShobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College Bijapur ProfJoseph R Jayakar Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad Prof Francesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences University ofSapienza Rome Prof Mehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics Iraq Prof RonatoSabalzaBallado Department of Mathematics University of Eastern PhilippinesPhilippines Satheesha H Mettu University Mettu Ethiopia DrJBChakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati DrNi Luh Putu Agustini Karta Department of Tourism TriatmaMulya Institute of Economy Bali Indonesia

copy Editor-in-Chief IJMERreg

Typeset and Printed in India wwwijmerin

IJMER Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought

C O N T E N T S

Volume 9 Issue 7(3) July 2020

SNo Page 1 New Interpretations of Buddhist Art Special Reference to

Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Ravi Kumar Kodali

1

2 Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace Ouseppachan P A

13

3 A Study on the Role of Tourism Advertising and Exploring their Possibilities in Indian Context with Special Reference to North East Prabhat Kumar

18

4 Intrepriting Bharat Leela An Amazing Folk Dance of South Odisha

Bhagaban Sahu

25

5 Adolescents Addiction to Smart Phone and Its Remedies Cyma Anjum and Bina Kumari

31

6 The Effectiveness of Antipsychotics in Schizophrenia D Udayakumar and V Raja Babu

35

7 Insolvency Framework for Financial Service Providers (FSPs) Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal

41

8 Covid-19 and Unpriviledge Class An Analysis Hajra Masood

45

9 Suicide Cases and Causes Reported in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

Faridullah Rahiq Li Xiguang Muhammad Rehman Azizaqa Zahed Khalil Ahmad Pashtoonyar

Bashir Ahmad Taseer Ahmad Shah Wazir and Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil

52

10 COVID-19 Economy in Jeopardize Gurpreet Kaur

87

11 Problems in Ship Breaking Industry of India A Case of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Hrudanand Misra

95

12 COVID-19 Pandemic and Challenges to Emergency Remote Learning in India an Exploratory Analysis

Janetius ST Nayan KS and Mini TC

106

13 Impact of COVID-19 on the Student Development Virendra Singh

116

14 Review on Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Related to Deployment Models and Cloud Service Models

T Srajan kumar K Bharath Reddy and E Lingamurthy

120

15 A Study of Scholastic Achievement of Gifted Secondary School Students of Vijayapur District in Relation to Their School Adjustment

JyotilaxmiMIrasur and VVMalagi

127

16 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System Jitendra Khatti and Kamaldeep Singh Grover

133

17 कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

143

18

148

19 A Study of Shock Wave by Rusanov Method Shailesh Nath Pandey

159

20 Massive Open Courses MOOCS Future of E- Learning Education Platform in India

Abdul Jalil and Iftikhar Islam

169

21

180

22 G Vivekananda Swamy

185

23

189

24 Study on Stock Market and Mutual Fund Margvi Aggarwal

196

25 Novel Corona Virus ( Covid-19) A Survey of Journals and Organization All Over the World

Shivani Griwan and Lalit Kumar

204

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6514(2020)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

NEW INTERPRETATIONS OF BUDDHIST ART SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO AMARAVATI AND NAGARJUNAKONDA

Mr Ravi Kumar Kodali Research Scholar

Andhra University Visakhapatnam

The art of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had its beginnings during the

Mauryan period In due course of time the art flourished under the different patronage of art lovers besides the contributions made by the various sections of the society The carvings at Amaravati reached a climax and excelled the art of Barhut Sanchi and western Indian Rock-cut caves etc The style of Buddhist art reached its climax in the various carvings at Amaravati and there by justified in being called the Amaravati school of art During the period under consideration it became a normal trend to adorn the stupas with beautifully carved panels on pale green or white limestone Only a few stupas have retained a few panels while at Amaravati the panels are not only large in number but also varied in nature The school of Amaravati art later on spread across Nagarjunakonda Kesanapalli Chandavaram Jaggayyapeta etc

The present study is look into new interpretations of Buddhist art in Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Many scholars attempted to reveal the rich art and architecture of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda but it still incomplete The idea of art and motives which exists in pre and protohistoric sites like cave temples open temples are unreadable and incomplete why because we can read the physical form of art and architecture but not sentiment of our ancestors Here we attempt to evaluate and codified the Buddhist art with two references with the help of new techniques and interpretation in metropolitan cultural dimensions Keywords Amaravathi Nagarjunakonda Art and Architecture Buddhist art

The earliest art of Amaravati can be seen across the granite rail particularly on the uprights The registers included the Triratna symbol a Vriksha chaitya and a Stupa on outline These are dated to 3rd century BC on the basis of the associated cross-bar which is inscribed Particularly in the carvings of the stupa in outline one can see characters of graphic art It is from these initial beginnings the Amaravatiart records strides of development as seen in the sculptures of the limestone stele and the Yaksha figures which are presently displayed in the Archaeological Site Museum at Amaravati The stele is all the more important because it records in six scenes the events connected with the life of Buddha from Vaishali to his final Mahapariniruana at Kusmagara Most of these scenes are appended with label inscriptions which is a practice very common at Barhut On the second face of the stele the buildings at Sravastf are depicted along with the story related to Anadhapindika The story goes to say that Anadhapindika purchases Jetavana from prince Jeta for the construction of

Page 1 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Gandhara Kausambhi and Karerikut etc for the residence of Lord Buddha On the third face of the stele the river Krishna is represented as flowing water flanked by multi-storeyed structure provided with stair case Also a vaulted structure with massive pillars and other structures having chaitya arches and a pavilion are all carved inside a railing The structural complex may as well belong to the Vandanamagoshti

In general the art on the stele bears close resemblance to the art of Suhgas as seen across the panels of Barhut In some aspects particularly while showing structures isometrically the Amaravati artisans exhibited a lead The other sculptures like the Elephant the Yaksha and the Stupa figures indicate flatness in form and angularities recalling examples from Barhut Datable to 1st century BC are the panels which included the adoration of the Bodhiuriksha at Bodhgaya and the scene related to the Mahabhinishkramana These figures are characterized by shallow reliefs besides flat and plump limbs They maintain smiling faces They had turbans crowned over the head and the human bodies are decorated with heavy jewellery These features are common to the sculptures of the Sunga period available at Barhut and Sanchi Comprising of a harmonious blend of the Suriga art form we have a few art pieces at Jaggayyapeta

However the Jaggayyapeta examples appear slender and tall compared to similar examples of Amaravati In both the cases angularities and linear features are common It is held that these figures have some comparable features to the Chenchu population of the Krishna valley In the Buddhist tradition kingship was idealized as the Universal Monarch The panel of Chakravartin recovered at Jaggayyapeta depicts a motif of this kind In this panel the seven emblems of his supremacy namely Wife Horse Minister General Elephant Wheel and the Star are arranged on either side of a standing male figure representing the Chakravartin From the top of the panel a few coins descend symbolically stating that a righteous king at his will can cause showers of food cloth jewels and coins According to a set of scholars the Chakravartin represented in this panel is no other than Mandhate of the Jataka stories The story goes to suggest that excessive greed on the part of the Chakravartin resulted in his downfall In this panel the central figure representing the king is carved with elongated arms flat body and the arrangement of the various members of the panel are out of balance Almost to the same time of 2nd and 1st centuries BC are the representations of the worship of the Bodha tree and the stupa at Rarnagrama identified at the stupa of Chandavaram Also belonging to the same time is the stupa at Dhulikatta where panels representing the worship of the stupas the great renunciation and the panel representing the Buddhapadas being sheltered by Muchalinda Naga are noticed An interesting panel representing a Srivatsa symbol from which a number of lotus shoots emanate has been reported from the stupa at Kesanapalli this panel also bears similarity with the early panels of Amaravati After the early additions the Mahastupa of Amaravati began to be embellished with many more panels across the drum and the dome These additions can be dated to the time of the later Satavahanas The earlier railing which was humble in nature is replaced by a majestic and granite railing during this period The railing itself is also decorated with a number of panels The name of Sivasri appears on the railing probably suggesting that the work was done during the time of SivaskandaSatakarni

Page 2 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

During the Mature phase of the Amaravatiart the later Satavahana rulers like VasisthiputraPulumavi Sivasri and Yajna Satakarni were ruling the region During the later Satavahana period the coping above the railing was decorated in all fullness On the outer face of the coping stone men and women are carved as carrying a long meandering garland In the intermediate spacersquos representation of Stupa Wheel and Bodhi-tree are carved with a view to fill in the gaps The garland is so carved that it is emitting out of monsters flanked by makaras and dwarfs On the interior side of the coping a number of scenes related to the life of Buddha and the Jataka stories are carved

The uprights or the Three are decorated with medallions consisting of full-blown lotus half lotus and the Pumaghata Images of Lions are crowned above the coping close to the gates Just opposite to the entrance facing the entrance itself the drum of the stupa is provided with panels representing either the Foot-prints of Buddha or the Dharmachakra On the stupa proper the drum-slabs are decorated with highly ornate stupa representations alternated by the panels of Dharmachakra Occasionally the panels constitute representation of the four miracles performed by Lord Buddha The four projections of the drum in the cardinal directions are crowned by five ayaka pillars

Across the anda portion or the dome of the stupa there are three registers of sculptures exhibiting skill in all its excellence The top most register is characterized by panels representing the Trisula motif The immediate lower register is characterized by a number of panels depicting variously scenes related to Buddhist lore Some of such scenes included the First Sermon of Buddha at Saranath representation of a Chakravartin the Ramagrama stupa the Dharmachakra etc Also a number of Jataka stories and the events connected with the life of Buddha are carved in the middle register At the bottom of these panels a number of running animals are carved Also each register is separated from the other by friezes of flowing creepers During this phase datable to the Satavahana period the art of Amaravati reached its highest watermark The carvings on the panels gain more depth and roundedness compared to the earlier phases Panels appear to be throbbing with life The composition included men and women with youthful appearance The central figures are surrounded by groups of men and women in activity The scenic location are also indicated in some of the panels by representing entrance gates locations inside a palace or streets The concept of space is well understood by the craftsman In a number of panels men and women are crowded around a central figure in a parabolic way This is in contrast to what we find at Barhut and Sanchi We know that in a number of panels of Barhut and Sanchi human beings are represented one above the other in a tiered fashion usually flanking on either side or at the bottom of the central figure of the theme In contrast at Amaravati inside any single panel all the figures are grouped as if drawn to the central figure which usually is a symbolic representation of Buddha or the figure of a king or the image of Buddha itself It is interesting that some of the figures are shown in three quarter profile People in the foreground are some times carved with their back towards the onlooker Also in a few other panels in front of the central theme people are represented as if in a kneeling position worshipping the Buddhapadas In certain cases the figures show the hip in back view and the torso in profile Thus the Mature phase of

Page 3 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Amaravati art is characterized by three-dimensional representation of the various flexes and twists of the body

ldquoIt is this arrangement of figures and settings in a number of planes that distinguishes Andhra art from the Mathura Sanchi or other schools and this is attributed to the Roman influence for Maisolia was a hinder land of Roman trade from the 1st century AD

In general the figures carved are slim and prominent they have long legs and light body The standing postures are vibrant with dynamism Whether it be an animal motif or a human being in a scene the figures are full of life and graceful expression Some of the scenes connected with the life of Buddha included the adoration of the begging bowl of Buddha the meeting of Gautama with his wife the submission of the mad elephant Nalagiri etc The choicest Jataka tales sculptured in panels included the Vidurapandita the Vessantara the Champeyya etc Also the worship of Buddha in the form of a Flaming-pillar has become a novel feature of the Amaravatiart All these features sculptured on panels unconsciously convey the greatness of the Paramita of Buddhism Among the Mahasarighikas the Caityakas were responsible for the worship of Buddha in the form of an image The genesis of this trend can be traced to the second half of 1st century or the beginnings of 2nd century AD Though the Buddha is conceived in human form symbolic representation of him continued in the form of a Lotus in a vase a Pillar crowned by Lion capital an Empty-throne Foot-prints Pillars crowned by Wheel a Stupa and finally a pillar of Fire the Bodhitree crowned by the event related to the crossing of the river Niranjara by the Buddha individual Relic-casket as the focus of worship is known from Amaravati At Sanchi a flame of fire is associated with the meditating Buddha In one of the panels on the east gateway of Sanchi the miracle of the serpent in the fire temple at Uruvela is represented In this Buddha is represented as a Flamming fire or torch In contrast to representing the Buddha in the form of a flame or torch as at Sanchi the craftsman at Amaravatiadopted a Flaming-pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra and Trident symbol with an Empty-throne and Foot-prints in the foreground as a symbolic representation of the Buddha in the panel representing the event connected with the presentation of Rahula At Nagarjunakonda belonging to a slightly later date Flamming-pillar symbolically represented the presence of Buddha in the Nalagiri episode carved on an ayaka-panel Apparently the artisans under the direction of the Caityakavadins or in general the Mahasarighika school followed the theme associating fire with Buddha as prescribed in the DighaNikaya

ldquothe flaming pillar which symbolizes the idea that the Buddha sat on sodhimanda where Agni (fire) emerged anew as part of the suns powerrdquo

At Amaravati the first sermon of Buddha at Saranath is represented by a pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra In the foreground a cushioned Emptythrone representing Buddha is depicted The panel is flanked on either side by chouri bearers and a large number of devotees At the base of the throne a deer is represented symbolizing the event at Saranath and in the top portions Lions are represented In this panel the Buddha is however not represented in human form It is of interest to note

Page 4 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

that at Amaravatiseated Buddha in the lsquoDharmachakraPravartanamudrarsquo is not represented in human form

In due course of time the artists of Amaravati on the dictates of their patron sanghas have produced the images of Buddha These images are tail and heavy Their bodies are covered with heavy draperies exhibiting prominent folds of (Uttara) Sanghati The common mode of representation of Buddha is with the robe covering the left shoulder and the left forearm is bent up with a view to holding the robe while the right arm is in Abhayamudra There are cases where in both the shoulders of Buddha are covered with a cloth with multiple folds In either case the toga-like garment is reminiscent of the Roman impact on the images of Buddha In addition to the images of Buddha we have icons and images of Bodhisattvas In panels they are represented either in seated or standing positions with a prominent halo behind their head Some of the images may be identified as Bodhisattva Padmapani belonging to 2nd century AD From the village of Goli a similar image of Bodhisattva Padmapani is reported which shares some common features with similar images at Nasik and Mathura

Nagarjunakonda Art The art of Nagarjunakonda has been studied by many scholars after its initial

discovery followed by retrieval of many more pieces through the excavations A critical analysis of the art of Nagarjunakonda indicated that lsquothe general atmosphere of allegiance and sophistication of passionate gaiety and animation of conscious grace and dolorous dalliance and sometimes even of exuberant abandon and trembling unrest all unmistakable evident in the Andhra reliefs of this period - have also been noticed again and again When compared to the joyful and animated reliefs of Bodhgaya Barhut and Sanchi the art exhibited at Amaravati and more particularly at Nagarjunakonda is sensuous and mundane and exhibit the innocent joy in life This is in contrast to the physical charm perceivable in the Yakshus of Mathura and to some extent Barhut and Didarganj When compared to Sanchi and Mathura the art of AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda is passionate and sensuous representing a Mature phase

This also shows a change in the aesthetic vision technical exuberance and changing ideals of beauty It has been stated that the transformation in the art is from the stable and permanent to the transient and mobile The change is in tune with the artistic development from Barhut to Amaravati there is along the arrow line of time a story of evolution along a straight high way laid down by the art itself from the epigraphical record of Nagarjunakonda we understand that the art was patronized by members of the sangha the ladies of the royal and noble families who were attached to the Buddhist order Also a monastic establishment at AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda represent a transitional phase in Buddhist ideology and thereby the art is a reflection of that

The reliefs of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda along with those at Goli represent a physiognomic composition of men and women comparable to the description given for the progressive type of the Chenchus This aspect is evident in the representations of the human beings of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda across the well-built frame and slim and springy physiognomic forms of men and women Particularly the busts of women are slighter and softer and the lips thinner and narrower much as we find amongst Chenchu women Also slender and tall with elongated legs tapering

Page 5 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

downwards particularly standing in an abhangapose with the entire weight of her body resting on her right leg as such the female form is mastered by the craftsman In some cases the physical form was able to express the psychological state of men and women In a general way we may say that linearism dominated the human sculptures with all grace and charm Each sculpture human or animal throbs with life The human figures are present in each scene in all possible poses and attitude Some of them express high tension while others elegant languor

ldquoIndeed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda of the Satavahanas and the Ikshvakus men and women were no longer the innocent children of nature they had blossomed into full blooded youths and myths and legends of the religion they belonged to had become but the vehicles of their own visions and experiencesrdquo

In the art of Amaravati two streams can be seen one is of refined elegant courtly and sophisticated while the other is simple easy and spontaneous Even in the friezes of animals represented at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda we find dynamism in its fullness In the terracotta art of Nagarjunakonda the impact of Roman art is clear Even at Yelesvaram some of the terracotta figures suggest Roman impact in the treatment of the faces expressions hairdo etc In general the art of Nagarjunakonda over takes the one we find at Amaravati under-current of experience gained at Bodhgaya Sanchi western Indian caves and Amaravati can all be felt in the panels of Nagarjunakonda It is also stated that the faces of men and women at Amaravati are slightly oval while those at Nagarjunakonda are rounded

ldquoThe Art of Amaravati is an Art of experience the Art of Nagarjunakonda is an Art of statement yet both belong technically and the point of view of craft to the same levelrdquo The most interesting aspect of the art of Nagarjunakonda is the Mithuna couples They are sensuous and in various poses The masculine grace and the feminine charm expressed in them indicate a fine workmanship In certain aspects some of the rectangular reliefs of the Nagarjunakonda which are elaborately carved with roundness in form recall examples of ivory work At Nagarjunakonda a large number of sculptures representing Buddha have come to light They have been variously employed as decorative images to the stupas and independent images as well The monastic establishments at Nagarjunakonda particularly under the patronage of AparaMahavinaseliya sect has established the worship of Buddha in human form During this period the human form of Buddha finds placement in the narrative panels besides being icons of worship in the Buddha-chaityas In general these artistic t adventures are dated to the period of the rule of the Ikshvakus of Srfparvata- Vijayapurf In general the images of Buddha here range in height from 2 to 4 meters Most of them are standing images holding the hem of the garment with the left hand and the right hand representing Abhayamudra

In general the images possess more body mass than their counterparts at Amaravati Also images with the Sahghati covering both the shoulders are not much favoured at Nagaijunakonda Besides the events connected with the life of Buddha a large number of Jataka stories were depicted in panels adorning the stupas In general characters the compositions of the themes appear more animated The figures in general are taught and slender In some of the panels representing motifs related to amorous

Page 6 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

scenes wine drinking wrestling guards etc we find a clear impact of the presence of Sakas at Nagaijunakonda Some of the representations included guards with a beard and long hair covered by a pointed helmet They are usually represented in heavy tunics trousers and boots Some of the best representations of this kind can be seen in the Indo-Scythian figures carved on pillars constituting the palace area of Vijayapuri

The art of the Ikshvaku times is also to be seen at various places like Goli

Uppugunduru Chandavaram Gummadidurru Nelakondapalli Alluru Namburu Jaggayyapeta Ghantasala Chinaganjam Buddam Rentala Garikapadu etc The Buddhist art of the post Ikshvaku period can be seen in the stone and Bronze images of Nelakondapalli Sankaram Amaravati Salihundam Guntupalle etc However the Bronze images of Avaloketesvara and Siddhartha from Nagarjunakonda and the images of Buddha from Nelakondapalli and Buddam represent classic pattern of the images As the art of Nagarjunakonda and Amaravati have influenced the later art forms of the Vishnukundins Salankayanas the Pallavas etc this art is called the Andhra art The recent excavations at Kanaganahalli not far away from Sannati in Karnataka have brought to light a number of sculptured panels They belong to 2nd-3rd centuries AD and show definite sign of the impact of Amaravati-Ndgarjunakonda art style It is interesting that a number of epigraphs of Kanaganahalli mention the name of Dhanyakataka Even in the western Indian Rock-cut examples we find definite signs of Amaravati style of art Particularly in the painted compositions of Ajanta we find a definite sign of Amaravati mark on the postures and grouping of figures

The Buddhist art of the lower Krishna valley influenced the South East Asian

Buddhist art particularly the standing images of Budha with heavy physique and the robe covering the forearm along with the Abhayamudra of the right arm have influenced the art of South East Asia Also the Uma a circular mark on the forehead of the images of Buddha of Krishna valley along with a topknot of the hair have been adopted by the South East Asian Buddhist establishments The Bronze images of Buddha excavated in Celebes and in Malaya along with the Pong-Tuk Bronzes of Thailand datable to 5th Century AD recall features common to the Buddha images of Amaravati At Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka particularly the Runaveli stupa is adorned with images of Buddha which received similar influence

The rock paintings at Sihagiri dated to 5th Century AD are abound in images

of Buddha which received similar influence Thus the Buddhist art that was developed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had a deep impact on the art of South East Asia and Srilanka

The Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda reliefs tell stories in the most sublime

way their superb composition tantalizes the viewer with associative thinking whose meanings we often cannot read But we need to hope that one day we will fully understand them

Page 7 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PLATES

Sarvaṃdada jataka rail pillar (detail) Amaravati c 3rd century AD

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail pillar (detail) Amaravati 3rd century AD

Page 8 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail coping (detail) Amaravati c 1stndash2nd century AD Government Museum Chennai

Page 9 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century ce Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda

Seven scenes from the life of the Buddha drum frieze Nagarjunakonda late 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjuakonda

Page 10 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Sarvaṃdada jataka fragment Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda Reference Barrett DE 1954a Sculptures from Amaravati in the British Museum

London Barrett DE 1954b The later school of Amaravati and its influences Arts and

Letters (Journal of the India Pakistan and Ceylon Society) 28(2) 41ndash53

Becker C 2009 Remembering the Amaravati stupa the revival of a lsquoruinrsquo in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 267ndash87

Bopearachchi O 2008 Sculptures of Amaravati tradition in Sri Lanka Journal of the Asiatic Society 50 1ndash26

Cole HH 1882a Memorandum of the present condition of Amaravati tope in Madras India Home Proceedings Archaeology June 1882 (BL IOR P1681)

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nāgārjunakoṇḍa and Amarāvatī Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Burgess J 1887 The Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayapeta in the Krishna District Madras Presidency Surveyed in 1882 Archaeological Survey of Southern India 1 London (reprinted Varanasi 1970)

Dimand MS 1928 Two Indian reliefs of the Amarāvatī school Bulletin of Metropolitan Museum Art 23(10) 238ndash44

Howes J 2002 Colin Mackenzie and the stupa at Amaravati South Asian Studies 18 53ndash64

Howes J 2009 The colonial history of sculptures from the Amaravati stupa in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 20ndash37

Page 11 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ghosh A and Sarkar H 1967 Beginning of sculptural art in south-east India a stele from Amaravati Ancient India 20ndash1 (1964ndash5) 168ndash77

Gupta SS 2008 Sculptures and Antiquities in the Archaeological Museum Amarāvatī New Delhi

Koezuka T 1994 The Amaravati sculpture in Masterpieces of Buddhist and Hindu Sculpture from the British Museum (exhib cat) 21ndash4 Tokyo

Rea A 1912 Excavations at Amaravati ARASI (1908ndash9) 88ndash91 Sarkar H 1971 Some early inscriptions in the Amaravati museum Journal of

Ancient Indian History 4 (1ndash2) 1ndash13 Shimada A 2006 The great railing at Amarāvatī an architectural and

archaeological reconstruction ArtibusAsiae 66(1) 89ndash141 Singh U 2001 The dismembering of the Amaravati stupa South Asian

Studies 17 19ndash40 Sivaramamurti C 1942 Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government

Museum Bulletin of Madras Government Museum ns general section 4 Madras

Schopen G 1988 On the Buddha and his bones the conception of a relic in the inscriptions of Nagarjunakoa Journal of the American Oriental Society 108 527ndash37 (also included in G Schopen 1997 Bones Stones and Buddhist Monks 148ndash64 Honolulu Hawaii)

Nagarjunakoa Ramachandran TN 1953 1938 MASI 71 Delhi (reprinted 1999)

Misra BN 2000 Some newly discovered Jatakas at Nagarjunakonda in South Indian Archaeolog y (ed G Kamalakar M Veerender and A Vijaya Kumar Babu) 100ndash9 Delhi

Khare M D 1962 Ceylonese monks in Nagarjunakonda Maha Bodhi 72(11ndash12) 317ndash19

Nagarjunakoa Longhurst AH 1938 The Buddhist Antiquities of Madras Presidency MASI 54 Delhi

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nagarjunakoa and Amaravati Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Page 12 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SPIRITUALITY AND REALIZATION ndashA WAY TO PEACE

Ouseppachan P A Research Scholar

Department of Philosophy Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Kalady Abstract Human beings are peace-loving by nature It is because of the spiritual nature And both this spiritual and peaceful situation can constitute the background for the all-round development of onersquos life The notion of peace has to be understood generally in two ways peace within the person and peace outside the person The main question that arises is how to attain peace in onersquos life It is the perennial search that most of us ask Moreover there may be many ways and means for it But with an Indian Philosophical perspective this paper is an attempt to find a way for it The spiritual characteristics of Indian Philosophy could open the horizons with the foundations on spirituality and realization as the way for peace It is to be noted that an actualising spirituality can transform the person for a harmonious understanding towards each other and manifest the values like compassion tolerance and acceptance This becomes the motto of life along with all other progress of the world Therefore this kind of vocabularies has to be a constant companion of humanity along with all the so called developments If this spiritual values to be practiced a realized person will be a channel for harmony and peace to onersquos surroundings and finally to the world as well Key words Spirituality Realization Peace Values Practice Introduction Spirituality has become an inseparable aspect of humanity It is difficult to find out the historical origin for the nature of spirituality It goes with all humans as they are composed with body and spirit (soul) In the course of time human beings approached it for meaning of their life ldquoSpiritualrdquo being the nature there aroused many religions as an expression of the spiritual nature of mankind But it is to be noted that this paper is not dealing with the notion of any religions rather it only focus on a ldquospiritualityrdquo that can lead to the ldquorealizationrdquo and thus resulting in peace within the person in all its radiance The concept peace has to be understood as lsquothe inner state of mind where the person experiences harmonyrsquo There are different understandings on the attainment of ldquopeacerdquo But the harmony or peace that the person experiences through the spiritual realization is positive and constructive to oneself and to the society It is because of the logical connection underlining between the reality of spirituality and realization Thus the transformed person possesses the values like love compassion tolerance and

Page 13 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

acceptance A spiritually realized person who shares a peaceful state of mind would include the vocabulary of a ldquouniversalrdquo outlook It implies the concepts like justice and care Thus this dynamic unity and harmony in turn become the vital energy and constructive force to be content and meaningful in onersquos search for the ultimate meaning of life This paper is not to discard any exciting systems on realization but to analyse the role of spirituality along with realization It can touch the heart of the individual than having any peripheral practice alone And thus it will give a revised outlook towards spirituality and spiritual practices A spiritual person has to manifest the nature of the ldquoDivinerdquo which one experiences within in the process of realization The outcome of it such as peace non-violence justice and harmony would provide the way out for a harmonious living in its fullness Notion of Peace ndash A Land Mark of Indian Philosophy A close analysis of classical modern and contemporary Indian Philosophy will provide amble thinkers who have directly and indirectly touched the notion of peace in their contributions When we analyses the characteristics of Indian Philosophy beside its logical and metaphysical contributions it is more of spiritual yet dynamic in nature These spiritual characteristics are still carried on by even the contemporary philosophers of India even today India has all the more realised the need of spirituality for a peaceful living of the humans in general Moreover spirituality has a universal acceptance because of the very nature of humankind It results in the emergence of peace within the person and to the vicinity where one live This will be further analysed by taking into account some of the philosophical views of the Indian thinkers in particular Mahatma Gandhi Rabindranath Tagore and the ancient sage Pataǹjali The Gandhian Philosophy regarding peace is much associated with his view on non-violence (ahimsa) This concept non-violence is even a pre-Gandhian notion which would find in the teachings of the various systems of Indian Philosophy especially in Jainism and Buddhism Gandhi based his understanding on peace on nonviolence and forgiveness More than his philosophical teachings on peace Gandhi has manifested it with his life examples and principles He was focusing on the good of all His life has taught us that it is easy to teach various principles on peace but very difficult to put into practice Here one is in need of the spiritual assistance to become a better channel of peace When we come to the visions of Rabindranath Tagore on peace he is of the opinion that peace is the outcome of the inner harmony and spiritual unity within a person It dwells in truth rather than any adjustments He had a vision of both the inner aspects of peace as well as on the world peace His writings were the key examples for the promotion of love and tolerance among the humanity It is to be noted that he was well aware that when science and developments divorce spirituality and realization that would lead to

Page 14 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

destruction Hence we are compelled to re-read that without peace and peaceful atmosphere all the so called developments and infrastructures would one day become worthless The ancient sage Pataǹjali too had understood the relevance of peace in the life of humans To acquire a peaceful state of mind through his contribution of Yoga Sūtra Pataǹjali puts forward a way to attain purity and harmony by means of dhyāna or meditation It is explicated clearly in the Aṣṭāṅga Yoga of Yoga Sūtra as ldquoyama niyama āsanaprāṇāyāmaprathyāhāradhāraṇādhyāṇasamādhiyostamganirdquo (Yoga Sūtra2 29) The first five ie yama niyama āsana prāṇāyāma and prathyāhāra are called bahirangasādhana (external components) The last three aredhāraṇādhyāṇa and samādhi are called aṇdharangasādhana All these stages are the stepping stone for attaining spiritual realization and thus the person enjoys peace and harmony Aṣṭāga Yoga according to Shri Yogendra ldquoit covers all aspects of human life that lead to physical well-being mental harmony and spiritual consciousness culminating in positive and lasting happiness and peace through the integration of personalityrdquo1 Spirituality ndashA Way of an Inner Journey Spirituality in its general sense is an inward journey for the meaning of life And spirituality has to be viewed from this perspective that it is the actualisation of those divine qualities of God and moulding our life in view of that Supreme Being or the content of onersquos belief in experiencing and responding to it in onersquos life here and now In other words spirituality is the life witness of the Divine It is the commitment towards other in the process of realisation that I am the part of that Divine Being Besides this spirituality is more of an individual practice and has to do with having a sense of peace and purpose In order to limit what is spirituality in this frame of paper it is the ongoing strive to know the source of our existence and find meaning of our existence Thus to be spiritual means to know and to live according to the knowledge that God is present to us in the very nature of spirit and in our body as we are his creations This way of understanding enables one to have a personal relation to him It will foster one in keeping harmony with one another and even to the cosmos It is not out of fear or survival for existence but out of love for the creator and the result of realization It has to be manifested in the day today life where the person who claims to be a believer in the Ultimate Reality It is to be noted that whether the person is a believer or not the need of peace is essential for every one which automatically have a divine realm than being a channel of ldquonon- peacerdquo and becoming a cause of ldquohimsardquo Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace The above analysis shows that there is an inseparable link between spirituality and realization Spirituality is beyond ethics It can surpass even all other forms of religious

1Shri Yogendra Facts About Yoga(Bombay The Yoga Institute Santa Cruz 1971) 27

Page 15 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

practices and customs It recalls one to have a search for the true meaning of onersquos beliefs It also focuses on the content of one being a believer It will comprise both our innate nature to seek God and thus be a channel to help others in the way to realisation It follows the simple logic that the divine aspect of a reality has to be divine Thus spirituality which leads to realization leads the person to a state of peace and peace of mind How this spirituality is actualised will be clear from the following analysis The Nature of Spirituality The very notion of spirituality itself related to the spirit soul and divine aspects The fact of being spiritual implies the direction towards the divine Even though there are many expressions in spiritual practice2 the end result of it shows the qualities of the spirituality The religiosity and other practices of the religions very well focus to the faith aspect of the person than realization in particular to the Indian context people too follow janana-mārga karma-mārga bhakti-mārga The very nature of spirituality surpasses all the barriers that are around us in onersquos constant search for the Truth The Uniqueness and Universality The existence of similarities among religions points out a common factor as spirituality which bounds the people in having religious harmony and even for the promotion of religious tolerance and acceptance The common characteristics of religions show that there is an underlying factor that which unites all religions as well It is nothing other than the spirituality that flows from the Divine Being to the human being and to the cosmos unites every one under one reality and one experiences3 What is needed is religions has to Therefore the universal need of peace to every living being including the cosmos would explicitly express its harmony One thing has to be taken in to account about the consistency in striving for it rather than expecting an immediate result in the progress of peace Here arose the need of spirituality and the realization which would result in peace and harmony Conclusion The 21st century has to witness a new outlook towards this immense need of spirituality and realization They are inseparable as they are interlinked with each other If humanity realises the need of spirituality it will result an outstanding implications in all the spheres of life It will be a great blessing as well as a challenge to each one of us because spirituality comprises everything It focuses not only the spiritual wellbeing of the humanity but also to the material wellbeing of every individual as it has the social dimensions Moreover spirituality upholds the humanitarian values like peace love and harmony among individuals and among humans despite of the different religions and other social implications 2The undeniable reality of the existence of various religions in the world 3What is needed is that religions have to promote spirituality as its essence than ritualism

Page 16 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Here the notion of ldquopeacerdquo to an extent could become a means and end Peace as a means needs the way of spirituality and peace as an end result in realization and harmony in its outcome In this way it is an enquiry into onersquos nature and aim of life Thus Indian Philosophy has a new role to continue in this present situation as a promoter of peace Therefore to be at peace and to spread the fragrance of peace (shānti) one needs self-knowledge and knowledge of the Divine This can create a harmony in life even to fulfil the puruṣhārthas like dharma artha kāma and moksha References Bhattacharyya N N Indian Religious Historiography VOl1 New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 1996 Baba Bangali Yoga Sūtra of Pataǹjali With the Commentary of Vyasa Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 2010 Badruddin Global Peace and Anti- Nuclear Movements New Delhi 2003 Bharati Swami Veda Yoga Sūtras of Pataǹjali With the Exposition of Vyasa A Translation and Commentary Vol1Himalayam Institute India2015 Dalai B K Yoga Traditions AnIndepth Study of Less Known Yoga Concept Delhi Pratibha Prakashan 2013 FeuersteinGeorge Textbook of Yoga London Rider and Company 1975 James Williams The Varieties of Religious Experience New York Collier Macmillan Publishers 1977 Krishnananda Swami A sahort History of Religious and Philosophic Thoughtin India UPHimalayas The Divine Life Society Publication1994 NilakantaSastri K A Development of Religion in South India New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 2017 Naikar Chandramouli S Makers of Indian Literture Pataǹjali of Yogasutras New Delhi Sahitya Akademi2002 Reardon B A Comprehensive Peace Education New York Teachers College Press1988 Srivastava Rama Shanker Comparative ReligionNew Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd1996 Vivekanad Swami Raja Yoga Conquering the Internal Nature AlsoPataǹjali rsquos Yoga Aphorism with Commenteries Delhi Bharatiya Kala Prakashan 2012 Weeraperuma Susunaga Major Religions of India Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 1998

Page 17 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY ON THE ROLE OF TOURISM ADVERTISING AND EXPLORING

THEIR POSSIBILITIES IN INDIAN CONTEXT WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NORTH EAST

Prabhat Kumar Research Scholar

Department of Mass Communication and JournalismTezpur University Assam Abstract

We live in an era which is connected more than ever The world today has become a lsquoGlobal Villagersquo(McLuhan 199493) Innovations in transport and telecommunications have been the key enablers behind this process of globalization The number of people moving in and out of their nations is on rise day by day This is one of the primary reasons why the tourism sector has seen a huge growth It is no longer just a leisure activity or about rich people spending their vacations overseas Rather it has evolved to have multiple dimensions It is viewed as a way in which nations try to assert their soft power and create a niche market for their cultural products It helps in improvement of bilateral relations between two countries By creating employment opportunities in millions it boosts the economy It helps to attract investments in allied sectors It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level Today branding has become essential not just for commercial social or scientific entities but for nations too A positive image helps in attracting a greater number of tourists investors students consumers donors etc This paper is a comparative study of such advertisements to try and understand what lessons can be drawn out of successful tourism ad campaigns for the North East region Keywords TourismSoft power Globalization Advertisements Languages Bilateral Relations North East Region Introduction

Tourism is considered as one of the major sources of economic growth At international level it is one of the fastest growing industries accounting for more than 10 of total international trade and almost half of total trade in services and can be considered as one of the worldrsquos largest export earners (WTO 2010) Tourism helps in increasing employment opportunities and thus reducing poverty There are several examples of small islands that depend heavily on international tourism revenue and where the tourism sector has received strong support from the government (Louca 2006) Tourism helps to increase the foreign exchange reserves of a nation which can then be used to import essential commodities Tourism is the leading source of foreign exchange in at least one of three developing countries that have made it a priority sector and this holds especially for small islands (Durbarry 2004) It leads to investments in infrastructure of a nation When Olympics world cups athletic events etc are organised in a nation it helps them to create a sound infrastructure and attract a greater number of

Page 18 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

tourists Tourism stimulates other economic industries by direct indirect and induced effects Importance of ad campaigns

The world of traditional power politics was typically about whose military or economy wins but politics in an information age ldquomay ultimately be about whose story winsrdquo (Arquila and Ronfeldt 1999) It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level A well-managed country image helps the country to lsquobrand its own products services its own culturersquo or to say in exercising its soft power in the global arena ldquoBranding is essential not just for commercialSocial or scientific entities but for nations too Countries compete with each other for the attention respect and the trust of investors tourists consumers donors immigrants the media and the governments of other nationsrdquo (Klodkowski 2012) Languages being the carriers of culture civilization and ideas play a significant role in the creation of a unique identity and image for the nations eg French German Swiss Advertisements and the whole communication strategy to attract tourists is weaved keeping this unique identity in mind This is how the media sets the agendaAccording to the Agenda-setting Theory lsquo(McCombs and Shaw 1972) media plays a crucial role in the dissemination of information which consequently leads to determining what issues are important Through this process opinions are formed on almost everything ranging from individuals to countries Through the media a unique picture is painted on the minds of people about countries It is this media which forms these mental imagesThus we have come know that Japanese technology is the best China is authoritarian Africa is dark continent America stands for democratic ideals Pakistan a terror exporting nation people of Bhutan are the happiest French perfumes have most pleasant fragrance Canada is the land of Maple Scandinavian nations are most peaceful and naturally beautifulWhen we look at the nations which attract the most number of tourists each year we find that they are extremely good at selling these images They try to create a unique identity for themselves through the advertisements

France and Spain are much smaller nations compared to India They also have

much lesser geographical diversity Still they continue to be on the top spot One of the reasons for it being that the packaging of the message ie the way they communicate their message is very appealing Take the case of France the ads depict the grandeur of the city of Paris They lay more emphasis on its architectural works art works museums its rich history etc Decorated churches such as Notre Dame Cathedral Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Palace of Versailles are key attractions The ads are designed in a way to showcase the beauty in and around these beautiful landmarks Language is something at the heart of identity

French language has also played an important role in creation of a unique

French identity which ultimately increases tourism in the country French is the official language in 29 countries which includes many countries from Africa mainly due to colonial reasons With about 300 million speakers it is the sixth most widely spoken

Page 19 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

language in the world France is a natural go to destination for higher studies and tourism for Francophone countries which find an easy connection due to familiarity with the language

In case of Spain The Alhambra(fortress) Seville Cathedral Sagrada Familia

City of Arts and Sciences(Valencia) Coacuterdobarsquos Great Mosque Guggenheim Museum ( Bilbao)Santiago de Compostela Cathedral The Prado Museum (Madrid) are the key attractions displayed in tourism ads of the nation Showcasing the human architectural wonders and the works of art is something at the core of Spanish tourism Spanish language has benefited the nation in increasing tourism as it is the official language of 20 countries With more than 400 million native speakers and being the second most spoken native language in the world people can find a connection very easily to this nation It is no secret why Spanish songs are so popular globally owing to this cultural connection

Tourism in India

Indiarsquos image has changed vastly in the post independent years It was once considered the land of lsquosnake charmersrsquo and lsquomaharajas riding on elephantsrsquoFrom there it is now seen as a nation of software engineers scientists and mathematicians Historian Bipan Chandra in his book India Since Independence says ldquoIn 1947 the country commenced its long march to overcome the colonial legacy of economic underdevelopment gross poverty near total illiteracy wide prevalence of disease and stark social inequality andIn justicerdquo In 1991 India adopted the path of economic liberalization privatization and globalization popularly called as LPG reforms following the balance of payments crisis It opened its economy to foreign and private investment The reforms gave a new direction to the Indian economy which has been on the path of rise since then This has changed the international image of India

Mukherjee amp Malone (2011) say about these changes that Indias voice carries

more weight today in multilateral forums largely due to its enhanced economic power political stability and nuclear capability India too realised this importance of image in assertion of soft power Mazumdar (2018) argues that the sources of Indiarsquos soft power include Ayurveda Bollywood Buddhism Cinema Cricket Cuisine Diaspora Fine Arts (architecture music painting poetry and sculpture) Information Technology Performing Arts (dance and theatre) and Yoga Its tourism ads depict these things which are at its core lsquoIncredible Indiarsquo is how the nation projects itself globally through the ads Slogans such as lsquoAthiti Devo Bhavarsquo and lsquoVasudhaivKutumbakamrsquo project its deep-rooted values It offers a diverse portfolio of niche tourism products - cruises adventure medical wellness sports eco-tourism film rural spiritual and religious tourism As of 2018 there are 38 World Heritage Sites located in India These include 30 cultural sites seven natural sites and one mixed site The country has huge potential in the field of travel and tourism Total contribution by travel and tourism sector to Indiarsquos GDP is expected to increase from Rs 1524 trillion (US$ 23403 billion) in 2017 to Rs 3205 trillion (US$ 49221 billion) in 2028 India was ranked 7th among 184 countries

Page 20 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in terms of travel amp tourismrsquos total contribution to GDP in 2017 Travel and tourism is the third largest foreign exchange earner for India (India Brand Equity Foundation May 2019)According to India Tourism Statistics At a Glance annual report published by Ministry of Tourism Government of India for year 2019 here are some key findings- The top 3 States of India which received maximum number of domestic tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 208 2 Uttar Pradesh 154 3 Karnataka 116 The states which received maximum number of foreign tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 21 2 Maharashtra 176 3 Uttar Pradesh 131 Here we will try to analyse the tourism campaigns of some of these states The ads which have been analysed here are available on You Tube Maharashtra Tagline- ldquoMaharashtra Unlimitedrdquo Maharashtra leads in terms of attracting the highest number of foreign tourists With 720 km of coastline and 78 beaches the images of blue sea waters clean beaches with white sand breath-taking beauty of sunsets seagulls flying high in the blue sky shoals of fish underneath water are some enchanting images created in the minds of viewers through ads Places of historical importance such as Raigarh Vasai Janjira Fort mostly those related to Shivaji Maharaj are shown Famous architectural works such as KailashaTemple(Ellora) Buddhist Caves Jain temples Religious places such as Sai Baba( Shirdi) Haji Ali Mount Mary Hazur Saheb Vithoba Temple Shri Mahalaxmi Temple Khandoba Temple etc are shown to attract domestic tourists of all faiths Mumbai is presented as a megacity in these ads to attract not just tourists but investments and business opportunities The colourful celebration of Ganpati festival finds special mention in the ads Tamil Nadu Tagline- Enchanting Tamil Nadu The state calls itself a civilization which is more than 10000 years old It tries to showcase its rich civilizational values through ads Monolitic marvels of Mamallapuram Tanjore Temple Madurai Meenakshi Temple Chidambaram Nataraj Temple Vivekananda Rock Kanyakumari GangaikondaCholapuram speak a lot about the rich historical and traditional roots of the place The famous classical dance form Bharatnatyam folk art performances Madurai Jallikattu celebration of Pongal are the

Page 21 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

dominant images visible in the ads Backwaters at Pichawaram Hill stations like Ooty Valparai Kodaikanal Megamalai etc add to its natural beauty Uttar Pradesh Tagline- UP NahinDekha to India Nahin Dekha The state projects itself as the land of Ganga(Benaras) land of Buddha(Sarnath) Land of Krishna( Mathura Vrindawan) Land of Rama( Ayodhya) Land of Nawabs( Lucknow) Land of Love( Taj Mahal Agra) Being situated in the Gangetic plains of India the state has less of natural beauty in terms of pure and pristine forests waterfalls or rivers rather there are a lot of historical places to visit which have been associated with one or the other ruling dynasty which has ruled over North India in the due course of time Many Mughal architectural works are there in the state which find a mention in the tourism ads showcasing its composite and syncretic culture also called the Ganga Jamunitahjeeb A record over 24 crore people visited Kumbh-2019 more than total tourists in UP in 2014-17 The Kumbh 2019 visitors included 1030 lakh foreign tourists(Hindustan Times May 21 2019) Karnataka Tagline- One State Many Worlds Aihole Badami Temples and caves Gulbarga Fort Gol Gumbaj( Bijapur) remains of Hampi are some of the historical sites shown in ads Gokak falls Murdeshwara Shiva Kudle beach Om beach are the beaches which also find mention Western Ghats which are full of natural beauty are the prime attractions It is one of the biodiversity hotspots in the world which has a variety of flora and fauna present in pure and pristine state It is an ideal location for those adventurous souls who want to be in the company of nature and wildlife Tourism scenario of the states in North East India

We find that it is mostly the historical places religious sites areas full of natural beauty and geographical wonders which attract the greatest number of tourists North East part of India consists of eight states Assam Meghalaya Nagaland Manipur Tripura Mizoram Arunachal Pradesh and Sikkim Each of these states is full of abundant greenery and natural beauty National Parks Wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries rivers lakes waterfalls mountains ample rainfalls are the things which make these states one of the most beautiful places for tourists to see Not just natural beauty but there are historical sites as well Still any of these states do not rank in the top ten list in terms of states which attract the greatest number of tourists in India The states need to rethink over their tourism strategy again to get more footfalls

Page 22 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The first thing to do is to change the misconceptions formed in the minds of people Advertisements are the most effective way to do so They can help in better perception management Some of the popular myths regarding the North East region are as follows The whole region is seen as a single unit What people donrsquot know is that it consists of eight states hundreds of tribes and indigenous languages This region is very remote and has poor road rail and air connectivity People donrsquot know Hindi It is always drenched in rain Momos are the only cuisines available They are closer to Nepalese Chinese origins This region is mostly disturbed due to insurgency and terrorism Visa and other documents are needed to travel in the region One cannot not get vegetarian meals Diversity is the main strength of the North East It exists in almost everything that we find in the region from tribes dressing cuisines culture music festivals traditions rituals etc The ads need to be framed in such a way that they create a unique identity for reach state through these McLuhan said ldquoMedium is the messagerdquo and what can be the better medium than music to convey the message Music videos in native languages such as Assamese Bodo Nepali Naga Khasi Mizo etc can be of great help in popularising the destinations Easily recognisable faces from the state who are famous nationally as well as internationally need to be chosen as the brand ambassadors for state tourism lsquoPlace Brandingrsquo and lsquoDestination Brandingrsquo can be ways in which tourism can be promoted Places such as Tawang Bomdila Pass ZiroValley Ukhrul Gangtok Kohima Cherrapunjee can be shown in individual ads with the lives of local people Summary and conclusion-

Wellness tourism and medical tourism can be developed the way it has been done in Kerala Pure and pristine nature has huge potential for Ayurveda and Naturopathy National parks wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries lakes mountains etc can be big attractions in the time when people want to skip the moribund lifestyle of cities and want to be in naturersquos company But since this region is ecologically fragile it falls in the zone five of earthquake zones which makes it very prone to earthquakes so special attention should be paid to promote sustainable tourism The Constitution of India has placed many states of this region under 6th schedule making special provisions for them to protect their unique culture and identity Tourism ads need to take care of these essential aspects while designing the message References Chandra B Mukherjee M amp Mukherjee A(2008) India Since Independence

Penguin India DurbarryR (2004)Tourism and economic growth the case of MauritiusTourism

Economics 10 (4) pp 389-401 Klodkowski P (2012) Story of the clashing image of the country The case of

Indiarsquos image at home and in Poland Polish Sociological Review No178 pp 303-324

Page 23 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Louca C(2006) Income and expenditure in the tourism industry time series evidence from CyprusTourism Economics 12 (4) (2006) pp 603-617

Mazumdar A(2018) Indiarsquos Soft Power Diplomacy Under the Modi Administration Buddhism Diaspora and Yoga Asian Affairs 493 468-491 DOI 1010800306837420181487696

McCombs M amp Shaw D (1972) The agenda-setting function of mass media Public Opinion Quarterly 36 176-185

Mukherjee R and Malone DM (2011) Indian foreign policy and contemporary security challenges International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-) Vol 87 No 1 (January 2011) pp 87-104

McLuhan M 1994 (first published in 1964) Understanding Media The Extensions of Man Massachusetts MIT press

Page 24 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INTREPRITING BHARAT LEELA AN AMAZING FOLK DANCE OF SOUTH

ODISHA

Prof Bhagaban Sahu Professor and Head Department of History Central University of TamilnaduThiruvarur

Abstract

South Odisha acts like a bridge between the Aryan culture north and Dravidian culture of south The socio cultural life of this reign forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is a cradle of many folk dances which are special in some

respect The Dravidian culture or the Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South Odisha It not only provides recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people but also spread the ideas of morality universally brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and love

The southern part of modern Odisha consists of seven districts viz Ganjam

Gajapati Rayagada Koraput Nabarangapur Malkangiri and Kandhamal Situated like a bridge between the northern and southern halves of India South Odisha is the meeting place of Dravido-Aryan culture The socio cultural life of this region forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is the cradle of many folk dances The Dravidian culture or the

Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values1

Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South

Odisha It has its origin in Ganjam district Itrsquos creator was Dinabandhu Das of Kalyanapur near Ganjam town His creation of Subhadra HaranaSuanga became familiar as Bharata Leela2 But his composition was not accepted and termed as Leela by the-then society and it was called as Huguli Bharata But later on Bhima Panda of Magura near Aska improved this to a great extent and gave the touch of a folk-theatre to it In course of time Shyam Sundar Sabat of village KandhKharida near Hinjilicut

Page 25 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

collected the palm leaf manuscript of Dinabandhu Das corrected it and gave it the touch of a Leela He himself played the role of a Duari and named it lsquoDuari Natarsquo Jogendra Mallick(1866-1932) of village Nimapadara of Ghumusar also composed another version of Bharat Leela Srinivas Das of Golamundala near Buguda also composed Bharat Leela in a different style Gangadhara Pradhan of Sambalpur region also composed Subhadra Haran on the light of Bharat Leela of Ganjam which is popular in that area

Thus the origin of the Bharata Leela can be traced back to 1840 AD At

present NabaghanaParida of Kabisurya Nagar (Boirani) is the most popular director or guru of Bharat-Leela3 It is heartening to note that this Leela was staged and became very popular Folk Dance in Rengoon (Burma) where nearly fifty thousand Odias were serving

Bharat Leela is relatively shorter in the length of performance and has only six

characters such as Arjun Subhadra Duari Satyabhama Hadi and Hadiani Arjuna the third Pandava and the King of Hastinapura is counted as a major character and Duari- Arjunarsquos gatekeeper acts as the hero The course of conversation and ultimately the marriage between Arjuna and Subhadra (an important part of the Mahabharat story) is presented in this Leela in a dramatic style with humorous dialogues The role played by the Duari in establishing contact between the other two characters through the series of queries is of great interest to the rural audience The lsquoBharat Leela is also known as lsquoDuari Nacharsquo as the Duari (gate keeper) plays a prominent role as a mediator in Subhadra Haran4

All over the world the folk plays draw their plots from mythologies epics tales ballads or romantic legends The rural audience is familiar with these tales hence the emphasis is laid on characterization and intricacy Duari Nata or Bharat Leela prevalent in the district of Ganjam in Odisha is such a play which draws its plot from the epic tales of Visnu Purana and Mahabharata It is therefore called Bharat Leela But it is more popular by the name of lsquoDuari Leelarsquo as Duari or the sentry remains the most important indispensable and pivotal character of the play As it is told in the verse-play Subhadra the cousin sister of Sri Krishna madly falls in love with Arjuna the most handsome and heroic brother of the Pandavas When Subhadra offers her love Arjuna bluntly refuses as she would be like a sister to him When argued he takes various pretexts and all his pretexts are counteracted by Duari who supports Subhadra for her unflinching love and devotion to Arjuna At last Arjuna yields to the true love and agrees to marry Subhadra5

In course of arguments and counter arguments between the characters smaller episodes from Puranas and other religious texts are also told as corollary to the main episode For instance Arjuna argues that he being a Kshatriya by caste and she belonging to the mild-maid community the marriage is not possible Then Duari brings out an episode from some texts and narrates musically about how and when a Kshatriya married a

Page 26 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

mild-maid When it is argued by Arjuna that Subhadra is not a woman of elegant features the Duari narrates the characteristics of all types of women quoting authorities to prove Subhadra to be the best type The altercation between the two proceeds till the end of the play which is punctuated with several songs of variety moral fables witty remarks and verses of wisdom in support of their contention On the other hand the play in crux is a battle of wits between Arjuna and Duari Therefore the repartee is simply an exposition of the knowledge of the Sastras Chapter from books and verses are also quoted in support of their arguments from the religious texts To this extent this is a secular form for much of its humor is contemporary6

Duari Leela is held throughout the night and even it runs for consecutive nights In order to arrest the attention of the audience the Duari improvises subplots which may use local reference or satirical comment on the current socio-political scene These sub-plots employ music unrelated to the main theme Actors

There are four major characters such as Duari Arjuna Subhadra Satyabhama and ten minor characters like Chaukia Sri Krishna AstaPatta Bansi Balarama Nand Raj Purohit Dagara Gayakas Hadi and Hadiani

Though Arjuna Duari Subhadra and Satyabhama are the main characters of

this play the teen-aged boys act in Bharataleela as both male and female characters They play the role of Subhadra and Satyabhama and also the dancing girls The dialogues of Arjuna and Subhadra are casted in Odia prose The Duari speaks in colloquial local language and he is free to improvise All the prose dialogue is introductory to particular situations of events and often serves as interludes to song dialogues The songs strictly set to traditional tunes are meant for Arjuna and Subhadra Though songs of Duari may include traditional tunes he freely imbibes from the prevalent folk songs and dances7 Duari is the central figure of this Leela The success of the Leela predominantly depends upon him He creates sense of humour and carries the audience with him

Stage

Bharata Leela is staged under the open sky No stage is required for the performance of this Leela Only a mandala is prepared limited to eight to ten feet diameter To prepare the mandala the bharataleelaperformers mainly use the tarpaulins or the mats The patromax lights or electric bulbs are also used to illuminate the mandala in the night performances A kathakurchi (wooden chair) is the only property of the mandala Arjuna the hero of the play use it as his throne bed dancing area and it is used as the shrine of the deity in different episodes and scenes of the play Arjuna performs his action carrying a khanda in his right hand and a handkerchief in the left The deepalis (ghee lamps) mayurapinchha (peacockrsquos tail) Khajurichanchuni (date

Page 27 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

leaf broom) tokei (basket) and madakancha(wine bottle) could be taken as the stage articles used by sakhis Hadianiand Hadi respectively8Harmonium Dholki(Small Drum) Mrudanga Gini Bansi Jhumuka are the different musical instruments used in this Leela

Attire of the Characters

Duari the gate keeper wears a chedi (half pant) an angi (half shirt) and a kaba(waist coat) For makeup Duari uses pink colour paints and draws a U-shape insignia on his forehead He wears a knotted wig locally called ganthibabuli It covers his head and upper parts of the shoulder as well as the neck The front side of the wig is chipped with the petal like aluminium balachhappa (hair clips) as well tahia(atiara) The tahia always rests on a padaka (golden pandant) and it is pinned up in the wig on the forehead On the left side of the chest he pins round padaka (pendants) and triangular and conical chhappas also to signify himself as the servant of a king9 Arjuna is dressed like a warrior with a long velvet coat embroided with zari and tinsel He wears silken trousers and on his back an uttaranahangs He wears nylon stockings like a horse rider and his wrist bands are adorned with plastic manibandha He uses pink colour paints and draws a suryachita (sun mark) on his forehead The subject matter of Bharata Leela has been derived from OdiaMahabharata (Madhyaparva) of Sarala Das The base is the immortal love story between Subhadra amp Arjuna10

Bharat leela is an epitome of artistic excellence We find amalgamation of different rasas likeBira Rasa Karuna Rasa and Sringara Rasa and folk dances in Bharata Leela Dance place no less a part in making this Leela a grand success It is the field to express onersquos artistic hidden potentialities More than one hundred Bharata Leela teams are there in Ganjam district alone Among them the countable fews are KandhKharida Tiapentha Duanpalli Arakhapur Badapada Khalingi Kumuruda Kainchapur Lochapada Nuagada Kuruli Kabisuryanagar Kalasandhapur Nabaratnapur Mamudhiya Gunthapada Goudagaon Puhundi Choudhury Tikarapada Vijay Laxminarayanpur Khariaguda Sarabadi Hadichira Solaghara Polosara Mangalpur Dharakote Sheragad Gangapur Sasan Banthapalli Pratapur are important11

Those who are established as outstanding Duari the names of Dinabandhu

Das ShyamasundarSabat Ramachandra Reddy Bhima Panda SatyabadiSabat TrinathPattnayak DambaruSahu (Duanpalli) Dukhishyam Behera (MahuritiharPentha) Ananta Parta (Arakhapur) Juria Gouda of Kharida Kantaru Behera Ulla Dalai of Kankorada BajiaSahu of Sundarpur Lachhana Reddy of Satapandia SibaramSahu of B Karada Badi Kasinath Behera of Dadarakhola Bharata Samantara of Gudiapalli Kirtana Gouda Rankanidhi Gouda DandapaniDalua of Kendubadi Kasinath Das of DadaraKhola Chakrapani Badatya of Nabaratnapur Chandamani Sahu12 Chandra Sekhar Nayak Bipracharan Nayak Durjyodhana Naik Kampa Gouda of Tinkachai Sadananda Swain NabaghanaParida of KabiSurya Nagar Dandapani Behera of

Page 28 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Kulagada Sanyasi Behera of Sundarpalli Haribandhu Mohanty of Kalasandhapur Satrughna Swain of Mundamarai Santosh Kumar Padhi of Patapur may be mentioned here13

This popular folk dance of South Odisha was not only limited to Odisha but

also spread to Rangoon(Burma) It is hearting to note that there were more 2000 Odia from Ganjam in Rangoon during the 1st half of the 20th century The Bharat Leela of Ganjam was practiced and staged there14

Truly speaking Bharat Leela is the index of all the Folk Dances of south

Odisha Duari the director demonstrates the role of Chhadheya of Dandanata Gayaka of Dasakathia Ghudhuki player Gahak of Pala HiranyakasyapaPrahlladnataka and the role of a comedian in different tunes and styles through this dance It not only entertains the villagers who work from dawn to dusk in their field but also enlightens them a lot on puranas epics and other religious texts

From the above discussion it is inferred that the Bharat Leela is a very artistic

lively and popular dance in South Odisha It supplied livelihood to a large number of families and entertainment to the travelers tourists poets onlookers and the lovers of beauty It explores the rare and native genius of the folk people But the irony of the fate is that the folk dances like Bharat Leela which provided recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people and spread the ideas of morality universal brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and victory of righteous over evil forces are declining fast As a result the society of South Odisha which enjoyed perfect peace better harmony and understanding between the divergent communities and races in the past is now regarded as a cockpit of murderers dacoits and looters Hence steps may be taken to preserve all these folklore traditions alive either at the Government level or by the NGO and Private enterprises References 1 Indubhusan Kara Folklore of Odisha Cuttack 1991p1 2 HKDas Odia Lokanataka(Odia) Cuttack 1983 p 122 3 KC Behera opcitp66 4 BCharchi opcitpp332-341 5 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha SahatyaSamaja Cuttack 1998pp224-227 6 KCPradhan Odia Loka Sahitya O LokaSanskruti Cuttack 1995pp227-235 7 Banambara Acharya opcitpp2-4 8 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998p232 9 DKTripathy The Role of Fine Art in the Folk Theatres of South Odisha An Art

Historical Study PhD Thesis(unpublished) Berhampur University 2000pp63-65

10 B Charchi Bharata Leela in OdishareLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998pp229-232

Page 29 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 BhagabanSahu Folk Life and Folk Culture of Odisha New Delhi-2015 12 Revealed from field study conducted by the author in the different villages of South

Odisha 13 Cultural Heritage of Ganjam opcitp340 14 BayamanuCharchi GanjamraLokanatya Parampara(Odia) Bhubaneswar-2012p73

Page 30 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADOLESCENTS ADDICTION TO SMART PHONE AND ITS REMEDIES

1Cyma Anjum and 2Bina Kumari

1Assistant Professor of Education LNMBM Faculty of Education Muzaffarpur 2Principal RGMTT College Diwadih BBMQ University Dhanbad

Abstract

Adolescents are highest addicted to smart phone and particularly adult sites on internet They are very impulsive owing to some physiological changes which compelled them for its gratification Smartphone causes stress among teenagers arising out of family and school It causes many musculoskeletal symptoms which are the consequences of staying in one position for a long time Starring at a small screen for longer period can impair eye sight Smart phone addiction is the greatest reason of depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems Effort was made to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression and sense of control Keywords Smart Phone Addiction Remedy amp Depression Introduction - Addiction can be defined as a mental state which compels the person for the satisfaction of psychological desires formed a habit Addiction can be developed in all ages and can be categorized into alcohol cigarettes drugs gambling games internet and sex Korean Ministry of Gender Equality and Family implemented a research on the actual condition of media usage rate among teenagers and reported that the middle school students 862 percent high school students 849 percent This data reflects that most of the teenagers in the country were smart phone users So it can be presumed that most of the adolescents own a smart phone and thus are exposed to an environment that entices them to overuse it By Looking at it from a general perspective adolescents are not fully developed and as their self-consciousness continues to grow they are highly exposed to the risk of adverse effect more than any other age group The basic cause of adolescentsrsquo addiction to smart phone is due to stress arising from family and school When students are experiencing physical and mental stress from external forces by way of relieving stress they turn to internet surfing and games as means of escape in order to overcome problems they encounter from their social group of friends and overwhelming school work Smart phone addiction caused very harmful effects in adolescentsrsquo daily lives which they cannot get rid of Treatment related to smart phone addiction is the Integrated Arts Therapy Integrated Arts Therapy has been taken from Gestalt Therapy and Fritz Pearls Institute (FPI) that promotes encouragement of creativity Petzoldrsquos Art Therapy was incorporated to art music dancing movements drama and etc and found that

Page 31 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Therapyrsquos perspective is not composed of one particular sense but it is the act of integrating the sense with creativity This therapy has been verified to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression sense of control and assimilation in school However overuse of smart phones causes high exposure to electromagnetic waves and in turn generates other associated problems such as damage to brain cells neck syndrome and vision impairment syndrome This study involves smart phone addiction and its integrated treatment and the supporting hypothesis in the following perspectives Physical health problems related to Smart phone

Use and misuse of any invention or innovation happened to be normal phenomena -since long Atom bomb was never invented for annihilation of any nation or state The new device in cell phone Android or Smart really brought the whole world on the palm of the users through Net services When itsrsquo use has certainly provided immense of facilities in the field of communication But itrsquos over use can cause many problems including musculoskeletal symptom which is usually developed due to staying in one posture for a longer period of time Furthermore starring at a small screen for an extended time can causes loss of sight this is called amblyopia Sitting in a still position can cause muscular contraction which can lead to long-term muscle fatigue including neck pain The bad posture cause by overuse of smart phones may lead to the neck becoming a ldquoCrdquo shape and further it tends to deliver great amount of stress to the muscles and joints Other homeostasis related problems can arise as well such as blockage in the local blood supply to the muscles including metabolite Mental health problems related to Smart phone

Over use of Smart phone certainly causes mental problems along with physical abrasion Excess use of smart phone causes decreased self-restraint ability impulsive behaviors and anxiety which can become critical barriers when carrying out healthy relationships school activities and mental well-being According to the psychologists it is commonly observed that the smart phone addiction increases the level of depression and anxiety Depression often plays as an index to display the overall health status of a person When the level of addiction alleviates one tends to lose self-control which decreases ones willingness and ability to socialize and network with others As a result one may begin to feel a sense of loneliness becoming more dependent on the smart phone simultaneously increasing onersquos level of anxiety especially when the smart phone is not present From looking at the above associated problems to smart phone addiction we can conclude that the addicting creates negative effects to mental health Smart phone addiction causes depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems This will lead to problems associated to onersquos social life and human network According to advance studies related to smart phone addiction depression is the most probable health complication Increased addiction to smart phones is associated with increased level of depression Yong Min Parkrsquos research study concluded that smart phone addiction is

Page 32 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

highly related to obsessive-compulsive neurosis and other illnesses in the following order depression mental health disorders anxiety and social delusional disorder antagonism and phobia It has also been established through researches that over use of smart phone becomes an impulsive act and it is very much related to Obsessive ndash Compulsive behaviour Some studies revealed that smart phone addiction creates hostility and rage among users It was further revealed that the small childrenrsquos mental health was not highly affected by smart phone usage compared to the childrenrsquos of higher grade However the higher grade students displayed mental health problems such as rage compulsive characterizations anxiety disorders personality disorders and delusional disorders Cognitive Therapy is the most suggested type of treatment in the cases of smart phone addiction Remedies Bibliotherapy has been advised in the cases of smart phone addiction whichprovides treatment through reading literature It helps to expand the subjectrsquos range of thoughts In this process reading book and finding new meanings from the literature based on the Identical Principle Catharsis Principle and Discernment Principle are implemented This process involves subjects reading the literature Subsequently they engage in debates role plays and other creative activities to assess each other in order to find the defined sense of time Musical treatments can also help treat physical and cognitive problems This treatment provides psychological security to those being treated for physical and cognitive problems For example music treatment that is customized to fit the need of the subject being treated with physical therapy can be highly effective Conclusion This report provided methods for smart phone addicted to adolescents to overcome the illness through the integrated treatment aspects However the risk of the symptoms recurring was substantially high This suggested that fundamental treatment of cognitive and emotional elements needed to become harmonized as a whole in order to increase the effectiveness of the treatment results It can be presumed that this study provides the opportunity and support for the creation of a fundamental treatment method that can help teenagers live a healthy life by overcoming addiction to smart phones References 1 Robinson TE Berridge KC The psychology and neurobiology of addiction an incentivendashsensitization view Addiction 95 91-117 (2000)

Page 33 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 Ji-Hyung P Shin G-K Effects of Smartphones Usability on Users Satisfaction and Loyalty Focusing on Moderating Effect of Terms of Use The Korean Academic Association of Business Administration 25 811-831 (2012) 3 Park S-Y Lee H-J Determinants of internet addiction among the Korea youth The Journal of the Korea institute of electronic communication sciences 8 291-299 (2013) 4 Choi S Kim S Yang J-S Lee J-H Joo C Jung H-I Real-time measurement of human salivary cortisol for the assessment of psychological stress using a smartphone Sensing and Bio-Sensing Research 2 8-11 (2014) 5 Kim H Exercise rehabilitation for smart phone addiction Journal of exercise rehabilitation 9 500 (2013) 6 Hall AS Parsons J Internet addiction College student case study using best practices in cognitive behavior therapy Journal of mental health counseling 23 312-327 (2001) 7 Wu A Cheung V Ku L Hung E Psychological risk factors of addiction to social networking sites among Chinese smartphone users Journal of behavioral addictions 2 160-166 (2013) 8 Polster E Polster M Gestalt therapy integrated Contours of theory and practice BrunnerMazel (1973) 9 Lusebrink VB Art therapy and the brain An attempt to understand the underlying processes of art expression in therapy Art Therapy 21 125-135 (2004) 10 Alanzi T Istepanian RS Philip N An integrated model for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for mobile diabetes self-management system In Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) 2014 36th Annual International Conference of the IEEE pp 5393-5396 IEEE (Year)

Page 34 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANTIPSYCHOTICS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA

D Udaya Kumar1and V Raja Babu2 1 Department of Human Genetics Andhra University Visakhapatnam India

2 Department of Biology College of Natural Science Arba Minch University Ethiopia

Abstract Schizophrenia is commonly thought of as a psychiatric term for a range of experiences which some laypeople in the community may describe as madness For this reason to be diagnosed as having schizophrenia carries a stigma which other diagnoses do not (Ministry of Health 2000) Schizophrenia is a serious mental disorder characterized by intense disturbances in thought emotion and behavior (Kring Johnson Davison amp Neale 2012) A person with schizophrenia is thought to have lost touch with reality (Kalat 2009) A great deal of research has been devoted to study schizophrenia and the complexity of the disorder seems to be much more than what originally had been thought The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is less than 1 and it slightly affects more men than women (Kalat 2009 Kring et al 2012) Almost all people diagnosed with schizophrenia are eventually treated with antipsychotic drugs and multidimensional medications (Kalat 2009) Keywords Schizophrenia Antipsychotics The majority of people detained under the NZ Mental Health Act 1992 are diagnosed as suffering from a form of mental illness known as schizophreniaRecently the New York Times published an article stating that medications for schizophrenia are remarkably effective however the article discusses nothing in regards to the serious adverse effects of such medications (Steinberg 2012) An ideal medication for schizophrenia would be a drug that is highly effective in reducing both positive and negative symptoms produces its effects within a convenient dosage and has less-serious side effects (Rey 2002) The drugs commonly used to treat schizophrenia mainly belong to two main groups typical (first-generation) and atypical (second-generation) antipsychotics Despite the proclamations of new forms of drugs that will magically solve the puzzle with schizophrenia none of these medications have been proven to be highly effective (Whitaker 2002 Whitaker 2005) It is the stated intention of this essay to arrive at an understanding of the effectiveness of atypical drugs This will be accomplished by investigating the characteristics and differences of antipsychotic agents along with a review from existent studies and their outcomes The first conventional antipsychotic drugs had beenwere discovered by accident in the 50s when a drug considered an antihistamine (chlorpromazine) showed unique antipsychotic effects when tested in schizophrenic patients (Kring et al 2012) Apart

Page 35 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

from some histamine activity chlorpromazine had an important impact within dopamine receptors (Kring et al 2012) However typical antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine cause various extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) include acute dyskinesias dystonic reactionstardive dyskinesia and Parkinsonism-like symptoms due to their blockage of dopamine receptors in the striatal dopaminergic route Subsequent attempts to improve the therapeutic profile of classical antipsychotics were based on studies showing that dopamine receptor mediated route striatal extrapyramidal side effects (Stahl 2000) With the introduction of clozapine in the 80s the term atypical was expanded to increased efficacy with reduced side effects as they produce significantly fewer extrapyramidal side effects than typical antipsychotics at clinically equivalent doses (Stahl 2000) Antipsychotic agents differ according to their profiles of specific sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) Although the exact underlying mechanisms of action are not sufficiently explained atypical antipsychotics appear to be more effective than typical antipsychotic agents Typical agents produce their antipsychotic effects through the blockage of dopamine receptors particularly D2 receptors (Stahl 2000) On the contrary the antipsychotic effects of atypical agents such as clozapine has been attributed to its ability to block the intense stimulation of serotonin receptors including (5-HT2A) (5-HT2C) and dopamine receptors including D1 D2 D3 D4 receptors (Duncan Lieberman amp Zorn 1999) Likewise similar results were replicated in Horacek et al (2006) study which concluded that atypical antipsychotics such as clozapine show superior advantages in treating positive symptoms negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction compared to the typical antipsychotic agents partially due to their sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) In addition the study also found that atypical antipsychotics induce neuronal plasticity and synaptic remodeling in several sites that are associated with schizophrenia including the striatum prefrontal cortex and hippocampus Hence it seems that there is a strong consensus among researchers that atypical antipsychotic agents are more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia as well as improving cognitive deficits that are associated with schizophrenia Sexual dysfunction is widespread among people with schizophrenia and those who are taking antipsychotics Both typical and atypical antipsychotics have been shown to produce prolactin imbalances that are regularly linked to infertility (Mahmoud Drake Lewis amp Hayhurst 2012) The study of Mahmoud et al (2012) used a cross-sectional prevalence study to assess sexual functions in (144) patients diagnosed with schizophrenia The study involved two groups with each group receiving either typical or atypical antipsychotics for at least twelve weeks The study found no differences in sexual functions in patients treated with typical antipsychotics compared to atypical antipsychotics (Mahmoud et al 2012) However Bobes et al (2003) reached a different conclusion in their EIRE study The number of participants involved in the study was 636 The EIRE study compared sexual dysfunction effects related to haloperidol

Page 36 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

risperidone olanzapine and quetiapine Results indicated that frequency of sexual dysfunction was highest for risperidone (432) haloperidol (381) olanzapine (353) and quetiapine (182) (Bobes et al 2003) The study also concluded that sexual dysfunction seems to be dose-related with antipsychotic drugs and that atypical drugs produce higher risks of sexual dysfunction and other reporductive side effects including decreased libido erectile ejaculatory dysfunction gynecomia and amenorrhea than typical drugs (Bobes et al 2003) Therefore it seems that much debate exists on the issue of sexual dysfunction related to antipsychotics and more research is needed It has long been long known that suicide rates are quite high among people diagnosed with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) Recent studies have found a positive association between antipsychotic use and suicide (Khan et al 2007) One study in North Wales investigated the lifetime suicide rate in treated patients with schizophrenia between the pre-chlorpromazine era (1874-1924) and recent period (1994-2003) (Healy et al 2006) The study found that people treated with antipsychotics were at greater risk of suicide compared to the people with schizophrenia in the pre-chlorpromazine era (Healy et al 2006) Therefore there is some indication that the use of antipsychotics increases suicide rates However other studies do not agree with the conclusion of Healy et al (2006) study and show quite the opposite Khan et al (2007) conducted a study in which they assessed mortality rates for patients with schizophrenia according to the type of antipsychotics taken Participants were assigned to atypical antipsychotic agents (olanzapine quetiapine risperidone or ziprasidone) a control antipsychotic (haloperidol or chlorpromazine) or a placebo group Results indicated that patients assigned to the placebo group were significantly at higher rate of suicide than other groups Furthermore the study found no difference in suicide rates between patients assigned to either atypical or typical antipsychotic agents (Khan et al 2007) Perhaps the study had methodological limitations which may have affected the findings Therefore evidence on the implications of typical and atypical antipsychotics in suicide rates among people with schizophrenia are mixed and further controlled studies are required Typical and atypical antipsychotics show similar effects on quality of life across one year of medications The Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project aimed to evaluate the long-term effectiveness and tolerability of atypical and typical antipsychotics in patients with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) The study involved about 15000 participants from the USA The primary outcome measure was the discontinuation of treatment (Lieberman et al 2005) Patients were randomized to receive olanzapine perphenazine quetiapine risperidone or zisprasidone Findings indicated that 74 of patients discontinued their medication 18 months before the study ended Olanzapine appeared to be the most effective since its group had a significantly longer time to discontinuation (Lieberman et al 2005) The efficacy of perphenazine was similar to that of the other atypical antipsychotics Even though it exhibited a greater degree of effectiveness olanzapine was associated with

Page 37 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

greater weight gain and increases in blood glucose lipid levels and cholesterol levels (Lieberman et al 2005) The study concluded that in the long-term atypical drugs were not more effective and did not produce fewer side effects when compared to typical antipsychotic (perphenazine) Similar findings have been replicated in (Jones et al 2006) study The study included 227 people with schizophrenia aged between 18 to 65 years Randomized prescriptions of either typical or atypical (other than clozapine) were given to participants Findings indicated that long-term effectiveness of typical drugs was similar to those of atypical drugs (other than clozapine) (Jones et al 2006) Thus it seems that patients may need to change their medications only for clinical reasons and such evidence that indicate the superiority of atypical antipsychotics may be based on short-term efficacy trials Serious adverse effects are common features among both typical and atypical antipsychotics The emergence of the atypical drugs has been accompanied by an assumption that these are associated with less reversible extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) as well as less propensity to cause tardive dyskinesia (TD) (Malla et al 2004) One study indicated that the incidence of EPS is strongly associated with typical antipsychotics and that about 50 to 75 of patients who are taking typical antipsychotics will suffer from EPS (Arana 2000) Another study found similar results The study compared symptom severity and quality of life in patients with schizophrenia who were treated adequately either by typical antipsychotic or by clozapine (atypical) (Sergio et al 2005) Results indicated that clozapine caused significantly fewer EPS than did the typical antipsychotic (Sergio et al 2005) However other studies have indicated equivocal results (Peluso Lewis Barnes amp Jones 2012) A study conducted recently in the United Kingdom included 118 participants in the typical antipsychotic group and 109 participants in the atypical group Findings suggested that both groups had similar EPS however despite the apparent equivalence patients in the atypical group were significantly (3mdashfold) less likely to be prescribed adjunctive anticholinergic medications than those in typical group (Peluso et al 2012) Even though second-generation antipsychotic drugs appear to be more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms on schizophrenia evidence on whether the second-generation antipsychotic drugs cause less EPS is inconsistent In conclusion antipsychotic drugs are the main treatment for patients with schizophrenia The typical antipsychotics are high-affinity antagonists of dopamine D2 receptors and are more effective in managing psychotic symptoms but have a high incidence of serious adverse effects such as extrapyramidal symptoms and tardive dyskinesia In the 1950s typical antipsychotics has brought considerable benefit to patients with schizophrenia to the extent that such drugs have shown efficacy in combating psychotic symptoms and as a consequence increased the possibility of outpatient treatment Atypical antipsychotics entered the market with the proposed superiority with respect to efficacy especially improvement of negative symptoms and the absence of

Page 38 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

extrapyramidal symptoms These atypical antipsychotics differ from those of the first generation by their low affinity for dopamine D2 receptor and the high affinity for other neuronal pathways such as serotonin and noradrenaline Conclusion Unfortunately there are no antipsychotics free from unwanted effects The clinical advantage of a group of drugs often exposes the user to particular complications Unlike the partial success of medications for improving the positive symptoms associated with schizophrenia it is well documented that antipsychotic use ndash typical or atypical ndash does little to ameliorate the debilitating the overall negative symptoms associated with schizophrenia Additionally much of the scientific evidence indicating the superior safety and effectiveness of atypical antipsychotics is inconsistent In terms of inducing adverse effects the superiority of atypical antipsychotics has been questioned in many studies due to the propensity for weight gain and changes in glucose and lipid metabolism that they may cause Thus it seems the debate about the effectiveness of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs in treating schizophrenia is continuous Furthermore it is clear that due to the complexity inherent in any treatment of schizophrenia a psychiatry-psychology alliance might be very welcomed by frontline care providers who are often frustrated and dismayed by the limited effectiveness and all-too-prevalent side effects of medications References Arana G (2000) An overview of side effect caused by typical antipsychotics Journal of Clinical Psychiatry

61 5-11 Bobes J Garcia-Portilla M Rejas J Hernandez G Garcia-Garcia M Rico-Villademoros F amp Porras

A (2003) Frequency of sexual dysfunction and other reproductive side-effects in patients with schizophrenia treated with risperidone olanzapine quetiapine or haloperidol The results of the EIRE study Journal Of Sex Marital Therapy 29(2) 125-147

Duncan G Lieberman J amp Zorn S (1999) Mechanisms of typical and atypical antipsychotic drug action in relation to dopamine and NMDA receptor hypofunction hypotheses of schizophrenia Molecular Psychiatry 4(5) 418-428

Healy D Harris M Tranter R Cutting P Austin R Jones-EdwardsG ampRobertsA (2006) Lifetime suicide rates in treated schizophrenia 1875-1924 and 1994-1998 cohorts compared British Journal of Psychiatry 188 223-228

Horacek J Bubenikova-Valesova V Kopecek M Palenicek T Dockery C Mohr P Hoschl C (2006) Mechanism of action of atypical antipsychotic drugs and the neurobiology of schizophrenia CNS Drugs 20(5) 389-409

Jones P Barnes T Lloyd H Davies L Dunn G Hayhurst K amp hellip Murray R (2006) Randomized controlled trial of the effect on quality of life of second- vs first-generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia Cost utility of the latest antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia study (CUtLASS 1) Archives of General Psychiatry 63(10) 1079-1087

Kalat J (2009) Biological psychology (10th ed) Belmont California Wadsworth Cengage Learning Khan A Schwartz K Stern C Redding N Kolts R Brown W amp Robinson D (2007) Mortality risk

in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 68(12) 1828-1833

Kring A Johnson S Davison G amp Neale J M (2012) Abnormal psychology (12th ed) Hoboken NJ John Wiley amp Sons

Page 39 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Lieberman J Stroup T McEvoy J Swartz M Rosenheck R Perkins D amp Hsiao J (2005) Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia New England Journal of Medicine 353(12) 1209-1223

Mahmoud A Drake R Lewis S amp Hayhurst K (2012) Sexual function of patients with schizophrenia receiving first-generation (FGA) or second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) treatment International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice 16(2) 148-152

Malla A Norman R Scholten D Townsend L Manchanda R Takhar J ampHaricharan R (2004) A comparison of two novel antipsychotics in first episode non-affective psychosis One-year outcome on symptoms motor side effects and cognition Psychiatry Research129(2) 159-169

Peluso M Lewis S Barnes T amp Jones P (2012) Extrapyramidal motor side-effects of first and second-generation antipsychotic drugs The British Journal of Mental Science 200(5) 387-392

Rey J A (2002) Antipsychotic therapy A pharmacoeconomic perspective American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy 59(22 Suppl 8) S5-S9

Sergio A S Ana P Ruben A Julian B Julieta C Soledad F amp hellip Gabriel A (2005) Brief report Lack of extrapyramidal side effects predicts quality of life in outpatients treated with clozapine or with typical antipsychotics Psychiatry Research 133 277-280

Stahl S M (2000) Essential psychopharmacology Neuroscientific basis and practical application (2nd ed) Cambridge University Press

Steinberg P (2012 December 25) Our fail approach to schizophrenia The New York Times Retrieved April 15th 2013 from httpwwwnytimescom20121226opinionour-failed-approach-to-schizophreniahtml_r=0

Whitaker R (2002) Mad in America Bad science bad medicine and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill Cambridge MA Perseus Pub

Whitaker R (2005) Anatomy of an Epidemic Psychiatric Drugs and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry 7(1) 23-35

Ministry of Health (2000) Guidelines to the Mental Health (Compulsory Assessment and Treatment) Act 1992 Wellington Ministry of Healthhttpwwwprnewswirecomnews-releasesbraeburn-pharmaceuticals-achieves-primary-endpoint-in-pivotal-phase-23-study-of-bb0817-risperidone-6-month-implant-for-treatment-of-schizophrenia-300446397html

Braeburn Pharmaceuticals Achieves Primary Endpoint in Pivotal Phase 23 Study of BB0817 Risperidone 6-month Implant for Treatment of Schizophreniahttpspsychcentralcomnews20120607marijuana-compound-may-beat-antipsychotics-at-treating-schizophrenia39803html

Page 40 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INSOLVENCY FRAMEWORK FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

(FSPs)

Dr Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal ICSI IIP IPA of IBBI New Delhi

In the Indian Insolvency scenario the insolvency and bankruptcy is governed by a uniform law of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (ldquoCoderdquo) which came into force in 2016 In the almost 4 years of its inception the Code has seen a lot of important judgments and orders being given by the National Company Law Tribunal (ldquoNCLTrdquo) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (ldquoNCLATrdquo) as well as the Apex Court of India The Code provides a framework for the insolvency resolution inter alia corporate and individuals which does not include Financial Service Providers Section 3(16) of the Code defines lsquoFinancial Servicesrsquo and reads as (16) ldquoFinancial servicerdquo includes any of the following services namely ndash (a) Accepting of deposits (b) Safeguarding and administering assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person or agreeing to do so (c) Effecting contracts of insurance (d) Offering managing or agreeing to manage assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person (e) rendering or agreeing for consideration to render advice on or soliciting for the purposes ofndashndash (i) buying selling or subscribing to a financial product (ii) availing a financial service or (iii) exercising any right associated with financial product or financial service (f) Establishing or operating an investment scheme (g) Maintaining or transferring records of ownership of a financial product (h) underwriting the issuance or subscription of a financial product or (i) Selling providing or issuing stored value or payment instruments or providing payment services Section 3(17) defines financial service providers as a person engaged in providing financial services and would also include non-banking financial companies micro finance institutions etc Insolvency of Financial Service Providers was not covered under the Code however the Central Government has power under Section 227 of the Code to notify Rules for FSPs as and when necessary

Page 41 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The definition of FSP and what constitutes Financial Services was deliberated in the matter of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd v RHC Holding Private Ltd1 wherein NCLAT held that ldquo13 The definition of lsquofinancial servicesrsquo as defined in Section 3(16) of IampB Code is not limited to the 9 activities as shown at Clause (a) to (i) of Section 3(16) The aforesaid Clauses (a) to (i) are inclusive which means there are other services means there are other services which come within the meaning of ldquofinancial servicesrdquo 14 The Registration of Certificate issue by RBI shows that it has granted certificate to commencecarry on business of ldquonon-banking financial servicesrdquo However the Respondent has not been allowed to accept the public deposit and such certificate is condition to other conditions as provided in the back of the CertificaterdquoIn this order NCLAT held that a non-banking financial institution which is carrying on business of financial institution and thereby it being financial service provider will not come within the meaning of Corporate PersonCorporate DebtorThe NCLAT also suggested for the Appellant to bring any complaints against the Financial Institution to the Regulator ie Reserve Bank of India The need for a framework to deal with FSPs was felt in the market and was also expressed in various cases such as that of Randhiraj Thakur v Jindal Saxena Financial Services2 wherein it was held that ldquo10 If the entire scheme of the IampB Code is seen it will be evident that the Code is to consolidate and amend the laws relating to reorganisation and insolvency resolution of lsquocorporate personsrsquo lsquopartnership firmsrsquo and lsquoindividualrsquo in a time bound manner It is a self-contained Code which is exhaustive in nature when it comes to reorganisation and insolvency resolution However an exception had been carved out while enacting the Code that the lsquofinancial service providersrsquo have been kept outside the purview of the Code Being a consolidating legislation only those acts are permitted which are mentioned in the Code and it cannot be made applicable to lsquofinancial service providersrsquo including lsquonon-banking financial institutionsrsquo and MFIrsquos banks which have been kept outside the purview of the CoderdquoIn the present case the Corporate Debtor was a NBFC and had undertaken financial deposits from the respondent thus falling under the ambit defined under Section 3(16) of the Code The application was thus found non-maintainable under Section 7 of the Code It is by virtue of these cases that a need for rules for FSP and their categories were recognized

1httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2019Jul11493138195d25d9f0d704d_2019-07-1120100857pdf 2httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2018OctRandhiraj20Thakur20Director20Mayfair20Capital20Private20Limited20Vs20Jindal20Saxena20Finacial20Services20Private20Ltd_2018-10-1120212941pdf

Page 42 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FSP Rules3 In exercise of the powers conferred under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (31 of 2016) the Central Government made the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules 2019 and notified them on 15th November 2019The rules were framed to provide a generic framework for insolvency and liquidation proceedings of systemically important Financial Service Providers (FSPs) other than banks The Rules shall apply to such FSPs or categories of FSPs as will be notified by the Central Government under section 227 from time to time in consultation with appropriate regulators for the purpose of their insolvency and liquidation proceedingsAs per the FSP Rules all provisions of the Code relating to a corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and liquidation process of a corporate debtor shall apply to FSPs with certain modifications as specified in the FSP Rules However it does not mean that all FSPs would now be covered under these Rules The FSP Rules will apply to only those FSPs who are notified by the Central Government under Section 227 from time to time A notification was issued for all systemically important NBFCs and for RBI to be the appropriate regulator in this regard For all other FSPs the IBC is required to apply in the same manner as that to all other corporate debtors Just like in insolvency proceedings of a Corporate Person a Resolution Professional (RP) is appointed to take over the control of assets and management of the Corporate Debtor The FSP Rules provide that on the admission of an application for initiation of CIRP against an FSP NCLT shall appoint an individual proposed by the appropriate regulator as the Administrator The Administrator will have the powers of an RP The appropriate regulator can constitute an Advisory Committee to advise the Administrator in the operations of the FSP during the CIRP The Advisory Committee has to consist of 3 or more members who shall be persons of ability integrity and standing and who have expertise or experience in finance economics accountancy law public policy or any other profession in the area of financial services or risk management administration supervision or resolution of an FSP Ministry of Corporate Affairs notified the manner of dealing with the third party assets in custody or possession of a FSP by the Administrator appointed under FSP Rules vide Notification No SO 464(E) dated 300120204 The FSP Rules note that moratorium will not apply to any third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties

3httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframworkcb1d53c7fe47f8f22ab36a40f441db2cpdf 4httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframwork3878e1c4a2332a3e4398d924fac58166pdf

Page 43 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However the FSP Rules provide that an Administrator shall take control and custody of third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including any funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties only for the purpose of dealing with them in the manner as may be notified by the Central Government under Section 227 The Rules were put to test in the cases initiated under these FSP Rules The first case initiated under these Rules was that of Reserve Bank of India v Dewan Housing Finance Limited5 The whole process to be followed under the rules was laid down in the order RBI as the regulator had also appointed an administrator and formed an advisory committee to act as a COC for the same NCLT Mumbai Bench held that ldquoThe Applicant RBI in the capacity of Appropriate Regulator has submitted this Application against the Financial Service Provider Dewan Housing Finance Corporation Limited on account of the fact that the default in repayment of the ECB Loan to SBI was committed therefore after following the due procedure as discussed supra prayed for Admission of the Petition us 7 to be read with Section 227 of the Insolvency Code hellip74 Upon Admission it is hereby pronounced that Moratorium as defined us14 of the Insolvency Code shall commence with effect from the date of Application ie 29112019 as prescribed under Rule 5(b)(i) of FSP Rules 2019 On commencement of Moratorium the institution of any Suit or continuation of proceedings or execution of any decree against the Financial Service Provider (DHFL) shall be prohibitedrdquo The process followed has proved that IBC can prove to be a beneficial law for reconstruction and recovery even for financial service providers Conclusion The wait for the Rules to deal with FSPs was long but the mechanism has provided a definite band-aid solution to the current problem of having no framework These Rules however cannot be construed as a permanent solution to deal with all the restructuring and liquidation of Financial Service Providers as a whole The FSP rules provide for a complementary system wherein the Adjudicating Authority the Regulator and the Administrator all have to work in tandem with each other for best results Although these Rules provide a much needed relief to all the stakeholders of FSPs for smooth and clear implementation of Resolution and Restructuring a comprehensive framework which can be considered a one stop solution just like the Code is what should be the aim of the government in the long run

5httpsibbigovinuploadsorderd9c77ba13d4eea5107ae79715a8c0402pdf

Page 44 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 AND UNPRIVILEDGE CLASS AN ANALYSIS

Dr Hajra Masood Assistant Professor ndash Sociology

Karamat Husain PGCollage Lucknow

The World Health Organizationrsquos (WHO) guidelines for safety against COVID-19 are extremely simpleamp basic The guidelines states people to wash their hands regularly with soap practice social distancing with a strict stay at home if one happens to be in an affected area or has been exposed to the virus in any way possible Home quarantine is also advised for people who are in or have recently visited (in the past 14 days) COVID-19 affected areas to avoid the spread of the disease (World Health Organization nd) Indiarsquos most populated state with over 200 million people Uttar Pradesh has managed well to keep the cases below 500 (451 at the time of writing) The state has further sealed all the 160 hotspots completely Uttar Pradesh had no laboratory to test the Sars-CoV-2 pathogen when the first positive case was reported on 3 March it now has 10 The state government has established a Covid Care Fund and is getting support from public representatives and the general public The money is being used to expand testing and treatment facilities 2400 tests are being done daily The government is already working to boost the manufacturing units of PPE N95 masks triple-layer masks thermal analysers ventilators and other equipment

Since healthcare systems in progressive nations like the United States (US) United Kingdom (UK) amp Italy has failed to contain the rapid increase in the number of cases then in this case it becomes crucial to follow such advice to pre-empt the spread of this dangerous virus especially in low- amp middle-income countries where healthcare systems are a luxury for millions to afford The reality of such a densely populated country like India it becomes questionable as how practical it is to adhere to these guidelines It is the question every mind follows and is scared to even admit to self By examining and analyzing the latest National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) reported data on housing amp sanitation (76th round 2018) we make an assessment of the accessibilityamp availability of basic housing amp related amenities of an average Indian household such as sanitation facilities which are set at minimum requirements in order to follow WHO guidelines effectively We consider per capita availability of rooms access to fresh hygienic water for bathing amp toilet facilities as fundamentals to comply with the social distancing norms and to maintain hygiene

Cheek-by-jowl Living Spaces

Investigating on the housing substructure in India it reveals that almost a third of the rural population amp a half of the urban population in India live in houses which as per capita space available are less than a single room which effectively means that isolating

Page 45 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

a person with risk of infection is extremely difficult in these compact spaces This implies that home quarantineself-isolation measures would be difficult to implement among 60 of the population of India in the event of spread of infection (Table 1)

Table 1 Per Capita Availability of Rooms

Rural Urban Total

Less than a room 6608 4516 596

Just a room 1471 171 1545

More than one room 1921 3774 2495

Total 100 100 100

Water Woes

Accessibility of running water in homes is an important part of hygiene and a necessity to ensure regular hand washing with soap The NSSO data reveals that 40 of urban households amp 75 of rural households in India do not have access to tap water in their homes or even in radius of their residential premises (Table 2)

Table 2 Source of Water

Drinking Water Domestic Needs

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Bottled water 34 103 55 01 04 02

Piped water into houses 115 437 214 139 496 248

Piped water to yardplot 98 141 111 98 108 101

Piped water from neighbor 08 10 08 08 09 08

Page 46 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Public tapstandpipe 91 71 85 74 54 68

Tube well 108 103 107 115 172 132

Hand pump 453 80 339 414 79 312

Well Protected 29 16 25 27 24 26

Well Unprotected 43 25 37 45 28 40

Tanker truck Public 01 08 03 01 05 05

Tanker truck Private 04 05 04 05 05 05

Spring Protected 03 01 02 02 00 02

Spring Unprotected 03 00 02 04 00 03

Rainwater Collection 03 01 02 01 00 01

Surface water TankPond 04 01 03 49 10 37

Other surface water (river dam stream canal lake etc 02 01 02 03 01 02

Others (cart with small tank or drum etc) 02 01 02 03 01 02

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Page 47 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

It implies that majorly households obtain their basic resource of water from public taps wells or other shared water sources This denotes that while maintaining any sort of hygiene amp social distancing is itself difficult in these unusual circumstances there is a higher risk of contamination of water resource amp also the spread of infections during public health crises

Furthermore it has been observed that average time required to collect water from community sources is close to approximately an hour every day certainly implying that social distancing is difficult task to followamp execute for a large proportion of households with no proper regulations amp measures for this daily need crisis (Table 3b) As is the practice in many developing or under-developed countries the liability of collecting water from open resources is predominantly on females of the household (73) exposing them to greater health risks (Table 3c)

Table 3 Access to Drinking Water

Rural Urban Total

(a) Access to drinking water

Within dwelling 30 59 39

Outside dwelling but within the premises 31 22 28

Outside premises

Less than 02 km 286 137 240

02 km to 05 km 80 32 65

05 km to 10 km 21 12 18

10 km to 15 km 04 04 04

15 km or more 05 05 05

Total 100 100 100

Page 48 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Rural Urban Total

(b) Average time (in minutes) required to fetch water in a day from outside premises

485 400 470

(c) Who fetches water

Male members 208 338 230

Female members 775 566 739

Hired labour 06 47 13

Others 11 49 18

Total 100 100 100

Poor Sanitation Facilities

Following on we examine Indians access to exclusive washrooms amp latrines required to maintain hygiene to avoid coming into contact with viral discharges of infected persons (Table 4) Among the rural households 45 have no access to exclusive washrooms amp 39 have no access to exclusive latrines while 5 each use public facilities

In urban areas while the percentage of people without access to washrooms amp latrines are lower at 9 amp 4 respectively a higher proportion of households use commonpublic washrooms amp latrines (11 amp 135 respectively)

Overall about 8 of the Indian population uses public sanitation facilities amp a quarter of the population has no access to any sanitation facility making it difficult to follow good hygiene

Page 49 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 4 Access to Bathrooms amp Latrines

Bathrooms Latrines

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

For the exclusive use of household 515 797 602 650 822 702

For common use of households in a building

48 107 66 57 106 72

Publiccommunity use without payment

01 02 01 02 15 06

No bathroom 0 0 0 0 12 04

Others 02 01 02 05 04 04

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Prevalence of proper hand-washing practices

Finally we examine hand-washing practices amongst Indians prior to meals amp after defecation to comprehend in what way these are strongly embedded is this idea of washing or cleaning hands with soap amp water (Table 5) We find that while 75 of the population washes their hands using soap amp water after defecation whereas only 34 of it performs cleaning of hand before having a meal The majority of the population (62) uses only water to wash hands before meals This displays that the fundamental practice required to curtail infections through hand-washing with soap several times a day is a practice that majority of Indians are yet to adopt

Page 50 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 5 Hand-washing Practices

Rural urban Total

(a) Hand-washing regularly before meals

With water amp soap detergent 250 553 343

With water amp ash mudsand etc 36 14 29

With water only 701 427 617

Do not wash 13 06 11

Total 100 100 100

(b) Hand-washing regularly after defecation

With water amp soap detergent 684 892 747

With water amp ash mudsand etc 181 21 132

With water only 135 87 120

Do not wash 01 00 01

Total 100 100 100

Our study amp breakdown of the situation exhibits that maintaining social-distancing following proper hygiene ampobserving self-isolation guidelines in the case of this deadly infection are practically difficult for majority of the population residing in India due to existing housing patternsamp sanitation facilities Even if information regarding protective measuresamp safety norms is circulated to reach amp go rounds through the entire population the lack of basic amenities amp resources makes the financially amp resourcefully less-privileged sections of the Indian society defenceless against COVID-19 httpseconomictimesindiatimescom India shares two SARS-CoV-2 genome sequences

Page 51 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSES REPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

DIRECTORATE AND ISTEQLAL HOSPITAL OF THE MINISTRY OF PUBLIC HEALTH KABUL AFGHANISTAN

Faridullah Rahiq12345 Li Xiguang2 Muhammad Rehman13458 Azizaqa Zahed13 Khalil

Ahmad Pashtoonyar145 Bashir Ahmad Taseer 6 Ahmad Shah Wazir 7 Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil13

1 Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 2 Tsinghua University Beijing PR China

3 Forensic Medicine Strengthening Project Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

4 Forensic Medicine Laboratories Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

5 Forensic Medicine Services Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 6 Mental Health and Substance Abuse Department Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

7 Plastic and burn surgery Department Isteqlal Hospital Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 8 Noor Rahman Medical Laboratory Kabul Afghanistan

ABSTRACT Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases happened in the country during 2014 The majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriage Since there is no proper data collection system about suicide neither in the Ministry of Public Health nor in other ministries the only source of data is represented by some research done by human right commission or NGOs and their main focus is on gender base violence and human rights violations against women rather than suicide Evidence in recent years shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world the cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will not be forgiven by Almighty Allah On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental levels to understand the situation The complicity of silence the general hesitancy to address the issue and the lack of reliable statistics are all reasons not to understanding the underlying structural roots of the problem The aim of the study is to review the frequency of the suicide cases recorded There is little information on suicide and majority of the attempted suicide remains hidden as it is considered

Page 52 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

shameful in the society This behavior is strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors In general policy and judicial actions are needed to prevent andor reduce suicides in the county In addition the suicide reporting process must be strengthened in order to develop efficient interventions awareness rising on the issue is also considered very effective and practical on the issue The study is mostly quantitative and the study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years Data collection is based on the past year data records in both sites interview from personnel and questioning from relevant staff Key words SuicideAfghanistanQuantitative StudyMinistry of Public Health Afghanistan INTRODUCTION Identifying the Problem Suicide is an irrational desire to die The term irrational because no matter how bad a persons life is suicide is a permanent solution to what is nearly always a temporary problem Suicide is a symptom and sign of serious depression Depression is a treatable disorder but often the treatment takes time energy and effort on the part of the person who is feeling depressed It is during this time in treatment that many people turn to suicide and suicidal acts Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations The World Health Organization (WHO) also estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10ndash20 attempts at suicide Seventy five percent of all global suicides occur in low and middle-income countries (LMIC) Risk factors for suicide are many and varied including physical and sexual abuse childhood neglect and deprivation parental separation maternal physical and mental health problems lack of family personality disorder psychiatric disorders (particularly depression) as well as current life-stressors Suicidal behavior is complex Some risk factors vary with age gender and ethnic group and may even change over time The risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination Research has shown that 90 percent of people who kill themselves have depression or another diagnosable mental or substance abuse disorder Difficult life events in combination with other strong risk factors such as depression may lead to suicide Warning signs prior to suicide are significant and divided in to three groups verbal behavioral and environmental I Verbal warning signs include any written letter verbal communication may be direct or

indirect II Behavioral warning signs are behavioral signals which demonstrate emotional changes mood

changes and behavioral changes of a person

Page 53 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

III Environmental warning signs are any major changes in at the home family or job which leads to mood variation and emotional attacks

rdquoThe number of lives lost each year through suicide exceeds the number of deaths due to homicide and war combined Every 40 seconds another family loses a loved one to suiciderdquo said Dr Peeperkorn ldquoPolicy and legislative actions are needed to prevent suicide together with awareness rising of suicide as a public health problem in Afghanistan Surveillance and reporting on suicides and suicide attempts also needs strengthening to devise effective interventions ldquo Over 800000 people die due to suicide every year and there are many more who attempt suicide Suicide occurs throughout the lifespan and was the second leading cause of death among 15-29 year olds globally in 2012 Suicide is a global phenomenon in all regions of the world in fact 75 of global suicide occurred in low- and middle-income countries Suicide accounted for 14 of all deaths worldwide making it the 15th leading cause of death in 2012 Effective and evidence-based interventions can be implemented at population sub-population and individual levels to prevent suicide and suicide attempts Research Methodology Study Design The study is quantitative The study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years (Some samples (suicide attempts through poisoning) of the last year from other 5 hospitals are also included for comparison) NATIONAL SITUATION Afghanistan Afghanistan is a land-locked country (current estimated population 29 million and 2 hundred thousand) that connects central to South Asia 99 of its population is Muslims Kabul (current estimated population 4 million) is the capital city The country has poor social and health indicators made worse by over three decades of continuous war which has caused enormous social political amp economic disorder and suffering Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases were recorded in the country during 2014 Deputy public health service chief said 4466 cases of poisoning and 707 cases of burns were recorded in the capital while 4136 cases of burns were recorded in the provinces during the year 2014 The majority of the victims who are females attempted to commit suicide by setting themselves on fire Hanging and use of weapons are the other means used to commit suicide Evidence shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year At least 184 cases of self-immolation was registered by the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) in 2007 against 106 in 2006

Page 54 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world According to UNAMAs mid-year report cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The real prevalence may be higher than what is mentioned because of general knowledge of silence attached to this issue as suicide is a criminal act in Islamic lsquoShariarsquo and also in the Afghani civil and criminal laws The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will go to hell On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental and para-statal levels to understand the situation However majority of the attempted suicide cases remains hidden since the act of attempting suicide is considered shameful in the society ldquoThe majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriagerdquo noted the UNFPA representative for Afghanistan Dr Annette Robertson according to the public health ministry The womenrsquos rights chief at the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission told Afghanistan Times that methods of suicide used by Afghan women last year include ldquoself-immolation self-poisoning drowning hanging and cutting off the arteryrdquo ldquoSexual abuse domestic violence forced and early marriagesrdquo are among the primary reported reasons for female suicides she added Most ldquosuicide incidents remained covert due to family disgrace but suicides would decline substantially if the ministry of health cooperates with the policerdquo In the Afghanistan Times article a Kabul University lecturer said ldquoDemocracy has not expanded across the country to protect the womenrsquos rights and itrsquos quite challenging to defend women in such a society Women are very vulnerable and often undergo drastic atrocities in their social livesrdquo Violence against women in Afghanistan reached record levels in 2013 according to the Independent Human Rights Commission of Afghanistan (AIHRC) Figures released between 6 months of 2013 witnessed a 25 percent increase in recorded attacks As Seema Samar the chair of AIHRC told Reuters attacks were more frequent and more brutal with incidents including ldquothe cutting of [womenrsquos] noses lips and earsrdquo and ldquopublic raperdquo The struggle to secure womenrsquos rights in Afghanistan has been an embattled one After years of faltering campaigns the landmark Elimination of Violence against Women Act (EVAW) was passed in 2009 by presidential decree The unprecedented law criminalizes 22 offences from forced prostitution to denying women their inheritance (Article 5) prescribes punishments for offenders (Articles 17 ndash 42) and outlines a number of state responsibilities (Articles 8 ndash 16) Most significantly Article 6 enshrines seven victimsrsquo rights including the right of prosecution legal representation and compensation

Page 55 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The 2009 act marked a major turning point in the legal status of Afghan women Before the EVAW was passed cases of violence against women were governed by Afghanistanrsquos penal code in force since 1976 which contains no reference to violence within the family or underage marriage Even these scant legal protections were illusory during Taliban rule when women were denied free movement and access to education and when women were even stoned to death Since then Afghanistan has signed numerous international rights treaties and as a signatory is obliged under international law to respond to reports of attacks on women And yet according to UN statistics out of 650 reported cases between October 2012 and September 2013 the law was applied in a mere 109 On average over the past three years the EVAW act has only been applied to between 15 and 17 percent of reported cases The failure to enforce the law is a chief concern among activists Speaking to Al Jazeera Latifa Sultani an AIHRC spokesperson recounted a case in which a man evaded justice despite being accused of using an axe to dismember his wife With perpetrators at large many victims do not speak out for fear of reprisals leaving countless women to suffer in silence Heather Barr of Human Rights Watch accuses the Afghan government of failing women attributing low rates of law enforcement to a lack of political will In a 2012 report entitled ldquoStill a Long Way to Gordquo the UN made 71 recommendations for strengthening protections for Afghan women The UN found that only four of these proposals had been implemented The United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan notes that a major challenge is the lack of resources and technical and political support for police prosecutors and the courts Securing womenrsquos rights had become one of the prime justifications for intervention Activists fear that the prospect of withdrawal has fuelled an attitude of impunity contributing to the intensification of attacks against women According to UN Women Chief PhumzileMlambo-Ngcuka violence against women in Afghanistan is ldquopandemicrdquo with 872 percent of women experiencing some form of physical psychological sexual economic or social violence 2014 is a year of flux for Afghanistan With a looming general election crumbling economy and concerns over security activists fear worsening of the already hostile environment for women in Afghanistan Vulnerable groups

i Women especially young girls between age of 14 -19 years which are most vulnerable due to gender base violence and violence against their rights

ii Drug users nowadays data showed 11 of general population is using some kind of drugs such as opiates opioid heroin sleep pills or pain killers and hashish (INL Afghan rural drug survey result 2015)

iii Returnees and displaced people with facing acculturation iv Disables family of martyrs v Poor people jobless

vi People with mental disorder and psycho-social problem vii People affected by serious infections such as HIVAIDS HBV and HBS

viii People who have lost their dear ones ix People who are affected from civil war x People who have suddenly faced a very big economical loss

xi People specially youth who are disowned by the family andor face some sort of dishonor by society

Causalities There is little information on suicide in Afghanistan-behaviors that are strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors Afghanistan is a poor and post conflict country with huge burden of health Mental Health- psycho-social problems large risk factors prohibit people from seeking help such as gender

Page 56 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

imbalance gender base violence poverty domestic violence mental disorders cultural changes kinds of human right violation women and children rights violation and related results Most of these risk factors contribute to increase vulnerability for suicide and the situation is going to be worse when we knew the low level of awareness of people and the extreme cultural restrictions to suicide and suicide attempts cases and highlights SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSESREPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE DIRECTORATE Forensics or forensic science is the application of science to questions which are of interest to the legal system as well as social sciences Today forensic doctors are claimed by courts law enforcement offenders and accusers to analyze evidence and report conclusions Sometimes forensic experts are asked to be expert witnesses in court and report those findings As Forensic science is the application of the scientific method to help the judicial system Therefore Forensic doctors collect preserve and analyze scientific evidence during the course of an investigation Some forensic doctorsrsquo travel to the scene of the crime to collect the evidence themselves others are in laboratory performing analysis on objects brought to them by other individuals Worth to mention that In addition to forensic doctorsrsquo laboratory role they also testify as expert witnesses in both criminal and civil cases and can work for either the prosecution or the defense Forensic Medicine Directorate in Afghanistan was established in the year 1981with some basic resources and facilities At present Forensic Medicine Directorate operates under direct supervision of Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan Currently the Directorate operates 24 hours and over passage of time certain sections have developed to incorporate the majority of forensically related cases Forensic specialties that are currently developed in Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan

1 Forensic Pathology 2 Forensic Toxicology 3 Forensic Anthropology 4 Forensic Evidence 5 Forensic Chemistry 6 Forensic Odontology 7 Forensic Genetics 8 Forensic Psychiatry 9 Forensic Serology 10 Criminalistics 11 Document Examination 12 Forensic Autopsy Examinations 13 Medical Malpractice amp Mispractice Investigation Though Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the cause of death as it is not part of their authority therefore they only describe and record the cause of death The cause of death can clearly indicate the intention behind it The suicide attempts that had led to death and were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate during the years 2014 2015 and 2016 Suicide Cases ndash Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan During the year 2014 2015 and 2016 total 119 deaths (suicide cases) were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate the breakdown is shown in below table and the graph chart

Page 57 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 58 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 59 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 60 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 61 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 62 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 63 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 64 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 65 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 66 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 67 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 68 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 69 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 70 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 71 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 72 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 73 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 74 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 75 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 76 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 77 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 78 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 79 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 80 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 81 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 82 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FINDINGS

The basic goal is to prevent suicide both injury and death study results indicate that standards by which progress can be documented could empower government to actually implement their plans This can include constantly connecting suicide prevention to other issues to which the public government agencies or the educational system are already committed More work is needed at the national level to assist in developing these standards There are some findings indicated during the research that are concluded as below 1 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Forensic Medicine Directorate that has led

to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 was 119 The average of suicides that are recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate per year was 396 suicides

2 Among the cases in Forensic Medicine Directorate 44 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 56 were committed by male

3 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people in Forensic Medicine however still 55 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

4 The methods used for suicide were hanging mouse killer drown in water gun shot and Burn As per available data hanging was the most common method used ie 74 while other methods usages was 19 2 4 and 1 respectively

5 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Isteqlal hospital that has led to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 is 41 The average of suicides that are recorded in Isteqlal Hospital per year was 136 suicides

6 Among the cases 80 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 20 were committed by male

7 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people however still 68 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

8 As per detailed information provided in chapter 4 there were 4 female suicide cases (Poisoning) reported in Isteqlal hospital in the years 2015 and 2016 This number shows that as per chapter 5 data from five hospitals where 391 women who had attempted suicide 4 have died which shows the average ratio of 1001 that means in every 100 poisoned cases in women 1 die

9 Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the type of death as it is not part of their authority They only describe the cause of death

10 Forensic medicine directorate is not well equipped and not trained and authorized to give exact opinion

11 There is no proper database available that records suicides and suicide attempts with all possible details Most of the cases are recorded quantitatively while lots of details related to the quality of the case are missing

12 Registration and medical records of hospitals donrsquot have sufficient data available to enhance related researches

13 Strong coordination and cooperation lack between Forensic Medicine Police Prosecutors and Courts

14 The final decisions taken on cases are not shared with Forensic Medicine by Courts 15 The recorded cases show that the age group is in between 15 ndash 35 with higher percentage

between 15-25 which means young age group is much vulnerable 16 The method of suicide is different by sex men usually use hanging as a method however

women usually choose poisoning and self-immolation 17 Though as per observations female suicide cases are higher than male but most of the cases

related to women are hidden at family and community level and are not referred for investigation therefore there are fewer records available in Forensic Medicine Directorate

Page 83 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

18 Overall in Kabul with an estimated population of Four million the number of poisoning cases recorded in 5 hospitals is 2061 cases According to authorities almost more than 90 of all these cases are attempts to suicide which means there are 52 people attempting suicide in every 100000 people

19 The present analysis found that Afghan women attempted suicide 113 times more than men 20 Finally there is no certain prevention strategy in place yet Conclusively it can be stated that though suicide rate is not high in Afghanistan but still suicide prevention strategies must be developed within the context of social economic and political realities There will be challenges that may come during the processes of planning and implementation But it is really important to compare experiences of several governments discover commonalities and gather recommendations about national level suicide prevention planning and implementation strategy SUGGESTION amp CONCLUSION This study shows that incidence of suicide may have increased in Afghanistan but also there is a lack of information of the subject The prolonged war and the socio-political and socio-economical disorder in Afghanistan have all but destroyed the social order of the country and this may be reflected in the suicide statistics of the country Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam Attempting or committing suicide offends the whole family socially and could be one of the reasons why suicides are under- reported and under-researched in Afghanistan In case of hospitals (as shown in records of Isteqlal Hospital) the number of female cases are high because for treatment purpose family members do bring the victim to the hospital and the case is recorded both by the hospital authority as well as the investigative department In such cases family members canrsquot deny the incident and therefore the real data is recorded in hospitals Most acts of self-immolation by young Afghan women are due to some factors such as arranged and forced marriages trading women with the intention of marriage and the outdated and illegal practice of ldquobaadrdquo (the giving away of a female to settle a dispute) The lack of family support in many cases appears make the situation worse Therefore suicide in Afghan women is a form of social protest against the domination they face However the majority of the suicide victims have no intention to kill themselves they just want to express their pain by burning or eating poison Still due to immediate effects adverse harm complications and complication and non-availability of time the victims lose their lives Though government has passed different laws such as EVAW law - Elimination of Violence against Women but the politics and logistics of moving from paper to practice present a significant challenge The number of female attempting suicide by any mean is high the more women learn about their rights the more they will less go to the extreme that is attempt suicide Therefore the effectiveness of the human rights system at the national level needs to be improved and an effective advocacy initiative or strategy is required at national level More than three decades of almost continuous conflict in an impoverished country of Afghanistan has severely compromised the mental health status of the population From the small number of scientific reports (and a growing number of media reports) it appears suicidal behavior has become a serious public health problem in Afghanistan This is neither unexpected nor surprising However in order to understand the problem better and to inform policy for developing suicide prevention programs there is need for more and better research My review is an initial attempt to

Page 84 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

draw attention to this problem in Afghanistan In order to reduce the growing number of suicides in addition to give the sufferersrsquo immediate health care the below points are recommended 1 To decrease illiteracy and promoting literacy in each and every community 2 To provide long term awareness sessions in order to show families broader ways to struggle

in reducing violence against women stop domestic problems etc through media ie TV and radio

3 To create jobs and provide occupations to improve peoplersquoseconomicstatus and reduce related tensions

4 To seek assistance of influential community people religious leaders and teachersprofessors to publicize the issue of domestic violence

5 To expand and well equip the burn and attempt suicide wards within hospitals in addition to establishment of specialization programs

6 To establish proper psychosocial sessions for the survivors in order to convince them not to commit suicide again and help them to return to their normal life

7 To establish an emergency department equipped by emergency call number to speedily prevent and cover the cases

8 To keep away insecticides pesticides (poison) and firearm from all certain people who are under observation with different behaviors characteristics and mental issues

9 To conduct a national wide research on identifying the main and frequent causes behind suicides lead by Forensic Medicine Directorate and Mental Health Department of MOPH

10 Scope of government responsibility needs to be expanded for protection of womens human rights at each and every level

AUTHORS CONTRIBUTION This research was conducted in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Istiqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan FR carried out experiment and collected data LX carried data analysis FR and MR drafted manuscript BAT ASW AZ MMA and KAP conceived of the study and participated in the research coordination the authors read and approved the final manuscript REFERENCES 1 MoPH 2014b Suicide Report Press Report MoPH Kabul Afghanistan 2 Epidemiology and outcome of burns in Isteqlal Hospital of Kabul Afghanistan Burns 36

1101ndash1106 3 General Directorate of Preventive Medicine Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 4 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Isteqlal Hospital of

Kabul Afghanistan 5 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Forensic Medical

Department of Kabul Afghanistan 6 httpwwwbreitbartcomnational-security20140913afghanistan-4-136-cases-of-self-

immolation-primarily-involving-women-registered-so-far-this-year 7 httpwwwwhointmental_healthpreventionsuicidesuicidepreventen 8 httpwwwkhaamacomover-9000-suicide-attempt-cases-recorded-in-afghanistan-6666 9 httpdxdoiorg101016jajp201701004 10 httpwwwtherichestcomrich-listthe-biggest10-countries-with-the-highest-suicide-rates-

in-the-world 11 A study of deliberate self-harm and its repetition among patients presenting to an emergency

department Crisis ndash2011

Page 85 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

12 Asian Journal of Psychiatry 13 Guanglin He et al 2019 A comprehensive exploration of the genetic legacy and forensic

features of Afghanistan and Pakistan Mongolian-descent Hazara Forensic Science International Genetics 42 (2019) e1-12doiorg101016jfsigen201906018

14 Shahzad MS Kalsoom S Bajwa JI Arif A Khan MAU (2018) Detection and comparison of light metals in hair among workers of different industries using Particle Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) for forensic casework Adv Life Sci5 (4) 154-158

15 WAQAS M et al 2019 trace elemental analysis of hair for toxicity using partial induced x-ray emission (pixe) testing for forensic science applications IJBPAS 8(11) 2181-2194

Page 86 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 ECONOMY IN JEOPARDIZE

Gurpreet Kaur

Research Scholar Desh Bhagat University Amloh Ludhiana Abstract The rampant spread of COVID-19 outbreak across borders and geographies has severely impacted almost the whole world and triggered significant downside risks to the overall global economic outlook India too suffered decline in its economy due to the lockdown It was assumed while presenting the budget in February that GDP growth rate will be higher from last few years However now this task seems next to be impossible as the growth rate in spite of inclining has started declining This is a serious issue as many industries has been fallen Even it can be said that industries are at the last stage of survival This paper tends to highlight those sectors which suffered a lot Along with that this paper also tries to find steps that can be taken to combat this problem Keywords Rampant Growth Rate GDP Economy Outlook Global Introduction Coronavirus has almost broken all the norms and boundaries which has been set in the world As its breakdown resulted in locking almost everything It just stop the movement and it seems that only time has been running and rest of the things are being paused The major impact it had on the lives of human being and at the economy of the any country It can be estimated that globally the economy has suffered a lot This pandemic has even broken the record of the loss that has occurred in the Great Depression which happened in 1930 Due to the lockdown announced by the Indian Government the economy may slow over the next few months For most businesses the slowdown could be in the form of supply disruptions fall in consumption demand and stress on the banking and financial sectors Objective This paper tries highlight The major sectors which suffered the most due to pandemic The impact of COVID-19 in the economy of India The future challenges that need to be taken to combat this situation Research Methodology The method used to write this paper is purely descriptive The secondary sources has been opted to write this paper The matter is gathered from articles journals books and so on

Page 87 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Reality Check It is a matter of fact that after the lockdown a humanitarian crisis unfolded It forced people into starvation joblessness poverty destitution depression and many more This is apart from health infrastructure crisis

Prediction of GDP growth rate before the Breakdown of Coronavirus Amid the coronavirus pandemic several countries across the world resorted to lockdowns to ldquoflatten the curverdquo of the infection These lockdowns meant confining millions of citizens to their homes shutting down businesses and ceasing almost all economic activity According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) the global economy is expected to shrink by over 3 per cent in 2020 ndash the steepest slowdown since the Great Depression of the 1930s As the annual year was around the corner before the spread of hazardous virus The Union - Government has already passed the Budget While presenting the Finance Bill for the year 2020-21 the Union Government on 01022020 had reasonably estimated Indias nominal GDP growth rate (ie real growth + inflation) of 10 percent however the same now seems far from reality and certainty The slowdown in demand closure of production activities fall in the global price of crude oil ban on foreign trade price decrease in the commodities like energy metals and fertilizers restrictions on the aviation industry as also on tourism amongst others are bound to exert downward pressure on the inflation thus adversely affecting the economy chart It is believed that Indias aggressive lockdown could bring the countrys growth down to 25 percent from 45 percent it had earlier estimated However as per a statement released by Chief India Economist of Goldman Sachs on 09042020 the economic growth of India has been estimated at a low figure of 16 only It is really a matter of concern As the incline in Indian Economy is also estimated by the World Bank In the latest World Banks assessment India was expected to grow 15 to 281 Even the IMF also projected a growth rate of 19 for India in 2020 However all seems to be mere a dream Adversely affected Sectors The manufacturing an important part of any economy suffers from total lack of clarity Lockdown has put great stress on the supply chains of essential commodities and

1 World Bank Assessment Report

Page 88 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

therefore many of the Indian companies have focused on the production and supply of essential items only thereby stopping all other production activities thereby bringing down the production graph Likewise the other sectors like agriculture being the primary sector and the tertiary sector are also not free from its impact There is hardly any manpower available for the agricultural purposes in different states Lockdowns have manifestly made the farmers difficult to take their produce for sale to the markets Informal sector of India the backbone of its economy will be hardest hit in view of economic activities coming to a total standstill These lockdowns and restrictions on commercial activities and public gatherings are necessarily likely to strongly impact domestic growth As estimated by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) on 07042020 the overall unemployment rate may have surged to 23 per cent with urban unemployment standing at nearly 31 per cent International Labour Organisation (ILO) has estimated about 40 crores workers of unorganised sectors to be unemployed The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)2 has suggested that Indias trade impact due to the COVID-19 outbreak could be around USD 348 million For India the overall trade impact is estimated to be at 129 million dollars for the chemicals sector textiles and apparel at 64 million dollars the automotive sector at 34 million dollars electrical machinery at 12 million dollars leather products at 13 million dollars metals and metal products at 27 million dollars and wood products and furniture at 15 million dollars As per UNCTAD estimates exports across global value chains could decrease by USD 50 billion during the year in case there is a 2 reduction in Chinas exports of intermediate inputs What is also worrisome is the effect of all the circumstantial conditions on the Rupee value which is at its lower value of more than Rs 76 per USD exerting extra burden and pressure on the cost of import of commodities and services in India and on the accumulated foreign reserves Industries Corona virus had its impact in the industry in general which has seen not only cutting the salaries but also laying off its employees The hotels are vacant and airlines have closed their wings The live events industry has also estimated a loss of more than Rs 3000 crores It is also resulted that businesses are grappling with tremendous uncertainty about their future According to the survey3 COVID-19 is having a deep impact on Indian businesses over the coming months jobs are at high risk because firms are looking for some reduction in manpower Further it is added that already COVID-19 crisis has caused an unprecedented collapse in economic activities over the last few weeks

2 UNCTAD Statistics available at unctadorg 3Survey conducted by Industry body FICCI and tax consultant Dhruva Responses are from about 380 companies across the sectors

Page 89 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The present situation is having a high to very high level impact on their business according to almost 72 per cent respondents Further 70 per cent of the surveyed firms are expecting a de growth sales in the fiscal year 2020-21

Apparel ampTextile get hit adversely due to disruption in labour supply raw material unavailability working capital constraints and restricted demand due to limited movement of people and

purchasing ability Auto sector4 (which includes automobiles and auto parts) will continue to face

challenges on account of lack of demand global recession and falling income levels Aviation amp Tourism5 is one sector which has the highest probability of going under

without direct government intervention Due to pandemic there are high chances that in the next 12 months itrsquos highly unlikely people will travel for leisure apart from very essential travel Dependency of earning money by tourist depends on the visitors It is certain that this industry will be affected the most as people would not like to travel without any reason This will not only drop economy rate in own country but also has a great impact on global economy

Building amp Construction6 businesses are generally leveraged and hence will face the dual challenges of high-interest payments and lack of sales Lack of work and payment are the greatest hurdle in the way of building and construction industries

Hotel industryis among one such industry which has suffered a lot As their hotels are totally shut down and they have no other mode of earning

Gym industryalso faced a huge loss Due to lockdown everything is closed Trainers owners are facing huge loss Large number of population has become unemployed This problem would not resolve quickly It would take time In other words anything which involves personal interaction will face problems in the next 12 months ndash real estate or big-ticket itemsluxury products Sectors with a possible uptick

Digital amp Internet Economy Online based products amp services companies will find new takers

o Ed-tech and Online Education along with firms involved with online-skill development have become popular which also resulted in the growth of E-Learning Almost every school has opened their arms for online teaching

4 wwwsmallcasecom 5 Ibid 6 Ibid

Page 90 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

o Online groceries also gain With the lockdown people are now become habitual to buy things online As a result online grocery gain profit and other retailer would suffer

o There will be a sudden spike in the demand for Content with digital content being in demand more than ever

FMCG amp Retail7 will benefit immensely With continued fear food-based retail chains and companies catering to low-ticket consumption demand will emerge as winners

Speciality Chemicals8 Firms dealing in Chemicals will see a jump due to increased demand for disinfectants drugs and medicines Measures to Combat this Situation With COVID-19 spreading rapidly in India policymakers are worried about how to fight the virus and minimise its impact on the economy There are no easy answers In addition to containing the spread of the disease and support those who are affected policymakers have to be prepared for the long-term challenges and opportunities that may arise once the crisis is over and it will eventually be To minimise the effect in the economy caused by the COVID -19 outbreak the Union Finance amp Corporate Affairs Minister on 24032020 announced several important relief measures taken by the Government of India especially on statutory and regulatory compliance matters related to several sectors The Central Government amongst others announced much-needed relief measures in areas of Income Tax GST Customs amp Central Excise Corporate Affairs Insolvency ampBankruptcy Code (IBC) Fisheries Banking Sector and Commerce intended to boost the economy What is next in the list It might be a mouthful but herersquos a look at whatrsquos to come in the immediate future Liquidity is expected to remain tight as the cost of borrowing in real terms will jump upwards This is despite central banksrsquo efforts to reduce interest rates Banks and financial institutions will be under immense pressure as the fear of NPAs insolvency and bankruptcies increase multi fold The government will focus on meeting hyper demand for essential goods while non-essential businesses will focus on recovering their receivablesoutstanding money due from debtors New strategic alliances or business partnerships will not emerge during this period A smallcase is a basket of stocksETFs based on ideas themes and strategies They are professionally managed and offer investors more transparency and control over their investments Many lives will be lost and millions more affected Countries will introspect businesses will realign But as Jackiersquos 21st-century take on turning lemons into lemonade goes there may be a silver lining We may have to wait for the rain clouds to depart

7 wwwsmallscalecom 8 Ibid

Page 91 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Technology amp Future of Work Technology for many businesses until today was considered to be a support function with it being used as a means to get to an end This is set to change as technology will now become the frontline requirement in most organizations Its importance will be comparable to that of revenue-generating functions ndash sales and business development Trends will accelerate Automation will gain momentum as the spend on sophisticated IT infrastructure outpaces human resources Job creation will be limited with more offers being rolled out on a contractual basis than on a full-time basis This sort of gig economy will emerge in the emerging markets as well as the more developed markets Work from home will be the new normal Firms in some sectors will realise that employees working from home are equally productive as compared to when they are working from the office This will also help in saving infrastructure costs Back to basics Businesses will rethink their strategy of focusing on sales without profitabilityprofitability growth Organizations claiming hefty valuations just on the basis of sales growth will no longer find buyers ndash focus on profit and profit growth will be the new normal Data is the new oil That is as long as the price of oil doesnrsquot drop to $0 again (FYI only the expiring futures contract dropped to zero) Data will become even more valuable and with it data misuse through AI will also become rampant Wersquore already seeing governments and private entities roll out contact tracing tools which have poor implementation and pose severe threats to data security and privacy As these entities have realized data can play a huge role in limiting the impact of viral phenomena ndash diseases protests misinformationhellipthe list goes on

Page 92 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Data and IT security will become even more important for businesses Traditional businesses including heavy industries will find it difficult to survive without access to information that would help with optimization and extracting efficiency All about the money Finally big financial conglomerates with large balance sheet exposure will become history Wersquoll see the emergence of specialized segmental lenders who will strive to make better lending decisions through AI amp social intelligence Traditional lenders will exit the game There is no doubt that COVID-19 will have a large impact on the Indian economy With respect to India the discussion can be bifurcated into 2 parts ndash Indiarsquos economy and its stock markets The recovery of the underlying economy will be slow and it will take around 2 years for normalcy to come back across sectors While the overall economy might take a hit because of the government lockdown some sectors are set to see immense growth in the post-COVID era ndash FMCG B2C specialised lenders gold-dependent companies food retail and pharmaceutical companies to name a few Stock markets have a mind of their own formed by the collective emotions + intelligence of millions They are often skewed and arenrsquot the best indicators of the underlying economy Stock markets will have a strong recovery not due to the fundamentals strength but due to global liquidity which is available for almost free (as interest rates tend to near zero) Availability of debt capital will be scarce in India whilst equity capital will be available in plenty over a period of time What can the Government do Like its counterparts across the globe the Indian government has announced a slew of measures to prevent total collapse However it isnrsquot enough This works to alleviate some of the pain not counter it 1 Loosen its purse and spend money on infrastructure development ndash lsquoRebuild India

Rejuvenate Indiarsquo 2 Public sector financial institutions need to be further capitalized and nudged by the

RBI to lend out low-ticket loans below INR 1 Crore in the form of working capital to ensure that liquidity comes back into the system

3 Banking sector needs to be nudged to pass on rate cuts induced by RBI to the borrowers

4 Personal tax cuts amp tax holidays for 6 ndash 12 months can be adopted to revive consumption which will help spur economic growth

Page 93 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

These are not an exhaustive list of measures but could help alleviate the impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy while stimulating growth To conclude I would like to pen down by saying that this pandemic may wreck the Indian economy The level of GDP may further fall more so when India is not immune to the global recession In fact it is believed that India is more vulnerable since its economy has already been ailing and in a deep-seated slowdown for several quarters much before the COVID-19 outbreak became known The Prime Minister of India has already spoken of setting up an Economic Task Force to devise policy measures to tackle the economic challenges arising from COVID 19 as also on the stability of Indian economy However the concrete plans would have to be kept in place to support the economy and its recovery At last but not the least as the disruption from the virus progresses globally as well as within India it is for us to forget at least for the time being all talking only about economic recovery and instead join hands whole heartedly to tackle the outcome of COVID-19 References 1 Siddhartha RastogiThe impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy 2 Shikha Goyal What is the impact of Coronavirus on Indian Economy 3 Annual Budget presented by Union Government 4 httpswwwjagranjoshcom 5 httpsmeconomictimescom 6 httpsmeconomictimesindiatimescom 7 wwwbusiness-standardcom 8 wwwindiatodayin 9 httpseconomictimesindiatimescommarketsexpert-viewgoldman-sachs-revised-

global-growth-forecast-for-2020-to-2-and-that-of-us-to-6-prachi-mishraarticleshow75065449cms

10 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPublicationsPDFsMPRAPRIL2020E3D4AD8245734F27B6C5688F22B4FA2FPDF

11 httpswwwbusinesstodayincurrenteconomy-politicscoronavirus-fallout-unemployment-rate-spikes-to-23-after-lockdown-says-cmiestory400349html

12 httpsengaonconnectioncommore-than-40-crore-workers-in-indias-unorganized-sector-may-be-affected-due-to-the-lockdown-which-will-affect-their-employment-and-earnings-ilo

13 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPressReleasePDFsPR22761B4E43FCBED94A12955FD65458EBEEDAPDF

14 httpswwwindiatodayinindiastoryschool-books-to-path-labs-delhi-govt-relaxes-lockdown-1671877-2020-04-28

Page 94 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PROBLEMS IN SHIP BREAKING INDUSTRY OF INDIA A

CASE OF ALANG SHIP BREAKING YARD

Hrudanand Misra Professor Institute of Management

Nirma University Ahmedabad Gujarat India

Abstract

The requirement of steel production in India the ship breaking industry has become a vital for the countryrsquos economy After four decade of growth India continues to compete with Bangladesh to lead the international ship breaking industry In Alang area the ship breaking sector and related downstream activities provides employment and resources to nereby communities The industry is profitable and income generating poor working practices and low environmental standards tarnish the image of the sector at national and international levels A huge number of accidents and fatalities in ship breaking processes highlight the lack of adequate Occupational Health and Safety Standards Seasonal migrant workers many of whom are unaware with the industry These labours are recruited through sub-contractors most of the workers in India lack sufficient hazard awareness and basic safety requirement necessary to work in a ship breaking yard This paper focuses on the Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry (SBRI) of India to access its present situation impact on environment as well as worker rights and safety The paper also puts light on how India Ship Breakers Association (ISBA) reacts to unhygienic unsafe scrapping facilities and what remedies shall be taken to overcome the challenges of this potential industry

Keywords Ship Breaking And Recycling Challenges Environment Worker Right Introduction Ship breaking is the process of dismantling of old ships to recover steel scrap and other materials Ships breaking industry is a recycling industry which recover steel from the ship which is expected to constitute 90 percent in terms of value The other materials constitute the remaining 10 percent and consist of machines and equipment furniture and fittings asbestos wood panels oil chemicals electrical fittings etc These items can at best be considered as by-products of this industrial activity Ship breaking is a challenging process involving a complexity of issues like ecology environment labour health and safety Thus it has been recognized as one of the hazardous industries and this activity is mainly concentrated in developing countries of Asia The ship breaking activity shifted gradually from high-income countries to middle income countries and then to low income countries due to growing environmental concern and stringent regulations in developed countries During this process the ship breaking industry has transformed from being a capital-intensive industry to labour

Page 95 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

intensive industry Although Ship breaking industries produce the potentiality for economic growth it also brings with it dangers of environmental imbalances Until the 1970rsquos ship breaking activities were concentrated in developed countries But after 1980 due to availability of cheap labour a shift of these activities from the developed countries to developing countries is witnessed Countries like India Bangladesh China and Pakistan have less stringent norms or legislation pertaining to environment and also the availability of huge labour force It is estimated that on an average 700 ships are taken for decommissioning every year world over Out of these 350-450 ships are scrapped in India The ship breaking activities are carried out at various places in India along the sea coast of the country Viz Alang in Gujarat Sachana in Gujarat Dharukhana near Bombay Tadri in Karnatka Maipe in Karnataka Baypore in Kerala Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh Valinokan in Tamil Nadu and at Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu However the main ship breaking centre is located on the west coast at Alang Gujarat The ship breaking activity at Alang began in 1982 and currently 141 plots are in operation and Alang is considered to be the largest ship breaking yard in world India has the worldrsquos largest ship breaking facility in terms of volume According to Basel convention report of 2003 38 percent of ship breaking activities are concentrated in India followed by China 25 percent Bangladesh 19 percent and Pakistan 7 percent Alang has grown from small coastal village with a small population of fishermen and farmers to become worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard Upto 1980rsquos ship breaking activities were limited to the breaking of small-sized ship at Darukhana yard near Bombay At the end of 1970rsquos the Metal Scrap Trade Corporation (MSTC) of the Government of India decided to import non-useable ships from foreign countries and the Government decided to set up ship breaking yards During 80rsquos there was a tremendous demand for scrap from large number of foundries and re-rolling mills in Gujarat Therefore Government of Gujarat adapted policies in favour of ship breaking industry on Gujarat coast The Gujarat Maritime Board made intensive survey and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity In 1983 the first ship was beached and this laid the foundation of ship breaking at Alang which has now grown as worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard The working environment and negative impacts on the environment have become a growing concern over the time by the industrialists some social groups NGOrsquos and local and global media Some sort of comprehensive plans are need to be established to improvise current problems in the Alang ship breaking yards So the overall objectives this study include are bull To study the general overview of Ship Breaking Industry bull To evaluate the impact of environmental adversity bull To assess the issues involved in workers safety bull To recommend for the challenges occurred in SBRI

Page 96 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ship Breaking Industry Its Global Impact Ship breaking or ship scrapping as defined by the US occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is ldquoany breaking of a vesselrsquos structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel including the removal of gear equipment or any component of a vesselrdquo (US Environmental Protection Agency 2000) A ship consists mostly of steel At the end of its useful life it becomes a source of ferrous scrap The scrap is particularly reprocessed for manufacturing simple steel products such as steel rods used in civil engineering A large portion of the waste generated following the demolition or scrapping process is largely returned to good use Useable equipment is such as pumps motors generators etc are sold as it finds alternative applications and the scrap steel is reprocessed (Andersen 2001 1-2) Ships were historically broken at regulated European dry dock facilities by skilled workers After 1970rsquos the high cost of environmental controls and employees safety standards shifted the work onto cheaper shores As a result during 1980rsquos these countries delocalized their activities to developing countries Besides the availability of cheap labour in developing world the adoption of stringent environmental norms by developed countries acted as the major reason for the shift of these activities toward the developing countries The ship breaking industry creates enormous employment opportunities and generates income as it also provides with recycling of products and scrap materials for further production According to 2001 OCED report on ship scraping ldquoship demolitions remove large volume of obsolete tonnage from fleets recycle many of the materials used in ships construction and are a major employer in the main ship breaking areasrdquo (International Federation of Human Rights 20004)

On average a ship has an active life span of 25 to 30 years After it fails to meet the safety requirement it is sent for breaking The ship is sold through international broker or via cash buyers Until 1960rsquos ship breaking activities was highly mechanized and concentrated in industrialized countries like United States the United Kingdom Germany and Italy The United Kingdom accounted for 45 percent of ship breaking industry During 1960rsquos and 1970rsquos ship breaking activities shifted to semi-industrialized countries such as Spain Turkey and Taiwan mainly because of availability of cheaper labour and also the existence of re-rolling mills in these countries About 79 countries were involved in ship breaking activity Asian yards come into existence during 1980rsquos Despite their late establishment at present this region account for over 95 percent of the industry Alang ship breaking yard of India has become eminent industry holding first position in Asia and also in world market Bangladesh holds second position after India Table 21 presents the number of vessels that were dismantled during 1994 and 2002 Out of 3854 vessels that were dismantled during this period 58 percent were dismantled

Page 97 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in India alone Table also reveals that out of top eight destinations for these ships six are Asian countries More than 80 percent of ships dismantled were done in Asia The Asian countries also account for more than 80 percent of tonnage of these ships Out of 35789303 million tonnes of Ldt worldwide approximately 45 percent from the ships dismantled in India The table clearly shows the important place of India and Asia in the ship breaking industry world over Table 1 Number of Vessels by Breaking Location and their tonnage 1994-2002

Country Number of Vessels

Total of Ldt (Million

tons)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

India 2245 16135949 5825 4509 Bangladesh 529 7737562 1373 2162

China 379 4734533 983 1323 Pakistan 192 3521888 498 984 Turkey 109 379641 283 106

Vietnam 29 372882 075 104 Spain 18 59439 046 017

Mexico 18 75746 046 021 Other Countries 345 2771663 871 774

Total 3854 35789303 10000 10000 Source Clarksonrsquos Demolition Database 2002

Note These are some of the major countries involved in ship breaking activity Light displacement tonnage (Ldt) the lightweight is the displacement without cargo fuel lubricating oil ballast water fresh water and feed water consumable stores and passengers and crew and their effects but including liquids in piping Ship Breaking Industry in India At present India has large share in ship breaking industry (OCED 2001) and most of the activity is concentrated in Alang and Sosiya the two villages situated in the coast of Arabian Sea in the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat In India upto the 1980rsquos the ship beraking industry was concentrated in Darukhana yard near Mumbai However the activities were limited as it involved breaking of small-size ships It was in the late 1970rsquos that the MSTC decided to import non-useable ships and consequently the government decided to set up ship breaking yards Ship breaking activities was recognized as a major source of steel supplier for the re-rolling steel plants Subsequently in 1979 ship scrapping was recognized as an industry The initiation of this move was also the growing demand of scrap from the large number of foundries and re-rolling mills The state of Gujarat was one of the states where the demand for scrap was high for meeting the needs of the re-rolling mills Therefore the Government of Gujarat adopted policies in favour of ship breaking and set-up ship

Page 98 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

breaking yards on coast of Gujarat This step was also backed by the reports of various committees that recommended the development of ship breaking activities Gujaratrsquos has been blessed with one of the longest coast lines Besides it also has a long glorious past dated to almost 3000 years manifested by the maritime commercial ties that it had developed with countries such as China Egypt Sri-Lanka Greece African and Arabian countries Following the demand for steel and also the recommendation of various committees the Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) carried intensive survey of the coastal region and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity The GMB as well as the groups of ship breakers endorsed the selection of this site for the following reasons 1 The site falls in the high tide zone where the highest tide reaches upto 10 to 11

meters This is considered to be most favourable for ship breaking activities 2 This site is located in the Gulf of Khambhat and whose harbours are protected

areas during rainy season which allows ship breaking activity 3 The coast of Alang is sloping and has a long dry area which facilities reaching up

vessels 4 The seabed at Alang dries up very quickly even during monsoon thus facilitating

the handling as all kinds of material and equipment 5 The area along the coast as Alang is free from other competitive users like

merchant shipping fishing and even salt work Alang is a small coastal village as the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat dominated by a small population of fishermen and farmers Presently it has turned out to be one of the largest shipbreaking yards not only in India but also in the world The yard stretches over 15 Km and actually covers two yards (Alang and Sosiya) The Alang ship breaking yards have the capacity to break VLCCs and ULCCs vessels a facility not available to any other ship breaking countries in the world Furthermore unlike other countries where the ship breaking activities is capital intensive in India it is labour intensive Being a labour surplus country labour is available in plenty and that too at competitive rate Alang ship breaking yard provides large number of employment opportunities to number of skilled and unskilled labours Moreover there are many other activities and industries which are directly and indirectly dependent on Alang ship breaking yard and the number of such workers directly and indirectly employed is estimated to be in between 15 to 16 lakhs (International Federation of Human Rights 2000 56) This also includes the downstream industries generated by the ship breaking industry such as re-rolling mills foundries oxygen plants local scrap store transportation companies and other small local businessmen and upstream activity such as brokers service sectors

Very Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 160000-320000 Dead Weight Tonnage Ultra Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 320000 Dead Weight Tonnage

Page 99 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

etc A survey conducted by the International Federation of Human Rights (FIDH) found that 100 re-rolling mills are functioning in the area and each generally employs between 80-120 and thus employing about 8000-10000 workers The existing site of Alang-Sosiya ship breaking yard (ASSBY) comprises of 183 plots of different sizes The breakup of these plots is as given below Table 23 which clearly indicate that more than half of the plots are of larger sizes which are used for breaking ships of higher Ldt while the small size plots are used for breaking medium sized ships of lower Ldt All these plots are developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which is also the owner Table 2 Distribution of Plots of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Plot Size Number 120 times 50 Mt 10 80 times 45 Mt 24 50 times 45 Mt 56 30 times 45 Mt 93 Total 183

Source Gujarat Maritime Board Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is an autonomous institution which monitors all the ports of Gujarat and is responsible for the development of ship breaking yard at Alang All the plots are owned by the GMB which lease out the plot to the ship breakers The initial lease period is for ten years which has to be renewed thereafter Upto 1990rsquos the Gujarat Maritime Board played a direct role in the business as it used to buy the vessels from the world market and dispatch them to the ship breakers on first-come first serve basis However with the opening of the markets in the post 1990rsquos the ship breakers compete in the open international market to purchase ships On February 13th 1983 M V Kota Tenjong was the first ship to be beached at Alang Thereafter ship breaking at Alang has grown in number and reached world-class status Table 24 gives the number of ships beached and average ship LDT During 1982-83 5 ships were broken and the average output was 24716 Ldt It was a small but a good beginning of ship breaking activity at Alang In year 1983-84 and 1984-1985 the number of ships broken was 51 and 42 with an average output of 259387 and 228237 Ldt respectively This rise continued till 1987-88 however a sudden decline in the ship breaking activity was recorded in the year 1987-88 but thereafter the activities marked an upward swing Upto 1991-1992 total number of ships broken were 601 and total output was 3514783 Ldt From February 1982 to January 2005 Alang ship breaking yard processed 4135 and total Ldt recovered was 29875654 million tons with an average 180 ships with 1298942 Ldt per year The rise in the breaking activities is attributed to the cost advantage involved in the breaking large ships Alang and Sosiya have become the destination of all type of ships viz oil tankers war ships cruise ships etc that have surpassed their active economic life span Presently it has become the

Page 100 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

largest yard for ship breaking activities placing India on the top of the worldrsquos list in terms of ship breaking activities

Table 3 Ships Broken at Alang Ship Breaking Yard Year No of

Vessels Light Displacement

Tonnages(Ldt) (Million Tones)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

1982-83 5 24716 012 008 1983-84 51 259387 123 087 1984-85 42 228237 102 076 1985-86 84 516602 203 173 1986-87 61 395139 148 132 1987-88 38 244776 091 082 1988-89 48 253991 116 085 1989-90 82 451243 198 151 1990-91 86 577124 208 193 1991-92 104 563568 252 189 1992-93 137 942601 331 316 1993-94 175 1256077 423 420 1994-95 301 2173249 728 727 1995-96 183 1252809 443 419 1996-97 348 2635830 842 882 1997-98 347 2452019 839 821 1998-99 361 3037882 873 1017

1999-2000

296 2752414 716 921

2000-01 295 1934825 713 648 2001-02 333 2727223 805 913 2002-03 300 2424522 726 812 2003-04 294 1986121 711 665 2004-05 164 785304 397 263

Total 4135 29875659 10000 10000 Source Gujarat Maritime Board Economical Benefits India has a demand of 5 million tons of metalsteel But the domestic production is insufficient to meet this demand In this case the ship breaking industry plays a vital role via providing steels More than 350 re-rolling mills have been using scrapped metals from the breaking yard Ship breaking industry is currently supplying about 60 percent of raw materials for local steel industry Almost everything on a ship can be recycled reused or resold The scrapped materials are used as raw materials of steel mills steel plate re-manufacturing asbestos re-manufacturing They can be used as furniture paint electrical equipment and

Page 101 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

lubricants Problems in Ship Breaking Industry Environment Pollution With lots of assets scrapping a vessel provides us tons of waste up to various asbestos noxious substances thou- sand litter oils approximately about 1000 cubic meters of lasting oil too In India vessels are scrapped on open beaches As a result harmful substances have easy access to the environment Substances like Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPrsquos) Asbestosareathreat to both human health and marine environment POPrsquos are highly to xicchmicals that have long term effect on environment These type of pollutants can be distributed easily and pose a threat by accumulating fatty tissue in living organisms ie human body wildlife marine environment In some cases POPrsquos are the cause of death to many lives In old ships asbestos was a used as heat insulator It is often mistaken that the disposal procedure is free from asbestos fibers But the workers all surrounded by this dangerous fiber The workers often handle asbestos particles with bare hands Asbestos is said to be one of the lethal because it cause diseases like asthma mesothelioma (a rare cancer that affects the lining of the lungs chest cavity or abdomen It should be noted that there is a synergistic effect between smoking and asbestos exposure which creates lung cancer [8] Moreover materials such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAHs) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) heavy metals poisonous paint ie Tribtylin (TBT) and some other harmful substances come in contact to the environment and pollute it All these harmful elements are originated from ship breaking yards Recent World Bank research (2010) found soil contamination in beaching sites of India This contamination is indicative of the threats to the environment caused by the practices and improper management of hazardous materials during the dismantling of ships

Workers safety and worker-rightviolation

More than 50peoplesweredeathduetotheexplosionat various sites of Alang between 1990-2003From the data it is clear that there is a lack of safety for labors working in ship breaking yards Most of the labors are uneducated They donrsquot have any knowledge or guidance about their work Hence more accidents are occurring causing serious injuries and deaths The prime accidental cause is the explosion of left over gas and fumes in the tanks Falling from high height is also one of the major accidents Workers intend to cut the side shells at first This kind of practice results in falling of plates from high positions Due to lack of safety measures like measurement devices safety suite ventilation etc serious accident occurs while working in confined space While cutting plates from cargo vessels improper gas freeing and gas monitoring procedures causes serious fire hazards that pose a risk to workers Minor accidents like brushing broken bones while carrying heavy metals cutting due to sharp edge are often occurred every

Page 102 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

nowandtheninshipbreakingyardsLackoffirstaidemergencyexitemergencyresponseandrescueisalsocommon in ship breaking industry in India When a worker dies while working in a ship breaking yard the family donrsquot receive that much compensation from the ship breaking yard But the scenario is different for the local workers Recommendations For the economical development of India ship breaking industry is one of the potential industries One hand it is developing the economical status of India on the other hand it is destroying the environment causing damage to people workers of the ship breaking yards For workers safety a training program shall be arranged by the ship breaking yard Training program must include tasks like- bull Awareness and communication of information about Hazardous Materials bull Job hazard awareness including handling and management of Hazardous materials bull Personal protective equipment bull Fire protection and prevention bull Emergency response and evacuation bull Safety and health training bull Environmental awareness bull First aid awareness

Besides ship breaking yards must have functions like- bull Safe for entry criteria bull Safe for hot work procedure bull Safe for hot work criteria bull Proper health and sanitation programs

Further recommendations are put forward for the better living and working conditions

1 Gujarat State Government and Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) should implement various labor laws in the right earnest Their implementation of rules and regulations in a way will lead to safe working and better living conditions at Alang This can ultimately increase the productivity of labour and also the growth of the industry 2 GMB and the State Government need to take initiative to create proper

infrastructure at Alang as there is total absence of any civic amenities for workers Better working and living conditions in the industry will lead to inflow of better skilled labor Even local labor who keeps away from working in this industry should express preference to be employed in this industry 3 There is a necessity for creation of labor union which can protect the rights of

the workers With the creation of union the bargaining power of the workers would increase and the employers are likely to act more responsibly

Page 103 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

4 The provision of medical insurance and life insurance for workers employed at Alang is of prime importance The provision of medical and life insurance will increase the working conditions of the workers enormously GMB also needs to take initiative for monthly medical checkup for workers 5 GMB should provide requisite training to the workers The workers employed

in hazardous and risk prone activities must be trained and provided with proper equipments The training will reduce the frequency of accidents and increase the productivity of workers at Alang

1 Conclusion Over a period the ship breaking industry has gained one of the top place in the national economy The benefits of ship breaking are enormous in sectors like steel company ship building company small businesses etc Despite having so much benefits the ship breaking industries have some problems ie environment pollution workers safety Environment pollution can be kept to minimum by following international regulations for dumping leftover ship materials Safety issues and health factors of the workers can be ensured by following some strict rules Safety gears like goggles helmets hand gloves face masks aprons should be provided to minimize the casualties To hold the position in world ship breaking India needs upgrade the infrastructure for waste management health issues of workers References 1 Arora R (2000) ldquoLabour Lawsrdquo Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai 2 Aziz A (1984) ldquoUrban Poor and Urban Informal Sectorrdquo Ashish Publishing

House 3 Bailey P (2002) ldquoIs there a decant way to break up shipsrdquo ILO Discussion Paper 4 Barik BC (1987) ldquoUnorganised Migrant Labour in the Textile Industry of Surat A

Case Studyrdquo in Vidyut Joshi (ed) Migrant Labour and Related Issues Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

5 Clifford J Jansen (1969) Some Sociological Aspects of Migrationrdquo in J A Jackson (ed) Migration Cambridge University Press New Delhi

6 Connell J B Das Gupta R Laishely and M Lipton (1976) ldquoMigration from Rural Areas The Evidence from Village Studiesrdquo Oxford University Press Delhi

7 Deogaokar C K (2003) ldquoEvolving a Health Causing Water Supply and Sanitation System-Public-Private Partnerships in a Developing Economyrdquo Proceedings of Third International Conference on Environment and Health Chennai India

8 ILO (1978) ldquoSocial Security and National Developmentrdquo Report of the National Seminar in India New Delhi

9 ILO (1981) ldquoAccident Prevention- A Workers Education Manualrdquo ILO Geneva Vol I amp II

10 IMF-FNV project (2006) ldquoA Survey on Working and Socio-Economic Conditions of Ship Breaking Workers in Indiardquo International Metalworkers Federation New Delhi

Page 104 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 Investigation Mission (2000) ldquoWhere do the Floating Dustbin end up Labour Rights in Ship Breaking Yards in South Asia The Cases of Chittagong (Bangladesh) and Alang (India)rdquo International Federation of Human Rights

12 Justino P (2003) ldquoSocial Security in Developing Countries Myth or Necessity Evidence from Indiardquo Prus Working Paper No 20 University of Sussex

13 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (2000) ldquoA Guide for Ship Scrappers Tips for Regulatory Compliancerdquo Washington DC

14 UNESCO (2004) ldquoImpacts and Challenges of large Coastal Industry Alang-Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard Gujarat Indiardquo Coastal Region and Small Island Paper 17 Paris

15 Upadhyay G (2005) ldquoEnvironmental Problems of Ship Breaking Activity A Case Study of Alang Ship Breaking Yardrdquo National Seminar-Cum-Workshop on Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSUniversity of Baroda Gujarat

Page 105 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CHALLENGES TO EMERGENCY REMOTE

LEARNING IN INDIA AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS

Janetius ST1 Nayan KS2 and Mini TC3 1 Principal and Professor of Psychology St John College Dimapur

2Assistant Professor of Computer Science St John CollegeDimapur 3FreelanceStatistician and Education Consultant Kerala

Abstract The educational institutions across India were shut down due to COVID-19 on March 17 2020 To reduce the inconvenience of students the Indian educational system came with the solution of emergency remote online learning This sudden change of platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning was a temporary solution without any institutional physical psychological and technological preparedness The unexpected situation caused problems to the management teachers and students as well In this backdrop this study was focused on the challenges of college teachers due to this sudden change of teaching mode Collecting survey data from college teachers all over India the sample was set at 90 confidence level and a 5 margin of error The research findings show that the teachers did their best in the given situation to impart knowledge to the students The study also brought out various issues and challenges that the students teachers and institutions faced that need better attention if the pandemic situation continues and the institutions plan to do remote online teaching for a prolonged period Keywords COVID-19 and higher education emergency remote learning college teachers and e-learning online learning preparation traditional vs virtual classroom Introduction and the problem COVID-19 distorted the face of the earth not only economically but also physically Human life has changed a lot as the pandemic lingers around and threatens every sphere of life with no signs of improvement From lockdown and suspension of activities some relaxation in the movements are permitted here and there however signs of quarantine exhaustion are seen everywhere COVID-19 is a pandemic affecting many countries globally World Health Organisation identifies COVID-19 as an infectious disease caused by a coronavirus an outbreak started in Wuhan China in December 2019 A locked up due to lockdown began in the month of March and continues partly or totally for more than four months now in India Pundits predict that this pandemic effect would remain till the end of 2020 The first case of COVID-19 in India came to the attention of the public at Thrissur district of Kerala state on January 30 2020 It is said to have tested in a girl medical student who returned from China with the symptoms of flu with

Page 106 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

cough running nose and fever (Vara 2020) Although many conspiracy theories in America suggest a virology lab in China is the starting point of the disease the global sources identify a wet market in Wuhan - China as the ground zero of this pandemic (Gan 2020) COVID-19 started as an epidemic in China in 2019 began to spread to other countries and continents in the first and second months of 2020 Pandemics and epidemics are not new in human history The first recorded pandemic in human history was in the north-eastern city of Pelusium Egypt often referred to as Plague of Justinian in the sixth century AD recorded by the Byzantine historian Procopius (Orent 2004 GageampKosoy 2005) WHO declared Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic in March 2020 and on the 1st of July 2020 there have been 10357662 confirmed cases around the world including 508055 deaths and India has 585493 confirmed cases with 17400 deaths (WHO 1 July 2020) Although WHO promptly gave strategic guidelines to have a lockdown requesting people to stay at homes wash hands frequently using water and soap or use hand sanitizers wear masks in public places and practice social distancing these are not cures or remedies these are precautions not to get affected by the virus As the pharmaceutical companies are competing among each other to find a medicine for this virus so far no vaccines or remedy medicines available in the market In India as a first preventive measure the government announced the total lockdown on March 25 (Chandrashekhar 2020) This sudden lockdown has affected the higher education sector in the worst possible manner just as other social religious or business establishments As the months stack up in the lockdown the younger generation finds it entertaining spending time carousing their mobile phones connected to the social world find life more comfortable and carefree Some people working in the government sector enjoy life as if they received a bonanza once in a lifetime experience of doing nothing and getting the monthly salary which many dreamed of for years Nevertheless it is a different situation for many people The daily wage workers who became jobless instantly private sector employees who do not get their monthly salaries small scale business that closed partly or fully disrupted all increased the economic liabilities of insecure people The pathetic painful life situations of stranded migrants all over India became a major concern The unpreparedness poor planning and the dismal implementation of the movement of migrant labourers to their hometowns after the initial lifting of lockdown by central and state governments resulted in many unreported deaths all over India (Agarwal 2020 Dutta 2020 Khan 2020) Not bothering much about the root cause of this misery the media hailed some people as unsung heroes who ventured to travel miles and miles by foot or bicycles or any stray vehicles on the road The central government of India announced on March 16 that all universities across the country would be closed to contain the COVID-19 outbreak The ruling came into effect the next day A similar declaration came into force in different countries at different dates some in February some in March and some in April The top-notch education institutions around the globe were easily shifted to online teaching mode and comfortably framed their teaching schedules and online exams as they were familiar with the online system that ran parallel to face to face classroom teaching However the

Page 107 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian educational system came to a standstill due to the non-practise of online learning in educational institutions Since the government suspended all academic activities the higher education sector was confused about the semester classes and exams The suspension announcement came in the middle of an academic calendar in many States and in some States at the time of end semester exams To save the situation many colleges jumped into emergency remote teaching through online mode without any preparation Some institutions instantly associated themselves with NGOs research foundations and other private sector EdTech companies to provide online education to their wards (Wadia 2020) Some small institutions requested their teachers to be in constant touch with the students to help them learn and to teach in every possible way In general the higher education sector in India was not prepared to respond promptly Although not ready for the digital initiative many institutions shifted to the digital or e-learning mode for the sake of doing something Lack of institutional preparedness and investment lack of human resource in computer and internet operations for online learning institutions and individuals jumped into the fray Using the social media platform which is the primary medium of entertainment and social communication a platform commonly polluted and misused for spreading rumours and scandals became a medium of education Education went to the extreme level of disturbance and distortion further when there were demands from various sectors to promote all students without any regular end-semester exams (Sharma 2020) The inability to conduct final exams on the one side the uncertainty of opening colleges on the other side the higher education authorities are further pressured by various student bodies to take decisions for which they were not prepared The University Grants Commission (UGC) formed two committees in the month of April 2020 to deliberate on the issues and outcome of lockdown to avoid academic loss and the welfare of the future of students (Pandya 2020) The local universities and autonomous institutions sometimes became hapless in making any announcements to their students regarding the course of action As the universities were unprepared and unauthorised to take individual decisions in the pandemic situation the whole ruling was done by the UGC which in turn heavily dependent on HRD Ministry for all its announcements The non-availability of adequate internet facility in some towns and villages not having laptops or personal computer by teaching faculty and students in the higher education not having a Smartphone by students all crept in as a complex issue stumbling blocks for every possible meaningful teaching-learning process to continue Even some teachers who own a laptop or computer tried to hide this from their management to avoid serious remote teaching works The undeniable fact that almost all teaching faculty and students carry a Smartphone these days became a source of satisfaction saving the situation and became the ultimate medium of education to many Thus most of the initiative taken by the educational institutions in India were emergency remote teaching not online education per se

Page 108 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Online teaching is a powerful medium of imparting knowledge today After the advent of internet and information technology online teaching has become a well-established educational practice all over the world It originated in the form of a correspondence course in England in the 19thcentury (Rumble 1986) When the railway network became very stable in England learning materials were delivered in the mail which was fast and more reliable and thus correspondence learning became popular (Moore ampKearsley 2011) This mode of learning went further into radio learning when such communication became trendy Furthermore when satellites were launched for the use of education in the western countries and TV lectures and live broadcasting became available distance education became popular among both adult and young learners (Casey 2008) Finally by the arrival of information technology based on the existing strong correspondence and distance learning platform online learning evolved Therefore online education has all the elements of quality learning outcome with a well-designed curriculum as well as evidence-based practices The online teaching-learning process is considered a paradigm shift in the way people teach and learn in the era of information technology Some educationists consider this mode as a more active process of learning in which passive students of the classroom become more interactive and collaborative learners (Nilsonamp Goodson2017) Online learning requires students and teachers to possess computers the Internet facility and the motivation to learn through the non-traditional classroom Similarly it also needs the active involvement of teachers trained in the art of online teaching and the institutional infrastructure (Picciano 2018 Bullenamp Janes 2007) If COVID-19 pandemic prolongs the lockdown situation a serious online teaching initiative is needed and the educational institutions need to be prepared for that The three immediate needs that could be foreseen are institutional infrastructure trained faculty members proper equipment like Laptopcomputer and other audiovisual aids for communication (both for teachers and students) and finally good internet facility across the country Therefore it is a collaborative act of individual students teachers management and the government There is a general perception in India among the public that online teaching is inferior to face-to-face education The quality of online education provided by some universities in India in the name of distance education or correspondence courses in the past has an extremely poor record and tarnished the meaning and quality of remote learning There is an ongoing debate among different sectors whether to consider the degrees of distance learning in par with regular education degrees (Sharma 2015) Although UGC recognises many distance education degrees as valid qualification the programmes that need hands-on training like engineering medicine dental pharmacy nursing architecture physiotherapy and similar programs are not permitted under Distance Learning mode(Kunju 2018 UGC 2018) Some well-designed online courses of universities around the globe provide better knowledge to students and the graduates are better equipped with skill sets than degrees obtained from regular classroom learning from shabby universities In this backdrop of the unforeseen pandemic the study is focused on the emergency remote learning in India and the issues related to that

Page 109 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Objectives COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill in many areas The unprecedented lockdown and the unexpected closures of educational institutions in India forced the institutions to initiate remote online teaching This abrupt change of teaching platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning is neither pre-planned it is a temporary solution Therefore it is presumed that there is no physical and technological readiness from the part of the institutions no psychological preparedness from the part of teachers and students which would pose a challenge to the teachers The study therefore focuses on the challenges and issues related to remote learning done through the online platform from three areas the institution teachers and students

1 What is the institutional preparedness for change to remote online teaching during COVID-19 lockdown

2 Teacherrsquos readiness and effectiveness to remote teaching-learning 3 Studentrsquos response to remote learning perceived by teachers 4 What are the key challenges of the unexpected shift in the mode of teaching

Methodology This is exploratory survey research The data was collected from teachers working in higher education institutions of different states of the country through Google form survey method Convenient sampling was used to collect data As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) by the HRD Ministry there are 1247453 college teachers in India (Ministry of HRD 2014) Based on this universe the minimum sample size for the survey was set at 273 considering 90 confidence level with a 5 margin of error The college teachers who can access the email or WhatsApp communication app were asked to answer 30 item survey questionnaire prepared by the researchers Besides demographic data the questionnaire was focused on the four objectives of the study Further the data were analysed qualitatively as per the objectives of the study Results and Discussion In this section the data obtained from the survey is given below in percentage and results were discussed as per the objectives of the study The following table gives details of some of the demographics

Table 1 Showing the demographic details (n=279)

Gender Age Education Teaching Experience Working Institution

M 491 lt 24 63 Masters 563 lt 3 34 Pvt Col 563 25-34 526 MPhil 16 4-7 286 Pvt Uni 89 35-44 223 PhD 259 8-12 142 G Col 196

F 509 45-54 143 Post Doc 18 gt 12 232 G Uni 71 gt 55 45 Other 8

Page 110 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The collected data comes from both the genders almost equally As for the age distribution 839 per cent of the teachers who responded fall below the age of 45 belonging to Xennials Millennials and Gen Y Therefore they are more prone to the use of computers and information technology than the rest of the elder generation (Belinne 2017) Majority of the respondents (563) have a Masterrsquos degree Only less than 2 per cent of the subjects have a Post-Doctoral degree Concerning the teaching experience of the respondents 23 per cent has more than 12 years of experience and the majority (626) have less than seven years of teaching Few subjects (268) have industry experience also Majority of the teachers work in private colleges whereas 267 per cent in government colleges or universities Out of 28 Indian States and 8 Union Territories there were respondents from 17States and the Union Territory of Delhi There were no data from Chhattisgarh Goa Himachal Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Odisha Punjab Sikkim Telangana Tripura Uttarakhand The participated subjects from states range from 25 per cent to 09 per cent Institutional preparedness Institutional readiness is a particularly important point while turning physical classroom education into digital education The study results show that majority of the institutions were not prepared at the time of COVID-19 lockdown for online teaching Only 313 per cent of the subjects received some orientation for emergency online mode of education Majority of the colleges did not offer any training 482 per cent of the teachers did not receive any training at all However 866 per cent of the respondents expected some basic training from the institution for emergency remote online teaching Regarding the software used or prescribed by the institutions 357 per cent of the subjects reported that no specific platform was used or prescribed by their institutions Only 63 per cent answered that their institution has specialised software used by the institutions which effortlessly facilitated online teaching The common platforms used by the teachers were Google classroom Zoom Video conferencing MS Team and Skype video and chat discussion Although from 2017 UGC had allowed universities to offer 20 of their course material through the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) platform called Swayam and conduct regular online exams for students it was not taken up by colleges seriously and not practised fully As per the free facilities provided by the institution to facilitate emergency remote online teaching 902 per cent of the subjects expressed concerns that no free provisions were given to them Those who received free facilities from their institutions reported laptop free Wi-Fi recording instruments and tab However 47 per cent of the teachers expected from their organisations one or other following facilities internet allowance laptop or a Tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for online mode of teaching Few teachers were desperate to mention that they do not expect any freebees except their regular salary Nearly 75 per cent of the teachers opined that the college needs some encrypted safe software and 33 per cent fear that the intellectual property could be stolen or cyber-attacks can disturb them if no proper encrypted software is used

Page 111 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Teacherrsquos preparedness to adopt remote teaching The readiness of the teachers comes from a few factors Primarily it was assessed by the instruments they possess Most of the teachers have a laptop (82) computers (304) and Tab (152) Almost all the teachers can use computers well 383 per cent of the subjects learned it by certificate or degree course Also the computer use expertise scale is skewed positively between 5 and 9 on the scale of 10 being the highest computer knowledge This result is because most of the subjects of the study are below the age of 45 696 per cent of the teachers find it hard to be fully involved in online teaching Also the majority of the teachers (643) felt boredom and were uninterested without students in front of them This answer shows a lack of training teachers had to shift to this emergency online teaching However 42 per cent believe that it could be made interesting if teachers involve fully More than half of the subjects (527) took extra steps and helped the students for active involvement in the teaching-learning process They used video lessons and other video materials motivational talks continuous regular assignments interactive discussions MCQ surprise quiz and personal contacts to reach out to the students To make the learning process stimulating used video conferencing provided online links to read gave Podcasts PPT slides and requested submission of assignments in video mode Studentrsquos response to emergency online teaching In the opinion of teachers the current level of active involvement (518) and paying attention to the teaching-learning process (616) are acceptable in this situation A good majority of the teachers (848) believe that if the students were given training or orientation for online learning the many problems they faced could be avoided The teachers perceive that studentrsquos education was affected by COVID-19 but they are optimistic that the emergency remote learning would bring excellent results in the students The following graph shows the expected per cent learning happens in the students as per the view of teachers

Figure 1 Showing the percentage of learning benefited by the students due to emergency learning

Majority of the teachers (527) believe the percentage of learning among students would be between 40 to 100 per cent and 152indicated that it is above 60 per cent

1530

323750

1250

270

lt20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 gt80

Page 112 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However 153 per cent of the teachers opined that the learning would be below 20 per cent The main challenges The main challenges faced by teachers in organising emergency online teaching in the colleges could be viewed from three factors Firstly the institutional issues second teacherrsquos concerns and finally student-related issues In the institution-based problems the primary constraint teachers faced is related to infrastructure It means the need for high-end technology and equipment both hardware and software needed for this venture In addition to that the uncertainty of job and income is raised by some faculty members as an issue because the management is confused by the repeated conflicting reports and announcements by the university UGC MHRD ministry state government and central government The higher authorities gave no clear guidelines and the management kept the teachers in a limbo situation in which many private institutions failed to pay the full salary As far as the issues and challenges coming from the faculty members teachers who are trained only for face-to-face teaching mode reported that online teaching is inferior to regular classroom teaching They further opined that the classroom could never be replaced by online education Therefore 643 per cent of the teachers consider lecturing without seeing students face to face is uninteresting There are evidence-based findings that prove that online teaching is not inferior to the regular classroom The belief of the teachers regarding the superiority of classroom teaching also reveals the fact that they lack training and proper orientation for online education Some teachers even think that the online classroom is limited to sharing notes in Google classroom or WhatsApp group Even in emergencies these are not sufficient for imparting knowledge Another challenge identified by teachers is the attitude of students towards learning It is a known fact that not all students are interested in acquiring knowledge There are a good number of students who want to get degrees or diplomas and they are least interested in learning Placing proxy students or copying assignments or quizzes cannot be verified when a proper sophisticated software system is not in use These became constraint for some teachers Also students are not trained or prepared for online classes resulting in less enthusiasm among students for learning during the pandemic emergency period As some teachers suggested the level of motivation among students to acquire knowledge is limited and those who are committed towards academics will benefit quite remarkably from online learning Some teachers narrated that the Indian system of education that focuses on memorising notes and omitting them in exams does not give room for learning concepts in an application-oriented way Therefore online teaching-learning becomes a challenge for both teachers as well as students Another major issue raised by nearly 35 per cent of the respondents is the slow data connection and weak signal strength This issue lies with the Telecom policy of the government and the major service providers It is a shocking fact to know that Telecom network is an issue in the 21st century When the government encourages online transaction to boost transparency in money matters the government should provide

Page 113 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

proper network facility not only in rural areas but also in the cities Therefore the Indian infrastructure development in Telecom affects emergency education services too Conclusion The COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill comma and the unprecedented lockdown forced the sudden closures of educational institutions which in turn initiated emergency remote online learning Therefore there was no physical technological psychological or social readiness from the part of the institution teachers and students The study findings reveal that the teachers expect some essential facilities like Wi-Fiinternet allowance laptop or tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for remote learning from the institutions They also expected some training for teachers and orientation for students on this new platform The findings thus bring out the fact that many higher education institutions were lacking in IT facilities and do not have adequate preparedness to cater to the concept of e-learning Teachers on the other hand despite having computers were not aware of the intricacies of online learning and the usefulness of technology in imparting better knowledge than classroom education However the efforts some teachers put to attract the attention of students were truly commendable The study also brings out the fact that the students need a change of attitude towards online education and how to make use of it for improving knowledge Although UGC and NAAC repeatedly requesting colleges to implement ICT based teaching imparting technology-oriented education is far from reality in the Indian scenario Recommendations 1 Due to the uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic institutions and teachers need to be ready for online teaching 2 Institutions should have necessary infrastructures like uninterrupted power supply Internet with sufficient bandwidth for audiovideo communication and encrypted software 3 Adequate training for staff and students 4 Use of smartphone as the only equipment for virtual classroom limits the vibrant remote learning process Therefore the use of a computer laptoptablet would be ideal References Agarwal K (2020) Not Just the Aurangabad Accident 383 People Have Died Due to the Punitive Lockdown Retrieved on June 26 from httpsthewirein Belinne J (2017) The Care and Feeding of Your Young Employee A Managers Guide to Millennials and Gen Z Amazon CreateSpace Bullen M amp Janes D (2007) Making the Transition to E-Learning Strategies and Issues Information Science Publishing Casey D M (2008) The Historical Development of Distance Education through Technology TechTrends 52(2) 45ndash51 Chandrashekhar V (2020) 13 billion people A 21-day lockdown Can India curb the coronavirus Retrieved on June 22 from wwwsciencemagorg

Page 114 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Dutta A (2020) 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown Report Retrieved on June 26 fromhttpswwwhindustantimescom Gage K L and M Y Kosoy (2005) Natural history of the plague perspectives from more than a century of research Annual Review of Entomology 50505 ndash 528 Gan N (2020) China to lift lockdown on Wuhan ground zero of coronavirus pandemic CNN online edition Retrieved on June 25 from httpseditioncnncom Khan F (2020) Mapping Accidents That Killed Over 100 Migrant Workers on Their Way to Home During Lockdown Retrieved on June 28 fromhttpswwwnews18com Kunju S (2018) Open Degrees Are Equivalent to Regular Degrees UGC Retrieved on June26 from wwwndtvcom Ministry of HRD (2014) All India Survey on Higher Education 2011-2012 Govt of India Delhi Moore M G ampKearsley G (2011) Distance Education A Systems View Belmont CA Wadsworth Nilson L Bamp Goodson L A (2017) Online Teaching at Its Best Merging Instructional Design with Teaching and Learning Research Jossey-Bass Inc Orent W (2004) Plague the mysterious past and mystifying future of the worlds most dangerous disease Free Press New York Pandya J (2020) HRD Minister Asks UGC to Revisit College Exam Guidelines Says focus On Health amp Safety Retrieved on June 25 from httpswwwrepublicworldcom Picciano A G (2018) Online Education Foundations Planning and Pedagogy Routledge Rumble G (1986) The planning and management of distance education London UKCroom Helm Sharma JP (2015) Is an open and distance learning degree substandardRetrieved on June 26 from httpswwwhindustantimescom Sharma K (2020) Colleges could drop plan to conduct offline exams in July as Covid cases rise Retrieved on June 25 fromhttpstheprintin UGC (2018) Public Notice on Recognizing and treating the DegreesDiplomas Retrieved on June 24 from httpswwwugcacinpdfnews5628873_UGC-Public-Notice---treating-all-degreespdf Vara V (2020) Coronavirus in India how the COVID-19 could impact the fast-growing economy Retrieved on June 15 from wwwpharmaceutical-technologycom Wadia L C (2020) Graduating from emergency remote teaching to online higher education in India Retrieved on June 10 from httpswwworfonlineorg WHO(2020) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard updated on July 1 2020 608pm CEST Retrieved on July 1 from httpscovid19whoint

Page 115 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON THE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

Virendra Singh

PhD Scholar SSJ Campus Almora Kumaun University Nainital Abstract

COVID-19 Compassion is not just a virus but a vicious circle of a serious crisis one to ten ten to hundred and hundred to thousand it is spreading one man in The Wuhan must have been infected and today the whole world has been affected by it do not come to your own house we are all inviting it with my own small negligence if it comes to the doorstep of the house Will not go empty handed In these circumstances we should think about how education can be spread to children in all the rural areas of the country where there is no means of telecommunications Millions of students from schools and colleges around the world are joining the class through Zoom although such distance education is not just for the youth it can be very useful for 4 people like us as well The epidemic has brought millions of working Indians to the brink of scarcity by the already widespread social inequality and deepened job and income losses Now we will not only have less food to eat but also the quality of it which will make them far more vulnerable to not just COVID-19 but also to different kinds of diseases The epidemic is not just a biomedical issue but also a social issue there have been indications that the COVID-19 alcohol ism has caused an increase in domestic violence and suicide and death and disease poverty and unemployment are also the essential consequences of the epidemic so not only public health expert economists but also experts in their subject should consult the government with sociologists and psychologists When we look to the future we can expect based on the fact that our population is somewhat young compared to Europe and North America The epidemic in India probably took the lives of fewer people than luck so it is being said that once this passes we will need to re-constitute with re-formations of our economy for far greater protection and caution to our society and our health system Keywords COVID-19 Epidemic Unemployment Rural telecommunications Online Education

The closure of schools colleges and educational institutions due to corona virus has affected the education of 157 crore students in 191 countries of the world which is 913 percent of the total students enrolled at various levels This information has been revealed in the study of UN Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) It said that the most impact of the closure of the school is affecting the students and girls of the disadvantaged sections

Page 116 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

According to UNESCOs global monitoring study of school closures due to COVID-19 an estimated 1575270054 students (learners) in 191 countries have been affected by 14 April 2020 The number of girls in it is 743 crore According to the World Banks education team the corona virus (Corona virus) Covid-19 epidemic poses a risk of very poor education outcomes He has said that if no aggressive policy is adopted it will have a very bad effect on the education and health of children and youth World Bank experts have said that even before the epidemic the world was going through an education crisis and had already deviated from the path of achieving the goals of Sustainable Development Goal Under the Sustainable Development Goal for all countries commit to among other ambitious goals that all girls and children complete free equal and quality primary and secondary education He said the epidemic has already had a profound impact on education as schools are closed almost everywhere in the world this is the biggest setback for all education systems in our lifetime The damage will be further aggravated when a health emergency turns into a deep global recession The World Banks education team said it is possible to counter the setback and turn the crisis into an opportunity The report states the first step is to successfully withstand school closures This can be done by protecting health and reducing the harm to students using distance education Also countries need to start planning to reopen schools This means preventing students at school from dropping out of education ensuring healthy conditions at school and using new technologies to promote rapid learning in key areas once children return to school More than a million people have been infected with Covid-19 and the number of deaths from it is 283 lakhs In the wake of the epidemic all the educational institutions were suddenly stopped so that the Corona could be protected from infection after which all the institutions made a commendable effort to run the teaching work at their home by using Google Meet Zoom etc with the help of internet for teaching In spite of all the difficulties people are able to work through this medium in the meantime various Webinar are also getting a lot of possibilities for academic action and this digital medium has been used for infinite possibilities while teaching from the Internet the teacher also has to be ready His work becomes an account of his class video and his text content may be used later it is also possible to improve and expand a particular kind of creativity in doing such work A primary student is attending his class through a laptop or mobile in a village in Uttar Pradesh several 100 kilometers away from Delhi He is talking to the teacher and reading not only the teacher the student also has to pay attention during the class period because all is transparent and there is no option to engage in educational work so that new dimensions are also added

Page 117 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Taking online education as an opportunity to use it on ideal education can give a positive direction to compulsion virtually online education is in both alternative and complementary roles The work started several years ago some of the measures provide one-sided information but there are many who give active participation to the student who is using it Of course the teachers behavior gestures and social differences are also not possible to reach the opportunities that the students give to them to learn but the difficulties with the teacher such as his unavailable can also be overcome by not preparing properly for the classroom or behaving unfairly with the students etc In independent India the network of educational institutions has expanded yet the satisfaction of ministrations in every sector has not been provided and the centers which are there face all difficulties in their operation when we consider that the number of school-going children has grown exponentially the problem looks even more formidable It is constantly being experienced that there are many hurdles in the way of meeting the needs like school building teacher textbook hostel and library and a certain level of quality required in teaching work

Red tape is legal difficulty due to the vandalism of permanent elements etc most of the educational institutions have been battling continuously for many years meanwhile institutions with systems below standard levels also spread like mushrooms for other reasons The private sector has been flooded with institutions ranging from nursery and primary to university which are charging arbitrary fees some are good in terms of quality Some of them are good in terms of quality so a large number of standards do not meet the result is that both students and parents have started spreading discontent so the number of certificates that pass the exam has increased The number of such certificates has increased but there is also a shortage of qualified candidates in terms of capacity and skill etc in this skewed environment of demand and supply in the academic business the system of distance education has shown a new path

The National Institute of Open Education and IGNOU have taken a flexible stand in the system of formal education but have not compromised in terms of quality there have been good results in such a system which is being found to be satisfactory and the qualifications and capacity of the students are being found satisfactory Many state governments have also set up universities for distance education But the mental stress of adolescent studentrsquos increases greatly when even those who get good marks do not get admission in the next class in such an environment important work has started under the National Mission on Education of Information and Communication Technology which has the most ambitious programmed called self It provides for conducting 2000 courses which are available to both formal and informal students of school college and university level

Page 118 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The study on the emerging dimensions in the field of education after the passing of Covid-19 said Due to Covid-19 epidemic more people are studying in digital medium and short duration courses are also becoming popular Huh These changes are causing difficulty but they are also showing examples of innovation in the field of education This indicates that the impact of digital medium is going to be long lasting in the academic world

According to a study conducted by Pearson after the corona virus epidemic and its ensuing lockdown schools and colleges will have to invest in sustainable technical infrastructure in which the training of teachers will be focused on the skills of working in a digital environment and higher educational institutions The examination will be conducted online through traditional methods London-based Pearson is a leading global service provider of schools and students in the field of academic publishing and testing The study said Digital medium will be used more to study in schools and colleges Use of apps and email like WhatsApp zoom team will increase to achieve educational goals Academic institutions will develop such infrastructure in which teachers and students will be able to read and study while remaining outside the academic campus Institutions will invest in such permanent technical infrastructure through which quality online education can be imparted According to the study conducted on the basis of the methods being adopted in different countries higher educational institutions will evaluate students through online instead of traditional methods of examination Work Cited httpkhabarndtvcomnews httpwwwindiacom httpswwwwhoint

Page 119 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REVIEW ON NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING

RELATED TO DEPLOYMENT MODELS AND CLOUD SERVICE MODELS

T Srajan Kumar1 K Bharath Reddy2 E Lingamurthy3 Vignanrsquos Institute of Management and Technology for Women Ghatkesar Hyderabad

Telangana India ABSTRACT Cloud computing technology is a better and unique way for modern era The reason for cloud computing is different kinds of resources are shared on network platform The resources are storage servers power consumption security and other computing infrastructure in several multiple locations which are connected by network For many cloud computing applications are completely depends on network performance and security So it is a key issue for any cloud computing performance with good results Keywords- Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Deployment Models and Service Models 1 INTRODUCTION In the cloud when an application is submitted for its execution needy and suitable resources are allocated from the collection of resources as all these resources are connected through the network the cloud user will get their required results So cloud computing has four deployment models we consider those important aspects relate to the cloud and their accessibility from the view of network connectivity [1] [3] 11 CLOUDCOMPUTING Cloudis another name given as a network or internet Cloud Computing is the process of resource sharing for online applications It provides huge space for data storage Cloud computing is a platform independent [1] [5]

Page 120 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING For many cloud computing applications the network connectivity performance will be the key issue for good results over cloud Cloud computing has various deployment options we now consider the important aspects related to cloud deployment models and their accessibility of network connectivity [2] [5] 21 Public cloud access network connectivity In these public cloud access network connectivity though some cloud providers are able to support virtual private network VPN for Users While accessing the public cloud will always creates an issue related to security and performance One of the possible approaches can be maintained for security and performance is the network connectivity should be in encrypted tunnels The data can be exchanged through the pipes via secure fashion without any problems The procedure may be overhead in the connectivity if we want to reduce the delay in time without any compromising we have to select good routing protocol or suitable routing methods for any transiting hops The end-to-end connectivity is provided between the cloud provider and cloud consumer

22 Private cloud access networking connectivity In these private cloud accesses network connectivity the cloud is among organizational network and the technology approaches are local to the in-house networking structure In this virtual private network is provided for services In an organizational network structure application submitted for execution is properly done Some private networks have been architected for on-premise application and security 3 CLOUD DEPLOYMENTMODELS Cloud deploy models are essential for any cloud services which are divided into four types [2] [5] ie 31 Public CloudModel In Public Cloud Model cloud systems and services are accessible to public Public cloud is a type of shareable storage services Eg Microsoft Google Email

Page 121 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] CostEffective [2] Reliability [3] Flexibility [4] LocationIndependence [5] HighScalability

Disadvantages [1] Low Security [2] Less customizable

32 Private Cloud Model In Private Cloud model cloud systems and services are accessible within an organization It can be internally managed or by third- party Private cloud is a type of dedicatable storage services Eg Meeseva ERP etc

Advantages

[1] Higher Security and Privacy [2] More Control [3] Cost and energy efficiency

Disadvantages [1] Restricted Area [2] Inflexible Pricing [3] Limited Scalability [4] Additional Skills

33 Hybrid Cloud Model The Hybrid Cloud is a combination of public and private cloud Critical activities are performed using private cloud and non- critical activities using private cloud

Page 122 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Scalability [2] Flexibility [3] Cost Efficiencies

Disadvantages [1] Networking Issues [2] Security Compliance [3] Infrastructural Dependency

34 Community Cloud Model In Community Cloud model cloud system and services are accessible by group of organizations It shares the infrastructure between several organizations It can be internally managed or by third-party

Advantages

[1] Costeffective [2] Sharing Between Organizations [3] Security

Disadvantages

[1] Since all data is housed at one location therefore one must be careful in storing data in community cloud because it might be accessible by others

4 CLOUD SERVICEMODELS There are three cloud service models They are

[1] Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)Model [2] Platform as a Service(PaaS)Model [3] Software as a Service(SaaS)Model

Page 123 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

41 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure to deploy or implement any software on the computing resources which are provided by the service providers The infrastructure underline the following things are compute network load balancer and storage are managed by the service providersUsing server virtualization the above resources are made available to end client or customerIaaS provides access to resources such as [3] [4] [1] Virtual machine disk storage [2] Virtual local area network(VLANs) [3] Load balancers [4] IPaddresses [5] Softwarebundles [6] Physical and virtualmachines Advantages [1] Portability [2] Interoperability with Legacy Applications Disadvantages [1] Compatibility with Legacy SecurityVulnerabilities [2] Virtual MachineSprawl [3] Robustness of VM-levelIsolation [4] Data ErasePractices Characteristics [1] Virtual machines with pre-installedsoftware [2] Virtual machines with pre-installed Operating Systems such as windows Linux

andSolaris [3] On-demand availability ofresources [4] Allows storing of particular data in particularlocation 42 Platform as a Service (PaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure offers development amp deployment tools that are required to develop applications and run time environment for applications Some of the popular PaaS providers include Google App Engine Red Hat Open Shift etc

Page 124 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Lower administrative overhead [2] Lower total cost of ownership [3] Scalable Solutions [4] More current system software

Disadvantages

[1] Lack of portability between PaaS clouds [2] Event Based Processor Scheduling [3] Security Engineering of PaaS applications

43 Software as a Service (SaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure it refers to software that is deployed on a host service and is accessible via internet Software as a Service (SaaS) model provides applications as a service to the end users Applications

[1] Billing and Invoicing System [2] Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications [3] Help Desk Applications [4] Human Resource (HR) Solutions

Characteristics

[1] SaaS makes the software available over the internet [2] They are available on demand [3] They can be scaled up or down on demand [4] They are automatically upgraded and updated

Advantages

[1] Modest Software Tools [2] Efficient use of Software Licenses [3] Centralized Management amp Data [4] Platform responsibilities managed by provider [5] Multitenant solutions

Disadvantages

[1] Browser based risks [2] Network dependence [3] Lack of portability between SaaS clouds

CONCLUSION This paper discussed the definition of cloud computing network connectivity in cloud computing deployment models and service models It also address the challenges and issues in cloud computing In spite of these limitations cloud computing has many advantages and is used in many businesses purpose

Page 125 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REFERENCES

[1] httpsazuremicrosoftcomen-inoverviewwhat-is-cloud-computing [2] httpswwwtutorialspointcomcloudcomputingindexhtm [3] httpsawsamazoncomwhat-is-cloud-computing [4] httpswwwinvestopediacomtermsccloud-computingasp [5] httpsCloud-Computing BooksEssentials of cloud computing(2015)

Page 126 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY OF SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT OF GIFTED SECONDARY

SCHOOL STUDENTS OF VIJAYAPUR DISTRICT IN RELATION TO THEIR SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT

1Smt JyotilaxmiMIrasur and 2ProfVVMalagi

1Research Scholar and 2Professor Department of Education Karnataka State Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University

Vijayapur Abstract In the present investigation an attempt has been made to study the Scholastic Achievement of gifted secondary school students in relation to their School Adjustment The sample consisted of 600 gifted students studying in 9th std secondary school students of Vijayapur District The Academic Achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and School Adjustment Inventory for School Students by Dr AKP Sinha and DrRPSingh was used to collect the data from the sample subject The statistical techniques used are Differential analysis Mean SD correlation T-test ANOVA and Regression analysis The result shows that the gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with low and high School Adjustment have different scholastic achievement scores The gifted boy students have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of rural schools have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district have different School Adjustment scores Key words School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement Introduction In the present society education is widely understood as an important factor scientific and economic development of a nation The importance of achievement in educational institutions is a matter of great social salience and concern It has now become an imperative for educationalists to ensure maximum achievement of all students enrolled for higher education both for the benefit of society and for the individual himself In spite of the numerous reforms those are being made for maximizing the academic achievement of pupils in educational institution The research topic aims to clarify the concepts of School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement of the students and provide some insight into a topic which teachers and parents are likely

Page 127 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

to encounter It may be also even to embrace for their children to remain successful and competitive in this new knowledge era Man is a social animal He is sensitive enough to adjust to his environment Adjustment is process by which the individual tries to have cordial and co-operative relationship with his surroundings Adjustment can be understood as both process and the outcome of that process in the form of some attainment of goal When a poor child studies under the candle light because he has no lighting arrangement at home he is said to be in a process of adjustment What he attains in terms of success in his examination or the fulfillment of his ambition or pride in his achievement is nothing but the result of his adjustment to his self and his environment Thus adjustment as an achievement means how the potency with which an individual can act in changed circumstances and is as such related to his sufficiency and regarded as an achievement that is attained either badly or well Adjustment as a process describes and explains the ways and means of an individualrsquos adaptation to his self and his environment without reference to the quality of such adjustment or its outcome in terms of success or failure It only shows how individuals or a group of people cope under changing circumstances and what factors influence this adjustment Gifted students learn differently from their peers They learn and understand new matter in a very a smaller amount of time They distinguish facts and concepts at more concrete and difficult levels than do their peers They are more interested in definite topics and have complexity in moving on to other learning tasks until they feel contented that they have learned as much as they probably can about their zealous interest Lastly gifted students are able to execute on many different levels of concentration so without paying direct and visual attention to them they can monitor classroom activities and they should have opportunities to function at more advanced levels of complexity and depth and to tie their own passionate interests into their schoolwork

Scholastic achievement is the criterion for selection promotion or recognition in various walks of life the attention of educators are being increasing down to it In the present study scholastic achievement refers to the marks obtained by the students in different subjects and also their performance in other activities are considered It is defined as the desire to excel regardless of social reward and the desire of wining or doing better than someone else Scholastic Achievement is defined as success in completion with standard of excellencerdquo This is also defined as the desire to exceed regardless of social rewards Objectives of the study 1) To identify the gifted students studying in secondary schools of Vijayapur District 2) To find out the relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment among the secondary school gifted students of Vijayapur District 3) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to gender (girls and boys) 4) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to locality (urban and rural)

Page 128 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

5) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur city with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) 6)To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to medium of instruction (Kannada and English) Hypotheses

Ho1 There is no significant relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district Ho2 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to gender (girls and boys) Ho3 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to locality (urban and rural) Ho4 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) Ho5 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to medium of instruction (English and Kannada) Variables Independent variables is school adjustment Dependent variable is Scholastic Achievement Limitations The present study was confined to 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Methodology The study was designed to find out Scholastic Achievements and School Adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District The study conducted on sample of 600 students of 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Stratified random sampling technique was employed Tools The scholastic achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and school adjustment tool was prepared by the investigator Statistical Techniques used Mean SD correlation T-test and ANOVA were used for calculating and for analyzing the data Analysis of data

Page 129 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table-1 No significant correlation between scholastic achievements with school adjustment of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Table-2 No significant difference between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Sex Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Boys 1736 329 Girls 1810 336 598 27149 19600 lt005 S Table-3 No significant difference between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Rural 1750 255 Urban 1793 380 598 15390 19600 gt005 NS Table ndash 4 No significant difference between Kannada and English medium gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Kannada medium 1744 307

English medium 1818 365 598 27112 19600 lt005 S

Table ndash 5 No significant difference between gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Managements Government Aided Unaided

Average 1668 1823 1834

SD 238 37 354

Government -

Aided P=00001 S -

Unaided P=00001 S P= 09281 NS -

Variables

Correlation between scholastic achievement with

r-value t-value p-value

School adjustment 07410 269818 00001S

Page 130 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

From the table 1 it can be seen that a significant and positive relationship was observed between school adjustment and scholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district From the table 2 it can be inferred that a significant difference was observed between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 3 it can be seen that a non significant difference was observed between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 4 it can be seen that a significant difference was observed between gifted students of Kannada medium and English medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 5 it can be seen the gifted students of aided and unaided secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of government Major findings

1 The higher or lower in school adjustment supports in increase or decrease thescholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

2 The gifted boy students have significant lesser school adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

3 The gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district have similar school adjustment scores

4 The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district

5 The gifted students of aided and unaided secondary schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of government secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Conclusion The secondary school gifted students with high school adjustment have higher scholastic achievement scores as compared to students with low school adjustment The girl gifted secondary school students have significant higher school adjustment as compared to boy students The gifted students of urban secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of rural

Page 131 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

References 1 Advanced general Psychology course-I lesson I-20 MSc applied psychology

Annamalai University press 2 Afshan (1991) MPhil Edu Univof Kashmir A study made on gifted rural and

urban girls their vocational interests and creativity Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

3 Aggarwal Kantaprasad-(1988) PhD Edn Jamia Millia Islamia Investigated the types of schools and corresponding factors as predicators of creativity at secondary level surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II(1988-92)

4 AggarwalJC ldquoEducational Research an Institutionrdquo New Delhi- Arya Book Depot

5 Basabtia JM and MukhopadyayaD(2001) ldquoEffects of Environmental Factors on Achievement a study on Rural Studentsrdquo The Educational Review Vol144NoIINov2001pp201-204

6 Bhaskar Rao D Somasuraya Prakash Rao ABhuvaneswaraLakshi G (2004) The Educational Review Jan2004 387 9th cross Mahalaxmin Layout Banglore-560086

7 BestJohnW ldquoResearch in Educationrdquo Fourth Edition New Delhi Prentice Hall of India (1977)

8 ChadhaNK and Chandra Sunanda-(1990) A study made on creativity Intelligence and scholastic achievementIndian educational Review Vol 25(3) 81-85 Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

9 DandpaniSldquoAdvanced Educational Psychologyrdquo Anmol publications PvtLtd New Delhi 1 1002

10 SK Mangal- Advanced Educational psychology second Edition published by Asoka G Ghosh prentice Hall of India Pvt New Delhi 110001 (2007)

Page 132 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADVANCED MACRO MODIFIED TEXTURAL SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SYSTEM

Jitendra Khatti[1] Prof Kamaldeep Singh Grover[2] PhD Research Scholar Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[1]

Professor Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[2]

Abstract ndash Soil classification is a method and system of identify classify and nomenclature of soil which is based on particle size and consistency limits There are many soil classifications are present ie AASTHO classification system MIT classification system HRB classification system Indian soil classification system USDA soil classification system Unified soil classification system and many others These all present available soil classification or classification systems are consisting of limitations Due to these limitations a new soil classification is required to develop The developed new soil classification is named as Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System This classification system is based on sum of percentage weight retained and percentage weight retained of soil particles The first coarse ndash grained textural triangle is introduced by advanced macro modified textural soil classification system The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is made by coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle and middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of properties of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle This classification system also introduced the twenty ndash four nomenclatures of soil Keywords Middle ndash Grained Triangle Percentage Weight Retained Ultra ndash Sand Soil Particle Coarse ndash Grained Triangle 1 Introduction In this universe everything is divided or classified by their properties or formation or formation process Similarly the soil is also classified and these classifications were introduced by numerous scientists and organizations Scientists and researchers introduced the two types of classification of soil on the basis of field or research area ie agricultural soil classification and mechanical or engineering classification The present available soil classifications or classification systems are Massachusetts Institute of Technology System Textural Classification System International Classification System Unified Soil Classification System Indian Soil Classification System US bureau of Public Road Association and AASTHO classification systemEvery soil classification or classification system is consisting of limitation The Indian soil classification system introduced many terms to define soil ie Well Graded Soil Poorly Graded Soil and Uniformly Graded Soil These terms of classification of soil were not well defined and given statements were not also cleared A statement ldquoWell graded soil is a soil Which is consisting of good representation of all the particlerdquo was given for well graded soil The good representation of all soil particles may be based on physical

Page 133 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

appearance or parentage weight of particle of particles Unified soil classification system introduced the dual classification of soil but the criteria of dual classification was not cleared The textural classification system was introduced for classifying agricultural soil These limitations showed the geotechnical engineering is requirement a new soil classification system 2 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System On the basis of limitations in present available soil classifications or classification systems a new soil classification system is required to develop For the better classification of soil a classification of soil is proposed and it is named as Advance Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the concept of percentage weight retained of soil particles This classification system is introduced twenty ndash four types of classified soil The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is shown in Fig 1

Fig 1 ndash Advanced macro modified textural soil classification system 21 Size of Particles and Their Designations The proposed advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of six soil particles ie gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay The particle size of gravel more than 20mm sand 20mm to 01mm ultra ndash sand 01mm to 002mm silt 002mm to 20microns clay 20microns to 02microns and ultra ndash clay less then to

Page 134 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

02microns are introduced by international classification system The sand particle is sub ndash classified as very coarse coarse medium and fine sand Similarly silt and clay particles are sub ndash divided as coarse and fine ndash grained particles 22 Development of Triangles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles are known as coarse ndash grained particles and remaining soil particles (silt clay and ultra ndash clay) are known as fine ndash grained particles By the overlapping of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle another triangle is evolved and it is named as middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particle 221 Coarse ndash Grained Triangle The coarse ndash grained triangle is evolved by gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The coarse ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 2 with classification of soil

Fig 2 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle 222 Fine ndash Grained Triangle The fine ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash clay particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The fine ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classification of soils The fine ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 3 with classification of soil

Page 135 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 3 ndash Classification of soil by fine ndash grained triangle 223 Middle ndash Grained Triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is formed by the overlapping of coarse ndash grained triangle and fine ndash grained triangle at fifty percentage weight retained of soil particles The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particles The silt and clay soil particles are arranged at left and right axis of triangle respectively The sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle respectively Similarly the sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of triangle The middle ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classifications of soil The middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 4 with classifications of soil

Fig 4 ndash Classification of soil by middle ndash grained triangle

Page 136 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A triangle is formed by three axes hence the middle ndash grained triangle is further sub ndash divided as upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle a Upper Middle ndash Grained Triangle The upper middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The upper middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 5 with classification of soil

Fig 5 ndash Classification of soil by upper middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt sand and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 50 to 100 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and the axis of silt and sand is scaled from zero to fifty percent b Lower Middle ndash Grained Triangle The lower middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The lower middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 6 with classification of soil

Page 137 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 6 ndash Classification of soil by lower middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt clay and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 0 to 50 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and axis of silt particle is scaled from zero to fifty percent

3 Method of Classification of Soil The classification of soil is based on the sum of percentage weight retained of soil particles Each triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of three soil particles If the sum of percentage weight retained of these three soil particle is higher as compared sum of percentage weight retained of other set of three soil particles the classification of soil is done by triangle of higher sum of percentage weight retainedThe advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the star key method In the classification system the rays are drawn with respect to next axis of triangle in clockwise direction If star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle the ray of gravel is drawn with respect to axis of ultra ndash sand ray of ultra ndash sand is drawn with respect of axis of sand and ray of sand is drawn with respect to axis of gravel particle For the classification of soil the following steps are given below ndash i Take a 1000gram soil specimen now put this soil specimen in sieve set of

advancedmacro modified textural soil classification system and cover the top sieve by lid

ii Now put the sieve set on the sieve shaker and start sieving for 5 to 6 minutes After sieving of soil specimen determine weight of soil specimen for particular

Page 138 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

sieve or sieve size by weighing machine or balance The weight of soil specimen is known as weight retained of soil specimen or particles Now the percentage of weight retained of particles is calculated

iii After calculating percentage weight retained of soil particles the percentage weight retained of particle for coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle A triangle is selected for classification of soil which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of soil particles

iv Now the selected triangle and classification of soil is drawn The rays are drawn in selected triangle with the help of percentage weight retained of soil particles These rays are met at a point which is known as STAR KEY

v The classification of soil is done by star key and the method is known as star key method

vi If a soil is consisting of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt soil particle The classification of soil is done by middle ndash grained triangle While classifying the soil the percentage weight retained of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt particles are re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained The rays star keyis drawn for re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of soil particles

4 Results A soil specimen is tested in geotechnical laboratoryFrom the test results of soil specimen the specimen is consisting of maximum quantity of gravel particles The percentage weight retained of soil particles of soil specimen is calculated in Table 1 Table 1 ndash Calculation of Percentage weight retained of soil specimen Particle Name

Retained

Sum of Percentage Weight Retained of Soil Particles

Recalculation of Wt Retained of Coarse ndash Grained Particles

Coarse Fine Upper Lower Gravel (G) 44

86

51 Sand (S) 24

52

28 Ultra ndash Sand (Us)

18

32

21

Silt (Ms) 10

14

- Clay (C) 4 - Ultra ndash Clay (Uc)

0 -

From the calculation the percentage weight retained of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay particle are determined as 44 24 18 10 and 4 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper

Page 139 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle is calculated as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle is higher as compared other triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification Hence the classification of soil is done by coarse ndash grained triangle The percentage weight retained of particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is re ndash calculated for hundred percentage weight retained The axes ofcoarse and fine ndash grained are ranged from zero percent to hundred percent The percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand is re ndash calculated as 51 28 and 21 respectively For the classification of soil the star key is drawn by the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles The star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle and it is shown in Fig 8

Fig 8 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle (star key method) From Fig 8 it is observed that the classification of soil specimen A is done as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend Here blend is presenting the mixture of soil particle which is formed by sand soil particles

5 Discussion From the study of present available soil classifications and classification systems it is observed that the classification of soil is not done by US Bureau of Public Road Association MIT classification system International Classification System because these classification or classification system is defined range of particles size only The USDA soil classification system is used for agricultural soil classification If a soil is evolved by coarse ndash grained particle hence the classification of soil is not done by USDA soil classification system The Indian soil classification system is not classified soil on the basis of quantity of soil particles or mix state of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is introduced the ldquohow a soil is classified on the basis of quantity of particle and mix state of soil particlesrdquo In

Page 140 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

advanced macro modified textural soil classification system it is also observed that the classification of soil is done by soil particle which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained 6 Conclusions From the experimental results and study of different soil classifications and classification systems the following conclusions are mapped ndash i The range of size of sand silt and clay particles were introduced by MIT

classification system US bureau of public road association classification system international classification system but the classification of soil was not introduced by these classifications or classification systems

ii AASTHO classification and HRB classification was developed for classifying the soil for pavement design The soil particles are classified as per requirement of pavement

iii Indian soil classification system introduced dual symbol system but the symbol system was not described for combination of coarse and fine ndash grained particles

iv The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced the classification of soil on the basis of quantity of particle or percentage weight retained of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced fifty classifications of soil

v From the test results of soil specimen A it has observed that the percentage weight retained of coarse fine upper and lower middle ndash grained triangle has determined experimentally as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively It is also observed that the coarse ndash grained triangle is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of gravel particles The axis of each particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is ranged from zero to hundred percentage Hence the percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles is re ndash calculated for hundred percent From the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles the soil has classified as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend

From the conclusions it is summarized that the advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on percentage weight retained of soil particle as well as on quantity of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is sophisticated classification of soil References Casagrande A (1948) ldquoClassification and Identification of Soils Transactions ASCE

Vol 113 901 ndash 930 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Annual Book of ASTM Standards D

2487-83 04 08 American Society for Testing and Materials 1985 pp 395 ndash 408

Page 141 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian Standard Classification and Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purpose (First Revision) IS 1498 ndash 1970 Edition 22 (1987 ndash 09)

Jitendra Khatti Prof N P Kaushik Prof J K Sharma Prof K S Grover ldquoModified Textural Soil Classification Indian Geotechnical Conference 2018

Krumbein W C Aberdeen Esther (April 1937) ldquoThe Sediments of Barataria Bayrdquo Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 7(1) Retrieved 11 May 2014

Sieve Analysis and Particle Analysis - Grand Solution Manual SJ Soft Technologies 2008 October 13 2009

Dr K R Arora Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Seventh Edition - 2011) ndash ISBN ndash 81-8014-112-8

Dr B C Punmia Ashok Kumar Jain Arun Kumar Jain Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Sixteenth Edition ndash March 2005) ndash ISBN ndash 81-7008-791-0

Page 142 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

सहयो य यापकः स कत वभागः

घाटालरबी शतवा षक महा व ालयः घाटालः प मम दनीपरः

प मव गः भारतबषः

भिमका वालित श दष कोमलता न धताप व तामौिलकता च व त प पस शवालः क याः एकः अन यसाधारणस ः य मन अना वलान द व त स ण यथा मा य िथत भबित त त प रवार प य मा य या प वाल एव स ससशः यन ससार य ीव भबित पर त नाटक च र िमद कदाच िमलना तकप रसमा ः कदाच ना यगितव ौ कदा प वा ना यो कषवधनाथ योजन भबित एता शाना िशशच र ाणा त मन ना य क योजनिम य म वषय अ ालो यत मया व मोवशीयम प रवा-ऊव योः िमलना तकिमद प चा क विश नाटक कािलदासन िथतम नाटक या य प चमा क तयोः स तान स गः कािलदासन चम कार पण उप था पतः ldquoअस तान व वजिय वा य न कम प शोचनीयम rdquo(प चमा कः) ndashअ याथः इयमनप यता यतीतः त य शोकः ना त अनन ायत यत नपः प रवा अप क आसीत अन तर कािलदासन स गम णहरण वषयमप था पतम य वलासवती य याः अ सरसः ललाट थर व पम णः एकन शकनन मासख ड म वा अप तः तदथ नपण उ म ndash ldquoर िमित न म त मन मनौ य व वह गमा ः यया तना थ सख स गमनीयन स गिमतःrdquo इित ( ५५) अ याथः वहगन अप त त मन मणौ मम आ हः ना तपर त अनन म णना यतमया सह मम िमलन सघ टतमासीत अ ः नप य समीप र य यवहा रकम याप या िमलन य

हत पण त य म यमप रसीमम त अतः यन तन उपायन नपण र ः ई सतः अनया नप यो या कािलदासः वािभ ाय य च रताथ कतः अतःपर यत वाण व ः शकनः य मन वाण ो दतासीत ndash

ldquoऊवशीस भव याय मलसनोधनभतः कमार यायोषो वाणः हत षदायषाम rdquo इित ( ५७ )

अ याथः ऊव याः गभजात य प रवसः च ऒरसजात य कमार य आयसः अय वाणः अर णामाय यकार अतः कािलदासः वहगन र ापहरण वषयम था य माता पत या सह स तान य िम नमाग य सगम कत च त अनन कारण आयसः वशलितका दाना तर कािलदासः अय वषय क चत अ ातत यम थापयित यथा यवनमिनना लािलतम आयः त च आ म त य जातकमा न ान भबित तद र तत आयः घटना वाहन प रवस िनकषा उप थत भबित पर त अ मन थल आयसः च र ोप थापन य भतकारणािन स त यथा ndash

Page 143 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

१) आयच र वना प रवसः दय अनप यतायाः क ात अप य नह य रसिस ः न भ बतमहित ndash

ldquo वा पायत िनपितता मम र मन वा स यव ध दय मनसः मादः स जातवपथिभ झतधयव ndash

र छािम चनमदय प रर धम गः rdquoइित ( ५९) प ाभावात िमकप रवसः च र कदा य प पता पण न कािशत भ बतमहित

२) आयच र वना त य दय पतर ित गभीर नहः यथा य न भ वतमहित तथव द घ व छदात अनाका त वषय ित त य अक मभावावगः अ प न य ः भ वतमहित ndash

ldquo य द हादिमद वा पता ममाय सतोऽहम यित उ स गविधताना ग ष भवत क शः नहः rdquoइित ( ५१०)

आयसः दय नहाभावात पतर ित त य व षस ः भ वतमहित यन नाटक कदा प िमलना तक न भ वत पारयित पनर प िन वकारिच य आयसः नाटक न योजन भवत

३) आयसः च र ाभावात स गमनीयमणः स गः अ योजनीयः भवत यतः म ण-च र ौ पर परयोः प रपरकौ

४) नाटक आयस आ म व कमकत यत अथात त तन वालकन एकः शकनः वाण व ः भबित ndash ldquoगह तािमषः कल ग ः पादपिशखर िगलीयमानो ल यीकतो वाण य rdquoइित ( प चमा कः )

अनन कारणन यवनन स आ मात व ह कतो भवित अ मात ायत यत ततकाल आचायगह व ाजनकाल प ादय य हनन पापमासीत

५) प रवा यथाथ पण वषवत वरनप ासीत इित न कवल कािलदासन पर त आयसा अ प व यत ndash

ldquo नाहित तातः प गवधा रताया ध र द य िनयोजित rdquoइित ( प चमा कः ) आयसा ई श पत वशषणन द घ व छदाद प र स ब धः न कदा प िम या भवित इित कािलदासन कािशतम त ६) कािलदासन आयसा सह महाभारत य कण य एकः सामी यः वीक या प ना य य

योजनात क चत प रवतन सघ टतम त ततीया क वग ऊवशी ित इ य शतः ndashldquoय मन व भावािस व त य म रणसहाय य राजषः य करणीयम सा व प रवस यथाकामम यावत स प र स तानो भबतीित rdquo(ततीया कः ) अथात प रवसा स तान य मखदशनपय त भबती त य नप य इ छानसारतः स वतमहित अतः य द ऊवशी म य प रवसा सह थातिम छित त ह प य स गः नो था पतो भ व यित एतदथ ऊव या जात णादव आयः प र य मासीत अ य मन दिश मा ा क या अ प कणः प र य ः आसीत यतः स कानीनः लोकल जा च तया स प र य ः अतः य त प याग य हतः वा यवाधकता एव आसीत इित य य अिभ न वम

Page 144 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

माता पत या सह प य िमलनन य वष यम त कणन माता य ा भबित अिभमानात पर त आयसा त य पतरौ गह तौ भबतः ाभावादव ई शन वशा शन एव नाटक य िमलना तकप रसमाि भबित

७) कािलदासन आयसः स गाभावात चतथा क एव ना यसमाि ः भ वतमहित यतः पवरागः मलनन व छदन वा समाि भवित तदथ नाटक या य ग धमादनपवत ऊवशी-प रवसोः मलनात थमा क एव पवराग य िमलना तकप रणितभ वतमहित अ प च चतथा कपय त नाटक कदा प नाटखपदवा य न भवित यतः नाटक य ल णम ndashldquoप चािधका दशपर त ा का rdquoइित एतदथ कािलदासन अव यमव प चमा क कािचत घटना सयो जत या पर त िभ नका हनीमसयो य तन आयसः च र मप था पतम ततीया क इ य शतसाय य वात

८) आयसः च र मप थापनन प ीकतिमद यत स तान य ज मनः अिभशाप य च व ा तािन ऊव या ातािन न त प रवसा एतदथ शरिन पका रणः ना नः आ रा ण ाना तर प रवा वा ो भबित तदा तनो म ndash

ldquoआ वलपयोधरा लबलीदलपा डरानन छायम तािन िनदािन वपरभत कवलमालस ण त याः rdquoइित ( ५८)

अ याथः अय कित दन यावत त याः (ऊव याः ) तना भागः आ वलः मखका तः लबलीफ़लस शा पा डवणा ह तवलय थः अभबन पर त व ा तिमद यवनन ातमासीत ndashldquoिनयातय ह यासिमित rsquoवचनात महाराजात व छदभयात ऊवशी ज म हणमा व प व ालाभाथ भगवतः यवन य आ म महामा यायाः स यव याः ह त सम पतवती ndashldquoमया महाराज वयोगभी तया जातमा एव व ागमनिनिम भगवत यवन या मपद आयायाः स यव या ह तऽ काश िन ःrdquo ndash प चमा कः

) अ ऊव याः समीप कत य य धान पण ितभातम त थमतः पती िनकषा जीवनाितवाहनम तीयत यथायो य थान प य सर ा अतः य प

प याग प कम ग हत तथा प उ कत यपालनाथ ना य योजनात ऊव याः दोषिमद मा म अिभ ानशक तलम कािलदास य अमरका य स ा क विश नाटकमिभ ानशक तलम य सवदमननामक य िशशच र योप थितः यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमव ना य या य ितपा म अ य नाटक य थम अ क क वा म द य तशक तलयोः पवरागः ऋणम य अ गर यकदानम ह तव ा तन च य य णक व छदः तीया क द य त- वदषकयोः कथोपकथनम रा द य त य च तपोवनात

गमन यासः ततीया क द य तशक तलयोः गा धव ववाहः रा दर करणाथ च द य त य गमनम चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम ना शक तला ित दवाशसः शापः क व य च िनदशात श गरव-शार ता या सह शक तला द य त य गह षणम प चमा क द य तन शक तला या याता क तलायाः सती व माण व वध वधान दान सानम या च शक तला गह वा अ यीभवनम ष ा क धीवरव ा तम अ गर यकदशनन द य त य म य ाटन त य च वलापः स मा क मार चा म

Page 145 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

शक तला सवदमनम द य त य च मलनम अतः ना य य स मा क एव िशशच र य उप थापन कत ना यकारण यथा नद सागर पितत सित पण व ा ा भबित तथव शाक तलनाटक य नद स शः षडा कः सागरस श स मा क पिततो भबित य सवदमन एव सागरस गमः अ म नाटक अ य िशशच र य योजनम त िन न पम

१) नाटक य ततीया क लताक ज शक तला-द य तयोः िनभतालापान तर क वा म य सािधकायाः गौत याः आगमनात य य व छदो भबित गौत या च सह शक तलायाः गमन कत सित नपणो म ndashldquoकथम य निमत न च बत त rsquoइित ( ३२२) अथात कना प उपायन आननो ोलन कत अ प च बत न पारयािम िशशच र य उप थ या रा ई श य कथन य अस यता मा णता भबित यतः य द त काल द य तः च वतम प न पारयित म त ह कथ अय िशशः जातोऽभबत क च वन वना तयोः मलन अभबत रा ा कामशा य ई शम ल घनमस भवम

अ य मन दिश तयोः गा धव ववाहः मा णतो भवित अनन िशशना यतः गा धव ववाह वषय मनना उ म ndash

ldquoइ छया यो यसयोगात क याया वर य च स त गा धवः व यो मथ यः कामस भवः rdquo इित ( मनस हता ndash ३३२) )

यो ववाहः वरक ययोः स मितपवकः ग जनानाम ात स प नो भबित स एव गा धव ववाहित क यत अतः िशशना एव एतत मा णत भबित यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमभबत

२) चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम नया अ गर यक ित िन परतया शक तलया कोपन वभाव य मनरागमन अ ातम त तदथ सा दवाससा अिभश ा ई शः वा यः ndash

ldquo विच तय ती यमन यमानसा तपोधन व स न मामप थतम म र यित वा न स वोिधतोऽ प सन

कथा म ः थम कतािमव rdquoइित ( ४१) अथात य विच य म स शमप थततप वी तया अवमािनतोऽभबत तन वम म वत व मता भ व यित अतः अनन शापन वहघटना सघ टता भ बतमहित यथा ndash क) द य तन शक तला आजीवन या याता भ बतमहित ख) पनः सा क वा म यावतन कत पारयित ग) सा आ मघाितनी भ बतमहित घ) सा समाज कलटानार पण ितभाता भ बतमहित

पर त शक तलायाः स तानस भा यतया व ा तिमद असामा य पण पयविसत भबित एतदथ उपय व ा ताना स भा यता स वऽ प अपरा घटना सघ टता ता यथा ndash

क) अिभशाप य िनरसनाथ मारकिच दशन यत शक तलया द य त य नामा कतात अ गर यकादशनात द य त य पवव ा त व मरण भबित

ख) ऋ षकमारा याम प शक तला आ ममानयनाथम वीकता अभबत

Page 146 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ग) प वश य राजपरो हतनो म दवबा यानसारतः द य त य थमस तान राजच व ल णय भ ब यित तदथ स तान य ज मनः परमव हण वजन वा य करम

आतसिशशायाः म यादागतः सयालोकः यथा क भ वा कागज द त त पः सभाम य थाना सवषा स दहः शक तलायामग छत यन त याः दय अपमानानलन द ध भबित अतः स मा क राजच व ल णय य सवदमन य उप थ यामव शक तलायाः कल किमद मोचन भबित

घ) सोमतीथात यावतनादन तरमव क व आकाशभा षत श द वा जग क याणाथ शक तलया द य त य तजधारणस दश ातोऽभबत ndash

ldquo द य तना हत तजो दधाना भतय भवः अव ह तनया न नगभा शमीिमव rdquo इित ( ४४ )

तदथ िशशच र ाभावात अशर रछ दोमयीवाणी िम या अभबत ङ) ष ा क धीवरव ा तात पर घटनाच स मा क द य त मार चा म वश सित

िसहशावकम पीडनरत वालकमक वा त य दय अप य नहः जाग रतो भबित ndashldquo क न खल वाल म नौरस इव प न ित म मनः ननमनप यता मा व सलयित rsquo( स मा कः )

अतः सवदमन य उप थतौ वत कत य द य तच र य वा स य मः जाग रत भबित शो णतस व ध य च ाधा य मा णत भबित य त द घकाल यवधानऽ प िम या न भवित

च) कािलदासन सवदमनच र नो था पत सित नाटकसमा भ बतमहित अ य मन दिश िशशच र य वक प व प कम प अ यव ा त अ य नाटक य ई श माहा मदान कत न श नोित

अतः अनन कारण माणीयत यत न कवल कािलदासीयसा ह यष अ प च स कतसा ह यष इमािन च र ा ण न कवल च र पायनाथ स ािन तषा योजनीयता अ त सहायक थाः अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः अिनलच वसः- स कतप तकभा डारः ndashकिलकाता अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः स यर जनव ोपा यायः- स कतव डपो ndashकिलकाता स कतसा ह यस भारः ndashडः गौर णाथशा ी ndashनवप काशनम

Page 147 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 148 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 149 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 150 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 151 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 152 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 153 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 154 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 155 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 156 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 157 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 158 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 159 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 160 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 161 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 162 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 163 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 164 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 165 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 166 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 167 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 168 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES MOOCS FUTURE OF E-LEARNING

HIGHER EDUCATION PLATFORM IN INDIA

1DrAbdul Jalil and 2Iftikhar Islam 1Librarian Rupahi College

2Department of Political Science Rupahi College

Page 169 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 170 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 171 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 172 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 173 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 174 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 175 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 176 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 177 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 178 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 179 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 180 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 181 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 182 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 183 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 184 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 185 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 186 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 187 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 188 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 189 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 190 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 191 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 192 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 193 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 194 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 195 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 196 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 197 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 198 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 199 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 200 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 201 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 202 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 203 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 204 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 205 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 206 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 207 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 208 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 209 of 209

Page 2: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:

Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief DrK Victor Babu Associate Professor Institute of Education Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS Prof S Mahendra Dev Vice Chancellor Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research Mumbai ProfYC Simhadri Vice Chancellor Patna University Former Director Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies New Delhi amp Formerly Vice Chancellor of Benaras Hindu University Andhra University Nagarjuna University Patna University Prof (Dr) Sohan Raj Tater Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University Rajasthan ProfRSiva Prasadh IASE Andhra University - Visakhapatnam DrVVenkateswarlu Assistant Professor Dept of Sociology amp Social Work AcharyaNagarjuna University Guntur Prof PDSatya Paul Department of Anthropology Andhra University ndash Visakhapatnam Prof Josef HOumlCHTL Department of Political Economy University of Vienna Vienna amp Ex Member of the Austrian Parliament Austria Prof Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Russian Philosophical Society Moscow Russia Prof Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Founder and President Escuela Virtual de AsesoriacuteaFilosoacutefica Lima Peru

Prof Igor Kondrashin The Member of The Russian Philosophical Society The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of The UNESCO Moscow Russia Dr Zoran Vujisiaelig Rector St Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute Universidad Rural de Guatemala GT USA ProfUShameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Dr NVSSuryanarayana Dept of Education AU Campus Vizianagaram Dr Kameswara Sharma YVR Asst Professor Dept of Zoology SriVenkateswara College Delhi University Delhi I Ketut Donder Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Indonesia Prof Roger Wiemers Professor of Education Lipscomb University Nashville USA DrKattagani Ravinder Lecturer in Political Science Govt Degree College MuluguTelangana DrBSNMurthy Department of Mechanical Engineering GITAM UniversityVisakhapatnam

Dr Mustapha Inul Manuha Institute of Indigenous Medicine University of Colombo SL

DrSV Lakshmana Rao Coordinator AP State Resource Center Visakhapatnam DrSKannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar Chidambaram

Dr B Venkataswamy HODamp Associate Professor Dept of Telugu PAS College Pedanandipadu Guntur India DrE Ashok Kumar Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University Shillong

DrKChaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology Peoplersquos Republic of China

DrSandeep Narula Dept of Management Sciences IIHMR University Jaipur Dr BipashaSinha S S Jalan Girlsrsquo College University of CalcuttaCalcutta Prof N Kanakaratnam Dept of History Archaeology amp Culture Dravidian University Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr K John Babu Department of Journalism amp Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir Kashmir DrTVRamana Department of Economics Andhra University Campus Kakinada DrBarada Prasad Bhol Registrar ISBM University Chhatisgarh India

DrTon Quang Cuong Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education VNU Hanoi

Prof Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of PunePune

Prof Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad Serbia ProfShobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College Bijapur ProfJoseph R Jayakar Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad Prof Francesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences University ofSapienza Rome Prof Mehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics Iraq Prof RonatoSabalzaBallado Department of Mathematics University of Eastern PhilippinesPhilippines Satheesha H Mettu University Mettu Ethiopia DrJBChakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati DrNi Luh Putu Agustini Karta Department of Tourism TriatmaMulya Institute of Economy Bali Indonesia

copy Editor-in-Chief IJMERreg

Typeset and Printed in India wwwijmerin

IJMER Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought

C O N T E N T S

Volume 9 Issue 7(3) July 2020

SNo Page 1 New Interpretations of Buddhist Art Special Reference to

Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Ravi Kumar Kodali

1

2 Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace Ouseppachan P A

13

3 A Study on the Role of Tourism Advertising and Exploring their Possibilities in Indian Context with Special Reference to North East Prabhat Kumar

18

4 Intrepriting Bharat Leela An Amazing Folk Dance of South Odisha

Bhagaban Sahu

25

5 Adolescents Addiction to Smart Phone and Its Remedies Cyma Anjum and Bina Kumari

31

6 The Effectiveness of Antipsychotics in Schizophrenia D Udayakumar and V Raja Babu

35

7 Insolvency Framework for Financial Service Providers (FSPs) Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal

41

8 Covid-19 and Unpriviledge Class An Analysis Hajra Masood

45

9 Suicide Cases and Causes Reported in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

Faridullah Rahiq Li Xiguang Muhammad Rehman Azizaqa Zahed Khalil Ahmad Pashtoonyar

Bashir Ahmad Taseer Ahmad Shah Wazir and Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil

52

10 COVID-19 Economy in Jeopardize Gurpreet Kaur

87

11 Problems in Ship Breaking Industry of India A Case of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Hrudanand Misra

95

12 COVID-19 Pandemic and Challenges to Emergency Remote Learning in India an Exploratory Analysis

Janetius ST Nayan KS and Mini TC

106

13 Impact of COVID-19 on the Student Development Virendra Singh

116

14 Review on Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Related to Deployment Models and Cloud Service Models

T Srajan kumar K Bharath Reddy and E Lingamurthy

120

15 A Study of Scholastic Achievement of Gifted Secondary School Students of Vijayapur District in Relation to Their School Adjustment

JyotilaxmiMIrasur and VVMalagi

127

16 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System Jitendra Khatti and Kamaldeep Singh Grover

133

17 कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

143

18

148

19 A Study of Shock Wave by Rusanov Method Shailesh Nath Pandey

159

20 Massive Open Courses MOOCS Future of E- Learning Education Platform in India

Abdul Jalil and Iftikhar Islam

169

21

180

22 G Vivekananda Swamy

185

23

189

24 Study on Stock Market and Mutual Fund Margvi Aggarwal

196

25 Novel Corona Virus ( Covid-19) A Survey of Journals and Organization All Over the World

Shivani Griwan and Lalit Kumar

204

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6514(2020)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

NEW INTERPRETATIONS OF BUDDHIST ART SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO AMARAVATI AND NAGARJUNAKONDA

Mr Ravi Kumar Kodali Research Scholar

Andhra University Visakhapatnam

The art of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had its beginnings during the

Mauryan period In due course of time the art flourished under the different patronage of art lovers besides the contributions made by the various sections of the society The carvings at Amaravati reached a climax and excelled the art of Barhut Sanchi and western Indian Rock-cut caves etc The style of Buddhist art reached its climax in the various carvings at Amaravati and there by justified in being called the Amaravati school of art During the period under consideration it became a normal trend to adorn the stupas with beautifully carved panels on pale green or white limestone Only a few stupas have retained a few panels while at Amaravati the panels are not only large in number but also varied in nature The school of Amaravati art later on spread across Nagarjunakonda Kesanapalli Chandavaram Jaggayyapeta etc

The present study is look into new interpretations of Buddhist art in Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Many scholars attempted to reveal the rich art and architecture of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda but it still incomplete The idea of art and motives which exists in pre and protohistoric sites like cave temples open temples are unreadable and incomplete why because we can read the physical form of art and architecture but not sentiment of our ancestors Here we attempt to evaluate and codified the Buddhist art with two references with the help of new techniques and interpretation in metropolitan cultural dimensions Keywords Amaravathi Nagarjunakonda Art and Architecture Buddhist art

The earliest art of Amaravati can be seen across the granite rail particularly on the uprights The registers included the Triratna symbol a Vriksha chaitya and a Stupa on outline These are dated to 3rd century BC on the basis of the associated cross-bar which is inscribed Particularly in the carvings of the stupa in outline one can see characters of graphic art It is from these initial beginnings the Amaravatiart records strides of development as seen in the sculptures of the limestone stele and the Yaksha figures which are presently displayed in the Archaeological Site Museum at Amaravati The stele is all the more important because it records in six scenes the events connected with the life of Buddha from Vaishali to his final Mahapariniruana at Kusmagara Most of these scenes are appended with label inscriptions which is a practice very common at Barhut On the second face of the stele the buildings at Sravastf are depicted along with the story related to Anadhapindika The story goes to say that Anadhapindika purchases Jetavana from prince Jeta for the construction of

Page 1 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Gandhara Kausambhi and Karerikut etc for the residence of Lord Buddha On the third face of the stele the river Krishna is represented as flowing water flanked by multi-storeyed structure provided with stair case Also a vaulted structure with massive pillars and other structures having chaitya arches and a pavilion are all carved inside a railing The structural complex may as well belong to the Vandanamagoshti

In general the art on the stele bears close resemblance to the art of Suhgas as seen across the panels of Barhut In some aspects particularly while showing structures isometrically the Amaravati artisans exhibited a lead The other sculptures like the Elephant the Yaksha and the Stupa figures indicate flatness in form and angularities recalling examples from Barhut Datable to 1st century BC are the panels which included the adoration of the Bodhiuriksha at Bodhgaya and the scene related to the Mahabhinishkramana These figures are characterized by shallow reliefs besides flat and plump limbs They maintain smiling faces They had turbans crowned over the head and the human bodies are decorated with heavy jewellery These features are common to the sculptures of the Sunga period available at Barhut and Sanchi Comprising of a harmonious blend of the Suriga art form we have a few art pieces at Jaggayyapeta

However the Jaggayyapeta examples appear slender and tall compared to similar examples of Amaravati In both the cases angularities and linear features are common It is held that these figures have some comparable features to the Chenchu population of the Krishna valley In the Buddhist tradition kingship was idealized as the Universal Monarch The panel of Chakravartin recovered at Jaggayyapeta depicts a motif of this kind In this panel the seven emblems of his supremacy namely Wife Horse Minister General Elephant Wheel and the Star are arranged on either side of a standing male figure representing the Chakravartin From the top of the panel a few coins descend symbolically stating that a righteous king at his will can cause showers of food cloth jewels and coins According to a set of scholars the Chakravartin represented in this panel is no other than Mandhate of the Jataka stories The story goes to suggest that excessive greed on the part of the Chakravartin resulted in his downfall In this panel the central figure representing the king is carved with elongated arms flat body and the arrangement of the various members of the panel are out of balance Almost to the same time of 2nd and 1st centuries BC are the representations of the worship of the Bodha tree and the stupa at Rarnagrama identified at the stupa of Chandavaram Also belonging to the same time is the stupa at Dhulikatta where panels representing the worship of the stupas the great renunciation and the panel representing the Buddhapadas being sheltered by Muchalinda Naga are noticed An interesting panel representing a Srivatsa symbol from which a number of lotus shoots emanate has been reported from the stupa at Kesanapalli this panel also bears similarity with the early panels of Amaravati After the early additions the Mahastupa of Amaravati began to be embellished with many more panels across the drum and the dome These additions can be dated to the time of the later Satavahanas The earlier railing which was humble in nature is replaced by a majestic and granite railing during this period The railing itself is also decorated with a number of panels The name of Sivasri appears on the railing probably suggesting that the work was done during the time of SivaskandaSatakarni

Page 2 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

During the Mature phase of the Amaravatiart the later Satavahana rulers like VasisthiputraPulumavi Sivasri and Yajna Satakarni were ruling the region During the later Satavahana period the coping above the railing was decorated in all fullness On the outer face of the coping stone men and women are carved as carrying a long meandering garland In the intermediate spacersquos representation of Stupa Wheel and Bodhi-tree are carved with a view to fill in the gaps The garland is so carved that it is emitting out of monsters flanked by makaras and dwarfs On the interior side of the coping a number of scenes related to the life of Buddha and the Jataka stories are carved

The uprights or the Three are decorated with medallions consisting of full-blown lotus half lotus and the Pumaghata Images of Lions are crowned above the coping close to the gates Just opposite to the entrance facing the entrance itself the drum of the stupa is provided with panels representing either the Foot-prints of Buddha or the Dharmachakra On the stupa proper the drum-slabs are decorated with highly ornate stupa representations alternated by the panels of Dharmachakra Occasionally the panels constitute representation of the four miracles performed by Lord Buddha The four projections of the drum in the cardinal directions are crowned by five ayaka pillars

Across the anda portion or the dome of the stupa there are three registers of sculptures exhibiting skill in all its excellence The top most register is characterized by panels representing the Trisula motif The immediate lower register is characterized by a number of panels depicting variously scenes related to Buddhist lore Some of such scenes included the First Sermon of Buddha at Saranath representation of a Chakravartin the Ramagrama stupa the Dharmachakra etc Also a number of Jataka stories and the events connected with the life of Buddha are carved in the middle register At the bottom of these panels a number of running animals are carved Also each register is separated from the other by friezes of flowing creepers During this phase datable to the Satavahana period the art of Amaravati reached its highest watermark The carvings on the panels gain more depth and roundedness compared to the earlier phases Panels appear to be throbbing with life The composition included men and women with youthful appearance The central figures are surrounded by groups of men and women in activity The scenic location are also indicated in some of the panels by representing entrance gates locations inside a palace or streets The concept of space is well understood by the craftsman In a number of panels men and women are crowded around a central figure in a parabolic way This is in contrast to what we find at Barhut and Sanchi We know that in a number of panels of Barhut and Sanchi human beings are represented one above the other in a tiered fashion usually flanking on either side or at the bottom of the central figure of the theme In contrast at Amaravati inside any single panel all the figures are grouped as if drawn to the central figure which usually is a symbolic representation of Buddha or the figure of a king or the image of Buddha itself It is interesting that some of the figures are shown in three quarter profile People in the foreground are some times carved with their back towards the onlooker Also in a few other panels in front of the central theme people are represented as if in a kneeling position worshipping the Buddhapadas In certain cases the figures show the hip in back view and the torso in profile Thus the Mature phase of

Page 3 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Amaravati art is characterized by three-dimensional representation of the various flexes and twists of the body

ldquoIt is this arrangement of figures and settings in a number of planes that distinguishes Andhra art from the Mathura Sanchi or other schools and this is attributed to the Roman influence for Maisolia was a hinder land of Roman trade from the 1st century AD

In general the figures carved are slim and prominent they have long legs and light body The standing postures are vibrant with dynamism Whether it be an animal motif or a human being in a scene the figures are full of life and graceful expression Some of the scenes connected with the life of Buddha included the adoration of the begging bowl of Buddha the meeting of Gautama with his wife the submission of the mad elephant Nalagiri etc The choicest Jataka tales sculptured in panels included the Vidurapandita the Vessantara the Champeyya etc Also the worship of Buddha in the form of a Flaming-pillar has become a novel feature of the Amaravatiart All these features sculptured on panels unconsciously convey the greatness of the Paramita of Buddhism Among the Mahasarighikas the Caityakas were responsible for the worship of Buddha in the form of an image The genesis of this trend can be traced to the second half of 1st century or the beginnings of 2nd century AD Though the Buddha is conceived in human form symbolic representation of him continued in the form of a Lotus in a vase a Pillar crowned by Lion capital an Empty-throne Foot-prints Pillars crowned by Wheel a Stupa and finally a pillar of Fire the Bodhitree crowned by the event related to the crossing of the river Niranjara by the Buddha individual Relic-casket as the focus of worship is known from Amaravati At Sanchi a flame of fire is associated with the meditating Buddha In one of the panels on the east gateway of Sanchi the miracle of the serpent in the fire temple at Uruvela is represented In this Buddha is represented as a Flamming fire or torch In contrast to representing the Buddha in the form of a flame or torch as at Sanchi the craftsman at Amaravatiadopted a Flaming-pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra and Trident symbol with an Empty-throne and Foot-prints in the foreground as a symbolic representation of the Buddha in the panel representing the event connected with the presentation of Rahula At Nagarjunakonda belonging to a slightly later date Flamming-pillar symbolically represented the presence of Buddha in the Nalagiri episode carved on an ayaka-panel Apparently the artisans under the direction of the Caityakavadins or in general the Mahasarighika school followed the theme associating fire with Buddha as prescribed in the DighaNikaya

ldquothe flaming pillar which symbolizes the idea that the Buddha sat on sodhimanda where Agni (fire) emerged anew as part of the suns powerrdquo

At Amaravati the first sermon of Buddha at Saranath is represented by a pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra In the foreground a cushioned Emptythrone representing Buddha is depicted The panel is flanked on either side by chouri bearers and a large number of devotees At the base of the throne a deer is represented symbolizing the event at Saranath and in the top portions Lions are represented In this panel the Buddha is however not represented in human form It is of interest to note

Page 4 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

that at Amaravatiseated Buddha in the lsquoDharmachakraPravartanamudrarsquo is not represented in human form

In due course of time the artists of Amaravati on the dictates of their patron sanghas have produced the images of Buddha These images are tail and heavy Their bodies are covered with heavy draperies exhibiting prominent folds of (Uttara) Sanghati The common mode of representation of Buddha is with the robe covering the left shoulder and the left forearm is bent up with a view to holding the robe while the right arm is in Abhayamudra There are cases where in both the shoulders of Buddha are covered with a cloth with multiple folds In either case the toga-like garment is reminiscent of the Roman impact on the images of Buddha In addition to the images of Buddha we have icons and images of Bodhisattvas In panels they are represented either in seated or standing positions with a prominent halo behind their head Some of the images may be identified as Bodhisattva Padmapani belonging to 2nd century AD From the village of Goli a similar image of Bodhisattva Padmapani is reported which shares some common features with similar images at Nasik and Mathura

Nagarjunakonda Art The art of Nagarjunakonda has been studied by many scholars after its initial

discovery followed by retrieval of many more pieces through the excavations A critical analysis of the art of Nagarjunakonda indicated that lsquothe general atmosphere of allegiance and sophistication of passionate gaiety and animation of conscious grace and dolorous dalliance and sometimes even of exuberant abandon and trembling unrest all unmistakable evident in the Andhra reliefs of this period - have also been noticed again and again When compared to the joyful and animated reliefs of Bodhgaya Barhut and Sanchi the art exhibited at Amaravati and more particularly at Nagarjunakonda is sensuous and mundane and exhibit the innocent joy in life This is in contrast to the physical charm perceivable in the Yakshus of Mathura and to some extent Barhut and Didarganj When compared to Sanchi and Mathura the art of AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda is passionate and sensuous representing a Mature phase

This also shows a change in the aesthetic vision technical exuberance and changing ideals of beauty It has been stated that the transformation in the art is from the stable and permanent to the transient and mobile The change is in tune with the artistic development from Barhut to Amaravati there is along the arrow line of time a story of evolution along a straight high way laid down by the art itself from the epigraphical record of Nagarjunakonda we understand that the art was patronized by members of the sangha the ladies of the royal and noble families who were attached to the Buddhist order Also a monastic establishment at AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda represent a transitional phase in Buddhist ideology and thereby the art is a reflection of that

The reliefs of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda along with those at Goli represent a physiognomic composition of men and women comparable to the description given for the progressive type of the Chenchus This aspect is evident in the representations of the human beings of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda across the well-built frame and slim and springy physiognomic forms of men and women Particularly the busts of women are slighter and softer and the lips thinner and narrower much as we find amongst Chenchu women Also slender and tall with elongated legs tapering

Page 5 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

downwards particularly standing in an abhangapose with the entire weight of her body resting on her right leg as such the female form is mastered by the craftsman In some cases the physical form was able to express the psychological state of men and women In a general way we may say that linearism dominated the human sculptures with all grace and charm Each sculpture human or animal throbs with life The human figures are present in each scene in all possible poses and attitude Some of them express high tension while others elegant languor

ldquoIndeed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda of the Satavahanas and the Ikshvakus men and women were no longer the innocent children of nature they had blossomed into full blooded youths and myths and legends of the religion they belonged to had become but the vehicles of their own visions and experiencesrdquo

In the art of Amaravati two streams can be seen one is of refined elegant courtly and sophisticated while the other is simple easy and spontaneous Even in the friezes of animals represented at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda we find dynamism in its fullness In the terracotta art of Nagarjunakonda the impact of Roman art is clear Even at Yelesvaram some of the terracotta figures suggest Roman impact in the treatment of the faces expressions hairdo etc In general the art of Nagarjunakonda over takes the one we find at Amaravati under-current of experience gained at Bodhgaya Sanchi western Indian caves and Amaravati can all be felt in the panels of Nagarjunakonda It is also stated that the faces of men and women at Amaravati are slightly oval while those at Nagarjunakonda are rounded

ldquoThe Art of Amaravati is an Art of experience the Art of Nagarjunakonda is an Art of statement yet both belong technically and the point of view of craft to the same levelrdquo The most interesting aspect of the art of Nagarjunakonda is the Mithuna couples They are sensuous and in various poses The masculine grace and the feminine charm expressed in them indicate a fine workmanship In certain aspects some of the rectangular reliefs of the Nagarjunakonda which are elaborately carved with roundness in form recall examples of ivory work At Nagarjunakonda a large number of sculptures representing Buddha have come to light They have been variously employed as decorative images to the stupas and independent images as well The monastic establishments at Nagarjunakonda particularly under the patronage of AparaMahavinaseliya sect has established the worship of Buddha in human form During this period the human form of Buddha finds placement in the narrative panels besides being icons of worship in the Buddha-chaityas In general these artistic t adventures are dated to the period of the rule of the Ikshvakus of Srfparvata- Vijayapurf In general the images of Buddha here range in height from 2 to 4 meters Most of them are standing images holding the hem of the garment with the left hand and the right hand representing Abhayamudra

In general the images possess more body mass than their counterparts at Amaravati Also images with the Sahghati covering both the shoulders are not much favoured at Nagaijunakonda Besides the events connected with the life of Buddha a large number of Jataka stories were depicted in panels adorning the stupas In general characters the compositions of the themes appear more animated The figures in general are taught and slender In some of the panels representing motifs related to amorous

Page 6 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

scenes wine drinking wrestling guards etc we find a clear impact of the presence of Sakas at Nagaijunakonda Some of the representations included guards with a beard and long hair covered by a pointed helmet They are usually represented in heavy tunics trousers and boots Some of the best representations of this kind can be seen in the Indo-Scythian figures carved on pillars constituting the palace area of Vijayapuri

The art of the Ikshvaku times is also to be seen at various places like Goli

Uppugunduru Chandavaram Gummadidurru Nelakondapalli Alluru Namburu Jaggayyapeta Ghantasala Chinaganjam Buddam Rentala Garikapadu etc The Buddhist art of the post Ikshvaku period can be seen in the stone and Bronze images of Nelakondapalli Sankaram Amaravati Salihundam Guntupalle etc However the Bronze images of Avaloketesvara and Siddhartha from Nagarjunakonda and the images of Buddha from Nelakondapalli and Buddam represent classic pattern of the images As the art of Nagarjunakonda and Amaravati have influenced the later art forms of the Vishnukundins Salankayanas the Pallavas etc this art is called the Andhra art The recent excavations at Kanaganahalli not far away from Sannati in Karnataka have brought to light a number of sculptured panels They belong to 2nd-3rd centuries AD and show definite sign of the impact of Amaravati-Ndgarjunakonda art style It is interesting that a number of epigraphs of Kanaganahalli mention the name of Dhanyakataka Even in the western Indian Rock-cut examples we find definite signs of Amaravati style of art Particularly in the painted compositions of Ajanta we find a definite sign of Amaravati mark on the postures and grouping of figures

The Buddhist art of the lower Krishna valley influenced the South East Asian

Buddhist art particularly the standing images of Budha with heavy physique and the robe covering the forearm along with the Abhayamudra of the right arm have influenced the art of South East Asia Also the Uma a circular mark on the forehead of the images of Buddha of Krishna valley along with a topknot of the hair have been adopted by the South East Asian Buddhist establishments The Bronze images of Buddha excavated in Celebes and in Malaya along with the Pong-Tuk Bronzes of Thailand datable to 5th Century AD recall features common to the Buddha images of Amaravati At Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka particularly the Runaveli stupa is adorned with images of Buddha which received similar influence

The rock paintings at Sihagiri dated to 5th Century AD are abound in images

of Buddha which received similar influence Thus the Buddhist art that was developed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had a deep impact on the art of South East Asia and Srilanka

The Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda reliefs tell stories in the most sublime

way their superb composition tantalizes the viewer with associative thinking whose meanings we often cannot read But we need to hope that one day we will fully understand them

Page 7 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PLATES

Sarvaṃdada jataka rail pillar (detail) Amaravati c 3rd century AD

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail pillar (detail) Amaravati 3rd century AD

Page 8 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail coping (detail) Amaravati c 1stndash2nd century AD Government Museum Chennai

Page 9 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century ce Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda

Seven scenes from the life of the Buddha drum frieze Nagarjunakonda late 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjuakonda

Page 10 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Sarvaṃdada jataka fragment Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda Reference Barrett DE 1954a Sculptures from Amaravati in the British Museum

London Barrett DE 1954b The later school of Amaravati and its influences Arts and

Letters (Journal of the India Pakistan and Ceylon Society) 28(2) 41ndash53

Becker C 2009 Remembering the Amaravati stupa the revival of a lsquoruinrsquo in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 267ndash87

Bopearachchi O 2008 Sculptures of Amaravati tradition in Sri Lanka Journal of the Asiatic Society 50 1ndash26

Cole HH 1882a Memorandum of the present condition of Amaravati tope in Madras India Home Proceedings Archaeology June 1882 (BL IOR P1681)

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nāgārjunakoṇḍa and Amarāvatī Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Burgess J 1887 The Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayapeta in the Krishna District Madras Presidency Surveyed in 1882 Archaeological Survey of Southern India 1 London (reprinted Varanasi 1970)

Dimand MS 1928 Two Indian reliefs of the Amarāvatī school Bulletin of Metropolitan Museum Art 23(10) 238ndash44

Howes J 2002 Colin Mackenzie and the stupa at Amaravati South Asian Studies 18 53ndash64

Howes J 2009 The colonial history of sculptures from the Amaravati stupa in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 20ndash37

Page 11 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ghosh A and Sarkar H 1967 Beginning of sculptural art in south-east India a stele from Amaravati Ancient India 20ndash1 (1964ndash5) 168ndash77

Gupta SS 2008 Sculptures and Antiquities in the Archaeological Museum Amarāvatī New Delhi

Koezuka T 1994 The Amaravati sculpture in Masterpieces of Buddhist and Hindu Sculpture from the British Museum (exhib cat) 21ndash4 Tokyo

Rea A 1912 Excavations at Amaravati ARASI (1908ndash9) 88ndash91 Sarkar H 1971 Some early inscriptions in the Amaravati museum Journal of

Ancient Indian History 4 (1ndash2) 1ndash13 Shimada A 2006 The great railing at Amarāvatī an architectural and

archaeological reconstruction ArtibusAsiae 66(1) 89ndash141 Singh U 2001 The dismembering of the Amaravati stupa South Asian

Studies 17 19ndash40 Sivaramamurti C 1942 Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government

Museum Bulletin of Madras Government Museum ns general section 4 Madras

Schopen G 1988 On the Buddha and his bones the conception of a relic in the inscriptions of Nagarjunakoa Journal of the American Oriental Society 108 527ndash37 (also included in G Schopen 1997 Bones Stones and Buddhist Monks 148ndash64 Honolulu Hawaii)

Nagarjunakoa Ramachandran TN 1953 1938 MASI 71 Delhi (reprinted 1999)

Misra BN 2000 Some newly discovered Jatakas at Nagarjunakonda in South Indian Archaeolog y (ed G Kamalakar M Veerender and A Vijaya Kumar Babu) 100ndash9 Delhi

Khare M D 1962 Ceylonese monks in Nagarjunakonda Maha Bodhi 72(11ndash12) 317ndash19

Nagarjunakoa Longhurst AH 1938 The Buddhist Antiquities of Madras Presidency MASI 54 Delhi

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nagarjunakoa and Amaravati Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Page 12 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SPIRITUALITY AND REALIZATION ndashA WAY TO PEACE

Ouseppachan P A Research Scholar

Department of Philosophy Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Kalady Abstract Human beings are peace-loving by nature It is because of the spiritual nature And both this spiritual and peaceful situation can constitute the background for the all-round development of onersquos life The notion of peace has to be understood generally in two ways peace within the person and peace outside the person The main question that arises is how to attain peace in onersquos life It is the perennial search that most of us ask Moreover there may be many ways and means for it But with an Indian Philosophical perspective this paper is an attempt to find a way for it The spiritual characteristics of Indian Philosophy could open the horizons with the foundations on spirituality and realization as the way for peace It is to be noted that an actualising spirituality can transform the person for a harmonious understanding towards each other and manifest the values like compassion tolerance and acceptance This becomes the motto of life along with all other progress of the world Therefore this kind of vocabularies has to be a constant companion of humanity along with all the so called developments If this spiritual values to be practiced a realized person will be a channel for harmony and peace to onersquos surroundings and finally to the world as well Key words Spirituality Realization Peace Values Practice Introduction Spirituality has become an inseparable aspect of humanity It is difficult to find out the historical origin for the nature of spirituality It goes with all humans as they are composed with body and spirit (soul) In the course of time human beings approached it for meaning of their life ldquoSpiritualrdquo being the nature there aroused many religions as an expression of the spiritual nature of mankind But it is to be noted that this paper is not dealing with the notion of any religions rather it only focus on a ldquospiritualityrdquo that can lead to the ldquorealizationrdquo and thus resulting in peace within the person in all its radiance The concept peace has to be understood as lsquothe inner state of mind where the person experiences harmonyrsquo There are different understandings on the attainment of ldquopeacerdquo But the harmony or peace that the person experiences through the spiritual realization is positive and constructive to oneself and to the society It is because of the logical connection underlining between the reality of spirituality and realization Thus the transformed person possesses the values like love compassion tolerance and

Page 13 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

acceptance A spiritually realized person who shares a peaceful state of mind would include the vocabulary of a ldquouniversalrdquo outlook It implies the concepts like justice and care Thus this dynamic unity and harmony in turn become the vital energy and constructive force to be content and meaningful in onersquos search for the ultimate meaning of life This paper is not to discard any exciting systems on realization but to analyse the role of spirituality along with realization It can touch the heart of the individual than having any peripheral practice alone And thus it will give a revised outlook towards spirituality and spiritual practices A spiritual person has to manifest the nature of the ldquoDivinerdquo which one experiences within in the process of realization The outcome of it such as peace non-violence justice and harmony would provide the way out for a harmonious living in its fullness Notion of Peace ndash A Land Mark of Indian Philosophy A close analysis of classical modern and contemporary Indian Philosophy will provide amble thinkers who have directly and indirectly touched the notion of peace in their contributions When we analyses the characteristics of Indian Philosophy beside its logical and metaphysical contributions it is more of spiritual yet dynamic in nature These spiritual characteristics are still carried on by even the contemporary philosophers of India even today India has all the more realised the need of spirituality for a peaceful living of the humans in general Moreover spirituality has a universal acceptance because of the very nature of humankind It results in the emergence of peace within the person and to the vicinity where one live This will be further analysed by taking into account some of the philosophical views of the Indian thinkers in particular Mahatma Gandhi Rabindranath Tagore and the ancient sage Pataǹjali The Gandhian Philosophy regarding peace is much associated with his view on non-violence (ahimsa) This concept non-violence is even a pre-Gandhian notion which would find in the teachings of the various systems of Indian Philosophy especially in Jainism and Buddhism Gandhi based his understanding on peace on nonviolence and forgiveness More than his philosophical teachings on peace Gandhi has manifested it with his life examples and principles He was focusing on the good of all His life has taught us that it is easy to teach various principles on peace but very difficult to put into practice Here one is in need of the spiritual assistance to become a better channel of peace When we come to the visions of Rabindranath Tagore on peace he is of the opinion that peace is the outcome of the inner harmony and spiritual unity within a person It dwells in truth rather than any adjustments He had a vision of both the inner aspects of peace as well as on the world peace His writings were the key examples for the promotion of love and tolerance among the humanity It is to be noted that he was well aware that when science and developments divorce spirituality and realization that would lead to

Page 14 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

destruction Hence we are compelled to re-read that without peace and peaceful atmosphere all the so called developments and infrastructures would one day become worthless The ancient sage Pataǹjali too had understood the relevance of peace in the life of humans To acquire a peaceful state of mind through his contribution of Yoga Sūtra Pataǹjali puts forward a way to attain purity and harmony by means of dhyāna or meditation It is explicated clearly in the Aṣṭāṅga Yoga of Yoga Sūtra as ldquoyama niyama āsanaprāṇāyāmaprathyāhāradhāraṇādhyāṇasamādhiyostamganirdquo (Yoga Sūtra2 29) The first five ie yama niyama āsana prāṇāyāma and prathyāhāra are called bahirangasādhana (external components) The last three aredhāraṇādhyāṇa and samādhi are called aṇdharangasādhana All these stages are the stepping stone for attaining spiritual realization and thus the person enjoys peace and harmony Aṣṭāga Yoga according to Shri Yogendra ldquoit covers all aspects of human life that lead to physical well-being mental harmony and spiritual consciousness culminating in positive and lasting happiness and peace through the integration of personalityrdquo1 Spirituality ndashA Way of an Inner Journey Spirituality in its general sense is an inward journey for the meaning of life And spirituality has to be viewed from this perspective that it is the actualisation of those divine qualities of God and moulding our life in view of that Supreme Being or the content of onersquos belief in experiencing and responding to it in onersquos life here and now In other words spirituality is the life witness of the Divine It is the commitment towards other in the process of realisation that I am the part of that Divine Being Besides this spirituality is more of an individual practice and has to do with having a sense of peace and purpose In order to limit what is spirituality in this frame of paper it is the ongoing strive to know the source of our existence and find meaning of our existence Thus to be spiritual means to know and to live according to the knowledge that God is present to us in the very nature of spirit and in our body as we are his creations This way of understanding enables one to have a personal relation to him It will foster one in keeping harmony with one another and even to the cosmos It is not out of fear or survival for existence but out of love for the creator and the result of realization It has to be manifested in the day today life where the person who claims to be a believer in the Ultimate Reality It is to be noted that whether the person is a believer or not the need of peace is essential for every one which automatically have a divine realm than being a channel of ldquonon- peacerdquo and becoming a cause of ldquohimsardquo Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace The above analysis shows that there is an inseparable link between spirituality and realization Spirituality is beyond ethics It can surpass even all other forms of religious

1Shri Yogendra Facts About Yoga(Bombay The Yoga Institute Santa Cruz 1971) 27

Page 15 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

practices and customs It recalls one to have a search for the true meaning of onersquos beliefs It also focuses on the content of one being a believer It will comprise both our innate nature to seek God and thus be a channel to help others in the way to realisation It follows the simple logic that the divine aspect of a reality has to be divine Thus spirituality which leads to realization leads the person to a state of peace and peace of mind How this spirituality is actualised will be clear from the following analysis The Nature of Spirituality The very notion of spirituality itself related to the spirit soul and divine aspects The fact of being spiritual implies the direction towards the divine Even though there are many expressions in spiritual practice2 the end result of it shows the qualities of the spirituality The religiosity and other practices of the religions very well focus to the faith aspect of the person than realization in particular to the Indian context people too follow janana-mārga karma-mārga bhakti-mārga The very nature of spirituality surpasses all the barriers that are around us in onersquos constant search for the Truth The Uniqueness and Universality The existence of similarities among religions points out a common factor as spirituality which bounds the people in having religious harmony and even for the promotion of religious tolerance and acceptance The common characteristics of religions show that there is an underlying factor that which unites all religions as well It is nothing other than the spirituality that flows from the Divine Being to the human being and to the cosmos unites every one under one reality and one experiences3 What is needed is religions has to Therefore the universal need of peace to every living being including the cosmos would explicitly express its harmony One thing has to be taken in to account about the consistency in striving for it rather than expecting an immediate result in the progress of peace Here arose the need of spirituality and the realization which would result in peace and harmony Conclusion The 21st century has to witness a new outlook towards this immense need of spirituality and realization They are inseparable as they are interlinked with each other If humanity realises the need of spirituality it will result an outstanding implications in all the spheres of life It will be a great blessing as well as a challenge to each one of us because spirituality comprises everything It focuses not only the spiritual wellbeing of the humanity but also to the material wellbeing of every individual as it has the social dimensions Moreover spirituality upholds the humanitarian values like peace love and harmony among individuals and among humans despite of the different religions and other social implications 2The undeniable reality of the existence of various religions in the world 3What is needed is that religions have to promote spirituality as its essence than ritualism

Page 16 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Here the notion of ldquopeacerdquo to an extent could become a means and end Peace as a means needs the way of spirituality and peace as an end result in realization and harmony in its outcome In this way it is an enquiry into onersquos nature and aim of life Thus Indian Philosophy has a new role to continue in this present situation as a promoter of peace Therefore to be at peace and to spread the fragrance of peace (shānti) one needs self-knowledge and knowledge of the Divine This can create a harmony in life even to fulfil the puruṣhārthas like dharma artha kāma and moksha References Bhattacharyya N N Indian Religious Historiography VOl1 New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 1996 Baba Bangali Yoga Sūtra of Pataǹjali With the Commentary of Vyasa Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 2010 Badruddin Global Peace and Anti- Nuclear Movements New Delhi 2003 Bharati Swami Veda Yoga Sūtras of Pataǹjali With the Exposition of Vyasa A Translation and Commentary Vol1Himalayam Institute India2015 Dalai B K Yoga Traditions AnIndepth Study of Less Known Yoga Concept Delhi Pratibha Prakashan 2013 FeuersteinGeorge Textbook of Yoga London Rider and Company 1975 James Williams The Varieties of Religious Experience New York Collier Macmillan Publishers 1977 Krishnananda Swami A sahort History of Religious and Philosophic Thoughtin India UPHimalayas The Divine Life Society Publication1994 NilakantaSastri K A Development of Religion in South India New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 2017 Naikar Chandramouli S Makers of Indian Literture Pataǹjali of Yogasutras New Delhi Sahitya Akademi2002 Reardon B A Comprehensive Peace Education New York Teachers College Press1988 Srivastava Rama Shanker Comparative ReligionNew Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd1996 Vivekanad Swami Raja Yoga Conquering the Internal Nature AlsoPataǹjali rsquos Yoga Aphorism with Commenteries Delhi Bharatiya Kala Prakashan 2012 Weeraperuma Susunaga Major Religions of India Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 1998

Page 17 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY ON THE ROLE OF TOURISM ADVERTISING AND EXPLORING

THEIR POSSIBILITIES IN INDIAN CONTEXT WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NORTH EAST

Prabhat Kumar Research Scholar

Department of Mass Communication and JournalismTezpur University Assam Abstract

We live in an era which is connected more than ever The world today has become a lsquoGlobal Villagersquo(McLuhan 199493) Innovations in transport and telecommunications have been the key enablers behind this process of globalization The number of people moving in and out of their nations is on rise day by day This is one of the primary reasons why the tourism sector has seen a huge growth It is no longer just a leisure activity or about rich people spending their vacations overseas Rather it has evolved to have multiple dimensions It is viewed as a way in which nations try to assert their soft power and create a niche market for their cultural products It helps in improvement of bilateral relations between two countries By creating employment opportunities in millions it boosts the economy It helps to attract investments in allied sectors It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level Today branding has become essential not just for commercial social or scientific entities but for nations too A positive image helps in attracting a greater number of tourists investors students consumers donors etc This paper is a comparative study of such advertisements to try and understand what lessons can be drawn out of successful tourism ad campaigns for the North East region Keywords TourismSoft power Globalization Advertisements Languages Bilateral Relations North East Region Introduction

Tourism is considered as one of the major sources of economic growth At international level it is one of the fastest growing industries accounting for more than 10 of total international trade and almost half of total trade in services and can be considered as one of the worldrsquos largest export earners (WTO 2010) Tourism helps in increasing employment opportunities and thus reducing poverty There are several examples of small islands that depend heavily on international tourism revenue and where the tourism sector has received strong support from the government (Louca 2006) Tourism helps to increase the foreign exchange reserves of a nation which can then be used to import essential commodities Tourism is the leading source of foreign exchange in at least one of three developing countries that have made it a priority sector and this holds especially for small islands (Durbarry 2004) It leads to investments in infrastructure of a nation When Olympics world cups athletic events etc are organised in a nation it helps them to create a sound infrastructure and attract a greater number of

Page 18 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

tourists Tourism stimulates other economic industries by direct indirect and induced effects Importance of ad campaigns

The world of traditional power politics was typically about whose military or economy wins but politics in an information age ldquomay ultimately be about whose story winsrdquo (Arquila and Ronfeldt 1999) It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level A well-managed country image helps the country to lsquobrand its own products services its own culturersquo or to say in exercising its soft power in the global arena ldquoBranding is essential not just for commercialSocial or scientific entities but for nations too Countries compete with each other for the attention respect and the trust of investors tourists consumers donors immigrants the media and the governments of other nationsrdquo (Klodkowski 2012) Languages being the carriers of culture civilization and ideas play a significant role in the creation of a unique identity and image for the nations eg French German Swiss Advertisements and the whole communication strategy to attract tourists is weaved keeping this unique identity in mind This is how the media sets the agendaAccording to the Agenda-setting Theory lsquo(McCombs and Shaw 1972) media plays a crucial role in the dissemination of information which consequently leads to determining what issues are important Through this process opinions are formed on almost everything ranging from individuals to countries Through the media a unique picture is painted on the minds of people about countries It is this media which forms these mental imagesThus we have come know that Japanese technology is the best China is authoritarian Africa is dark continent America stands for democratic ideals Pakistan a terror exporting nation people of Bhutan are the happiest French perfumes have most pleasant fragrance Canada is the land of Maple Scandinavian nations are most peaceful and naturally beautifulWhen we look at the nations which attract the most number of tourists each year we find that they are extremely good at selling these images They try to create a unique identity for themselves through the advertisements

France and Spain are much smaller nations compared to India They also have

much lesser geographical diversity Still they continue to be on the top spot One of the reasons for it being that the packaging of the message ie the way they communicate their message is very appealing Take the case of France the ads depict the grandeur of the city of Paris They lay more emphasis on its architectural works art works museums its rich history etc Decorated churches such as Notre Dame Cathedral Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Palace of Versailles are key attractions The ads are designed in a way to showcase the beauty in and around these beautiful landmarks Language is something at the heart of identity

French language has also played an important role in creation of a unique

French identity which ultimately increases tourism in the country French is the official language in 29 countries which includes many countries from Africa mainly due to colonial reasons With about 300 million speakers it is the sixth most widely spoken

Page 19 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

language in the world France is a natural go to destination for higher studies and tourism for Francophone countries which find an easy connection due to familiarity with the language

In case of Spain The Alhambra(fortress) Seville Cathedral Sagrada Familia

City of Arts and Sciences(Valencia) Coacuterdobarsquos Great Mosque Guggenheim Museum ( Bilbao)Santiago de Compostela Cathedral The Prado Museum (Madrid) are the key attractions displayed in tourism ads of the nation Showcasing the human architectural wonders and the works of art is something at the core of Spanish tourism Spanish language has benefited the nation in increasing tourism as it is the official language of 20 countries With more than 400 million native speakers and being the second most spoken native language in the world people can find a connection very easily to this nation It is no secret why Spanish songs are so popular globally owing to this cultural connection

Tourism in India

Indiarsquos image has changed vastly in the post independent years It was once considered the land of lsquosnake charmersrsquo and lsquomaharajas riding on elephantsrsquoFrom there it is now seen as a nation of software engineers scientists and mathematicians Historian Bipan Chandra in his book India Since Independence says ldquoIn 1947 the country commenced its long march to overcome the colonial legacy of economic underdevelopment gross poverty near total illiteracy wide prevalence of disease and stark social inequality andIn justicerdquo In 1991 India adopted the path of economic liberalization privatization and globalization popularly called as LPG reforms following the balance of payments crisis It opened its economy to foreign and private investment The reforms gave a new direction to the Indian economy which has been on the path of rise since then This has changed the international image of India

Mukherjee amp Malone (2011) say about these changes that Indias voice carries

more weight today in multilateral forums largely due to its enhanced economic power political stability and nuclear capability India too realised this importance of image in assertion of soft power Mazumdar (2018) argues that the sources of Indiarsquos soft power include Ayurveda Bollywood Buddhism Cinema Cricket Cuisine Diaspora Fine Arts (architecture music painting poetry and sculpture) Information Technology Performing Arts (dance and theatre) and Yoga Its tourism ads depict these things which are at its core lsquoIncredible Indiarsquo is how the nation projects itself globally through the ads Slogans such as lsquoAthiti Devo Bhavarsquo and lsquoVasudhaivKutumbakamrsquo project its deep-rooted values It offers a diverse portfolio of niche tourism products - cruises adventure medical wellness sports eco-tourism film rural spiritual and religious tourism As of 2018 there are 38 World Heritage Sites located in India These include 30 cultural sites seven natural sites and one mixed site The country has huge potential in the field of travel and tourism Total contribution by travel and tourism sector to Indiarsquos GDP is expected to increase from Rs 1524 trillion (US$ 23403 billion) in 2017 to Rs 3205 trillion (US$ 49221 billion) in 2028 India was ranked 7th among 184 countries

Page 20 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in terms of travel amp tourismrsquos total contribution to GDP in 2017 Travel and tourism is the third largest foreign exchange earner for India (India Brand Equity Foundation May 2019)According to India Tourism Statistics At a Glance annual report published by Ministry of Tourism Government of India for year 2019 here are some key findings- The top 3 States of India which received maximum number of domestic tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 208 2 Uttar Pradesh 154 3 Karnataka 116 The states which received maximum number of foreign tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 21 2 Maharashtra 176 3 Uttar Pradesh 131 Here we will try to analyse the tourism campaigns of some of these states The ads which have been analysed here are available on You Tube Maharashtra Tagline- ldquoMaharashtra Unlimitedrdquo Maharashtra leads in terms of attracting the highest number of foreign tourists With 720 km of coastline and 78 beaches the images of blue sea waters clean beaches with white sand breath-taking beauty of sunsets seagulls flying high in the blue sky shoals of fish underneath water are some enchanting images created in the minds of viewers through ads Places of historical importance such as Raigarh Vasai Janjira Fort mostly those related to Shivaji Maharaj are shown Famous architectural works such as KailashaTemple(Ellora) Buddhist Caves Jain temples Religious places such as Sai Baba( Shirdi) Haji Ali Mount Mary Hazur Saheb Vithoba Temple Shri Mahalaxmi Temple Khandoba Temple etc are shown to attract domestic tourists of all faiths Mumbai is presented as a megacity in these ads to attract not just tourists but investments and business opportunities The colourful celebration of Ganpati festival finds special mention in the ads Tamil Nadu Tagline- Enchanting Tamil Nadu The state calls itself a civilization which is more than 10000 years old It tries to showcase its rich civilizational values through ads Monolitic marvels of Mamallapuram Tanjore Temple Madurai Meenakshi Temple Chidambaram Nataraj Temple Vivekananda Rock Kanyakumari GangaikondaCholapuram speak a lot about the rich historical and traditional roots of the place The famous classical dance form Bharatnatyam folk art performances Madurai Jallikattu celebration of Pongal are the

Page 21 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

dominant images visible in the ads Backwaters at Pichawaram Hill stations like Ooty Valparai Kodaikanal Megamalai etc add to its natural beauty Uttar Pradesh Tagline- UP NahinDekha to India Nahin Dekha The state projects itself as the land of Ganga(Benaras) land of Buddha(Sarnath) Land of Krishna( Mathura Vrindawan) Land of Rama( Ayodhya) Land of Nawabs( Lucknow) Land of Love( Taj Mahal Agra) Being situated in the Gangetic plains of India the state has less of natural beauty in terms of pure and pristine forests waterfalls or rivers rather there are a lot of historical places to visit which have been associated with one or the other ruling dynasty which has ruled over North India in the due course of time Many Mughal architectural works are there in the state which find a mention in the tourism ads showcasing its composite and syncretic culture also called the Ganga Jamunitahjeeb A record over 24 crore people visited Kumbh-2019 more than total tourists in UP in 2014-17 The Kumbh 2019 visitors included 1030 lakh foreign tourists(Hindustan Times May 21 2019) Karnataka Tagline- One State Many Worlds Aihole Badami Temples and caves Gulbarga Fort Gol Gumbaj( Bijapur) remains of Hampi are some of the historical sites shown in ads Gokak falls Murdeshwara Shiva Kudle beach Om beach are the beaches which also find mention Western Ghats which are full of natural beauty are the prime attractions It is one of the biodiversity hotspots in the world which has a variety of flora and fauna present in pure and pristine state It is an ideal location for those adventurous souls who want to be in the company of nature and wildlife Tourism scenario of the states in North East India

We find that it is mostly the historical places religious sites areas full of natural beauty and geographical wonders which attract the greatest number of tourists North East part of India consists of eight states Assam Meghalaya Nagaland Manipur Tripura Mizoram Arunachal Pradesh and Sikkim Each of these states is full of abundant greenery and natural beauty National Parks Wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries rivers lakes waterfalls mountains ample rainfalls are the things which make these states one of the most beautiful places for tourists to see Not just natural beauty but there are historical sites as well Still any of these states do not rank in the top ten list in terms of states which attract the greatest number of tourists in India The states need to rethink over their tourism strategy again to get more footfalls

Page 22 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The first thing to do is to change the misconceptions formed in the minds of people Advertisements are the most effective way to do so They can help in better perception management Some of the popular myths regarding the North East region are as follows The whole region is seen as a single unit What people donrsquot know is that it consists of eight states hundreds of tribes and indigenous languages This region is very remote and has poor road rail and air connectivity People donrsquot know Hindi It is always drenched in rain Momos are the only cuisines available They are closer to Nepalese Chinese origins This region is mostly disturbed due to insurgency and terrorism Visa and other documents are needed to travel in the region One cannot not get vegetarian meals Diversity is the main strength of the North East It exists in almost everything that we find in the region from tribes dressing cuisines culture music festivals traditions rituals etc The ads need to be framed in such a way that they create a unique identity for reach state through these McLuhan said ldquoMedium is the messagerdquo and what can be the better medium than music to convey the message Music videos in native languages such as Assamese Bodo Nepali Naga Khasi Mizo etc can be of great help in popularising the destinations Easily recognisable faces from the state who are famous nationally as well as internationally need to be chosen as the brand ambassadors for state tourism lsquoPlace Brandingrsquo and lsquoDestination Brandingrsquo can be ways in which tourism can be promoted Places such as Tawang Bomdila Pass ZiroValley Ukhrul Gangtok Kohima Cherrapunjee can be shown in individual ads with the lives of local people Summary and conclusion-

Wellness tourism and medical tourism can be developed the way it has been done in Kerala Pure and pristine nature has huge potential for Ayurveda and Naturopathy National parks wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries lakes mountains etc can be big attractions in the time when people want to skip the moribund lifestyle of cities and want to be in naturersquos company But since this region is ecologically fragile it falls in the zone five of earthquake zones which makes it very prone to earthquakes so special attention should be paid to promote sustainable tourism The Constitution of India has placed many states of this region under 6th schedule making special provisions for them to protect their unique culture and identity Tourism ads need to take care of these essential aspects while designing the message References Chandra B Mukherjee M amp Mukherjee A(2008) India Since Independence

Penguin India DurbarryR (2004)Tourism and economic growth the case of MauritiusTourism

Economics 10 (4) pp 389-401 Klodkowski P (2012) Story of the clashing image of the country The case of

Indiarsquos image at home and in Poland Polish Sociological Review No178 pp 303-324

Page 23 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Louca C(2006) Income and expenditure in the tourism industry time series evidence from CyprusTourism Economics 12 (4) (2006) pp 603-617

Mazumdar A(2018) Indiarsquos Soft Power Diplomacy Under the Modi Administration Buddhism Diaspora and Yoga Asian Affairs 493 468-491 DOI 1010800306837420181487696

McCombs M amp Shaw D (1972) The agenda-setting function of mass media Public Opinion Quarterly 36 176-185

Mukherjee R and Malone DM (2011) Indian foreign policy and contemporary security challenges International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-) Vol 87 No 1 (January 2011) pp 87-104

McLuhan M 1994 (first published in 1964) Understanding Media The Extensions of Man Massachusetts MIT press

Page 24 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INTREPRITING BHARAT LEELA AN AMAZING FOLK DANCE OF SOUTH

ODISHA

Prof Bhagaban Sahu Professor and Head Department of History Central University of TamilnaduThiruvarur

Abstract

South Odisha acts like a bridge between the Aryan culture north and Dravidian culture of south The socio cultural life of this reign forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is a cradle of many folk dances which are special in some

respect The Dravidian culture or the Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South Odisha It not only provides recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people but also spread the ideas of morality universally brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and love

The southern part of modern Odisha consists of seven districts viz Ganjam

Gajapati Rayagada Koraput Nabarangapur Malkangiri and Kandhamal Situated like a bridge between the northern and southern halves of India South Odisha is the meeting place of Dravido-Aryan culture The socio cultural life of this region forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is the cradle of many folk dances The Dravidian culture or the

Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values1

Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South

Odisha It has its origin in Ganjam district Itrsquos creator was Dinabandhu Das of Kalyanapur near Ganjam town His creation of Subhadra HaranaSuanga became familiar as Bharata Leela2 But his composition was not accepted and termed as Leela by the-then society and it was called as Huguli Bharata But later on Bhima Panda of Magura near Aska improved this to a great extent and gave the touch of a folk-theatre to it In course of time Shyam Sundar Sabat of village KandhKharida near Hinjilicut

Page 25 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

collected the palm leaf manuscript of Dinabandhu Das corrected it and gave it the touch of a Leela He himself played the role of a Duari and named it lsquoDuari Natarsquo Jogendra Mallick(1866-1932) of village Nimapadara of Ghumusar also composed another version of Bharat Leela Srinivas Das of Golamundala near Buguda also composed Bharat Leela in a different style Gangadhara Pradhan of Sambalpur region also composed Subhadra Haran on the light of Bharat Leela of Ganjam which is popular in that area

Thus the origin of the Bharata Leela can be traced back to 1840 AD At

present NabaghanaParida of Kabisurya Nagar (Boirani) is the most popular director or guru of Bharat-Leela3 It is heartening to note that this Leela was staged and became very popular Folk Dance in Rengoon (Burma) where nearly fifty thousand Odias were serving

Bharat Leela is relatively shorter in the length of performance and has only six

characters such as Arjun Subhadra Duari Satyabhama Hadi and Hadiani Arjuna the third Pandava and the King of Hastinapura is counted as a major character and Duari- Arjunarsquos gatekeeper acts as the hero The course of conversation and ultimately the marriage between Arjuna and Subhadra (an important part of the Mahabharat story) is presented in this Leela in a dramatic style with humorous dialogues The role played by the Duari in establishing contact between the other two characters through the series of queries is of great interest to the rural audience The lsquoBharat Leela is also known as lsquoDuari Nacharsquo as the Duari (gate keeper) plays a prominent role as a mediator in Subhadra Haran4

All over the world the folk plays draw their plots from mythologies epics tales ballads or romantic legends The rural audience is familiar with these tales hence the emphasis is laid on characterization and intricacy Duari Nata or Bharat Leela prevalent in the district of Ganjam in Odisha is such a play which draws its plot from the epic tales of Visnu Purana and Mahabharata It is therefore called Bharat Leela But it is more popular by the name of lsquoDuari Leelarsquo as Duari or the sentry remains the most important indispensable and pivotal character of the play As it is told in the verse-play Subhadra the cousin sister of Sri Krishna madly falls in love with Arjuna the most handsome and heroic brother of the Pandavas When Subhadra offers her love Arjuna bluntly refuses as she would be like a sister to him When argued he takes various pretexts and all his pretexts are counteracted by Duari who supports Subhadra for her unflinching love and devotion to Arjuna At last Arjuna yields to the true love and agrees to marry Subhadra5

In course of arguments and counter arguments between the characters smaller episodes from Puranas and other religious texts are also told as corollary to the main episode For instance Arjuna argues that he being a Kshatriya by caste and she belonging to the mild-maid community the marriage is not possible Then Duari brings out an episode from some texts and narrates musically about how and when a Kshatriya married a

Page 26 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

mild-maid When it is argued by Arjuna that Subhadra is not a woman of elegant features the Duari narrates the characteristics of all types of women quoting authorities to prove Subhadra to be the best type The altercation between the two proceeds till the end of the play which is punctuated with several songs of variety moral fables witty remarks and verses of wisdom in support of their contention On the other hand the play in crux is a battle of wits between Arjuna and Duari Therefore the repartee is simply an exposition of the knowledge of the Sastras Chapter from books and verses are also quoted in support of their arguments from the religious texts To this extent this is a secular form for much of its humor is contemporary6

Duari Leela is held throughout the night and even it runs for consecutive nights In order to arrest the attention of the audience the Duari improvises subplots which may use local reference or satirical comment on the current socio-political scene These sub-plots employ music unrelated to the main theme Actors

There are four major characters such as Duari Arjuna Subhadra Satyabhama and ten minor characters like Chaukia Sri Krishna AstaPatta Bansi Balarama Nand Raj Purohit Dagara Gayakas Hadi and Hadiani

Though Arjuna Duari Subhadra and Satyabhama are the main characters of

this play the teen-aged boys act in Bharataleela as both male and female characters They play the role of Subhadra and Satyabhama and also the dancing girls The dialogues of Arjuna and Subhadra are casted in Odia prose The Duari speaks in colloquial local language and he is free to improvise All the prose dialogue is introductory to particular situations of events and often serves as interludes to song dialogues The songs strictly set to traditional tunes are meant for Arjuna and Subhadra Though songs of Duari may include traditional tunes he freely imbibes from the prevalent folk songs and dances7 Duari is the central figure of this Leela The success of the Leela predominantly depends upon him He creates sense of humour and carries the audience with him

Stage

Bharata Leela is staged under the open sky No stage is required for the performance of this Leela Only a mandala is prepared limited to eight to ten feet diameter To prepare the mandala the bharataleelaperformers mainly use the tarpaulins or the mats The patromax lights or electric bulbs are also used to illuminate the mandala in the night performances A kathakurchi (wooden chair) is the only property of the mandala Arjuna the hero of the play use it as his throne bed dancing area and it is used as the shrine of the deity in different episodes and scenes of the play Arjuna performs his action carrying a khanda in his right hand and a handkerchief in the left The deepalis (ghee lamps) mayurapinchha (peacockrsquos tail) Khajurichanchuni (date

Page 27 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

leaf broom) tokei (basket) and madakancha(wine bottle) could be taken as the stage articles used by sakhis Hadianiand Hadi respectively8Harmonium Dholki(Small Drum) Mrudanga Gini Bansi Jhumuka are the different musical instruments used in this Leela

Attire of the Characters

Duari the gate keeper wears a chedi (half pant) an angi (half shirt) and a kaba(waist coat) For makeup Duari uses pink colour paints and draws a U-shape insignia on his forehead He wears a knotted wig locally called ganthibabuli It covers his head and upper parts of the shoulder as well as the neck The front side of the wig is chipped with the petal like aluminium balachhappa (hair clips) as well tahia(atiara) The tahia always rests on a padaka (golden pandant) and it is pinned up in the wig on the forehead On the left side of the chest he pins round padaka (pendants) and triangular and conical chhappas also to signify himself as the servant of a king9 Arjuna is dressed like a warrior with a long velvet coat embroided with zari and tinsel He wears silken trousers and on his back an uttaranahangs He wears nylon stockings like a horse rider and his wrist bands are adorned with plastic manibandha He uses pink colour paints and draws a suryachita (sun mark) on his forehead The subject matter of Bharata Leela has been derived from OdiaMahabharata (Madhyaparva) of Sarala Das The base is the immortal love story between Subhadra amp Arjuna10

Bharat leela is an epitome of artistic excellence We find amalgamation of different rasas likeBira Rasa Karuna Rasa and Sringara Rasa and folk dances in Bharata Leela Dance place no less a part in making this Leela a grand success It is the field to express onersquos artistic hidden potentialities More than one hundred Bharata Leela teams are there in Ganjam district alone Among them the countable fews are KandhKharida Tiapentha Duanpalli Arakhapur Badapada Khalingi Kumuruda Kainchapur Lochapada Nuagada Kuruli Kabisuryanagar Kalasandhapur Nabaratnapur Mamudhiya Gunthapada Goudagaon Puhundi Choudhury Tikarapada Vijay Laxminarayanpur Khariaguda Sarabadi Hadichira Solaghara Polosara Mangalpur Dharakote Sheragad Gangapur Sasan Banthapalli Pratapur are important11

Those who are established as outstanding Duari the names of Dinabandhu

Das ShyamasundarSabat Ramachandra Reddy Bhima Panda SatyabadiSabat TrinathPattnayak DambaruSahu (Duanpalli) Dukhishyam Behera (MahuritiharPentha) Ananta Parta (Arakhapur) Juria Gouda of Kharida Kantaru Behera Ulla Dalai of Kankorada BajiaSahu of Sundarpur Lachhana Reddy of Satapandia SibaramSahu of B Karada Badi Kasinath Behera of Dadarakhola Bharata Samantara of Gudiapalli Kirtana Gouda Rankanidhi Gouda DandapaniDalua of Kendubadi Kasinath Das of DadaraKhola Chakrapani Badatya of Nabaratnapur Chandamani Sahu12 Chandra Sekhar Nayak Bipracharan Nayak Durjyodhana Naik Kampa Gouda of Tinkachai Sadananda Swain NabaghanaParida of KabiSurya Nagar Dandapani Behera of

Page 28 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Kulagada Sanyasi Behera of Sundarpalli Haribandhu Mohanty of Kalasandhapur Satrughna Swain of Mundamarai Santosh Kumar Padhi of Patapur may be mentioned here13

This popular folk dance of South Odisha was not only limited to Odisha but

also spread to Rangoon(Burma) It is hearting to note that there were more 2000 Odia from Ganjam in Rangoon during the 1st half of the 20th century The Bharat Leela of Ganjam was practiced and staged there14

Truly speaking Bharat Leela is the index of all the Folk Dances of south

Odisha Duari the director demonstrates the role of Chhadheya of Dandanata Gayaka of Dasakathia Ghudhuki player Gahak of Pala HiranyakasyapaPrahlladnataka and the role of a comedian in different tunes and styles through this dance It not only entertains the villagers who work from dawn to dusk in their field but also enlightens them a lot on puranas epics and other religious texts

From the above discussion it is inferred that the Bharat Leela is a very artistic

lively and popular dance in South Odisha It supplied livelihood to a large number of families and entertainment to the travelers tourists poets onlookers and the lovers of beauty It explores the rare and native genius of the folk people But the irony of the fate is that the folk dances like Bharat Leela which provided recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people and spread the ideas of morality universal brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and victory of righteous over evil forces are declining fast As a result the society of South Odisha which enjoyed perfect peace better harmony and understanding between the divergent communities and races in the past is now regarded as a cockpit of murderers dacoits and looters Hence steps may be taken to preserve all these folklore traditions alive either at the Government level or by the NGO and Private enterprises References 1 Indubhusan Kara Folklore of Odisha Cuttack 1991p1 2 HKDas Odia Lokanataka(Odia) Cuttack 1983 p 122 3 KC Behera opcitp66 4 BCharchi opcitpp332-341 5 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha SahatyaSamaja Cuttack 1998pp224-227 6 KCPradhan Odia Loka Sahitya O LokaSanskruti Cuttack 1995pp227-235 7 Banambara Acharya opcitpp2-4 8 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998p232 9 DKTripathy The Role of Fine Art in the Folk Theatres of South Odisha An Art

Historical Study PhD Thesis(unpublished) Berhampur University 2000pp63-65

10 B Charchi Bharata Leela in OdishareLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998pp229-232

Page 29 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 BhagabanSahu Folk Life and Folk Culture of Odisha New Delhi-2015 12 Revealed from field study conducted by the author in the different villages of South

Odisha 13 Cultural Heritage of Ganjam opcitp340 14 BayamanuCharchi GanjamraLokanatya Parampara(Odia) Bhubaneswar-2012p73

Page 30 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADOLESCENTS ADDICTION TO SMART PHONE AND ITS REMEDIES

1Cyma Anjum and 2Bina Kumari

1Assistant Professor of Education LNMBM Faculty of Education Muzaffarpur 2Principal RGMTT College Diwadih BBMQ University Dhanbad

Abstract

Adolescents are highest addicted to smart phone and particularly adult sites on internet They are very impulsive owing to some physiological changes which compelled them for its gratification Smartphone causes stress among teenagers arising out of family and school It causes many musculoskeletal symptoms which are the consequences of staying in one position for a long time Starring at a small screen for longer period can impair eye sight Smart phone addiction is the greatest reason of depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems Effort was made to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression and sense of control Keywords Smart Phone Addiction Remedy amp Depression Introduction - Addiction can be defined as a mental state which compels the person for the satisfaction of psychological desires formed a habit Addiction can be developed in all ages and can be categorized into alcohol cigarettes drugs gambling games internet and sex Korean Ministry of Gender Equality and Family implemented a research on the actual condition of media usage rate among teenagers and reported that the middle school students 862 percent high school students 849 percent This data reflects that most of the teenagers in the country were smart phone users So it can be presumed that most of the adolescents own a smart phone and thus are exposed to an environment that entices them to overuse it By Looking at it from a general perspective adolescents are not fully developed and as their self-consciousness continues to grow they are highly exposed to the risk of adverse effect more than any other age group The basic cause of adolescentsrsquo addiction to smart phone is due to stress arising from family and school When students are experiencing physical and mental stress from external forces by way of relieving stress they turn to internet surfing and games as means of escape in order to overcome problems they encounter from their social group of friends and overwhelming school work Smart phone addiction caused very harmful effects in adolescentsrsquo daily lives which they cannot get rid of Treatment related to smart phone addiction is the Integrated Arts Therapy Integrated Arts Therapy has been taken from Gestalt Therapy and Fritz Pearls Institute (FPI) that promotes encouragement of creativity Petzoldrsquos Art Therapy was incorporated to art music dancing movements drama and etc and found that

Page 31 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Therapyrsquos perspective is not composed of one particular sense but it is the act of integrating the sense with creativity This therapy has been verified to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression sense of control and assimilation in school However overuse of smart phones causes high exposure to electromagnetic waves and in turn generates other associated problems such as damage to brain cells neck syndrome and vision impairment syndrome This study involves smart phone addiction and its integrated treatment and the supporting hypothesis in the following perspectives Physical health problems related to Smart phone

Use and misuse of any invention or innovation happened to be normal phenomena -since long Atom bomb was never invented for annihilation of any nation or state The new device in cell phone Android or Smart really brought the whole world on the palm of the users through Net services When itsrsquo use has certainly provided immense of facilities in the field of communication But itrsquos over use can cause many problems including musculoskeletal symptom which is usually developed due to staying in one posture for a longer period of time Furthermore starring at a small screen for an extended time can causes loss of sight this is called amblyopia Sitting in a still position can cause muscular contraction which can lead to long-term muscle fatigue including neck pain The bad posture cause by overuse of smart phones may lead to the neck becoming a ldquoCrdquo shape and further it tends to deliver great amount of stress to the muscles and joints Other homeostasis related problems can arise as well such as blockage in the local blood supply to the muscles including metabolite Mental health problems related to Smart phone

Over use of Smart phone certainly causes mental problems along with physical abrasion Excess use of smart phone causes decreased self-restraint ability impulsive behaviors and anxiety which can become critical barriers when carrying out healthy relationships school activities and mental well-being According to the psychologists it is commonly observed that the smart phone addiction increases the level of depression and anxiety Depression often plays as an index to display the overall health status of a person When the level of addiction alleviates one tends to lose self-control which decreases ones willingness and ability to socialize and network with others As a result one may begin to feel a sense of loneliness becoming more dependent on the smart phone simultaneously increasing onersquos level of anxiety especially when the smart phone is not present From looking at the above associated problems to smart phone addiction we can conclude that the addicting creates negative effects to mental health Smart phone addiction causes depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems This will lead to problems associated to onersquos social life and human network According to advance studies related to smart phone addiction depression is the most probable health complication Increased addiction to smart phones is associated with increased level of depression Yong Min Parkrsquos research study concluded that smart phone addiction is

Page 32 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

highly related to obsessive-compulsive neurosis and other illnesses in the following order depression mental health disorders anxiety and social delusional disorder antagonism and phobia It has also been established through researches that over use of smart phone becomes an impulsive act and it is very much related to Obsessive ndash Compulsive behaviour Some studies revealed that smart phone addiction creates hostility and rage among users It was further revealed that the small childrenrsquos mental health was not highly affected by smart phone usage compared to the childrenrsquos of higher grade However the higher grade students displayed mental health problems such as rage compulsive characterizations anxiety disorders personality disorders and delusional disorders Cognitive Therapy is the most suggested type of treatment in the cases of smart phone addiction Remedies Bibliotherapy has been advised in the cases of smart phone addiction whichprovides treatment through reading literature It helps to expand the subjectrsquos range of thoughts In this process reading book and finding new meanings from the literature based on the Identical Principle Catharsis Principle and Discernment Principle are implemented This process involves subjects reading the literature Subsequently they engage in debates role plays and other creative activities to assess each other in order to find the defined sense of time Musical treatments can also help treat physical and cognitive problems This treatment provides psychological security to those being treated for physical and cognitive problems For example music treatment that is customized to fit the need of the subject being treated with physical therapy can be highly effective Conclusion This report provided methods for smart phone addicted to adolescents to overcome the illness through the integrated treatment aspects However the risk of the symptoms recurring was substantially high This suggested that fundamental treatment of cognitive and emotional elements needed to become harmonized as a whole in order to increase the effectiveness of the treatment results It can be presumed that this study provides the opportunity and support for the creation of a fundamental treatment method that can help teenagers live a healthy life by overcoming addiction to smart phones References 1 Robinson TE Berridge KC The psychology and neurobiology of addiction an incentivendashsensitization view Addiction 95 91-117 (2000)

Page 33 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 Ji-Hyung P Shin G-K Effects of Smartphones Usability on Users Satisfaction and Loyalty Focusing on Moderating Effect of Terms of Use The Korean Academic Association of Business Administration 25 811-831 (2012) 3 Park S-Y Lee H-J Determinants of internet addiction among the Korea youth The Journal of the Korea institute of electronic communication sciences 8 291-299 (2013) 4 Choi S Kim S Yang J-S Lee J-H Joo C Jung H-I Real-time measurement of human salivary cortisol for the assessment of psychological stress using a smartphone Sensing and Bio-Sensing Research 2 8-11 (2014) 5 Kim H Exercise rehabilitation for smart phone addiction Journal of exercise rehabilitation 9 500 (2013) 6 Hall AS Parsons J Internet addiction College student case study using best practices in cognitive behavior therapy Journal of mental health counseling 23 312-327 (2001) 7 Wu A Cheung V Ku L Hung E Psychological risk factors of addiction to social networking sites among Chinese smartphone users Journal of behavioral addictions 2 160-166 (2013) 8 Polster E Polster M Gestalt therapy integrated Contours of theory and practice BrunnerMazel (1973) 9 Lusebrink VB Art therapy and the brain An attempt to understand the underlying processes of art expression in therapy Art Therapy 21 125-135 (2004) 10 Alanzi T Istepanian RS Philip N An integrated model for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for mobile diabetes self-management system In Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) 2014 36th Annual International Conference of the IEEE pp 5393-5396 IEEE (Year)

Page 34 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANTIPSYCHOTICS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA

D Udaya Kumar1and V Raja Babu2 1 Department of Human Genetics Andhra University Visakhapatnam India

2 Department of Biology College of Natural Science Arba Minch University Ethiopia

Abstract Schizophrenia is commonly thought of as a psychiatric term for a range of experiences which some laypeople in the community may describe as madness For this reason to be diagnosed as having schizophrenia carries a stigma which other diagnoses do not (Ministry of Health 2000) Schizophrenia is a serious mental disorder characterized by intense disturbances in thought emotion and behavior (Kring Johnson Davison amp Neale 2012) A person with schizophrenia is thought to have lost touch with reality (Kalat 2009) A great deal of research has been devoted to study schizophrenia and the complexity of the disorder seems to be much more than what originally had been thought The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is less than 1 and it slightly affects more men than women (Kalat 2009 Kring et al 2012) Almost all people diagnosed with schizophrenia are eventually treated with antipsychotic drugs and multidimensional medications (Kalat 2009) Keywords Schizophrenia Antipsychotics The majority of people detained under the NZ Mental Health Act 1992 are diagnosed as suffering from a form of mental illness known as schizophreniaRecently the New York Times published an article stating that medications for schizophrenia are remarkably effective however the article discusses nothing in regards to the serious adverse effects of such medications (Steinberg 2012) An ideal medication for schizophrenia would be a drug that is highly effective in reducing both positive and negative symptoms produces its effects within a convenient dosage and has less-serious side effects (Rey 2002) The drugs commonly used to treat schizophrenia mainly belong to two main groups typical (first-generation) and atypical (second-generation) antipsychotics Despite the proclamations of new forms of drugs that will magically solve the puzzle with schizophrenia none of these medications have been proven to be highly effective (Whitaker 2002 Whitaker 2005) It is the stated intention of this essay to arrive at an understanding of the effectiveness of atypical drugs This will be accomplished by investigating the characteristics and differences of antipsychotic agents along with a review from existent studies and their outcomes The first conventional antipsychotic drugs had beenwere discovered by accident in the 50s when a drug considered an antihistamine (chlorpromazine) showed unique antipsychotic effects when tested in schizophrenic patients (Kring et al 2012) Apart

Page 35 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

from some histamine activity chlorpromazine had an important impact within dopamine receptors (Kring et al 2012) However typical antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine cause various extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) include acute dyskinesias dystonic reactionstardive dyskinesia and Parkinsonism-like symptoms due to their blockage of dopamine receptors in the striatal dopaminergic route Subsequent attempts to improve the therapeutic profile of classical antipsychotics were based on studies showing that dopamine receptor mediated route striatal extrapyramidal side effects (Stahl 2000) With the introduction of clozapine in the 80s the term atypical was expanded to increased efficacy with reduced side effects as they produce significantly fewer extrapyramidal side effects than typical antipsychotics at clinically equivalent doses (Stahl 2000) Antipsychotic agents differ according to their profiles of specific sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) Although the exact underlying mechanisms of action are not sufficiently explained atypical antipsychotics appear to be more effective than typical antipsychotic agents Typical agents produce their antipsychotic effects through the blockage of dopamine receptors particularly D2 receptors (Stahl 2000) On the contrary the antipsychotic effects of atypical agents such as clozapine has been attributed to its ability to block the intense stimulation of serotonin receptors including (5-HT2A) (5-HT2C) and dopamine receptors including D1 D2 D3 D4 receptors (Duncan Lieberman amp Zorn 1999) Likewise similar results were replicated in Horacek et al (2006) study which concluded that atypical antipsychotics such as clozapine show superior advantages in treating positive symptoms negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction compared to the typical antipsychotic agents partially due to their sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) In addition the study also found that atypical antipsychotics induce neuronal plasticity and synaptic remodeling in several sites that are associated with schizophrenia including the striatum prefrontal cortex and hippocampus Hence it seems that there is a strong consensus among researchers that atypical antipsychotic agents are more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia as well as improving cognitive deficits that are associated with schizophrenia Sexual dysfunction is widespread among people with schizophrenia and those who are taking antipsychotics Both typical and atypical antipsychotics have been shown to produce prolactin imbalances that are regularly linked to infertility (Mahmoud Drake Lewis amp Hayhurst 2012) The study of Mahmoud et al (2012) used a cross-sectional prevalence study to assess sexual functions in (144) patients diagnosed with schizophrenia The study involved two groups with each group receiving either typical or atypical antipsychotics for at least twelve weeks The study found no differences in sexual functions in patients treated with typical antipsychotics compared to atypical antipsychotics (Mahmoud et al 2012) However Bobes et al (2003) reached a different conclusion in their EIRE study The number of participants involved in the study was 636 The EIRE study compared sexual dysfunction effects related to haloperidol

Page 36 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

risperidone olanzapine and quetiapine Results indicated that frequency of sexual dysfunction was highest for risperidone (432) haloperidol (381) olanzapine (353) and quetiapine (182) (Bobes et al 2003) The study also concluded that sexual dysfunction seems to be dose-related with antipsychotic drugs and that atypical drugs produce higher risks of sexual dysfunction and other reporductive side effects including decreased libido erectile ejaculatory dysfunction gynecomia and amenorrhea than typical drugs (Bobes et al 2003) Therefore it seems that much debate exists on the issue of sexual dysfunction related to antipsychotics and more research is needed It has long been long known that suicide rates are quite high among people diagnosed with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) Recent studies have found a positive association between antipsychotic use and suicide (Khan et al 2007) One study in North Wales investigated the lifetime suicide rate in treated patients with schizophrenia between the pre-chlorpromazine era (1874-1924) and recent period (1994-2003) (Healy et al 2006) The study found that people treated with antipsychotics were at greater risk of suicide compared to the people with schizophrenia in the pre-chlorpromazine era (Healy et al 2006) Therefore there is some indication that the use of antipsychotics increases suicide rates However other studies do not agree with the conclusion of Healy et al (2006) study and show quite the opposite Khan et al (2007) conducted a study in which they assessed mortality rates for patients with schizophrenia according to the type of antipsychotics taken Participants were assigned to atypical antipsychotic agents (olanzapine quetiapine risperidone or ziprasidone) a control antipsychotic (haloperidol or chlorpromazine) or a placebo group Results indicated that patients assigned to the placebo group were significantly at higher rate of suicide than other groups Furthermore the study found no difference in suicide rates between patients assigned to either atypical or typical antipsychotic agents (Khan et al 2007) Perhaps the study had methodological limitations which may have affected the findings Therefore evidence on the implications of typical and atypical antipsychotics in suicide rates among people with schizophrenia are mixed and further controlled studies are required Typical and atypical antipsychotics show similar effects on quality of life across one year of medications The Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project aimed to evaluate the long-term effectiveness and tolerability of atypical and typical antipsychotics in patients with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) The study involved about 15000 participants from the USA The primary outcome measure was the discontinuation of treatment (Lieberman et al 2005) Patients were randomized to receive olanzapine perphenazine quetiapine risperidone or zisprasidone Findings indicated that 74 of patients discontinued their medication 18 months before the study ended Olanzapine appeared to be the most effective since its group had a significantly longer time to discontinuation (Lieberman et al 2005) The efficacy of perphenazine was similar to that of the other atypical antipsychotics Even though it exhibited a greater degree of effectiveness olanzapine was associated with

Page 37 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

greater weight gain and increases in blood glucose lipid levels and cholesterol levels (Lieberman et al 2005) The study concluded that in the long-term atypical drugs were not more effective and did not produce fewer side effects when compared to typical antipsychotic (perphenazine) Similar findings have been replicated in (Jones et al 2006) study The study included 227 people with schizophrenia aged between 18 to 65 years Randomized prescriptions of either typical or atypical (other than clozapine) were given to participants Findings indicated that long-term effectiveness of typical drugs was similar to those of atypical drugs (other than clozapine) (Jones et al 2006) Thus it seems that patients may need to change their medications only for clinical reasons and such evidence that indicate the superiority of atypical antipsychotics may be based on short-term efficacy trials Serious adverse effects are common features among both typical and atypical antipsychotics The emergence of the atypical drugs has been accompanied by an assumption that these are associated with less reversible extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) as well as less propensity to cause tardive dyskinesia (TD) (Malla et al 2004) One study indicated that the incidence of EPS is strongly associated with typical antipsychotics and that about 50 to 75 of patients who are taking typical antipsychotics will suffer from EPS (Arana 2000) Another study found similar results The study compared symptom severity and quality of life in patients with schizophrenia who were treated adequately either by typical antipsychotic or by clozapine (atypical) (Sergio et al 2005) Results indicated that clozapine caused significantly fewer EPS than did the typical antipsychotic (Sergio et al 2005) However other studies have indicated equivocal results (Peluso Lewis Barnes amp Jones 2012) A study conducted recently in the United Kingdom included 118 participants in the typical antipsychotic group and 109 participants in the atypical group Findings suggested that both groups had similar EPS however despite the apparent equivalence patients in the atypical group were significantly (3mdashfold) less likely to be prescribed adjunctive anticholinergic medications than those in typical group (Peluso et al 2012) Even though second-generation antipsychotic drugs appear to be more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms on schizophrenia evidence on whether the second-generation antipsychotic drugs cause less EPS is inconsistent In conclusion antipsychotic drugs are the main treatment for patients with schizophrenia The typical antipsychotics are high-affinity antagonists of dopamine D2 receptors and are more effective in managing psychotic symptoms but have a high incidence of serious adverse effects such as extrapyramidal symptoms and tardive dyskinesia In the 1950s typical antipsychotics has brought considerable benefit to patients with schizophrenia to the extent that such drugs have shown efficacy in combating psychotic symptoms and as a consequence increased the possibility of outpatient treatment Atypical antipsychotics entered the market with the proposed superiority with respect to efficacy especially improvement of negative symptoms and the absence of

Page 38 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

extrapyramidal symptoms These atypical antipsychotics differ from those of the first generation by their low affinity for dopamine D2 receptor and the high affinity for other neuronal pathways such as serotonin and noradrenaline Conclusion Unfortunately there are no antipsychotics free from unwanted effects The clinical advantage of a group of drugs often exposes the user to particular complications Unlike the partial success of medications for improving the positive symptoms associated with schizophrenia it is well documented that antipsychotic use ndash typical or atypical ndash does little to ameliorate the debilitating the overall negative symptoms associated with schizophrenia Additionally much of the scientific evidence indicating the superior safety and effectiveness of atypical antipsychotics is inconsistent In terms of inducing adverse effects the superiority of atypical antipsychotics has been questioned in many studies due to the propensity for weight gain and changes in glucose and lipid metabolism that they may cause Thus it seems the debate about the effectiveness of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs in treating schizophrenia is continuous Furthermore it is clear that due to the complexity inherent in any treatment of schizophrenia a psychiatry-psychology alliance might be very welcomed by frontline care providers who are often frustrated and dismayed by the limited effectiveness and all-too-prevalent side effects of medications References Arana G (2000) An overview of side effect caused by typical antipsychotics Journal of Clinical Psychiatry

61 5-11 Bobes J Garcia-Portilla M Rejas J Hernandez G Garcia-Garcia M Rico-Villademoros F amp Porras

A (2003) Frequency of sexual dysfunction and other reproductive side-effects in patients with schizophrenia treated with risperidone olanzapine quetiapine or haloperidol The results of the EIRE study Journal Of Sex Marital Therapy 29(2) 125-147

Duncan G Lieberman J amp Zorn S (1999) Mechanisms of typical and atypical antipsychotic drug action in relation to dopamine and NMDA receptor hypofunction hypotheses of schizophrenia Molecular Psychiatry 4(5) 418-428

Healy D Harris M Tranter R Cutting P Austin R Jones-EdwardsG ampRobertsA (2006) Lifetime suicide rates in treated schizophrenia 1875-1924 and 1994-1998 cohorts compared British Journal of Psychiatry 188 223-228

Horacek J Bubenikova-Valesova V Kopecek M Palenicek T Dockery C Mohr P Hoschl C (2006) Mechanism of action of atypical antipsychotic drugs and the neurobiology of schizophrenia CNS Drugs 20(5) 389-409

Jones P Barnes T Lloyd H Davies L Dunn G Hayhurst K amp hellip Murray R (2006) Randomized controlled trial of the effect on quality of life of second- vs first-generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia Cost utility of the latest antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia study (CUtLASS 1) Archives of General Psychiatry 63(10) 1079-1087

Kalat J (2009) Biological psychology (10th ed) Belmont California Wadsworth Cengage Learning Khan A Schwartz K Stern C Redding N Kolts R Brown W amp Robinson D (2007) Mortality risk

in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 68(12) 1828-1833

Kring A Johnson S Davison G amp Neale J M (2012) Abnormal psychology (12th ed) Hoboken NJ John Wiley amp Sons

Page 39 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Lieberman J Stroup T McEvoy J Swartz M Rosenheck R Perkins D amp Hsiao J (2005) Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia New England Journal of Medicine 353(12) 1209-1223

Mahmoud A Drake R Lewis S amp Hayhurst K (2012) Sexual function of patients with schizophrenia receiving first-generation (FGA) or second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) treatment International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice 16(2) 148-152

Malla A Norman R Scholten D Townsend L Manchanda R Takhar J ampHaricharan R (2004) A comparison of two novel antipsychotics in first episode non-affective psychosis One-year outcome on symptoms motor side effects and cognition Psychiatry Research129(2) 159-169

Peluso M Lewis S Barnes T amp Jones P (2012) Extrapyramidal motor side-effects of first and second-generation antipsychotic drugs The British Journal of Mental Science 200(5) 387-392

Rey J A (2002) Antipsychotic therapy A pharmacoeconomic perspective American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy 59(22 Suppl 8) S5-S9

Sergio A S Ana P Ruben A Julian B Julieta C Soledad F amp hellip Gabriel A (2005) Brief report Lack of extrapyramidal side effects predicts quality of life in outpatients treated with clozapine or with typical antipsychotics Psychiatry Research 133 277-280

Stahl S M (2000) Essential psychopharmacology Neuroscientific basis and practical application (2nd ed) Cambridge University Press

Steinberg P (2012 December 25) Our fail approach to schizophrenia The New York Times Retrieved April 15th 2013 from httpwwwnytimescom20121226opinionour-failed-approach-to-schizophreniahtml_r=0

Whitaker R (2002) Mad in America Bad science bad medicine and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill Cambridge MA Perseus Pub

Whitaker R (2005) Anatomy of an Epidemic Psychiatric Drugs and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry 7(1) 23-35

Ministry of Health (2000) Guidelines to the Mental Health (Compulsory Assessment and Treatment) Act 1992 Wellington Ministry of Healthhttpwwwprnewswirecomnews-releasesbraeburn-pharmaceuticals-achieves-primary-endpoint-in-pivotal-phase-23-study-of-bb0817-risperidone-6-month-implant-for-treatment-of-schizophrenia-300446397html

Braeburn Pharmaceuticals Achieves Primary Endpoint in Pivotal Phase 23 Study of BB0817 Risperidone 6-month Implant for Treatment of Schizophreniahttpspsychcentralcomnews20120607marijuana-compound-may-beat-antipsychotics-at-treating-schizophrenia39803html

Page 40 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INSOLVENCY FRAMEWORK FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

(FSPs)

Dr Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal ICSI IIP IPA of IBBI New Delhi

In the Indian Insolvency scenario the insolvency and bankruptcy is governed by a uniform law of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (ldquoCoderdquo) which came into force in 2016 In the almost 4 years of its inception the Code has seen a lot of important judgments and orders being given by the National Company Law Tribunal (ldquoNCLTrdquo) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (ldquoNCLATrdquo) as well as the Apex Court of India The Code provides a framework for the insolvency resolution inter alia corporate and individuals which does not include Financial Service Providers Section 3(16) of the Code defines lsquoFinancial Servicesrsquo and reads as (16) ldquoFinancial servicerdquo includes any of the following services namely ndash (a) Accepting of deposits (b) Safeguarding and administering assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person or agreeing to do so (c) Effecting contracts of insurance (d) Offering managing or agreeing to manage assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person (e) rendering or agreeing for consideration to render advice on or soliciting for the purposes ofndashndash (i) buying selling or subscribing to a financial product (ii) availing a financial service or (iii) exercising any right associated with financial product or financial service (f) Establishing or operating an investment scheme (g) Maintaining or transferring records of ownership of a financial product (h) underwriting the issuance or subscription of a financial product or (i) Selling providing or issuing stored value or payment instruments or providing payment services Section 3(17) defines financial service providers as a person engaged in providing financial services and would also include non-banking financial companies micro finance institutions etc Insolvency of Financial Service Providers was not covered under the Code however the Central Government has power under Section 227 of the Code to notify Rules for FSPs as and when necessary

Page 41 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The definition of FSP and what constitutes Financial Services was deliberated in the matter of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd v RHC Holding Private Ltd1 wherein NCLAT held that ldquo13 The definition of lsquofinancial servicesrsquo as defined in Section 3(16) of IampB Code is not limited to the 9 activities as shown at Clause (a) to (i) of Section 3(16) The aforesaid Clauses (a) to (i) are inclusive which means there are other services means there are other services which come within the meaning of ldquofinancial servicesrdquo 14 The Registration of Certificate issue by RBI shows that it has granted certificate to commencecarry on business of ldquonon-banking financial servicesrdquo However the Respondent has not been allowed to accept the public deposit and such certificate is condition to other conditions as provided in the back of the CertificaterdquoIn this order NCLAT held that a non-banking financial institution which is carrying on business of financial institution and thereby it being financial service provider will not come within the meaning of Corporate PersonCorporate DebtorThe NCLAT also suggested for the Appellant to bring any complaints against the Financial Institution to the Regulator ie Reserve Bank of India The need for a framework to deal with FSPs was felt in the market and was also expressed in various cases such as that of Randhiraj Thakur v Jindal Saxena Financial Services2 wherein it was held that ldquo10 If the entire scheme of the IampB Code is seen it will be evident that the Code is to consolidate and amend the laws relating to reorganisation and insolvency resolution of lsquocorporate personsrsquo lsquopartnership firmsrsquo and lsquoindividualrsquo in a time bound manner It is a self-contained Code which is exhaustive in nature when it comes to reorganisation and insolvency resolution However an exception had been carved out while enacting the Code that the lsquofinancial service providersrsquo have been kept outside the purview of the Code Being a consolidating legislation only those acts are permitted which are mentioned in the Code and it cannot be made applicable to lsquofinancial service providersrsquo including lsquonon-banking financial institutionsrsquo and MFIrsquos banks which have been kept outside the purview of the CoderdquoIn the present case the Corporate Debtor was a NBFC and had undertaken financial deposits from the respondent thus falling under the ambit defined under Section 3(16) of the Code The application was thus found non-maintainable under Section 7 of the Code It is by virtue of these cases that a need for rules for FSP and their categories were recognized

1httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2019Jul11493138195d25d9f0d704d_2019-07-1120100857pdf 2httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2018OctRandhiraj20Thakur20Director20Mayfair20Capital20Private20Limited20Vs20Jindal20Saxena20Finacial20Services20Private20Ltd_2018-10-1120212941pdf

Page 42 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FSP Rules3 In exercise of the powers conferred under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (31 of 2016) the Central Government made the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules 2019 and notified them on 15th November 2019The rules were framed to provide a generic framework for insolvency and liquidation proceedings of systemically important Financial Service Providers (FSPs) other than banks The Rules shall apply to such FSPs or categories of FSPs as will be notified by the Central Government under section 227 from time to time in consultation with appropriate regulators for the purpose of their insolvency and liquidation proceedingsAs per the FSP Rules all provisions of the Code relating to a corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and liquidation process of a corporate debtor shall apply to FSPs with certain modifications as specified in the FSP Rules However it does not mean that all FSPs would now be covered under these Rules The FSP Rules will apply to only those FSPs who are notified by the Central Government under Section 227 from time to time A notification was issued for all systemically important NBFCs and for RBI to be the appropriate regulator in this regard For all other FSPs the IBC is required to apply in the same manner as that to all other corporate debtors Just like in insolvency proceedings of a Corporate Person a Resolution Professional (RP) is appointed to take over the control of assets and management of the Corporate Debtor The FSP Rules provide that on the admission of an application for initiation of CIRP against an FSP NCLT shall appoint an individual proposed by the appropriate regulator as the Administrator The Administrator will have the powers of an RP The appropriate regulator can constitute an Advisory Committee to advise the Administrator in the operations of the FSP during the CIRP The Advisory Committee has to consist of 3 or more members who shall be persons of ability integrity and standing and who have expertise or experience in finance economics accountancy law public policy or any other profession in the area of financial services or risk management administration supervision or resolution of an FSP Ministry of Corporate Affairs notified the manner of dealing with the third party assets in custody or possession of a FSP by the Administrator appointed under FSP Rules vide Notification No SO 464(E) dated 300120204 The FSP Rules note that moratorium will not apply to any third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties

3httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframworkcb1d53c7fe47f8f22ab36a40f441db2cpdf 4httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframwork3878e1c4a2332a3e4398d924fac58166pdf

Page 43 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However the FSP Rules provide that an Administrator shall take control and custody of third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including any funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties only for the purpose of dealing with them in the manner as may be notified by the Central Government under Section 227 The Rules were put to test in the cases initiated under these FSP Rules The first case initiated under these Rules was that of Reserve Bank of India v Dewan Housing Finance Limited5 The whole process to be followed under the rules was laid down in the order RBI as the regulator had also appointed an administrator and formed an advisory committee to act as a COC for the same NCLT Mumbai Bench held that ldquoThe Applicant RBI in the capacity of Appropriate Regulator has submitted this Application against the Financial Service Provider Dewan Housing Finance Corporation Limited on account of the fact that the default in repayment of the ECB Loan to SBI was committed therefore after following the due procedure as discussed supra prayed for Admission of the Petition us 7 to be read with Section 227 of the Insolvency Code hellip74 Upon Admission it is hereby pronounced that Moratorium as defined us14 of the Insolvency Code shall commence with effect from the date of Application ie 29112019 as prescribed under Rule 5(b)(i) of FSP Rules 2019 On commencement of Moratorium the institution of any Suit or continuation of proceedings or execution of any decree against the Financial Service Provider (DHFL) shall be prohibitedrdquo The process followed has proved that IBC can prove to be a beneficial law for reconstruction and recovery even for financial service providers Conclusion The wait for the Rules to deal with FSPs was long but the mechanism has provided a definite band-aid solution to the current problem of having no framework These Rules however cannot be construed as a permanent solution to deal with all the restructuring and liquidation of Financial Service Providers as a whole The FSP rules provide for a complementary system wherein the Adjudicating Authority the Regulator and the Administrator all have to work in tandem with each other for best results Although these Rules provide a much needed relief to all the stakeholders of FSPs for smooth and clear implementation of Resolution and Restructuring a comprehensive framework which can be considered a one stop solution just like the Code is what should be the aim of the government in the long run

5httpsibbigovinuploadsorderd9c77ba13d4eea5107ae79715a8c0402pdf

Page 44 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 AND UNPRIVILEDGE CLASS AN ANALYSIS

Dr Hajra Masood Assistant Professor ndash Sociology

Karamat Husain PGCollage Lucknow

The World Health Organizationrsquos (WHO) guidelines for safety against COVID-19 are extremely simpleamp basic The guidelines states people to wash their hands regularly with soap practice social distancing with a strict stay at home if one happens to be in an affected area or has been exposed to the virus in any way possible Home quarantine is also advised for people who are in or have recently visited (in the past 14 days) COVID-19 affected areas to avoid the spread of the disease (World Health Organization nd) Indiarsquos most populated state with over 200 million people Uttar Pradesh has managed well to keep the cases below 500 (451 at the time of writing) The state has further sealed all the 160 hotspots completely Uttar Pradesh had no laboratory to test the Sars-CoV-2 pathogen when the first positive case was reported on 3 March it now has 10 The state government has established a Covid Care Fund and is getting support from public representatives and the general public The money is being used to expand testing and treatment facilities 2400 tests are being done daily The government is already working to boost the manufacturing units of PPE N95 masks triple-layer masks thermal analysers ventilators and other equipment

Since healthcare systems in progressive nations like the United States (US) United Kingdom (UK) amp Italy has failed to contain the rapid increase in the number of cases then in this case it becomes crucial to follow such advice to pre-empt the spread of this dangerous virus especially in low- amp middle-income countries where healthcare systems are a luxury for millions to afford The reality of such a densely populated country like India it becomes questionable as how practical it is to adhere to these guidelines It is the question every mind follows and is scared to even admit to self By examining and analyzing the latest National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) reported data on housing amp sanitation (76th round 2018) we make an assessment of the accessibilityamp availability of basic housing amp related amenities of an average Indian household such as sanitation facilities which are set at minimum requirements in order to follow WHO guidelines effectively We consider per capita availability of rooms access to fresh hygienic water for bathing amp toilet facilities as fundamentals to comply with the social distancing norms and to maintain hygiene

Cheek-by-jowl Living Spaces

Investigating on the housing substructure in India it reveals that almost a third of the rural population amp a half of the urban population in India live in houses which as per capita space available are less than a single room which effectively means that isolating

Page 45 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

a person with risk of infection is extremely difficult in these compact spaces This implies that home quarantineself-isolation measures would be difficult to implement among 60 of the population of India in the event of spread of infection (Table 1)

Table 1 Per Capita Availability of Rooms

Rural Urban Total

Less than a room 6608 4516 596

Just a room 1471 171 1545

More than one room 1921 3774 2495

Total 100 100 100

Water Woes

Accessibility of running water in homes is an important part of hygiene and a necessity to ensure regular hand washing with soap The NSSO data reveals that 40 of urban households amp 75 of rural households in India do not have access to tap water in their homes or even in radius of their residential premises (Table 2)

Table 2 Source of Water

Drinking Water Domestic Needs

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Bottled water 34 103 55 01 04 02

Piped water into houses 115 437 214 139 496 248

Piped water to yardplot 98 141 111 98 108 101

Piped water from neighbor 08 10 08 08 09 08

Page 46 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Public tapstandpipe 91 71 85 74 54 68

Tube well 108 103 107 115 172 132

Hand pump 453 80 339 414 79 312

Well Protected 29 16 25 27 24 26

Well Unprotected 43 25 37 45 28 40

Tanker truck Public 01 08 03 01 05 05

Tanker truck Private 04 05 04 05 05 05

Spring Protected 03 01 02 02 00 02

Spring Unprotected 03 00 02 04 00 03

Rainwater Collection 03 01 02 01 00 01

Surface water TankPond 04 01 03 49 10 37

Other surface water (river dam stream canal lake etc 02 01 02 03 01 02

Others (cart with small tank or drum etc) 02 01 02 03 01 02

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Page 47 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

It implies that majorly households obtain their basic resource of water from public taps wells or other shared water sources This denotes that while maintaining any sort of hygiene amp social distancing is itself difficult in these unusual circumstances there is a higher risk of contamination of water resource amp also the spread of infections during public health crises

Furthermore it has been observed that average time required to collect water from community sources is close to approximately an hour every day certainly implying that social distancing is difficult task to followamp execute for a large proportion of households with no proper regulations amp measures for this daily need crisis (Table 3b) As is the practice in many developing or under-developed countries the liability of collecting water from open resources is predominantly on females of the household (73) exposing them to greater health risks (Table 3c)

Table 3 Access to Drinking Water

Rural Urban Total

(a) Access to drinking water

Within dwelling 30 59 39

Outside dwelling but within the premises 31 22 28

Outside premises

Less than 02 km 286 137 240

02 km to 05 km 80 32 65

05 km to 10 km 21 12 18

10 km to 15 km 04 04 04

15 km or more 05 05 05

Total 100 100 100

Page 48 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Rural Urban Total

(b) Average time (in minutes) required to fetch water in a day from outside premises

485 400 470

(c) Who fetches water

Male members 208 338 230

Female members 775 566 739

Hired labour 06 47 13

Others 11 49 18

Total 100 100 100

Poor Sanitation Facilities

Following on we examine Indians access to exclusive washrooms amp latrines required to maintain hygiene to avoid coming into contact with viral discharges of infected persons (Table 4) Among the rural households 45 have no access to exclusive washrooms amp 39 have no access to exclusive latrines while 5 each use public facilities

In urban areas while the percentage of people without access to washrooms amp latrines are lower at 9 amp 4 respectively a higher proportion of households use commonpublic washrooms amp latrines (11 amp 135 respectively)

Overall about 8 of the Indian population uses public sanitation facilities amp a quarter of the population has no access to any sanitation facility making it difficult to follow good hygiene

Page 49 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 4 Access to Bathrooms amp Latrines

Bathrooms Latrines

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

For the exclusive use of household 515 797 602 650 822 702

For common use of households in a building

48 107 66 57 106 72

Publiccommunity use without payment

01 02 01 02 15 06

No bathroom 0 0 0 0 12 04

Others 02 01 02 05 04 04

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Prevalence of proper hand-washing practices

Finally we examine hand-washing practices amongst Indians prior to meals amp after defecation to comprehend in what way these are strongly embedded is this idea of washing or cleaning hands with soap amp water (Table 5) We find that while 75 of the population washes their hands using soap amp water after defecation whereas only 34 of it performs cleaning of hand before having a meal The majority of the population (62) uses only water to wash hands before meals This displays that the fundamental practice required to curtail infections through hand-washing with soap several times a day is a practice that majority of Indians are yet to adopt

Page 50 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 5 Hand-washing Practices

Rural urban Total

(a) Hand-washing regularly before meals

With water amp soap detergent 250 553 343

With water amp ash mudsand etc 36 14 29

With water only 701 427 617

Do not wash 13 06 11

Total 100 100 100

(b) Hand-washing regularly after defecation

With water amp soap detergent 684 892 747

With water amp ash mudsand etc 181 21 132

With water only 135 87 120

Do not wash 01 00 01

Total 100 100 100

Our study amp breakdown of the situation exhibits that maintaining social-distancing following proper hygiene ampobserving self-isolation guidelines in the case of this deadly infection are practically difficult for majority of the population residing in India due to existing housing patternsamp sanitation facilities Even if information regarding protective measuresamp safety norms is circulated to reach amp go rounds through the entire population the lack of basic amenities amp resources makes the financially amp resourcefully less-privileged sections of the Indian society defenceless against COVID-19 httpseconomictimesindiatimescom India shares two SARS-CoV-2 genome sequences

Page 51 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSES REPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

DIRECTORATE AND ISTEQLAL HOSPITAL OF THE MINISTRY OF PUBLIC HEALTH KABUL AFGHANISTAN

Faridullah Rahiq12345 Li Xiguang2 Muhammad Rehman13458 Azizaqa Zahed13 Khalil

Ahmad Pashtoonyar145 Bashir Ahmad Taseer 6 Ahmad Shah Wazir 7 Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil13

1 Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 2 Tsinghua University Beijing PR China

3 Forensic Medicine Strengthening Project Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

4 Forensic Medicine Laboratories Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

5 Forensic Medicine Services Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 6 Mental Health and Substance Abuse Department Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

7 Plastic and burn surgery Department Isteqlal Hospital Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 8 Noor Rahman Medical Laboratory Kabul Afghanistan

ABSTRACT Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases happened in the country during 2014 The majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriage Since there is no proper data collection system about suicide neither in the Ministry of Public Health nor in other ministries the only source of data is represented by some research done by human right commission or NGOs and their main focus is on gender base violence and human rights violations against women rather than suicide Evidence in recent years shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world the cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will not be forgiven by Almighty Allah On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental levels to understand the situation The complicity of silence the general hesitancy to address the issue and the lack of reliable statistics are all reasons not to understanding the underlying structural roots of the problem The aim of the study is to review the frequency of the suicide cases recorded There is little information on suicide and majority of the attempted suicide remains hidden as it is considered

Page 52 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

shameful in the society This behavior is strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors In general policy and judicial actions are needed to prevent andor reduce suicides in the county In addition the suicide reporting process must be strengthened in order to develop efficient interventions awareness rising on the issue is also considered very effective and practical on the issue The study is mostly quantitative and the study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years Data collection is based on the past year data records in both sites interview from personnel and questioning from relevant staff Key words SuicideAfghanistanQuantitative StudyMinistry of Public Health Afghanistan INTRODUCTION Identifying the Problem Suicide is an irrational desire to die The term irrational because no matter how bad a persons life is suicide is a permanent solution to what is nearly always a temporary problem Suicide is a symptom and sign of serious depression Depression is a treatable disorder but often the treatment takes time energy and effort on the part of the person who is feeling depressed It is during this time in treatment that many people turn to suicide and suicidal acts Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations The World Health Organization (WHO) also estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10ndash20 attempts at suicide Seventy five percent of all global suicides occur in low and middle-income countries (LMIC) Risk factors for suicide are many and varied including physical and sexual abuse childhood neglect and deprivation parental separation maternal physical and mental health problems lack of family personality disorder psychiatric disorders (particularly depression) as well as current life-stressors Suicidal behavior is complex Some risk factors vary with age gender and ethnic group and may even change over time The risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination Research has shown that 90 percent of people who kill themselves have depression or another diagnosable mental or substance abuse disorder Difficult life events in combination with other strong risk factors such as depression may lead to suicide Warning signs prior to suicide are significant and divided in to three groups verbal behavioral and environmental I Verbal warning signs include any written letter verbal communication may be direct or

indirect II Behavioral warning signs are behavioral signals which demonstrate emotional changes mood

changes and behavioral changes of a person

Page 53 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

III Environmental warning signs are any major changes in at the home family or job which leads to mood variation and emotional attacks

rdquoThe number of lives lost each year through suicide exceeds the number of deaths due to homicide and war combined Every 40 seconds another family loses a loved one to suiciderdquo said Dr Peeperkorn ldquoPolicy and legislative actions are needed to prevent suicide together with awareness rising of suicide as a public health problem in Afghanistan Surveillance and reporting on suicides and suicide attempts also needs strengthening to devise effective interventions ldquo Over 800000 people die due to suicide every year and there are many more who attempt suicide Suicide occurs throughout the lifespan and was the second leading cause of death among 15-29 year olds globally in 2012 Suicide is a global phenomenon in all regions of the world in fact 75 of global suicide occurred in low- and middle-income countries Suicide accounted for 14 of all deaths worldwide making it the 15th leading cause of death in 2012 Effective and evidence-based interventions can be implemented at population sub-population and individual levels to prevent suicide and suicide attempts Research Methodology Study Design The study is quantitative The study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years (Some samples (suicide attempts through poisoning) of the last year from other 5 hospitals are also included for comparison) NATIONAL SITUATION Afghanistan Afghanistan is a land-locked country (current estimated population 29 million and 2 hundred thousand) that connects central to South Asia 99 of its population is Muslims Kabul (current estimated population 4 million) is the capital city The country has poor social and health indicators made worse by over three decades of continuous war which has caused enormous social political amp economic disorder and suffering Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases were recorded in the country during 2014 Deputy public health service chief said 4466 cases of poisoning and 707 cases of burns were recorded in the capital while 4136 cases of burns were recorded in the provinces during the year 2014 The majority of the victims who are females attempted to commit suicide by setting themselves on fire Hanging and use of weapons are the other means used to commit suicide Evidence shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year At least 184 cases of self-immolation was registered by the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) in 2007 against 106 in 2006

Page 54 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world According to UNAMAs mid-year report cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The real prevalence may be higher than what is mentioned because of general knowledge of silence attached to this issue as suicide is a criminal act in Islamic lsquoShariarsquo and also in the Afghani civil and criminal laws The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will go to hell On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental and para-statal levels to understand the situation However majority of the attempted suicide cases remains hidden since the act of attempting suicide is considered shameful in the society ldquoThe majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriagerdquo noted the UNFPA representative for Afghanistan Dr Annette Robertson according to the public health ministry The womenrsquos rights chief at the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission told Afghanistan Times that methods of suicide used by Afghan women last year include ldquoself-immolation self-poisoning drowning hanging and cutting off the arteryrdquo ldquoSexual abuse domestic violence forced and early marriagesrdquo are among the primary reported reasons for female suicides she added Most ldquosuicide incidents remained covert due to family disgrace but suicides would decline substantially if the ministry of health cooperates with the policerdquo In the Afghanistan Times article a Kabul University lecturer said ldquoDemocracy has not expanded across the country to protect the womenrsquos rights and itrsquos quite challenging to defend women in such a society Women are very vulnerable and often undergo drastic atrocities in their social livesrdquo Violence against women in Afghanistan reached record levels in 2013 according to the Independent Human Rights Commission of Afghanistan (AIHRC) Figures released between 6 months of 2013 witnessed a 25 percent increase in recorded attacks As Seema Samar the chair of AIHRC told Reuters attacks were more frequent and more brutal with incidents including ldquothe cutting of [womenrsquos] noses lips and earsrdquo and ldquopublic raperdquo The struggle to secure womenrsquos rights in Afghanistan has been an embattled one After years of faltering campaigns the landmark Elimination of Violence against Women Act (EVAW) was passed in 2009 by presidential decree The unprecedented law criminalizes 22 offences from forced prostitution to denying women their inheritance (Article 5) prescribes punishments for offenders (Articles 17 ndash 42) and outlines a number of state responsibilities (Articles 8 ndash 16) Most significantly Article 6 enshrines seven victimsrsquo rights including the right of prosecution legal representation and compensation

Page 55 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The 2009 act marked a major turning point in the legal status of Afghan women Before the EVAW was passed cases of violence against women were governed by Afghanistanrsquos penal code in force since 1976 which contains no reference to violence within the family or underage marriage Even these scant legal protections were illusory during Taliban rule when women were denied free movement and access to education and when women were even stoned to death Since then Afghanistan has signed numerous international rights treaties and as a signatory is obliged under international law to respond to reports of attacks on women And yet according to UN statistics out of 650 reported cases between October 2012 and September 2013 the law was applied in a mere 109 On average over the past three years the EVAW act has only been applied to between 15 and 17 percent of reported cases The failure to enforce the law is a chief concern among activists Speaking to Al Jazeera Latifa Sultani an AIHRC spokesperson recounted a case in which a man evaded justice despite being accused of using an axe to dismember his wife With perpetrators at large many victims do not speak out for fear of reprisals leaving countless women to suffer in silence Heather Barr of Human Rights Watch accuses the Afghan government of failing women attributing low rates of law enforcement to a lack of political will In a 2012 report entitled ldquoStill a Long Way to Gordquo the UN made 71 recommendations for strengthening protections for Afghan women The UN found that only four of these proposals had been implemented The United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan notes that a major challenge is the lack of resources and technical and political support for police prosecutors and the courts Securing womenrsquos rights had become one of the prime justifications for intervention Activists fear that the prospect of withdrawal has fuelled an attitude of impunity contributing to the intensification of attacks against women According to UN Women Chief PhumzileMlambo-Ngcuka violence against women in Afghanistan is ldquopandemicrdquo with 872 percent of women experiencing some form of physical psychological sexual economic or social violence 2014 is a year of flux for Afghanistan With a looming general election crumbling economy and concerns over security activists fear worsening of the already hostile environment for women in Afghanistan Vulnerable groups

i Women especially young girls between age of 14 -19 years which are most vulnerable due to gender base violence and violence against their rights

ii Drug users nowadays data showed 11 of general population is using some kind of drugs such as opiates opioid heroin sleep pills or pain killers and hashish (INL Afghan rural drug survey result 2015)

iii Returnees and displaced people with facing acculturation iv Disables family of martyrs v Poor people jobless

vi People with mental disorder and psycho-social problem vii People affected by serious infections such as HIVAIDS HBV and HBS

viii People who have lost their dear ones ix People who are affected from civil war x People who have suddenly faced a very big economical loss

xi People specially youth who are disowned by the family andor face some sort of dishonor by society

Causalities There is little information on suicide in Afghanistan-behaviors that are strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors Afghanistan is a poor and post conflict country with huge burden of health Mental Health- psycho-social problems large risk factors prohibit people from seeking help such as gender

Page 56 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

imbalance gender base violence poverty domestic violence mental disorders cultural changes kinds of human right violation women and children rights violation and related results Most of these risk factors contribute to increase vulnerability for suicide and the situation is going to be worse when we knew the low level of awareness of people and the extreme cultural restrictions to suicide and suicide attempts cases and highlights SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSESREPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE DIRECTORATE Forensics or forensic science is the application of science to questions which are of interest to the legal system as well as social sciences Today forensic doctors are claimed by courts law enforcement offenders and accusers to analyze evidence and report conclusions Sometimes forensic experts are asked to be expert witnesses in court and report those findings As Forensic science is the application of the scientific method to help the judicial system Therefore Forensic doctors collect preserve and analyze scientific evidence during the course of an investigation Some forensic doctorsrsquo travel to the scene of the crime to collect the evidence themselves others are in laboratory performing analysis on objects brought to them by other individuals Worth to mention that In addition to forensic doctorsrsquo laboratory role they also testify as expert witnesses in both criminal and civil cases and can work for either the prosecution or the defense Forensic Medicine Directorate in Afghanistan was established in the year 1981with some basic resources and facilities At present Forensic Medicine Directorate operates under direct supervision of Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan Currently the Directorate operates 24 hours and over passage of time certain sections have developed to incorporate the majority of forensically related cases Forensic specialties that are currently developed in Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan

1 Forensic Pathology 2 Forensic Toxicology 3 Forensic Anthropology 4 Forensic Evidence 5 Forensic Chemistry 6 Forensic Odontology 7 Forensic Genetics 8 Forensic Psychiatry 9 Forensic Serology 10 Criminalistics 11 Document Examination 12 Forensic Autopsy Examinations 13 Medical Malpractice amp Mispractice Investigation Though Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the cause of death as it is not part of their authority therefore they only describe and record the cause of death The cause of death can clearly indicate the intention behind it The suicide attempts that had led to death and were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate during the years 2014 2015 and 2016 Suicide Cases ndash Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan During the year 2014 2015 and 2016 total 119 deaths (suicide cases) were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate the breakdown is shown in below table and the graph chart

Page 57 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 58 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 59 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 60 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 61 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 62 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 63 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 64 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 65 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 66 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 67 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 68 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 69 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 70 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 71 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 72 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 73 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 74 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 75 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 76 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 77 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 78 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 79 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 80 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 81 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 82 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FINDINGS

The basic goal is to prevent suicide both injury and death study results indicate that standards by which progress can be documented could empower government to actually implement their plans This can include constantly connecting suicide prevention to other issues to which the public government agencies or the educational system are already committed More work is needed at the national level to assist in developing these standards There are some findings indicated during the research that are concluded as below 1 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Forensic Medicine Directorate that has led

to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 was 119 The average of suicides that are recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate per year was 396 suicides

2 Among the cases in Forensic Medicine Directorate 44 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 56 were committed by male

3 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people in Forensic Medicine however still 55 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

4 The methods used for suicide were hanging mouse killer drown in water gun shot and Burn As per available data hanging was the most common method used ie 74 while other methods usages was 19 2 4 and 1 respectively

5 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Isteqlal hospital that has led to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 is 41 The average of suicides that are recorded in Isteqlal Hospital per year was 136 suicides

6 Among the cases 80 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 20 were committed by male

7 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people however still 68 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

8 As per detailed information provided in chapter 4 there were 4 female suicide cases (Poisoning) reported in Isteqlal hospital in the years 2015 and 2016 This number shows that as per chapter 5 data from five hospitals where 391 women who had attempted suicide 4 have died which shows the average ratio of 1001 that means in every 100 poisoned cases in women 1 die

9 Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the type of death as it is not part of their authority They only describe the cause of death

10 Forensic medicine directorate is not well equipped and not trained and authorized to give exact opinion

11 There is no proper database available that records suicides and suicide attempts with all possible details Most of the cases are recorded quantitatively while lots of details related to the quality of the case are missing

12 Registration and medical records of hospitals donrsquot have sufficient data available to enhance related researches

13 Strong coordination and cooperation lack between Forensic Medicine Police Prosecutors and Courts

14 The final decisions taken on cases are not shared with Forensic Medicine by Courts 15 The recorded cases show that the age group is in between 15 ndash 35 with higher percentage

between 15-25 which means young age group is much vulnerable 16 The method of suicide is different by sex men usually use hanging as a method however

women usually choose poisoning and self-immolation 17 Though as per observations female suicide cases are higher than male but most of the cases

related to women are hidden at family and community level and are not referred for investigation therefore there are fewer records available in Forensic Medicine Directorate

Page 83 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

18 Overall in Kabul with an estimated population of Four million the number of poisoning cases recorded in 5 hospitals is 2061 cases According to authorities almost more than 90 of all these cases are attempts to suicide which means there are 52 people attempting suicide in every 100000 people

19 The present analysis found that Afghan women attempted suicide 113 times more than men 20 Finally there is no certain prevention strategy in place yet Conclusively it can be stated that though suicide rate is not high in Afghanistan but still suicide prevention strategies must be developed within the context of social economic and political realities There will be challenges that may come during the processes of planning and implementation But it is really important to compare experiences of several governments discover commonalities and gather recommendations about national level suicide prevention planning and implementation strategy SUGGESTION amp CONCLUSION This study shows that incidence of suicide may have increased in Afghanistan but also there is a lack of information of the subject The prolonged war and the socio-political and socio-economical disorder in Afghanistan have all but destroyed the social order of the country and this may be reflected in the suicide statistics of the country Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam Attempting or committing suicide offends the whole family socially and could be one of the reasons why suicides are under- reported and under-researched in Afghanistan In case of hospitals (as shown in records of Isteqlal Hospital) the number of female cases are high because for treatment purpose family members do bring the victim to the hospital and the case is recorded both by the hospital authority as well as the investigative department In such cases family members canrsquot deny the incident and therefore the real data is recorded in hospitals Most acts of self-immolation by young Afghan women are due to some factors such as arranged and forced marriages trading women with the intention of marriage and the outdated and illegal practice of ldquobaadrdquo (the giving away of a female to settle a dispute) The lack of family support in many cases appears make the situation worse Therefore suicide in Afghan women is a form of social protest against the domination they face However the majority of the suicide victims have no intention to kill themselves they just want to express their pain by burning or eating poison Still due to immediate effects adverse harm complications and complication and non-availability of time the victims lose their lives Though government has passed different laws such as EVAW law - Elimination of Violence against Women but the politics and logistics of moving from paper to practice present a significant challenge The number of female attempting suicide by any mean is high the more women learn about their rights the more they will less go to the extreme that is attempt suicide Therefore the effectiveness of the human rights system at the national level needs to be improved and an effective advocacy initiative or strategy is required at national level More than three decades of almost continuous conflict in an impoverished country of Afghanistan has severely compromised the mental health status of the population From the small number of scientific reports (and a growing number of media reports) it appears suicidal behavior has become a serious public health problem in Afghanistan This is neither unexpected nor surprising However in order to understand the problem better and to inform policy for developing suicide prevention programs there is need for more and better research My review is an initial attempt to

Page 84 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

draw attention to this problem in Afghanistan In order to reduce the growing number of suicides in addition to give the sufferersrsquo immediate health care the below points are recommended 1 To decrease illiteracy and promoting literacy in each and every community 2 To provide long term awareness sessions in order to show families broader ways to struggle

in reducing violence against women stop domestic problems etc through media ie TV and radio

3 To create jobs and provide occupations to improve peoplersquoseconomicstatus and reduce related tensions

4 To seek assistance of influential community people religious leaders and teachersprofessors to publicize the issue of domestic violence

5 To expand and well equip the burn and attempt suicide wards within hospitals in addition to establishment of specialization programs

6 To establish proper psychosocial sessions for the survivors in order to convince them not to commit suicide again and help them to return to their normal life

7 To establish an emergency department equipped by emergency call number to speedily prevent and cover the cases

8 To keep away insecticides pesticides (poison) and firearm from all certain people who are under observation with different behaviors characteristics and mental issues

9 To conduct a national wide research on identifying the main and frequent causes behind suicides lead by Forensic Medicine Directorate and Mental Health Department of MOPH

10 Scope of government responsibility needs to be expanded for protection of womens human rights at each and every level

AUTHORS CONTRIBUTION This research was conducted in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Istiqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan FR carried out experiment and collected data LX carried data analysis FR and MR drafted manuscript BAT ASW AZ MMA and KAP conceived of the study and participated in the research coordination the authors read and approved the final manuscript REFERENCES 1 MoPH 2014b Suicide Report Press Report MoPH Kabul Afghanistan 2 Epidemiology and outcome of burns in Isteqlal Hospital of Kabul Afghanistan Burns 36

1101ndash1106 3 General Directorate of Preventive Medicine Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 4 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Isteqlal Hospital of

Kabul Afghanistan 5 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Forensic Medical

Department of Kabul Afghanistan 6 httpwwwbreitbartcomnational-security20140913afghanistan-4-136-cases-of-self-

immolation-primarily-involving-women-registered-so-far-this-year 7 httpwwwwhointmental_healthpreventionsuicidesuicidepreventen 8 httpwwwkhaamacomover-9000-suicide-attempt-cases-recorded-in-afghanistan-6666 9 httpdxdoiorg101016jajp201701004 10 httpwwwtherichestcomrich-listthe-biggest10-countries-with-the-highest-suicide-rates-

in-the-world 11 A study of deliberate self-harm and its repetition among patients presenting to an emergency

department Crisis ndash2011

Page 85 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

12 Asian Journal of Psychiatry 13 Guanglin He et al 2019 A comprehensive exploration of the genetic legacy and forensic

features of Afghanistan and Pakistan Mongolian-descent Hazara Forensic Science International Genetics 42 (2019) e1-12doiorg101016jfsigen201906018

14 Shahzad MS Kalsoom S Bajwa JI Arif A Khan MAU (2018) Detection and comparison of light metals in hair among workers of different industries using Particle Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) for forensic casework Adv Life Sci5 (4) 154-158

15 WAQAS M et al 2019 trace elemental analysis of hair for toxicity using partial induced x-ray emission (pixe) testing for forensic science applications IJBPAS 8(11) 2181-2194

Page 86 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 ECONOMY IN JEOPARDIZE

Gurpreet Kaur

Research Scholar Desh Bhagat University Amloh Ludhiana Abstract The rampant spread of COVID-19 outbreak across borders and geographies has severely impacted almost the whole world and triggered significant downside risks to the overall global economic outlook India too suffered decline in its economy due to the lockdown It was assumed while presenting the budget in February that GDP growth rate will be higher from last few years However now this task seems next to be impossible as the growth rate in spite of inclining has started declining This is a serious issue as many industries has been fallen Even it can be said that industries are at the last stage of survival This paper tends to highlight those sectors which suffered a lot Along with that this paper also tries to find steps that can be taken to combat this problem Keywords Rampant Growth Rate GDP Economy Outlook Global Introduction Coronavirus has almost broken all the norms and boundaries which has been set in the world As its breakdown resulted in locking almost everything It just stop the movement and it seems that only time has been running and rest of the things are being paused The major impact it had on the lives of human being and at the economy of the any country It can be estimated that globally the economy has suffered a lot This pandemic has even broken the record of the loss that has occurred in the Great Depression which happened in 1930 Due to the lockdown announced by the Indian Government the economy may slow over the next few months For most businesses the slowdown could be in the form of supply disruptions fall in consumption demand and stress on the banking and financial sectors Objective This paper tries highlight The major sectors which suffered the most due to pandemic The impact of COVID-19 in the economy of India The future challenges that need to be taken to combat this situation Research Methodology The method used to write this paper is purely descriptive The secondary sources has been opted to write this paper The matter is gathered from articles journals books and so on

Page 87 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Reality Check It is a matter of fact that after the lockdown a humanitarian crisis unfolded It forced people into starvation joblessness poverty destitution depression and many more This is apart from health infrastructure crisis

Prediction of GDP growth rate before the Breakdown of Coronavirus Amid the coronavirus pandemic several countries across the world resorted to lockdowns to ldquoflatten the curverdquo of the infection These lockdowns meant confining millions of citizens to their homes shutting down businesses and ceasing almost all economic activity According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) the global economy is expected to shrink by over 3 per cent in 2020 ndash the steepest slowdown since the Great Depression of the 1930s As the annual year was around the corner before the spread of hazardous virus The Union - Government has already passed the Budget While presenting the Finance Bill for the year 2020-21 the Union Government on 01022020 had reasonably estimated Indias nominal GDP growth rate (ie real growth + inflation) of 10 percent however the same now seems far from reality and certainty The slowdown in demand closure of production activities fall in the global price of crude oil ban on foreign trade price decrease in the commodities like energy metals and fertilizers restrictions on the aviation industry as also on tourism amongst others are bound to exert downward pressure on the inflation thus adversely affecting the economy chart It is believed that Indias aggressive lockdown could bring the countrys growth down to 25 percent from 45 percent it had earlier estimated However as per a statement released by Chief India Economist of Goldman Sachs on 09042020 the economic growth of India has been estimated at a low figure of 16 only It is really a matter of concern As the incline in Indian Economy is also estimated by the World Bank In the latest World Banks assessment India was expected to grow 15 to 281 Even the IMF also projected a growth rate of 19 for India in 2020 However all seems to be mere a dream Adversely affected Sectors The manufacturing an important part of any economy suffers from total lack of clarity Lockdown has put great stress on the supply chains of essential commodities and

1 World Bank Assessment Report

Page 88 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

therefore many of the Indian companies have focused on the production and supply of essential items only thereby stopping all other production activities thereby bringing down the production graph Likewise the other sectors like agriculture being the primary sector and the tertiary sector are also not free from its impact There is hardly any manpower available for the agricultural purposes in different states Lockdowns have manifestly made the farmers difficult to take their produce for sale to the markets Informal sector of India the backbone of its economy will be hardest hit in view of economic activities coming to a total standstill These lockdowns and restrictions on commercial activities and public gatherings are necessarily likely to strongly impact domestic growth As estimated by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) on 07042020 the overall unemployment rate may have surged to 23 per cent with urban unemployment standing at nearly 31 per cent International Labour Organisation (ILO) has estimated about 40 crores workers of unorganised sectors to be unemployed The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)2 has suggested that Indias trade impact due to the COVID-19 outbreak could be around USD 348 million For India the overall trade impact is estimated to be at 129 million dollars for the chemicals sector textiles and apparel at 64 million dollars the automotive sector at 34 million dollars electrical machinery at 12 million dollars leather products at 13 million dollars metals and metal products at 27 million dollars and wood products and furniture at 15 million dollars As per UNCTAD estimates exports across global value chains could decrease by USD 50 billion during the year in case there is a 2 reduction in Chinas exports of intermediate inputs What is also worrisome is the effect of all the circumstantial conditions on the Rupee value which is at its lower value of more than Rs 76 per USD exerting extra burden and pressure on the cost of import of commodities and services in India and on the accumulated foreign reserves Industries Corona virus had its impact in the industry in general which has seen not only cutting the salaries but also laying off its employees The hotels are vacant and airlines have closed their wings The live events industry has also estimated a loss of more than Rs 3000 crores It is also resulted that businesses are grappling with tremendous uncertainty about their future According to the survey3 COVID-19 is having a deep impact on Indian businesses over the coming months jobs are at high risk because firms are looking for some reduction in manpower Further it is added that already COVID-19 crisis has caused an unprecedented collapse in economic activities over the last few weeks

2 UNCTAD Statistics available at unctadorg 3Survey conducted by Industry body FICCI and tax consultant Dhruva Responses are from about 380 companies across the sectors

Page 89 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The present situation is having a high to very high level impact on their business according to almost 72 per cent respondents Further 70 per cent of the surveyed firms are expecting a de growth sales in the fiscal year 2020-21

Apparel ampTextile get hit adversely due to disruption in labour supply raw material unavailability working capital constraints and restricted demand due to limited movement of people and

purchasing ability Auto sector4 (which includes automobiles and auto parts) will continue to face

challenges on account of lack of demand global recession and falling income levels Aviation amp Tourism5 is one sector which has the highest probability of going under

without direct government intervention Due to pandemic there are high chances that in the next 12 months itrsquos highly unlikely people will travel for leisure apart from very essential travel Dependency of earning money by tourist depends on the visitors It is certain that this industry will be affected the most as people would not like to travel without any reason This will not only drop economy rate in own country but also has a great impact on global economy

Building amp Construction6 businesses are generally leveraged and hence will face the dual challenges of high-interest payments and lack of sales Lack of work and payment are the greatest hurdle in the way of building and construction industries

Hotel industryis among one such industry which has suffered a lot As their hotels are totally shut down and they have no other mode of earning

Gym industryalso faced a huge loss Due to lockdown everything is closed Trainers owners are facing huge loss Large number of population has become unemployed This problem would not resolve quickly It would take time In other words anything which involves personal interaction will face problems in the next 12 months ndash real estate or big-ticket itemsluxury products Sectors with a possible uptick

Digital amp Internet Economy Online based products amp services companies will find new takers

o Ed-tech and Online Education along with firms involved with online-skill development have become popular which also resulted in the growth of E-Learning Almost every school has opened their arms for online teaching

4 wwwsmallcasecom 5 Ibid 6 Ibid

Page 90 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

o Online groceries also gain With the lockdown people are now become habitual to buy things online As a result online grocery gain profit and other retailer would suffer

o There will be a sudden spike in the demand for Content with digital content being in demand more than ever

FMCG amp Retail7 will benefit immensely With continued fear food-based retail chains and companies catering to low-ticket consumption demand will emerge as winners

Speciality Chemicals8 Firms dealing in Chemicals will see a jump due to increased demand for disinfectants drugs and medicines Measures to Combat this Situation With COVID-19 spreading rapidly in India policymakers are worried about how to fight the virus and minimise its impact on the economy There are no easy answers In addition to containing the spread of the disease and support those who are affected policymakers have to be prepared for the long-term challenges and opportunities that may arise once the crisis is over and it will eventually be To minimise the effect in the economy caused by the COVID -19 outbreak the Union Finance amp Corporate Affairs Minister on 24032020 announced several important relief measures taken by the Government of India especially on statutory and regulatory compliance matters related to several sectors The Central Government amongst others announced much-needed relief measures in areas of Income Tax GST Customs amp Central Excise Corporate Affairs Insolvency ampBankruptcy Code (IBC) Fisheries Banking Sector and Commerce intended to boost the economy What is next in the list It might be a mouthful but herersquos a look at whatrsquos to come in the immediate future Liquidity is expected to remain tight as the cost of borrowing in real terms will jump upwards This is despite central banksrsquo efforts to reduce interest rates Banks and financial institutions will be under immense pressure as the fear of NPAs insolvency and bankruptcies increase multi fold The government will focus on meeting hyper demand for essential goods while non-essential businesses will focus on recovering their receivablesoutstanding money due from debtors New strategic alliances or business partnerships will not emerge during this period A smallcase is a basket of stocksETFs based on ideas themes and strategies They are professionally managed and offer investors more transparency and control over their investments Many lives will be lost and millions more affected Countries will introspect businesses will realign But as Jackiersquos 21st-century take on turning lemons into lemonade goes there may be a silver lining We may have to wait for the rain clouds to depart

7 wwwsmallscalecom 8 Ibid

Page 91 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Technology amp Future of Work Technology for many businesses until today was considered to be a support function with it being used as a means to get to an end This is set to change as technology will now become the frontline requirement in most organizations Its importance will be comparable to that of revenue-generating functions ndash sales and business development Trends will accelerate Automation will gain momentum as the spend on sophisticated IT infrastructure outpaces human resources Job creation will be limited with more offers being rolled out on a contractual basis than on a full-time basis This sort of gig economy will emerge in the emerging markets as well as the more developed markets Work from home will be the new normal Firms in some sectors will realise that employees working from home are equally productive as compared to when they are working from the office This will also help in saving infrastructure costs Back to basics Businesses will rethink their strategy of focusing on sales without profitabilityprofitability growth Organizations claiming hefty valuations just on the basis of sales growth will no longer find buyers ndash focus on profit and profit growth will be the new normal Data is the new oil That is as long as the price of oil doesnrsquot drop to $0 again (FYI only the expiring futures contract dropped to zero) Data will become even more valuable and with it data misuse through AI will also become rampant Wersquore already seeing governments and private entities roll out contact tracing tools which have poor implementation and pose severe threats to data security and privacy As these entities have realized data can play a huge role in limiting the impact of viral phenomena ndash diseases protests misinformationhellipthe list goes on

Page 92 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Data and IT security will become even more important for businesses Traditional businesses including heavy industries will find it difficult to survive without access to information that would help with optimization and extracting efficiency All about the money Finally big financial conglomerates with large balance sheet exposure will become history Wersquoll see the emergence of specialized segmental lenders who will strive to make better lending decisions through AI amp social intelligence Traditional lenders will exit the game There is no doubt that COVID-19 will have a large impact on the Indian economy With respect to India the discussion can be bifurcated into 2 parts ndash Indiarsquos economy and its stock markets The recovery of the underlying economy will be slow and it will take around 2 years for normalcy to come back across sectors While the overall economy might take a hit because of the government lockdown some sectors are set to see immense growth in the post-COVID era ndash FMCG B2C specialised lenders gold-dependent companies food retail and pharmaceutical companies to name a few Stock markets have a mind of their own formed by the collective emotions + intelligence of millions They are often skewed and arenrsquot the best indicators of the underlying economy Stock markets will have a strong recovery not due to the fundamentals strength but due to global liquidity which is available for almost free (as interest rates tend to near zero) Availability of debt capital will be scarce in India whilst equity capital will be available in plenty over a period of time What can the Government do Like its counterparts across the globe the Indian government has announced a slew of measures to prevent total collapse However it isnrsquot enough This works to alleviate some of the pain not counter it 1 Loosen its purse and spend money on infrastructure development ndash lsquoRebuild India

Rejuvenate Indiarsquo 2 Public sector financial institutions need to be further capitalized and nudged by the

RBI to lend out low-ticket loans below INR 1 Crore in the form of working capital to ensure that liquidity comes back into the system

3 Banking sector needs to be nudged to pass on rate cuts induced by RBI to the borrowers

4 Personal tax cuts amp tax holidays for 6 ndash 12 months can be adopted to revive consumption which will help spur economic growth

Page 93 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

These are not an exhaustive list of measures but could help alleviate the impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy while stimulating growth To conclude I would like to pen down by saying that this pandemic may wreck the Indian economy The level of GDP may further fall more so when India is not immune to the global recession In fact it is believed that India is more vulnerable since its economy has already been ailing and in a deep-seated slowdown for several quarters much before the COVID-19 outbreak became known The Prime Minister of India has already spoken of setting up an Economic Task Force to devise policy measures to tackle the economic challenges arising from COVID 19 as also on the stability of Indian economy However the concrete plans would have to be kept in place to support the economy and its recovery At last but not the least as the disruption from the virus progresses globally as well as within India it is for us to forget at least for the time being all talking only about economic recovery and instead join hands whole heartedly to tackle the outcome of COVID-19 References 1 Siddhartha RastogiThe impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy 2 Shikha Goyal What is the impact of Coronavirus on Indian Economy 3 Annual Budget presented by Union Government 4 httpswwwjagranjoshcom 5 httpsmeconomictimescom 6 httpsmeconomictimesindiatimescom 7 wwwbusiness-standardcom 8 wwwindiatodayin 9 httpseconomictimesindiatimescommarketsexpert-viewgoldman-sachs-revised-

global-growth-forecast-for-2020-to-2-and-that-of-us-to-6-prachi-mishraarticleshow75065449cms

10 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPublicationsPDFsMPRAPRIL2020E3D4AD8245734F27B6C5688F22B4FA2FPDF

11 httpswwwbusinesstodayincurrenteconomy-politicscoronavirus-fallout-unemployment-rate-spikes-to-23-after-lockdown-says-cmiestory400349html

12 httpsengaonconnectioncommore-than-40-crore-workers-in-indias-unorganized-sector-may-be-affected-due-to-the-lockdown-which-will-affect-their-employment-and-earnings-ilo

13 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPressReleasePDFsPR22761B4E43FCBED94A12955FD65458EBEEDAPDF

14 httpswwwindiatodayinindiastoryschool-books-to-path-labs-delhi-govt-relaxes-lockdown-1671877-2020-04-28

Page 94 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PROBLEMS IN SHIP BREAKING INDUSTRY OF INDIA A

CASE OF ALANG SHIP BREAKING YARD

Hrudanand Misra Professor Institute of Management

Nirma University Ahmedabad Gujarat India

Abstract

The requirement of steel production in India the ship breaking industry has become a vital for the countryrsquos economy After four decade of growth India continues to compete with Bangladesh to lead the international ship breaking industry In Alang area the ship breaking sector and related downstream activities provides employment and resources to nereby communities The industry is profitable and income generating poor working practices and low environmental standards tarnish the image of the sector at national and international levels A huge number of accidents and fatalities in ship breaking processes highlight the lack of adequate Occupational Health and Safety Standards Seasonal migrant workers many of whom are unaware with the industry These labours are recruited through sub-contractors most of the workers in India lack sufficient hazard awareness and basic safety requirement necessary to work in a ship breaking yard This paper focuses on the Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry (SBRI) of India to access its present situation impact on environment as well as worker rights and safety The paper also puts light on how India Ship Breakers Association (ISBA) reacts to unhygienic unsafe scrapping facilities and what remedies shall be taken to overcome the challenges of this potential industry

Keywords Ship Breaking And Recycling Challenges Environment Worker Right Introduction Ship breaking is the process of dismantling of old ships to recover steel scrap and other materials Ships breaking industry is a recycling industry which recover steel from the ship which is expected to constitute 90 percent in terms of value The other materials constitute the remaining 10 percent and consist of machines and equipment furniture and fittings asbestos wood panels oil chemicals electrical fittings etc These items can at best be considered as by-products of this industrial activity Ship breaking is a challenging process involving a complexity of issues like ecology environment labour health and safety Thus it has been recognized as one of the hazardous industries and this activity is mainly concentrated in developing countries of Asia The ship breaking activity shifted gradually from high-income countries to middle income countries and then to low income countries due to growing environmental concern and stringent regulations in developed countries During this process the ship breaking industry has transformed from being a capital-intensive industry to labour

Page 95 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

intensive industry Although Ship breaking industries produce the potentiality for economic growth it also brings with it dangers of environmental imbalances Until the 1970rsquos ship breaking activities were concentrated in developed countries But after 1980 due to availability of cheap labour a shift of these activities from the developed countries to developing countries is witnessed Countries like India Bangladesh China and Pakistan have less stringent norms or legislation pertaining to environment and also the availability of huge labour force It is estimated that on an average 700 ships are taken for decommissioning every year world over Out of these 350-450 ships are scrapped in India The ship breaking activities are carried out at various places in India along the sea coast of the country Viz Alang in Gujarat Sachana in Gujarat Dharukhana near Bombay Tadri in Karnatka Maipe in Karnataka Baypore in Kerala Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh Valinokan in Tamil Nadu and at Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu However the main ship breaking centre is located on the west coast at Alang Gujarat The ship breaking activity at Alang began in 1982 and currently 141 plots are in operation and Alang is considered to be the largest ship breaking yard in world India has the worldrsquos largest ship breaking facility in terms of volume According to Basel convention report of 2003 38 percent of ship breaking activities are concentrated in India followed by China 25 percent Bangladesh 19 percent and Pakistan 7 percent Alang has grown from small coastal village with a small population of fishermen and farmers to become worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard Upto 1980rsquos ship breaking activities were limited to the breaking of small-sized ship at Darukhana yard near Bombay At the end of 1970rsquos the Metal Scrap Trade Corporation (MSTC) of the Government of India decided to import non-useable ships from foreign countries and the Government decided to set up ship breaking yards During 80rsquos there was a tremendous demand for scrap from large number of foundries and re-rolling mills in Gujarat Therefore Government of Gujarat adapted policies in favour of ship breaking industry on Gujarat coast The Gujarat Maritime Board made intensive survey and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity In 1983 the first ship was beached and this laid the foundation of ship breaking at Alang which has now grown as worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard The working environment and negative impacts on the environment have become a growing concern over the time by the industrialists some social groups NGOrsquos and local and global media Some sort of comprehensive plans are need to be established to improvise current problems in the Alang ship breaking yards So the overall objectives this study include are bull To study the general overview of Ship Breaking Industry bull To evaluate the impact of environmental adversity bull To assess the issues involved in workers safety bull To recommend for the challenges occurred in SBRI

Page 96 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ship Breaking Industry Its Global Impact Ship breaking or ship scrapping as defined by the US occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is ldquoany breaking of a vesselrsquos structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel including the removal of gear equipment or any component of a vesselrdquo (US Environmental Protection Agency 2000) A ship consists mostly of steel At the end of its useful life it becomes a source of ferrous scrap The scrap is particularly reprocessed for manufacturing simple steel products such as steel rods used in civil engineering A large portion of the waste generated following the demolition or scrapping process is largely returned to good use Useable equipment is such as pumps motors generators etc are sold as it finds alternative applications and the scrap steel is reprocessed (Andersen 2001 1-2) Ships were historically broken at regulated European dry dock facilities by skilled workers After 1970rsquos the high cost of environmental controls and employees safety standards shifted the work onto cheaper shores As a result during 1980rsquos these countries delocalized their activities to developing countries Besides the availability of cheap labour in developing world the adoption of stringent environmental norms by developed countries acted as the major reason for the shift of these activities toward the developing countries The ship breaking industry creates enormous employment opportunities and generates income as it also provides with recycling of products and scrap materials for further production According to 2001 OCED report on ship scraping ldquoship demolitions remove large volume of obsolete tonnage from fleets recycle many of the materials used in ships construction and are a major employer in the main ship breaking areasrdquo (International Federation of Human Rights 20004)

On average a ship has an active life span of 25 to 30 years After it fails to meet the safety requirement it is sent for breaking The ship is sold through international broker or via cash buyers Until 1960rsquos ship breaking activities was highly mechanized and concentrated in industrialized countries like United States the United Kingdom Germany and Italy The United Kingdom accounted for 45 percent of ship breaking industry During 1960rsquos and 1970rsquos ship breaking activities shifted to semi-industrialized countries such as Spain Turkey and Taiwan mainly because of availability of cheaper labour and also the existence of re-rolling mills in these countries About 79 countries were involved in ship breaking activity Asian yards come into existence during 1980rsquos Despite their late establishment at present this region account for over 95 percent of the industry Alang ship breaking yard of India has become eminent industry holding first position in Asia and also in world market Bangladesh holds second position after India Table 21 presents the number of vessels that were dismantled during 1994 and 2002 Out of 3854 vessels that were dismantled during this period 58 percent were dismantled

Page 97 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in India alone Table also reveals that out of top eight destinations for these ships six are Asian countries More than 80 percent of ships dismantled were done in Asia The Asian countries also account for more than 80 percent of tonnage of these ships Out of 35789303 million tonnes of Ldt worldwide approximately 45 percent from the ships dismantled in India The table clearly shows the important place of India and Asia in the ship breaking industry world over Table 1 Number of Vessels by Breaking Location and their tonnage 1994-2002

Country Number of Vessels

Total of Ldt (Million

tons)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

India 2245 16135949 5825 4509 Bangladesh 529 7737562 1373 2162

China 379 4734533 983 1323 Pakistan 192 3521888 498 984 Turkey 109 379641 283 106

Vietnam 29 372882 075 104 Spain 18 59439 046 017

Mexico 18 75746 046 021 Other Countries 345 2771663 871 774

Total 3854 35789303 10000 10000 Source Clarksonrsquos Demolition Database 2002

Note These are some of the major countries involved in ship breaking activity Light displacement tonnage (Ldt) the lightweight is the displacement without cargo fuel lubricating oil ballast water fresh water and feed water consumable stores and passengers and crew and their effects but including liquids in piping Ship Breaking Industry in India At present India has large share in ship breaking industry (OCED 2001) and most of the activity is concentrated in Alang and Sosiya the two villages situated in the coast of Arabian Sea in the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat In India upto the 1980rsquos the ship beraking industry was concentrated in Darukhana yard near Mumbai However the activities were limited as it involved breaking of small-size ships It was in the late 1970rsquos that the MSTC decided to import non-useable ships and consequently the government decided to set up ship breaking yards Ship breaking activities was recognized as a major source of steel supplier for the re-rolling steel plants Subsequently in 1979 ship scrapping was recognized as an industry The initiation of this move was also the growing demand of scrap from the large number of foundries and re-rolling mills The state of Gujarat was one of the states where the demand for scrap was high for meeting the needs of the re-rolling mills Therefore the Government of Gujarat adopted policies in favour of ship breaking and set-up ship

Page 98 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

breaking yards on coast of Gujarat This step was also backed by the reports of various committees that recommended the development of ship breaking activities Gujaratrsquos has been blessed with one of the longest coast lines Besides it also has a long glorious past dated to almost 3000 years manifested by the maritime commercial ties that it had developed with countries such as China Egypt Sri-Lanka Greece African and Arabian countries Following the demand for steel and also the recommendation of various committees the Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) carried intensive survey of the coastal region and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity The GMB as well as the groups of ship breakers endorsed the selection of this site for the following reasons 1 The site falls in the high tide zone where the highest tide reaches upto 10 to 11

meters This is considered to be most favourable for ship breaking activities 2 This site is located in the Gulf of Khambhat and whose harbours are protected

areas during rainy season which allows ship breaking activity 3 The coast of Alang is sloping and has a long dry area which facilities reaching up

vessels 4 The seabed at Alang dries up very quickly even during monsoon thus facilitating

the handling as all kinds of material and equipment 5 The area along the coast as Alang is free from other competitive users like

merchant shipping fishing and even salt work Alang is a small coastal village as the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat dominated by a small population of fishermen and farmers Presently it has turned out to be one of the largest shipbreaking yards not only in India but also in the world The yard stretches over 15 Km and actually covers two yards (Alang and Sosiya) The Alang ship breaking yards have the capacity to break VLCCs and ULCCs vessels a facility not available to any other ship breaking countries in the world Furthermore unlike other countries where the ship breaking activities is capital intensive in India it is labour intensive Being a labour surplus country labour is available in plenty and that too at competitive rate Alang ship breaking yard provides large number of employment opportunities to number of skilled and unskilled labours Moreover there are many other activities and industries which are directly and indirectly dependent on Alang ship breaking yard and the number of such workers directly and indirectly employed is estimated to be in between 15 to 16 lakhs (International Federation of Human Rights 2000 56) This also includes the downstream industries generated by the ship breaking industry such as re-rolling mills foundries oxygen plants local scrap store transportation companies and other small local businessmen and upstream activity such as brokers service sectors

Very Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 160000-320000 Dead Weight Tonnage Ultra Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 320000 Dead Weight Tonnage

Page 99 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

etc A survey conducted by the International Federation of Human Rights (FIDH) found that 100 re-rolling mills are functioning in the area and each generally employs between 80-120 and thus employing about 8000-10000 workers The existing site of Alang-Sosiya ship breaking yard (ASSBY) comprises of 183 plots of different sizes The breakup of these plots is as given below Table 23 which clearly indicate that more than half of the plots are of larger sizes which are used for breaking ships of higher Ldt while the small size plots are used for breaking medium sized ships of lower Ldt All these plots are developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which is also the owner Table 2 Distribution of Plots of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Plot Size Number 120 times 50 Mt 10 80 times 45 Mt 24 50 times 45 Mt 56 30 times 45 Mt 93 Total 183

Source Gujarat Maritime Board Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is an autonomous institution which monitors all the ports of Gujarat and is responsible for the development of ship breaking yard at Alang All the plots are owned by the GMB which lease out the plot to the ship breakers The initial lease period is for ten years which has to be renewed thereafter Upto 1990rsquos the Gujarat Maritime Board played a direct role in the business as it used to buy the vessels from the world market and dispatch them to the ship breakers on first-come first serve basis However with the opening of the markets in the post 1990rsquos the ship breakers compete in the open international market to purchase ships On February 13th 1983 M V Kota Tenjong was the first ship to be beached at Alang Thereafter ship breaking at Alang has grown in number and reached world-class status Table 24 gives the number of ships beached and average ship LDT During 1982-83 5 ships were broken and the average output was 24716 Ldt It was a small but a good beginning of ship breaking activity at Alang In year 1983-84 and 1984-1985 the number of ships broken was 51 and 42 with an average output of 259387 and 228237 Ldt respectively This rise continued till 1987-88 however a sudden decline in the ship breaking activity was recorded in the year 1987-88 but thereafter the activities marked an upward swing Upto 1991-1992 total number of ships broken were 601 and total output was 3514783 Ldt From February 1982 to January 2005 Alang ship breaking yard processed 4135 and total Ldt recovered was 29875654 million tons with an average 180 ships with 1298942 Ldt per year The rise in the breaking activities is attributed to the cost advantage involved in the breaking large ships Alang and Sosiya have become the destination of all type of ships viz oil tankers war ships cruise ships etc that have surpassed their active economic life span Presently it has become the

Page 100 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

largest yard for ship breaking activities placing India on the top of the worldrsquos list in terms of ship breaking activities

Table 3 Ships Broken at Alang Ship Breaking Yard Year No of

Vessels Light Displacement

Tonnages(Ldt) (Million Tones)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

1982-83 5 24716 012 008 1983-84 51 259387 123 087 1984-85 42 228237 102 076 1985-86 84 516602 203 173 1986-87 61 395139 148 132 1987-88 38 244776 091 082 1988-89 48 253991 116 085 1989-90 82 451243 198 151 1990-91 86 577124 208 193 1991-92 104 563568 252 189 1992-93 137 942601 331 316 1993-94 175 1256077 423 420 1994-95 301 2173249 728 727 1995-96 183 1252809 443 419 1996-97 348 2635830 842 882 1997-98 347 2452019 839 821 1998-99 361 3037882 873 1017

1999-2000

296 2752414 716 921

2000-01 295 1934825 713 648 2001-02 333 2727223 805 913 2002-03 300 2424522 726 812 2003-04 294 1986121 711 665 2004-05 164 785304 397 263

Total 4135 29875659 10000 10000 Source Gujarat Maritime Board Economical Benefits India has a demand of 5 million tons of metalsteel But the domestic production is insufficient to meet this demand In this case the ship breaking industry plays a vital role via providing steels More than 350 re-rolling mills have been using scrapped metals from the breaking yard Ship breaking industry is currently supplying about 60 percent of raw materials for local steel industry Almost everything on a ship can be recycled reused or resold The scrapped materials are used as raw materials of steel mills steel plate re-manufacturing asbestos re-manufacturing They can be used as furniture paint electrical equipment and

Page 101 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

lubricants Problems in Ship Breaking Industry Environment Pollution With lots of assets scrapping a vessel provides us tons of waste up to various asbestos noxious substances thou- sand litter oils approximately about 1000 cubic meters of lasting oil too In India vessels are scrapped on open beaches As a result harmful substances have easy access to the environment Substances like Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPrsquos) Asbestosareathreat to both human health and marine environment POPrsquos are highly to xicchmicals that have long term effect on environment These type of pollutants can be distributed easily and pose a threat by accumulating fatty tissue in living organisms ie human body wildlife marine environment In some cases POPrsquos are the cause of death to many lives In old ships asbestos was a used as heat insulator It is often mistaken that the disposal procedure is free from asbestos fibers But the workers all surrounded by this dangerous fiber The workers often handle asbestos particles with bare hands Asbestos is said to be one of the lethal because it cause diseases like asthma mesothelioma (a rare cancer that affects the lining of the lungs chest cavity or abdomen It should be noted that there is a synergistic effect between smoking and asbestos exposure which creates lung cancer [8] Moreover materials such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAHs) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) heavy metals poisonous paint ie Tribtylin (TBT) and some other harmful substances come in contact to the environment and pollute it All these harmful elements are originated from ship breaking yards Recent World Bank research (2010) found soil contamination in beaching sites of India This contamination is indicative of the threats to the environment caused by the practices and improper management of hazardous materials during the dismantling of ships

Workers safety and worker-rightviolation

More than 50peoplesweredeathduetotheexplosionat various sites of Alang between 1990-2003From the data it is clear that there is a lack of safety for labors working in ship breaking yards Most of the labors are uneducated They donrsquot have any knowledge or guidance about their work Hence more accidents are occurring causing serious injuries and deaths The prime accidental cause is the explosion of left over gas and fumes in the tanks Falling from high height is also one of the major accidents Workers intend to cut the side shells at first This kind of practice results in falling of plates from high positions Due to lack of safety measures like measurement devices safety suite ventilation etc serious accident occurs while working in confined space While cutting plates from cargo vessels improper gas freeing and gas monitoring procedures causes serious fire hazards that pose a risk to workers Minor accidents like brushing broken bones while carrying heavy metals cutting due to sharp edge are often occurred every

Page 102 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

nowandtheninshipbreakingyardsLackoffirstaidemergencyexitemergencyresponseandrescueisalsocommon in ship breaking industry in India When a worker dies while working in a ship breaking yard the family donrsquot receive that much compensation from the ship breaking yard But the scenario is different for the local workers Recommendations For the economical development of India ship breaking industry is one of the potential industries One hand it is developing the economical status of India on the other hand it is destroying the environment causing damage to people workers of the ship breaking yards For workers safety a training program shall be arranged by the ship breaking yard Training program must include tasks like- bull Awareness and communication of information about Hazardous Materials bull Job hazard awareness including handling and management of Hazardous materials bull Personal protective equipment bull Fire protection and prevention bull Emergency response and evacuation bull Safety and health training bull Environmental awareness bull First aid awareness

Besides ship breaking yards must have functions like- bull Safe for entry criteria bull Safe for hot work procedure bull Safe for hot work criteria bull Proper health and sanitation programs

Further recommendations are put forward for the better living and working conditions

1 Gujarat State Government and Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) should implement various labor laws in the right earnest Their implementation of rules and regulations in a way will lead to safe working and better living conditions at Alang This can ultimately increase the productivity of labour and also the growth of the industry 2 GMB and the State Government need to take initiative to create proper

infrastructure at Alang as there is total absence of any civic amenities for workers Better working and living conditions in the industry will lead to inflow of better skilled labor Even local labor who keeps away from working in this industry should express preference to be employed in this industry 3 There is a necessity for creation of labor union which can protect the rights of

the workers With the creation of union the bargaining power of the workers would increase and the employers are likely to act more responsibly

Page 103 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

4 The provision of medical insurance and life insurance for workers employed at Alang is of prime importance The provision of medical and life insurance will increase the working conditions of the workers enormously GMB also needs to take initiative for monthly medical checkup for workers 5 GMB should provide requisite training to the workers The workers employed

in hazardous and risk prone activities must be trained and provided with proper equipments The training will reduce the frequency of accidents and increase the productivity of workers at Alang

1 Conclusion Over a period the ship breaking industry has gained one of the top place in the national economy The benefits of ship breaking are enormous in sectors like steel company ship building company small businesses etc Despite having so much benefits the ship breaking industries have some problems ie environment pollution workers safety Environment pollution can be kept to minimum by following international regulations for dumping leftover ship materials Safety issues and health factors of the workers can be ensured by following some strict rules Safety gears like goggles helmets hand gloves face masks aprons should be provided to minimize the casualties To hold the position in world ship breaking India needs upgrade the infrastructure for waste management health issues of workers References 1 Arora R (2000) ldquoLabour Lawsrdquo Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai 2 Aziz A (1984) ldquoUrban Poor and Urban Informal Sectorrdquo Ashish Publishing

House 3 Bailey P (2002) ldquoIs there a decant way to break up shipsrdquo ILO Discussion Paper 4 Barik BC (1987) ldquoUnorganised Migrant Labour in the Textile Industry of Surat A

Case Studyrdquo in Vidyut Joshi (ed) Migrant Labour and Related Issues Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

5 Clifford J Jansen (1969) Some Sociological Aspects of Migrationrdquo in J A Jackson (ed) Migration Cambridge University Press New Delhi

6 Connell J B Das Gupta R Laishely and M Lipton (1976) ldquoMigration from Rural Areas The Evidence from Village Studiesrdquo Oxford University Press Delhi

7 Deogaokar C K (2003) ldquoEvolving a Health Causing Water Supply and Sanitation System-Public-Private Partnerships in a Developing Economyrdquo Proceedings of Third International Conference on Environment and Health Chennai India

8 ILO (1978) ldquoSocial Security and National Developmentrdquo Report of the National Seminar in India New Delhi

9 ILO (1981) ldquoAccident Prevention- A Workers Education Manualrdquo ILO Geneva Vol I amp II

10 IMF-FNV project (2006) ldquoA Survey on Working and Socio-Economic Conditions of Ship Breaking Workers in Indiardquo International Metalworkers Federation New Delhi

Page 104 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 Investigation Mission (2000) ldquoWhere do the Floating Dustbin end up Labour Rights in Ship Breaking Yards in South Asia The Cases of Chittagong (Bangladesh) and Alang (India)rdquo International Federation of Human Rights

12 Justino P (2003) ldquoSocial Security in Developing Countries Myth or Necessity Evidence from Indiardquo Prus Working Paper No 20 University of Sussex

13 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (2000) ldquoA Guide for Ship Scrappers Tips for Regulatory Compliancerdquo Washington DC

14 UNESCO (2004) ldquoImpacts and Challenges of large Coastal Industry Alang-Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard Gujarat Indiardquo Coastal Region and Small Island Paper 17 Paris

15 Upadhyay G (2005) ldquoEnvironmental Problems of Ship Breaking Activity A Case Study of Alang Ship Breaking Yardrdquo National Seminar-Cum-Workshop on Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSUniversity of Baroda Gujarat

Page 105 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CHALLENGES TO EMERGENCY REMOTE

LEARNING IN INDIA AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS

Janetius ST1 Nayan KS2 and Mini TC3 1 Principal and Professor of Psychology St John College Dimapur

2Assistant Professor of Computer Science St John CollegeDimapur 3FreelanceStatistician and Education Consultant Kerala

Abstract The educational institutions across India were shut down due to COVID-19 on March 17 2020 To reduce the inconvenience of students the Indian educational system came with the solution of emergency remote online learning This sudden change of platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning was a temporary solution without any institutional physical psychological and technological preparedness The unexpected situation caused problems to the management teachers and students as well In this backdrop this study was focused on the challenges of college teachers due to this sudden change of teaching mode Collecting survey data from college teachers all over India the sample was set at 90 confidence level and a 5 margin of error The research findings show that the teachers did their best in the given situation to impart knowledge to the students The study also brought out various issues and challenges that the students teachers and institutions faced that need better attention if the pandemic situation continues and the institutions plan to do remote online teaching for a prolonged period Keywords COVID-19 and higher education emergency remote learning college teachers and e-learning online learning preparation traditional vs virtual classroom Introduction and the problem COVID-19 distorted the face of the earth not only economically but also physically Human life has changed a lot as the pandemic lingers around and threatens every sphere of life with no signs of improvement From lockdown and suspension of activities some relaxation in the movements are permitted here and there however signs of quarantine exhaustion are seen everywhere COVID-19 is a pandemic affecting many countries globally World Health Organisation identifies COVID-19 as an infectious disease caused by a coronavirus an outbreak started in Wuhan China in December 2019 A locked up due to lockdown began in the month of March and continues partly or totally for more than four months now in India Pundits predict that this pandemic effect would remain till the end of 2020 The first case of COVID-19 in India came to the attention of the public at Thrissur district of Kerala state on January 30 2020 It is said to have tested in a girl medical student who returned from China with the symptoms of flu with

Page 106 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

cough running nose and fever (Vara 2020) Although many conspiracy theories in America suggest a virology lab in China is the starting point of the disease the global sources identify a wet market in Wuhan - China as the ground zero of this pandemic (Gan 2020) COVID-19 started as an epidemic in China in 2019 began to spread to other countries and continents in the first and second months of 2020 Pandemics and epidemics are not new in human history The first recorded pandemic in human history was in the north-eastern city of Pelusium Egypt often referred to as Plague of Justinian in the sixth century AD recorded by the Byzantine historian Procopius (Orent 2004 GageampKosoy 2005) WHO declared Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic in March 2020 and on the 1st of July 2020 there have been 10357662 confirmed cases around the world including 508055 deaths and India has 585493 confirmed cases with 17400 deaths (WHO 1 July 2020) Although WHO promptly gave strategic guidelines to have a lockdown requesting people to stay at homes wash hands frequently using water and soap or use hand sanitizers wear masks in public places and practice social distancing these are not cures or remedies these are precautions not to get affected by the virus As the pharmaceutical companies are competing among each other to find a medicine for this virus so far no vaccines or remedy medicines available in the market In India as a first preventive measure the government announced the total lockdown on March 25 (Chandrashekhar 2020) This sudden lockdown has affected the higher education sector in the worst possible manner just as other social religious or business establishments As the months stack up in the lockdown the younger generation finds it entertaining spending time carousing their mobile phones connected to the social world find life more comfortable and carefree Some people working in the government sector enjoy life as if they received a bonanza once in a lifetime experience of doing nothing and getting the monthly salary which many dreamed of for years Nevertheless it is a different situation for many people The daily wage workers who became jobless instantly private sector employees who do not get their monthly salaries small scale business that closed partly or fully disrupted all increased the economic liabilities of insecure people The pathetic painful life situations of stranded migrants all over India became a major concern The unpreparedness poor planning and the dismal implementation of the movement of migrant labourers to their hometowns after the initial lifting of lockdown by central and state governments resulted in many unreported deaths all over India (Agarwal 2020 Dutta 2020 Khan 2020) Not bothering much about the root cause of this misery the media hailed some people as unsung heroes who ventured to travel miles and miles by foot or bicycles or any stray vehicles on the road The central government of India announced on March 16 that all universities across the country would be closed to contain the COVID-19 outbreak The ruling came into effect the next day A similar declaration came into force in different countries at different dates some in February some in March and some in April The top-notch education institutions around the globe were easily shifted to online teaching mode and comfortably framed their teaching schedules and online exams as they were familiar with the online system that ran parallel to face to face classroom teaching However the

Page 107 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian educational system came to a standstill due to the non-practise of online learning in educational institutions Since the government suspended all academic activities the higher education sector was confused about the semester classes and exams The suspension announcement came in the middle of an academic calendar in many States and in some States at the time of end semester exams To save the situation many colleges jumped into emergency remote teaching through online mode without any preparation Some institutions instantly associated themselves with NGOs research foundations and other private sector EdTech companies to provide online education to their wards (Wadia 2020) Some small institutions requested their teachers to be in constant touch with the students to help them learn and to teach in every possible way In general the higher education sector in India was not prepared to respond promptly Although not ready for the digital initiative many institutions shifted to the digital or e-learning mode for the sake of doing something Lack of institutional preparedness and investment lack of human resource in computer and internet operations for online learning institutions and individuals jumped into the fray Using the social media platform which is the primary medium of entertainment and social communication a platform commonly polluted and misused for spreading rumours and scandals became a medium of education Education went to the extreme level of disturbance and distortion further when there were demands from various sectors to promote all students without any regular end-semester exams (Sharma 2020) The inability to conduct final exams on the one side the uncertainty of opening colleges on the other side the higher education authorities are further pressured by various student bodies to take decisions for which they were not prepared The University Grants Commission (UGC) formed two committees in the month of April 2020 to deliberate on the issues and outcome of lockdown to avoid academic loss and the welfare of the future of students (Pandya 2020) The local universities and autonomous institutions sometimes became hapless in making any announcements to their students regarding the course of action As the universities were unprepared and unauthorised to take individual decisions in the pandemic situation the whole ruling was done by the UGC which in turn heavily dependent on HRD Ministry for all its announcements The non-availability of adequate internet facility in some towns and villages not having laptops or personal computer by teaching faculty and students in the higher education not having a Smartphone by students all crept in as a complex issue stumbling blocks for every possible meaningful teaching-learning process to continue Even some teachers who own a laptop or computer tried to hide this from their management to avoid serious remote teaching works The undeniable fact that almost all teaching faculty and students carry a Smartphone these days became a source of satisfaction saving the situation and became the ultimate medium of education to many Thus most of the initiative taken by the educational institutions in India were emergency remote teaching not online education per se

Page 108 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Online teaching is a powerful medium of imparting knowledge today After the advent of internet and information technology online teaching has become a well-established educational practice all over the world It originated in the form of a correspondence course in England in the 19thcentury (Rumble 1986) When the railway network became very stable in England learning materials were delivered in the mail which was fast and more reliable and thus correspondence learning became popular (Moore ampKearsley 2011) This mode of learning went further into radio learning when such communication became trendy Furthermore when satellites were launched for the use of education in the western countries and TV lectures and live broadcasting became available distance education became popular among both adult and young learners (Casey 2008) Finally by the arrival of information technology based on the existing strong correspondence and distance learning platform online learning evolved Therefore online education has all the elements of quality learning outcome with a well-designed curriculum as well as evidence-based practices The online teaching-learning process is considered a paradigm shift in the way people teach and learn in the era of information technology Some educationists consider this mode as a more active process of learning in which passive students of the classroom become more interactive and collaborative learners (Nilsonamp Goodson2017) Online learning requires students and teachers to possess computers the Internet facility and the motivation to learn through the non-traditional classroom Similarly it also needs the active involvement of teachers trained in the art of online teaching and the institutional infrastructure (Picciano 2018 Bullenamp Janes 2007) If COVID-19 pandemic prolongs the lockdown situation a serious online teaching initiative is needed and the educational institutions need to be prepared for that The three immediate needs that could be foreseen are institutional infrastructure trained faculty members proper equipment like Laptopcomputer and other audiovisual aids for communication (both for teachers and students) and finally good internet facility across the country Therefore it is a collaborative act of individual students teachers management and the government There is a general perception in India among the public that online teaching is inferior to face-to-face education The quality of online education provided by some universities in India in the name of distance education or correspondence courses in the past has an extremely poor record and tarnished the meaning and quality of remote learning There is an ongoing debate among different sectors whether to consider the degrees of distance learning in par with regular education degrees (Sharma 2015) Although UGC recognises many distance education degrees as valid qualification the programmes that need hands-on training like engineering medicine dental pharmacy nursing architecture physiotherapy and similar programs are not permitted under Distance Learning mode(Kunju 2018 UGC 2018) Some well-designed online courses of universities around the globe provide better knowledge to students and the graduates are better equipped with skill sets than degrees obtained from regular classroom learning from shabby universities In this backdrop of the unforeseen pandemic the study is focused on the emergency remote learning in India and the issues related to that

Page 109 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Objectives COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill in many areas The unprecedented lockdown and the unexpected closures of educational institutions in India forced the institutions to initiate remote online teaching This abrupt change of teaching platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning is neither pre-planned it is a temporary solution Therefore it is presumed that there is no physical and technological readiness from the part of the institutions no psychological preparedness from the part of teachers and students which would pose a challenge to the teachers The study therefore focuses on the challenges and issues related to remote learning done through the online platform from three areas the institution teachers and students

1 What is the institutional preparedness for change to remote online teaching during COVID-19 lockdown

2 Teacherrsquos readiness and effectiveness to remote teaching-learning 3 Studentrsquos response to remote learning perceived by teachers 4 What are the key challenges of the unexpected shift in the mode of teaching

Methodology This is exploratory survey research The data was collected from teachers working in higher education institutions of different states of the country through Google form survey method Convenient sampling was used to collect data As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) by the HRD Ministry there are 1247453 college teachers in India (Ministry of HRD 2014) Based on this universe the minimum sample size for the survey was set at 273 considering 90 confidence level with a 5 margin of error The college teachers who can access the email or WhatsApp communication app were asked to answer 30 item survey questionnaire prepared by the researchers Besides demographic data the questionnaire was focused on the four objectives of the study Further the data were analysed qualitatively as per the objectives of the study Results and Discussion In this section the data obtained from the survey is given below in percentage and results were discussed as per the objectives of the study The following table gives details of some of the demographics

Table 1 Showing the demographic details (n=279)

Gender Age Education Teaching Experience Working Institution

M 491 lt 24 63 Masters 563 lt 3 34 Pvt Col 563 25-34 526 MPhil 16 4-7 286 Pvt Uni 89 35-44 223 PhD 259 8-12 142 G Col 196

F 509 45-54 143 Post Doc 18 gt 12 232 G Uni 71 gt 55 45 Other 8

Page 110 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The collected data comes from both the genders almost equally As for the age distribution 839 per cent of the teachers who responded fall below the age of 45 belonging to Xennials Millennials and Gen Y Therefore they are more prone to the use of computers and information technology than the rest of the elder generation (Belinne 2017) Majority of the respondents (563) have a Masterrsquos degree Only less than 2 per cent of the subjects have a Post-Doctoral degree Concerning the teaching experience of the respondents 23 per cent has more than 12 years of experience and the majority (626) have less than seven years of teaching Few subjects (268) have industry experience also Majority of the teachers work in private colleges whereas 267 per cent in government colleges or universities Out of 28 Indian States and 8 Union Territories there were respondents from 17States and the Union Territory of Delhi There were no data from Chhattisgarh Goa Himachal Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Odisha Punjab Sikkim Telangana Tripura Uttarakhand The participated subjects from states range from 25 per cent to 09 per cent Institutional preparedness Institutional readiness is a particularly important point while turning physical classroom education into digital education The study results show that majority of the institutions were not prepared at the time of COVID-19 lockdown for online teaching Only 313 per cent of the subjects received some orientation for emergency online mode of education Majority of the colleges did not offer any training 482 per cent of the teachers did not receive any training at all However 866 per cent of the respondents expected some basic training from the institution for emergency remote online teaching Regarding the software used or prescribed by the institutions 357 per cent of the subjects reported that no specific platform was used or prescribed by their institutions Only 63 per cent answered that their institution has specialised software used by the institutions which effortlessly facilitated online teaching The common platforms used by the teachers were Google classroom Zoom Video conferencing MS Team and Skype video and chat discussion Although from 2017 UGC had allowed universities to offer 20 of their course material through the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) platform called Swayam and conduct regular online exams for students it was not taken up by colleges seriously and not practised fully As per the free facilities provided by the institution to facilitate emergency remote online teaching 902 per cent of the subjects expressed concerns that no free provisions were given to them Those who received free facilities from their institutions reported laptop free Wi-Fi recording instruments and tab However 47 per cent of the teachers expected from their organisations one or other following facilities internet allowance laptop or a Tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for online mode of teaching Few teachers were desperate to mention that they do not expect any freebees except their regular salary Nearly 75 per cent of the teachers opined that the college needs some encrypted safe software and 33 per cent fear that the intellectual property could be stolen or cyber-attacks can disturb them if no proper encrypted software is used

Page 111 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Teacherrsquos preparedness to adopt remote teaching The readiness of the teachers comes from a few factors Primarily it was assessed by the instruments they possess Most of the teachers have a laptop (82) computers (304) and Tab (152) Almost all the teachers can use computers well 383 per cent of the subjects learned it by certificate or degree course Also the computer use expertise scale is skewed positively between 5 and 9 on the scale of 10 being the highest computer knowledge This result is because most of the subjects of the study are below the age of 45 696 per cent of the teachers find it hard to be fully involved in online teaching Also the majority of the teachers (643) felt boredom and were uninterested without students in front of them This answer shows a lack of training teachers had to shift to this emergency online teaching However 42 per cent believe that it could be made interesting if teachers involve fully More than half of the subjects (527) took extra steps and helped the students for active involvement in the teaching-learning process They used video lessons and other video materials motivational talks continuous regular assignments interactive discussions MCQ surprise quiz and personal contacts to reach out to the students To make the learning process stimulating used video conferencing provided online links to read gave Podcasts PPT slides and requested submission of assignments in video mode Studentrsquos response to emergency online teaching In the opinion of teachers the current level of active involvement (518) and paying attention to the teaching-learning process (616) are acceptable in this situation A good majority of the teachers (848) believe that if the students were given training or orientation for online learning the many problems they faced could be avoided The teachers perceive that studentrsquos education was affected by COVID-19 but they are optimistic that the emergency remote learning would bring excellent results in the students The following graph shows the expected per cent learning happens in the students as per the view of teachers

Figure 1 Showing the percentage of learning benefited by the students due to emergency learning

Majority of the teachers (527) believe the percentage of learning among students would be between 40 to 100 per cent and 152indicated that it is above 60 per cent

1530

323750

1250

270

lt20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 gt80

Page 112 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However 153 per cent of the teachers opined that the learning would be below 20 per cent The main challenges The main challenges faced by teachers in organising emergency online teaching in the colleges could be viewed from three factors Firstly the institutional issues second teacherrsquos concerns and finally student-related issues In the institution-based problems the primary constraint teachers faced is related to infrastructure It means the need for high-end technology and equipment both hardware and software needed for this venture In addition to that the uncertainty of job and income is raised by some faculty members as an issue because the management is confused by the repeated conflicting reports and announcements by the university UGC MHRD ministry state government and central government The higher authorities gave no clear guidelines and the management kept the teachers in a limbo situation in which many private institutions failed to pay the full salary As far as the issues and challenges coming from the faculty members teachers who are trained only for face-to-face teaching mode reported that online teaching is inferior to regular classroom teaching They further opined that the classroom could never be replaced by online education Therefore 643 per cent of the teachers consider lecturing without seeing students face to face is uninteresting There are evidence-based findings that prove that online teaching is not inferior to the regular classroom The belief of the teachers regarding the superiority of classroom teaching also reveals the fact that they lack training and proper orientation for online education Some teachers even think that the online classroom is limited to sharing notes in Google classroom or WhatsApp group Even in emergencies these are not sufficient for imparting knowledge Another challenge identified by teachers is the attitude of students towards learning It is a known fact that not all students are interested in acquiring knowledge There are a good number of students who want to get degrees or diplomas and they are least interested in learning Placing proxy students or copying assignments or quizzes cannot be verified when a proper sophisticated software system is not in use These became constraint for some teachers Also students are not trained or prepared for online classes resulting in less enthusiasm among students for learning during the pandemic emergency period As some teachers suggested the level of motivation among students to acquire knowledge is limited and those who are committed towards academics will benefit quite remarkably from online learning Some teachers narrated that the Indian system of education that focuses on memorising notes and omitting them in exams does not give room for learning concepts in an application-oriented way Therefore online teaching-learning becomes a challenge for both teachers as well as students Another major issue raised by nearly 35 per cent of the respondents is the slow data connection and weak signal strength This issue lies with the Telecom policy of the government and the major service providers It is a shocking fact to know that Telecom network is an issue in the 21st century When the government encourages online transaction to boost transparency in money matters the government should provide

Page 113 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

proper network facility not only in rural areas but also in the cities Therefore the Indian infrastructure development in Telecom affects emergency education services too Conclusion The COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill comma and the unprecedented lockdown forced the sudden closures of educational institutions which in turn initiated emergency remote online learning Therefore there was no physical technological psychological or social readiness from the part of the institution teachers and students The study findings reveal that the teachers expect some essential facilities like Wi-Fiinternet allowance laptop or tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for remote learning from the institutions They also expected some training for teachers and orientation for students on this new platform The findings thus bring out the fact that many higher education institutions were lacking in IT facilities and do not have adequate preparedness to cater to the concept of e-learning Teachers on the other hand despite having computers were not aware of the intricacies of online learning and the usefulness of technology in imparting better knowledge than classroom education However the efforts some teachers put to attract the attention of students were truly commendable The study also brings out the fact that the students need a change of attitude towards online education and how to make use of it for improving knowledge Although UGC and NAAC repeatedly requesting colleges to implement ICT based teaching imparting technology-oriented education is far from reality in the Indian scenario Recommendations 1 Due to the uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic institutions and teachers need to be ready for online teaching 2 Institutions should have necessary infrastructures like uninterrupted power supply Internet with sufficient bandwidth for audiovideo communication and encrypted software 3 Adequate training for staff and students 4 Use of smartphone as the only equipment for virtual classroom limits the vibrant remote learning process Therefore the use of a computer laptoptablet would be ideal References Agarwal K (2020) Not Just the Aurangabad Accident 383 People Have Died Due to the Punitive Lockdown Retrieved on June 26 from httpsthewirein Belinne J (2017) The Care and Feeding of Your Young Employee A Managers Guide to Millennials and Gen Z Amazon CreateSpace Bullen M amp Janes D (2007) Making the Transition to E-Learning Strategies and Issues Information Science Publishing Casey D M (2008) The Historical Development of Distance Education through Technology TechTrends 52(2) 45ndash51 Chandrashekhar V (2020) 13 billion people A 21-day lockdown Can India curb the coronavirus Retrieved on June 22 from wwwsciencemagorg

Page 114 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Dutta A (2020) 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown Report Retrieved on June 26 fromhttpswwwhindustantimescom Gage K L and M Y Kosoy (2005) Natural history of the plague perspectives from more than a century of research Annual Review of Entomology 50505 ndash 528 Gan N (2020) China to lift lockdown on Wuhan ground zero of coronavirus pandemic CNN online edition Retrieved on June 25 from httpseditioncnncom Khan F (2020) Mapping Accidents That Killed Over 100 Migrant Workers on Their Way to Home During Lockdown Retrieved on June 28 fromhttpswwwnews18com Kunju S (2018) Open Degrees Are Equivalent to Regular Degrees UGC Retrieved on June26 from wwwndtvcom Ministry of HRD (2014) All India Survey on Higher Education 2011-2012 Govt of India Delhi Moore M G ampKearsley G (2011) Distance Education A Systems View Belmont CA Wadsworth Nilson L Bamp Goodson L A (2017) Online Teaching at Its Best Merging Instructional Design with Teaching and Learning Research Jossey-Bass Inc Orent W (2004) Plague the mysterious past and mystifying future of the worlds most dangerous disease Free Press New York Pandya J (2020) HRD Minister Asks UGC to Revisit College Exam Guidelines Says focus On Health amp Safety Retrieved on June 25 from httpswwwrepublicworldcom Picciano A G (2018) Online Education Foundations Planning and Pedagogy Routledge Rumble G (1986) The planning and management of distance education London UKCroom Helm Sharma JP (2015) Is an open and distance learning degree substandardRetrieved on June 26 from httpswwwhindustantimescom Sharma K (2020) Colleges could drop plan to conduct offline exams in July as Covid cases rise Retrieved on June 25 fromhttpstheprintin UGC (2018) Public Notice on Recognizing and treating the DegreesDiplomas Retrieved on June 24 from httpswwwugcacinpdfnews5628873_UGC-Public-Notice---treating-all-degreespdf Vara V (2020) Coronavirus in India how the COVID-19 could impact the fast-growing economy Retrieved on June 15 from wwwpharmaceutical-technologycom Wadia L C (2020) Graduating from emergency remote teaching to online higher education in India Retrieved on June 10 from httpswwworfonlineorg WHO(2020) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard updated on July 1 2020 608pm CEST Retrieved on July 1 from httpscovid19whoint

Page 115 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON THE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

Virendra Singh

PhD Scholar SSJ Campus Almora Kumaun University Nainital Abstract

COVID-19 Compassion is not just a virus but a vicious circle of a serious crisis one to ten ten to hundred and hundred to thousand it is spreading one man in The Wuhan must have been infected and today the whole world has been affected by it do not come to your own house we are all inviting it with my own small negligence if it comes to the doorstep of the house Will not go empty handed In these circumstances we should think about how education can be spread to children in all the rural areas of the country where there is no means of telecommunications Millions of students from schools and colleges around the world are joining the class through Zoom although such distance education is not just for the youth it can be very useful for 4 people like us as well The epidemic has brought millions of working Indians to the brink of scarcity by the already widespread social inequality and deepened job and income losses Now we will not only have less food to eat but also the quality of it which will make them far more vulnerable to not just COVID-19 but also to different kinds of diseases The epidemic is not just a biomedical issue but also a social issue there have been indications that the COVID-19 alcohol ism has caused an increase in domestic violence and suicide and death and disease poverty and unemployment are also the essential consequences of the epidemic so not only public health expert economists but also experts in their subject should consult the government with sociologists and psychologists When we look to the future we can expect based on the fact that our population is somewhat young compared to Europe and North America The epidemic in India probably took the lives of fewer people than luck so it is being said that once this passes we will need to re-constitute with re-formations of our economy for far greater protection and caution to our society and our health system Keywords COVID-19 Epidemic Unemployment Rural telecommunications Online Education

The closure of schools colleges and educational institutions due to corona virus has affected the education of 157 crore students in 191 countries of the world which is 913 percent of the total students enrolled at various levels This information has been revealed in the study of UN Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) It said that the most impact of the closure of the school is affecting the students and girls of the disadvantaged sections

Page 116 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

According to UNESCOs global monitoring study of school closures due to COVID-19 an estimated 1575270054 students (learners) in 191 countries have been affected by 14 April 2020 The number of girls in it is 743 crore According to the World Banks education team the corona virus (Corona virus) Covid-19 epidemic poses a risk of very poor education outcomes He has said that if no aggressive policy is adopted it will have a very bad effect on the education and health of children and youth World Bank experts have said that even before the epidemic the world was going through an education crisis and had already deviated from the path of achieving the goals of Sustainable Development Goal Under the Sustainable Development Goal for all countries commit to among other ambitious goals that all girls and children complete free equal and quality primary and secondary education He said the epidemic has already had a profound impact on education as schools are closed almost everywhere in the world this is the biggest setback for all education systems in our lifetime The damage will be further aggravated when a health emergency turns into a deep global recession The World Banks education team said it is possible to counter the setback and turn the crisis into an opportunity The report states the first step is to successfully withstand school closures This can be done by protecting health and reducing the harm to students using distance education Also countries need to start planning to reopen schools This means preventing students at school from dropping out of education ensuring healthy conditions at school and using new technologies to promote rapid learning in key areas once children return to school More than a million people have been infected with Covid-19 and the number of deaths from it is 283 lakhs In the wake of the epidemic all the educational institutions were suddenly stopped so that the Corona could be protected from infection after which all the institutions made a commendable effort to run the teaching work at their home by using Google Meet Zoom etc with the help of internet for teaching In spite of all the difficulties people are able to work through this medium in the meantime various Webinar are also getting a lot of possibilities for academic action and this digital medium has been used for infinite possibilities while teaching from the Internet the teacher also has to be ready His work becomes an account of his class video and his text content may be used later it is also possible to improve and expand a particular kind of creativity in doing such work A primary student is attending his class through a laptop or mobile in a village in Uttar Pradesh several 100 kilometers away from Delhi He is talking to the teacher and reading not only the teacher the student also has to pay attention during the class period because all is transparent and there is no option to engage in educational work so that new dimensions are also added

Page 117 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Taking online education as an opportunity to use it on ideal education can give a positive direction to compulsion virtually online education is in both alternative and complementary roles The work started several years ago some of the measures provide one-sided information but there are many who give active participation to the student who is using it Of course the teachers behavior gestures and social differences are also not possible to reach the opportunities that the students give to them to learn but the difficulties with the teacher such as his unavailable can also be overcome by not preparing properly for the classroom or behaving unfairly with the students etc In independent India the network of educational institutions has expanded yet the satisfaction of ministrations in every sector has not been provided and the centers which are there face all difficulties in their operation when we consider that the number of school-going children has grown exponentially the problem looks even more formidable It is constantly being experienced that there are many hurdles in the way of meeting the needs like school building teacher textbook hostel and library and a certain level of quality required in teaching work

Red tape is legal difficulty due to the vandalism of permanent elements etc most of the educational institutions have been battling continuously for many years meanwhile institutions with systems below standard levels also spread like mushrooms for other reasons The private sector has been flooded with institutions ranging from nursery and primary to university which are charging arbitrary fees some are good in terms of quality Some of them are good in terms of quality so a large number of standards do not meet the result is that both students and parents have started spreading discontent so the number of certificates that pass the exam has increased The number of such certificates has increased but there is also a shortage of qualified candidates in terms of capacity and skill etc in this skewed environment of demand and supply in the academic business the system of distance education has shown a new path

The National Institute of Open Education and IGNOU have taken a flexible stand in the system of formal education but have not compromised in terms of quality there have been good results in such a system which is being found to be satisfactory and the qualifications and capacity of the students are being found satisfactory Many state governments have also set up universities for distance education But the mental stress of adolescent studentrsquos increases greatly when even those who get good marks do not get admission in the next class in such an environment important work has started under the National Mission on Education of Information and Communication Technology which has the most ambitious programmed called self It provides for conducting 2000 courses which are available to both formal and informal students of school college and university level

Page 118 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The study on the emerging dimensions in the field of education after the passing of Covid-19 said Due to Covid-19 epidemic more people are studying in digital medium and short duration courses are also becoming popular Huh These changes are causing difficulty but they are also showing examples of innovation in the field of education This indicates that the impact of digital medium is going to be long lasting in the academic world

According to a study conducted by Pearson after the corona virus epidemic and its ensuing lockdown schools and colleges will have to invest in sustainable technical infrastructure in which the training of teachers will be focused on the skills of working in a digital environment and higher educational institutions The examination will be conducted online through traditional methods London-based Pearson is a leading global service provider of schools and students in the field of academic publishing and testing The study said Digital medium will be used more to study in schools and colleges Use of apps and email like WhatsApp zoom team will increase to achieve educational goals Academic institutions will develop such infrastructure in which teachers and students will be able to read and study while remaining outside the academic campus Institutions will invest in such permanent technical infrastructure through which quality online education can be imparted According to the study conducted on the basis of the methods being adopted in different countries higher educational institutions will evaluate students through online instead of traditional methods of examination Work Cited httpkhabarndtvcomnews httpwwwindiacom httpswwwwhoint

Page 119 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REVIEW ON NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING

RELATED TO DEPLOYMENT MODELS AND CLOUD SERVICE MODELS

T Srajan Kumar1 K Bharath Reddy2 E Lingamurthy3 Vignanrsquos Institute of Management and Technology for Women Ghatkesar Hyderabad

Telangana India ABSTRACT Cloud computing technology is a better and unique way for modern era The reason for cloud computing is different kinds of resources are shared on network platform The resources are storage servers power consumption security and other computing infrastructure in several multiple locations which are connected by network For many cloud computing applications are completely depends on network performance and security So it is a key issue for any cloud computing performance with good results Keywords- Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Deployment Models and Service Models 1 INTRODUCTION In the cloud when an application is submitted for its execution needy and suitable resources are allocated from the collection of resources as all these resources are connected through the network the cloud user will get their required results So cloud computing has four deployment models we consider those important aspects relate to the cloud and their accessibility from the view of network connectivity [1] [3] 11 CLOUDCOMPUTING Cloudis another name given as a network or internet Cloud Computing is the process of resource sharing for online applications It provides huge space for data storage Cloud computing is a platform independent [1] [5]

Page 120 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING For many cloud computing applications the network connectivity performance will be the key issue for good results over cloud Cloud computing has various deployment options we now consider the important aspects related to cloud deployment models and their accessibility of network connectivity [2] [5] 21 Public cloud access network connectivity In these public cloud access network connectivity though some cloud providers are able to support virtual private network VPN for Users While accessing the public cloud will always creates an issue related to security and performance One of the possible approaches can be maintained for security and performance is the network connectivity should be in encrypted tunnels The data can be exchanged through the pipes via secure fashion without any problems The procedure may be overhead in the connectivity if we want to reduce the delay in time without any compromising we have to select good routing protocol or suitable routing methods for any transiting hops The end-to-end connectivity is provided between the cloud provider and cloud consumer

22 Private cloud access networking connectivity In these private cloud accesses network connectivity the cloud is among organizational network and the technology approaches are local to the in-house networking structure In this virtual private network is provided for services In an organizational network structure application submitted for execution is properly done Some private networks have been architected for on-premise application and security 3 CLOUD DEPLOYMENTMODELS Cloud deploy models are essential for any cloud services which are divided into four types [2] [5] ie 31 Public CloudModel In Public Cloud Model cloud systems and services are accessible to public Public cloud is a type of shareable storage services Eg Microsoft Google Email

Page 121 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] CostEffective [2] Reliability [3] Flexibility [4] LocationIndependence [5] HighScalability

Disadvantages [1] Low Security [2] Less customizable

32 Private Cloud Model In Private Cloud model cloud systems and services are accessible within an organization It can be internally managed or by third- party Private cloud is a type of dedicatable storage services Eg Meeseva ERP etc

Advantages

[1] Higher Security and Privacy [2] More Control [3] Cost and energy efficiency

Disadvantages [1] Restricted Area [2] Inflexible Pricing [3] Limited Scalability [4] Additional Skills

33 Hybrid Cloud Model The Hybrid Cloud is a combination of public and private cloud Critical activities are performed using private cloud and non- critical activities using private cloud

Page 122 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Scalability [2] Flexibility [3] Cost Efficiencies

Disadvantages [1] Networking Issues [2] Security Compliance [3] Infrastructural Dependency

34 Community Cloud Model In Community Cloud model cloud system and services are accessible by group of organizations It shares the infrastructure between several organizations It can be internally managed or by third-party

Advantages

[1] Costeffective [2] Sharing Between Organizations [3] Security

Disadvantages

[1] Since all data is housed at one location therefore one must be careful in storing data in community cloud because it might be accessible by others

4 CLOUD SERVICEMODELS There are three cloud service models They are

[1] Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)Model [2] Platform as a Service(PaaS)Model [3] Software as a Service(SaaS)Model

Page 123 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

41 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure to deploy or implement any software on the computing resources which are provided by the service providers The infrastructure underline the following things are compute network load balancer and storage are managed by the service providersUsing server virtualization the above resources are made available to end client or customerIaaS provides access to resources such as [3] [4] [1] Virtual machine disk storage [2] Virtual local area network(VLANs) [3] Load balancers [4] IPaddresses [5] Softwarebundles [6] Physical and virtualmachines Advantages [1] Portability [2] Interoperability with Legacy Applications Disadvantages [1] Compatibility with Legacy SecurityVulnerabilities [2] Virtual MachineSprawl [3] Robustness of VM-levelIsolation [4] Data ErasePractices Characteristics [1] Virtual machines with pre-installedsoftware [2] Virtual machines with pre-installed Operating Systems such as windows Linux

andSolaris [3] On-demand availability ofresources [4] Allows storing of particular data in particularlocation 42 Platform as a Service (PaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure offers development amp deployment tools that are required to develop applications and run time environment for applications Some of the popular PaaS providers include Google App Engine Red Hat Open Shift etc

Page 124 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Lower administrative overhead [2] Lower total cost of ownership [3] Scalable Solutions [4] More current system software

Disadvantages

[1] Lack of portability between PaaS clouds [2] Event Based Processor Scheduling [3] Security Engineering of PaaS applications

43 Software as a Service (SaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure it refers to software that is deployed on a host service and is accessible via internet Software as a Service (SaaS) model provides applications as a service to the end users Applications

[1] Billing and Invoicing System [2] Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications [3] Help Desk Applications [4] Human Resource (HR) Solutions

Characteristics

[1] SaaS makes the software available over the internet [2] They are available on demand [3] They can be scaled up or down on demand [4] They are automatically upgraded and updated

Advantages

[1] Modest Software Tools [2] Efficient use of Software Licenses [3] Centralized Management amp Data [4] Platform responsibilities managed by provider [5] Multitenant solutions

Disadvantages

[1] Browser based risks [2] Network dependence [3] Lack of portability between SaaS clouds

CONCLUSION This paper discussed the definition of cloud computing network connectivity in cloud computing deployment models and service models It also address the challenges and issues in cloud computing In spite of these limitations cloud computing has many advantages and is used in many businesses purpose

Page 125 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REFERENCES

[1] httpsazuremicrosoftcomen-inoverviewwhat-is-cloud-computing [2] httpswwwtutorialspointcomcloudcomputingindexhtm [3] httpsawsamazoncomwhat-is-cloud-computing [4] httpswwwinvestopediacomtermsccloud-computingasp [5] httpsCloud-Computing BooksEssentials of cloud computing(2015)

Page 126 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY OF SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT OF GIFTED SECONDARY

SCHOOL STUDENTS OF VIJAYAPUR DISTRICT IN RELATION TO THEIR SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT

1Smt JyotilaxmiMIrasur and 2ProfVVMalagi

1Research Scholar and 2Professor Department of Education Karnataka State Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University

Vijayapur Abstract In the present investigation an attempt has been made to study the Scholastic Achievement of gifted secondary school students in relation to their School Adjustment The sample consisted of 600 gifted students studying in 9th std secondary school students of Vijayapur District The Academic Achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and School Adjustment Inventory for School Students by Dr AKP Sinha and DrRPSingh was used to collect the data from the sample subject The statistical techniques used are Differential analysis Mean SD correlation T-test ANOVA and Regression analysis The result shows that the gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with low and high School Adjustment have different scholastic achievement scores The gifted boy students have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of rural schools have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district have different School Adjustment scores Key words School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement Introduction In the present society education is widely understood as an important factor scientific and economic development of a nation The importance of achievement in educational institutions is a matter of great social salience and concern It has now become an imperative for educationalists to ensure maximum achievement of all students enrolled for higher education both for the benefit of society and for the individual himself In spite of the numerous reforms those are being made for maximizing the academic achievement of pupils in educational institution The research topic aims to clarify the concepts of School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement of the students and provide some insight into a topic which teachers and parents are likely

Page 127 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

to encounter It may be also even to embrace for their children to remain successful and competitive in this new knowledge era Man is a social animal He is sensitive enough to adjust to his environment Adjustment is process by which the individual tries to have cordial and co-operative relationship with his surroundings Adjustment can be understood as both process and the outcome of that process in the form of some attainment of goal When a poor child studies under the candle light because he has no lighting arrangement at home he is said to be in a process of adjustment What he attains in terms of success in his examination or the fulfillment of his ambition or pride in his achievement is nothing but the result of his adjustment to his self and his environment Thus adjustment as an achievement means how the potency with which an individual can act in changed circumstances and is as such related to his sufficiency and regarded as an achievement that is attained either badly or well Adjustment as a process describes and explains the ways and means of an individualrsquos adaptation to his self and his environment without reference to the quality of such adjustment or its outcome in terms of success or failure It only shows how individuals or a group of people cope under changing circumstances and what factors influence this adjustment Gifted students learn differently from their peers They learn and understand new matter in a very a smaller amount of time They distinguish facts and concepts at more concrete and difficult levels than do their peers They are more interested in definite topics and have complexity in moving on to other learning tasks until they feel contented that they have learned as much as they probably can about their zealous interest Lastly gifted students are able to execute on many different levels of concentration so without paying direct and visual attention to them they can monitor classroom activities and they should have opportunities to function at more advanced levels of complexity and depth and to tie their own passionate interests into their schoolwork

Scholastic achievement is the criterion for selection promotion or recognition in various walks of life the attention of educators are being increasing down to it In the present study scholastic achievement refers to the marks obtained by the students in different subjects and also their performance in other activities are considered It is defined as the desire to excel regardless of social reward and the desire of wining or doing better than someone else Scholastic Achievement is defined as success in completion with standard of excellencerdquo This is also defined as the desire to exceed regardless of social rewards Objectives of the study 1) To identify the gifted students studying in secondary schools of Vijayapur District 2) To find out the relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment among the secondary school gifted students of Vijayapur District 3) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to gender (girls and boys) 4) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to locality (urban and rural)

Page 128 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

5) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur city with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) 6)To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to medium of instruction (Kannada and English) Hypotheses

Ho1 There is no significant relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district Ho2 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to gender (girls and boys) Ho3 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to locality (urban and rural) Ho4 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) Ho5 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to medium of instruction (English and Kannada) Variables Independent variables is school adjustment Dependent variable is Scholastic Achievement Limitations The present study was confined to 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Methodology The study was designed to find out Scholastic Achievements and School Adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District The study conducted on sample of 600 students of 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Stratified random sampling technique was employed Tools The scholastic achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and school adjustment tool was prepared by the investigator Statistical Techniques used Mean SD correlation T-test and ANOVA were used for calculating and for analyzing the data Analysis of data

Page 129 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table-1 No significant correlation between scholastic achievements with school adjustment of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Table-2 No significant difference between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Sex Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Boys 1736 329 Girls 1810 336 598 27149 19600 lt005 S Table-3 No significant difference between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Rural 1750 255 Urban 1793 380 598 15390 19600 gt005 NS Table ndash 4 No significant difference between Kannada and English medium gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Kannada medium 1744 307

English medium 1818 365 598 27112 19600 lt005 S

Table ndash 5 No significant difference between gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Managements Government Aided Unaided

Average 1668 1823 1834

SD 238 37 354

Government -

Aided P=00001 S -

Unaided P=00001 S P= 09281 NS -

Variables

Correlation between scholastic achievement with

r-value t-value p-value

School adjustment 07410 269818 00001S

Page 130 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

From the table 1 it can be seen that a significant and positive relationship was observed between school adjustment and scholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district From the table 2 it can be inferred that a significant difference was observed between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 3 it can be seen that a non significant difference was observed between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 4 it can be seen that a significant difference was observed between gifted students of Kannada medium and English medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 5 it can be seen the gifted students of aided and unaided secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of government Major findings

1 The higher or lower in school adjustment supports in increase or decrease thescholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

2 The gifted boy students have significant lesser school adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

3 The gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district have similar school adjustment scores

4 The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district

5 The gifted students of aided and unaided secondary schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of government secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Conclusion The secondary school gifted students with high school adjustment have higher scholastic achievement scores as compared to students with low school adjustment The girl gifted secondary school students have significant higher school adjustment as compared to boy students The gifted students of urban secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of rural

Page 131 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

References 1 Advanced general Psychology course-I lesson I-20 MSc applied psychology

Annamalai University press 2 Afshan (1991) MPhil Edu Univof Kashmir A study made on gifted rural and

urban girls their vocational interests and creativity Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

3 Aggarwal Kantaprasad-(1988) PhD Edn Jamia Millia Islamia Investigated the types of schools and corresponding factors as predicators of creativity at secondary level surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II(1988-92)

4 AggarwalJC ldquoEducational Research an Institutionrdquo New Delhi- Arya Book Depot

5 Basabtia JM and MukhopadyayaD(2001) ldquoEffects of Environmental Factors on Achievement a study on Rural Studentsrdquo The Educational Review Vol144NoIINov2001pp201-204

6 Bhaskar Rao D Somasuraya Prakash Rao ABhuvaneswaraLakshi G (2004) The Educational Review Jan2004 387 9th cross Mahalaxmin Layout Banglore-560086

7 BestJohnW ldquoResearch in Educationrdquo Fourth Edition New Delhi Prentice Hall of India (1977)

8 ChadhaNK and Chandra Sunanda-(1990) A study made on creativity Intelligence and scholastic achievementIndian educational Review Vol 25(3) 81-85 Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

9 DandpaniSldquoAdvanced Educational Psychologyrdquo Anmol publications PvtLtd New Delhi 1 1002

10 SK Mangal- Advanced Educational psychology second Edition published by Asoka G Ghosh prentice Hall of India Pvt New Delhi 110001 (2007)

Page 132 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADVANCED MACRO MODIFIED TEXTURAL SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SYSTEM

Jitendra Khatti[1] Prof Kamaldeep Singh Grover[2] PhD Research Scholar Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[1]

Professor Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[2]

Abstract ndash Soil classification is a method and system of identify classify and nomenclature of soil which is based on particle size and consistency limits There are many soil classifications are present ie AASTHO classification system MIT classification system HRB classification system Indian soil classification system USDA soil classification system Unified soil classification system and many others These all present available soil classification or classification systems are consisting of limitations Due to these limitations a new soil classification is required to develop The developed new soil classification is named as Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System This classification system is based on sum of percentage weight retained and percentage weight retained of soil particles The first coarse ndash grained textural triangle is introduced by advanced macro modified textural soil classification system The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is made by coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle and middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of properties of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle This classification system also introduced the twenty ndash four nomenclatures of soil Keywords Middle ndash Grained Triangle Percentage Weight Retained Ultra ndash Sand Soil Particle Coarse ndash Grained Triangle 1 Introduction In this universe everything is divided or classified by their properties or formation or formation process Similarly the soil is also classified and these classifications were introduced by numerous scientists and organizations Scientists and researchers introduced the two types of classification of soil on the basis of field or research area ie agricultural soil classification and mechanical or engineering classification The present available soil classifications or classification systems are Massachusetts Institute of Technology System Textural Classification System International Classification System Unified Soil Classification System Indian Soil Classification System US bureau of Public Road Association and AASTHO classification systemEvery soil classification or classification system is consisting of limitation The Indian soil classification system introduced many terms to define soil ie Well Graded Soil Poorly Graded Soil and Uniformly Graded Soil These terms of classification of soil were not well defined and given statements were not also cleared A statement ldquoWell graded soil is a soil Which is consisting of good representation of all the particlerdquo was given for well graded soil The good representation of all soil particles may be based on physical

Page 133 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

appearance or parentage weight of particle of particles Unified soil classification system introduced the dual classification of soil but the criteria of dual classification was not cleared The textural classification system was introduced for classifying agricultural soil These limitations showed the geotechnical engineering is requirement a new soil classification system 2 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System On the basis of limitations in present available soil classifications or classification systems a new soil classification system is required to develop For the better classification of soil a classification of soil is proposed and it is named as Advance Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the concept of percentage weight retained of soil particles This classification system is introduced twenty ndash four types of classified soil The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is shown in Fig 1

Fig 1 ndash Advanced macro modified textural soil classification system 21 Size of Particles and Their Designations The proposed advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of six soil particles ie gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay The particle size of gravel more than 20mm sand 20mm to 01mm ultra ndash sand 01mm to 002mm silt 002mm to 20microns clay 20microns to 02microns and ultra ndash clay less then to

Page 134 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

02microns are introduced by international classification system The sand particle is sub ndash classified as very coarse coarse medium and fine sand Similarly silt and clay particles are sub ndash divided as coarse and fine ndash grained particles 22 Development of Triangles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles are known as coarse ndash grained particles and remaining soil particles (silt clay and ultra ndash clay) are known as fine ndash grained particles By the overlapping of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle another triangle is evolved and it is named as middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particle 221 Coarse ndash Grained Triangle The coarse ndash grained triangle is evolved by gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The coarse ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 2 with classification of soil

Fig 2 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle 222 Fine ndash Grained Triangle The fine ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash clay particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The fine ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classification of soils The fine ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 3 with classification of soil

Page 135 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 3 ndash Classification of soil by fine ndash grained triangle 223 Middle ndash Grained Triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is formed by the overlapping of coarse ndash grained triangle and fine ndash grained triangle at fifty percentage weight retained of soil particles The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particles The silt and clay soil particles are arranged at left and right axis of triangle respectively The sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle respectively Similarly the sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of triangle The middle ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classifications of soil The middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 4 with classifications of soil

Fig 4 ndash Classification of soil by middle ndash grained triangle

Page 136 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A triangle is formed by three axes hence the middle ndash grained triangle is further sub ndash divided as upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle a Upper Middle ndash Grained Triangle The upper middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The upper middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 5 with classification of soil

Fig 5 ndash Classification of soil by upper middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt sand and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 50 to 100 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and the axis of silt and sand is scaled from zero to fifty percent b Lower Middle ndash Grained Triangle The lower middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The lower middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 6 with classification of soil

Page 137 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 6 ndash Classification of soil by lower middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt clay and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 0 to 50 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and axis of silt particle is scaled from zero to fifty percent

3 Method of Classification of Soil The classification of soil is based on the sum of percentage weight retained of soil particles Each triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of three soil particles If the sum of percentage weight retained of these three soil particle is higher as compared sum of percentage weight retained of other set of three soil particles the classification of soil is done by triangle of higher sum of percentage weight retainedThe advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the star key method In the classification system the rays are drawn with respect to next axis of triangle in clockwise direction If star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle the ray of gravel is drawn with respect to axis of ultra ndash sand ray of ultra ndash sand is drawn with respect of axis of sand and ray of sand is drawn with respect to axis of gravel particle For the classification of soil the following steps are given below ndash i Take a 1000gram soil specimen now put this soil specimen in sieve set of

advancedmacro modified textural soil classification system and cover the top sieve by lid

ii Now put the sieve set on the sieve shaker and start sieving for 5 to 6 minutes After sieving of soil specimen determine weight of soil specimen for particular

Page 138 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

sieve or sieve size by weighing machine or balance The weight of soil specimen is known as weight retained of soil specimen or particles Now the percentage of weight retained of particles is calculated

iii After calculating percentage weight retained of soil particles the percentage weight retained of particle for coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle A triangle is selected for classification of soil which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of soil particles

iv Now the selected triangle and classification of soil is drawn The rays are drawn in selected triangle with the help of percentage weight retained of soil particles These rays are met at a point which is known as STAR KEY

v The classification of soil is done by star key and the method is known as star key method

vi If a soil is consisting of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt soil particle The classification of soil is done by middle ndash grained triangle While classifying the soil the percentage weight retained of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt particles are re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained The rays star keyis drawn for re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of soil particles

4 Results A soil specimen is tested in geotechnical laboratoryFrom the test results of soil specimen the specimen is consisting of maximum quantity of gravel particles The percentage weight retained of soil particles of soil specimen is calculated in Table 1 Table 1 ndash Calculation of Percentage weight retained of soil specimen Particle Name

Retained

Sum of Percentage Weight Retained of Soil Particles

Recalculation of Wt Retained of Coarse ndash Grained Particles

Coarse Fine Upper Lower Gravel (G) 44

86

51 Sand (S) 24

52

28 Ultra ndash Sand (Us)

18

32

21

Silt (Ms) 10

14

- Clay (C) 4 - Ultra ndash Clay (Uc)

0 -

From the calculation the percentage weight retained of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay particle are determined as 44 24 18 10 and 4 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper

Page 139 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle is calculated as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle is higher as compared other triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification Hence the classification of soil is done by coarse ndash grained triangle The percentage weight retained of particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is re ndash calculated for hundred percentage weight retained The axes ofcoarse and fine ndash grained are ranged from zero percent to hundred percent The percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand is re ndash calculated as 51 28 and 21 respectively For the classification of soil the star key is drawn by the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles The star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle and it is shown in Fig 8

Fig 8 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle (star key method) From Fig 8 it is observed that the classification of soil specimen A is done as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend Here blend is presenting the mixture of soil particle which is formed by sand soil particles

5 Discussion From the study of present available soil classifications and classification systems it is observed that the classification of soil is not done by US Bureau of Public Road Association MIT classification system International Classification System because these classification or classification system is defined range of particles size only The USDA soil classification system is used for agricultural soil classification If a soil is evolved by coarse ndash grained particle hence the classification of soil is not done by USDA soil classification system The Indian soil classification system is not classified soil on the basis of quantity of soil particles or mix state of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is introduced the ldquohow a soil is classified on the basis of quantity of particle and mix state of soil particlesrdquo In

Page 140 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

advanced macro modified textural soil classification system it is also observed that the classification of soil is done by soil particle which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained 6 Conclusions From the experimental results and study of different soil classifications and classification systems the following conclusions are mapped ndash i The range of size of sand silt and clay particles were introduced by MIT

classification system US bureau of public road association classification system international classification system but the classification of soil was not introduced by these classifications or classification systems

ii AASTHO classification and HRB classification was developed for classifying the soil for pavement design The soil particles are classified as per requirement of pavement

iii Indian soil classification system introduced dual symbol system but the symbol system was not described for combination of coarse and fine ndash grained particles

iv The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced the classification of soil on the basis of quantity of particle or percentage weight retained of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced fifty classifications of soil

v From the test results of soil specimen A it has observed that the percentage weight retained of coarse fine upper and lower middle ndash grained triangle has determined experimentally as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively It is also observed that the coarse ndash grained triangle is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of gravel particles The axis of each particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is ranged from zero to hundred percentage Hence the percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles is re ndash calculated for hundred percent From the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles the soil has classified as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend

From the conclusions it is summarized that the advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on percentage weight retained of soil particle as well as on quantity of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is sophisticated classification of soil References Casagrande A (1948) ldquoClassification and Identification of Soils Transactions ASCE

Vol 113 901 ndash 930 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Annual Book of ASTM Standards D

2487-83 04 08 American Society for Testing and Materials 1985 pp 395 ndash 408

Page 141 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian Standard Classification and Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purpose (First Revision) IS 1498 ndash 1970 Edition 22 (1987 ndash 09)

Jitendra Khatti Prof N P Kaushik Prof J K Sharma Prof K S Grover ldquoModified Textural Soil Classification Indian Geotechnical Conference 2018

Krumbein W C Aberdeen Esther (April 1937) ldquoThe Sediments of Barataria Bayrdquo Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 7(1) Retrieved 11 May 2014

Sieve Analysis and Particle Analysis - Grand Solution Manual SJ Soft Technologies 2008 October 13 2009

Dr K R Arora Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Seventh Edition - 2011) ndash ISBN ndash 81-8014-112-8

Dr B C Punmia Ashok Kumar Jain Arun Kumar Jain Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Sixteenth Edition ndash March 2005) ndash ISBN ndash 81-7008-791-0

Page 142 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

सहयो य यापकः स कत वभागः

घाटालरबी शतवा षक महा व ालयः घाटालः प मम दनीपरः

प मव गः भारतबषः

भिमका वालित श दष कोमलता न धताप व तामौिलकता च व त प पस शवालः क याः एकः अन यसाधारणस ः य मन अना वलान द व त स ण यथा मा य िथत भबित त त प रवार प य मा य या प वाल एव स ससशः यन ससार य ीव भबित पर त नाटक च र िमद कदाच िमलना तकप रसमा ः कदाच ना यगितव ौ कदा प वा ना यो कषवधनाथ योजन भबित एता शाना िशशच र ाणा त मन ना य क योजनिम य म वषय अ ालो यत मया व मोवशीयम प रवा-ऊव योः िमलना तकिमद प चा क विश नाटक कािलदासन िथतम नाटक या य प चमा क तयोः स तान स गः कािलदासन चम कार पण उप था पतः ldquoअस तान व वजिय वा य न कम प शोचनीयम rdquo(प चमा कः) ndashअ याथः इयमनप यता यतीतः त य शोकः ना त अनन ायत यत नपः प रवा अप क आसीत अन तर कािलदासन स गम णहरण वषयमप था पतम य वलासवती य याः अ सरसः ललाट थर व पम णः एकन शकनन मासख ड म वा अप तः तदथ नपण उ म ndash ldquoर िमित न म त मन मनौ य व वह गमा ः यया तना थ सख स गमनीयन स गिमतःrdquo इित ( ५५) अ याथः वहगन अप त त मन मणौ मम आ हः ना तपर त अनन म णना यतमया सह मम िमलन सघ टतमासीत अ ः नप य समीप र य यवहा रकम याप या िमलन य

हत पण त य म यमप रसीमम त अतः यन तन उपायन नपण र ः ई सतः अनया नप यो या कािलदासः वािभ ाय य च रताथ कतः अतःपर यत वाण व ः शकनः य मन वाण ो दतासीत ndash

ldquoऊवशीस भव याय मलसनोधनभतः कमार यायोषो वाणः हत षदायषाम rdquo इित ( ५७ )

अ याथः ऊव याः गभजात य प रवसः च ऒरसजात य कमार य आयसः अय वाणः अर णामाय यकार अतः कािलदासः वहगन र ापहरण वषयम था य माता पत या सह स तान य िम नमाग य सगम कत च त अनन कारण आयसः वशलितका दाना तर कािलदासः अय वषय क चत अ ातत यम थापयित यथा यवनमिनना लािलतम आयः त च आ म त य जातकमा न ान भबित तद र तत आयः घटना वाहन प रवस िनकषा उप थत भबित पर त अ मन थल आयसः च र ोप थापन य भतकारणािन स त यथा ndash

Page 143 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

१) आयच र वना प रवसः दय अनप यतायाः क ात अप य नह य रसिस ः न भ बतमहित ndash

ldquo वा पायत िनपितता मम र मन वा स यव ध दय मनसः मादः स जातवपथिभ झतधयव ndash

र छािम चनमदय प रर धम गः rdquoइित ( ५९) प ाभावात िमकप रवसः च र कदा य प पता पण न कािशत भ बतमहित

२) आयच र वना त य दय पतर ित गभीर नहः यथा य न भ वतमहित तथव द घ व छदात अनाका त वषय ित त य अक मभावावगः अ प न य ः भ वतमहित ndash

ldquo य द हादिमद वा पता ममाय सतोऽहम यित उ स गविधताना ग ष भवत क शः नहः rdquoइित ( ५१०)

आयसः दय नहाभावात पतर ित त य व षस ः भ वतमहित यन नाटक कदा प िमलना तक न भ वत पारयित पनर प िन वकारिच य आयसः नाटक न योजन भवत

३) आयसः च र ाभावात स गमनीयमणः स गः अ योजनीयः भवत यतः म ण-च र ौ पर परयोः प रपरकौ

४) नाटक आयस आ म व कमकत यत अथात त तन वालकन एकः शकनः वाण व ः भबित ndash ldquoगह तािमषः कल ग ः पादपिशखर िगलीयमानो ल यीकतो वाण य rdquoइित ( प चमा कः )

अनन कारणन यवनन स आ मात व ह कतो भवित अ मात ायत यत ततकाल आचायगह व ाजनकाल प ादय य हनन पापमासीत

५) प रवा यथाथ पण वषवत वरनप ासीत इित न कवल कािलदासन पर त आयसा अ प व यत ndash

ldquo नाहित तातः प गवधा रताया ध र द य िनयोजित rdquoइित ( प चमा कः ) आयसा ई श पत वशषणन द घ व छदाद प र स ब धः न कदा प िम या भवित इित कािलदासन कािशतम त ६) कािलदासन आयसा सह महाभारत य कण य एकः सामी यः वीक या प ना य य

योजनात क चत प रवतन सघ टतम त ततीया क वग ऊवशी ित इ य शतः ndashldquoय मन व भावािस व त य म रणसहाय य राजषः य करणीयम सा व प रवस यथाकामम यावत स प र स तानो भबतीित rdquo(ततीया कः ) अथात प रवसा स तान य मखदशनपय त भबती त य नप य इ छानसारतः स वतमहित अतः य द ऊवशी म य प रवसा सह थातिम छित त ह प य स गः नो था पतो भ व यित एतदथ ऊव या जात णादव आयः प र य मासीत अ य मन दिश मा ा क या अ प कणः प र य ः आसीत यतः स कानीनः लोकल जा च तया स प र य ः अतः य त प याग य हतः वा यवाधकता एव आसीत इित य य अिभ न वम

Page 144 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

माता पत या सह प य िमलनन य वष यम त कणन माता य ा भबित अिभमानात पर त आयसा त य पतरौ गह तौ भबतः ाभावादव ई शन वशा शन एव नाटक य िमलना तकप रसमाि भबित

७) कािलदासन आयसः स गाभावात चतथा क एव ना यसमाि ः भ वतमहित यतः पवरागः मलनन व छदन वा समाि भवित तदथ नाटक या य ग धमादनपवत ऊवशी-प रवसोः मलनात थमा क एव पवराग य िमलना तकप रणितभ वतमहित अ प च चतथा कपय त नाटक कदा प नाटखपदवा य न भवित यतः नाटक य ल णम ndashldquoप चािधका दशपर त ा का rdquoइित एतदथ कािलदासन अव यमव प चमा क कािचत घटना सयो जत या पर त िभ नका हनीमसयो य तन आयसः च र मप था पतम ततीया क इ य शतसाय य वात

८) आयसः च र मप थापनन प ीकतिमद यत स तान य ज मनः अिभशाप य च व ा तािन ऊव या ातािन न त प रवसा एतदथ शरिन पका रणः ना नः आ रा ण ाना तर प रवा वा ो भबित तदा तनो म ndash

ldquoआ वलपयोधरा लबलीदलपा डरानन छायम तािन िनदािन वपरभत कवलमालस ण त याः rdquoइित ( ५८)

अ याथः अय कित दन यावत त याः (ऊव याः ) तना भागः आ वलः मखका तः लबलीफ़लस शा पा डवणा ह तवलय थः अभबन पर त व ा तिमद यवनन ातमासीत ndashldquoिनयातय ह यासिमित rsquoवचनात महाराजात व छदभयात ऊवशी ज म हणमा व प व ालाभाथ भगवतः यवन य आ म महामा यायाः स यव याः ह त सम पतवती ndashldquoमया महाराज वयोगभी तया जातमा एव व ागमनिनिम भगवत यवन या मपद आयायाः स यव या ह तऽ काश िन ःrdquo ndash प चमा कः

) अ ऊव याः समीप कत य य धान पण ितभातम त थमतः पती िनकषा जीवनाितवाहनम तीयत यथायो य थान प य सर ा अतः य प

प याग प कम ग हत तथा प उ कत यपालनाथ ना य योजनात ऊव याः दोषिमद मा म अिभ ानशक तलम कािलदास य अमरका य स ा क विश नाटकमिभ ानशक तलम य सवदमननामक य िशशच र योप थितः यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमव ना य या य ितपा म अ य नाटक य थम अ क क वा म द य तशक तलयोः पवरागः ऋणम य अ गर यकदानम ह तव ा तन च य य णक व छदः तीया क द य त- वदषकयोः कथोपकथनम रा द य त य च तपोवनात

गमन यासः ततीया क द य तशक तलयोः गा धव ववाहः रा दर करणाथ च द य त य गमनम चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम ना शक तला ित दवाशसः शापः क व य च िनदशात श गरव-शार ता या सह शक तला द य त य गह षणम प चमा क द य तन शक तला या याता क तलायाः सती व माण व वध वधान दान सानम या च शक तला गह वा अ यीभवनम ष ा क धीवरव ा तम अ गर यकदशनन द य त य म य ाटन त य च वलापः स मा क मार चा म

Page 145 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

शक तला सवदमनम द य त य च मलनम अतः ना य य स मा क एव िशशच र य उप थापन कत ना यकारण यथा नद सागर पितत सित पण व ा ा भबित तथव शाक तलनाटक य नद स शः षडा कः सागरस श स मा क पिततो भबित य सवदमन एव सागरस गमः अ म नाटक अ य िशशच र य योजनम त िन न पम

१) नाटक य ततीया क लताक ज शक तला-द य तयोः िनभतालापान तर क वा म य सािधकायाः गौत याः आगमनात य य व छदो भबित गौत या च सह शक तलायाः गमन कत सित नपणो म ndashldquoकथम य निमत न च बत त rsquoइित ( ३२२) अथात कना प उपायन आननो ोलन कत अ प च बत न पारयािम िशशच र य उप थ या रा ई श य कथन य अस यता मा णता भबित यतः य द त काल द य तः च वतम प न पारयित म त ह कथ अय िशशः जातोऽभबत क च वन वना तयोः मलन अभबत रा ा कामशा य ई शम ल घनमस भवम

अ य मन दिश तयोः गा धव ववाहः मा णतो भवित अनन िशशना यतः गा धव ववाह वषय मनना उ म ndash

ldquoइ छया यो यसयोगात क याया वर य च स त गा धवः व यो मथ यः कामस भवः rdquo इित ( मनस हता ndash ३३२) )

यो ववाहः वरक ययोः स मितपवकः ग जनानाम ात स प नो भबित स एव गा धव ववाहित क यत अतः िशशना एव एतत मा णत भबित यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमभबत

२) चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम नया अ गर यक ित िन परतया शक तलया कोपन वभाव य मनरागमन अ ातम त तदथ सा दवाससा अिभश ा ई शः वा यः ndash

ldquo विच तय ती यमन यमानसा तपोधन व स न मामप थतम म र यित वा न स वोिधतोऽ प सन

कथा म ः थम कतािमव rdquoइित ( ४१) अथात य विच य म स शमप थततप वी तया अवमािनतोऽभबत तन वम म वत व मता भ व यित अतः अनन शापन वहघटना सघ टता भ बतमहित यथा ndash क) द य तन शक तला आजीवन या याता भ बतमहित ख) पनः सा क वा म यावतन कत पारयित ग) सा आ मघाितनी भ बतमहित घ) सा समाज कलटानार पण ितभाता भ बतमहित

पर त शक तलायाः स तानस भा यतया व ा तिमद असामा य पण पयविसत भबित एतदथ उपय व ा ताना स भा यता स वऽ प अपरा घटना सघ टता ता यथा ndash

क) अिभशाप य िनरसनाथ मारकिच दशन यत शक तलया द य त य नामा कतात अ गर यकादशनात द य त य पवव ा त व मरण भबित

ख) ऋ षकमारा याम प शक तला आ ममानयनाथम वीकता अभबत

Page 146 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ग) प वश य राजपरो हतनो म दवबा यानसारतः द य त य थमस तान राजच व ल णय भ ब यित तदथ स तान य ज मनः परमव हण वजन वा य करम

आतसिशशायाः म यादागतः सयालोकः यथा क भ वा कागज द त त पः सभाम य थाना सवषा स दहः शक तलायामग छत यन त याः दय अपमानानलन द ध भबित अतः स मा क राजच व ल णय य सवदमन य उप थ यामव शक तलायाः कल किमद मोचन भबित

घ) सोमतीथात यावतनादन तरमव क व आकाशभा षत श द वा जग क याणाथ शक तलया द य त य तजधारणस दश ातोऽभबत ndash

ldquo द य तना हत तजो दधाना भतय भवः अव ह तनया न नगभा शमीिमव rdquo इित ( ४४ )

तदथ िशशच र ाभावात अशर रछ दोमयीवाणी िम या अभबत ङ) ष ा क धीवरव ा तात पर घटनाच स मा क द य त मार चा म वश सित

िसहशावकम पीडनरत वालकमक वा त य दय अप य नहः जाग रतो भबित ndashldquo क न खल वाल म नौरस इव प न ित म मनः ननमनप यता मा व सलयित rsquo( स मा कः )

अतः सवदमन य उप थतौ वत कत य द य तच र य वा स य मः जाग रत भबित शो णतस व ध य च ाधा य मा णत भबित य त द घकाल यवधानऽ प िम या न भवित

च) कािलदासन सवदमनच र नो था पत सित नाटकसमा भ बतमहित अ य मन दिश िशशच र य वक प व प कम प अ यव ा त अ य नाटक य ई श माहा मदान कत न श नोित

अतः अनन कारण माणीयत यत न कवल कािलदासीयसा ह यष अ प च स कतसा ह यष इमािन च र ा ण न कवल च र पायनाथ स ािन तषा योजनीयता अ त सहायक थाः अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः अिनलच वसः- स कतप तकभा डारः ndashकिलकाता अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः स यर जनव ोपा यायः- स कतव डपो ndashकिलकाता स कतसा ह यस भारः ndashडः गौर णाथशा ी ndashनवप काशनम

Page 147 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 148 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 149 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 150 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 151 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 152 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 153 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 154 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 155 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 156 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 157 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 158 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 159 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 160 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 161 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 162 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 163 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 164 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 165 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 166 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 167 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 168 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES MOOCS FUTURE OF E-LEARNING

HIGHER EDUCATION PLATFORM IN INDIA

1DrAbdul Jalil and 2Iftikhar Islam 1Librarian Rupahi College

2Department of Political Science Rupahi College

Page 169 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 170 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 171 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 172 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 173 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 174 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 175 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 176 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 177 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 178 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 179 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 180 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 181 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 182 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 183 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 184 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 185 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 186 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 187 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 188 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 189 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 190 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 191 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 192 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 193 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 194 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 195 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 196 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 197 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 198 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 199 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 200 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 201 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 202 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 203 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 204 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 205 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 206 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 207 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 208 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 209 of 209

Page 3: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:

DrSV Lakshmana Rao Coordinator AP State Resource Center Visakhapatnam DrSKannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar Chidambaram

Dr B Venkataswamy HODamp Associate Professor Dept of Telugu PAS College Pedanandipadu Guntur India DrE Ashok Kumar Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University Shillong

DrKChaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology Peoplersquos Republic of China

DrSandeep Narula Dept of Management Sciences IIHMR University Jaipur Dr BipashaSinha S S Jalan Girlsrsquo College University of CalcuttaCalcutta Prof N Kanakaratnam Dept of History Archaeology amp Culture Dravidian University Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr K John Babu Department of Journalism amp Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir Kashmir DrTVRamana Department of Economics Andhra University Campus Kakinada DrBarada Prasad Bhol Registrar ISBM University Chhatisgarh India

DrTon Quang Cuong Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education VNU Hanoi

Prof Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of PunePune

Prof Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad Serbia ProfShobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College Bijapur ProfJoseph R Jayakar Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad Prof Francesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences University ofSapienza Rome Prof Mehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics Iraq Prof RonatoSabalzaBallado Department of Mathematics University of Eastern PhilippinesPhilippines Satheesha H Mettu University Mettu Ethiopia DrJBChakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati DrNi Luh Putu Agustini Karta Department of Tourism TriatmaMulya Institute of Economy Bali Indonesia

copy Editor-in-Chief IJMERreg

Typeset and Printed in India wwwijmerin

IJMER Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought

C O N T E N T S

Volume 9 Issue 7(3) July 2020

SNo Page 1 New Interpretations of Buddhist Art Special Reference to

Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Ravi Kumar Kodali

1

2 Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace Ouseppachan P A

13

3 A Study on the Role of Tourism Advertising and Exploring their Possibilities in Indian Context with Special Reference to North East Prabhat Kumar

18

4 Intrepriting Bharat Leela An Amazing Folk Dance of South Odisha

Bhagaban Sahu

25

5 Adolescents Addiction to Smart Phone and Its Remedies Cyma Anjum and Bina Kumari

31

6 The Effectiveness of Antipsychotics in Schizophrenia D Udayakumar and V Raja Babu

35

7 Insolvency Framework for Financial Service Providers (FSPs) Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal

41

8 Covid-19 and Unpriviledge Class An Analysis Hajra Masood

45

9 Suicide Cases and Causes Reported in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

Faridullah Rahiq Li Xiguang Muhammad Rehman Azizaqa Zahed Khalil Ahmad Pashtoonyar

Bashir Ahmad Taseer Ahmad Shah Wazir and Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil

52

10 COVID-19 Economy in Jeopardize Gurpreet Kaur

87

11 Problems in Ship Breaking Industry of India A Case of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Hrudanand Misra

95

12 COVID-19 Pandemic and Challenges to Emergency Remote Learning in India an Exploratory Analysis

Janetius ST Nayan KS and Mini TC

106

13 Impact of COVID-19 on the Student Development Virendra Singh

116

14 Review on Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Related to Deployment Models and Cloud Service Models

T Srajan kumar K Bharath Reddy and E Lingamurthy

120

15 A Study of Scholastic Achievement of Gifted Secondary School Students of Vijayapur District in Relation to Their School Adjustment

JyotilaxmiMIrasur and VVMalagi

127

16 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System Jitendra Khatti and Kamaldeep Singh Grover

133

17 कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

143

18

148

19 A Study of Shock Wave by Rusanov Method Shailesh Nath Pandey

159

20 Massive Open Courses MOOCS Future of E- Learning Education Platform in India

Abdul Jalil and Iftikhar Islam

169

21

180

22 G Vivekananda Swamy

185

23

189

24 Study on Stock Market and Mutual Fund Margvi Aggarwal

196

25 Novel Corona Virus ( Covid-19) A Survey of Journals and Organization All Over the World

Shivani Griwan and Lalit Kumar

204

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6514(2020)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

NEW INTERPRETATIONS OF BUDDHIST ART SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO AMARAVATI AND NAGARJUNAKONDA

Mr Ravi Kumar Kodali Research Scholar

Andhra University Visakhapatnam

The art of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had its beginnings during the

Mauryan period In due course of time the art flourished under the different patronage of art lovers besides the contributions made by the various sections of the society The carvings at Amaravati reached a climax and excelled the art of Barhut Sanchi and western Indian Rock-cut caves etc The style of Buddhist art reached its climax in the various carvings at Amaravati and there by justified in being called the Amaravati school of art During the period under consideration it became a normal trend to adorn the stupas with beautifully carved panels on pale green or white limestone Only a few stupas have retained a few panels while at Amaravati the panels are not only large in number but also varied in nature The school of Amaravati art later on spread across Nagarjunakonda Kesanapalli Chandavaram Jaggayyapeta etc

The present study is look into new interpretations of Buddhist art in Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Many scholars attempted to reveal the rich art and architecture of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda but it still incomplete The idea of art and motives which exists in pre and protohistoric sites like cave temples open temples are unreadable and incomplete why because we can read the physical form of art and architecture but not sentiment of our ancestors Here we attempt to evaluate and codified the Buddhist art with two references with the help of new techniques and interpretation in metropolitan cultural dimensions Keywords Amaravathi Nagarjunakonda Art and Architecture Buddhist art

The earliest art of Amaravati can be seen across the granite rail particularly on the uprights The registers included the Triratna symbol a Vriksha chaitya and a Stupa on outline These are dated to 3rd century BC on the basis of the associated cross-bar which is inscribed Particularly in the carvings of the stupa in outline one can see characters of graphic art It is from these initial beginnings the Amaravatiart records strides of development as seen in the sculptures of the limestone stele and the Yaksha figures which are presently displayed in the Archaeological Site Museum at Amaravati The stele is all the more important because it records in six scenes the events connected with the life of Buddha from Vaishali to his final Mahapariniruana at Kusmagara Most of these scenes are appended with label inscriptions which is a practice very common at Barhut On the second face of the stele the buildings at Sravastf are depicted along with the story related to Anadhapindika The story goes to say that Anadhapindika purchases Jetavana from prince Jeta for the construction of

Page 1 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Gandhara Kausambhi and Karerikut etc for the residence of Lord Buddha On the third face of the stele the river Krishna is represented as flowing water flanked by multi-storeyed structure provided with stair case Also a vaulted structure with massive pillars and other structures having chaitya arches and a pavilion are all carved inside a railing The structural complex may as well belong to the Vandanamagoshti

In general the art on the stele bears close resemblance to the art of Suhgas as seen across the panels of Barhut In some aspects particularly while showing structures isometrically the Amaravati artisans exhibited a lead The other sculptures like the Elephant the Yaksha and the Stupa figures indicate flatness in form and angularities recalling examples from Barhut Datable to 1st century BC are the panels which included the adoration of the Bodhiuriksha at Bodhgaya and the scene related to the Mahabhinishkramana These figures are characterized by shallow reliefs besides flat and plump limbs They maintain smiling faces They had turbans crowned over the head and the human bodies are decorated with heavy jewellery These features are common to the sculptures of the Sunga period available at Barhut and Sanchi Comprising of a harmonious blend of the Suriga art form we have a few art pieces at Jaggayyapeta

However the Jaggayyapeta examples appear slender and tall compared to similar examples of Amaravati In both the cases angularities and linear features are common It is held that these figures have some comparable features to the Chenchu population of the Krishna valley In the Buddhist tradition kingship was idealized as the Universal Monarch The panel of Chakravartin recovered at Jaggayyapeta depicts a motif of this kind In this panel the seven emblems of his supremacy namely Wife Horse Minister General Elephant Wheel and the Star are arranged on either side of a standing male figure representing the Chakravartin From the top of the panel a few coins descend symbolically stating that a righteous king at his will can cause showers of food cloth jewels and coins According to a set of scholars the Chakravartin represented in this panel is no other than Mandhate of the Jataka stories The story goes to suggest that excessive greed on the part of the Chakravartin resulted in his downfall In this panel the central figure representing the king is carved with elongated arms flat body and the arrangement of the various members of the panel are out of balance Almost to the same time of 2nd and 1st centuries BC are the representations of the worship of the Bodha tree and the stupa at Rarnagrama identified at the stupa of Chandavaram Also belonging to the same time is the stupa at Dhulikatta where panels representing the worship of the stupas the great renunciation and the panel representing the Buddhapadas being sheltered by Muchalinda Naga are noticed An interesting panel representing a Srivatsa symbol from which a number of lotus shoots emanate has been reported from the stupa at Kesanapalli this panel also bears similarity with the early panels of Amaravati After the early additions the Mahastupa of Amaravati began to be embellished with many more panels across the drum and the dome These additions can be dated to the time of the later Satavahanas The earlier railing which was humble in nature is replaced by a majestic and granite railing during this period The railing itself is also decorated with a number of panels The name of Sivasri appears on the railing probably suggesting that the work was done during the time of SivaskandaSatakarni

Page 2 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

During the Mature phase of the Amaravatiart the later Satavahana rulers like VasisthiputraPulumavi Sivasri and Yajna Satakarni were ruling the region During the later Satavahana period the coping above the railing was decorated in all fullness On the outer face of the coping stone men and women are carved as carrying a long meandering garland In the intermediate spacersquos representation of Stupa Wheel and Bodhi-tree are carved with a view to fill in the gaps The garland is so carved that it is emitting out of monsters flanked by makaras and dwarfs On the interior side of the coping a number of scenes related to the life of Buddha and the Jataka stories are carved

The uprights or the Three are decorated with medallions consisting of full-blown lotus half lotus and the Pumaghata Images of Lions are crowned above the coping close to the gates Just opposite to the entrance facing the entrance itself the drum of the stupa is provided with panels representing either the Foot-prints of Buddha or the Dharmachakra On the stupa proper the drum-slabs are decorated with highly ornate stupa representations alternated by the panels of Dharmachakra Occasionally the panels constitute representation of the four miracles performed by Lord Buddha The four projections of the drum in the cardinal directions are crowned by five ayaka pillars

Across the anda portion or the dome of the stupa there are three registers of sculptures exhibiting skill in all its excellence The top most register is characterized by panels representing the Trisula motif The immediate lower register is characterized by a number of panels depicting variously scenes related to Buddhist lore Some of such scenes included the First Sermon of Buddha at Saranath representation of a Chakravartin the Ramagrama stupa the Dharmachakra etc Also a number of Jataka stories and the events connected with the life of Buddha are carved in the middle register At the bottom of these panels a number of running animals are carved Also each register is separated from the other by friezes of flowing creepers During this phase datable to the Satavahana period the art of Amaravati reached its highest watermark The carvings on the panels gain more depth and roundedness compared to the earlier phases Panels appear to be throbbing with life The composition included men and women with youthful appearance The central figures are surrounded by groups of men and women in activity The scenic location are also indicated in some of the panels by representing entrance gates locations inside a palace or streets The concept of space is well understood by the craftsman In a number of panels men and women are crowded around a central figure in a parabolic way This is in contrast to what we find at Barhut and Sanchi We know that in a number of panels of Barhut and Sanchi human beings are represented one above the other in a tiered fashion usually flanking on either side or at the bottom of the central figure of the theme In contrast at Amaravati inside any single panel all the figures are grouped as if drawn to the central figure which usually is a symbolic representation of Buddha or the figure of a king or the image of Buddha itself It is interesting that some of the figures are shown in three quarter profile People in the foreground are some times carved with their back towards the onlooker Also in a few other panels in front of the central theme people are represented as if in a kneeling position worshipping the Buddhapadas In certain cases the figures show the hip in back view and the torso in profile Thus the Mature phase of

Page 3 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Amaravati art is characterized by three-dimensional representation of the various flexes and twists of the body

ldquoIt is this arrangement of figures and settings in a number of planes that distinguishes Andhra art from the Mathura Sanchi or other schools and this is attributed to the Roman influence for Maisolia was a hinder land of Roman trade from the 1st century AD

In general the figures carved are slim and prominent they have long legs and light body The standing postures are vibrant with dynamism Whether it be an animal motif or a human being in a scene the figures are full of life and graceful expression Some of the scenes connected with the life of Buddha included the adoration of the begging bowl of Buddha the meeting of Gautama with his wife the submission of the mad elephant Nalagiri etc The choicest Jataka tales sculptured in panels included the Vidurapandita the Vessantara the Champeyya etc Also the worship of Buddha in the form of a Flaming-pillar has become a novel feature of the Amaravatiart All these features sculptured on panels unconsciously convey the greatness of the Paramita of Buddhism Among the Mahasarighikas the Caityakas were responsible for the worship of Buddha in the form of an image The genesis of this trend can be traced to the second half of 1st century or the beginnings of 2nd century AD Though the Buddha is conceived in human form symbolic representation of him continued in the form of a Lotus in a vase a Pillar crowned by Lion capital an Empty-throne Foot-prints Pillars crowned by Wheel a Stupa and finally a pillar of Fire the Bodhitree crowned by the event related to the crossing of the river Niranjara by the Buddha individual Relic-casket as the focus of worship is known from Amaravati At Sanchi a flame of fire is associated with the meditating Buddha In one of the panels on the east gateway of Sanchi the miracle of the serpent in the fire temple at Uruvela is represented In this Buddha is represented as a Flamming fire or torch In contrast to representing the Buddha in the form of a flame or torch as at Sanchi the craftsman at Amaravatiadopted a Flaming-pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra and Trident symbol with an Empty-throne and Foot-prints in the foreground as a symbolic representation of the Buddha in the panel representing the event connected with the presentation of Rahula At Nagarjunakonda belonging to a slightly later date Flamming-pillar symbolically represented the presence of Buddha in the Nalagiri episode carved on an ayaka-panel Apparently the artisans under the direction of the Caityakavadins or in general the Mahasarighika school followed the theme associating fire with Buddha as prescribed in the DighaNikaya

ldquothe flaming pillar which symbolizes the idea that the Buddha sat on sodhimanda where Agni (fire) emerged anew as part of the suns powerrdquo

At Amaravati the first sermon of Buddha at Saranath is represented by a pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra In the foreground a cushioned Emptythrone representing Buddha is depicted The panel is flanked on either side by chouri bearers and a large number of devotees At the base of the throne a deer is represented symbolizing the event at Saranath and in the top portions Lions are represented In this panel the Buddha is however not represented in human form It is of interest to note

Page 4 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

that at Amaravatiseated Buddha in the lsquoDharmachakraPravartanamudrarsquo is not represented in human form

In due course of time the artists of Amaravati on the dictates of their patron sanghas have produced the images of Buddha These images are tail and heavy Their bodies are covered with heavy draperies exhibiting prominent folds of (Uttara) Sanghati The common mode of representation of Buddha is with the robe covering the left shoulder and the left forearm is bent up with a view to holding the robe while the right arm is in Abhayamudra There are cases where in both the shoulders of Buddha are covered with a cloth with multiple folds In either case the toga-like garment is reminiscent of the Roman impact on the images of Buddha In addition to the images of Buddha we have icons and images of Bodhisattvas In panels they are represented either in seated or standing positions with a prominent halo behind their head Some of the images may be identified as Bodhisattva Padmapani belonging to 2nd century AD From the village of Goli a similar image of Bodhisattva Padmapani is reported which shares some common features with similar images at Nasik and Mathura

Nagarjunakonda Art The art of Nagarjunakonda has been studied by many scholars after its initial

discovery followed by retrieval of many more pieces through the excavations A critical analysis of the art of Nagarjunakonda indicated that lsquothe general atmosphere of allegiance and sophistication of passionate gaiety and animation of conscious grace and dolorous dalliance and sometimes even of exuberant abandon and trembling unrest all unmistakable evident in the Andhra reliefs of this period - have also been noticed again and again When compared to the joyful and animated reliefs of Bodhgaya Barhut and Sanchi the art exhibited at Amaravati and more particularly at Nagarjunakonda is sensuous and mundane and exhibit the innocent joy in life This is in contrast to the physical charm perceivable in the Yakshus of Mathura and to some extent Barhut and Didarganj When compared to Sanchi and Mathura the art of AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda is passionate and sensuous representing a Mature phase

This also shows a change in the aesthetic vision technical exuberance and changing ideals of beauty It has been stated that the transformation in the art is from the stable and permanent to the transient and mobile The change is in tune with the artistic development from Barhut to Amaravati there is along the arrow line of time a story of evolution along a straight high way laid down by the art itself from the epigraphical record of Nagarjunakonda we understand that the art was patronized by members of the sangha the ladies of the royal and noble families who were attached to the Buddhist order Also a monastic establishment at AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda represent a transitional phase in Buddhist ideology and thereby the art is a reflection of that

The reliefs of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda along with those at Goli represent a physiognomic composition of men and women comparable to the description given for the progressive type of the Chenchus This aspect is evident in the representations of the human beings of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda across the well-built frame and slim and springy physiognomic forms of men and women Particularly the busts of women are slighter and softer and the lips thinner and narrower much as we find amongst Chenchu women Also slender and tall with elongated legs tapering

Page 5 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

downwards particularly standing in an abhangapose with the entire weight of her body resting on her right leg as such the female form is mastered by the craftsman In some cases the physical form was able to express the psychological state of men and women In a general way we may say that linearism dominated the human sculptures with all grace and charm Each sculpture human or animal throbs with life The human figures are present in each scene in all possible poses and attitude Some of them express high tension while others elegant languor

ldquoIndeed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda of the Satavahanas and the Ikshvakus men and women were no longer the innocent children of nature they had blossomed into full blooded youths and myths and legends of the religion they belonged to had become but the vehicles of their own visions and experiencesrdquo

In the art of Amaravati two streams can be seen one is of refined elegant courtly and sophisticated while the other is simple easy and spontaneous Even in the friezes of animals represented at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda we find dynamism in its fullness In the terracotta art of Nagarjunakonda the impact of Roman art is clear Even at Yelesvaram some of the terracotta figures suggest Roman impact in the treatment of the faces expressions hairdo etc In general the art of Nagarjunakonda over takes the one we find at Amaravati under-current of experience gained at Bodhgaya Sanchi western Indian caves and Amaravati can all be felt in the panels of Nagarjunakonda It is also stated that the faces of men and women at Amaravati are slightly oval while those at Nagarjunakonda are rounded

ldquoThe Art of Amaravati is an Art of experience the Art of Nagarjunakonda is an Art of statement yet both belong technically and the point of view of craft to the same levelrdquo The most interesting aspect of the art of Nagarjunakonda is the Mithuna couples They are sensuous and in various poses The masculine grace and the feminine charm expressed in them indicate a fine workmanship In certain aspects some of the rectangular reliefs of the Nagarjunakonda which are elaborately carved with roundness in form recall examples of ivory work At Nagarjunakonda a large number of sculptures representing Buddha have come to light They have been variously employed as decorative images to the stupas and independent images as well The monastic establishments at Nagarjunakonda particularly under the patronage of AparaMahavinaseliya sect has established the worship of Buddha in human form During this period the human form of Buddha finds placement in the narrative panels besides being icons of worship in the Buddha-chaityas In general these artistic t adventures are dated to the period of the rule of the Ikshvakus of Srfparvata- Vijayapurf In general the images of Buddha here range in height from 2 to 4 meters Most of them are standing images holding the hem of the garment with the left hand and the right hand representing Abhayamudra

In general the images possess more body mass than their counterparts at Amaravati Also images with the Sahghati covering both the shoulders are not much favoured at Nagaijunakonda Besides the events connected with the life of Buddha a large number of Jataka stories were depicted in panels adorning the stupas In general characters the compositions of the themes appear more animated The figures in general are taught and slender In some of the panels representing motifs related to amorous

Page 6 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

scenes wine drinking wrestling guards etc we find a clear impact of the presence of Sakas at Nagaijunakonda Some of the representations included guards with a beard and long hair covered by a pointed helmet They are usually represented in heavy tunics trousers and boots Some of the best representations of this kind can be seen in the Indo-Scythian figures carved on pillars constituting the palace area of Vijayapuri

The art of the Ikshvaku times is also to be seen at various places like Goli

Uppugunduru Chandavaram Gummadidurru Nelakondapalli Alluru Namburu Jaggayyapeta Ghantasala Chinaganjam Buddam Rentala Garikapadu etc The Buddhist art of the post Ikshvaku period can be seen in the stone and Bronze images of Nelakondapalli Sankaram Amaravati Salihundam Guntupalle etc However the Bronze images of Avaloketesvara and Siddhartha from Nagarjunakonda and the images of Buddha from Nelakondapalli and Buddam represent classic pattern of the images As the art of Nagarjunakonda and Amaravati have influenced the later art forms of the Vishnukundins Salankayanas the Pallavas etc this art is called the Andhra art The recent excavations at Kanaganahalli not far away from Sannati in Karnataka have brought to light a number of sculptured panels They belong to 2nd-3rd centuries AD and show definite sign of the impact of Amaravati-Ndgarjunakonda art style It is interesting that a number of epigraphs of Kanaganahalli mention the name of Dhanyakataka Even in the western Indian Rock-cut examples we find definite signs of Amaravati style of art Particularly in the painted compositions of Ajanta we find a definite sign of Amaravati mark on the postures and grouping of figures

The Buddhist art of the lower Krishna valley influenced the South East Asian

Buddhist art particularly the standing images of Budha with heavy physique and the robe covering the forearm along with the Abhayamudra of the right arm have influenced the art of South East Asia Also the Uma a circular mark on the forehead of the images of Buddha of Krishna valley along with a topknot of the hair have been adopted by the South East Asian Buddhist establishments The Bronze images of Buddha excavated in Celebes and in Malaya along with the Pong-Tuk Bronzes of Thailand datable to 5th Century AD recall features common to the Buddha images of Amaravati At Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka particularly the Runaveli stupa is adorned with images of Buddha which received similar influence

The rock paintings at Sihagiri dated to 5th Century AD are abound in images

of Buddha which received similar influence Thus the Buddhist art that was developed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had a deep impact on the art of South East Asia and Srilanka

The Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda reliefs tell stories in the most sublime

way their superb composition tantalizes the viewer with associative thinking whose meanings we often cannot read But we need to hope that one day we will fully understand them

Page 7 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PLATES

Sarvaṃdada jataka rail pillar (detail) Amaravati c 3rd century AD

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail pillar (detail) Amaravati 3rd century AD

Page 8 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail coping (detail) Amaravati c 1stndash2nd century AD Government Museum Chennai

Page 9 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century ce Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda

Seven scenes from the life of the Buddha drum frieze Nagarjunakonda late 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjuakonda

Page 10 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Sarvaṃdada jataka fragment Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda Reference Barrett DE 1954a Sculptures from Amaravati in the British Museum

London Barrett DE 1954b The later school of Amaravati and its influences Arts and

Letters (Journal of the India Pakistan and Ceylon Society) 28(2) 41ndash53

Becker C 2009 Remembering the Amaravati stupa the revival of a lsquoruinrsquo in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 267ndash87

Bopearachchi O 2008 Sculptures of Amaravati tradition in Sri Lanka Journal of the Asiatic Society 50 1ndash26

Cole HH 1882a Memorandum of the present condition of Amaravati tope in Madras India Home Proceedings Archaeology June 1882 (BL IOR P1681)

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nāgārjunakoṇḍa and Amarāvatī Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Burgess J 1887 The Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayapeta in the Krishna District Madras Presidency Surveyed in 1882 Archaeological Survey of Southern India 1 London (reprinted Varanasi 1970)

Dimand MS 1928 Two Indian reliefs of the Amarāvatī school Bulletin of Metropolitan Museum Art 23(10) 238ndash44

Howes J 2002 Colin Mackenzie and the stupa at Amaravati South Asian Studies 18 53ndash64

Howes J 2009 The colonial history of sculptures from the Amaravati stupa in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 20ndash37

Page 11 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ghosh A and Sarkar H 1967 Beginning of sculptural art in south-east India a stele from Amaravati Ancient India 20ndash1 (1964ndash5) 168ndash77

Gupta SS 2008 Sculptures and Antiquities in the Archaeological Museum Amarāvatī New Delhi

Koezuka T 1994 The Amaravati sculpture in Masterpieces of Buddhist and Hindu Sculpture from the British Museum (exhib cat) 21ndash4 Tokyo

Rea A 1912 Excavations at Amaravati ARASI (1908ndash9) 88ndash91 Sarkar H 1971 Some early inscriptions in the Amaravati museum Journal of

Ancient Indian History 4 (1ndash2) 1ndash13 Shimada A 2006 The great railing at Amarāvatī an architectural and

archaeological reconstruction ArtibusAsiae 66(1) 89ndash141 Singh U 2001 The dismembering of the Amaravati stupa South Asian

Studies 17 19ndash40 Sivaramamurti C 1942 Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government

Museum Bulletin of Madras Government Museum ns general section 4 Madras

Schopen G 1988 On the Buddha and his bones the conception of a relic in the inscriptions of Nagarjunakoa Journal of the American Oriental Society 108 527ndash37 (also included in G Schopen 1997 Bones Stones and Buddhist Monks 148ndash64 Honolulu Hawaii)

Nagarjunakoa Ramachandran TN 1953 1938 MASI 71 Delhi (reprinted 1999)

Misra BN 2000 Some newly discovered Jatakas at Nagarjunakonda in South Indian Archaeolog y (ed G Kamalakar M Veerender and A Vijaya Kumar Babu) 100ndash9 Delhi

Khare M D 1962 Ceylonese monks in Nagarjunakonda Maha Bodhi 72(11ndash12) 317ndash19

Nagarjunakoa Longhurst AH 1938 The Buddhist Antiquities of Madras Presidency MASI 54 Delhi

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nagarjunakoa and Amaravati Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Page 12 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SPIRITUALITY AND REALIZATION ndashA WAY TO PEACE

Ouseppachan P A Research Scholar

Department of Philosophy Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Kalady Abstract Human beings are peace-loving by nature It is because of the spiritual nature And both this spiritual and peaceful situation can constitute the background for the all-round development of onersquos life The notion of peace has to be understood generally in two ways peace within the person and peace outside the person The main question that arises is how to attain peace in onersquos life It is the perennial search that most of us ask Moreover there may be many ways and means for it But with an Indian Philosophical perspective this paper is an attempt to find a way for it The spiritual characteristics of Indian Philosophy could open the horizons with the foundations on spirituality and realization as the way for peace It is to be noted that an actualising spirituality can transform the person for a harmonious understanding towards each other and manifest the values like compassion tolerance and acceptance This becomes the motto of life along with all other progress of the world Therefore this kind of vocabularies has to be a constant companion of humanity along with all the so called developments If this spiritual values to be practiced a realized person will be a channel for harmony and peace to onersquos surroundings and finally to the world as well Key words Spirituality Realization Peace Values Practice Introduction Spirituality has become an inseparable aspect of humanity It is difficult to find out the historical origin for the nature of spirituality It goes with all humans as they are composed with body and spirit (soul) In the course of time human beings approached it for meaning of their life ldquoSpiritualrdquo being the nature there aroused many religions as an expression of the spiritual nature of mankind But it is to be noted that this paper is not dealing with the notion of any religions rather it only focus on a ldquospiritualityrdquo that can lead to the ldquorealizationrdquo and thus resulting in peace within the person in all its radiance The concept peace has to be understood as lsquothe inner state of mind where the person experiences harmonyrsquo There are different understandings on the attainment of ldquopeacerdquo But the harmony or peace that the person experiences through the spiritual realization is positive and constructive to oneself and to the society It is because of the logical connection underlining between the reality of spirituality and realization Thus the transformed person possesses the values like love compassion tolerance and

Page 13 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

acceptance A spiritually realized person who shares a peaceful state of mind would include the vocabulary of a ldquouniversalrdquo outlook It implies the concepts like justice and care Thus this dynamic unity and harmony in turn become the vital energy and constructive force to be content and meaningful in onersquos search for the ultimate meaning of life This paper is not to discard any exciting systems on realization but to analyse the role of spirituality along with realization It can touch the heart of the individual than having any peripheral practice alone And thus it will give a revised outlook towards spirituality and spiritual practices A spiritual person has to manifest the nature of the ldquoDivinerdquo which one experiences within in the process of realization The outcome of it such as peace non-violence justice and harmony would provide the way out for a harmonious living in its fullness Notion of Peace ndash A Land Mark of Indian Philosophy A close analysis of classical modern and contemporary Indian Philosophy will provide amble thinkers who have directly and indirectly touched the notion of peace in their contributions When we analyses the characteristics of Indian Philosophy beside its logical and metaphysical contributions it is more of spiritual yet dynamic in nature These spiritual characteristics are still carried on by even the contemporary philosophers of India even today India has all the more realised the need of spirituality for a peaceful living of the humans in general Moreover spirituality has a universal acceptance because of the very nature of humankind It results in the emergence of peace within the person and to the vicinity where one live This will be further analysed by taking into account some of the philosophical views of the Indian thinkers in particular Mahatma Gandhi Rabindranath Tagore and the ancient sage Pataǹjali The Gandhian Philosophy regarding peace is much associated with his view on non-violence (ahimsa) This concept non-violence is even a pre-Gandhian notion which would find in the teachings of the various systems of Indian Philosophy especially in Jainism and Buddhism Gandhi based his understanding on peace on nonviolence and forgiveness More than his philosophical teachings on peace Gandhi has manifested it with his life examples and principles He was focusing on the good of all His life has taught us that it is easy to teach various principles on peace but very difficult to put into practice Here one is in need of the spiritual assistance to become a better channel of peace When we come to the visions of Rabindranath Tagore on peace he is of the opinion that peace is the outcome of the inner harmony and spiritual unity within a person It dwells in truth rather than any adjustments He had a vision of both the inner aspects of peace as well as on the world peace His writings were the key examples for the promotion of love and tolerance among the humanity It is to be noted that he was well aware that when science and developments divorce spirituality and realization that would lead to

Page 14 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

destruction Hence we are compelled to re-read that without peace and peaceful atmosphere all the so called developments and infrastructures would one day become worthless The ancient sage Pataǹjali too had understood the relevance of peace in the life of humans To acquire a peaceful state of mind through his contribution of Yoga Sūtra Pataǹjali puts forward a way to attain purity and harmony by means of dhyāna or meditation It is explicated clearly in the Aṣṭāṅga Yoga of Yoga Sūtra as ldquoyama niyama āsanaprāṇāyāmaprathyāhāradhāraṇādhyāṇasamādhiyostamganirdquo (Yoga Sūtra2 29) The first five ie yama niyama āsana prāṇāyāma and prathyāhāra are called bahirangasādhana (external components) The last three aredhāraṇādhyāṇa and samādhi are called aṇdharangasādhana All these stages are the stepping stone for attaining spiritual realization and thus the person enjoys peace and harmony Aṣṭāga Yoga according to Shri Yogendra ldquoit covers all aspects of human life that lead to physical well-being mental harmony and spiritual consciousness culminating in positive and lasting happiness and peace through the integration of personalityrdquo1 Spirituality ndashA Way of an Inner Journey Spirituality in its general sense is an inward journey for the meaning of life And spirituality has to be viewed from this perspective that it is the actualisation of those divine qualities of God and moulding our life in view of that Supreme Being or the content of onersquos belief in experiencing and responding to it in onersquos life here and now In other words spirituality is the life witness of the Divine It is the commitment towards other in the process of realisation that I am the part of that Divine Being Besides this spirituality is more of an individual practice and has to do with having a sense of peace and purpose In order to limit what is spirituality in this frame of paper it is the ongoing strive to know the source of our existence and find meaning of our existence Thus to be spiritual means to know and to live according to the knowledge that God is present to us in the very nature of spirit and in our body as we are his creations This way of understanding enables one to have a personal relation to him It will foster one in keeping harmony with one another and even to the cosmos It is not out of fear or survival for existence but out of love for the creator and the result of realization It has to be manifested in the day today life where the person who claims to be a believer in the Ultimate Reality It is to be noted that whether the person is a believer or not the need of peace is essential for every one which automatically have a divine realm than being a channel of ldquonon- peacerdquo and becoming a cause of ldquohimsardquo Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace The above analysis shows that there is an inseparable link between spirituality and realization Spirituality is beyond ethics It can surpass even all other forms of religious

1Shri Yogendra Facts About Yoga(Bombay The Yoga Institute Santa Cruz 1971) 27

Page 15 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

practices and customs It recalls one to have a search for the true meaning of onersquos beliefs It also focuses on the content of one being a believer It will comprise both our innate nature to seek God and thus be a channel to help others in the way to realisation It follows the simple logic that the divine aspect of a reality has to be divine Thus spirituality which leads to realization leads the person to a state of peace and peace of mind How this spirituality is actualised will be clear from the following analysis The Nature of Spirituality The very notion of spirituality itself related to the spirit soul and divine aspects The fact of being spiritual implies the direction towards the divine Even though there are many expressions in spiritual practice2 the end result of it shows the qualities of the spirituality The religiosity and other practices of the religions very well focus to the faith aspect of the person than realization in particular to the Indian context people too follow janana-mārga karma-mārga bhakti-mārga The very nature of spirituality surpasses all the barriers that are around us in onersquos constant search for the Truth The Uniqueness and Universality The existence of similarities among religions points out a common factor as spirituality which bounds the people in having religious harmony and even for the promotion of religious tolerance and acceptance The common characteristics of religions show that there is an underlying factor that which unites all religions as well It is nothing other than the spirituality that flows from the Divine Being to the human being and to the cosmos unites every one under one reality and one experiences3 What is needed is religions has to Therefore the universal need of peace to every living being including the cosmos would explicitly express its harmony One thing has to be taken in to account about the consistency in striving for it rather than expecting an immediate result in the progress of peace Here arose the need of spirituality and the realization which would result in peace and harmony Conclusion The 21st century has to witness a new outlook towards this immense need of spirituality and realization They are inseparable as they are interlinked with each other If humanity realises the need of spirituality it will result an outstanding implications in all the spheres of life It will be a great blessing as well as a challenge to each one of us because spirituality comprises everything It focuses not only the spiritual wellbeing of the humanity but also to the material wellbeing of every individual as it has the social dimensions Moreover spirituality upholds the humanitarian values like peace love and harmony among individuals and among humans despite of the different religions and other social implications 2The undeniable reality of the existence of various religions in the world 3What is needed is that religions have to promote spirituality as its essence than ritualism

Page 16 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Here the notion of ldquopeacerdquo to an extent could become a means and end Peace as a means needs the way of spirituality and peace as an end result in realization and harmony in its outcome In this way it is an enquiry into onersquos nature and aim of life Thus Indian Philosophy has a new role to continue in this present situation as a promoter of peace Therefore to be at peace and to spread the fragrance of peace (shānti) one needs self-knowledge and knowledge of the Divine This can create a harmony in life even to fulfil the puruṣhārthas like dharma artha kāma and moksha References Bhattacharyya N N Indian Religious Historiography VOl1 New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 1996 Baba Bangali Yoga Sūtra of Pataǹjali With the Commentary of Vyasa Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 2010 Badruddin Global Peace and Anti- Nuclear Movements New Delhi 2003 Bharati Swami Veda Yoga Sūtras of Pataǹjali With the Exposition of Vyasa A Translation and Commentary Vol1Himalayam Institute India2015 Dalai B K Yoga Traditions AnIndepth Study of Less Known Yoga Concept Delhi Pratibha Prakashan 2013 FeuersteinGeorge Textbook of Yoga London Rider and Company 1975 James Williams The Varieties of Religious Experience New York Collier Macmillan Publishers 1977 Krishnananda Swami A sahort History of Religious and Philosophic Thoughtin India UPHimalayas The Divine Life Society Publication1994 NilakantaSastri K A Development of Religion in South India New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 2017 Naikar Chandramouli S Makers of Indian Literture Pataǹjali of Yogasutras New Delhi Sahitya Akademi2002 Reardon B A Comprehensive Peace Education New York Teachers College Press1988 Srivastava Rama Shanker Comparative ReligionNew Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd1996 Vivekanad Swami Raja Yoga Conquering the Internal Nature AlsoPataǹjali rsquos Yoga Aphorism with Commenteries Delhi Bharatiya Kala Prakashan 2012 Weeraperuma Susunaga Major Religions of India Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 1998

Page 17 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY ON THE ROLE OF TOURISM ADVERTISING AND EXPLORING

THEIR POSSIBILITIES IN INDIAN CONTEXT WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NORTH EAST

Prabhat Kumar Research Scholar

Department of Mass Communication and JournalismTezpur University Assam Abstract

We live in an era which is connected more than ever The world today has become a lsquoGlobal Villagersquo(McLuhan 199493) Innovations in transport and telecommunications have been the key enablers behind this process of globalization The number of people moving in and out of their nations is on rise day by day This is one of the primary reasons why the tourism sector has seen a huge growth It is no longer just a leisure activity or about rich people spending their vacations overseas Rather it has evolved to have multiple dimensions It is viewed as a way in which nations try to assert their soft power and create a niche market for their cultural products It helps in improvement of bilateral relations between two countries By creating employment opportunities in millions it boosts the economy It helps to attract investments in allied sectors It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level Today branding has become essential not just for commercial social or scientific entities but for nations too A positive image helps in attracting a greater number of tourists investors students consumers donors etc This paper is a comparative study of such advertisements to try and understand what lessons can be drawn out of successful tourism ad campaigns for the North East region Keywords TourismSoft power Globalization Advertisements Languages Bilateral Relations North East Region Introduction

Tourism is considered as one of the major sources of economic growth At international level it is one of the fastest growing industries accounting for more than 10 of total international trade and almost half of total trade in services and can be considered as one of the worldrsquos largest export earners (WTO 2010) Tourism helps in increasing employment opportunities and thus reducing poverty There are several examples of small islands that depend heavily on international tourism revenue and where the tourism sector has received strong support from the government (Louca 2006) Tourism helps to increase the foreign exchange reserves of a nation which can then be used to import essential commodities Tourism is the leading source of foreign exchange in at least one of three developing countries that have made it a priority sector and this holds especially for small islands (Durbarry 2004) It leads to investments in infrastructure of a nation When Olympics world cups athletic events etc are organised in a nation it helps them to create a sound infrastructure and attract a greater number of

Page 18 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

tourists Tourism stimulates other economic industries by direct indirect and induced effects Importance of ad campaigns

The world of traditional power politics was typically about whose military or economy wins but politics in an information age ldquomay ultimately be about whose story winsrdquo (Arquila and Ronfeldt 1999) It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level A well-managed country image helps the country to lsquobrand its own products services its own culturersquo or to say in exercising its soft power in the global arena ldquoBranding is essential not just for commercialSocial or scientific entities but for nations too Countries compete with each other for the attention respect and the trust of investors tourists consumers donors immigrants the media and the governments of other nationsrdquo (Klodkowski 2012) Languages being the carriers of culture civilization and ideas play a significant role in the creation of a unique identity and image for the nations eg French German Swiss Advertisements and the whole communication strategy to attract tourists is weaved keeping this unique identity in mind This is how the media sets the agendaAccording to the Agenda-setting Theory lsquo(McCombs and Shaw 1972) media plays a crucial role in the dissemination of information which consequently leads to determining what issues are important Through this process opinions are formed on almost everything ranging from individuals to countries Through the media a unique picture is painted on the minds of people about countries It is this media which forms these mental imagesThus we have come know that Japanese technology is the best China is authoritarian Africa is dark continent America stands for democratic ideals Pakistan a terror exporting nation people of Bhutan are the happiest French perfumes have most pleasant fragrance Canada is the land of Maple Scandinavian nations are most peaceful and naturally beautifulWhen we look at the nations which attract the most number of tourists each year we find that they are extremely good at selling these images They try to create a unique identity for themselves through the advertisements

France and Spain are much smaller nations compared to India They also have

much lesser geographical diversity Still they continue to be on the top spot One of the reasons for it being that the packaging of the message ie the way they communicate their message is very appealing Take the case of France the ads depict the grandeur of the city of Paris They lay more emphasis on its architectural works art works museums its rich history etc Decorated churches such as Notre Dame Cathedral Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Palace of Versailles are key attractions The ads are designed in a way to showcase the beauty in and around these beautiful landmarks Language is something at the heart of identity

French language has also played an important role in creation of a unique

French identity which ultimately increases tourism in the country French is the official language in 29 countries which includes many countries from Africa mainly due to colonial reasons With about 300 million speakers it is the sixth most widely spoken

Page 19 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

language in the world France is a natural go to destination for higher studies and tourism for Francophone countries which find an easy connection due to familiarity with the language

In case of Spain The Alhambra(fortress) Seville Cathedral Sagrada Familia

City of Arts and Sciences(Valencia) Coacuterdobarsquos Great Mosque Guggenheim Museum ( Bilbao)Santiago de Compostela Cathedral The Prado Museum (Madrid) are the key attractions displayed in tourism ads of the nation Showcasing the human architectural wonders and the works of art is something at the core of Spanish tourism Spanish language has benefited the nation in increasing tourism as it is the official language of 20 countries With more than 400 million native speakers and being the second most spoken native language in the world people can find a connection very easily to this nation It is no secret why Spanish songs are so popular globally owing to this cultural connection

Tourism in India

Indiarsquos image has changed vastly in the post independent years It was once considered the land of lsquosnake charmersrsquo and lsquomaharajas riding on elephantsrsquoFrom there it is now seen as a nation of software engineers scientists and mathematicians Historian Bipan Chandra in his book India Since Independence says ldquoIn 1947 the country commenced its long march to overcome the colonial legacy of economic underdevelopment gross poverty near total illiteracy wide prevalence of disease and stark social inequality andIn justicerdquo In 1991 India adopted the path of economic liberalization privatization and globalization popularly called as LPG reforms following the balance of payments crisis It opened its economy to foreign and private investment The reforms gave a new direction to the Indian economy which has been on the path of rise since then This has changed the international image of India

Mukherjee amp Malone (2011) say about these changes that Indias voice carries

more weight today in multilateral forums largely due to its enhanced economic power political stability and nuclear capability India too realised this importance of image in assertion of soft power Mazumdar (2018) argues that the sources of Indiarsquos soft power include Ayurveda Bollywood Buddhism Cinema Cricket Cuisine Diaspora Fine Arts (architecture music painting poetry and sculpture) Information Technology Performing Arts (dance and theatre) and Yoga Its tourism ads depict these things which are at its core lsquoIncredible Indiarsquo is how the nation projects itself globally through the ads Slogans such as lsquoAthiti Devo Bhavarsquo and lsquoVasudhaivKutumbakamrsquo project its deep-rooted values It offers a diverse portfolio of niche tourism products - cruises adventure medical wellness sports eco-tourism film rural spiritual and religious tourism As of 2018 there are 38 World Heritage Sites located in India These include 30 cultural sites seven natural sites and one mixed site The country has huge potential in the field of travel and tourism Total contribution by travel and tourism sector to Indiarsquos GDP is expected to increase from Rs 1524 trillion (US$ 23403 billion) in 2017 to Rs 3205 trillion (US$ 49221 billion) in 2028 India was ranked 7th among 184 countries

Page 20 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in terms of travel amp tourismrsquos total contribution to GDP in 2017 Travel and tourism is the third largest foreign exchange earner for India (India Brand Equity Foundation May 2019)According to India Tourism Statistics At a Glance annual report published by Ministry of Tourism Government of India for year 2019 here are some key findings- The top 3 States of India which received maximum number of domestic tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 208 2 Uttar Pradesh 154 3 Karnataka 116 The states which received maximum number of foreign tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 21 2 Maharashtra 176 3 Uttar Pradesh 131 Here we will try to analyse the tourism campaigns of some of these states The ads which have been analysed here are available on You Tube Maharashtra Tagline- ldquoMaharashtra Unlimitedrdquo Maharashtra leads in terms of attracting the highest number of foreign tourists With 720 km of coastline and 78 beaches the images of blue sea waters clean beaches with white sand breath-taking beauty of sunsets seagulls flying high in the blue sky shoals of fish underneath water are some enchanting images created in the minds of viewers through ads Places of historical importance such as Raigarh Vasai Janjira Fort mostly those related to Shivaji Maharaj are shown Famous architectural works such as KailashaTemple(Ellora) Buddhist Caves Jain temples Religious places such as Sai Baba( Shirdi) Haji Ali Mount Mary Hazur Saheb Vithoba Temple Shri Mahalaxmi Temple Khandoba Temple etc are shown to attract domestic tourists of all faiths Mumbai is presented as a megacity in these ads to attract not just tourists but investments and business opportunities The colourful celebration of Ganpati festival finds special mention in the ads Tamil Nadu Tagline- Enchanting Tamil Nadu The state calls itself a civilization which is more than 10000 years old It tries to showcase its rich civilizational values through ads Monolitic marvels of Mamallapuram Tanjore Temple Madurai Meenakshi Temple Chidambaram Nataraj Temple Vivekananda Rock Kanyakumari GangaikondaCholapuram speak a lot about the rich historical and traditional roots of the place The famous classical dance form Bharatnatyam folk art performances Madurai Jallikattu celebration of Pongal are the

Page 21 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

dominant images visible in the ads Backwaters at Pichawaram Hill stations like Ooty Valparai Kodaikanal Megamalai etc add to its natural beauty Uttar Pradesh Tagline- UP NahinDekha to India Nahin Dekha The state projects itself as the land of Ganga(Benaras) land of Buddha(Sarnath) Land of Krishna( Mathura Vrindawan) Land of Rama( Ayodhya) Land of Nawabs( Lucknow) Land of Love( Taj Mahal Agra) Being situated in the Gangetic plains of India the state has less of natural beauty in terms of pure and pristine forests waterfalls or rivers rather there are a lot of historical places to visit which have been associated with one or the other ruling dynasty which has ruled over North India in the due course of time Many Mughal architectural works are there in the state which find a mention in the tourism ads showcasing its composite and syncretic culture also called the Ganga Jamunitahjeeb A record over 24 crore people visited Kumbh-2019 more than total tourists in UP in 2014-17 The Kumbh 2019 visitors included 1030 lakh foreign tourists(Hindustan Times May 21 2019) Karnataka Tagline- One State Many Worlds Aihole Badami Temples and caves Gulbarga Fort Gol Gumbaj( Bijapur) remains of Hampi are some of the historical sites shown in ads Gokak falls Murdeshwara Shiva Kudle beach Om beach are the beaches which also find mention Western Ghats which are full of natural beauty are the prime attractions It is one of the biodiversity hotspots in the world which has a variety of flora and fauna present in pure and pristine state It is an ideal location for those adventurous souls who want to be in the company of nature and wildlife Tourism scenario of the states in North East India

We find that it is mostly the historical places religious sites areas full of natural beauty and geographical wonders which attract the greatest number of tourists North East part of India consists of eight states Assam Meghalaya Nagaland Manipur Tripura Mizoram Arunachal Pradesh and Sikkim Each of these states is full of abundant greenery and natural beauty National Parks Wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries rivers lakes waterfalls mountains ample rainfalls are the things which make these states one of the most beautiful places for tourists to see Not just natural beauty but there are historical sites as well Still any of these states do not rank in the top ten list in terms of states which attract the greatest number of tourists in India The states need to rethink over their tourism strategy again to get more footfalls

Page 22 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The first thing to do is to change the misconceptions formed in the minds of people Advertisements are the most effective way to do so They can help in better perception management Some of the popular myths regarding the North East region are as follows The whole region is seen as a single unit What people donrsquot know is that it consists of eight states hundreds of tribes and indigenous languages This region is very remote and has poor road rail and air connectivity People donrsquot know Hindi It is always drenched in rain Momos are the only cuisines available They are closer to Nepalese Chinese origins This region is mostly disturbed due to insurgency and terrorism Visa and other documents are needed to travel in the region One cannot not get vegetarian meals Diversity is the main strength of the North East It exists in almost everything that we find in the region from tribes dressing cuisines culture music festivals traditions rituals etc The ads need to be framed in such a way that they create a unique identity for reach state through these McLuhan said ldquoMedium is the messagerdquo and what can be the better medium than music to convey the message Music videos in native languages such as Assamese Bodo Nepali Naga Khasi Mizo etc can be of great help in popularising the destinations Easily recognisable faces from the state who are famous nationally as well as internationally need to be chosen as the brand ambassadors for state tourism lsquoPlace Brandingrsquo and lsquoDestination Brandingrsquo can be ways in which tourism can be promoted Places such as Tawang Bomdila Pass ZiroValley Ukhrul Gangtok Kohima Cherrapunjee can be shown in individual ads with the lives of local people Summary and conclusion-

Wellness tourism and medical tourism can be developed the way it has been done in Kerala Pure and pristine nature has huge potential for Ayurveda and Naturopathy National parks wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries lakes mountains etc can be big attractions in the time when people want to skip the moribund lifestyle of cities and want to be in naturersquos company But since this region is ecologically fragile it falls in the zone five of earthquake zones which makes it very prone to earthquakes so special attention should be paid to promote sustainable tourism The Constitution of India has placed many states of this region under 6th schedule making special provisions for them to protect their unique culture and identity Tourism ads need to take care of these essential aspects while designing the message References Chandra B Mukherjee M amp Mukherjee A(2008) India Since Independence

Penguin India DurbarryR (2004)Tourism and economic growth the case of MauritiusTourism

Economics 10 (4) pp 389-401 Klodkowski P (2012) Story of the clashing image of the country The case of

Indiarsquos image at home and in Poland Polish Sociological Review No178 pp 303-324

Page 23 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Louca C(2006) Income and expenditure in the tourism industry time series evidence from CyprusTourism Economics 12 (4) (2006) pp 603-617

Mazumdar A(2018) Indiarsquos Soft Power Diplomacy Under the Modi Administration Buddhism Diaspora and Yoga Asian Affairs 493 468-491 DOI 1010800306837420181487696

McCombs M amp Shaw D (1972) The agenda-setting function of mass media Public Opinion Quarterly 36 176-185

Mukherjee R and Malone DM (2011) Indian foreign policy and contemporary security challenges International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-) Vol 87 No 1 (January 2011) pp 87-104

McLuhan M 1994 (first published in 1964) Understanding Media The Extensions of Man Massachusetts MIT press

Page 24 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INTREPRITING BHARAT LEELA AN AMAZING FOLK DANCE OF SOUTH

ODISHA

Prof Bhagaban Sahu Professor and Head Department of History Central University of TamilnaduThiruvarur

Abstract

South Odisha acts like a bridge between the Aryan culture north and Dravidian culture of south The socio cultural life of this reign forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is a cradle of many folk dances which are special in some

respect The Dravidian culture or the Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South Odisha It not only provides recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people but also spread the ideas of morality universally brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and love

The southern part of modern Odisha consists of seven districts viz Ganjam

Gajapati Rayagada Koraput Nabarangapur Malkangiri and Kandhamal Situated like a bridge between the northern and southern halves of India South Odisha is the meeting place of Dravido-Aryan culture The socio cultural life of this region forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is the cradle of many folk dances The Dravidian culture or the

Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values1

Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South

Odisha It has its origin in Ganjam district Itrsquos creator was Dinabandhu Das of Kalyanapur near Ganjam town His creation of Subhadra HaranaSuanga became familiar as Bharata Leela2 But his composition was not accepted and termed as Leela by the-then society and it was called as Huguli Bharata But later on Bhima Panda of Magura near Aska improved this to a great extent and gave the touch of a folk-theatre to it In course of time Shyam Sundar Sabat of village KandhKharida near Hinjilicut

Page 25 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

collected the palm leaf manuscript of Dinabandhu Das corrected it and gave it the touch of a Leela He himself played the role of a Duari and named it lsquoDuari Natarsquo Jogendra Mallick(1866-1932) of village Nimapadara of Ghumusar also composed another version of Bharat Leela Srinivas Das of Golamundala near Buguda also composed Bharat Leela in a different style Gangadhara Pradhan of Sambalpur region also composed Subhadra Haran on the light of Bharat Leela of Ganjam which is popular in that area

Thus the origin of the Bharata Leela can be traced back to 1840 AD At

present NabaghanaParida of Kabisurya Nagar (Boirani) is the most popular director or guru of Bharat-Leela3 It is heartening to note that this Leela was staged and became very popular Folk Dance in Rengoon (Burma) where nearly fifty thousand Odias were serving

Bharat Leela is relatively shorter in the length of performance and has only six

characters such as Arjun Subhadra Duari Satyabhama Hadi and Hadiani Arjuna the third Pandava and the King of Hastinapura is counted as a major character and Duari- Arjunarsquos gatekeeper acts as the hero The course of conversation and ultimately the marriage between Arjuna and Subhadra (an important part of the Mahabharat story) is presented in this Leela in a dramatic style with humorous dialogues The role played by the Duari in establishing contact between the other two characters through the series of queries is of great interest to the rural audience The lsquoBharat Leela is also known as lsquoDuari Nacharsquo as the Duari (gate keeper) plays a prominent role as a mediator in Subhadra Haran4

All over the world the folk plays draw their plots from mythologies epics tales ballads or romantic legends The rural audience is familiar with these tales hence the emphasis is laid on characterization and intricacy Duari Nata or Bharat Leela prevalent in the district of Ganjam in Odisha is such a play which draws its plot from the epic tales of Visnu Purana and Mahabharata It is therefore called Bharat Leela But it is more popular by the name of lsquoDuari Leelarsquo as Duari or the sentry remains the most important indispensable and pivotal character of the play As it is told in the verse-play Subhadra the cousin sister of Sri Krishna madly falls in love with Arjuna the most handsome and heroic brother of the Pandavas When Subhadra offers her love Arjuna bluntly refuses as she would be like a sister to him When argued he takes various pretexts and all his pretexts are counteracted by Duari who supports Subhadra for her unflinching love and devotion to Arjuna At last Arjuna yields to the true love and agrees to marry Subhadra5

In course of arguments and counter arguments between the characters smaller episodes from Puranas and other religious texts are also told as corollary to the main episode For instance Arjuna argues that he being a Kshatriya by caste and she belonging to the mild-maid community the marriage is not possible Then Duari brings out an episode from some texts and narrates musically about how and when a Kshatriya married a

Page 26 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

mild-maid When it is argued by Arjuna that Subhadra is not a woman of elegant features the Duari narrates the characteristics of all types of women quoting authorities to prove Subhadra to be the best type The altercation between the two proceeds till the end of the play which is punctuated with several songs of variety moral fables witty remarks and verses of wisdom in support of their contention On the other hand the play in crux is a battle of wits between Arjuna and Duari Therefore the repartee is simply an exposition of the knowledge of the Sastras Chapter from books and verses are also quoted in support of their arguments from the religious texts To this extent this is a secular form for much of its humor is contemporary6

Duari Leela is held throughout the night and even it runs for consecutive nights In order to arrest the attention of the audience the Duari improvises subplots which may use local reference or satirical comment on the current socio-political scene These sub-plots employ music unrelated to the main theme Actors

There are four major characters such as Duari Arjuna Subhadra Satyabhama and ten minor characters like Chaukia Sri Krishna AstaPatta Bansi Balarama Nand Raj Purohit Dagara Gayakas Hadi and Hadiani

Though Arjuna Duari Subhadra and Satyabhama are the main characters of

this play the teen-aged boys act in Bharataleela as both male and female characters They play the role of Subhadra and Satyabhama and also the dancing girls The dialogues of Arjuna and Subhadra are casted in Odia prose The Duari speaks in colloquial local language and he is free to improvise All the prose dialogue is introductory to particular situations of events and often serves as interludes to song dialogues The songs strictly set to traditional tunes are meant for Arjuna and Subhadra Though songs of Duari may include traditional tunes he freely imbibes from the prevalent folk songs and dances7 Duari is the central figure of this Leela The success of the Leela predominantly depends upon him He creates sense of humour and carries the audience with him

Stage

Bharata Leela is staged under the open sky No stage is required for the performance of this Leela Only a mandala is prepared limited to eight to ten feet diameter To prepare the mandala the bharataleelaperformers mainly use the tarpaulins or the mats The patromax lights or electric bulbs are also used to illuminate the mandala in the night performances A kathakurchi (wooden chair) is the only property of the mandala Arjuna the hero of the play use it as his throne bed dancing area and it is used as the shrine of the deity in different episodes and scenes of the play Arjuna performs his action carrying a khanda in his right hand and a handkerchief in the left The deepalis (ghee lamps) mayurapinchha (peacockrsquos tail) Khajurichanchuni (date

Page 27 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

leaf broom) tokei (basket) and madakancha(wine bottle) could be taken as the stage articles used by sakhis Hadianiand Hadi respectively8Harmonium Dholki(Small Drum) Mrudanga Gini Bansi Jhumuka are the different musical instruments used in this Leela

Attire of the Characters

Duari the gate keeper wears a chedi (half pant) an angi (half shirt) and a kaba(waist coat) For makeup Duari uses pink colour paints and draws a U-shape insignia on his forehead He wears a knotted wig locally called ganthibabuli It covers his head and upper parts of the shoulder as well as the neck The front side of the wig is chipped with the petal like aluminium balachhappa (hair clips) as well tahia(atiara) The tahia always rests on a padaka (golden pandant) and it is pinned up in the wig on the forehead On the left side of the chest he pins round padaka (pendants) and triangular and conical chhappas also to signify himself as the servant of a king9 Arjuna is dressed like a warrior with a long velvet coat embroided with zari and tinsel He wears silken trousers and on his back an uttaranahangs He wears nylon stockings like a horse rider and his wrist bands are adorned with plastic manibandha He uses pink colour paints and draws a suryachita (sun mark) on his forehead The subject matter of Bharata Leela has been derived from OdiaMahabharata (Madhyaparva) of Sarala Das The base is the immortal love story between Subhadra amp Arjuna10

Bharat leela is an epitome of artistic excellence We find amalgamation of different rasas likeBira Rasa Karuna Rasa and Sringara Rasa and folk dances in Bharata Leela Dance place no less a part in making this Leela a grand success It is the field to express onersquos artistic hidden potentialities More than one hundred Bharata Leela teams are there in Ganjam district alone Among them the countable fews are KandhKharida Tiapentha Duanpalli Arakhapur Badapada Khalingi Kumuruda Kainchapur Lochapada Nuagada Kuruli Kabisuryanagar Kalasandhapur Nabaratnapur Mamudhiya Gunthapada Goudagaon Puhundi Choudhury Tikarapada Vijay Laxminarayanpur Khariaguda Sarabadi Hadichira Solaghara Polosara Mangalpur Dharakote Sheragad Gangapur Sasan Banthapalli Pratapur are important11

Those who are established as outstanding Duari the names of Dinabandhu

Das ShyamasundarSabat Ramachandra Reddy Bhima Panda SatyabadiSabat TrinathPattnayak DambaruSahu (Duanpalli) Dukhishyam Behera (MahuritiharPentha) Ananta Parta (Arakhapur) Juria Gouda of Kharida Kantaru Behera Ulla Dalai of Kankorada BajiaSahu of Sundarpur Lachhana Reddy of Satapandia SibaramSahu of B Karada Badi Kasinath Behera of Dadarakhola Bharata Samantara of Gudiapalli Kirtana Gouda Rankanidhi Gouda DandapaniDalua of Kendubadi Kasinath Das of DadaraKhola Chakrapani Badatya of Nabaratnapur Chandamani Sahu12 Chandra Sekhar Nayak Bipracharan Nayak Durjyodhana Naik Kampa Gouda of Tinkachai Sadananda Swain NabaghanaParida of KabiSurya Nagar Dandapani Behera of

Page 28 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Kulagada Sanyasi Behera of Sundarpalli Haribandhu Mohanty of Kalasandhapur Satrughna Swain of Mundamarai Santosh Kumar Padhi of Patapur may be mentioned here13

This popular folk dance of South Odisha was not only limited to Odisha but

also spread to Rangoon(Burma) It is hearting to note that there were more 2000 Odia from Ganjam in Rangoon during the 1st half of the 20th century The Bharat Leela of Ganjam was practiced and staged there14

Truly speaking Bharat Leela is the index of all the Folk Dances of south

Odisha Duari the director demonstrates the role of Chhadheya of Dandanata Gayaka of Dasakathia Ghudhuki player Gahak of Pala HiranyakasyapaPrahlladnataka and the role of a comedian in different tunes and styles through this dance It not only entertains the villagers who work from dawn to dusk in their field but also enlightens them a lot on puranas epics and other religious texts

From the above discussion it is inferred that the Bharat Leela is a very artistic

lively and popular dance in South Odisha It supplied livelihood to a large number of families and entertainment to the travelers tourists poets onlookers and the lovers of beauty It explores the rare and native genius of the folk people But the irony of the fate is that the folk dances like Bharat Leela which provided recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people and spread the ideas of morality universal brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and victory of righteous over evil forces are declining fast As a result the society of South Odisha which enjoyed perfect peace better harmony and understanding between the divergent communities and races in the past is now regarded as a cockpit of murderers dacoits and looters Hence steps may be taken to preserve all these folklore traditions alive either at the Government level or by the NGO and Private enterprises References 1 Indubhusan Kara Folklore of Odisha Cuttack 1991p1 2 HKDas Odia Lokanataka(Odia) Cuttack 1983 p 122 3 KC Behera opcitp66 4 BCharchi opcitpp332-341 5 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha SahatyaSamaja Cuttack 1998pp224-227 6 KCPradhan Odia Loka Sahitya O LokaSanskruti Cuttack 1995pp227-235 7 Banambara Acharya opcitpp2-4 8 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998p232 9 DKTripathy The Role of Fine Art in the Folk Theatres of South Odisha An Art

Historical Study PhD Thesis(unpublished) Berhampur University 2000pp63-65

10 B Charchi Bharata Leela in OdishareLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998pp229-232

Page 29 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 BhagabanSahu Folk Life and Folk Culture of Odisha New Delhi-2015 12 Revealed from field study conducted by the author in the different villages of South

Odisha 13 Cultural Heritage of Ganjam opcitp340 14 BayamanuCharchi GanjamraLokanatya Parampara(Odia) Bhubaneswar-2012p73

Page 30 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADOLESCENTS ADDICTION TO SMART PHONE AND ITS REMEDIES

1Cyma Anjum and 2Bina Kumari

1Assistant Professor of Education LNMBM Faculty of Education Muzaffarpur 2Principal RGMTT College Diwadih BBMQ University Dhanbad

Abstract

Adolescents are highest addicted to smart phone and particularly adult sites on internet They are very impulsive owing to some physiological changes which compelled them for its gratification Smartphone causes stress among teenagers arising out of family and school It causes many musculoskeletal symptoms which are the consequences of staying in one position for a long time Starring at a small screen for longer period can impair eye sight Smart phone addiction is the greatest reason of depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems Effort was made to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression and sense of control Keywords Smart Phone Addiction Remedy amp Depression Introduction - Addiction can be defined as a mental state which compels the person for the satisfaction of psychological desires formed a habit Addiction can be developed in all ages and can be categorized into alcohol cigarettes drugs gambling games internet and sex Korean Ministry of Gender Equality and Family implemented a research on the actual condition of media usage rate among teenagers and reported that the middle school students 862 percent high school students 849 percent This data reflects that most of the teenagers in the country were smart phone users So it can be presumed that most of the adolescents own a smart phone and thus are exposed to an environment that entices them to overuse it By Looking at it from a general perspective adolescents are not fully developed and as their self-consciousness continues to grow they are highly exposed to the risk of adverse effect more than any other age group The basic cause of adolescentsrsquo addiction to smart phone is due to stress arising from family and school When students are experiencing physical and mental stress from external forces by way of relieving stress they turn to internet surfing and games as means of escape in order to overcome problems they encounter from their social group of friends and overwhelming school work Smart phone addiction caused very harmful effects in adolescentsrsquo daily lives which they cannot get rid of Treatment related to smart phone addiction is the Integrated Arts Therapy Integrated Arts Therapy has been taken from Gestalt Therapy and Fritz Pearls Institute (FPI) that promotes encouragement of creativity Petzoldrsquos Art Therapy was incorporated to art music dancing movements drama and etc and found that

Page 31 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Therapyrsquos perspective is not composed of one particular sense but it is the act of integrating the sense with creativity This therapy has been verified to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression sense of control and assimilation in school However overuse of smart phones causes high exposure to electromagnetic waves and in turn generates other associated problems such as damage to brain cells neck syndrome and vision impairment syndrome This study involves smart phone addiction and its integrated treatment and the supporting hypothesis in the following perspectives Physical health problems related to Smart phone

Use and misuse of any invention or innovation happened to be normal phenomena -since long Atom bomb was never invented for annihilation of any nation or state The new device in cell phone Android or Smart really brought the whole world on the palm of the users through Net services When itsrsquo use has certainly provided immense of facilities in the field of communication But itrsquos over use can cause many problems including musculoskeletal symptom which is usually developed due to staying in one posture for a longer period of time Furthermore starring at a small screen for an extended time can causes loss of sight this is called amblyopia Sitting in a still position can cause muscular contraction which can lead to long-term muscle fatigue including neck pain The bad posture cause by overuse of smart phones may lead to the neck becoming a ldquoCrdquo shape and further it tends to deliver great amount of stress to the muscles and joints Other homeostasis related problems can arise as well such as blockage in the local blood supply to the muscles including metabolite Mental health problems related to Smart phone

Over use of Smart phone certainly causes mental problems along with physical abrasion Excess use of smart phone causes decreased self-restraint ability impulsive behaviors and anxiety which can become critical barriers when carrying out healthy relationships school activities and mental well-being According to the psychologists it is commonly observed that the smart phone addiction increases the level of depression and anxiety Depression often plays as an index to display the overall health status of a person When the level of addiction alleviates one tends to lose self-control which decreases ones willingness and ability to socialize and network with others As a result one may begin to feel a sense of loneliness becoming more dependent on the smart phone simultaneously increasing onersquos level of anxiety especially when the smart phone is not present From looking at the above associated problems to smart phone addiction we can conclude that the addicting creates negative effects to mental health Smart phone addiction causes depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems This will lead to problems associated to onersquos social life and human network According to advance studies related to smart phone addiction depression is the most probable health complication Increased addiction to smart phones is associated with increased level of depression Yong Min Parkrsquos research study concluded that smart phone addiction is

Page 32 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

highly related to obsessive-compulsive neurosis and other illnesses in the following order depression mental health disorders anxiety and social delusional disorder antagonism and phobia It has also been established through researches that over use of smart phone becomes an impulsive act and it is very much related to Obsessive ndash Compulsive behaviour Some studies revealed that smart phone addiction creates hostility and rage among users It was further revealed that the small childrenrsquos mental health was not highly affected by smart phone usage compared to the childrenrsquos of higher grade However the higher grade students displayed mental health problems such as rage compulsive characterizations anxiety disorders personality disorders and delusional disorders Cognitive Therapy is the most suggested type of treatment in the cases of smart phone addiction Remedies Bibliotherapy has been advised in the cases of smart phone addiction whichprovides treatment through reading literature It helps to expand the subjectrsquos range of thoughts In this process reading book and finding new meanings from the literature based on the Identical Principle Catharsis Principle and Discernment Principle are implemented This process involves subjects reading the literature Subsequently they engage in debates role plays and other creative activities to assess each other in order to find the defined sense of time Musical treatments can also help treat physical and cognitive problems This treatment provides psychological security to those being treated for physical and cognitive problems For example music treatment that is customized to fit the need of the subject being treated with physical therapy can be highly effective Conclusion This report provided methods for smart phone addicted to adolescents to overcome the illness through the integrated treatment aspects However the risk of the symptoms recurring was substantially high This suggested that fundamental treatment of cognitive and emotional elements needed to become harmonized as a whole in order to increase the effectiveness of the treatment results It can be presumed that this study provides the opportunity and support for the creation of a fundamental treatment method that can help teenagers live a healthy life by overcoming addiction to smart phones References 1 Robinson TE Berridge KC The psychology and neurobiology of addiction an incentivendashsensitization view Addiction 95 91-117 (2000)

Page 33 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 Ji-Hyung P Shin G-K Effects of Smartphones Usability on Users Satisfaction and Loyalty Focusing on Moderating Effect of Terms of Use The Korean Academic Association of Business Administration 25 811-831 (2012) 3 Park S-Y Lee H-J Determinants of internet addiction among the Korea youth The Journal of the Korea institute of electronic communication sciences 8 291-299 (2013) 4 Choi S Kim S Yang J-S Lee J-H Joo C Jung H-I Real-time measurement of human salivary cortisol for the assessment of psychological stress using a smartphone Sensing and Bio-Sensing Research 2 8-11 (2014) 5 Kim H Exercise rehabilitation for smart phone addiction Journal of exercise rehabilitation 9 500 (2013) 6 Hall AS Parsons J Internet addiction College student case study using best practices in cognitive behavior therapy Journal of mental health counseling 23 312-327 (2001) 7 Wu A Cheung V Ku L Hung E Psychological risk factors of addiction to social networking sites among Chinese smartphone users Journal of behavioral addictions 2 160-166 (2013) 8 Polster E Polster M Gestalt therapy integrated Contours of theory and practice BrunnerMazel (1973) 9 Lusebrink VB Art therapy and the brain An attempt to understand the underlying processes of art expression in therapy Art Therapy 21 125-135 (2004) 10 Alanzi T Istepanian RS Philip N An integrated model for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for mobile diabetes self-management system In Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) 2014 36th Annual International Conference of the IEEE pp 5393-5396 IEEE (Year)

Page 34 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANTIPSYCHOTICS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA

D Udaya Kumar1and V Raja Babu2 1 Department of Human Genetics Andhra University Visakhapatnam India

2 Department of Biology College of Natural Science Arba Minch University Ethiopia

Abstract Schizophrenia is commonly thought of as a psychiatric term for a range of experiences which some laypeople in the community may describe as madness For this reason to be diagnosed as having schizophrenia carries a stigma which other diagnoses do not (Ministry of Health 2000) Schizophrenia is a serious mental disorder characterized by intense disturbances in thought emotion and behavior (Kring Johnson Davison amp Neale 2012) A person with schizophrenia is thought to have lost touch with reality (Kalat 2009) A great deal of research has been devoted to study schizophrenia and the complexity of the disorder seems to be much more than what originally had been thought The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is less than 1 and it slightly affects more men than women (Kalat 2009 Kring et al 2012) Almost all people diagnosed with schizophrenia are eventually treated with antipsychotic drugs and multidimensional medications (Kalat 2009) Keywords Schizophrenia Antipsychotics The majority of people detained under the NZ Mental Health Act 1992 are diagnosed as suffering from a form of mental illness known as schizophreniaRecently the New York Times published an article stating that medications for schizophrenia are remarkably effective however the article discusses nothing in regards to the serious adverse effects of such medications (Steinberg 2012) An ideal medication for schizophrenia would be a drug that is highly effective in reducing both positive and negative symptoms produces its effects within a convenient dosage and has less-serious side effects (Rey 2002) The drugs commonly used to treat schizophrenia mainly belong to two main groups typical (first-generation) and atypical (second-generation) antipsychotics Despite the proclamations of new forms of drugs that will magically solve the puzzle with schizophrenia none of these medications have been proven to be highly effective (Whitaker 2002 Whitaker 2005) It is the stated intention of this essay to arrive at an understanding of the effectiveness of atypical drugs This will be accomplished by investigating the characteristics and differences of antipsychotic agents along with a review from existent studies and their outcomes The first conventional antipsychotic drugs had beenwere discovered by accident in the 50s when a drug considered an antihistamine (chlorpromazine) showed unique antipsychotic effects when tested in schizophrenic patients (Kring et al 2012) Apart

Page 35 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

from some histamine activity chlorpromazine had an important impact within dopamine receptors (Kring et al 2012) However typical antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine cause various extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) include acute dyskinesias dystonic reactionstardive dyskinesia and Parkinsonism-like symptoms due to their blockage of dopamine receptors in the striatal dopaminergic route Subsequent attempts to improve the therapeutic profile of classical antipsychotics were based on studies showing that dopamine receptor mediated route striatal extrapyramidal side effects (Stahl 2000) With the introduction of clozapine in the 80s the term atypical was expanded to increased efficacy with reduced side effects as they produce significantly fewer extrapyramidal side effects than typical antipsychotics at clinically equivalent doses (Stahl 2000) Antipsychotic agents differ according to their profiles of specific sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) Although the exact underlying mechanisms of action are not sufficiently explained atypical antipsychotics appear to be more effective than typical antipsychotic agents Typical agents produce their antipsychotic effects through the blockage of dopamine receptors particularly D2 receptors (Stahl 2000) On the contrary the antipsychotic effects of atypical agents such as clozapine has been attributed to its ability to block the intense stimulation of serotonin receptors including (5-HT2A) (5-HT2C) and dopamine receptors including D1 D2 D3 D4 receptors (Duncan Lieberman amp Zorn 1999) Likewise similar results were replicated in Horacek et al (2006) study which concluded that atypical antipsychotics such as clozapine show superior advantages in treating positive symptoms negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction compared to the typical antipsychotic agents partially due to their sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) In addition the study also found that atypical antipsychotics induce neuronal plasticity and synaptic remodeling in several sites that are associated with schizophrenia including the striatum prefrontal cortex and hippocampus Hence it seems that there is a strong consensus among researchers that atypical antipsychotic agents are more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia as well as improving cognitive deficits that are associated with schizophrenia Sexual dysfunction is widespread among people with schizophrenia and those who are taking antipsychotics Both typical and atypical antipsychotics have been shown to produce prolactin imbalances that are regularly linked to infertility (Mahmoud Drake Lewis amp Hayhurst 2012) The study of Mahmoud et al (2012) used a cross-sectional prevalence study to assess sexual functions in (144) patients diagnosed with schizophrenia The study involved two groups with each group receiving either typical or atypical antipsychotics for at least twelve weeks The study found no differences in sexual functions in patients treated with typical antipsychotics compared to atypical antipsychotics (Mahmoud et al 2012) However Bobes et al (2003) reached a different conclusion in their EIRE study The number of participants involved in the study was 636 The EIRE study compared sexual dysfunction effects related to haloperidol

Page 36 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

risperidone olanzapine and quetiapine Results indicated that frequency of sexual dysfunction was highest for risperidone (432) haloperidol (381) olanzapine (353) and quetiapine (182) (Bobes et al 2003) The study also concluded that sexual dysfunction seems to be dose-related with antipsychotic drugs and that atypical drugs produce higher risks of sexual dysfunction and other reporductive side effects including decreased libido erectile ejaculatory dysfunction gynecomia and amenorrhea than typical drugs (Bobes et al 2003) Therefore it seems that much debate exists on the issue of sexual dysfunction related to antipsychotics and more research is needed It has long been long known that suicide rates are quite high among people diagnosed with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) Recent studies have found a positive association between antipsychotic use and suicide (Khan et al 2007) One study in North Wales investigated the lifetime suicide rate in treated patients with schizophrenia between the pre-chlorpromazine era (1874-1924) and recent period (1994-2003) (Healy et al 2006) The study found that people treated with antipsychotics were at greater risk of suicide compared to the people with schizophrenia in the pre-chlorpromazine era (Healy et al 2006) Therefore there is some indication that the use of antipsychotics increases suicide rates However other studies do not agree with the conclusion of Healy et al (2006) study and show quite the opposite Khan et al (2007) conducted a study in which they assessed mortality rates for patients with schizophrenia according to the type of antipsychotics taken Participants were assigned to atypical antipsychotic agents (olanzapine quetiapine risperidone or ziprasidone) a control antipsychotic (haloperidol or chlorpromazine) or a placebo group Results indicated that patients assigned to the placebo group were significantly at higher rate of suicide than other groups Furthermore the study found no difference in suicide rates between patients assigned to either atypical or typical antipsychotic agents (Khan et al 2007) Perhaps the study had methodological limitations which may have affected the findings Therefore evidence on the implications of typical and atypical antipsychotics in suicide rates among people with schizophrenia are mixed and further controlled studies are required Typical and atypical antipsychotics show similar effects on quality of life across one year of medications The Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project aimed to evaluate the long-term effectiveness and tolerability of atypical and typical antipsychotics in patients with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) The study involved about 15000 participants from the USA The primary outcome measure was the discontinuation of treatment (Lieberman et al 2005) Patients were randomized to receive olanzapine perphenazine quetiapine risperidone or zisprasidone Findings indicated that 74 of patients discontinued their medication 18 months before the study ended Olanzapine appeared to be the most effective since its group had a significantly longer time to discontinuation (Lieberman et al 2005) The efficacy of perphenazine was similar to that of the other atypical antipsychotics Even though it exhibited a greater degree of effectiveness olanzapine was associated with

Page 37 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

greater weight gain and increases in blood glucose lipid levels and cholesterol levels (Lieberman et al 2005) The study concluded that in the long-term atypical drugs were not more effective and did not produce fewer side effects when compared to typical antipsychotic (perphenazine) Similar findings have been replicated in (Jones et al 2006) study The study included 227 people with schizophrenia aged between 18 to 65 years Randomized prescriptions of either typical or atypical (other than clozapine) were given to participants Findings indicated that long-term effectiveness of typical drugs was similar to those of atypical drugs (other than clozapine) (Jones et al 2006) Thus it seems that patients may need to change their medications only for clinical reasons and such evidence that indicate the superiority of atypical antipsychotics may be based on short-term efficacy trials Serious adverse effects are common features among both typical and atypical antipsychotics The emergence of the atypical drugs has been accompanied by an assumption that these are associated with less reversible extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) as well as less propensity to cause tardive dyskinesia (TD) (Malla et al 2004) One study indicated that the incidence of EPS is strongly associated with typical antipsychotics and that about 50 to 75 of patients who are taking typical antipsychotics will suffer from EPS (Arana 2000) Another study found similar results The study compared symptom severity and quality of life in patients with schizophrenia who were treated adequately either by typical antipsychotic or by clozapine (atypical) (Sergio et al 2005) Results indicated that clozapine caused significantly fewer EPS than did the typical antipsychotic (Sergio et al 2005) However other studies have indicated equivocal results (Peluso Lewis Barnes amp Jones 2012) A study conducted recently in the United Kingdom included 118 participants in the typical antipsychotic group and 109 participants in the atypical group Findings suggested that both groups had similar EPS however despite the apparent equivalence patients in the atypical group were significantly (3mdashfold) less likely to be prescribed adjunctive anticholinergic medications than those in typical group (Peluso et al 2012) Even though second-generation antipsychotic drugs appear to be more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms on schizophrenia evidence on whether the second-generation antipsychotic drugs cause less EPS is inconsistent In conclusion antipsychotic drugs are the main treatment for patients with schizophrenia The typical antipsychotics are high-affinity antagonists of dopamine D2 receptors and are more effective in managing psychotic symptoms but have a high incidence of serious adverse effects such as extrapyramidal symptoms and tardive dyskinesia In the 1950s typical antipsychotics has brought considerable benefit to patients with schizophrenia to the extent that such drugs have shown efficacy in combating psychotic symptoms and as a consequence increased the possibility of outpatient treatment Atypical antipsychotics entered the market with the proposed superiority with respect to efficacy especially improvement of negative symptoms and the absence of

Page 38 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

extrapyramidal symptoms These atypical antipsychotics differ from those of the first generation by their low affinity for dopamine D2 receptor and the high affinity for other neuronal pathways such as serotonin and noradrenaline Conclusion Unfortunately there are no antipsychotics free from unwanted effects The clinical advantage of a group of drugs often exposes the user to particular complications Unlike the partial success of medications for improving the positive symptoms associated with schizophrenia it is well documented that antipsychotic use ndash typical or atypical ndash does little to ameliorate the debilitating the overall negative symptoms associated with schizophrenia Additionally much of the scientific evidence indicating the superior safety and effectiveness of atypical antipsychotics is inconsistent In terms of inducing adverse effects the superiority of atypical antipsychotics has been questioned in many studies due to the propensity for weight gain and changes in glucose and lipid metabolism that they may cause Thus it seems the debate about the effectiveness of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs in treating schizophrenia is continuous Furthermore it is clear that due to the complexity inherent in any treatment of schizophrenia a psychiatry-psychology alliance might be very welcomed by frontline care providers who are often frustrated and dismayed by the limited effectiveness and all-too-prevalent side effects of medications References Arana G (2000) An overview of side effect caused by typical antipsychotics Journal of Clinical Psychiatry

61 5-11 Bobes J Garcia-Portilla M Rejas J Hernandez G Garcia-Garcia M Rico-Villademoros F amp Porras

A (2003) Frequency of sexual dysfunction and other reproductive side-effects in patients with schizophrenia treated with risperidone olanzapine quetiapine or haloperidol The results of the EIRE study Journal Of Sex Marital Therapy 29(2) 125-147

Duncan G Lieberman J amp Zorn S (1999) Mechanisms of typical and atypical antipsychotic drug action in relation to dopamine and NMDA receptor hypofunction hypotheses of schizophrenia Molecular Psychiatry 4(5) 418-428

Healy D Harris M Tranter R Cutting P Austin R Jones-EdwardsG ampRobertsA (2006) Lifetime suicide rates in treated schizophrenia 1875-1924 and 1994-1998 cohorts compared British Journal of Psychiatry 188 223-228

Horacek J Bubenikova-Valesova V Kopecek M Palenicek T Dockery C Mohr P Hoschl C (2006) Mechanism of action of atypical antipsychotic drugs and the neurobiology of schizophrenia CNS Drugs 20(5) 389-409

Jones P Barnes T Lloyd H Davies L Dunn G Hayhurst K amp hellip Murray R (2006) Randomized controlled trial of the effect on quality of life of second- vs first-generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia Cost utility of the latest antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia study (CUtLASS 1) Archives of General Psychiatry 63(10) 1079-1087

Kalat J (2009) Biological psychology (10th ed) Belmont California Wadsworth Cengage Learning Khan A Schwartz K Stern C Redding N Kolts R Brown W amp Robinson D (2007) Mortality risk

in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 68(12) 1828-1833

Kring A Johnson S Davison G amp Neale J M (2012) Abnormal psychology (12th ed) Hoboken NJ John Wiley amp Sons

Page 39 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Lieberman J Stroup T McEvoy J Swartz M Rosenheck R Perkins D amp Hsiao J (2005) Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia New England Journal of Medicine 353(12) 1209-1223

Mahmoud A Drake R Lewis S amp Hayhurst K (2012) Sexual function of patients with schizophrenia receiving first-generation (FGA) or second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) treatment International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice 16(2) 148-152

Malla A Norman R Scholten D Townsend L Manchanda R Takhar J ampHaricharan R (2004) A comparison of two novel antipsychotics in first episode non-affective psychosis One-year outcome on symptoms motor side effects and cognition Psychiatry Research129(2) 159-169

Peluso M Lewis S Barnes T amp Jones P (2012) Extrapyramidal motor side-effects of first and second-generation antipsychotic drugs The British Journal of Mental Science 200(5) 387-392

Rey J A (2002) Antipsychotic therapy A pharmacoeconomic perspective American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy 59(22 Suppl 8) S5-S9

Sergio A S Ana P Ruben A Julian B Julieta C Soledad F amp hellip Gabriel A (2005) Brief report Lack of extrapyramidal side effects predicts quality of life in outpatients treated with clozapine or with typical antipsychotics Psychiatry Research 133 277-280

Stahl S M (2000) Essential psychopharmacology Neuroscientific basis and practical application (2nd ed) Cambridge University Press

Steinberg P (2012 December 25) Our fail approach to schizophrenia The New York Times Retrieved April 15th 2013 from httpwwwnytimescom20121226opinionour-failed-approach-to-schizophreniahtml_r=0

Whitaker R (2002) Mad in America Bad science bad medicine and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill Cambridge MA Perseus Pub

Whitaker R (2005) Anatomy of an Epidemic Psychiatric Drugs and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry 7(1) 23-35

Ministry of Health (2000) Guidelines to the Mental Health (Compulsory Assessment and Treatment) Act 1992 Wellington Ministry of Healthhttpwwwprnewswirecomnews-releasesbraeburn-pharmaceuticals-achieves-primary-endpoint-in-pivotal-phase-23-study-of-bb0817-risperidone-6-month-implant-for-treatment-of-schizophrenia-300446397html

Braeburn Pharmaceuticals Achieves Primary Endpoint in Pivotal Phase 23 Study of BB0817 Risperidone 6-month Implant for Treatment of Schizophreniahttpspsychcentralcomnews20120607marijuana-compound-may-beat-antipsychotics-at-treating-schizophrenia39803html

Page 40 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INSOLVENCY FRAMEWORK FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

(FSPs)

Dr Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal ICSI IIP IPA of IBBI New Delhi

In the Indian Insolvency scenario the insolvency and bankruptcy is governed by a uniform law of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (ldquoCoderdquo) which came into force in 2016 In the almost 4 years of its inception the Code has seen a lot of important judgments and orders being given by the National Company Law Tribunal (ldquoNCLTrdquo) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (ldquoNCLATrdquo) as well as the Apex Court of India The Code provides a framework for the insolvency resolution inter alia corporate and individuals which does not include Financial Service Providers Section 3(16) of the Code defines lsquoFinancial Servicesrsquo and reads as (16) ldquoFinancial servicerdquo includes any of the following services namely ndash (a) Accepting of deposits (b) Safeguarding and administering assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person or agreeing to do so (c) Effecting contracts of insurance (d) Offering managing or agreeing to manage assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person (e) rendering or agreeing for consideration to render advice on or soliciting for the purposes ofndashndash (i) buying selling or subscribing to a financial product (ii) availing a financial service or (iii) exercising any right associated with financial product or financial service (f) Establishing or operating an investment scheme (g) Maintaining or transferring records of ownership of a financial product (h) underwriting the issuance or subscription of a financial product or (i) Selling providing or issuing stored value or payment instruments or providing payment services Section 3(17) defines financial service providers as a person engaged in providing financial services and would also include non-banking financial companies micro finance institutions etc Insolvency of Financial Service Providers was not covered under the Code however the Central Government has power under Section 227 of the Code to notify Rules for FSPs as and when necessary

Page 41 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The definition of FSP and what constitutes Financial Services was deliberated in the matter of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd v RHC Holding Private Ltd1 wherein NCLAT held that ldquo13 The definition of lsquofinancial servicesrsquo as defined in Section 3(16) of IampB Code is not limited to the 9 activities as shown at Clause (a) to (i) of Section 3(16) The aforesaid Clauses (a) to (i) are inclusive which means there are other services means there are other services which come within the meaning of ldquofinancial servicesrdquo 14 The Registration of Certificate issue by RBI shows that it has granted certificate to commencecarry on business of ldquonon-banking financial servicesrdquo However the Respondent has not been allowed to accept the public deposit and such certificate is condition to other conditions as provided in the back of the CertificaterdquoIn this order NCLAT held that a non-banking financial institution which is carrying on business of financial institution and thereby it being financial service provider will not come within the meaning of Corporate PersonCorporate DebtorThe NCLAT also suggested for the Appellant to bring any complaints against the Financial Institution to the Regulator ie Reserve Bank of India The need for a framework to deal with FSPs was felt in the market and was also expressed in various cases such as that of Randhiraj Thakur v Jindal Saxena Financial Services2 wherein it was held that ldquo10 If the entire scheme of the IampB Code is seen it will be evident that the Code is to consolidate and amend the laws relating to reorganisation and insolvency resolution of lsquocorporate personsrsquo lsquopartnership firmsrsquo and lsquoindividualrsquo in a time bound manner It is a self-contained Code which is exhaustive in nature when it comes to reorganisation and insolvency resolution However an exception had been carved out while enacting the Code that the lsquofinancial service providersrsquo have been kept outside the purview of the Code Being a consolidating legislation only those acts are permitted which are mentioned in the Code and it cannot be made applicable to lsquofinancial service providersrsquo including lsquonon-banking financial institutionsrsquo and MFIrsquos banks which have been kept outside the purview of the CoderdquoIn the present case the Corporate Debtor was a NBFC and had undertaken financial deposits from the respondent thus falling under the ambit defined under Section 3(16) of the Code The application was thus found non-maintainable under Section 7 of the Code It is by virtue of these cases that a need for rules for FSP and their categories were recognized

1httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2019Jul11493138195d25d9f0d704d_2019-07-1120100857pdf 2httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2018OctRandhiraj20Thakur20Director20Mayfair20Capital20Private20Limited20Vs20Jindal20Saxena20Finacial20Services20Private20Ltd_2018-10-1120212941pdf

Page 42 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FSP Rules3 In exercise of the powers conferred under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (31 of 2016) the Central Government made the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules 2019 and notified them on 15th November 2019The rules were framed to provide a generic framework for insolvency and liquidation proceedings of systemically important Financial Service Providers (FSPs) other than banks The Rules shall apply to such FSPs or categories of FSPs as will be notified by the Central Government under section 227 from time to time in consultation with appropriate regulators for the purpose of their insolvency and liquidation proceedingsAs per the FSP Rules all provisions of the Code relating to a corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and liquidation process of a corporate debtor shall apply to FSPs with certain modifications as specified in the FSP Rules However it does not mean that all FSPs would now be covered under these Rules The FSP Rules will apply to only those FSPs who are notified by the Central Government under Section 227 from time to time A notification was issued for all systemically important NBFCs and for RBI to be the appropriate regulator in this regard For all other FSPs the IBC is required to apply in the same manner as that to all other corporate debtors Just like in insolvency proceedings of a Corporate Person a Resolution Professional (RP) is appointed to take over the control of assets and management of the Corporate Debtor The FSP Rules provide that on the admission of an application for initiation of CIRP against an FSP NCLT shall appoint an individual proposed by the appropriate regulator as the Administrator The Administrator will have the powers of an RP The appropriate regulator can constitute an Advisory Committee to advise the Administrator in the operations of the FSP during the CIRP The Advisory Committee has to consist of 3 or more members who shall be persons of ability integrity and standing and who have expertise or experience in finance economics accountancy law public policy or any other profession in the area of financial services or risk management administration supervision or resolution of an FSP Ministry of Corporate Affairs notified the manner of dealing with the third party assets in custody or possession of a FSP by the Administrator appointed under FSP Rules vide Notification No SO 464(E) dated 300120204 The FSP Rules note that moratorium will not apply to any third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties

3httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframworkcb1d53c7fe47f8f22ab36a40f441db2cpdf 4httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframwork3878e1c4a2332a3e4398d924fac58166pdf

Page 43 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However the FSP Rules provide that an Administrator shall take control and custody of third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including any funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties only for the purpose of dealing with them in the manner as may be notified by the Central Government under Section 227 The Rules were put to test in the cases initiated under these FSP Rules The first case initiated under these Rules was that of Reserve Bank of India v Dewan Housing Finance Limited5 The whole process to be followed under the rules was laid down in the order RBI as the regulator had also appointed an administrator and formed an advisory committee to act as a COC for the same NCLT Mumbai Bench held that ldquoThe Applicant RBI in the capacity of Appropriate Regulator has submitted this Application against the Financial Service Provider Dewan Housing Finance Corporation Limited on account of the fact that the default in repayment of the ECB Loan to SBI was committed therefore after following the due procedure as discussed supra prayed for Admission of the Petition us 7 to be read with Section 227 of the Insolvency Code hellip74 Upon Admission it is hereby pronounced that Moratorium as defined us14 of the Insolvency Code shall commence with effect from the date of Application ie 29112019 as prescribed under Rule 5(b)(i) of FSP Rules 2019 On commencement of Moratorium the institution of any Suit or continuation of proceedings or execution of any decree against the Financial Service Provider (DHFL) shall be prohibitedrdquo The process followed has proved that IBC can prove to be a beneficial law for reconstruction and recovery even for financial service providers Conclusion The wait for the Rules to deal with FSPs was long but the mechanism has provided a definite band-aid solution to the current problem of having no framework These Rules however cannot be construed as a permanent solution to deal with all the restructuring and liquidation of Financial Service Providers as a whole The FSP rules provide for a complementary system wherein the Adjudicating Authority the Regulator and the Administrator all have to work in tandem with each other for best results Although these Rules provide a much needed relief to all the stakeholders of FSPs for smooth and clear implementation of Resolution and Restructuring a comprehensive framework which can be considered a one stop solution just like the Code is what should be the aim of the government in the long run

5httpsibbigovinuploadsorderd9c77ba13d4eea5107ae79715a8c0402pdf

Page 44 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 AND UNPRIVILEDGE CLASS AN ANALYSIS

Dr Hajra Masood Assistant Professor ndash Sociology

Karamat Husain PGCollage Lucknow

The World Health Organizationrsquos (WHO) guidelines for safety against COVID-19 are extremely simpleamp basic The guidelines states people to wash their hands regularly with soap practice social distancing with a strict stay at home if one happens to be in an affected area or has been exposed to the virus in any way possible Home quarantine is also advised for people who are in or have recently visited (in the past 14 days) COVID-19 affected areas to avoid the spread of the disease (World Health Organization nd) Indiarsquos most populated state with over 200 million people Uttar Pradesh has managed well to keep the cases below 500 (451 at the time of writing) The state has further sealed all the 160 hotspots completely Uttar Pradesh had no laboratory to test the Sars-CoV-2 pathogen when the first positive case was reported on 3 March it now has 10 The state government has established a Covid Care Fund and is getting support from public representatives and the general public The money is being used to expand testing and treatment facilities 2400 tests are being done daily The government is already working to boost the manufacturing units of PPE N95 masks triple-layer masks thermal analysers ventilators and other equipment

Since healthcare systems in progressive nations like the United States (US) United Kingdom (UK) amp Italy has failed to contain the rapid increase in the number of cases then in this case it becomes crucial to follow such advice to pre-empt the spread of this dangerous virus especially in low- amp middle-income countries where healthcare systems are a luxury for millions to afford The reality of such a densely populated country like India it becomes questionable as how practical it is to adhere to these guidelines It is the question every mind follows and is scared to even admit to self By examining and analyzing the latest National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) reported data on housing amp sanitation (76th round 2018) we make an assessment of the accessibilityamp availability of basic housing amp related amenities of an average Indian household such as sanitation facilities which are set at minimum requirements in order to follow WHO guidelines effectively We consider per capita availability of rooms access to fresh hygienic water for bathing amp toilet facilities as fundamentals to comply with the social distancing norms and to maintain hygiene

Cheek-by-jowl Living Spaces

Investigating on the housing substructure in India it reveals that almost a third of the rural population amp a half of the urban population in India live in houses which as per capita space available are less than a single room which effectively means that isolating

Page 45 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

a person with risk of infection is extremely difficult in these compact spaces This implies that home quarantineself-isolation measures would be difficult to implement among 60 of the population of India in the event of spread of infection (Table 1)

Table 1 Per Capita Availability of Rooms

Rural Urban Total

Less than a room 6608 4516 596

Just a room 1471 171 1545

More than one room 1921 3774 2495

Total 100 100 100

Water Woes

Accessibility of running water in homes is an important part of hygiene and a necessity to ensure regular hand washing with soap The NSSO data reveals that 40 of urban households amp 75 of rural households in India do not have access to tap water in their homes or even in radius of their residential premises (Table 2)

Table 2 Source of Water

Drinking Water Domestic Needs

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Bottled water 34 103 55 01 04 02

Piped water into houses 115 437 214 139 496 248

Piped water to yardplot 98 141 111 98 108 101

Piped water from neighbor 08 10 08 08 09 08

Page 46 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Public tapstandpipe 91 71 85 74 54 68

Tube well 108 103 107 115 172 132

Hand pump 453 80 339 414 79 312

Well Protected 29 16 25 27 24 26

Well Unprotected 43 25 37 45 28 40

Tanker truck Public 01 08 03 01 05 05

Tanker truck Private 04 05 04 05 05 05

Spring Protected 03 01 02 02 00 02

Spring Unprotected 03 00 02 04 00 03

Rainwater Collection 03 01 02 01 00 01

Surface water TankPond 04 01 03 49 10 37

Other surface water (river dam stream canal lake etc 02 01 02 03 01 02

Others (cart with small tank or drum etc) 02 01 02 03 01 02

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Page 47 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

It implies that majorly households obtain their basic resource of water from public taps wells or other shared water sources This denotes that while maintaining any sort of hygiene amp social distancing is itself difficult in these unusual circumstances there is a higher risk of contamination of water resource amp also the spread of infections during public health crises

Furthermore it has been observed that average time required to collect water from community sources is close to approximately an hour every day certainly implying that social distancing is difficult task to followamp execute for a large proportion of households with no proper regulations amp measures for this daily need crisis (Table 3b) As is the practice in many developing or under-developed countries the liability of collecting water from open resources is predominantly on females of the household (73) exposing them to greater health risks (Table 3c)

Table 3 Access to Drinking Water

Rural Urban Total

(a) Access to drinking water

Within dwelling 30 59 39

Outside dwelling but within the premises 31 22 28

Outside premises

Less than 02 km 286 137 240

02 km to 05 km 80 32 65

05 km to 10 km 21 12 18

10 km to 15 km 04 04 04

15 km or more 05 05 05

Total 100 100 100

Page 48 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Rural Urban Total

(b) Average time (in minutes) required to fetch water in a day from outside premises

485 400 470

(c) Who fetches water

Male members 208 338 230

Female members 775 566 739

Hired labour 06 47 13

Others 11 49 18

Total 100 100 100

Poor Sanitation Facilities

Following on we examine Indians access to exclusive washrooms amp latrines required to maintain hygiene to avoid coming into contact with viral discharges of infected persons (Table 4) Among the rural households 45 have no access to exclusive washrooms amp 39 have no access to exclusive latrines while 5 each use public facilities

In urban areas while the percentage of people without access to washrooms amp latrines are lower at 9 amp 4 respectively a higher proportion of households use commonpublic washrooms amp latrines (11 amp 135 respectively)

Overall about 8 of the Indian population uses public sanitation facilities amp a quarter of the population has no access to any sanitation facility making it difficult to follow good hygiene

Page 49 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 4 Access to Bathrooms amp Latrines

Bathrooms Latrines

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

For the exclusive use of household 515 797 602 650 822 702

For common use of households in a building

48 107 66 57 106 72

Publiccommunity use without payment

01 02 01 02 15 06

No bathroom 0 0 0 0 12 04

Others 02 01 02 05 04 04

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Prevalence of proper hand-washing practices

Finally we examine hand-washing practices amongst Indians prior to meals amp after defecation to comprehend in what way these are strongly embedded is this idea of washing or cleaning hands with soap amp water (Table 5) We find that while 75 of the population washes their hands using soap amp water after defecation whereas only 34 of it performs cleaning of hand before having a meal The majority of the population (62) uses only water to wash hands before meals This displays that the fundamental practice required to curtail infections through hand-washing with soap several times a day is a practice that majority of Indians are yet to adopt

Page 50 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 5 Hand-washing Practices

Rural urban Total

(a) Hand-washing regularly before meals

With water amp soap detergent 250 553 343

With water amp ash mudsand etc 36 14 29

With water only 701 427 617

Do not wash 13 06 11

Total 100 100 100

(b) Hand-washing regularly after defecation

With water amp soap detergent 684 892 747

With water amp ash mudsand etc 181 21 132

With water only 135 87 120

Do not wash 01 00 01

Total 100 100 100

Our study amp breakdown of the situation exhibits that maintaining social-distancing following proper hygiene ampobserving self-isolation guidelines in the case of this deadly infection are practically difficult for majority of the population residing in India due to existing housing patternsamp sanitation facilities Even if information regarding protective measuresamp safety norms is circulated to reach amp go rounds through the entire population the lack of basic amenities amp resources makes the financially amp resourcefully less-privileged sections of the Indian society defenceless against COVID-19 httpseconomictimesindiatimescom India shares two SARS-CoV-2 genome sequences

Page 51 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSES REPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

DIRECTORATE AND ISTEQLAL HOSPITAL OF THE MINISTRY OF PUBLIC HEALTH KABUL AFGHANISTAN

Faridullah Rahiq12345 Li Xiguang2 Muhammad Rehman13458 Azizaqa Zahed13 Khalil

Ahmad Pashtoonyar145 Bashir Ahmad Taseer 6 Ahmad Shah Wazir 7 Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil13

1 Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 2 Tsinghua University Beijing PR China

3 Forensic Medicine Strengthening Project Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

4 Forensic Medicine Laboratories Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

5 Forensic Medicine Services Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 6 Mental Health and Substance Abuse Department Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

7 Plastic and burn surgery Department Isteqlal Hospital Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 8 Noor Rahman Medical Laboratory Kabul Afghanistan

ABSTRACT Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases happened in the country during 2014 The majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriage Since there is no proper data collection system about suicide neither in the Ministry of Public Health nor in other ministries the only source of data is represented by some research done by human right commission or NGOs and their main focus is on gender base violence and human rights violations against women rather than suicide Evidence in recent years shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world the cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will not be forgiven by Almighty Allah On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental levels to understand the situation The complicity of silence the general hesitancy to address the issue and the lack of reliable statistics are all reasons not to understanding the underlying structural roots of the problem The aim of the study is to review the frequency of the suicide cases recorded There is little information on suicide and majority of the attempted suicide remains hidden as it is considered

Page 52 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

shameful in the society This behavior is strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors In general policy and judicial actions are needed to prevent andor reduce suicides in the county In addition the suicide reporting process must be strengthened in order to develop efficient interventions awareness rising on the issue is also considered very effective and practical on the issue The study is mostly quantitative and the study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years Data collection is based on the past year data records in both sites interview from personnel and questioning from relevant staff Key words SuicideAfghanistanQuantitative StudyMinistry of Public Health Afghanistan INTRODUCTION Identifying the Problem Suicide is an irrational desire to die The term irrational because no matter how bad a persons life is suicide is a permanent solution to what is nearly always a temporary problem Suicide is a symptom and sign of serious depression Depression is a treatable disorder but often the treatment takes time energy and effort on the part of the person who is feeling depressed It is during this time in treatment that many people turn to suicide and suicidal acts Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations The World Health Organization (WHO) also estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10ndash20 attempts at suicide Seventy five percent of all global suicides occur in low and middle-income countries (LMIC) Risk factors for suicide are many and varied including physical and sexual abuse childhood neglect and deprivation parental separation maternal physical and mental health problems lack of family personality disorder psychiatric disorders (particularly depression) as well as current life-stressors Suicidal behavior is complex Some risk factors vary with age gender and ethnic group and may even change over time The risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination Research has shown that 90 percent of people who kill themselves have depression or another diagnosable mental or substance abuse disorder Difficult life events in combination with other strong risk factors such as depression may lead to suicide Warning signs prior to suicide are significant and divided in to three groups verbal behavioral and environmental I Verbal warning signs include any written letter verbal communication may be direct or

indirect II Behavioral warning signs are behavioral signals which demonstrate emotional changes mood

changes and behavioral changes of a person

Page 53 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

III Environmental warning signs are any major changes in at the home family or job which leads to mood variation and emotional attacks

rdquoThe number of lives lost each year through suicide exceeds the number of deaths due to homicide and war combined Every 40 seconds another family loses a loved one to suiciderdquo said Dr Peeperkorn ldquoPolicy and legislative actions are needed to prevent suicide together with awareness rising of suicide as a public health problem in Afghanistan Surveillance and reporting on suicides and suicide attempts also needs strengthening to devise effective interventions ldquo Over 800000 people die due to suicide every year and there are many more who attempt suicide Suicide occurs throughout the lifespan and was the second leading cause of death among 15-29 year olds globally in 2012 Suicide is a global phenomenon in all regions of the world in fact 75 of global suicide occurred in low- and middle-income countries Suicide accounted for 14 of all deaths worldwide making it the 15th leading cause of death in 2012 Effective and evidence-based interventions can be implemented at population sub-population and individual levels to prevent suicide and suicide attempts Research Methodology Study Design The study is quantitative The study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years (Some samples (suicide attempts through poisoning) of the last year from other 5 hospitals are also included for comparison) NATIONAL SITUATION Afghanistan Afghanistan is a land-locked country (current estimated population 29 million and 2 hundred thousand) that connects central to South Asia 99 of its population is Muslims Kabul (current estimated population 4 million) is the capital city The country has poor social and health indicators made worse by over three decades of continuous war which has caused enormous social political amp economic disorder and suffering Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases were recorded in the country during 2014 Deputy public health service chief said 4466 cases of poisoning and 707 cases of burns were recorded in the capital while 4136 cases of burns were recorded in the provinces during the year 2014 The majority of the victims who are females attempted to commit suicide by setting themselves on fire Hanging and use of weapons are the other means used to commit suicide Evidence shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year At least 184 cases of self-immolation was registered by the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) in 2007 against 106 in 2006

Page 54 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world According to UNAMAs mid-year report cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The real prevalence may be higher than what is mentioned because of general knowledge of silence attached to this issue as suicide is a criminal act in Islamic lsquoShariarsquo and also in the Afghani civil and criminal laws The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will go to hell On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental and para-statal levels to understand the situation However majority of the attempted suicide cases remains hidden since the act of attempting suicide is considered shameful in the society ldquoThe majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriagerdquo noted the UNFPA representative for Afghanistan Dr Annette Robertson according to the public health ministry The womenrsquos rights chief at the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission told Afghanistan Times that methods of suicide used by Afghan women last year include ldquoself-immolation self-poisoning drowning hanging and cutting off the arteryrdquo ldquoSexual abuse domestic violence forced and early marriagesrdquo are among the primary reported reasons for female suicides she added Most ldquosuicide incidents remained covert due to family disgrace but suicides would decline substantially if the ministry of health cooperates with the policerdquo In the Afghanistan Times article a Kabul University lecturer said ldquoDemocracy has not expanded across the country to protect the womenrsquos rights and itrsquos quite challenging to defend women in such a society Women are very vulnerable and often undergo drastic atrocities in their social livesrdquo Violence against women in Afghanistan reached record levels in 2013 according to the Independent Human Rights Commission of Afghanistan (AIHRC) Figures released between 6 months of 2013 witnessed a 25 percent increase in recorded attacks As Seema Samar the chair of AIHRC told Reuters attacks were more frequent and more brutal with incidents including ldquothe cutting of [womenrsquos] noses lips and earsrdquo and ldquopublic raperdquo The struggle to secure womenrsquos rights in Afghanistan has been an embattled one After years of faltering campaigns the landmark Elimination of Violence against Women Act (EVAW) was passed in 2009 by presidential decree The unprecedented law criminalizes 22 offences from forced prostitution to denying women their inheritance (Article 5) prescribes punishments for offenders (Articles 17 ndash 42) and outlines a number of state responsibilities (Articles 8 ndash 16) Most significantly Article 6 enshrines seven victimsrsquo rights including the right of prosecution legal representation and compensation

Page 55 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The 2009 act marked a major turning point in the legal status of Afghan women Before the EVAW was passed cases of violence against women were governed by Afghanistanrsquos penal code in force since 1976 which contains no reference to violence within the family or underage marriage Even these scant legal protections were illusory during Taliban rule when women were denied free movement and access to education and when women were even stoned to death Since then Afghanistan has signed numerous international rights treaties and as a signatory is obliged under international law to respond to reports of attacks on women And yet according to UN statistics out of 650 reported cases between October 2012 and September 2013 the law was applied in a mere 109 On average over the past three years the EVAW act has only been applied to between 15 and 17 percent of reported cases The failure to enforce the law is a chief concern among activists Speaking to Al Jazeera Latifa Sultani an AIHRC spokesperson recounted a case in which a man evaded justice despite being accused of using an axe to dismember his wife With perpetrators at large many victims do not speak out for fear of reprisals leaving countless women to suffer in silence Heather Barr of Human Rights Watch accuses the Afghan government of failing women attributing low rates of law enforcement to a lack of political will In a 2012 report entitled ldquoStill a Long Way to Gordquo the UN made 71 recommendations for strengthening protections for Afghan women The UN found that only four of these proposals had been implemented The United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan notes that a major challenge is the lack of resources and technical and political support for police prosecutors and the courts Securing womenrsquos rights had become one of the prime justifications for intervention Activists fear that the prospect of withdrawal has fuelled an attitude of impunity contributing to the intensification of attacks against women According to UN Women Chief PhumzileMlambo-Ngcuka violence against women in Afghanistan is ldquopandemicrdquo with 872 percent of women experiencing some form of physical psychological sexual economic or social violence 2014 is a year of flux for Afghanistan With a looming general election crumbling economy and concerns over security activists fear worsening of the already hostile environment for women in Afghanistan Vulnerable groups

i Women especially young girls between age of 14 -19 years which are most vulnerable due to gender base violence and violence against their rights

ii Drug users nowadays data showed 11 of general population is using some kind of drugs such as opiates opioid heroin sleep pills or pain killers and hashish (INL Afghan rural drug survey result 2015)

iii Returnees and displaced people with facing acculturation iv Disables family of martyrs v Poor people jobless

vi People with mental disorder and psycho-social problem vii People affected by serious infections such as HIVAIDS HBV and HBS

viii People who have lost their dear ones ix People who are affected from civil war x People who have suddenly faced a very big economical loss

xi People specially youth who are disowned by the family andor face some sort of dishonor by society

Causalities There is little information on suicide in Afghanistan-behaviors that are strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors Afghanistan is a poor and post conflict country with huge burden of health Mental Health- psycho-social problems large risk factors prohibit people from seeking help such as gender

Page 56 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

imbalance gender base violence poverty domestic violence mental disorders cultural changes kinds of human right violation women and children rights violation and related results Most of these risk factors contribute to increase vulnerability for suicide and the situation is going to be worse when we knew the low level of awareness of people and the extreme cultural restrictions to suicide and suicide attempts cases and highlights SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSESREPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE DIRECTORATE Forensics or forensic science is the application of science to questions which are of interest to the legal system as well as social sciences Today forensic doctors are claimed by courts law enforcement offenders and accusers to analyze evidence and report conclusions Sometimes forensic experts are asked to be expert witnesses in court and report those findings As Forensic science is the application of the scientific method to help the judicial system Therefore Forensic doctors collect preserve and analyze scientific evidence during the course of an investigation Some forensic doctorsrsquo travel to the scene of the crime to collect the evidence themselves others are in laboratory performing analysis on objects brought to them by other individuals Worth to mention that In addition to forensic doctorsrsquo laboratory role they also testify as expert witnesses in both criminal and civil cases and can work for either the prosecution or the defense Forensic Medicine Directorate in Afghanistan was established in the year 1981with some basic resources and facilities At present Forensic Medicine Directorate operates under direct supervision of Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan Currently the Directorate operates 24 hours and over passage of time certain sections have developed to incorporate the majority of forensically related cases Forensic specialties that are currently developed in Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan

1 Forensic Pathology 2 Forensic Toxicology 3 Forensic Anthropology 4 Forensic Evidence 5 Forensic Chemistry 6 Forensic Odontology 7 Forensic Genetics 8 Forensic Psychiatry 9 Forensic Serology 10 Criminalistics 11 Document Examination 12 Forensic Autopsy Examinations 13 Medical Malpractice amp Mispractice Investigation Though Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the cause of death as it is not part of their authority therefore they only describe and record the cause of death The cause of death can clearly indicate the intention behind it The suicide attempts that had led to death and were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate during the years 2014 2015 and 2016 Suicide Cases ndash Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan During the year 2014 2015 and 2016 total 119 deaths (suicide cases) were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate the breakdown is shown in below table and the graph chart

Page 57 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 58 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 59 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 60 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 61 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 62 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 63 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 64 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 65 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 66 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 67 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 68 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 69 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 70 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 71 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 72 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 73 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 74 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 75 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 76 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 77 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 78 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 79 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 80 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 81 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 82 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FINDINGS

The basic goal is to prevent suicide both injury and death study results indicate that standards by which progress can be documented could empower government to actually implement their plans This can include constantly connecting suicide prevention to other issues to which the public government agencies or the educational system are already committed More work is needed at the national level to assist in developing these standards There are some findings indicated during the research that are concluded as below 1 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Forensic Medicine Directorate that has led

to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 was 119 The average of suicides that are recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate per year was 396 suicides

2 Among the cases in Forensic Medicine Directorate 44 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 56 were committed by male

3 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people in Forensic Medicine however still 55 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

4 The methods used for suicide were hanging mouse killer drown in water gun shot and Burn As per available data hanging was the most common method used ie 74 while other methods usages was 19 2 4 and 1 respectively

5 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Isteqlal hospital that has led to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 is 41 The average of suicides that are recorded in Isteqlal Hospital per year was 136 suicides

6 Among the cases 80 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 20 were committed by male

7 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people however still 68 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

8 As per detailed information provided in chapter 4 there were 4 female suicide cases (Poisoning) reported in Isteqlal hospital in the years 2015 and 2016 This number shows that as per chapter 5 data from five hospitals where 391 women who had attempted suicide 4 have died which shows the average ratio of 1001 that means in every 100 poisoned cases in women 1 die

9 Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the type of death as it is not part of their authority They only describe the cause of death

10 Forensic medicine directorate is not well equipped and not trained and authorized to give exact opinion

11 There is no proper database available that records suicides and suicide attempts with all possible details Most of the cases are recorded quantitatively while lots of details related to the quality of the case are missing

12 Registration and medical records of hospitals donrsquot have sufficient data available to enhance related researches

13 Strong coordination and cooperation lack between Forensic Medicine Police Prosecutors and Courts

14 The final decisions taken on cases are not shared with Forensic Medicine by Courts 15 The recorded cases show that the age group is in between 15 ndash 35 with higher percentage

between 15-25 which means young age group is much vulnerable 16 The method of suicide is different by sex men usually use hanging as a method however

women usually choose poisoning and self-immolation 17 Though as per observations female suicide cases are higher than male but most of the cases

related to women are hidden at family and community level and are not referred for investigation therefore there are fewer records available in Forensic Medicine Directorate

Page 83 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

18 Overall in Kabul with an estimated population of Four million the number of poisoning cases recorded in 5 hospitals is 2061 cases According to authorities almost more than 90 of all these cases are attempts to suicide which means there are 52 people attempting suicide in every 100000 people

19 The present analysis found that Afghan women attempted suicide 113 times more than men 20 Finally there is no certain prevention strategy in place yet Conclusively it can be stated that though suicide rate is not high in Afghanistan but still suicide prevention strategies must be developed within the context of social economic and political realities There will be challenges that may come during the processes of planning and implementation But it is really important to compare experiences of several governments discover commonalities and gather recommendations about national level suicide prevention planning and implementation strategy SUGGESTION amp CONCLUSION This study shows that incidence of suicide may have increased in Afghanistan but also there is a lack of information of the subject The prolonged war and the socio-political and socio-economical disorder in Afghanistan have all but destroyed the social order of the country and this may be reflected in the suicide statistics of the country Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam Attempting or committing suicide offends the whole family socially and could be one of the reasons why suicides are under- reported and under-researched in Afghanistan In case of hospitals (as shown in records of Isteqlal Hospital) the number of female cases are high because for treatment purpose family members do bring the victim to the hospital and the case is recorded both by the hospital authority as well as the investigative department In such cases family members canrsquot deny the incident and therefore the real data is recorded in hospitals Most acts of self-immolation by young Afghan women are due to some factors such as arranged and forced marriages trading women with the intention of marriage and the outdated and illegal practice of ldquobaadrdquo (the giving away of a female to settle a dispute) The lack of family support in many cases appears make the situation worse Therefore suicide in Afghan women is a form of social protest against the domination they face However the majority of the suicide victims have no intention to kill themselves they just want to express their pain by burning or eating poison Still due to immediate effects adverse harm complications and complication and non-availability of time the victims lose their lives Though government has passed different laws such as EVAW law - Elimination of Violence against Women but the politics and logistics of moving from paper to practice present a significant challenge The number of female attempting suicide by any mean is high the more women learn about their rights the more they will less go to the extreme that is attempt suicide Therefore the effectiveness of the human rights system at the national level needs to be improved and an effective advocacy initiative or strategy is required at national level More than three decades of almost continuous conflict in an impoverished country of Afghanistan has severely compromised the mental health status of the population From the small number of scientific reports (and a growing number of media reports) it appears suicidal behavior has become a serious public health problem in Afghanistan This is neither unexpected nor surprising However in order to understand the problem better and to inform policy for developing suicide prevention programs there is need for more and better research My review is an initial attempt to

Page 84 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

draw attention to this problem in Afghanistan In order to reduce the growing number of suicides in addition to give the sufferersrsquo immediate health care the below points are recommended 1 To decrease illiteracy and promoting literacy in each and every community 2 To provide long term awareness sessions in order to show families broader ways to struggle

in reducing violence against women stop domestic problems etc through media ie TV and radio

3 To create jobs and provide occupations to improve peoplersquoseconomicstatus and reduce related tensions

4 To seek assistance of influential community people religious leaders and teachersprofessors to publicize the issue of domestic violence

5 To expand and well equip the burn and attempt suicide wards within hospitals in addition to establishment of specialization programs

6 To establish proper psychosocial sessions for the survivors in order to convince them not to commit suicide again and help them to return to their normal life

7 To establish an emergency department equipped by emergency call number to speedily prevent and cover the cases

8 To keep away insecticides pesticides (poison) and firearm from all certain people who are under observation with different behaviors characteristics and mental issues

9 To conduct a national wide research on identifying the main and frequent causes behind suicides lead by Forensic Medicine Directorate and Mental Health Department of MOPH

10 Scope of government responsibility needs to be expanded for protection of womens human rights at each and every level

AUTHORS CONTRIBUTION This research was conducted in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Istiqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan FR carried out experiment and collected data LX carried data analysis FR and MR drafted manuscript BAT ASW AZ MMA and KAP conceived of the study and participated in the research coordination the authors read and approved the final manuscript REFERENCES 1 MoPH 2014b Suicide Report Press Report MoPH Kabul Afghanistan 2 Epidemiology and outcome of burns in Isteqlal Hospital of Kabul Afghanistan Burns 36

1101ndash1106 3 General Directorate of Preventive Medicine Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 4 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Isteqlal Hospital of

Kabul Afghanistan 5 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Forensic Medical

Department of Kabul Afghanistan 6 httpwwwbreitbartcomnational-security20140913afghanistan-4-136-cases-of-self-

immolation-primarily-involving-women-registered-so-far-this-year 7 httpwwwwhointmental_healthpreventionsuicidesuicidepreventen 8 httpwwwkhaamacomover-9000-suicide-attempt-cases-recorded-in-afghanistan-6666 9 httpdxdoiorg101016jajp201701004 10 httpwwwtherichestcomrich-listthe-biggest10-countries-with-the-highest-suicide-rates-

in-the-world 11 A study of deliberate self-harm and its repetition among patients presenting to an emergency

department Crisis ndash2011

Page 85 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

12 Asian Journal of Psychiatry 13 Guanglin He et al 2019 A comprehensive exploration of the genetic legacy and forensic

features of Afghanistan and Pakistan Mongolian-descent Hazara Forensic Science International Genetics 42 (2019) e1-12doiorg101016jfsigen201906018

14 Shahzad MS Kalsoom S Bajwa JI Arif A Khan MAU (2018) Detection and comparison of light metals in hair among workers of different industries using Particle Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) for forensic casework Adv Life Sci5 (4) 154-158

15 WAQAS M et al 2019 trace elemental analysis of hair for toxicity using partial induced x-ray emission (pixe) testing for forensic science applications IJBPAS 8(11) 2181-2194

Page 86 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 ECONOMY IN JEOPARDIZE

Gurpreet Kaur

Research Scholar Desh Bhagat University Amloh Ludhiana Abstract The rampant spread of COVID-19 outbreak across borders and geographies has severely impacted almost the whole world and triggered significant downside risks to the overall global economic outlook India too suffered decline in its economy due to the lockdown It was assumed while presenting the budget in February that GDP growth rate will be higher from last few years However now this task seems next to be impossible as the growth rate in spite of inclining has started declining This is a serious issue as many industries has been fallen Even it can be said that industries are at the last stage of survival This paper tends to highlight those sectors which suffered a lot Along with that this paper also tries to find steps that can be taken to combat this problem Keywords Rampant Growth Rate GDP Economy Outlook Global Introduction Coronavirus has almost broken all the norms and boundaries which has been set in the world As its breakdown resulted in locking almost everything It just stop the movement and it seems that only time has been running and rest of the things are being paused The major impact it had on the lives of human being and at the economy of the any country It can be estimated that globally the economy has suffered a lot This pandemic has even broken the record of the loss that has occurred in the Great Depression which happened in 1930 Due to the lockdown announced by the Indian Government the economy may slow over the next few months For most businesses the slowdown could be in the form of supply disruptions fall in consumption demand and stress on the banking and financial sectors Objective This paper tries highlight The major sectors which suffered the most due to pandemic The impact of COVID-19 in the economy of India The future challenges that need to be taken to combat this situation Research Methodology The method used to write this paper is purely descriptive The secondary sources has been opted to write this paper The matter is gathered from articles journals books and so on

Page 87 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Reality Check It is a matter of fact that after the lockdown a humanitarian crisis unfolded It forced people into starvation joblessness poverty destitution depression and many more This is apart from health infrastructure crisis

Prediction of GDP growth rate before the Breakdown of Coronavirus Amid the coronavirus pandemic several countries across the world resorted to lockdowns to ldquoflatten the curverdquo of the infection These lockdowns meant confining millions of citizens to their homes shutting down businesses and ceasing almost all economic activity According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) the global economy is expected to shrink by over 3 per cent in 2020 ndash the steepest slowdown since the Great Depression of the 1930s As the annual year was around the corner before the spread of hazardous virus The Union - Government has already passed the Budget While presenting the Finance Bill for the year 2020-21 the Union Government on 01022020 had reasonably estimated Indias nominal GDP growth rate (ie real growth + inflation) of 10 percent however the same now seems far from reality and certainty The slowdown in demand closure of production activities fall in the global price of crude oil ban on foreign trade price decrease in the commodities like energy metals and fertilizers restrictions on the aviation industry as also on tourism amongst others are bound to exert downward pressure on the inflation thus adversely affecting the economy chart It is believed that Indias aggressive lockdown could bring the countrys growth down to 25 percent from 45 percent it had earlier estimated However as per a statement released by Chief India Economist of Goldman Sachs on 09042020 the economic growth of India has been estimated at a low figure of 16 only It is really a matter of concern As the incline in Indian Economy is also estimated by the World Bank In the latest World Banks assessment India was expected to grow 15 to 281 Even the IMF also projected a growth rate of 19 for India in 2020 However all seems to be mere a dream Adversely affected Sectors The manufacturing an important part of any economy suffers from total lack of clarity Lockdown has put great stress on the supply chains of essential commodities and

1 World Bank Assessment Report

Page 88 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

therefore many of the Indian companies have focused on the production and supply of essential items only thereby stopping all other production activities thereby bringing down the production graph Likewise the other sectors like agriculture being the primary sector and the tertiary sector are also not free from its impact There is hardly any manpower available for the agricultural purposes in different states Lockdowns have manifestly made the farmers difficult to take their produce for sale to the markets Informal sector of India the backbone of its economy will be hardest hit in view of economic activities coming to a total standstill These lockdowns and restrictions on commercial activities and public gatherings are necessarily likely to strongly impact domestic growth As estimated by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) on 07042020 the overall unemployment rate may have surged to 23 per cent with urban unemployment standing at nearly 31 per cent International Labour Organisation (ILO) has estimated about 40 crores workers of unorganised sectors to be unemployed The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)2 has suggested that Indias trade impact due to the COVID-19 outbreak could be around USD 348 million For India the overall trade impact is estimated to be at 129 million dollars for the chemicals sector textiles and apparel at 64 million dollars the automotive sector at 34 million dollars electrical machinery at 12 million dollars leather products at 13 million dollars metals and metal products at 27 million dollars and wood products and furniture at 15 million dollars As per UNCTAD estimates exports across global value chains could decrease by USD 50 billion during the year in case there is a 2 reduction in Chinas exports of intermediate inputs What is also worrisome is the effect of all the circumstantial conditions on the Rupee value which is at its lower value of more than Rs 76 per USD exerting extra burden and pressure on the cost of import of commodities and services in India and on the accumulated foreign reserves Industries Corona virus had its impact in the industry in general which has seen not only cutting the salaries but also laying off its employees The hotels are vacant and airlines have closed their wings The live events industry has also estimated a loss of more than Rs 3000 crores It is also resulted that businesses are grappling with tremendous uncertainty about their future According to the survey3 COVID-19 is having a deep impact on Indian businesses over the coming months jobs are at high risk because firms are looking for some reduction in manpower Further it is added that already COVID-19 crisis has caused an unprecedented collapse in economic activities over the last few weeks

2 UNCTAD Statistics available at unctadorg 3Survey conducted by Industry body FICCI and tax consultant Dhruva Responses are from about 380 companies across the sectors

Page 89 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The present situation is having a high to very high level impact on their business according to almost 72 per cent respondents Further 70 per cent of the surveyed firms are expecting a de growth sales in the fiscal year 2020-21

Apparel ampTextile get hit adversely due to disruption in labour supply raw material unavailability working capital constraints and restricted demand due to limited movement of people and

purchasing ability Auto sector4 (which includes automobiles and auto parts) will continue to face

challenges on account of lack of demand global recession and falling income levels Aviation amp Tourism5 is one sector which has the highest probability of going under

without direct government intervention Due to pandemic there are high chances that in the next 12 months itrsquos highly unlikely people will travel for leisure apart from very essential travel Dependency of earning money by tourist depends on the visitors It is certain that this industry will be affected the most as people would not like to travel without any reason This will not only drop economy rate in own country but also has a great impact on global economy

Building amp Construction6 businesses are generally leveraged and hence will face the dual challenges of high-interest payments and lack of sales Lack of work and payment are the greatest hurdle in the way of building and construction industries

Hotel industryis among one such industry which has suffered a lot As their hotels are totally shut down and they have no other mode of earning

Gym industryalso faced a huge loss Due to lockdown everything is closed Trainers owners are facing huge loss Large number of population has become unemployed This problem would not resolve quickly It would take time In other words anything which involves personal interaction will face problems in the next 12 months ndash real estate or big-ticket itemsluxury products Sectors with a possible uptick

Digital amp Internet Economy Online based products amp services companies will find new takers

o Ed-tech and Online Education along with firms involved with online-skill development have become popular which also resulted in the growth of E-Learning Almost every school has opened their arms for online teaching

4 wwwsmallcasecom 5 Ibid 6 Ibid

Page 90 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

o Online groceries also gain With the lockdown people are now become habitual to buy things online As a result online grocery gain profit and other retailer would suffer

o There will be a sudden spike in the demand for Content with digital content being in demand more than ever

FMCG amp Retail7 will benefit immensely With continued fear food-based retail chains and companies catering to low-ticket consumption demand will emerge as winners

Speciality Chemicals8 Firms dealing in Chemicals will see a jump due to increased demand for disinfectants drugs and medicines Measures to Combat this Situation With COVID-19 spreading rapidly in India policymakers are worried about how to fight the virus and minimise its impact on the economy There are no easy answers In addition to containing the spread of the disease and support those who are affected policymakers have to be prepared for the long-term challenges and opportunities that may arise once the crisis is over and it will eventually be To minimise the effect in the economy caused by the COVID -19 outbreak the Union Finance amp Corporate Affairs Minister on 24032020 announced several important relief measures taken by the Government of India especially on statutory and regulatory compliance matters related to several sectors The Central Government amongst others announced much-needed relief measures in areas of Income Tax GST Customs amp Central Excise Corporate Affairs Insolvency ampBankruptcy Code (IBC) Fisheries Banking Sector and Commerce intended to boost the economy What is next in the list It might be a mouthful but herersquos a look at whatrsquos to come in the immediate future Liquidity is expected to remain tight as the cost of borrowing in real terms will jump upwards This is despite central banksrsquo efforts to reduce interest rates Banks and financial institutions will be under immense pressure as the fear of NPAs insolvency and bankruptcies increase multi fold The government will focus on meeting hyper demand for essential goods while non-essential businesses will focus on recovering their receivablesoutstanding money due from debtors New strategic alliances or business partnerships will not emerge during this period A smallcase is a basket of stocksETFs based on ideas themes and strategies They are professionally managed and offer investors more transparency and control over their investments Many lives will be lost and millions more affected Countries will introspect businesses will realign But as Jackiersquos 21st-century take on turning lemons into lemonade goes there may be a silver lining We may have to wait for the rain clouds to depart

7 wwwsmallscalecom 8 Ibid

Page 91 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Technology amp Future of Work Technology for many businesses until today was considered to be a support function with it being used as a means to get to an end This is set to change as technology will now become the frontline requirement in most organizations Its importance will be comparable to that of revenue-generating functions ndash sales and business development Trends will accelerate Automation will gain momentum as the spend on sophisticated IT infrastructure outpaces human resources Job creation will be limited with more offers being rolled out on a contractual basis than on a full-time basis This sort of gig economy will emerge in the emerging markets as well as the more developed markets Work from home will be the new normal Firms in some sectors will realise that employees working from home are equally productive as compared to when they are working from the office This will also help in saving infrastructure costs Back to basics Businesses will rethink their strategy of focusing on sales without profitabilityprofitability growth Organizations claiming hefty valuations just on the basis of sales growth will no longer find buyers ndash focus on profit and profit growth will be the new normal Data is the new oil That is as long as the price of oil doesnrsquot drop to $0 again (FYI only the expiring futures contract dropped to zero) Data will become even more valuable and with it data misuse through AI will also become rampant Wersquore already seeing governments and private entities roll out contact tracing tools which have poor implementation and pose severe threats to data security and privacy As these entities have realized data can play a huge role in limiting the impact of viral phenomena ndash diseases protests misinformationhellipthe list goes on

Page 92 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Data and IT security will become even more important for businesses Traditional businesses including heavy industries will find it difficult to survive without access to information that would help with optimization and extracting efficiency All about the money Finally big financial conglomerates with large balance sheet exposure will become history Wersquoll see the emergence of specialized segmental lenders who will strive to make better lending decisions through AI amp social intelligence Traditional lenders will exit the game There is no doubt that COVID-19 will have a large impact on the Indian economy With respect to India the discussion can be bifurcated into 2 parts ndash Indiarsquos economy and its stock markets The recovery of the underlying economy will be slow and it will take around 2 years for normalcy to come back across sectors While the overall economy might take a hit because of the government lockdown some sectors are set to see immense growth in the post-COVID era ndash FMCG B2C specialised lenders gold-dependent companies food retail and pharmaceutical companies to name a few Stock markets have a mind of their own formed by the collective emotions + intelligence of millions They are often skewed and arenrsquot the best indicators of the underlying economy Stock markets will have a strong recovery not due to the fundamentals strength but due to global liquidity which is available for almost free (as interest rates tend to near zero) Availability of debt capital will be scarce in India whilst equity capital will be available in plenty over a period of time What can the Government do Like its counterparts across the globe the Indian government has announced a slew of measures to prevent total collapse However it isnrsquot enough This works to alleviate some of the pain not counter it 1 Loosen its purse and spend money on infrastructure development ndash lsquoRebuild India

Rejuvenate Indiarsquo 2 Public sector financial institutions need to be further capitalized and nudged by the

RBI to lend out low-ticket loans below INR 1 Crore in the form of working capital to ensure that liquidity comes back into the system

3 Banking sector needs to be nudged to pass on rate cuts induced by RBI to the borrowers

4 Personal tax cuts amp tax holidays for 6 ndash 12 months can be adopted to revive consumption which will help spur economic growth

Page 93 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

These are not an exhaustive list of measures but could help alleviate the impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy while stimulating growth To conclude I would like to pen down by saying that this pandemic may wreck the Indian economy The level of GDP may further fall more so when India is not immune to the global recession In fact it is believed that India is more vulnerable since its economy has already been ailing and in a deep-seated slowdown for several quarters much before the COVID-19 outbreak became known The Prime Minister of India has already spoken of setting up an Economic Task Force to devise policy measures to tackle the economic challenges arising from COVID 19 as also on the stability of Indian economy However the concrete plans would have to be kept in place to support the economy and its recovery At last but not the least as the disruption from the virus progresses globally as well as within India it is for us to forget at least for the time being all talking only about economic recovery and instead join hands whole heartedly to tackle the outcome of COVID-19 References 1 Siddhartha RastogiThe impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy 2 Shikha Goyal What is the impact of Coronavirus on Indian Economy 3 Annual Budget presented by Union Government 4 httpswwwjagranjoshcom 5 httpsmeconomictimescom 6 httpsmeconomictimesindiatimescom 7 wwwbusiness-standardcom 8 wwwindiatodayin 9 httpseconomictimesindiatimescommarketsexpert-viewgoldman-sachs-revised-

global-growth-forecast-for-2020-to-2-and-that-of-us-to-6-prachi-mishraarticleshow75065449cms

10 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPublicationsPDFsMPRAPRIL2020E3D4AD8245734F27B6C5688F22B4FA2FPDF

11 httpswwwbusinesstodayincurrenteconomy-politicscoronavirus-fallout-unemployment-rate-spikes-to-23-after-lockdown-says-cmiestory400349html

12 httpsengaonconnectioncommore-than-40-crore-workers-in-indias-unorganized-sector-may-be-affected-due-to-the-lockdown-which-will-affect-their-employment-and-earnings-ilo

13 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPressReleasePDFsPR22761B4E43FCBED94A12955FD65458EBEEDAPDF

14 httpswwwindiatodayinindiastoryschool-books-to-path-labs-delhi-govt-relaxes-lockdown-1671877-2020-04-28

Page 94 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PROBLEMS IN SHIP BREAKING INDUSTRY OF INDIA A

CASE OF ALANG SHIP BREAKING YARD

Hrudanand Misra Professor Institute of Management

Nirma University Ahmedabad Gujarat India

Abstract

The requirement of steel production in India the ship breaking industry has become a vital for the countryrsquos economy After four decade of growth India continues to compete with Bangladesh to lead the international ship breaking industry In Alang area the ship breaking sector and related downstream activities provides employment and resources to nereby communities The industry is profitable and income generating poor working practices and low environmental standards tarnish the image of the sector at national and international levels A huge number of accidents and fatalities in ship breaking processes highlight the lack of adequate Occupational Health and Safety Standards Seasonal migrant workers many of whom are unaware with the industry These labours are recruited through sub-contractors most of the workers in India lack sufficient hazard awareness and basic safety requirement necessary to work in a ship breaking yard This paper focuses on the Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry (SBRI) of India to access its present situation impact on environment as well as worker rights and safety The paper also puts light on how India Ship Breakers Association (ISBA) reacts to unhygienic unsafe scrapping facilities and what remedies shall be taken to overcome the challenges of this potential industry

Keywords Ship Breaking And Recycling Challenges Environment Worker Right Introduction Ship breaking is the process of dismantling of old ships to recover steel scrap and other materials Ships breaking industry is a recycling industry which recover steel from the ship which is expected to constitute 90 percent in terms of value The other materials constitute the remaining 10 percent and consist of machines and equipment furniture and fittings asbestos wood panels oil chemicals electrical fittings etc These items can at best be considered as by-products of this industrial activity Ship breaking is a challenging process involving a complexity of issues like ecology environment labour health and safety Thus it has been recognized as one of the hazardous industries and this activity is mainly concentrated in developing countries of Asia The ship breaking activity shifted gradually from high-income countries to middle income countries and then to low income countries due to growing environmental concern and stringent regulations in developed countries During this process the ship breaking industry has transformed from being a capital-intensive industry to labour

Page 95 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

intensive industry Although Ship breaking industries produce the potentiality for economic growth it also brings with it dangers of environmental imbalances Until the 1970rsquos ship breaking activities were concentrated in developed countries But after 1980 due to availability of cheap labour a shift of these activities from the developed countries to developing countries is witnessed Countries like India Bangladesh China and Pakistan have less stringent norms or legislation pertaining to environment and also the availability of huge labour force It is estimated that on an average 700 ships are taken for decommissioning every year world over Out of these 350-450 ships are scrapped in India The ship breaking activities are carried out at various places in India along the sea coast of the country Viz Alang in Gujarat Sachana in Gujarat Dharukhana near Bombay Tadri in Karnatka Maipe in Karnataka Baypore in Kerala Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh Valinokan in Tamil Nadu and at Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu However the main ship breaking centre is located on the west coast at Alang Gujarat The ship breaking activity at Alang began in 1982 and currently 141 plots are in operation and Alang is considered to be the largest ship breaking yard in world India has the worldrsquos largest ship breaking facility in terms of volume According to Basel convention report of 2003 38 percent of ship breaking activities are concentrated in India followed by China 25 percent Bangladesh 19 percent and Pakistan 7 percent Alang has grown from small coastal village with a small population of fishermen and farmers to become worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard Upto 1980rsquos ship breaking activities were limited to the breaking of small-sized ship at Darukhana yard near Bombay At the end of 1970rsquos the Metal Scrap Trade Corporation (MSTC) of the Government of India decided to import non-useable ships from foreign countries and the Government decided to set up ship breaking yards During 80rsquos there was a tremendous demand for scrap from large number of foundries and re-rolling mills in Gujarat Therefore Government of Gujarat adapted policies in favour of ship breaking industry on Gujarat coast The Gujarat Maritime Board made intensive survey and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity In 1983 the first ship was beached and this laid the foundation of ship breaking at Alang which has now grown as worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard The working environment and negative impacts on the environment have become a growing concern over the time by the industrialists some social groups NGOrsquos and local and global media Some sort of comprehensive plans are need to be established to improvise current problems in the Alang ship breaking yards So the overall objectives this study include are bull To study the general overview of Ship Breaking Industry bull To evaluate the impact of environmental adversity bull To assess the issues involved in workers safety bull To recommend for the challenges occurred in SBRI

Page 96 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ship Breaking Industry Its Global Impact Ship breaking or ship scrapping as defined by the US occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is ldquoany breaking of a vesselrsquos structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel including the removal of gear equipment or any component of a vesselrdquo (US Environmental Protection Agency 2000) A ship consists mostly of steel At the end of its useful life it becomes a source of ferrous scrap The scrap is particularly reprocessed for manufacturing simple steel products such as steel rods used in civil engineering A large portion of the waste generated following the demolition or scrapping process is largely returned to good use Useable equipment is such as pumps motors generators etc are sold as it finds alternative applications and the scrap steel is reprocessed (Andersen 2001 1-2) Ships were historically broken at regulated European dry dock facilities by skilled workers After 1970rsquos the high cost of environmental controls and employees safety standards shifted the work onto cheaper shores As a result during 1980rsquos these countries delocalized their activities to developing countries Besides the availability of cheap labour in developing world the adoption of stringent environmental norms by developed countries acted as the major reason for the shift of these activities toward the developing countries The ship breaking industry creates enormous employment opportunities and generates income as it also provides with recycling of products and scrap materials for further production According to 2001 OCED report on ship scraping ldquoship demolitions remove large volume of obsolete tonnage from fleets recycle many of the materials used in ships construction and are a major employer in the main ship breaking areasrdquo (International Federation of Human Rights 20004)

On average a ship has an active life span of 25 to 30 years After it fails to meet the safety requirement it is sent for breaking The ship is sold through international broker or via cash buyers Until 1960rsquos ship breaking activities was highly mechanized and concentrated in industrialized countries like United States the United Kingdom Germany and Italy The United Kingdom accounted for 45 percent of ship breaking industry During 1960rsquos and 1970rsquos ship breaking activities shifted to semi-industrialized countries such as Spain Turkey and Taiwan mainly because of availability of cheaper labour and also the existence of re-rolling mills in these countries About 79 countries were involved in ship breaking activity Asian yards come into existence during 1980rsquos Despite their late establishment at present this region account for over 95 percent of the industry Alang ship breaking yard of India has become eminent industry holding first position in Asia and also in world market Bangladesh holds second position after India Table 21 presents the number of vessels that were dismantled during 1994 and 2002 Out of 3854 vessels that were dismantled during this period 58 percent were dismantled

Page 97 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in India alone Table also reveals that out of top eight destinations for these ships six are Asian countries More than 80 percent of ships dismantled were done in Asia The Asian countries also account for more than 80 percent of tonnage of these ships Out of 35789303 million tonnes of Ldt worldwide approximately 45 percent from the ships dismantled in India The table clearly shows the important place of India and Asia in the ship breaking industry world over Table 1 Number of Vessels by Breaking Location and their tonnage 1994-2002

Country Number of Vessels

Total of Ldt (Million

tons)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

India 2245 16135949 5825 4509 Bangladesh 529 7737562 1373 2162

China 379 4734533 983 1323 Pakistan 192 3521888 498 984 Turkey 109 379641 283 106

Vietnam 29 372882 075 104 Spain 18 59439 046 017

Mexico 18 75746 046 021 Other Countries 345 2771663 871 774

Total 3854 35789303 10000 10000 Source Clarksonrsquos Demolition Database 2002

Note These are some of the major countries involved in ship breaking activity Light displacement tonnage (Ldt) the lightweight is the displacement without cargo fuel lubricating oil ballast water fresh water and feed water consumable stores and passengers and crew and their effects but including liquids in piping Ship Breaking Industry in India At present India has large share in ship breaking industry (OCED 2001) and most of the activity is concentrated in Alang and Sosiya the two villages situated in the coast of Arabian Sea in the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat In India upto the 1980rsquos the ship beraking industry was concentrated in Darukhana yard near Mumbai However the activities were limited as it involved breaking of small-size ships It was in the late 1970rsquos that the MSTC decided to import non-useable ships and consequently the government decided to set up ship breaking yards Ship breaking activities was recognized as a major source of steel supplier for the re-rolling steel plants Subsequently in 1979 ship scrapping was recognized as an industry The initiation of this move was also the growing demand of scrap from the large number of foundries and re-rolling mills The state of Gujarat was one of the states where the demand for scrap was high for meeting the needs of the re-rolling mills Therefore the Government of Gujarat adopted policies in favour of ship breaking and set-up ship

Page 98 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

breaking yards on coast of Gujarat This step was also backed by the reports of various committees that recommended the development of ship breaking activities Gujaratrsquos has been blessed with one of the longest coast lines Besides it also has a long glorious past dated to almost 3000 years manifested by the maritime commercial ties that it had developed with countries such as China Egypt Sri-Lanka Greece African and Arabian countries Following the demand for steel and also the recommendation of various committees the Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) carried intensive survey of the coastal region and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity The GMB as well as the groups of ship breakers endorsed the selection of this site for the following reasons 1 The site falls in the high tide zone where the highest tide reaches upto 10 to 11

meters This is considered to be most favourable for ship breaking activities 2 This site is located in the Gulf of Khambhat and whose harbours are protected

areas during rainy season which allows ship breaking activity 3 The coast of Alang is sloping and has a long dry area which facilities reaching up

vessels 4 The seabed at Alang dries up very quickly even during monsoon thus facilitating

the handling as all kinds of material and equipment 5 The area along the coast as Alang is free from other competitive users like

merchant shipping fishing and even salt work Alang is a small coastal village as the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat dominated by a small population of fishermen and farmers Presently it has turned out to be one of the largest shipbreaking yards not only in India but also in the world The yard stretches over 15 Km and actually covers two yards (Alang and Sosiya) The Alang ship breaking yards have the capacity to break VLCCs and ULCCs vessels a facility not available to any other ship breaking countries in the world Furthermore unlike other countries where the ship breaking activities is capital intensive in India it is labour intensive Being a labour surplus country labour is available in plenty and that too at competitive rate Alang ship breaking yard provides large number of employment opportunities to number of skilled and unskilled labours Moreover there are many other activities and industries which are directly and indirectly dependent on Alang ship breaking yard and the number of such workers directly and indirectly employed is estimated to be in between 15 to 16 lakhs (International Federation of Human Rights 2000 56) This also includes the downstream industries generated by the ship breaking industry such as re-rolling mills foundries oxygen plants local scrap store transportation companies and other small local businessmen and upstream activity such as brokers service sectors

Very Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 160000-320000 Dead Weight Tonnage Ultra Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 320000 Dead Weight Tonnage

Page 99 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

etc A survey conducted by the International Federation of Human Rights (FIDH) found that 100 re-rolling mills are functioning in the area and each generally employs between 80-120 and thus employing about 8000-10000 workers The existing site of Alang-Sosiya ship breaking yard (ASSBY) comprises of 183 plots of different sizes The breakup of these plots is as given below Table 23 which clearly indicate that more than half of the plots are of larger sizes which are used for breaking ships of higher Ldt while the small size plots are used for breaking medium sized ships of lower Ldt All these plots are developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which is also the owner Table 2 Distribution of Plots of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Plot Size Number 120 times 50 Mt 10 80 times 45 Mt 24 50 times 45 Mt 56 30 times 45 Mt 93 Total 183

Source Gujarat Maritime Board Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is an autonomous institution which monitors all the ports of Gujarat and is responsible for the development of ship breaking yard at Alang All the plots are owned by the GMB which lease out the plot to the ship breakers The initial lease period is for ten years which has to be renewed thereafter Upto 1990rsquos the Gujarat Maritime Board played a direct role in the business as it used to buy the vessels from the world market and dispatch them to the ship breakers on first-come first serve basis However with the opening of the markets in the post 1990rsquos the ship breakers compete in the open international market to purchase ships On February 13th 1983 M V Kota Tenjong was the first ship to be beached at Alang Thereafter ship breaking at Alang has grown in number and reached world-class status Table 24 gives the number of ships beached and average ship LDT During 1982-83 5 ships were broken and the average output was 24716 Ldt It was a small but a good beginning of ship breaking activity at Alang In year 1983-84 and 1984-1985 the number of ships broken was 51 and 42 with an average output of 259387 and 228237 Ldt respectively This rise continued till 1987-88 however a sudden decline in the ship breaking activity was recorded in the year 1987-88 but thereafter the activities marked an upward swing Upto 1991-1992 total number of ships broken were 601 and total output was 3514783 Ldt From February 1982 to January 2005 Alang ship breaking yard processed 4135 and total Ldt recovered was 29875654 million tons with an average 180 ships with 1298942 Ldt per year The rise in the breaking activities is attributed to the cost advantage involved in the breaking large ships Alang and Sosiya have become the destination of all type of ships viz oil tankers war ships cruise ships etc that have surpassed their active economic life span Presently it has become the

Page 100 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

largest yard for ship breaking activities placing India on the top of the worldrsquos list in terms of ship breaking activities

Table 3 Ships Broken at Alang Ship Breaking Yard Year No of

Vessels Light Displacement

Tonnages(Ldt) (Million Tones)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

1982-83 5 24716 012 008 1983-84 51 259387 123 087 1984-85 42 228237 102 076 1985-86 84 516602 203 173 1986-87 61 395139 148 132 1987-88 38 244776 091 082 1988-89 48 253991 116 085 1989-90 82 451243 198 151 1990-91 86 577124 208 193 1991-92 104 563568 252 189 1992-93 137 942601 331 316 1993-94 175 1256077 423 420 1994-95 301 2173249 728 727 1995-96 183 1252809 443 419 1996-97 348 2635830 842 882 1997-98 347 2452019 839 821 1998-99 361 3037882 873 1017

1999-2000

296 2752414 716 921

2000-01 295 1934825 713 648 2001-02 333 2727223 805 913 2002-03 300 2424522 726 812 2003-04 294 1986121 711 665 2004-05 164 785304 397 263

Total 4135 29875659 10000 10000 Source Gujarat Maritime Board Economical Benefits India has a demand of 5 million tons of metalsteel But the domestic production is insufficient to meet this demand In this case the ship breaking industry plays a vital role via providing steels More than 350 re-rolling mills have been using scrapped metals from the breaking yard Ship breaking industry is currently supplying about 60 percent of raw materials for local steel industry Almost everything on a ship can be recycled reused or resold The scrapped materials are used as raw materials of steel mills steel plate re-manufacturing asbestos re-manufacturing They can be used as furniture paint electrical equipment and

Page 101 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

lubricants Problems in Ship Breaking Industry Environment Pollution With lots of assets scrapping a vessel provides us tons of waste up to various asbestos noxious substances thou- sand litter oils approximately about 1000 cubic meters of lasting oil too In India vessels are scrapped on open beaches As a result harmful substances have easy access to the environment Substances like Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPrsquos) Asbestosareathreat to both human health and marine environment POPrsquos are highly to xicchmicals that have long term effect on environment These type of pollutants can be distributed easily and pose a threat by accumulating fatty tissue in living organisms ie human body wildlife marine environment In some cases POPrsquos are the cause of death to many lives In old ships asbestos was a used as heat insulator It is often mistaken that the disposal procedure is free from asbestos fibers But the workers all surrounded by this dangerous fiber The workers often handle asbestos particles with bare hands Asbestos is said to be one of the lethal because it cause diseases like asthma mesothelioma (a rare cancer that affects the lining of the lungs chest cavity or abdomen It should be noted that there is a synergistic effect between smoking and asbestos exposure which creates lung cancer [8] Moreover materials such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAHs) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) heavy metals poisonous paint ie Tribtylin (TBT) and some other harmful substances come in contact to the environment and pollute it All these harmful elements are originated from ship breaking yards Recent World Bank research (2010) found soil contamination in beaching sites of India This contamination is indicative of the threats to the environment caused by the practices and improper management of hazardous materials during the dismantling of ships

Workers safety and worker-rightviolation

More than 50peoplesweredeathduetotheexplosionat various sites of Alang between 1990-2003From the data it is clear that there is a lack of safety for labors working in ship breaking yards Most of the labors are uneducated They donrsquot have any knowledge or guidance about their work Hence more accidents are occurring causing serious injuries and deaths The prime accidental cause is the explosion of left over gas and fumes in the tanks Falling from high height is also one of the major accidents Workers intend to cut the side shells at first This kind of practice results in falling of plates from high positions Due to lack of safety measures like measurement devices safety suite ventilation etc serious accident occurs while working in confined space While cutting plates from cargo vessels improper gas freeing and gas monitoring procedures causes serious fire hazards that pose a risk to workers Minor accidents like brushing broken bones while carrying heavy metals cutting due to sharp edge are often occurred every

Page 102 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

nowandtheninshipbreakingyardsLackoffirstaidemergencyexitemergencyresponseandrescueisalsocommon in ship breaking industry in India When a worker dies while working in a ship breaking yard the family donrsquot receive that much compensation from the ship breaking yard But the scenario is different for the local workers Recommendations For the economical development of India ship breaking industry is one of the potential industries One hand it is developing the economical status of India on the other hand it is destroying the environment causing damage to people workers of the ship breaking yards For workers safety a training program shall be arranged by the ship breaking yard Training program must include tasks like- bull Awareness and communication of information about Hazardous Materials bull Job hazard awareness including handling and management of Hazardous materials bull Personal protective equipment bull Fire protection and prevention bull Emergency response and evacuation bull Safety and health training bull Environmental awareness bull First aid awareness

Besides ship breaking yards must have functions like- bull Safe for entry criteria bull Safe for hot work procedure bull Safe for hot work criteria bull Proper health and sanitation programs

Further recommendations are put forward for the better living and working conditions

1 Gujarat State Government and Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) should implement various labor laws in the right earnest Their implementation of rules and regulations in a way will lead to safe working and better living conditions at Alang This can ultimately increase the productivity of labour and also the growth of the industry 2 GMB and the State Government need to take initiative to create proper

infrastructure at Alang as there is total absence of any civic amenities for workers Better working and living conditions in the industry will lead to inflow of better skilled labor Even local labor who keeps away from working in this industry should express preference to be employed in this industry 3 There is a necessity for creation of labor union which can protect the rights of

the workers With the creation of union the bargaining power of the workers would increase and the employers are likely to act more responsibly

Page 103 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

4 The provision of medical insurance and life insurance for workers employed at Alang is of prime importance The provision of medical and life insurance will increase the working conditions of the workers enormously GMB also needs to take initiative for monthly medical checkup for workers 5 GMB should provide requisite training to the workers The workers employed

in hazardous and risk prone activities must be trained and provided with proper equipments The training will reduce the frequency of accidents and increase the productivity of workers at Alang

1 Conclusion Over a period the ship breaking industry has gained one of the top place in the national economy The benefits of ship breaking are enormous in sectors like steel company ship building company small businesses etc Despite having so much benefits the ship breaking industries have some problems ie environment pollution workers safety Environment pollution can be kept to minimum by following international regulations for dumping leftover ship materials Safety issues and health factors of the workers can be ensured by following some strict rules Safety gears like goggles helmets hand gloves face masks aprons should be provided to minimize the casualties To hold the position in world ship breaking India needs upgrade the infrastructure for waste management health issues of workers References 1 Arora R (2000) ldquoLabour Lawsrdquo Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai 2 Aziz A (1984) ldquoUrban Poor and Urban Informal Sectorrdquo Ashish Publishing

House 3 Bailey P (2002) ldquoIs there a decant way to break up shipsrdquo ILO Discussion Paper 4 Barik BC (1987) ldquoUnorganised Migrant Labour in the Textile Industry of Surat A

Case Studyrdquo in Vidyut Joshi (ed) Migrant Labour and Related Issues Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

5 Clifford J Jansen (1969) Some Sociological Aspects of Migrationrdquo in J A Jackson (ed) Migration Cambridge University Press New Delhi

6 Connell J B Das Gupta R Laishely and M Lipton (1976) ldquoMigration from Rural Areas The Evidence from Village Studiesrdquo Oxford University Press Delhi

7 Deogaokar C K (2003) ldquoEvolving a Health Causing Water Supply and Sanitation System-Public-Private Partnerships in a Developing Economyrdquo Proceedings of Third International Conference on Environment and Health Chennai India

8 ILO (1978) ldquoSocial Security and National Developmentrdquo Report of the National Seminar in India New Delhi

9 ILO (1981) ldquoAccident Prevention- A Workers Education Manualrdquo ILO Geneva Vol I amp II

10 IMF-FNV project (2006) ldquoA Survey on Working and Socio-Economic Conditions of Ship Breaking Workers in Indiardquo International Metalworkers Federation New Delhi

Page 104 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 Investigation Mission (2000) ldquoWhere do the Floating Dustbin end up Labour Rights in Ship Breaking Yards in South Asia The Cases of Chittagong (Bangladesh) and Alang (India)rdquo International Federation of Human Rights

12 Justino P (2003) ldquoSocial Security in Developing Countries Myth or Necessity Evidence from Indiardquo Prus Working Paper No 20 University of Sussex

13 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (2000) ldquoA Guide for Ship Scrappers Tips for Regulatory Compliancerdquo Washington DC

14 UNESCO (2004) ldquoImpacts and Challenges of large Coastal Industry Alang-Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard Gujarat Indiardquo Coastal Region and Small Island Paper 17 Paris

15 Upadhyay G (2005) ldquoEnvironmental Problems of Ship Breaking Activity A Case Study of Alang Ship Breaking Yardrdquo National Seminar-Cum-Workshop on Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSUniversity of Baroda Gujarat

Page 105 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CHALLENGES TO EMERGENCY REMOTE

LEARNING IN INDIA AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS

Janetius ST1 Nayan KS2 and Mini TC3 1 Principal and Professor of Psychology St John College Dimapur

2Assistant Professor of Computer Science St John CollegeDimapur 3FreelanceStatistician and Education Consultant Kerala

Abstract The educational institutions across India were shut down due to COVID-19 on March 17 2020 To reduce the inconvenience of students the Indian educational system came with the solution of emergency remote online learning This sudden change of platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning was a temporary solution without any institutional physical psychological and technological preparedness The unexpected situation caused problems to the management teachers and students as well In this backdrop this study was focused on the challenges of college teachers due to this sudden change of teaching mode Collecting survey data from college teachers all over India the sample was set at 90 confidence level and a 5 margin of error The research findings show that the teachers did their best in the given situation to impart knowledge to the students The study also brought out various issues and challenges that the students teachers and institutions faced that need better attention if the pandemic situation continues and the institutions plan to do remote online teaching for a prolonged period Keywords COVID-19 and higher education emergency remote learning college teachers and e-learning online learning preparation traditional vs virtual classroom Introduction and the problem COVID-19 distorted the face of the earth not only economically but also physically Human life has changed a lot as the pandemic lingers around and threatens every sphere of life with no signs of improvement From lockdown and suspension of activities some relaxation in the movements are permitted here and there however signs of quarantine exhaustion are seen everywhere COVID-19 is a pandemic affecting many countries globally World Health Organisation identifies COVID-19 as an infectious disease caused by a coronavirus an outbreak started in Wuhan China in December 2019 A locked up due to lockdown began in the month of March and continues partly or totally for more than four months now in India Pundits predict that this pandemic effect would remain till the end of 2020 The first case of COVID-19 in India came to the attention of the public at Thrissur district of Kerala state on January 30 2020 It is said to have tested in a girl medical student who returned from China with the symptoms of flu with

Page 106 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

cough running nose and fever (Vara 2020) Although many conspiracy theories in America suggest a virology lab in China is the starting point of the disease the global sources identify a wet market in Wuhan - China as the ground zero of this pandemic (Gan 2020) COVID-19 started as an epidemic in China in 2019 began to spread to other countries and continents in the first and second months of 2020 Pandemics and epidemics are not new in human history The first recorded pandemic in human history was in the north-eastern city of Pelusium Egypt often referred to as Plague of Justinian in the sixth century AD recorded by the Byzantine historian Procopius (Orent 2004 GageampKosoy 2005) WHO declared Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic in March 2020 and on the 1st of July 2020 there have been 10357662 confirmed cases around the world including 508055 deaths and India has 585493 confirmed cases with 17400 deaths (WHO 1 July 2020) Although WHO promptly gave strategic guidelines to have a lockdown requesting people to stay at homes wash hands frequently using water and soap or use hand sanitizers wear masks in public places and practice social distancing these are not cures or remedies these are precautions not to get affected by the virus As the pharmaceutical companies are competing among each other to find a medicine for this virus so far no vaccines or remedy medicines available in the market In India as a first preventive measure the government announced the total lockdown on March 25 (Chandrashekhar 2020) This sudden lockdown has affected the higher education sector in the worst possible manner just as other social religious or business establishments As the months stack up in the lockdown the younger generation finds it entertaining spending time carousing their mobile phones connected to the social world find life more comfortable and carefree Some people working in the government sector enjoy life as if they received a bonanza once in a lifetime experience of doing nothing and getting the monthly salary which many dreamed of for years Nevertheless it is a different situation for many people The daily wage workers who became jobless instantly private sector employees who do not get their monthly salaries small scale business that closed partly or fully disrupted all increased the economic liabilities of insecure people The pathetic painful life situations of stranded migrants all over India became a major concern The unpreparedness poor planning and the dismal implementation of the movement of migrant labourers to their hometowns after the initial lifting of lockdown by central and state governments resulted in many unreported deaths all over India (Agarwal 2020 Dutta 2020 Khan 2020) Not bothering much about the root cause of this misery the media hailed some people as unsung heroes who ventured to travel miles and miles by foot or bicycles or any stray vehicles on the road The central government of India announced on March 16 that all universities across the country would be closed to contain the COVID-19 outbreak The ruling came into effect the next day A similar declaration came into force in different countries at different dates some in February some in March and some in April The top-notch education institutions around the globe were easily shifted to online teaching mode and comfortably framed their teaching schedules and online exams as they were familiar with the online system that ran parallel to face to face classroom teaching However the

Page 107 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian educational system came to a standstill due to the non-practise of online learning in educational institutions Since the government suspended all academic activities the higher education sector was confused about the semester classes and exams The suspension announcement came in the middle of an academic calendar in many States and in some States at the time of end semester exams To save the situation many colleges jumped into emergency remote teaching through online mode without any preparation Some institutions instantly associated themselves with NGOs research foundations and other private sector EdTech companies to provide online education to their wards (Wadia 2020) Some small institutions requested their teachers to be in constant touch with the students to help them learn and to teach in every possible way In general the higher education sector in India was not prepared to respond promptly Although not ready for the digital initiative many institutions shifted to the digital or e-learning mode for the sake of doing something Lack of institutional preparedness and investment lack of human resource in computer and internet operations for online learning institutions and individuals jumped into the fray Using the social media platform which is the primary medium of entertainment and social communication a platform commonly polluted and misused for spreading rumours and scandals became a medium of education Education went to the extreme level of disturbance and distortion further when there were demands from various sectors to promote all students without any regular end-semester exams (Sharma 2020) The inability to conduct final exams on the one side the uncertainty of opening colleges on the other side the higher education authorities are further pressured by various student bodies to take decisions for which they were not prepared The University Grants Commission (UGC) formed two committees in the month of April 2020 to deliberate on the issues and outcome of lockdown to avoid academic loss and the welfare of the future of students (Pandya 2020) The local universities and autonomous institutions sometimes became hapless in making any announcements to their students regarding the course of action As the universities were unprepared and unauthorised to take individual decisions in the pandemic situation the whole ruling was done by the UGC which in turn heavily dependent on HRD Ministry for all its announcements The non-availability of adequate internet facility in some towns and villages not having laptops or personal computer by teaching faculty and students in the higher education not having a Smartphone by students all crept in as a complex issue stumbling blocks for every possible meaningful teaching-learning process to continue Even some teachers who own a laptop or computer tried to hide this from their management to avoid serious remote teaching works The undeniable fact that almost all teaching faculty and students carry a Smartphone these days became a source of satisfaction saving the situation and became the ultimate medium of education to many Thus most of the initiative taken by the educational institutions in India were emergency remote teaching not online education per se

Page 108 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Online teaching is a powerful medium of imparting knowledge today After the advent of internet and information technology online teaching has become a well-established educational practice all over the world It originated in the form of a correspondence course in England in the 19thcentury (Rumble 1986) When the railway network became very stable in England learning materials were delivered in the mail which was fast and more reliable and thus correspondence learning became popular (Moore ampKearsley 2011) This mode of learning went further into radio learning when such communication became trendy Furthermore when satellites were launched for the use of education in the western countries and TV lectures and live broadcasting became available distance education became popular among both adult and young learners (Casey 2008) Finally by the arrival of information technology based on the existing strong correspondence and distance learning platform online learning evolved Therefore online education has all the elements of quality learning outcome with a well-designed curriculum as well as evidence-based practices The online teaching-learning process is considered a paradigm shift in the way people teach and learn in the era of information technology Some educationists consider this mode as a more active process of learning in which passive students of the classroom become more interactive and collaborative learners (Nilsonamp Goodson2017) Online learning requires students and teachers to possess computers the Internet facility and the motivation to learn through the non-traditional classroom Similarly it also needs the active involvement of teachers trained in the art of online teaching and the institutional infrastructure (Picciano 2018 Bullenamp Janes 2007) If COVID-19 pandemic prolongs the lockdown situation a serious online teaching initiative is needed and the educational institutions need to be prepared for that The three immediate needs that could be foreseen are institutional infrastructure trained faculty members proper equipment like Laptopcomputer and other audiovisual aids for communication (both for teachers and students) and finally good internet facility across the country Therefore it is a collaborative act of individual students teachers management and the government There is a general perception in India among the public that online teaching is inferior to face-to-face education The quality of online education provided by some universities in India in the name of distance education or correspondence courses in the past has an extremely poor record and tarnished the meaning and quality of remote learning There is an ongoing debate among different sectors whether to consider the degrees of distance learning in par with regular education degrees (Sharma 2015) Although UGC recognises many distance education degrees as valid qualification the programmes that need hands-on training like engineering medicine dental pharmacy nursing architecture physiotherapy and similar programs are not permitted under Distance Learning mode(Kunju 2018 UGC 2018) Some well-designed online courses of universities around the globe provide better knowledge to students and the graduates are better equipped with skill sets than degrees obtained from regular classroom learning from shabby universities In this backdrop of the unforeseen pandemic the study is focused on the emergency remote learning in India and the issues related to that

Page 109 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Objectives COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill in many areas The unprecedented lockdown and the unexpected closures of educational institutions in India forced the institutions to initiate remote online teaching This abrupt change of teaching platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning is neither pre-planned it is a temporary solution Therefore it is presumed that there is no physical and technological readiness from the part of the institutions no psychological preparedness from the part of teachers and students which would pose a challenge to the teachers The study therefore focuses on the challenges and issues related to remote learning done through the online platform from three areas the institution teachers and students

1 What is the institutional preparedness for change to remote online teaching during COVID-19 lockdown

2 Teacherrsquos readiness and effectiveness to remote teaching-learning 3 Studentrsquos response to remote learning perceived by teachers 4 What are the key challenges of the unexpected shift in the mode of teaching

Methodology This is exploratory survey research The data was collected from teachers working in higher education institutions of different states of the country through Google form survey method Convenient sampling was used to collect data As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) by the HRD Ministry there are 1247453 college teachers in India (Ministry of HRD 2014) Based on this universe the minimum sample size for the survey was set at 273 considering 90 confidence level with a 5 margin of error The college teachers who can access the email or WhatsApp communication app were asked to answer 30 item survey questionnaire prepared by the researchers Besides demographic data the questionnaire was focused on the four objectives of the study Further the data were analysed qualitatively as per the objectives of the study Results and Discussion In this section the data obtained from the survey is given below in percentage and results were discussed as per the objectives of the study The following table gives details of some of the demographics

Table 1 Showing the demographic details (n=279)

Gender Age Education Teaching Experience Working Institution

M 491 lt 24 63 Masters 563 lt 3 34 Pvt Col 563 25-34 526 MPhil 16 4-7 286 Pvt Uni 89 35-44 223 PhD 259 8-12 142 G Col 196

F 509 45-54 143 Post Doc 18 gt 12 232 G Uni 71 gt 55 45 Other 8

Page 110 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The collected data comes from both the genders almost equally As for the age distribution 839 per cent of the teachers who responded fall below the age of 45 belonging to Xennials Millennials and Gen Y Therefore they are more prone to the use of computers and information technology than the rest of the elder generation (Belinne 2017) Majority of the respondents (563) have a Masterrsquos degree Only less than 2 per cent of the subjects have a Post-Doctoral degree Concerning the teaching experience of the respondents 23 per cent has more than 12 years of experience and the majority (626) have less than seven years of teaching Few subjects (268) have industry experience also Majority of the teachers work in private colleges whereas 267 per cent in government colleges or universities Out of 28 Indian States and 8 Union Territories there were respondents from 17States and the Union Territory of Delhi There were no data from Chhattisgarh Goa Himachal Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Odisha Punjab Sikkim Telangana Tripura Uttarakhand The participated subjects from states range from 25 per cent to 09 per cent Institutional preparedness Institutional readiness is a particularly important point while turning physical classroom education into digital education The study results show that majority of the institutions were not prepared at the time of COVID-19 lockdown for online teaching Only 313 per cent of the subjects received some orientation for emergency online mode of education Majority of the colleges did not offer any training 482 per cent of the teachers did not receive any training at all However 866 per cent of the respondents expected some basic training from the institution for emergency remote online teaching Regarding the software used or prescribed by the institutions 357 per cent of the subjects reported that no specific platform was used or prescribed by their institutions Only 63 per cent answered that their institution has specialised software used by the institutions which effortlessly facilitated online teaching The common platforms used by the teachers were Google classroom Zoom Video conferencing MS Team and Skype video and chat discussion Although from 2017 UGC had allowed universities to offer 20 of their course material through the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) platform called Swayam and conduct regular online exams for students it was not taken up by colleges seriously and not practised fully As per the free facilities provided by the institution to facilitate emergency remote online teaching 902 per cent of the subjects expressed concerns that no free provisions were given to them Those who received free facilities from their institutions reported laptop free Wi-Fi recording instruments and tab However 47 per cent of the teachers expected from their organisations one or other following facilities internet allowance laptop or a Tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for online mode of teaching Few teachers were desperate to mention that they do not expect any freebees except their regular salary Nearly 75 per cent of the teachers opined that the college needs some encrypted safe software and 33 per cent fear that the intellectual property could be stolen or cyber-attacks can disturb them if no proper encrypted software is used

Page 111 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Teacherrsquos preparedness to adopt remote teaching The readiness of the teachers comes from a few factors Primarily it was assessed by the instruments they possess Most of the teachers have a laptop (82) computers (304) and Tab (152) Almost all the teachers can use computers well 383 per cent of the subjects learned it by certificate or degree course Also the computer use expertise scale is skewed positively between 5 and 9 on the scale of 10 being the highest computer knowledge This result is because most of the subjects of the study are below the age of 45 696 per cent of the teachers find it hard to be fully involved in online teaching Also the majority of the teachers (643) felt boredom and were uninterested without students in front of them This answer shows a lack of training teachers had to shift to this emergency online teaching However 42 per cent believe that it could be made interesting if teachers involve fully More than half of the subjects (527) took extra steps and helped the students for active involvement in the teaching-learning process They used video lessons and other video materials motivational talks continuous regular assignments interactive discussions MCQ surprise quiz and personal contacts to reach out to the students To make the learning process stimulating used video conferencing provided online links to read gave Podcasts PPT slides and requested submission of assignments in video mode Studentrsquos response to emergency online teaching In the opinion of teachers the current level of active involvement (518) and paying attention to the teaching-learning process (616) are acceptable in this situation A good majority of the teachers (848) believe that if the students were given training or orientation for online learning the many problems they faced could be avoided The teachers perceive that studentrsquos education was affected by COVID-19 but they are optimistic that the emergency remote learning would bring excellent results in the students The following graph shows the expected per cent learning happens in the students as per the view of teachers

Figure 1 Showing the percentage of learning benefited by the students due to emergency learning

Majority of the teachers (527) believe the percentage of learning among students would be between 40 to 100 per cent and 152indicated that it is above 60 per cent

1530

323750

1250

270

lt20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 gt80

Page 112 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However 153 per cent of the teachers opined that the learning would be below 20 per cent The main challenges The main challenges faced by teachers in organising emergency online teaching in the colleges could be viewed from three factors Firstly the institutional issues second teacherrsquos concerns and finally student-related issues In the institution-based problems the primary constraint teachers faced is related to infrastructure It means the need for high-end technology and equipment both hardware and software needed for this venture In addition to that the uncertainty of job and income is raised by some faculty members as an issue because the management is confused by the repeated conflicting reports and announcements by the university UGC MHRD ministry state government and central government The higher authorities gave no clear guidelines and the management kept the teachers in a limbo situation in which many private institutions failed to pay the full salary As far as the issues and challenges coming from the faculty members teachers who are trained only for face-to-face teaching mode reported that online teaching is inferior to regular classroom teaching They further opined that the classroom could never be replaced by online education Therefore 643 per cent of the teachers consider lecturing without seeing students face to face is uninteresting There are evidence-based findings that prove that online teaching is not inferior to the regular classroom The belief of the teachers regarding the superiority of classroom teaching also reveals the fact that they lack training and proper orientation for online education Some teachers even think that the online classroom is limited to sharing notes in Google classroom or WhatsApp group Even in emergencies these are not sufficient for imparting knowledge Another challenge identified by teachers is the attitude of students towards learning It is a known fact that not all students are interested in acquiring knowledge There are a good number of students who want to get degrees or diplomas and they are least interested in learning Placing proxy students or copying assignments or quizzes cannot be verified when a proper sophisticated software system is not in use These became constraint for some teachers Also students are not trained or prepared for online classes resulting in less enthusiasm among students for learning during the pandemic emergency period As some teachers suggested the level of motivation among students to acquire knowledge is limited and those who are committed towards academics will benefit quite remarkably from online learning Some teachers narrated that the Indian system of education that focuses on memorising notes and omitting them in exams does not give room for learning concepts in an application-oriented way Therefore online teaching-learning becomes a challenge for both teachers as well as students Another major issue raised by nearly 35 per cent of the respondents is the slow data connection and weak signal strength This issue lies with the Telecom policy of the government and the major service providers It is a shocking fact to know that Telecom network is an issue in the 21st century When the government encourages online transaction to boost transparency in money matters the government should provide

Page 113 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

proper network facility not only in rural areas but also in the cities Therefore the Indian infrastructure development in Telecom affects emergency education services too Conclusion The COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill comma and the unprecedented lockdown forced the sudden closures of educational institutions which in turn initiated emergency remote online learning Therefore there was no physical technological psychological or social readiness from the part of the institution teachers and students The study findings reveal that the teachers expect some essential facilities like Wi-Fiinternet allowance laptop or tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for remote learning from the institutions They also expected some training for teachers and orientation for students on this new platform The findings thus bring out the fact that many higher education institutions were lacking in IT facilities and do not have adequate preparedness to cater to the concept of e-learning Teachers on the other hand despite having computers were not aware of the intricacies of online learning and the usefulness of technology in imparting better knowledge than classroom education However the efforts some teachers put to attract the attention of students were truly commendable The study also brings out the fact that the students need a change of attitude towards online education and how to make use of it for improving knowledge Although UGC and NAAC repeatedly requesting colleges to implement ICT based teaching imparting technology-oriented education is far from reality in the Indian scenario Recommendations 1 Due to the uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic institutions and teachers need to be ready for online teaching 2 Institutions should have necessary infrastructures like uninterrupted power supply Internet with sufficient bandwidth for audiovideo communication and encrypted software 3 Adequate training for staff and students 4 Use of smartphone as the only equipment for virtual classroom limits the vibrant remote learning process Therefore the use of a computer laptoptablet would be ideal References Agarwal K (2020) Not Just the Aurangabad Accident 383 People Have Died Due to the Punitive Lockdown Retrieved on June 26 from httpsthewirein Belinne J (2017) The Care and Feeding of Your Young Employee A Managers Guide to Millennials and Gen Z Amazon CreateSpace Bullen M amp Janes D (2007) Making the Transition to E-Learning Strategies and Issues Information Science Publishing Casey D M (2008) The Historical Development of Distance Education through Technology TechTrends 52(2) 45ndash51 Chandrashekhar V (2020) 13 billion people A 21-day lockdown Can India curb the coronavirus Retrieved on June 22 from wwwsciencemagorg

Page 114 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Dutta A (2020) 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown Report Retrieved on June 26 fromhttpswwwhindustantimescom Gage K L and M Y Kosoy (2005) Natural history of the plague perspectives from more than a century of research Annual Review of Entomology 50505 ndash 528 Gan N (2020) China to lift lockdown on Wuhan ground zero of coronavirus pandemic CNN online edition Retrieved on June 25 from httpseditioncnncom Khan F (2020) Mapping Accidents That Killed Over 100 Migrant Workers on Their Way to Home During Lockdown Retrieved on June 28 fromhttpswwwnews18com Kunju S (2018) Open Degrees Are Equivalent to Regular Degrees UGC Retrieved on June26 from wwwndtvcom Ministry of HRD (2014) All India Survey on Higher Education 2011-2012 Govt of India Delhi Moore M G ampKearsley G (2011) Distance Education A Systems View Belmont CA Wadsworth Nilson L Bamp Goodson L A (2017) Online Teaching at Its Best Merging Instructional Design with Teaching and Learning Research Jossey-Bass Inc Orent W (2004) Plague the mysterious past and mystifying future of the worlds most dangerous disease Free Press New York Pandya J (2020) HRD Minister Asks UGC to Revisit College Exam Guidelines Says focus On Health amp Safety Retrieved on June 25 from httpswwwrepublicworldcom Picciano A G (2018) Online Education Foundations Planning and Pedagogy Routledge Rumble G (1986) The planning and management of distance education London UKCroom Helm Sharma JP (2015) Is an open and distance learning degree substandardRetrieved on June 26 from httpswwwhindustantimescom Sharma K (2020) Colleges could drop plan to conduct offline exams in July as Covid cases rise Retrieved on June 25 fromhttpstheprintin UGC (2018) Public Notice on Recognizing and treating the DegreesDiplomas Retrieved on June 24 from httpswwwugcacinpdfnews5628873_UGC-Public-Notice---treating-all-degreespdf Vara V (2020) Coronavirus in India how the COVID-19 could impact the fast-growing economy Retrieved on June 15 from wwwpharmaceutical-technologycom Wadia L C (2020) Graduating from emergency remote teaching to online higher education in India Retrieved on June 10 from httpswwworfonlineorg WHO(2020) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard updated on July 1 2020 608pm CEST Retrieved on July 1 from httpscovid19whoint

Page 115 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON THE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

Virendra Singh

PhD Scholar SSJ Campus Almora Kumaun University Nainital Abstract

COVID-19 Compassion is not just a virus but a vicious circle of a serious crisis one to ten ten to hundred and hundred to thousand it is spreading one man in The Wuhan must have been infected and today the whole world has been affected by it do not come to your own house we are all inviting it with my own small negligence if it comes to the doorstep of the house Will not go empty handed In these circumstances we should think about how education can be spread to children in all the rural areas of the country where there is no means of telecommunications Millions of students from schools and colleges around the world are joining the class through Zoom although such distance education is not just for the youth it can be very useful for 4 people like us as well The epidemic has brought millions of working Indians to the brink of scarcity by the already widespread social inequality and deepened job and income losses Now we will not only have less food to eat but also the quality of it which will make them far more vulnerable to not just COVID-19 but also to different kinds of diseases The epidemic is not just a biomedical issue but also a social issue there have been indications that the COVID-19 alcohol ism has caused an increase in domestic violence and suicide and death and disease poverty and unemployment are also the essential consequences of the epidemic so not only public health expert economists but also experts in their subject should consult the government with sociologists and psychologists When we look to the future we can expect based on the fact that our population is somewhat young compared to Europe and North America The epidemic in India probably took the lives of fewer people than luck so it is being said that once this passes we will need to re-constitute with re-formations of our economy for far greater protection and caution to our society and our health system Keywords COVID-19 Epidemic Unemployment Rural telecommunications Online Education

The closure of schools colleges and educational institutions due to corona virus has affected the education of 157 crore students in 191 countries of the world which is 913 percent of the total students enrolled at various levels This information has been revealed in the study of UN Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) It said that the most impact of the closure of the school is affecting the students and girls of the disadvantaged sections

Page 116 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

According to UNESCOs global monitoring study of school closures due to COVID-19 an estimated 1575270054 students (learners) in 191 countries have been affected by 14 April 2020 The number of girls in it is 743 crore According to the World Banks education team the corona virus (Corona virus) Covid-19 epidemic poses a risk of very poor education outcomes He has said that if no aggressive policy is adopted it will have a very bad effect on the education and health of children and youth World Bank experts have said that even before the epidemic the world was going through an education crisis and had already deviated from the path of achieving the goals of Sustainable Development Goal Under the Sustainable Development Goal for all countries commit to among other ambitious goals that all girls and children complete free equal and quality primary and secondary education He said the epidemic has already had a profound impact on education as schools are closed almost everywhere in the world this is the biggest setback for all education systems in our lifetime The damage will be further aggravated when a health emergency turns into a deep global recession The World Banks education team said it is possible to counter the setback and turn the crisis into an opportunity The report states the first step is to successfully withstand school closures This can be done by protecting health and reducing the harm to students using distance education Also countries need to start planning to reopen schools This means preventing students at school from dropping out of education ensuring healthy conditions at school and using new technologies to promote rapid learning in key areas once children return to school More than a million people have been infected with Covid-19 and the number of deaths from it is 283 lakhs In the wake of the epidemic all the educational institutions were suddenly stopped so that the Corona could be protected from infection after which all the institutions made a commendable effort to run the teaching work at their home by using Google Meet Zoom etc with the help of internet for teaching In spite of all the difficulties people are able to work through this medium in the meantime various Webinar are also getting a lot of possibilities for academic action and this digital medium has been used for infinite possibilities while teaching from the Internet the teacher also has to be ready His work becomes an account of his class video and his text content may be used later it is also possible to improve and expand a particular kind of creativity in doing such work A primary student is attending his class through a laptop or mobile in a village in Uttar Pradesh several 100 kilometers away from Delhi He is talking to the teacher and reading not only the teacher the student also has to pay attention during the class period because all is transparent and there is no option to engage in educational work so that new dimensions are also added

Page 117 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Taking online education as an opportunity to use it on ideal education can give a positive direction to compulsion virtually online education is in both alternative and complementary roles The work started several years ago some of the measures provide one-sided information but there are many who give active participation to the student who is using it Of course the teachers behavior gestures and social differences are also not possible to reach the opportunities that the students give to them to learn but the difficulties with the teacher such as his unavailable can also be overcome by not preparing properly for the classroom or behaving unfairly with the students etc In independent India the network of educational institutions has expanded yet the satisfaction of ministrations in every sector has not been provided and the centers which are there face all difficulties in their operation when we consider that the number of school-going children has grown exponentially the problem looks even more formidable It is constantly being experienced that there are many hurdles in the way of meeting the needs like school building teacher textbook hostel and library and a certain level of quality required in teaching work

Red tape is legal difficulty due to the vandalism of permanent elements etc most of the educational institutions have been battling continuously for many years meanwhile institutions with systems below standard levels also spread like mushrooms for other reasons The private sector has been flooded with institutions ranging from nursery and primary to university which are charging arbitrary fees some are good in terms of quality Some of them are good in terms of quality so a large number of standards do not meet the result is that both students and parents have started spreading discontent so the number of certificates that pass the exam has increased The number of such certificates has increased but there is also a shortage of qualified candidates in terms of capacity and skill etc in this skewed environment of demand and supply in the academic business the system of distance education has shown a new path

The National Institute of Open Education and IGNOU have taken a flexible stand in the system of formal education but have not compromised in terms of quality there have been good results in such a system which is being found to be satisfactory and the qualifications and capacity of the students are being found satisfactory Many state governments have also set up universities for distance education But the mental stress of adolescent studentrsquos increases greatly when even those who get good marks do not get admission in the next class in such an environment important work has started under the National Mission on Education of Information and Communication Technology which has the most ambitious programmed called self It provides for conducting 2000 courses which are available to both formal and informal students of school college and university level

Page 118 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The study on the emerging dimensions in the field of education after the passing of Covid-19 said Due to Covid-19 epidemic more people are studying in digital medium and short duration courses are also becoming popular Huh These changes are causing difficulty but they are also showing examples of innovation in the field of education This indicates that the impact of digital medium is going to be long lasting in the academic world

According to a study conducted by Pearson after the corona virus epidemic and its ensuing lockdown schools and colleges will have to invest in sustainable technical infrastructure in which the training of teachers will be focused on the skills of working in a digital environment and higher educational institutions The examination will be conducted online through traditional methods London-based Pearson is a leading global service provider of schools and students in the field of academic publishing and testing The study said Digital medium will be used more to study in schools and colleges Use of apps and email like WhatsApp zoom team will increase to achieve educational goals Academic institutions will develop such infrastructure in which teachers and students will be able to read and study while remaining outside the academic campus Institutions will invest in such permanent technical infrastructure through which quality online education can be imparted According to the study conducted on the basis of the methods being adopted in different countries higher educational institutions will evaluate students through online instead of traditional methods of examination Work Cited httpkhabarndtvcomnews httpwwwindiacom httpswwwwhoint

Page 119 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REVIEW ON NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING

RELATED TO DEPLOYMENT MODELS AND CLOUD SERVICE MODELS

T Srajan Kumar1 K Bharath Reddy2 E Lingamurthy3 Vignanrsquos Institute of Management and Technology for Women Ghatkesar Hyderabad

Telangana India ABSTRACT Cloud computing technology is a better and unique way for modern era The reason for cloud computing is different kinds of resources are shared on network platform The resources are storage servers power consumption security and other computing infrastructure in several multiple locations which are connected by network For many cloud computing applications are completely depends on network performance and security So it is a key issue for any cloud computing performance with good results Keywords- Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Deployment Models and Service Models 1 INTRODUCTION In the cloud when an application is submitted for its execution needy and suitable resources are allocated from the collection of resources as all these resources are connected through the network the cloud user will get their required results So cloud computing has four deployment models we consider those important aspects relate to the cloud and their accessibility from the view of network connectivity [1] [3] 11 CLOUDCOMPUTING Cloudis another name given as a network or internet Cloud Computing is the process of resource sharing for online applications It provides huge space for data storage Cloud computing is a platform independent [1] [5]

Page 120 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING For many cloud computing applications the network connectivity performance will be the key issue for good results over cloud Cloud computing has various deployment options we now consider the important aspects related to cloud deployment models and their accessibility of network connectivity [2] [5] 21 Public cloud access network connectivity In these public cloud access network connectivity though some cloud providers are able to support virtual private network VPN for Users While accessing the public cloud will always creates an issue related to security and performance One of the possible approaches can be maintained for security and performance is the network connectivity should be in encrypted tunnels The data can be exchanged through the pipes via secure fashion without any problems The procedure may be overhead in the connectivity if we want to reduce the delay in time without any compromising we have to select good routing protocol or suitable routing methods for any transiting hops The end-to-end connectivity is provided between the cloud provider and cloud consumer

22 Private cloud access networking connectivity In these private cloud accesses network connectivity the cloud is among organizational network and the technology approaches are local to the in-house networking structure In this virtual private network is provided for services In an organizational network structure application submitted for execution is properly done Some private networks have been architected for on-premise application and security 3 CLOUD DEPLOYMENTMODELS Cloud deploy models are essential for any cloud services which are divided into four types [2] [5] ie 31 Public CloudModel In Public Cloud Model cloud systems and services are accessible to public Public cloud is a type of shareable storage services Eg Microsoft Google Email

Page 121 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] CostEffective [2] Reliability [3] Flexibility [4] LocationIndependence [5] HighScalability

Disadvantages [1] Low Security [2] Less customizable

32 Private Cloud Model In Private Cloud model cloud systems and services are accessible within an organization It can be internally managed or by third- party Private cloud is a type of dedicatable storage services Eg Meeseva ERP etc

Advantages

[1] Higher Security and Privacy [2] More Control [3] Cost and energy efficiency

Disadvantages [1] Restricted Area [2] Inflexible Pricing [3] Limited Scalability [4] Additional Skills

33 Hybrid Cloud Model The Hybrid Cloud is a combination of public and private cloud Critical activities are performed using private cloud and non- critical activities using private cloud

Page 122 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Scalability [2] Flexibility [3] Cost Efficiencies

Disadvantages [1] Networking Issues [2] Security Compliance [3] Infrastructural Dependency

34 Community Cloud Model In Community Cloud model cloud system and services are accessible by group of organizations It shares the infrastructure between several organizations It can be internally managed or by third-party

Advantages

[1] Costeffective [2] Sharing Between Organizations [3] Security

Disadvantages

[1] Since all data is housed at one location therefore one must be careful in storing data in community cloud because it might be accessible by others

4 CLOUD SERVICEMODELS There are three cloud service models They are

[1] Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)Model [2] Platform as a Service(PaaS)Model [3] Software as a Service(SaaS)Model

Page 123 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

41 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure to deploy or implement any software on the computing resources which are provided by the service providers The infrastructure underline the following things are compute network load balancer and storage are managed by the service providersUsing server virtualization the above resources are made available to end client or customerIaaS provides access to resources such as [3] [4] [1] Virtual machine disk storage [2] Virtual local area network(VLANs) [3] Load balancers [4] IPaddresses [5] Softwarebundles [6] Physical and virtualmachines Advantages [1] Portability [2] Interoperability with Legacy Applications Disadvantages [1] Compatibility with Legacy SecurityVulnerabilities [2] Virtual MachineSprawl [3] Robustness of VM-levelIsolation [4] Data ErasePractices Characteristics [1] Virtual machines with pre-installedsoftware [2] Virtual machines with pre-installed Operating Systems such as windows Linux

andSolaris [3] On-demand availability ofresources [4] Allows storing of particular data in particularlocation 42 Platform as a Service (PaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure offers development amp deployment tools that are required to develop applications and run time environment for applications Some of the popular PaaS providers include Google App Engine Red Hat Open Shift etc

Page 124 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Lower administrative overhead [2] Lower total cost of ownership [3] Scalable Solutions [4] More current system software

Disadvantages

[1] Lack of portability between PaaS clouds [2] Event Based Processor Scheduling [3] Security Engineering of PaaS applications

43 Software as a Service (SaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure it refers to software that is deployed on a host service and is accessible via internet Software as a Service (SaaS) model provides applications as a service to the end users Applications

[1] Billing and Invoicing System [2] Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications [3] Help Desk Applications [4] Human Resource (HR) Solutions

Characteristics

[1] SaaS makes the software available over the internet [2] They are available on demand [3] They can be scaled up or down on demand [4] They are automatically upgraded and updated

Advantages

[1] Modest Software Tools [2] Efficient use of Software Licenses [3] Centralized Management amp Data [4] Platform responsibilities managed by provider [5] Multitenant solutions

Disadvantages

[1] Browser based risks [2] Network dependence [3] Lack of portability between SaaS clouds

CONCLUSION This paper discussed the definition of cloud computing network connectivity in cloud computing deployment models and service models It also address the challenges and issues in cloud computing In spite of these limitations cloud computing has many advantages and is used in many businesses purpose

Page 125 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REFERENCES

[1] httpsazuremicrosoftcomen-inoverviewwhat-is-cloud-computing [2] httpswwwtutorialspointcomcloudcomputingindexhtm [3] httpsawsamazoncomwhat-is-cloud-computing [4] httpswwwinvestopediacomtermsccloud-computingasp [5] httpsCloud-Computing BooksEssentials of cloud computing(2015)

Page 126 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY OF SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT OF GIFTED SECONDARY

SCHOOL STUDENTS OF VIJAYAPUR DISTRICT IN RELATION TO THEIR SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT

1Smt JyotilaxmiMIrasur and 2ProfVVMalagi

1Research Scholar and 2Professor Department of Education Karnataka State Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University

Vijayapur Abstract In the present investigation an attempt has been made to study the Scholastic Achievement of gifted secondary school students in relation to their School Adjustment The sample consisted of 600 gifted students studying in 9th std secondary school students of Vijayapur District The Academic Achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and School Adjustment Inventory for School Students by Dr AKP Sinha and DrRPSingh was used to collect the data from the sample subject The statistical techniques used are Differential analysis Mean SD correlation T-test ANOVA and Regression analysis The result shows that the gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with low and high School Adjustment have different scholastic achievement scores The gifted boy students have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of rural schools have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district have different School Adjustment scores Key words School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement Introduction In the present society education is widely understood as an important factor scientific and economic development of a nation The importance of achievement in educational institutions is a matter of great social salience and concern It has now become an imperative for educationalists to ensure maximum achievement of all students enrolled for higher education both for the benefit of society and for the individual himself In spite of the numerous reforms those are being made for maximizing the academic achievement of pupils in educational institution The research topic aims to clarify the concepts of School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement of the students and provide some insight into a topic which teachers and parents are likely

Page 127 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

to encounter It may be also even to embrace for their children to remain successful and competitive in this new knowledge era Man is a social animal He is sensitive enough to adjust to his environment Adjustment is process by which the individual tries to have cordial and co-operative relationship with his surroundings Adjustment can be understood as both process and the outcome of that process in the form of some attainment of goal When a poor child studies under the candle light because he has no lighting arrangement at home he is said to be in a process of adjustment What he attains in terms of success in his examination or the fulfillment of his ambition or pride in his achievement is nothing but the result of his adjustment to his self and his environment Thus adjustment as an achievement means how the potency with which an individual can act in changed circumstances and is as such related to his sufficiency and regarded as an achievement that is attained either badly or well Adjustment as a process describes and explains the ways and means of an individualrsquos adaptation to his self and his environment without reference to the quality of such adjustment or its outcome in terms of success or failure It only shows how individuals or a group of people cope under changing circumstances and what factors influence this adjustment Gifted students learn differently from their peers They learn and understand new matter in a very a smaller amount of time They distinguish facts and concepts at more concrete and difficult levels than do their peers They are more interested in definite topics and have complexity in moving on to other learning tasks until they feel contented that they have learned as much as they probably can about their zealous interest Lastly gifted students are able to execute on many different levels of concentration so without paying direct and visual attention to them they can monitor classroom activities and they should have opportunities to function at more advanced levels of complexity and depth and to tie their own passionate interests into their schoolwork

Scholastic achievement is the criterion for selection promotion or recognition in various walks of life the attention of educators are being increasing down to it In the present study scholastic achievement refers to the marks obtained by the students in different subjects and also their performance in other activities are considered It is defined as the desire to excel regardless of social reward and the desire of wining or doing better than someone else Scholastic Achievement is defined as success in completion with standard of excellencerdquo This is also defined as the desire to exceed regardless of social rewards Objectives of the study 1) To identify the gifted students studying in secondary schools of Vijayapur District 2) To find out the relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment among the secondary school gifted students of Vijayapur District 3) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to gender (girls and boys) 4) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to locality (urban and rural)

Page 128 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

5) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur city with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) 6)To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to medium of instruction (Kannada and English) Hypotheses

Ho1 There is no significant relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district Ho2 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to gender (girls and boys) Ho3 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to locality (urban and rural) Ho4 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) Ho5 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to medium of instruction (English and Kannada) Variables Independent variables is school adjustment Dependent variable is Scholastic Achievement Limitations The present study was confined to 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Methodology The study was designed to find out Scholastic Achievements and School Adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District The study conducted on sample of 600 students of 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Stratified random sampling technique was employed Tools The scholastic achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and school adjustment tool was prepared by the investigator Statistical Techniques used Mean SD correlation T-test and ANOVA were used for calculating and for analyzing the data Analysis of data

Page 129 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table-1 No significant correlation between scholastic achievements with school adjustment of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Table-2 No significant difference between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Sex Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Boys 1736 329 Girls 1810 336 598 27149 19600 lt005 S Table-3 No significant difference between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Rural 1750 255 Urban 1793 380 598 15390 19600 gt005 NS Table ndash 4 No significant difference between Kannada and English medium gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Kannada medium 1744 307

English medium 1818 365 598 27112 19600 lt005 S

Table ndash 5 No significant difference between gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Managements Government Aided Unaided

Average 1668 1823 1834

SD 238 37 354

Government -

Aided P=00001 S -

Unaided P=00001 S P= 09281 NS -

Variables

Correlation between scholastic achievement with

r-value t-value p-value

School adjustment 07410 269818 00001S

Page 130 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

From the table 1 it can be seen that a significant and positive relationship was observed between school adjustment and scholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district From the table 2 it can be inferred that a significant difference was observed between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 3 it can be seen that a non significant difference was observed between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 4 it can be seen that a significant difference was observed between gifted students of Kannada medium and English medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 5 it can be seen the gifted students of aided and unaided secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of government Major findings

1 The higher or lower in school adjustment supports in increase or decrease thescholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

2 The gifted boy students have significant lesser school adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

3 The gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district have similar school adjustment scores

4 The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district

5 The gifted students of aided and unaided secondary schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of government secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Conclusion The secondary school gifted students with high school adjustment have higher scholastic achievement scores as compared to students with low school adjustment The girl gifted secondary school students have significant higher school adjustment as compared to boy students The gifted students of urban secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of rural

Page 131 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

References 1 Advanced general Psychology course-I lesson I-20 MSc applied psychology

Annamalai University press 2 Afshan (1991) MPhil Edu Univof Kashmir A study made on gifted rural and

urban girls their vocational interests and creativity Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

3 Aggarwal Kantaprasad-(1988) PhD Edn Jamia Millia Islamia Investigated the types of schools and corresponding factors as predicators of creativity at secondary level surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II(1988-92)

4 AggarwalJC ldquoEducational Research an Institutionrdquo New Delhi- Arya Book Depot

5 Basabtia JM and MukhopadyayaD(2001) ldquoEffects of Environmental Factors on Achievement a study on Rural Studentsrdquo The Educational Review Vol144NoIINov2001pp201-204

6 Bhaskar Rao D Somasuraya Prakash Rao ABhuvaneswaraLakshi G (2004) The Educational Review Jan2004 387 9th cross Mahalaxmin Layout Banglore-560086

7 BestJohnW ldquoResearch in Educationrdquo Fourth Edition New Delhi Prentice Hall of India (1977)

8 ChadhaNK and Chandra Sunanda-(1990) A study made on creativity Intelligence and scholastic achievementIndian educational Review Vol 25(3) 81-85 Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

9 DandpaniSldquoAdvanced Educational Psychologyrdquo Anmol publications PvtLtd New Delhi 1 1002

10 SK Mangal- Advanced Educational psychology second Edition published by Asoka G Ghosh prentice Hall of India Pvt New Delhi 110001 (2007)

Page 132 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADVANCED MACRO MODIFIED TEXTURAL SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SYSTEM

Jitendra Khatti[1] Prof Kamaldeep Singh Grover[2] PhD Research Scholar Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[1]

Professor Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[2]

Abstract ndash Soil classification is a method and system of identify classify and nomenclature of soil which is based on particle size and consistency limits There are many soil classifications are present ie AASTHO classification system MIT classification system HRB classification system Indian soil classification system USDA soil classification system Unified soil classification system and many others These all present available soil classification or classification systems are consisting of limitations Due to these limitations a new soil classification is required to develop The developed new soil classification is named as Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System This classification system is based on sum of percentage weight retained and percentage weight retained of soil particles The first coarse ndash grained textural triangle is introduced by advanced macro modified textural soil classification system The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is made by coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle and middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of properties of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle This classification system also introduced the twenty ndash four nomenclatures of soil Keywords Middle ndash Grained Triangle Percentage Weight Retained Ultra ndash Sand Soil Particle Coarse ndash Grained Triangle 1 Introduction In this universe everything is divided or classified by their properties or formation or formation process Similarly the soil is also classified and these classifications were introduced by numerous scientists and organizations Scientists and researchers introduced the two types of classification of soil on the basis of field or research area ie agricultural soil classification and mechanical or engineering classification The present available soil classifications or classification systems are Massachusetts Institute of Technology System Textural Classification System International Classification System Unified Soil Classification System Indian Soil Classification System US bureau of Public Road Association and AASTHO classification systemEvery soil classification or classification system is consisting of limitation The Indian soil classification system introduced many terms to define soil ie Well Graded Soil Poorly Graded Soil and Uniformly Graded Soil These terms of classification of soil were not well defined and given statements were not also cleared A statement ldquoWell graded soil is a soil Which is consisting of good representation of all the particlerdquo was given for well graded soil The good representation of all soil particles may be based on physical

Page 133 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

appearance or parentage weight of particle of particles Unified soil classification system introduced the dual classification of soil but the criteria of dual classification was not cleared The textural classification system was introduced for classifying agricultural soil These limitations showed the geotechnical engineering is requirement a new soil classification system 2 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System On the basis of limitations in present available soil classifications or classification systems a new soil classification system is required to develop For the better classification of soil a classification of soil is proposed and it is named as Advance Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the concept of percentage weight retained of soil particles This classification system is introduced twenty ndash four types of classified soil The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is shown in Fig 1

Fig 1 ndash Advanced macro modified textural soil classification system 21 Size of Particles and Their Designations The proposed advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of six soil particles ie gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay The particle size of gravel more than 20mm sand 20mm to 01mm ultra ndash sand 01mm to 002mm silt 002mm to 20microns clay 20microns to 02microns and ultra ndash clay less then to

Page 134 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

02microns are introduced by international classification system The sand particle is sub ndash classified as very coarse coarse medium and fine sand Similarly silt and clay particles are sub ndash divided as coarse and fine ndash grained particles 22 Development of Triangles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles are known as coarse ndash grained particles and remaining soil particles (silt clay and ultra ndash clay) are known as fine ndash grained particles By the overlapping of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle another triangle is evolved and it is named as middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particle 221 Coarse ndash Grained Triangle The coarse ndash grained triangle is evolved by gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The coarse ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 2 with classification of soil

Fig 2 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle 222 Fine ndash Grained Triangle The fine ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash clay particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The fine ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classification of soils The fine ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 3 with classification of soil

Page 135 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 3 ndash Classification of soil by fine ndash grained triangle 223 Middle ndash Grained Triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is formed by the overlapping of coarse ndash grained triangle and fine ndash grained triangle at fifty percentage weight retained of soil particles The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particles The silt and clay soil particles are arranged at left and right axis of triangle respectively The sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle respectively Similarly the sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of triangle The middle ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classifications of soil The middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 4 with classifications of soil

Fig 4 ndash Classification of soil by middle ndash grained triangle

Page 136 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A triangle is formed by three axes hence the middle ndash grained triangle is further sub ndash divided as upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle a Upper Middle ndash Grained Triangle The upper middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The upper middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 5 with classification of soil

Fig 5 ndash Classification of soil by upper middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt sand and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 50 to 100 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and the axis of silt and sand is scaled from zero to fifty percent b Lower Middle ndash Grained Triangle The lower middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The lower middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 6 with classification of soil

Page 137 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 6 ndash Classification of soil by lower middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt clay and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 0 to 50 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and axis of silt particle is scaled from zero to fifty percent

3 Method of Classification of Soil The classification of soil is based on the sum of percentage weight retained of soil particles Each triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of three soil particles If the sum of percentage weight retained of these three soil particle is higher as compared sum of percentage weight retained of other set of three soil particles the classification of soil is done by triangle of higher sum of percentage weight retainedThe advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the star key method In the classification system the rays are drawn with respect to next axis of triangle in clockwise direction If star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle the ray of gravel is drawn with respect to axis of ultra ndash sand ray of ultra ndash sand is drawn with respect of axis of sand and ray of sand is drawn with respect to axis of gravel particle For the classification of soil the following steps are given below ndash i Take a 1000gram soil specimen now put this soil specimen in sieve set of

advancedmacro modified textural soil classification system and cover the top sieve by lid

ii Now put the sieve set on the sieve shaker and start sieving for 5 to 6 minutes After sieving of soil specimen determine weight of soil specimen for particular

Page 138 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

sieve or sieve size by weighing machine or balance The weight of soil specimen is known as weight retained of soil specimen or particles Now the percentage of weight retained of particles is calculated

iii After calculating percentage weight retained of soil particles the percentage weight retained of particle for coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle A triangle is selected for classification of soil which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of soil particles

iv Now the selected triangle and classification of soil is drawn The rays are drawn in selected triangle with the help of percentage weight retained of soil particles These rays are met at a point which is known as STAR KEY

v The classification of soil is done by star key and the method is known as star key method

vi If a soil is consisting of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt soil particle The classification of soil is done by middle ndash grained triangle While classifying the soil the percentage weight retained of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt particles are re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained The rays star keyis drawn for re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of soil particles

4 Results A soil specimen is tested in geotechnical laboratoryFrom the test results of soil specimen the specimen is consisting of maximum quantity of gravel particles The percentage weight retained of soil particles of soil specimen is calculated in Table 1 Table 1 ndash Calculation of Percentage weight retained of soil specimen Particle Name

Retained

Sum of Percentage Weight Retained of Soil Particles

Recalculation of Wt Retained of Coarse ndash Grained Particles

Coarse Fine Upper Lower Gravel (G) 44

86

51 Sand (S) 24

52

28 Ultra ndash Sand (Us)

18

32

21

Silt (Ms) 10

14

- Clay (C) 4 - Ultra ndash Clay (Uc)

0 -

From the calculation the percentage weight retained of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay particle are determined as 44 24 18 10 and 4 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper

Page 139 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle is calculated as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle is higher as compared other triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification Hence the classification of soil is done by coarse ndash grained triangle The percentage weight retained of particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is re ndash calculated for hundred percentage weight retained The axes ofcoarse and fine ndash grained are ranged from zero percent to hundred percent The percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand is re ndash calculated as 51 28 and 21 respectively For the classification of soil the star key is drawn by the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles The star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle and it is shown in Fig 8

Fig 8 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle (star key method) From Fig 8 it is observed that the classification of soil specimen A is done as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend Here blend is presenting the mixture of soil particle which is formed by sand soil particles

5 Discussion From the study of present available soil classifications and classification systems it is observed that the classification of soil is not done by US Bureau of Public Road Association MIT classification system International Classification System because these classification or classification system is defined range of particles size only The USDA soil classification system is used for agricultural soil classification If a soil is evolved by coarse ndash grained particle hence the classification of soil is not done by USDA soil classification system The Indian soil classification system is not classified soil on the basis of quantity of soil particles or mix state of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is introduced the ldquohow a soil is classified on the basis of quantity of particle and mix state of soil particlesrdquo In

Page 140 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

advanced macro modified textural soil classification system it is also observed that the classification of soil is done by soil particle which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained 6 Conclusions From the experimental results and study of different soil classifications and classification systems the following conclusions are mapped ndash i The range of size of sand silt and clay particles were introduced by MIT

classification system US bureau of public road association classification system international classification system but the classification of soil was not introduced by these classifications or classification systems

ii AASTHO classification and HRB classification was developed for classifying the soil for pavement design The soil particles are classified as per requirement of pavement

iii Indian soil classification system introduced dual symbol system but the symbol system was not described for combination of coarse and fine ndash grained particles

iv The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced the classification of soil on the basis of quantity of particle or percentage weight retained of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced fifty classifications of soil

v From the test results of soil specimen A it has observed that the percentage weight retained of coarse fine upper and lower middle ndash grained triangle has determined experimentally as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively It is also observed that the coarse ndash grained triangle is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of gravel particles The axis of each particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is ranged from zero to hundred percentage Hence the percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles is re ndash calculated for hundred percent From the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles the soil has classified as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend

From the conclusions it is summarized that the advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on percentage weight retained of soil particle as well as on quantity of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is sophisticated classification of soil References Casagrande A (1948) ldquoClassification and Identification of Soils Transactions ASCE

Vol 113 901 ndash 930 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Annual Book of ASTM Standards D

2487-83 04 08 American Society for Testing and Materials 1985 pp 395 ndash 408

Page 141 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian Standard Classification and Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purpose (First Revision) IS 1498 ndash 1970 Edition 22 (1987 ndash 09)

Jitendra Khatti Prof N P Kaushik Prof J K Sharma Prof K S Grover ldquoModified Textural Soil Classification Indian Geotechnical Conference 2018

Krumbein W C Aberdeen Esther (April 1937) ldquoThe Sediments of Barataria Bayrdquo Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 7(1) Retrieved 11 May 2014

Sieve Analysis and Particle Analysis - Grand Solution Manual SJ Soft Technologies 2008 October 13 2009

Dr K R Arora Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Seventh Edition - 2011) ndash ISBN ndash 81-8014-112-8

Dr B C Punmia Ashok Kumar Jain Arun Kumar Jain Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Sixteenth Edition ndash March 2005) ndash ISBN ndash 81-7008-791-0

Page 142 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

सहयो य यापकः स कत वभागः

घाटालरबी शतवा षक महा व ालयः घाटालः प मम दनीपरः

प मव गः भारतबषः

भिमका वालित श दष कोमलता न धताप व तामौिलकता च व त प पस शवालः क याः एकः अन यसाधारणस ः य मन अना वलान द व त स ण यथा मा य िथत भबित त त प रवार प य मा य या प वाल एव स ससशः यन ससार य ीव भबित पर त नाटक च र िमद कदाच िमलना तकप रसमा ः कदाच ना यगितव ौ कदा प वा ना यो कषवधनाथ योजन भबित एता शाना िशशच र ाणा त मन ना य क योजनिम य म वषय अ ालो यत मया व मोवशीयम प रवा-ऊव योः िमलना तकिमद प चा क विश नाटक कािलदासन िथतम नाटक या य प चमा क तयोः स तान स गः कािलदासन चम कार पण उप था पतः ldquoअस तान व वजिय वा य न कम प शोचनीयम rdquo(प चमा कः) ndashअ याथः इयमनप यता यतीतः त य शोकः ना त अनन ायत यत नपः प रवा अप क आसीत अन तर कािलदासन स गम णहरण वषयमप था पतम य वलासवती य याः अ सरसः ललाट थर व पम णः एकन शकनन मासख ड म वा अप तः तदथ नपण उ म ndash ldquoर िमित न म त मन मनौ य व वह गमा ः यया तना थ सख स गमनीयन स गिमतःrdquo इित ( ५५) अ याथः वहगन अप त त मन मणौ मम आ हः ना तपर त अनन म णना यतमया सह मम िमलन सघ टतमासीत अ ः नप य समीप र य यवहा रकम याप या िमलन य

हत पण त य म यमप रसीमम त अतः यन तन उपायन नपण र ः ई सतः अनया नप यो या कािलदासः वािभ ाय य च रताथ कतः अतःपर यत वाण व ः शकनः य मन वाण ो दतासीत ndash

ldquoऊवशीस भव याय मलसनोधनभतः कमार यायोषो वाणः हत षदायषाम rdquo इित ( ५७ )

अ याथः ऊव याः गभजात य प रवसः च ऒरसजात य कमार य आयसः अय वाणः अर णामाय यकार अतः कािलदासः वहगन र ापहरण वषयम था य माता पत या सह स तान य िम नमाग य सगम कत च त अनन कारण आयसः वशलितका दाना तर कािलदासः अय वषय क चत अ ातत यम थापयित यथा यवनमिनना लािलतम आयः त च आ म त य जातकमा न ान भबित तद र तत आयः घटना वाहन प रवस िनकषा उप थत भबित पर त अ मन थल आयसः च र ोप थापन य भतकारणािन स त यथा ndash

Page 143 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

१) आयच र वना प रवसः दय अनप यतायाः क ात अप य नह य रसिस ः न भ बतमहित ndash

ldquo वा पायत िनपितता मम र मन वा स यव ध दय मनसः मादः स जातवपथिभ झतधयव ndash

र छािम चनमदय प रर धम गः rdquoइित ( ५९) प ाभावात िमकप रवसः च र कदा य प पता पण न कािशत भ बतमहित

२) आयच र वना त य दय पतर ित गभीर नहः यथा य न भ वतमहित तथव द घ व छदात अनाका त वषय ित त य अक मभावावगः अ प न य ः भ वतमहित ndash

ldquo य द हादिमद वा पता ममाय सतोऽहम यित उ स गविधताना ग ष भवत क शः नहः rdquoइित ( ५१०)

आयसः दय नहाभावात पतर ित त य व षस ः भ वतमहित यन नाटक कदा प िमलना तक न भ वत पारयित पनर प िन वकारिच य आयसः नाटक न योजन भवत

३) आयसः च र ाभावात स गमनीयमणः स गः अ योजनीयः भवत यतः म ण-च र ौ पर परयोः प रपरकौ

४) नाटक आयस आ म व कमकत यत अथात त तन वालकन एकः शकनः वाण व ः भबित ndash ldquoगह तािमषः कल ग ः पादपिशखर िगलीयमानो ल यीकतो वाण य rdquoइित ( प चमा कः )

अनन कारणन यवनन स आ मात व ह कतो भवित अ मात ायत यत ततकाल आचायगह व ाजनकाल प ादय य हनन पापमासीत

५) प रवा यथाथ पण वषवत वरनप ासीत इित न कवल कािलदासन पर त आयसा अ प व यत ndash

ldquo नाहित तातः प गवधा रताया ध र द य िनयोजित rdquoइित ( प चमा कः ) आयसा ई श पत वशषणन द घ व छदाद प र स ब धः न कदा प िम या भवित इित कािलदासन कािशतम त ६) कािलदासन आयसा सह महाभारत य कण य एकः सामी यः वीक या प ना य य

योजनात क चत प रवतन सघ टतम त ततीया क वग ऊवशी ित इ य शतः ndashldquoय मन व भावािस व त य म रणसहाय य राजषः य करणीयम सा व प रवस यथाकामम यावत स प र स तानो भबतीित rdquo(ततीया कः ) अथात प रवसा स तान य मखदशनपय त भबती त य नप य इ छानसारतः स वतमहित अतः य द ऊवशी म य प रवसा सह थातिम छित त ह प य स गः नो था पतो भ व यित एतदथ ऊव या जात णादव आयः प र य मासीत अ य मन दिश मा ा क या अ प कणः प र य ः आसीत यतः स कानीनः लोकल जा च तया स प र य ः अतः य त प याग य हतः वा यवाधकता एव आसीत इित य य अिभ न वम

Page 144 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

माता पत या सह प य िमलनन य वष यम त कणन माता य ा भबित अिभमानात पर त आयसा त य पतरौ गह तौ भबतः ाभावादव ई शन वशा शन एव नाटक य िमलना तकप रसमाि भबित

७) कािलदासन आयसः स गाभावात चतथा क एव ना यसमाि ः भ वतमहित यतः पवरागः मलनन व छदन वा समाि भवित तदथ नाटक या य ग धमादनपवत ऊवशी-प रवसोः मलनात थमा क एव पवराग य िमलना तकप रणितभ वतमहित अ प च चतथा कपय त नाटक कदा प नाटखपदवा य न भवित यतः नाटक य ल णम ndashldquoप चािधका दशपर त ा का rdquoइित एतदथ कािलदासन अव यमव प चमा क कािचत घटना सयो जत या पर त िभ नका हनीमसयो य तन आयसः च र मप था पतम ततीया क इ य शतसाय य वात

८) आयसः च र मप थापनन प ीकतिमद यत स तान य ज मनः अिभशाप य च व ा तािन ऊव या ातािन न त प रवसा एतदथ शरिन पका रणः ना नः आ रा ण ाना तर प रवा वा ो भबित तदा तनो म ndash

ldquoआ वलपयोधरा लबलीदलपा डरानन छायम तािन िनदािन वपरभत कवलमालस ण त याः rdquoइित ( ५८)

अ याथः अय कित दन यावत त याः (ऊव याः ) तना भागः आ वलः मखका तः लबलीफ़लस शा पा डवणा ह तवलय थः अभबन पर त व ा तिमद यवनन ातमासीत ndashldquoिनयातय ह यासिमित rsquoवचनात महाराजात व छदभयात ऊवशी ज म हणमा व प व ालाभाथ भगवतः यवन य आ म महामा यायाः स यव याः ह त सम पतवती ndashldquoमया महाराज वयोगभी तया जातमा एव व ागमनिनिम भगवत यवन या मपद आयायाः स यव या ह तऽ काश िन ःrdquo ndash प चमा कः

) अ ऊव याः समीप कत य य धान पण ितभातम त थमतः पती िनकषा जीवनाितवाहनम तीयत यथायो य थान प य सर ा अतः य प

प याग प कम ग हत तथा प उ कत यपालनाथ ना य योजनात ऊव याः दोषिमद मा म अिभ ानशक तलम कािलदास य अमरका य स ा क विश नाटकमिभ ानशक तलम य सवदमननामक य िशशच र योप थितः यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमव ना य या य ितपा म अ य नाटक य थम अ क क वा म द य तशक तलयोः पवरागः ऋणम य अ गर यकदानम ह तव ा तन च य य णक व छदः तीया क द य त- वदषकयोः कथोपकथनम रा द य त य च तपोवनात

गमन यासः ततीया क द य तशक तलयोः गा धव ववाहः रा दर करणाथ च द य त य गमनम चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम ना शक तला ित दवाशसः शापः क व य च िनदशात श गरव-शार ता या सह शक तला द य त य गह षणम प चमा क द य तन शक तला या याता क तलायाः सती व माण व वध वधान दान सानम या च शक तला गह वा अ यीभवनम ष ा क धीवरव ा तम अ गर यकदशनन द य त य म य ाटन त य च वलापः स मा क मार चा म

Page 145 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

शक तला सवदमनम द य त य च मलनम अतः ना य य स मा क एव िशशच र य उप थापन कत ना यकारण यथा नद सागर पितत सित पण व ा ा भबित तथव शाक तलनाटक य नद स शः षडा कः सागरस श स मा क पिततो भबित य सवदमन एव सागरस गमः अ म नाटक अ य िशशच र य योजनम त िन न पम

१) नाटक य ततीया क लताक ज शक तला-द य तयोः िनभतालापान तर क वा म य सािधकायाः गौत याः आगमनात य य व छदो भबित गौत या च सह शक तलायाः गमन कत सित नपणो म ndashldquoकथम य निमत न च बत त rsquoइित ( ३२२) अथात कना प उपायन आननो ोलन कत अ प च बत न पारयािम िशशच र य उप थ या रा ई श य कथन य अस यता मा णता भबित यतः य द त काल द य तः च वतम प न पारयित म त ह कथ अय िशशः जातोऽभबत क च वन वना तयोः मलन अभबत रा ा कामशा य ई शम ल घनमस भवम

अ य मन दिश तयोः गा धव ववाहः मा णतो भवित अनन िशशना यतः गा धव ववाह वषय मनना उ म ndash

ldquoइ छया यो यसयोगात क याया वर य च स त गा धवः व यो मथ यः कामस भवः rdquo इित ( मनस हता ndash ३३२) )

यो ववाहः वरक ययोः स मितपवकः ग जनानाम ात स प नो भबित स एव गा धव ववाहित क यत अतः िशशना एव एतत मा णत भबित यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमभबत

२) चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम नया अ गर यक ित िन परतया शक तलया कोपन वभाव य मनरागमन अ ातम त तदथ सा दवाससा अिभश ा ई शः वा यः ndash

ldquo विच तय ती यमन यमानसा तपोधन व स न मामप थतम म र यित वा न स वोिधतोऽ प सन

कथा म ः थम कतािमव rdquoइित ( ४१) अथात य विच य म स शमप थततप वी तया अवमािनतोऽभबत तन वम म वत व मता भ व यित अतः अनन शापन वहघटना सघ टता भ बतमहित यथा ndash क) द य तन शक तला आजीवन या याता भ बतमहित ख) पनः सा क वा म यावतन कत पारयित ग) सा आ मघाितनी भ बतमहित घ) सा समाज कलटानार पण ितभाता भ बतमहित

पर त शक तलायाः स तानस भा यतया व ा तिमद असामा य पण पयविसत भबित एतदथ उपय व ा ताना स भा यता स वऽ प अपरा घटना सघ टता ता यथा ndash

क) अिभशाप य िनरसनाथ मारकिच दशन यत शक तलया द य त य नामा कतात अ गर यकादशनात द य त य पवव ा त व मरण भबित

ख) ऋ षकमारा याम प शक तला आ ममानयनाथम वीकता अभबत

Page 146 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ग) प वश य राजपरो हतनो म दवबा यानसारतः द य त य थमस तान राजच व ल णय भ ब यित तदथ स तान य ज मनः परमव हण वजन वा य करम

आतसिशशायाः म यादागतः सयालोकः यथा क भ वा कागज द त त पः सभाम य थाना सवषा स दहः शक तलायामग छत यन त याः दय अपमानानलन द ध भबित अतः स मा क राजच व ल णय य सवदमन य उप थ यामव शक तलायाः कल किमद मोचन भबित

घ) सोमतीथात यावतनादन तरमव क व आकाशभा षत श द वा जग क याणाथ शक तलया द य त य तजधारणस दश ातोऽभबत ndash

ldquo द य तना हत तजो दधाना भतय भवः अव ह तनया न नगभा शमीिमव rdquo इित ( ४४ )

तदथ िशशच र ाभावात अशर रछ दोमयीवाणी िम या अभबत ङ) ष ा क धीवरव ा तात पर घटनाच स मा क द य त मार चा म वश सित

िसहशावकम पीडनरत वालकमक वा त य दय अप य नहः जाग रतो भबित ndashldquo क न खल वाल म नौरस इव प न ित म मनः ननमनप यता मा व सलयित rsquo( स मा कः )

अतः सवदमन य उप थतौ वत कत य द य तच र य वा स य मः जाग रत भबित शो णतस व ध य च ाधा य मा णत भबित य त द घकाल यवधानऽ प िम या न भवित

च) कािलदासन सवदमनच र नो था पत सित नाटकसमा भ बतमहित अ य मन दिश िशशच र य वक प व प कम प अ यव ा त अ य नाटक य ई श माहा मदान कत न श नोित

अतः अनन कारण माणीयत यत न कवल कािलदासीयसा ह यष अ प च स कतसा ह यष इमािन च र ा ण न कवल च र पायनाथ स ािन तषा योजनीयता अ त सहायक थाः अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः अिनलच वसः- स कतप तकभा डारः ndashकिलकाता अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः स यर जनव ोपा यायः- स कतव डपो ndashकिलकाता स कतसा ह यस भारः ndashडः गौर णाथशा ी ndashनवप काशनम

Page 147 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 148 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 149 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 150 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 151 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 152 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 153 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 154 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 155 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 156 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 157 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 158 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 159 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 160 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 161 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 162 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 163 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 164 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 165 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 166 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 167 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 168 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES MOOCS FUTURE OF E-LEARNING

HIGHER EDUCATION PLATFORM IN INDIA

1DrAbdul Jalil and 2Iftikhar Islam 1Librarian Rupahi College

2Department of Political Science Rupahi College

Page 169 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 170 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 171 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 172 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 173 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 174 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 175 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 176 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 177 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 178 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 179 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 180 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 181 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 182 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 183 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 184 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 185 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 186 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 187 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 188 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 189 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 190 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 191 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 192 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 193 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 194 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 195 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 196 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 197 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 198 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 199 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 200 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 201 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 202 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 203 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 204 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 205 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 206 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 207 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 208 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 209 of 209

Page 4: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:

C O N T E N T S

Volume 9 Issue 7(3) July 2020

SNo Page 1 New Interpretations of Buddhist Art Special Reference to

Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Ravi Kumar Kodali

1

2 Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace Ouseppachan P A

13

3 A Study on the Role of Tourism Advertising and Exploring their Possibilities in Indian Context with Special Reference to North East Prabhat Kumar

18

4 Intrepriting Bharat Leela An Amazing Folk Dance of South Odisha

Bhagaban Sahu

25

5 Adolescents Addiction to Smart Phone and Its Remedies Cyma Anjum and Bina Kumari

31

6 The Effectiveness of Antipsychotics in Schizophrenia D Udayakumar and V Raja Babu

35

7 Insolvency Framework for Financial Service Providers (FSPs) Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal

41

8 Covid-19 and Unpriviledge Class An Analysis Hajra Masood

45

9 Suicide Cases and Causes Reported in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

Faridullah Rahiq Li Xiguang Muhammad Rehman Azizaqa Zahed Khalil Ahmad Pashtoonyar

Bashir Ahmad Taseer Ahmad Shah Wazir and Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil

52

10 COVID-19 Economy in Jeopardize Gurpreet Kaur

87

11 Problems in Ship Breaking Industry of India A Case of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Hrudanand Misra

95

12 COVID-19 Pandemic and Challenges to Emergency Remote Learning in India an Exploratory Analysis

Janetius ST Nayan KS and Mini TC

106

13 Impact of COVID-19 on the Student Development Virendra Singh

116

14 Review on Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Related to Deployment Models and Cloud Service Models

T Srajan kumar K Bharath Reddy and E Lingamurthy

120

15 A Study of Scholastic Achievement of Gifted Secondary School Students of Vijayapur District in Relation to Their School Adjustment

JyotilaxmiMIrasur and VVMalagi

127

16 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System Jitendra Khatti and Kamaldeep Singh Grover

133

17 कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

143

18

148

19 A Study of Shock Wave by Rusanov Method Shailesh Nath Pandey

159

20 Massive Open Courses MOOCS Future of E- Learning Education Platform in India

Abdul Jalil and Iftikhar Islam

169

21

180

22 G Vivekananda Swamy

185

23

189

24 Study on Stock Market and Mutual Fund Margvi Aggarwal

196

25 Novel Corona Virus ( Covid-19) A Survey of Journals and Organization All Over the World

Shivani Griwan and Lalit Kumar

204

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6514(2020)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

NEW INTERPRETATIONS OF BUDDHIST ART SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO AMARAVATI AND NAGARJUNAKONDA

Mr Ravi Kumar Kodali Research Scholar

Andhra University Visakhapatnam

The art of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had its beginnings during the

Mauryan period In due course of time the art flourished under the different patronage of art lovers besides the contributions made by the various sections of the society The carvings at Amaravati reached a climax and excelled the art of Barhut Sanchi and western Indian Rock-cut caves etc The style of Buddhist art reached its climax in the various carvings at Amaravati and there by justified in being called the Amaravati school of art During the period under consideration it became a normal trend to adorn the stupas with beautifully carved panels on pale green or white limestone Only a few stupas have retained a few panels while at Amaravati the panels are not only large in number but also varied in nature The school of Amaravati art later on spread across Nagarjunakonda Kesanapalli Chandavaram Jaggayyapeta etc

The present study is look into new interpretations of Buddhist art in Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Many scholars attempted to reveal the rich art and architecture of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda but it still incomplete The idea of art and motives which exists in pre and protohistoric sites like cave temples open temples are unreadable and incomplete why because we can read the physical form of art and architecture but not sentiment of our ancestors Here we attempt to evaluate and codified the Buddhist art with two references with the help of new techniques and interpretation in metropolitan cultural dimensions Keywords Amaravathi Nagarjunakonda Art and Architecture Buddhist art

The earliest art of Amaravati can be seen across the granite rail particularly on the uprights The registers included the Triratna symbol a Vriksha chaitya and a Stupa on outline These are dated to 3rd century BC on the basis of the associated cross-bar which is inscribed Particularly in the carvings of the stupa in outline one can see characters of graphic art It is from these initial beginnings the Amaravatiart records strides of development as seen in the sculptures of the limestone stele and the Yaksha figures which are presently displayed in the Archaeological Site Museum at Amaravati The stele is all the more important because it records in six scenes the events connected with the life of Buddha from Vaishali to his final Mahapariniruana at Kusmagara Most of these scenes are appended with label inscriptions which is a practice very common at Barhut On the second face of the stele the buildings at Sravastf are depicted along with the story related to Anadhapindika The story goes to say that Anadhapindika purchases Jetavana from prince Jeta for the construction of

Page 1 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Gandhara Kausambhi and Karerikut etc for the residence of Lord Buddha On the third face of the stele the river Krishna is represented as flowing water flanked by multi-storeyed structure provided with stair case Also a vaulted structure with massive pillars and other structures having chaitya arches and a pavilion are all carved inside a railing The structural complex may as well belong to the Vandanamagoshti

In general the art on the stele bears close resemblance to the art of Suhgas as seen across the panels of Barhut In some aspects particularly while showing structures isometrically the Amaravati artisans exhibited a lead The other sculptures like the Elephant the Yaksha and the Stupa figures indicate flatness in form and angularities recalling examples from Barhut Datable to 1st century BC are the panels which included the adoration of the Bodhiuriksha at Bodhgaya and the scene related to the Mahabhinishkramana These figures are characterized by shallow reliefs besides flat and plump limbs They maintain smiling faces They had turbans crowned over the head and the human bodies are decorated with heavy jewellery These features are common to the sculptures of the Sunga period available at Barhut and Sanchi Comprising of a harmonious blend of the Suriga art form we have a few art pieces at Jaggayyapeta

However the Jaggayyapeta examples appear slender and tall compared to similar examples of Amaravati In both the cases angularities and linear features are common It is held that these figures have some comparable features to the Chenchu population of the Krishna valley In the Buddhist tradition kingship was idealized as the Universal Monarch The panel of Chakravartin recovered at Jaggayyapeta depicts a motif of this kind In this panel the seven emblems of his supremacy namely Wife Horse Minister General Elephant Wheel and the Star are arranged on either side of a standing male figure representing the Chakravartin From the top of the panel a few coins descend symbolically stating that a righteous king at his will can cause showers of food cloth jewels and coins According to a set of scholars the Chakravartin represented in this panel is no other than Mandhate of the Jataka stories The story goes to suggest that excessive greed on the part of the Chakravartin resulted in his downfall In this panel the central figure representing the king is carved with elongated arms flat body and the arrangement of the various members of the panel are out of balance Almost to the same time of 2nd and 1st centuries BC are the representations of the worship of the Bodha tree and the stupa at Rarnagrama identified at the stupa of Chandavaram Also belonging to the same time is the stupa at Dhulikatta where panels representing the worship of the stupas the great renunciation and the panel representing the Buddhapadas being sheltered by Muchalinda Naga are noticed An interesting panel representing a Srivatsa symbol from which a number of lotus shoots emanate has been reported from the stupa at Kesanapalli this panel also bears similarity with the early panels of Amaravati After the early additions the Mahastupa of Amaravati began to be embellished with many more panels across the drum and the dome These additions can be dated to the time of the later Satavahanas The earlier railing which was humble in nature is replaced by a majestic and granite railing during this period The railing itself is also decorated with a number of panels The name of Sivasri appears on the railing probably suggesting that the work was done during the time of SivaskandaSatakarni

Page 2 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

During the Mature phase of the Amaravatiart the later Satavahana rulers like VasisthiputraPulumavi Sivasri and Yajna Satakarni were ruling the region During the later Satavahana period the coping above the railing was decorated in all fullness On the outer face of the coping stone men and women are carved as carrying a long meandering garland In the intermediate spacersquos representation of Stupa Wheel and Bodhi-tree are carved with a view to fill in the gaps The garland is so carved that it is emitting out of monsters flanked by makaras and dwarfs On the interior side of the coping a number of scenes related to the life of Buddha and the Jataka stories are carved

The uprights or the Three are decorated with medallions consisting of full-blown lotus half lotus and the Pumaghata Images of Lions are crowned above the coping close to the gates Just opposite to the entrance facing the entrance itself the drum of the stupa is provided with panels representing either the Foot-prints of Buddha or the Dharmachakra On the stupa proper the drum-slabs are decorated with highly ornate stupa representations alternated by the panels of Dharmachakra Occasionally the panels constitute representation of the four miracles performed by Lord Buddha The four projections of the drum in the cardinal directions are crowned by five ayaka pillars

Across the anda portion or the dome of the stupa there are three registers of sculptures exhibiting skill in all its excellence The top most register is characterized by panels representing the Trisula motif The immediate lower register is characterized by a number of panels depicting variously scenes related to Buddhist lore Some of such scenes included the First Sermon of Buddha at Saranath representation of a Chakravartin the Ramagrama stupa the Dharmachakra etc Also a number of Jataka stories and the events connected with the life of Buddha are carved in the middle register At the bottom of these panels a number of running animals are carved Also each register is separated from the other by friezes of flowing creepers During this phase datable to the Satavahana period the art of Amaravati reached its highest watermark The carvings on the panels gain more depth and roundedness compared to the earlier phases Panels appear to be throbbing with life The composition included men and women with youthful appearance The central figures are surrounded by groups of men and women in activity The scenic location are also indicated in some of the panels by representing entrance gates locations inside a palace or streets The concept of space is well understood by the craftsman In a number of panels men and women are crowded around a central figure in a parabolic way This is in contrast to what we find at Barhut and Sanchi We know that in a number of panels of Barhut and Sanchi human beings are represented one above the other in a tiered fashion usually flanking on either side or at the bottom of the central figure of the theme In contrast at Amaravati inside any single panel all the figures are grouped as if drawn to the central figure which usually is a symbolic representation of Buddha or the figure of a king or the image of Buddha itself It is interesting that some of the figures are shown in three quarter profile People in the foreground are some times carved with their back towards the onlooker Also in a few other panels in front of the central theme people are represented as if in a kneeling position worshipping the Buddhapadas In certain cases the figures show the hip in back view and the torso in profile Thus the Mature phase of

Page 3 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Amaravati art is characterized by three-dimensional representation of the various flexes and twists of the body

ldquoIt is this arrangement of figures and settings in a number of planes that distinguishes Andhra art from the Mathura Sanchi or other schools and this is attributed to the Roman influence for Maisolia was a hinder land of Roman trade from the 1st century AD

In general the figures carved are slim and prominent they have long legs and light body The standing postures are vibrant with dynamism Whether it be an animal motif or a human being in a scene the figures are full of life and graceful expression Some of the scenes connected with the life of Buddha included the adoration of the begging bowl of Buddha the meeting of Gautama with his wife the submission of the mad elephant Nalagiri etc The choicest Jataka tales sculptured in panels included the Vidurapandita the Vessantara the Champeyya etc Also the worship of Buddha in the form of a Flaming-pillar has become a novel feature of the Amaravatiart All these features sculptured on panels unconsciously convey the greatness of the Paramita of Buddhism Among the Mahasarighikas the Caityakas were responsible for the worship of Buddha in the form of an image The genesis of this trend can be traced to the second half of 1st century or the beginnings of 2nd century AD Though the Buddha is conceived in human form symbolic representation of him continued in the form of a Lotus in a vase a Pillar crowned by Lion capital an Empty-throne Foot-prints Pillars crowned by Wheel a Stupa and finally a pillar of Fire the Bodhitree crowned by the event related to the crossing of the river Niranjara by the Buddha individual Relic-casket as the focus of worship is known from Amaravati At Sanchi a flame of fire is associated with the meditating Buddha In one of the panels on the east gateway of Sanchi the miracle of the serpent in the fire temple at Uruvela is represented In this Buddha is represented as a Flamming fire or torch In contrast to representing the Buddha in the form of a flame or torch as at Sanchi the craftsman at Amaravatiadopted a Flaming-pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra and Trident symbol with an Empty-throne and Foot-prints in the foreground as a symbolic representation of the Buddha in the panel representing the event connected with the presentation of Rahula At Nagarjunakonda belonging to a slightly later date Flamming-pillar symbolically represented the presence of Buddha in the Nalagiri episode carved on an ayaka-panel Apparently the artisans under the direction of the Caityakavadins or in general the Mahasarighika school followed the theme associating fire with Buddha as prescribed in the DighaNikaya

ldquothe flaming pillar which symbolizes the idea that the Buddha sat on sodhimanda where Agni (fire) emerged anew as part of the suns powerrdquo

At Amaravati the first sermon of Buddha at Saranath is represented by a pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra In the foreground a cushioned Emptythrone representing Buddha is depicted The panel is flanked on either side by chouri bearers and a large number of devotees At the base of the throne a deer is represented symbolizing the event at Saranath and in the top portions Lions are represented In this panel the Buddha is however not represented in human form It is of interest to note

Page 4 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

that at Amaravatiseated Buddha in the lsquoDharmachakraPravartanamudrarsquo is not represented in human form

In due course of time the artists of Amaravati on the dictates of their patron sanghas have produced the images of Buddha These images are tail and heavy Their bodies are covered with heavy draperies exhibiting prominent folds of (Uttara) Sanghati The common mode of representation of Buddha is with the robe covering the left shoulder and the left forearm is bent up with a view to holding the robe while the right arm is in Abhayamudra There are cases where in both the shoulders of Buddha are covered with a cloth with multiple folds In either case the toga-like garment is reminiscent of the Roman impact on the images of Buddha In addition to the images of Buddha we have icons and images of Bodhisattvas In panels they are represented either in seated or standing positions with a prominent halo behind their head Some of the images may be identified as Bodhisattva Padmapani belonging to 2nd century AD From the village of Goli a similar image of Bodhisattva Padmapani is reported which shares some common features with similar images at Nasik and Mathura

Nagarjunakonda Art The art of Nagarjunakonda has been studied by many scholars after its initial

discovery followed by retrieval of many more pieces through the excavations A critical analysis of the art of Nagarjunakonda indicated that lsquothe general atmosphere of allegiance and sophistication of passionate gaiety and animation of conscious grace and dolorous dalliance and sometimes even of exuberant abandon and trembling unrest all unmistakable evident in the Andhra reliefs of this period - have also been noticed again and again When compared to the joyful and animated reliefs of Bodhgaya Barhut and Sanchi the art exhibited at Amaravati and more particularly at Nagarjunakonda is sensuous and mundane and exhibit the innocent joy in life This is in contrast to the physical charm perceivable in the Yakshus of Mathura and to some extent Barhut and Didarganj When compared to Sanchi and Mathura the art of AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda is passionate and sensuous representing a Mature phase

This also shows a change in the aesthetic vision technical exuberance and changing ideals of beauty It has been stated that the transformation in the art is from the stable and permanent to the transient and mobile The change is in tune with the artistic development from Barhut to Amaravati there is along the arrow line of time a story of evolution along a straight high way laid down by the art itself from the epigraphical record of Nagarjunakonda we understand that the art was patronized by members of the sangha the ladies of the royal and noble families who were attached to the Buddhist order Also a monastic establishment at AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda represent a transitional phase in Buddhist ideology and thereby the art is a reflection of that

The reliefs of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda along with those at Goli represent a physiognomic composition of men and women comparable to the description given for the progressive type of the Chenchus This aspect is evident in the representations of the human beings of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda across the well-built frame and slim and springy physiognomic forms of men and women Particularly the busts of women are slighter and softer and the lips thinner and narrower much as we find amongst Chenchu women Also slender and tall with elongated legs tapering

Page 5 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

downwards particularly standing in an abhangapose with the entire weight of her body resting on her right leg as such the female form is mastered by the craftsman In some cases the physical form was able to express the psychological state of men and women In a general way we may say that linearism dominated the human sculptures with all grace and charm Each sculpture human or animal throbs with life The human figures are present in each scene in all possible poses and attitude Some of them express high tension while others elegant languor

ldquoIndeed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda of the Satavahanas and the Ikshvakus men and women were no longer the innocent children of nature they had blossomed into full blooded youths and myths and legends of the religion they belonged to had become but the vehicles of their own visions and experiencesrdquo

In the art of Amaravati two streams can be seen one is of refined elegant courtly and sophisticated while the other is simple easy and spontaneous Even in the friezes of animals represented at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda we find dynamism in its fullness In the terracotta art of Nagarjunakonda the impact of Roman art is clear Even at Yelesvaram some of the terracotta figures suggest Roman impact in the treatment of the faces expressions hairdo etc In general the art of Nagarjunakonda over takes the one we find at Amaravati under-current of experience gained at Bodhgaya Sanchi western Indian caves and Amaravati can all be felt in the panels of Nagarjunakonda It is also stated that the faces of men and women at Amaravati are slightly oval while those at Nagarjunakonda are rounded

ldquoThe Art of Amaravati is an Art of experience the Art of Nagarjunakonda is an Art of statement yet both belong technically and the point of view of craft to the same levelrdquo The most interesting aspect of the art of Nagarjunakonda is the Mithuna couples They are sensuous and in various poses The masculine grace and the feminine charm expressed in them indicate a fine workmanship In certain aspects some of the rectangular reliefs of the Nagarjunakonda which are elaborately carved with roundness in form recall examples of ivory work At Nagarjunakonda a large number of sculptures representing Buddha have come to light They have been variously employed as decorative images to the stupas and independent images as well The monastic establishments at Nagarjunakonda particularly under the patronage of AparaMahavinaseliya sect has established the worship of Buddha in human form During this period the human form of Buddha finds placement in the narrative panels besides being icons of worship in the Buddha-chaityas In general these artistic t adventures are dated to the period of the rule of the Ikshvakus of Srfparvata- Vijayapurf In general the images of Buddha here range in height from 2 to 4 meters Most of them are standing images holding the hem of the garment with the left hand and the right hand representing Abhayamudra

In general the images possess more body mass than their counterparts at Amaravati Also images with the Sahghati covering both the shoulders are not much favoured at Nagaijunakonda Besides the events connected with the life of Buddha a large number of Jataka stories were depicted in panels adorning the stupas In general characters the compositions of the themes appear more animated The figures in general are taught and slender In some of the panels representing motifs related to amorous

Page 6 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

scenes wine drinking wrestling guards etc we find a clear impact of the presence of Sakas at Nagaijunakonda Some of the representations included guards with a beard and long hair covered by a pointed helmet They are usually represented in heavy tunics trousers and boots Some of the best representations of this kind can be seen in the Indo-Scythian figures carved on pillars constituting the palace area of Vijayapuri

The art of the Ikshvaku times is also to be seen at various places like Goli

Uppugunduru Chandavaram Gummadidurru Nelakondapalli Alluru Namburu Jaggayyapeta Ghantasala Chinaganjam Buddam Rentala Garikapadu etc The Buddhist art of the post Ikshvaku period can be seen in the stone and Bronze images of Nelakondapalli Sankaram Amaravati Salihundam Guntupalle etc However the Bronze images of Avaloketesvara and Siddhartha from Nagarjunakonda and the images of Buddha from Nelakondapalli and Buddam represent classic pattern of the images As the art of Nagarjunakonda and Amaravati have influenced the later art forms of the Vishnukundins Salankayanas the Pallavas etc this art is called the Andhra art The recent excavations at Kanaganahalli not far away from Sannati in Karnataka have brought to light a number of sculptured panels They belong to 2nd-3rd centuries AD and show definite sign of the impact of Amaravati-Ndgarjunakonda art style It is interesting that a number of epigraphs of Kanaganahalli mention the name of Dhanyakataka Even in the western Indian Rock-cut examples we find definite signs of Amaravati style of art Particularly in the painted compositions of Ajanta we find a definite sign of Amaravati mark on the postures and grouping of figures

The Buddhist art of the lower Krishna valley influenced the South East Asian

Buddhist art particularly the standing images of Budha with heavy physique and the robe covering the forearm along with the Abhayamudra of the right arm have influenced the art of South East Asia Also the Uma a circular mark on the forehead of the images of Buddha of Krishna valley along with a topknot of the hair have been adopted by the South East Asian Buddhist establishments The Bronze images of Buddha excavated in Celebes and in Malaya along with the Pong-Tuk Bronzes of Thailand datable to 5th Century AD recall features common to the Buddha images of Amaravati At Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka particularly the Runaveli stupa is adorned with images of Buddha which received similar influence

The rock paintings at Sihagiri dated to 5th Century AD are abound in images

of Buddha which received similar influence Thus the Buddhist art that was developed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had a deep impact on the art of South East Asia and Srilanka

The Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda reliefs tell stories in the most sublime

way their superb composition tantalizes the viewer with associative thinking whose meanings we often cannot read But we need to hope that one day we will fully understand them

Page 7 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PLATES

Sarvaṃdada jataka rail pillar (detail) Amaravati c 3rd century AD

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail pillar (detail) Amaravati 3rd century AD

Page 8 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail coping (detail) Amaravati c 1stndash2nd century AD Government Museum Chennai

Page 9 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century ce Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda

Seven scenes from the life of the Buddha drum frieze Nagarjunakonda late 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjuakonda

Page 10 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Sarvaṃdada jataka fragment Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda Reference Barrett DE 1954a Sculptures from Amaravati in the British Museum

London Barrett DE 1954b The later school of Amaravati and its influences Arts and

Letters (Journal of the India Pakistan and Ceylon Society) 28(2) 41ndash53

Becker C 2009 Remembering the Amaravati stupa the revival of a lsquoruinrsquo in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 267ndash87

Bopearachchi O 2008 Sculptures of Amaravati tradition in Sri Lanka Journal of the Asiatic Society 50 1ndash26

Cole HH 1882a Memorandum of the present condition of Amaravati tope in Madras India Home Proceedings Archaeology June 1882 (BL IOR P1681)

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nāgārjunakoṇḍa and Amarāvatī Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Burgess J 1887 The Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayapeta in the Krishna District Madras Presidency Surveyed in 1882 Archaeological Survey of Southern India 1 London (reprinted Varanasi 1970)

Dimand MS 1928 Two Indian reliefs of the Amarāvatī school Bulletin of Metropolitan Museum Art 23(10) 238ndash44

Howes J 2002 Colin Mackenzie and the stupa at Amaravati South Asian Studies 18 53ndash64

Howes J 2009 The colonial history of sculptures from the Amaravati stupa in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 20ndash37

Page 11 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ghosh A and Sarkar H 1967 Beginning of sculptural art in south-east India a stele from Amaravati Ancient India 20ndash1 (1964ndash5) 168ndash77

Gupta SS 2008 Sculptures and Antiquities in the Archaeological Museum Amarāvatī New Delhi

Koezuka T 1994 The Amaravati sculpture in Masterpieces of Buddhist and Hindu Sculpture from the British Museum (exhib cat) 21ndash4 Tokyo

Rea A 1912 Excavations at Amaravati ARASI (1908ndash9) 88ndash91 Sarkar H 1971 Some early inscriptions in the Amaravati museum Journal of

Ancient Indian History 4 (1ndash2) 1ndash13 Shimada A 2006 The great railing at Amarāvatī an architectural and

archaeological reconstruction ArtibusAsiae 66(1) 89ndash141 Singh U 2001 The dismembering of the Amaravati stupa South Asian

Studies 17 19ndash40 Sivaramamurti C 1942 Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government

Museum Bulletin of Madras Government Museum ns general section 4 Madras

Schopen G 1988 On the Buddha and his bones the conception of a relic in the inscriptions of Nagarjunakoa Journal of the American Oriental Society 108 527ndash37 (also included in G Schopen 1997 Bones Stones and Buddhist Monks 148ndash64 Honolulu Hawaii)

Nagarjunakoa Ramachandran TN 1953 1938 MASI 71 Delhi (reprinted 1999)

Misra BN 2000 Some newly discovered Jatakas at Nagarjunakonda in South Indian Archaeolog y (ed G Kamalakar M Veerender and A Vijaya Kumar Babu) 100ndash9 Delhi

Khare M D 1962 Ceylonese monks in Nagarjunakonda Maha Bodhi 72(11ndash12) 317ndash19

Nagarjunakoa Longhurst AH 1938 The Buddhist Antiquities of Madras Presidency MASI 54 Delhi

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nagarjunakoa and Amaravati Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Page 12 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SPIRITUALITY AND REALIZATION ndashA WAY TO PEACE

Ouseppachan P A Research Scholar

Department of Philosophy Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Kalady Abstract Human beings are peace-loving by nature It is because of the spiritual nature And both this spiritual and peaceful situation can constitute the background for the all-round development of onersquos life The notion of peace has to be understood generally in two ways peace within the person and peace outside the person The main question that arises is how to attain peace in onersquos life It is the perennial search that most of us ask Moreover there may be many ways and means for it But with an Indian Philosophical perspective this paper is an attempt to find a way for it The spiritual characteristics of Indian Philosophy could open the horizons with the foundations on spirituality and realization as the way for peace It is to be noted that an actualising spirituality can transform the person for a harmonious understanding towards each other and manifest the values like compassion tolerance and acceptance This becomes the motto of life along with all other progress of the world Therefore this kind of vocabularies has to be a constant companion of humanity along with all the so called developments If this spiritual values to be practiced a realized person will be a channel for harmony and peace to onersquos surroundings and finally to the world as well Key words Spirituality Realization Peace Values Practice Introduction Spirituality has become an inseparable aspect of humanity It is difficult to find out the historical origin for the nature of spirituality It goes with all humans as they are composed with body and spirit (soul) In the course of time human beings approached it for meaning of their life ldquoSpiritualrdquo being the nature there aroused many religions as an expression of the spiritual nature of mankind But it is to be noted that this paper is not dealing with the notion of any religions rather it only focus on a ldquospiritualityrdquo that can lead to the ldquorealizationrdquo and thus resulting in peace within the person in all its radiance The concept peace has to be understood as lsquothe inner state of mind where the person experiences harmonyrsquo There are different understandings on the attainment of ldquopeacerdquo But the harmony or peace that the person experiences through the spiritual realization is positive and constructive to oneself and to the society It is because of the logical connection underlining between the reality of spirituality and realization Thus the transformed person possesses the values like love compassion tolerance and

Page 13 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

acceptance A spiritually realized person who shares a peaceful state of mind would include the vocabulary of a ldquouniversalrdquo outlook It implies the concepts like justice and care Thus this dynamic unity and harmony in turn become the vital energy and constructive force to be content and meaningful in onersquos search for the ultimate meaning of life This paper is not to discard any exciting systems on realization but to analyse the role of spirituality along with realization It can touch the heart of the individual than having any peripheral practice alone And thus it will give a revised outlook towards spirituality and spiritual practices A spiritual person has to manifest the nature of the ldquoDivinerdquo which one experiences within in the process of realization The outcome of it such as peace non-violence justice and harmony would provide the way out for a harmonious living in its fullness Notion of Peace ndash A Land Mark of Indian Philosophy A close analysis of classical modern and contemporary Indian Philosophy will provide amble thinkers who have directly and indirectly touched the notion of peace in their contributions When we analyses the characteristics of Indian Philosophy beside its logical and metaphysical contributions it is more of spiritual yet dynamic in nature These spiritual characteristics are still carried on by even the contemporary philosophers of India even today India has all the more realised the need of spirituality for a peaceful living of the humans in general Moreover spirituality has a universal acceptance because of the very nature of humankind It results in the emergence of peace within the person and to the vicinity where one live This will be further analysed by taking into account some of the philosophical views of the Indian thinkers in particular Mahatma Gandhi Rabindranath Tagore and the ancient sage Pataǹjali The Gandhian Philosophy regarding peace is much associated with his view on non-violence (ahimsa) This concept non-violence is even a pre-Gandhian notion which would find in the teachings of the various systems of Indian Philosophy especially in Jainism and Buddhism Gandhi based his understanding on peace on nonviolence and forgiveness More than his philosophical teachings on peace Gandhi has manifested it with his life examples and principles He was focusing on the good of all His life has taught us that it is easy to teach various principles on peace but very difficult to put into practice Here one is in need of the spiritual assistance to become a better channel of peace When we come to the visions of Rabindranath Tagore on peace he is of the opinion that peace is the outcome of the inner harmony and spiritual unity within a person It dwells in truth rather than any adjustments He had a vision of both the inner aspects of peace as well as on the world peace His writings were the key examples for the promotion of love and tolerance among the humanity It is to be noted that he was well aware that when science and developments divorce spirituality and realization that would lead to

Page 14 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

destruction Hence we are compelled to re-read that without peace and peaceful atmosphere all the so called developments and infrastructures would one day become worthless The ancient sage Pataǹjali too had understood the relevance of peace in the life of humans To acquire a peaceful state of mind through his contribution of Yoga Sūtra Pataǹjali puts forward a way to attain purity and harmony by means of dhyāna or meditation It is explicated clearly in the Aṣṭāṅga Yoga of Yoga Sūtra as ldquoyama niyama āsanaprāṇāyāmaprathyāhāradhāraṇādhyāṇasamādhiyostamganirdquo (Yoga Sūtra2 29) The first five ie yama niyama āsana prāṇāyāma and prathyāhāra are called bahirangasādhana (external components) The last three aredhāraṇādhyāṇa and samādhi are called aṇdharangasādhana All these stages are the stepping stone for attaining spiritual realization and thus the person enjoys peace and harmony Aṣṭāga Yoga according to Shri Yogendra ldquoit covers all aspects of human life that lead to physical well-being mental harmony and spiritual consciousness culminating in positive and lasting happiness and peace through the integration of personalityrdquo1 Spirituality ndashA Way of an Inner Journey Spirituality in its general sense is an inward journey for the meaning of life And spirituality has to be viewed from this perspective that it is the actualisation of those divine qualities of God and moulding our life in view of that Supreme Being or the content of onersquos belief in experiencing and responding to it in onersquos life here and now In other words spirituality is the life witness of the Divine It is the commitment towards other in the process of realisation that I am the part of that Divine Being Besides this spirituality is more of an individual practice and has to do with having a sense of peace and purpose In order to limit what is spirituality in this frame of paper it is the ongoing strive to know the source of our existence and find meaning of our existence Thus to be spiritual means to know and to live according to the knowledge that God is present to us in the very nature of spirit and in our body as we are his creations This way of understanding enables one to have a personal relation to him It will foster one in keeping harmony with one another and even to the cosmos It is not out of fear or survival for existence but out of love for the creator and the result of realization It has to be manifested in the day today life where the person who claims to be a believer in the Ultimate Reality It is to be noted that whether the person is a believer or not the need of peace is essential for every one which automatically have a divine realm than being a channel of ldquonon- peacerdquo and becoming a cause of ldquohimsardquo Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace The above analysis shows that there is an inseparable link between spirituality and realization Spirituality is beyond ethics It can surpass even all other forms of religious

1Shri Yogendra Facts About Yoga(Bombay The Yoga Institute Santa Cruz 1971) 27

Page 15 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

practices and customs It recalls one to have a search for the true meaning of onersquos beliefs It also focuses on the content of one being a believer It will comprise both our innate nature to seek God and thus be a channel to help others in the way to realisation It follows the simple logic that the divine aspect of a reality has to be divine Thus spirituality which leads to realization leads the person to a state of peace and peace of mind How this spirituality is actualised will be clear from the following analysis The Nature of Spirituality The very notion of spirituality itself related to the spirit soul and divine aspects The fact of being spiritual implies the direction towards the divine Even though there are many expressions in spiritual practice2 the end result of it shows the qualities of the spirituality The religiosity and other practices of the religions very well focus to the faith aspect of the person than realization in particular to the Indian context people too follow janana-mārga karma-mārga bhakti-mārga The very nature of spirituality surpasses all the barriers that are around us in onersquos constant search for the Truth The Uniqueness and Universality The existence of similarities among religions points out a common factor as spirituality which bounds the people in having religious harmony and even for the promotion of religious tolerance and acceptance The common characteristics of religions show that there is an underlying factor that which unites all religions as well It is nothing other than the spirituality that flows from the Divine Being to the human being and to the cosmos unites every one under one reality and one experiences3 What is needed is religions has to Therefore the universal need of peace to every living being including the cosmos would explicitly express its harmony One thing has to be taken in to account about the consistency in striving for it rather than expecting an immediate result in the progress of peace Here arose the need of spirituality and the realization which would result in peace and harmony Conclusion The 21st century has to witness a new outlook towards this immense need of spirituality and realization They are inseparable as they are interlinked with each other If humanity realises the need of spirituality it will result an outstanding implications in all the spheres of life It will be a great blessing as well as a challenge to each one of us because spirituality comprises everything It focuses not only the spiritual wellbeing of the humanity but also to the material wellbeing of every individual as it has the social dimensions Moreover spirituality upholds the humanitarian values like peace love and harmony among individuals and among humans despite of the different religions and other social implications 2The undeniable reality of the existence of various religions in the world 3What is needed is that religions have to promote spirituality as its essence than ritualism

Page 16 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Here the notion of ldquopeacerdquo to an extent could become a means and end Peace as a means needs the way of spirituality and peace as an end result in realization and harmony in its outcome In this way it is an enquiry into onersquos nature and aim of life Thus Indian Philosophy has a new role to continue in this present situation as a promoter of peace Therefore to be at peace and to spread the fragrance of peace (shānti) one needs self-knowledge and knowledge of the Divine This can create a harmony in life even to fulfil the puruṣhārthas like dharma artha kāma and moksha References Bhattacharyya N N Indian Religious Historiography VOl1 New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 1996 Baba Bangali Yoga Sūtra of Pataǹjali With the Commentary of Vyasa Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 2010 Badruddin Global Peace and Anti- Nuclear Movements New Delhi 2003 Bharati Swami Veda Yoga Sūtras of Pataǹjali With the Exposition of Vyasa A Translation and Commentary Vol1Himalayam Institute India2015 Dalai B K Yoga Traditions AnIndepth Study of Less Known Yoga Concept Delhi Pratibha Prakashan 2013 FeuersteinGeorge Textbook of Yoga London Rider and Company 1975 James Williams The Varieties of Religious Experience New York Collier Macmillan Publishers 1977 Krishnananda Swami A sahort History of Religious and Philosophic Thoughtin India UPHimalayas The Divine Life Society Publication1994 NilakantaSastri K A Development of Religion in South India New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 2017 Naikar Chandramouli S Makers of Indian Literture Pataǹjali of Yogasutras New Delhi Sahitya Akademi2002 Reardon B A Comprehensive Peace Education New York Teachers College Press1988 Srivastava Rama Shanker Comparative ReligionNew Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd1996 Vivekanad Swami Raja Yoga Conquering the Internal Nature AlsoPataǹjali rsquos Yoga Aphorism with Commenteries Delhi Bharatiya Kala Prakashan 2012 Weeraperuma Susunaga Major Religions of India Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 1998

Page 17 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY ON THE ROLE OF TOURISM ADVERTISING AND EXPLORING

THEIR POSSIBILITIES IN INDIAN CONTEXT WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NORTH EAST

Prabhat Kumar Research Scholar

Department of Mass Communication and JournalismTezpur University Assam Abstract

We live in an era which is connected more than ever The world today has become a lsquoGlobal Villagersquo(McLuhan 199493) Innovations in transport and telecommunications have been the key enablers behind this process of globalization The number of people moving in and out of their nations is on rise day by day This is one of the primary reasons why the tourism sector has seen a huge growth It is no longer just a leisure activity or about rich people spending their vacations overseas Rather it has evolved to have multiple dimensions It is viewed as a way in which nations try to assert their soft power and create a niche market for their cultural products It helps in improvement of bilateral relations between two countries By creating employment opportunities in millions it boosts the economy It helps to attract investments in allied sectors It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level Today branding has become essential not just for commercial social or scientific entities but for nations too A positive image helps in attracting a greater number of tourists investors students consumers donors etc This paper is a comparative study of such advertisements to try and understand what lessons can be drawn out of successful tourism ad campaigns for the North East region Keywords TourismSoft power Globalization Advertisements Languages Bilateral Relations North East Region Introduction

Tourism is considered as one of the major sources of economic growth At international level it is one of the fastest growing industries accounting for more than 10 of total international trade and almost half of total trade in services and can be considered as one of the worldrsquos largest export earners (WTO 2010) Tourism helps in increasing employment opportunities and thus reducing poverty There are several examples of small islands that depend heavily on international tourism revenue and where the tourism sector has received strong support from the government (Louca 2006) Tourism helps to increase the foreign exchange reserves of a nation which can then be used to import essential commodities Tourism is the leading source of foreign exchange in at least one of three developing countries that have made it a priority sector and this holds especially for small islands (Durbarry 2004) It leads to investments in infrastructure of a nation When Olympics world cups athletic events etc are organised in a nation it helps them to create a sound infrastructure and attract a greater number of

Page 18 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

tourists Tourism stimulates other economic industries by direct indirect and induced effects Importance of ad campaigns

The world of traditional power politics was typically about whose military or economy wins but politics in an information age ldquomay ultimately be about whose story winsrdquo (Arquila and Ronfeldt 1999) It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level A well-managed country image helps the country to lsquobrand its own products services its own culturersquo or to say in exercising its soft power in the global arena ldquoBranding is essential not just for commercialSocial or scientific entities but for nations too Countries compete with each other for the attention respect and the trust of investors tourists consumers donors immigrants the media and the governments of other nationsrdquo (Klodkowski 2012) Languages being the carriers of culture civilization and ideas play a significant role in the creation of a unique identity and image for the nations eg French German Swiss Advertisements and the whole communication strategy to attract tourists is weaved keeping this unique identity in mind This is how the media sets the agendaAccording to the Agenda-setting Theory lsquo(McCombs and Shaw 1972) media plays a crucial role in the dissemination of information which consequently leads to determining what issues are important Through this process opinions are formed on almost everything ranging from individuals to countries Through the media a unique picture is painted on the minds of people about countries It is this media which forms these mental imagesThus we have come know that Japanese technology is the best China is authoritarian Africa is dark continent America stands for democratic ideals Pakistan a terror exporting nation people of Bhutan are the happiest French perfumes have most pleasant fragrance Canada is the land of Maple Scandinavian nations are most peaceful and naturally beautifulWhen we look at the nations which attract the most number of tourists each year we find that they are extremely good at selling these images They try to create a unique identity for themselves through the advertisements

France and Spain are much smaller nations compared to India They also have

much lesser geographical diversity Still they continue to be on the top spot One of the reasons for it being that the packaging of the message ie the way they communicate their message is very appealing Take the case of France the ads depict the grandeur of the city of Paris They lay more emphasis on its architectural works art works museums its rich history etc Decorated churches such as Notre Dame Cathedral Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Palace of Versailles are key attractions The ads are designed in a way to showcase the beauty in and around these beautiful landmarks Language is something at the heart of identity

French language has also played an important role in creation of a unique

French identity which ultimately increases tourism in the country French is the official language in 29 countries which includes many countries from Africa mainly due to colonial reasons With about 300 million speakers it is the sixth most widely spoken

Page 19 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

language in the world France is a natural go to destination for higher studies and tourism for Francophone countries which find an easy connection due to familiarity with the language

In case of Spain The Alhambra(fortress) Seville Cathedral Sagrada Familia

City of Arts and Sciences(Valencia) Coacuterdobarsquos Great Mosque Guggenheim Museum ( Bilbao)Santiago de Compostela Cathedral The Prado Museum (Madrid) are the key attractions displayed in tourism ads of the nation Showcasing the human architectural wonders and the works of art is something at the core of Spanish tourism Spanish language has benefited the nation in increasing tourism as it is the official language of 20 countries With more than 400 million native speakers and being the second most spoken native language in the world people can find a connection very easily to this nation It is no secret why Spanish songs are so popular globally owing to this cultural connection

Tourism in India

Indiarsquos image has changed vastly in the post independent years It was once considered the land of lsquosnake charmersrsquo and lsquomaharajas riding on elephantsrsquoFrom there it is now seen as a nation of software engineers scientists and mathematicians Historian Bipan Chandra in his book India Since Independence says ldquoIn 1947 the country commenced its long march to overcome the colonial legacy of economic underdevelopment gross poverty near total illiteracy wide prevalence of disease and stark social inequality andIn justicerdquo In 1991 India adopted the path of economic liberalization privatization and globalization popularly called as LPG reforms following the balance of payments crisis It opened its economy to foreign and private investment The reforms gave a new direction to the Indian economy which has been on the path of rise since then This has changed the international image of India

Mukherjee amp Malone (2011) say about these changes that Indias voice carries

more weight today in multilateral forums largely due to its enhanced economic power political stability and nuclear capability India too realised this importance of image in assertion of soft power Mazumdar (2018) argues that the sources of Indiarsquos soft power include Ayurveda Bollywood Buddhism Cinema Cricket Cuisine Diaspora Fine Arts (architecture music painting poetry and sculpture) Information Technology Performing Arts (dance and theatre) and Yoga Its tourism ads depict these things which are at its core lsquoIncredible Indiarsquo is how the nation projects itself globally through the ads Slogans such as lsquoAthiti Devo Bhavarsquo and lsquoVasudhaivKutumbakamrsquo project its deep-rooted values It offers a diverse portfolio of niche tourism products - cruises adventure medical wellness sports eco-tourism film rural spiritual and religious tourism As of 2018 there are 38 World Heritage Sites located in India These include 30 cultural sites seven natural sites and one mixed site The country has huge potential in the field of travel and tourism Total contribution by travel and tourism sector to Indiarsquos GDP is expected to increase from Rs 1524 trillion (US$ 23403 billion) in 2017 to Rs 3205 trillion (US$ 49221 billion) in 2028 India was ranked 7th among 184 countries

Page 20 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in terms of travel amp tourismrsquos total contribution to GDP in 2017 Travel and tourism is the third largest foreign exchange earner for India (India Brand Equity Foundation May 2019)According to India Tourism Statistics At a Glance annual report published by Ministry of Tourism Government of India for year 2019 here are some key findings- The top 3 States of India which received maximum number of domestic tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 208 2 Uttar Pradesh 154 3 Karnataka 116 The states which received maximum number of foreign tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 21 2 Maharashtra 176 3 Uttar Pradesh 131 Here we will try to analyse the tourism campaigns of some of these states The ads which have been analysed here are available on You Tube Maharashtra Tagline- ldquoMaharashtra Unlimitedrdquo Maharashtra leads in terms of attracting the highest number of foreign tourists With 720 km of coastline and 78 beaches the images of blue sea waters clean beaches with white sand breath-taking beauty of sunsets seagulls flying high in the blue sky shoals of fish underneath water are some enchanting images created in the minds of viewers through ads Places of historical importance such as Raigarh Vasai Janjira Fort mostly those related to Shivaji Maharaj are shown Famous architectural works such as KailashaTemple(Ellora) Buddhist Caves Jain temples Religious places such as Sai Baba( Shirdi) Haji Ali Mount Mary Hazur Saheb Vithoba Temple Shri Mahalaxmi Temple Khandoba Temple etc are shown to attract domestic tourists of all faiths Mumbai is presented as a megacity in these ads to attract not just tourists but investments and business opportunities The colourful celebration of Ganpati festival finds special mention in the ads Tamil Nadu Tagline- Enchanting Tamil Nadu The state calls itself a civilization which is more than 10000 years old It tries to showcase its rich civilizational values through ads Monolitic marvels of Mamallapuram Tanjore Temple Madurai Meenakshi Temple Chidambaram Nataraj Temple Vivekananda Rock Kanyakumari GangaikondaCholapuram speak a lot about the rich historical and traditional roots of the place The famous classical dance form Bharatnatyam folk art performances Madurai Jallikattu celebration of Pongal are the

Page 21 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

dominant images visible in the ads Backwaters at Pichawaram Hill stations like Ooty Valparai Kodaikanal Megamalai etc add to its natural beauty Uttar Pradesh Tagline- UP NahinDekha to India Nahin Dekha The state projects itself as the land of Ganga(Benaras) land of Buddha(Sarnath) Land of Krishna( Mathura Vrindawan) Land of Rama( Ayodhya) Land of Nawabs( Lucknow) Land of Love( Taj Mahal Agra) Being situated in the Gangetic plains of India the state has less of natural beauty in terms of pure and pristine forests waterfalls or rivers rather there are a lot of historical places to visit which have been associated with one or the other ruling dynasty which has ruled over North India in the due course of time Many Mughal architectural works are there in the state which find a mention in the tourism ads showcasing its composite and syncretic culture also called the Ganga Jamunitahjeeb A record over 24 crore people visited Kumbh-2019 more than total tourists in UP in 2014-17 The Kumbh 2019 visitors included 1030 lakh foreign tourists(Hindustan Times May 21 2019) Karnataka Tagline- One State Many Worlds Aihole Badami Temples and caves Gulbarga Fort Gol Gumbaj( Bijapur) remains of Hampi are some of the historical sites shown in ads Gokak falls Murdeshwara Shiva Kudle beach Om beach are the beaches which also find mention Western Ghats which are full of natural beauty are the prime attractions It is one of the biodiversity hotspots in the world which has a variety of flora and fauna present in pure and pristine state It is an ideal location for those adventurous souls who want to be in the company of nature and wildlife Tourism scenario of the states in North East India

We find that it is mostly the historical places religious sites areas full of natural beauty and geographical wonders which attract the greatest number of tourists North East part of India consists of eight states Assam Meghalaya Nagaland Manipur Tripura Mizoram Arunachal Pradesh and Sikkim Each of these states is full of abundant greenery and natural beauty National Parks Wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries rivers lakes waterfalls mountains ample rainfalls are the things which make these states one of the most beautiful places for tourists to see Not just natural beauty but there are historical sites as well Still any of these states do not rank in the top ten list in terms of states which attract the greatest number of tourists in India The states need to rethink over their tourism strategy again to get more footfalls

Page 22 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The first thing to do is to change the misconceptions formed in the minds of people Advertisements are the most effective way to do so They can help in better perception management Some of the popular myths regarding the North East region are as follows The whole region is seen as a single unit What people donrsquot know is that it consists of eight states hundreds of tribes and indigenous languages This region is very remote and has poor road rail and air connectivity People donrsquot know Hindi It is always drenched in rain Momos are the only cuisines available They are closer to Nepalese Chinese origins This region is mostly disturbed due to insurgency and terrorism Visa and other documents are needed to travel in the region One cannot not get vegetarian meals Diversity is the main strength of the North East It exists in almost everything that we find in the region from tribes dressing cuisines culture music festivals traditions rituals etc The ads need to be framed in such a way that they create a unique identity for reach state through these McLuhan said ldquoMedium is the messagerdquo and what can be the better medium than music to convey the message Music videos in native languages such as Assamese Bodo Nepali Naga Khasi Mizo etc can be of great help in popularising the destinations Easily recognisable faces from the state who are famous nationally as well as internationally need to be chosen as the brand ambassadors for state tourism lsquoPlace Brandingrsquo and lsquoDestination Brandingrsquo can be ways in which tourism can be promoted Places such as Tawang Bomdila Pass ZiroValley Ukhrul Gangtok Kohima Cherrapunjee can be shown in individual ads with the lives of local people Summary and conclusion-

Wellness tourism and medical tourism can be developed the way it has been done in Kerala Pure and pristine nature has huge potential for Ayurveda and Naturopathy National parks wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries lakes mountains etc can be big attractions in the time when people want to skip the moribund lifestyle of cities and want to be in naturersquos company But since this region is ecologically fragile it falls in the zone five of earthquake zones which makes it very prone to earthquakes so special attention should be paid to promote sustainable tourism The Constitution of India has placed many states of this region under 6th schedule making special provisions for them to protect their unique culture and identity Tourism ads need to take care of these essential aspects while designing the message References Chandra B Mukherjee M amp Mukherjee A(2008) India Since Independence

Penguin India DurbarryR (2004)Tourism and economic growth the case of MauritiusTourism

Economics 10 (4) pp 389-401 Klodkowski P (2012) Story of the clashing image of the country The case of

Indiarsquos image at home and in Poland Polish Sociological Review No178 pp 303-324

Page 23 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Louca C(2006) Income and expenditure in the tourism industry time series evidence from CyprusTourism Economics 12 (4) (2006) pp 603-617

Mazumdar A(2018) Indiarsquos Soft Power Diplomacy Under the Modi Administration Buddhism Diaspora and Yoga Asian Affairs 493 468-491 DOI 1010800306837420181487696

McCombs M amp Shaw D (1972) The agenda-setting function of mass media Public Opinion Quarterly 36 176-185

Mukherjee R and Malone DM (2011) Indian foreign policy and contemporary security challenges International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-) Vol 87 No 1 (January 2011) pp 87-104

McLuhan M 1994 (first published in 1964) Understanding Media The Extensions of Man Massachusetts MIT press

Page 24 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INTREPRITING BHARAT LEELA AN AMAZING FOLK DANCE OF SOUTH

ODISHA

Prof Bhagaban Sahu Professor and Head Department of History Central University of TamilnaduThiruvarur

Abstract

South Odisha acts like a bridge between the Aryan culture north and Dravidian culture of south The socio cultural life of this reign forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is a cradle of many folk dances which are special in some

respect The Dravidian culture or the Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South Odisha It not only provides recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people but also spread the ideas of morality universally brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and love

The southern part of modern Odisha consists of seven districts viz Ganjam

Gajapati Rayagada Koraput Nabarangapur Malkangiri and Kandhamal Situated like a bridge between the northern and southern halves of India South Odisha is the meeting place of Dravido-Aryan culture The socio cultural life of this region forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is the cradle of many folk dances The Dravidian culture or the

Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values1

Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South

Odisha It has its origin in Ganjam district Itrsquos creator was Dinabandhu Das of Kalyanapur near Ganjam town His creation of Subhadra HaranaSuanga became familiar as Bharata Leela2 But his composition was not accepted and termed as Leela by the-then society and it was called as Huguli Bharata But later on Bhima Panda of Magura near Aska improved this to a great extent and gave the touch of a folk-theatre to it In course of time Shyam Sundar Sabat of village KandhKharida near Hinjilicut

Page 25 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

collected the palm leaf manuscript of Dinabandhu Das corrected it and gave it the touch of a Leela He himself played the role of a Duari and named it lsquoDuari Natarsquo Jogendra Mallick(1866-1932) of village Nimapadara of Ghumusar also composed another version of Bharat Leela Srinivas Das of Golamundala near Buguda also composed Bharat Leela in a different style Gangadhara Pradhan of Sambalpur region also composed Subhadra Haran on the light of Bharat Leela of Ganjam which is popular in that area

Thus the origin of the Bharata Leela can be traced back to 1840 AD At

present NabaghanaParida of Kabisurya Nagar (Boirani) is the most popular director or guru of Bharat-Leela3 It is heartening to note that this Leela was staged and became very popular Folk Dance in Rengoon (Burma) where nearly fifty thousand Odias were serving

Bharat Leela is relatively shorter in the length of performance and has only six

characters such as Arjun Subhadra Duari Satyabhama Hadi and Hadiani Arjuna the third Pandava and the King of Hastinapura is counted as a major character and Duari- Arjunarsquos gatekeeper acts as the hero The course of conversation and ultimately the marriage between Arjuna and Subhadra (an important part of the Mahabharat story) is presented in this Leela in a dramatic style with humorous dialogues The role played by the Duari in establishing contact between the other two characters through the series of queries is of great interest to the rural audience The lsquoBharat Leela is also known as lsquoDuari Nacharsquo as the Duari (gate keeper) plays a prominent role as a mediator in Subhadra Haran4

All over the world the folk plays draw their plots from mythologies epics tales ballads or romantic legends The rural audience is familiar with these tales hence the emphasis is laid on characterization and intricacy Duari Nata or Bharat Leela prevalent in the district of Ganjam in Odisha is such a play which draws its plot from the epic tales of Visnu Purana and Mahabharata It is therefore called Bharat Leela But it is more popular by the name of lsquoDuari Leelarsquo as Duari or the sentry remains the most important indispensable and pivotal character of the play As it is told in the verse-play Subhadra the cousin sister of Sri Krishna madly falls in love with Arjuna the most handsome and heroic brother of the Pandavas When Subhadra offers her love Arjuna bluntly refuses as she would be like a sister to him When argued he takes various pretexts and all his pretexts are counteracted by Duari who supports Subhadra for her unflinching love and devotion to Arjuna At last Arjuna yields to the true love and agrees to marry Subhadra5

In course of arguments and counter arguments between the characters smaller episodes from Puranas and other religious texts are also told as corollary to the main episode For instance Arjuna argues that he being a Kshatriya by caste and she belonging to the mild-maid community the marriage is not possible Then Duari brings out an episode from some texts and narrates musically about how and when a Kshatriya married a

Page 26 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

mild-maid When it is argued by Arjuna that Subhadra is not a woman of elegant features the Duari narrates the characteristics of all types of women quoting authorities to prove Subhadra to be the best type The altercation between the two proceeds till the end of the play which is punctuated with several songs of variety moral fables witty remarks and verses of wisdom in support of their contention On the other hand the play in crux is a battle of wits between Arjuna and Duari Therefore the repartee is simply an exposition of the knowledge of the Sastras Chapter from books and verses are also quoted in support of their arguments from the religious texts To this extent this is a secular form for much of its humor is contemporary6

Duari Leela is held throughout the night and even it runs for consecutive nights In order to arrest the attention of the audience the Duari improvises subplots which may use local reference or satirical comment on the current socio-political scene These sub-plots employ music unrelated to the main theme Actors

There are four major characters such as Duari Arjuna Subhadra Satyabhama and ten minor characters like Chaukia Sri Krishna AstaPatta Bansi Balarama Nand Raj Purohit Dagara Gayakas Hadi and Hadiani

Though Arjuna Duari Subhadra and Satyabhama are the main characters of

this play the teen-aged boys act in Bharataleela as both male and female characters They play the role of Subhadra and Satyabhama and also the dancing girls The dialogues of Arjuna and Subhadra are casted in Odia prose The Duari speaks in colloquial local language and he is free to improvise All the prose dialogue is introductory to particular situations of events and often serves as interludes to song dialogues The songs strictly set to traditional tunes are meant for Arjuna and Subhadra Though songs of Duari may include traditional tunes he freely imbibes from the prevalent folk songs and dances7 Duari is the central figure of this Leela The success of the Leela predominantly depends upon him He creates sense of humour and carries the audience with him

Stage

Bharata Leela is staged under the open sky No stage is required for the performance of this Leela Only a mandala is prepared limited to eight to ten feet diameter To prepare the mandala the bharataleelaperformers mainly use the tarpaulins or the mats The patromax lights or electric bulbs are also used to illuminate the mandala in the night performances A kathakurchi (wooden chair) is the only property of the mandala Arjuna the hero of the play use it as his throne bed dancing area and it is used as the shrine of the deity in different episodes and scenes of the play Arjuna performs his action carrying a khanda in his right hand and a handkerchief in the left The deepalis (ghee lamps) mayurapinchha (peacockrsquos tail) Khajurichanchuni (date

Page 27 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

leaf broom) tokei (basket) and madakancha(wine bottle) could be taken as the stage articles used by sakhis Hadianiand Hadi respectively8Harmonium Dholki(Small Drum) Mrudanga Gini Bansi Jhumuka are the different musical instruments used in this Leela

Attire of the Characters

Duari the gate keeper wears a chedi (half pant) an angi (half shirt) and a kaba(waist coat) For makeup Duari uses pink colour paints and draws a U-shape insignia on his forehead He wears a knotted wig locally called ganthibabuli It covers his head and upper parts of the shoulder as well as the neck The front side of the wig is chipped with the petal like aluminium balachhappa (hair clips) as well tahia(atiara) The tahia always rests on a padaka (golden pandant) and it is pinned up in the wig on the forehead On the left side of the chest he pins round padaka (pendants) and triangular and conical chhappas also to signify himself as the servant of a king9 Arjuna is dressed like a warrior with a long velvet coat embroided with zari and tinsel He wears silken trousers and on his back an uttaranahangs He wears nylon stockings like a horse rider and his wrist bands are adorned with plastic manibandha He uses pink colour paints and draws a suryachita (sun mark) on his forehead The subject matter of Bharata Leela has been derived from OdiaMahabharata (Madhyaparva) of Sarala Das The base is the immortal love story between Subhadra amp Arjuna10

Bharat leela is an epitome of artistic excellence We find amalgamation of different rasas likeBira Rasa Karuna Rasa and Sringara Rasa and folk dances in Bharata Leela Dance place no less a part in making this Leela a grand success It is the field to express onersquos artistic hidden potentialities More than one hundred Bharata Leela teams are there in Ganjam district alone Among them the countable fews are KandhKharida Tiapentha Duanpalli Arakhapur Badapada Khalingi Kumuruda Kainchapur Lochapada Nuagada Kuruli Kabisuryanagar Kalasandhapur Nabaratnapur Mamudhiya Gunthapada Goudagaon Puhundi Choudhury Tikarapada Vijay Laxminarayanpur Khariaguda Sarabadi Hadichira Solaghara Polosara Mangalpur Dharakote Sheragad Gangapur Sasan Banthapalli Pratapur are important11

Those who are established as outstanding Duari the names of Dinabandhu

Das ShyamasundarSabat Ramachandra Reddy Bhima Panda SatyabadiSabat TrinathPattnayak DambaruSahu (Duanpalli) Dukhishyam Behera (MahuritiharPentha) Ananta Parta (Arakhapur) Juria Gouda of Kharida Kantaru Behera Ulla Dalai of Kankorada BajiaSahu of Sundarpur Lachhana Reddy of Satapandia SibaramSahu of B Karada Badi Kasinath Behera of Dadarakhola Bharata Samantara of Gudiapalli Kirtana Gouda Rankanidhi Gouda DandapaniDalua of Kendubadi Kasinath Das of DadaraKhola Chakrapani Badatya of Nabaratnapur Chandamani Sahu12 Chandra Sekhar Nayak Bipracharan Nayak Durjyodhana Naik Kampa Gouda of Tinkachai Sadananda Swain NabaghanaParida of KabiSurya Nagar Dandapani Behera of

Page 28 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Kulagada Sanyasi Behera of Sundarpalli Haribandhu Mohanty of Kalasandhapur Satrughna Swain of Mundamarai Santosh Kumar Padhi of Patapur may be mentioned here13

This popular folk dance of South Odisha was not only limited to Odisha but

also spread to Rangoon(Burma) It is hearting to note that there were more 2000 Odia from Ganjam in Rangoon during the 1st half of the 20th century The Bharat Leela of Ganjam was practiced and staged there14

Truly speaking Bharat Leela is the index of all the Folk Dances of south

Odisha Duari the director demonstrates the role of Chhadheya of Dandanata Gayaka of Dasakathia Ghudhuki player Gahak of Pala HiranyakasyapaPrahlladnataka and the role of a comedian in different tunes and styles through this dance It not only entertains the villagers who work from dawn to dusk in their field but also enlightens them a lot on puranas epics and other religious texts

From the above discussion it is inferred that the Bharat Leela is a very artistic

lively and popular dance in South Odisha It supplied livelihood to a large number of families and entertainment to the travelers tourists poets onlookers and the lovers of beauty It explores the rare and native genius of the folk people But the irony of the fate is that the folk dances like Bharat Leela which provided recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people and spread the ideas of morality universal brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and victory of righteous over evil forces are declining fast As a result the society of South Odisha which enjoyed perfect peace better harmony and understanding between the divergent communities and races in the past is now regarded as a cockpit of murderers dacoits and looters Hence steps may be taken to preserve all these folklore traditions alive either at the Government level or by the NGO and Private enterprises References 1 Indubhusan Kara Folklore of Odisha Cuttack 1991p1 2 HKDas Odia Lokanataka(Odia) Cuttack 1983 p 122 3 KC Behera opcitp66 4 BCharchi opcitpp332-341 5 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha SahatyaSamaja Cuttack 1998pp224-227 6 KCPradhan Odia Loka Sahitya O LokaSanskruti Cuttack 1995pp227-235 7 Banambara Acharya opcitpp2-4 8 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998p232 9 DKTripathy The Role of Fine Art in the Folk Theatres of South Odisha An Art

Historical Study PhD Thesis(unpublished) Berhampur University 2000pp63-65

10 B Charchi Bharata Leela in OdishareLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998pp229-232

Page 29 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 BhagabanSahu Folk Life and Folk Culture of Odisha New Delhi-2015 12 Revealed from field study conducted by the author in the different villages of South

Odisha 13 Cultural Heritage of Ganjam opcitp340 14 BayamanuCharchi GanjamraLokanatya Parampara(Odia) Bhubaneswar-2012p73

Page 30 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADOLESCENTS ADDICTION TO SMART PHONE AND ITS REMEDIES

1Cyma Anjum and 2Bina Kumari

1Assistant Professor of Education LNMBM Faculty of Education Muzaffarpur 2Principal RGMTT College Diwadih BBMQ University Dhanbad

Abstract

Adolescents are highest addicted to smart phone and particularly adult sites on internet They are very impulsive owing to some physiological changes which compelled them for its gratification Smartphone causes stress among teenagers arising out of family and school It causes many musculoskeletal symptoms which are the consequences of staying in one position for a long time Starring at a small screen for longer period can impair eye sight Smart phone addiction is the greatest reason of depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems Effort was made to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression and sense of control Keywords Smart Phone Addiction Remedy amp Depression Introduction - Addiction can be defined as a mental state which compels the person for the satisfaction of psychological desires formed a habit Addiction can be developed in all ages and can be categorized into alcohol cigarettes drugs gambling games internet and sex Korean Ministry of Gender Equality and Family implemented a research on the actual condition of media usage rate among teenagers and reported that the middle school students 862 percent high school students 849 percent This data reflects that most of the teenagers in the country were smart phone users So it can be presumed that most of the adolescents own a smart phone and thus are exposed to an environment that entices them to overuse it By Looking at it from a general perspective adolescents are not fully developed and as their self-consciousness continues to grow they are highly exposed to the risk of adverse effect more than any other age group The basic cause of adolescentsrsquo addiction to smart phone is due to stress arising from family and school When students are experiencing physical and mental stress from external forces by way of relieving stress they turn to internet surfing and games as means of escape in order to overcome problems they encounter from their social group of friends and overwhelming school work Smart phone addiction caused very harmful effects in adolescentsrsquo daily lives which they cannot get rid of Treatment related to smart phone addiction is the Integrated Arts Therapy Integrated Arts Therapy has been taken from Gestalt Therapy and Fritz Pearls Institute (FPI) that promotes encouragement of creativity Petzoldrsquos Art Therapy was incorporated to art music dancing movements drama and etc and found that

Page 31 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Therapyrsquos perspective is not composed of one particular sense but it is the act of integrating the sense with creativity This therapy has been verified to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression sense of control and assimilation in school However overuse of smart phones causes high exposure to electromagnetic waves and in turn generates other associated problems such as damage to brain cells neck syndrome and vision impairment syndrome This study involves smart phone addiction and its integrated treatment and the supporting hypothesis in the following perspectives Physical health problems related to Smart phone

Use and misuse of any invention or innovation happened to be normal phenomena -since long Atom bomb was never invented for annihilation of any nation or state The new device in cell phone Android or Smart really brought the whole world on the palm of the users through Net services When itsrsquo use has certainly provided immense of facilities in the field of communication But itrsquos over use can cause many problems including musculoskeletal symptom which is usually developed due to staying in one posture for a longer period of time Furthermore starring at a small screen for an extended time can causes loss of sight this is called amblyopia Sitting in a still position can cause muscular contraction which can lead to long-term muscle fatigue including neck pain The bad posture cause by overuse of smart phones may lead to the neck becoming a ldquoCrdquo shape and further it tends to deliver great amount of stress to the muscles and joints Other homeostasis related problems can arise as well such as blockage in the local blood supply to the muscles including metabolite Mental health problems related to Smart phone

Over use of Smart phone certainly causes mental problems along with physical abrasion Excess use of smart phone causes decreased self-restraint ability impulsive behaviors and anxiety which can become critical barriers when carrying out healthy relationships school activities and mental well-being According to the psychologists it is commonly observed that the smart phone addiction increases the level of depression and anxiety Depression often plays as an index to display the overall health status of a person When the level of addiction alleviates one tends to lose self-control which decreases ones willingness and ability to socialize and network with others As a result one may begin to feel a sense of loneliness becoming more dependent on the smart phone simultaneously increasing onersquos level of anxiety especially when the smart phone is not present From looking at the above associated problems to smart phone addiction we can conclude that the addicting creates negative effects to mental health Smart phone addiction causes depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems This will lead to problems associated to onersquos social life and human network According to advance studies related to smart phone addiction depression is the most probable health complication Increased addiction to smart phones is associated with increased level of depression Yong Min Parkrsquos research study concluded that smart phone addiction is

Page 32 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

highly related to obsessive-compulsive neurosis and other illnesses in the following order depression mental health disorders anxiety and social delusional disorder antagonism and phobia It has also been established through researches that over use of smart phone becomes an impulsive act and it is very much related to Obsessive ndash Compulsive behaviour Some studies revealed that smart phone addiction creates hostility and rage among users It was further revealed that the small childrenrsquos mental health was not highly affected by smart phone usage compared to the childrenrsquos of higher grade However the higher grade students displayed mental health problems such as rage compulsive characterizations anxiety disorders personality disorders and delusional disorders Cognitive Therapy is the most suggested type of treatment in the cases of smart phone addiction Remedies Bibliotherapy has been advised in the cases of smart phone addiction whichprovides treatment through reading literature It helps to expand the subjectrsquos range of thoughts In this process reading book and finding new meanings from the literature based on the Identical Principle Catharsis Principle and Discernment Principle are implemented This process involves subjects reading the literature Subsequently they engage in debates role plays and other creative activities to assess each other in order to find the defined sense of time Musical treatments can also help treat physical and cognitive problems This treatment provides psychological security to those being treated for physical and cognitive problems For example music treatment that is customized to fit the need of the subject being treated with physical therapy can be highly effective Conclusion This report provided methods for smart phone addicted to adolescents to overcome the illness through the integrated treatment aspects However the risk of the symptoms recurring was substantially high This suggested that fundamental treatment of cognitive and emotional elements needed to become harmonized as a whole in order to increase the effectiveness of the treatment results It can be presumed that this study provides the opportunity and support for the creation of a fundamental treatment method that can help teenagers live a healthy life by overcoming addiction to smart phones References 1 Robinson TE Berridge KC The psychology and neurobiology of addiction an incentivendashsensitization view Addiction 95 91-117 (2000)

Page 33 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 Ji-Hyung P Shin G-K Effects of Smartphones Usability on Users Satisfaction and Loyalty Focusing on Moderating Effect of Terms of Use The Korean Academic Association of Business Administration 25 811-831 (2012) 3 Park S-Y Lee H-J Determinants of internet addiction among the Korea youth The Journal of the Korea institute of electronic communication sciences 8 291-299 (2013) 4 Choi S Kim S Yang J-S Lee J-H Joo C Jung H-I Real-time measurement of human salivary cortisol for the assessment of psychological stress using a smartphone Sensing and Bio-Sensing Research 2 8-11 (2014) 5 Kim H Exercise rehabilitation for smart phone addiction Journal of exercise rehabilitation 9 500 (2013) 6 Hall AS Parsons J Internet addiction College student case study using best practices in cognitive behavior therapy Journal of mental health counseling 23 312-327 (2001) 7 Wu A Cheung V Ku L Hung E Psychological risk factors of addiction to social networking sites among Chinese smartphone users Journal of behavioral addictions 2 160-166 (2013) 8 Polster E Polster M Gestalt therapy integrated Contours of theory and practice BrunnerMazel (1973) 9 Lusebrink VB Art therapy and the brain An attempt to understand the underlying processes of art expression in therapy Art Therapy 21 125-135 (2004) 10 Alanzi T Istepanian RS Philip N An integrated model for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for mobile diabetes self-management system In Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) 2014 36th Annual International Conference of the IEEE pp 5393-5396 IEEE (Year)

Page 34 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANTIPSYCHOTICS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA

D Udaya Kumar1and V Raja Babu2 1 Department of Human Genetics Andhra University Visakhapatnam India

2 Department of Biology College of Natural Science Arba Minch University Ethiopia

Abstract Schizophrenia is commonly thought of as a psychiatric term for a range of experiences which some laypeople in the community may describe as madness For this reason to be diagnosed as having schizophrenia carries a stigma which other diagnoses do not (Ministry of Health 2000) Schizophrenia is a serious mental disorder characterized by intense disturbances in thought emotion and behavior (Kring Johnson Davison amp Neale 2012) A person with schizophrenia is thought to have lost touch with reality (Kalat 2009) A great deal of research has been devoted to study schizophrenia and the complexity of the disorder seems to be much more than what originally had been thought The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is less than 1 and it slightly affects more men than women (Kalat 2009 Kring et al 2012) Almost all people diagnosed with schizophrenia are eventually treated with antipsychotic drugs and multidimensional medications (Kalat 2009) Keywords Schizophrenia Antipsychotics The majority of people detained under the NZ Mental Health Act 1992 are diagnosed as suffering from a form of mental illness known as schizophreniaRecently the New York Times published an article stating that medications for schizophrenia are remarkably effective however the article discusses nothing in regards to the serious adverse effects of such medications (Steinberg 2012) An ideal medication for schizophrenia would be a drug that is highly effective in reducing both positive and negative symptoms produces its effects within a convenient dosage and has less-serious side effects (Rey 2002) The drugs commonly used to treat schizophrenia mainly belong to two main groups typical (first-generation) and atypical (second-generation) antipsychotics Despite the proclamations of new forms of drugs that will magically solve the puzzle with schizophrenia none of these medications have been proven to be highly effective (Whitaker 2002 Whitaker 2005) It is the stated intention of this essay to arrive at an understanding of the effectiveness of atypical drugs This will be accomplished by investigating the characteristics and differences of antipsychotic agents along with a review from existent studies and their outcomes The first conventional antipsychotic drugs had beenwere discovered by accident in the 50s when a drug considered an antihistamine (chlorpromazine) showed unique antipsychotic effects when tested in schizophrenic patients (Kring et al 2012) Apart

Page 35 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

from some histamine activity chlorpromazine had an important impact within dopamine receptors (Kring et al 2012) However typical antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine cause various extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) include acute dyskinesias dystonic reactionstardive dyskinesia and Parkinsonism-like symptoms due to their blockage of dopamine receptors in the striatal dopaminergic route Subsequent attempts to improve the therapeutic profile of classical antipsychotics were based on studies showing that dopamine receptor mediated route striatal extrapyramidal side effects (Stahl 2000) With the introduction of clozapine in the 80s the term atypical was expanded to increased efficacy with reduced side effects as they produce significantly fewer extrapyramidal side effects than typical antipsychotics at clinically equivalent doses (Stahl 2000) Antipsychotic agents differ according to their profiles of specific sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) Although the exact underlying mechanisms of action are not sufficiently explained atypical antipsychotics appear to be more effective than typical antipsychotic agents Typical agents produce their antipsychotic effects through the blockage of dopamine receptors particularly D2 receptors (Stahl 2000) On the contrary the antipsychotic effects of atypical agents such as clozapine has been attributed to its ability to block the intense stimulation of serotonin receptors including (5-HT2A) (5-HT2C) and dopamine receptors including D1 D2 D3 D4 receptors (Duncan Lieberman amp Zorn 1999) Likewise similar results were replicated in Horacek et al (2006) study which concluded that atypical antipsychotics such as clozapine show superior advantages in treating positive symptoms negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction compared to the typical antipsychotic agents partially due to their sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) In addition the study also found that atypical antipsychotics induce neuronal plasticity and synaptic remodeling in several sites that are associated with schizophrenia including the striatum prefrontal cortex and hippocampus Hence it seems that there is a strong consensus among researchers that atypical antipsychotic agents are more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia as well as improving cognitive deficits that are associated with schizophrenia Sexual dysfunction is widespread among people with schizophrenia and those who are taking antipsychotics Both typical and atypical antipsychotics have been shown to produce prolactin imbalances that are regularly linked to infertility (Mahmoud Drake Lewis amp Hayhurst 2012) The study of Mahmoud et al (2012) used a cross-sectional prevalence study to assess sexual functions in (144) patients diagnosed with schizophrenia The study involved two groups with each group receiving either typical or atypical antipsychotics for at least twelve weeks The study found no differences in sexual functions in patients treated with typical antipsychotics compared to atypical antipsychotics (Mahmoud et al 2012) However Bobes et al (2003) reached a different conclusion in their EIRE study The number of participants involved in the study was 636 The EIRE study compared sexual dysfunction effects related to haloperidol

Page 36 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

risperidone olanzapine and quetiapine Results indicated that frequency of sexual dysfunction was highest for risperidone (432) haloperidol (381) olanzapine (353) and quetiapine (182) (Bobes et al 2003) The study also concluded that sexual dysfunction seems to be dose-related with antipsychotic drugs and that atypical drugs produce higher risks of sexual dysfunction and other reporductive side effects including decreased libido erectile ejaculatory dysfunction gynecomia and amenorrhea than typical drugs (Bobes et al 2003) Therefore it seems that much debate exists on the issue of sexual dysfunction related to antipsychotics and more research is needed It has long been long known that suicide rates are quite high among people diagnosed with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) Recent studies have found a positive association between antipsychotic use and suicide (Khan et al 2007) One study in North Wales investigated the lifetime suicide rate in treated patients with schizophrenia between the pre-chlorpromazine era (1874-1924) and recent period (1994-2003) (Healy et al 2006) The study found that people treated with antipsychotics were at greater risk of suicide compared to the people with schizophrenia in the pre-chlorpromazine era (Healy et al 2006) Therefore there is some indication that the use of antipsychotics increases suicide rates However other studies do not agree with the conclusion of Healy et al (2006) study and show quite the opposite Khan et al (2007) conducted a study in which they assessed mortality rates for patients with schizophrenia according to the type of antipsychotics taken Participants were assigned to atypical antipsychotic agents (olanzapine quetiapine risperidone or ziprasidone) a control antipsychotic (haloperidol or chlorpromazine) or a placebo group Results indicated that patients assigned to the placebo group were significantly at higher rate of suicide than other groups Furthermore the study found no difference in suicide rates between patients assigned to either atypical or typical antipsychotic agents (Khan et al 2007) Perhaps the study had methodological limitations which may have affected the findings Therefore evidence on the implications of typical and atypical antipsychotics in suicide rates among people with schizophrenia are mixed and further controlled studies are required Typical and atypical antipsychotics show similar effects on quality of life across one year of medications The Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project aimed to evaluate the long-term effectiveness and tolerability of atypical and typical antipsychotics in patients with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) The study involved about 15000 participants from the USA The primary outcome measure was the discontinuation of treatment (Lieberman et al 2005) Patients were randomized to receive olanzapine perphenazine quetiapine risperidone or zisprasidone Findings indicated that 74 of patients discontinued their medication 18 months before the study ended Olanzapine appeared to be the most effective since its group had a significantly longer time to discontinuation (Lieberman et al 2005) The efficacy of perphenazine was similar to that of the other atypical antipsychotics Even though it exhibited a greater degree of effectiveness olanzapine was associated with

Page 37 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

greater weight gain and increases in blood glucose lipid levels and cholesterol levels (Lieberman et al 2005) The study concluded that in the long-term atypical drugs were not more effective and did not produce fewer side effects when compared to typical antipsychotic (perphenazine) Similar findings have been replicated in (Jones et al 2006) study The study included 227 people with schizophrenia aged between 18 to 65 years Randomized prescriptions of either typical or atypical (other than clozapine) were given to participants Findings indicated that long-term effectiveness of typical drugs was similar to those of atypical drugs (other than clozapine) (Jones et al 2006) Thus it seems that patients may need to change their medications only for clinical reasons and such evidence that indicate the superiority of atypical antipsychotics may be based on short-term efficacy trials Serious adverse effects are common features among both typical and atypical antipsychotics The emergence of the atypical drugs has been accompanied by an assumption that these are associated with less reversible extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) as well as less propensity to cause tardive dyskinesia (TD) (Malla et al 2004) One study indicated that the incidence of EPS is strongly associated with typical antipsychotics and that about 50 to 75 of patients who are taking typical antipsychotics will suffer from EPS (Arana 2000) Another study found similar results The study compared symptom severity and quality of life in patients with schizophrenia who were treated adequately either by typical antipsychotic or by clozapine (atypical) (Sergio et al 2005) Results indicated that clozapine caused significantly fewer EPS than did the typical antipsychotic (Sergio et al 2005) However other studies have indicated equivocal results (Peluso Lewis Barnes amp Jones 2012) A study conducted recently in the United Kingdom included 118 participants in the typical antipsychotic group and 109 participants in the atypical group Findings suggested that both groups had similar EPS however despite the apparent equivalence patients in the atypical group were significantly (3mdashfold) less likely to be prescribed adjunctive anticholinergic medications than those in typical group (Peluso et al 2012) Even though second-generation antipsychotic drugs appear to be more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms on schizophrenia evidence on whether the second-generation antipsychotic drugs cause less EPS is inconsistent In conclusion antipsychotic drugs are the main treatment for patients with schizophrenia The typical antipsychotics are high-affinity antagonists of dopamine D2 receptors and are more effective in managing psychotic symptoms but have a high incidence of serious adverse effects such as extrapyramidal symptoms and tardive dyskinesia In the 1950s typical antipsychotics has brought considerable benefit to patients with schizophrenia to the extent that such drugs have shown efficacy in combating psychotic symptoms and as a consequence increased the possibility of outpatient treatment Atypical antipsychotics entered the market with the proposed superiority with respect to efficacy especially improvement of negative symptoms and the absence of

Page 38 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

extrapyramidal symptoms These atypical antipsychotics differ from those of the first generation by their low affinity for dopamine D2 receptor and the high affinity for other neuronal pathways such as serotonin and noradrenaline Conclusion Unfortunately there are no antipsychotics free from unwanted effects The clinical advantage of a group of drugs often exposes the user to particular complications Unlike the partial success of medications for improving the positive symptoms associated with schizophrenia it is well documented that antipsychotic use ndash typical or atypical ndash does little to ameliorate the debilitating the overall negative symptoms associated with schizophrenia Additionally much of the scientific evidence indicating the superior safety and effectiveness of atypical antipsychotics is inconsistent In terms of inducing adverse effects the superiority of atypical antipsychotics has been questioned in many studies due to the propensity for weight gain and changes in glucose and lipid metabolism that they may cause Thus it seems the debate about the effectiveness of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs in treating schizophrenia is continuous Furthermore it is clear that due to the complexity inherent in any treatment of schizophrenia a psychiatry-psychology alliance might be very welcomed by frontline care providers who are often frustrated and dismayed by the limited effectiveness and all-too-prevalent side effects of medications References Arana G (2000) An overview of side effect caused by typical antipsychotics Journal of Clinical Psychiatry

61 5-11 Bobes J Garcia-Portilla M Rejas J Hernandez G Garcia-Garcia M Rico-Villademoros F amp Porras

A (2003) Frequency of sexual dysfunction and other reproductive side-effects in patients with schizophrenia treated with risperidone olanzapine quetiapine or haloperidol The results of the EIRE study Journal Of Sex Marital Therapy 29(2) 125-147

Duncan G Lieberman J amp Zorn S (1999) Mechanisms of typical and atypical antipsychotic drug action in relation to dopamine and NMDA receptor hypofunction hypotheses of schizophrenia Molecular Psychiatry 4(5) 418-428

Healy D Harris M Tranter R Cutting P Austin R Jones-EdwardsG ampRobertsA (2006) Lifetime suicide rates in treated schizophrenia 1875-1924 and 1994-1998 cohorts compared British Journal of Psychiatry 188 223-228

Horacek J Bubenikova-Valesova V Kopecek M Palenicek T Dockery C Mohr P Hoschl C (2006) Mechanism of action of atypical antipsychotic drugs and the neurobiology of schizophrenia CNS Drugs 20(5) 389-409

Jones P Barnes T Lloyd H Davies L Dunn G Hayhurst K amp hellip Murray R (2006) Randomized controlled trial of the effect on quality of life of second- vs first-generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia Cost utility of the latest antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia study (CUtLASS 1) Archives of General Psychiatry 63(10) 1079-1087

Kalat J (2009) Biological psychology (10th ed) Belmont California Wadsworth Cengage Learning Khan A Schwartz K Stern C Redding N Kolts R Brown W amp Robinson D (2007) Mortality risk

in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 68(12) 1828-1833

Kring A Johnson S Davison G amp Neale J M (2012) Abnormal psychology (12th ed) Hoboken NJ John Wiley amp Sons

Page 39 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Lieberman J Stroup T McEvoy J Swartz M Rosenheck R Perkins D amp Hsiao J (2005) Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia New England Journal of Medicine 353(12) 1209-1223

Mahmoud A Drake R Lewis S amp Hayhurst K (2012) Sexual function of patients with schizophrenia receiving first-generation (FGA) or second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) treatment International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice 16(2) 148-152

Malla A Norman R Scholten D Townsend L Manchanda R Takhar J ampHaricharan R (2004) A comparison of two novel antipsychotics in first episode non-affective psychosis One-year outcome on symptoms motor side effects and cognition Psychiatry Research129(2) 159-169

Peluso M Lewis S Barnes T amp Jones P (2012) Extrapyramidal motor side-effects of first and second-generation antipsychotic drugs The British Journal of Mental Science 200(5) 387-392

Rey J A (2002) Antipsychotic therapy A pharmacoeconomic perspective American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy 59(22 Suppl 8) S5-S9

Sergio A S Ana P Ruben A Julian B Julieta C Soledad F amp hellip Gabriel A (2005) Brief report Lack of extrapyramidal side effects predicts quality of life in outpatients treated with clozapine or with typical antipsychotics Psychiatry Research 133 277-280

Stahl S M (2000) Essential psychopharmacology Neuroscientific basis and practical application (2nd ed) Cambridge University Press

Steinberg P (2012 December 25) Our fail approach to schizophrenia The New York Times Retrieved April 15th 2013 from httpwwwnytimescom20121226opinionour-failed-approach-to-schizophreniahtml_r=0

Whitaker R (2002) Mad in America Bad science bad medicine and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill Cambridge MA Perseus Pub

Whitaker R (2005) Anatomy of an Epidemic Psychiatric Drugs and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry 7(1) 23-35

Ministry of Health (2000) Guidelines to the Mental Health (Compulsory Assessment and Treatment) Act 1992 Wellington Ministry of Healthhttpwwwprnewswirecomnews-releasesbraeburn-pharmaceuticals-achieves-primary-endpoint-in-pivotal-phase-23-study-of-bb0817-risperidone-6-month-implant-for-treatment-of-schizophrenia-300446397html

Braeburn Pharmaceuticals Achieves Primary Endpoint in Pivotal Phase 23 Study of BB0817 Risperidone 6-month Implant for Treatment of Schizophreniahttpspsychcentralcomnews20120607marijuana-compound-may-beat-antipsychotics-at-treating-schizophrenia39803html

Page 40 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INSOLVENCY FRAMEWORK FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

(FSPs)

Dr Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal ICSI IIP IPA of IBBI New Delhi

In the Indian Insolvency scenario the insolvency and bankruptcy is governed by a uniform law of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (ldquoCoderdquo) which came into force in 2016 In the almost 4 years of its inception the Code has seen a lot of important judgments and orders being given by the National Company Law Tribunal (ldquoNCLTrdquo) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (ldquoNCLATrdquo) as well as the Apex Court of India The Code provides a framework for the insolvency resolution inter alia corporate and individuals which does not include Financial Service Providers Section 3(16) of the Code defines lsquoFinancial Servicesrsquo and reads as (16) ldquoFinancial servicerdquo includes any of the following services namely ndash (a) Accepting of deposits (b) Safeguarding and administering assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person or agreeing to do so (c) Effecting contracts of insurance (d) Offering managing or agreeing to manage assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person (e) rendering or agreeing for consideration to render advice on or soliciting for the purposes ofndashndash (i) buying selling or subscribing to a financial product (ii) availing a financial service or (iii) exercising any right associated with financial product or financial service (f) Establishing or operating an investment scheme (g) Maintaining or transferring records of ownership of a financial product (h) underwriting the issuance or subscription of a financial product or (i) Selling providing or issuing stored value or payment instruments or providing payment services Section 3(17) defines financial service providers as a person engaged in providing financial services and would also include non-banking financial companies micro finance institutions etc Insolvency of Financial Service Providers was not covered under the Code however the Central Government has power under Section 227 of the Code to notify Rules for FSPs as and when necessary

Page 41 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The definition of FSP and what constitutes Financial Services was deliberated in the matter of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd v RHC Holding Private Ltd1 wherein NCLAT held that ldquo13 The definition of lsquofinancial servicesrsquo as defined in Section 3(16) of IampB Code is not limited to the 9 activities as shown at Clause (a) to (i) of Section 3(16) The aforesaid Clauses (a) to (i) are inclusive which means there are other services means there are other services which come within the meaning of ldquofinancial servicesrdquo 14 The Registration of Certificate issue by RBI shows that it has granted certificate to commencecarry on business of ldquonon-banking financial servicesrdquo However the Respondent has not been allowed to accept the public deposit and such certificate is condition to other conditions as provided in the back of the CertificaterdquoIn this order NCLAT held that a non-banking financial institution which is carrying on business of financial institution and thereby it being financial service provider will not come within the meaning of Corporate PersonCorporate DebtorThe NCLAT also suggested for the Appellant to bring any complaints against the Financial Institution to the Regulator ie Reserve Bank of India The need for a framework to deal with FSPs was felt in the market and was also expressed in various cases such as that of Randhiraj Thakur v Jindal Saxena Financial Services2 wherein it was held that ldquo10 If the entire scheme of the IampB Code is seen it will be evident that the Code is to consolidate and amend the laws relating to reorganisation and insolvency resolution of lsquocorporate personsrsquo lsquopartnership firmsrsquo and lsquoindividualrsquo in a time bound manner It is a self-contained Code which is exhaustive in nature when it comes to reorganisation and insolvency resolution However an exception had been carved out while enacting the Code that the lsquofinancial service providersrsquo have been kept outside the purview of the Code Being a consolidating legislation only those acts are permitted which are mentioned in the Code and it cannot be made applicable to lsquofinancial service providersrsquo including lsquonon-banking financial institutionsrsquo and MFIrsquos banks which have been kept outside the purview of the CoderdquoIn the present case the Corporate Debtor was a NBFC and had undertaken financial deposits from the respondent thus falling under the ambit defined under Section 3(16) of the Code The application was thus found non-maintainable under Section 7 of the Code It is by virtue of these cases that a need for rules for FSP and their categories were recognized

1httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2019Jul11493138195d25d9f0d704d_2019-07-1120100857pdf 2httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2018OctRandhiraj20Thakur20Director20Mayfair20Capital20Private20Limited20Vs20Jindal20Saxena20Finacial20Services20Private20Ltd_2018-10-1120212941pdf

Page 42 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FSP Rules3 In exercise of the powers conferred under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (31 of 2016) the Central Government made the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules 2019 and notified them on 15th November 2019The rules were framed to provide a generic framework for insolvency and liquidation proceedings of systemically important Financial Service Providers (FSPs) other than banks The Rules shall apply to such FSPs or categories of FSPs as will be notified by the Central Government under section 227 from time to time in consultation with appropriate regulators for the purpose of their insolvency and liquidation proceedingsAs per the FSP Rules all provisions of the Code relating to a corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and liquidation process of a corporate debtor shall apply to FSPs with certain modifications as specified in the FSP Rules However it does not mean that all FSPs would now be covered under these Rules The FSP Rules will apply to only those FSPs who are notified by the Central Government under Section 227 from time to time A notification was issued for all systemically important NBFCs and for RBI to be the appropriate regulator in this regard For all other FSPs the IBC is required to apply in the same manner as that to all other corporate debtors Just like in insolvency proceedings of a Corporate Person a Resolution Professional (RP) is appointed to take over the control of assets and management of the Corporate Debtor The FSP Rules provide that on the admission of an application for initiation of CIRP against an FSP NCLT shall appoint an individual proposed by the appropriate regulator as the Administrator The Administrator will have the powers of an RP The appropriate regulator can constitute an Advisory Committee to advise the Administrator in the operations of the FSP during the CIRP The Advisory Committee has to consist of 3 or more members who shall be persons of ability integrity and standing and who have expertise or experience in finance economics accountancy law public policy or any other profession in the area of financial services or risk management administration supervision or resolution of an FSP Ministry of Corporate Affairs notified the manner of dealing with the third party assets in custody or possession of a FSP by the Administrator appointed under FSP Rules vide Notification No SO 464(E) dated 300120204 The FSP Rules note that moratorium will not apply to any third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties

3httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframworkcb1d53c7fe47f8f22ab36a40f441db2cpdf 4httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframwork3878e1c4a2332a3e4398d924fac58166pdf

Page 43 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However the FSP Rules provide that an Administrator shall take control and custody of third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including any funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties only for the purpose of dealing with them in the manner as may be notified by the Central Government under Section 227 The Rules were put to test in the cases initiated under these FSP Rules The first case initiated under these Rules was that of Reserve Bank of India v Dewan Housing Finance Limited5 The whole process to be followed under the rules was laid down in the order RBI as the regulator had also appointed an administrator and formed an advisory committee to act as a COC for the same NCLT Mumbai Bench held that ldquoThe Applicant RBI in the capacity of Appropriate Regulator has submitted this Application against the Financial Service Provider Dewan Housing Finance Corporation Limited on account of the fact that the default in repayment of the ECB Loan to SBI was committed therefore after following the due procedure as discussed supra prayed for Admission of the Petition us 7 to be read with Section 227 of the Insolvency Code hellip74 Upon Admission it is hereby pronounced that Moratorium as defined us14 of the Insolvency Code shall commence with effect from the date of Application ie 29112019 as prescribed under Rule 5(b)(i) of FSP Rules 2019 On commencement of Moratorium the institution of any Suit or continuation of proceedings or execution of any decree against the Financial Service Provider (DHFL) shall be prohibitedrdquo The process followed has proved that IBC can prove to be a beneficial law for reconstruction and recovery even for financial service providers Conclusion The wait for the Rules to deal with FSPs was long but the mechanism has provided a definite band-aid solution to the current problem of having no framework These Rules however cannot be construed as a permanent solution to deal with all the restructuring and liquidation of Financial Service Providers as a whole The FSP rules provide for a complementary system wherein the Adjudicating Authority the Regulator and the Administrator all have to work in tandem with each other for best results Although these Rules provide a much needed relief to all the stakeholders of FSPs for smooth and clear implementation of Resolution and Restructuring a comprehensive framework which can be considered a one stop solution just like the Code is what should be the aim of the government in the long run

5httpsibbigovinuploadsorderd9c77ba13d4eea5107ae79715a8c0402pdf

Page 44 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 AND UNPRIVILEDGE CLASS AN ANALYSIS

Dr Hajra Masood Assistant Professor ndash Sociology

Karamat Husain PGCollage Lucknow

The World Health Organizationrsquos (WHO) guidelines for safety against COVID-19 are extremely simpleamp basic The guidelines states people to wash their hands regularly with soap practice social distancing with a strict stay at home if one happens to be in an affected area or has been exposed to the virus in any way possible Home quarantine is also advised for people who are in or have recently visited (in the past 14 days) COVID-19 affected areas to avoid the spread of the disease (World Health Organization nd) Indiarsquos most populated state with over 200 million people Uttar Pradesh has managed well to keep the cases below 500 (451 at the time of writing) The state has further sealed all the 160 hotspots completely Uttar Pradesh had no laboratory to test the Sars-CoV-2 pathogen when the first positive case was reported on 3 March it now has 10 The state government has established a Covid Care Fund and is getting support from public representatives and the general public The money is being used to expand testing and treatment facilities 2400 tests are being done daily The government is already working to boost the manufacturing units of PPE N95 masks triple-layer masks thermal analysers ventilators and other equipment

Since healthcare systems in progressive nations like the United States (US) United Kingdom (UK) amp Italy has failed to contain the rapid increase in the number of cases then in this case it becomes crucial to follow such advice to pre-empt the spread of this dangerous virus especially in low- amp middle-income countries where healthcare systems are a luxury for millions to afford The reality of such a densely populated country like India it becomes questionable as how practical it is to adhere to these guidelines It is the question every mind follows and is scared to even admit to self By examining and analyzing the latest National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) reported data on housing amp sanitation (76th round 2018) we make an assessment of the accessibilityamp availability of basic housing amp related amenities of an average Indian household such as sanitation facilities which are set at minimum requirements in order to follow WHO guidelines effectively We consider per capita availability of rooms access to fresh hygienic water for bathing amp toilet facilities as fundamentals to comply with the social distancing norms and to maintain hygiene

Cheek-by-jowl Living Spaces

Investigating on the housing substructure in India it reveals that almost a third of the rural population amp a half of the urban population in India live in houses which as per capita space available are less than a single room which effectively means that isolating

Page 45 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

a person with risk of infection is extremely difficult in these compact spaces This implies that home quarantineself-isolation measures would be difficult to implement among 60 of the population of India in the event of spread of infection (Table 1)

Table 1 Per Capita Availability of Rooms

Rural Urban Total

Less than a room 6608 4516 596

Just a room 1471 171 1545

More than one room 1921 3774 2495

Total 100 100 100

Water Woes

Accessibility of running water in homes is an important part of hygiene and a necessity to ensure regular hand washing with soap The NSSO data reveals that 40 of urban households amp 75 of rural households in India do not have access to tap water in their homes or even in radius of their residential premises (Table 2)

Table 2 Source of Water

Drinking Water Domestic Needs

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Bottled water 34 103 55 01 04 02

Piped water into houses 115 437 214 139 496 248

Piped water to yardplot 98 141 111 98 108 101

Piped water from neighbor 08 10 08 08 09 08

Page 46 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Public tapstandpipe 91 71 85 74 54 68

Tube well 108 103 107 115 172 132

Hand pump 453 80 339 414 79 312

Well Protected 29 16 25 27 24 26

Well Unprotected 43 25 37 45 28 40

Tanker truck Public 01 08 03 01 05 05

Tanker truck Private 04 05 04 05 05 05

Spring Protected 03 01 02 02 00 02

Spring Unprotected 03 00 02 04 00 03

Rainwater Collection 03 01 02 01 00 01

Surface water TankPond 04 01 03 49 10 37

Other surface water (river dam stream canal lake etc 02 01 02 03 01 02

Others (cart with small tank or drum etc) 02 01 02 03 01 02

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Page 47 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

It implies that majorly households obtain their basic resource of water from public taps wells or other shared water sources This denotes that while maintaining any sort of hygiene amp social distancing is itself difficult in these unusual circumstances there is a higher risk of contamination of water resource amp also the spread of infections during public health crises

Furthermore it has been observed that average time required to collect water from community sources is close to approximately an hour every day certainly implying that social distancing is difficult task to followamp execute for a large proportion of households with no proper regulations amp measures for this daily need crisis (Table 3b) As is the practice in many developing or under-developed countries the liability of collecting water from open resources is predominantly on females of the household (73) exposing them to greater health risks (Table 3c)

Table 3 Access to Drinking Water

Rural Urban Total

(a) Access to drinking water

Within dwelling 30 59 39

Outside dwelling but within the premises 31 22 28

Outside premises

Less than 02 km 286 137 240

02 km to 05 km 80 32 65

05 km to 10 km 21 12 18

10 km to 15 km 04 04 04

15 km or more 05 05 05

Total 100 100 100

Page 48 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Rural Urban Total

(b) Average time (in minutes) required to fetch water in a day from outside premises

485 400 470

(c) Who fetches water

Male members 208 338 230

Female members 775 566 739

Hired labour 06 47 13

Others 11 49 18

Total 100 100 100

Poor Sanitation Facilities

Following on we examine Indians access to exclusive washrooms amp latrines required to maintain hygiene to avoid coming into contact with viral discharges of infected persons (Table 4) Among the rural households 45 have no access to exclusive washrooms amp 39 have no access to exclusive latrines while 5 each use public facilities

In urban areas while the percentage of people without access to washrooms amp latrines are lower at 9 amp 4 respectively a higher proportion of households use commonpublic washrooms amp latrines (11 amp 135 respectively)

Overall about 8 of the Indian population uses public sanitation facilities amp a quarter of the population has no access to any sanitation facility making it difficult to follow good hygiene

Page 49 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 4 Access to Bathrooms amp Latrines

Bathrooms Latrines

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

For the exclusive use of household 515 797 602 650 822 702

For common use of households in a building

48 107 66 57 106 72

Publiccommunity use without payment

01 02 01 02 15 06

No bathroom 0 0 0 0 12 04

Others 02 01 02 05 04 04

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Prevalence of proper hand-washing practices

Finally we examine hand-washing practices amongst Indians prior to meals amp after defecation to comprehend in what way these are strongly embedded is this idea of washing or cleaning hands with soap amp water (Table 5) We find that while 75 of the population washes their hands using soap amp water after defecation whereas only 34 of it performs cleaning of hand before having a meal The majority of the population (62) uses only water to wash hands before meals This displays that the fundamental practice required to curtail infections through hand-washing with soap several times a day is a practice that majority of Indians are yet to adopt

Page 50 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 5 Hand-washing Practices

Rural urban Total

(a) Hand-washing regularly before meals

With water amp soap detergent 250 553 343

With water amp ash mudsand etc 36 14 29

With water only 701 427 617

Do not wash 13 06 11

Total 100 100 100

(b) Hand-washing regularly after defecation

With water amp soap detergent 684 892 747

With water amp ash mudsand etc 181 21 132

With water only 135 87 120

Do not wash 01 00 01

Total 100 100 100

Our study amp breakdown of the situation exhibits that maintaining social-distancing following proper hygiene ampobserving self-isolation guidelines in the case of this deadly infection are practically difficult for majority of the population residing in India due to existing housing patternsamp sanitation facilities Even if information regarding protective measuresamp safety norms is circulated to reach amp go rounds through the entire population the lack of basic amenities amp resources makes the financially amp resourcefully less-privileged sections of the Indian society defenceless against COVID-19 httpseconomictimesindiatimescom India shares two SARS-CoV-2 genome sequences

Page 51 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSES REPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

DIRECTORATE AND ISTEQLAL HOSPITAL OF THE MINISTRY OF PUBLIC HEALTH KABUL AFGHANISTAN

Faridullah Rahiq12345 Li Xiguang2 Muhammad Rehman13458 Azizaqa Zahed13 Khalil

Ahmad Pashtoonyar145 Bashir Ahmad Taseer 6 Ahmad Shah Wazir 7 Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil13

1 Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 2 Tsinghua University Beijing PR China

3 Forensic Medicine Strengthening Project Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

4 Forensic Medicine Laboratories Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

5 Forensic Medicine Services Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 6 Mental Health and Substance Abuse Department Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

7 Plastic and burn surgery Department Isteqlal Hospital Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 8 Noor Rahman Medical Laboratory Kabul Afghanistan

ABSTRACT Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases happened in the country during 2014 The majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriage Since there is no proper data collection system about suicide neither in the Ministry of Public Health nor in other ministries the only source of data is represented by some research done by human right commission or NGOs and their main focus is on gender base violence and human rights violations against women rather than suicide Evidence in recent years shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world the cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will not be forgiven by Almighty Allah On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental levels to understand the situation The complicity of silence the general hesitancy to address the issue and the lack of reliable statistics are all reasons not to understanding the underlying structural roots of the problem The aim of the study is to review the frequency of the suicide cases recorded There is little information on suicide and majority of the attempted suicide remains hidden as it is considered

Page 52 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

shameful in the society This behavior is strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors In general policy and judicial actions are needed to prevent andor reduce suicides in the county In addition the suicide reporting process must be strengthened in order to develop efficient interventions awareness rising on the issue is also considered very effective and practical on the issue The study is mostly quantitative and the study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years Data collection is based on the past year data records in both sites interview from personnel and questioning from relevant staff Key words SuicideAfghanistanQuantitative StudyMinistry of Public Health Afghanistan INTRODUCTION Identifying the Problem Suicide is an irrational desire to die The term irrational because no matter how bad a persons life is suicide is a permanent solution to what is nearly always a temporary problem Suicide is a symptom and sign of serious depression Depression is a treatable disorder but often the treatment takes time energy and effort on the part of the person who is feeling depressed It is during this time in treatment that many people turn to suicide and suicidal acts Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations The World Health Organization (WHO) also estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10ndash20 attempts at suicide Seventy five percent of all global suicides occur in low and middle-income countries (LMIC) Risk factors for suicide are many and varied including physical and sexual abuse childhood neglect and deprivation parental separation maternal physical and mental health problems lack of family personality disorder psychiatric disorders (particularly depression) as well as current life-stressors Suicidal behavior is complex Some risk factors vary with age gender and ethnic group and may even change over time The risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination Research has shown that 90 percent of people who kill themselves have depression or another diagnosable mental or substance abuse disorder Difficult life events in combination with other strong risk factors such as depression may lead to suicide Warning signs prior to suicide are significant and divided in to three groups verbal behavioral and environmental I Verbal warning signs include any written letter verbal communication may be direct or

indirect II Behavioral warning signs are behavioral signals which demonstrate emotional changes mood

changes and behavioral changes of a person

Page 53 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

III Environmental warning signs are any major changes in at the home family or job which leads to mood variation and emotional attacks

rdquoThe number of lives lost each year through suicide exceeds the number of deaths due to homicide and war combined Every 40 seconds another family loses a loved one to suiciderdquo said Dr Peeperkorn ldquoPolicy and legislative actions are needed to prevent suicide together with awareness rising of suicide as a public health problem in Afghanistan Surveillance and reporting on suicides and suicide attempts also needs strengthening to devise effective interventions ldquo Over 800000 people die due to suicide every year and there are many more who attempt suicide Suicide occurs throughout the lifespan and was the second leading cause of death among 15-29 year olds globally in 2012 Suicide is a global phenomenon in all regions of the world in fact 75 of global suicide occurred in low- and middle-income countries Suicide accounted for 14 of all deaths worldwide making it the 15th leading cause of death in 2012 Effective and evidence-based interventions can be implemented at population sub-population and individual levels to prevent suicide and suicide attempts Research Methodology Study Design The study is quantitative The study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years (Some samples (suicide attempts through poisoning) of the last year from other 5 hospitals are also included for comparison) NATIONAL SITUATION Afghanistan Afghanistan is a land-locked country (current estimated population 29 million and 2 hundred thousand) that connects central to South Asia 99 of its population is Muslims Kabul (current estimated population 4 million) is the capital city The country has poor social and health indicators made worse by over three decades of continuous war which has caused enormous social political amp economic disorder and suffering Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases were recorded in the country during 2014 Deputy public health service chief said 4466 cases of poisoning and 707 cases of burns were recorded in the capital while 4136 cases of burns were recorded in the provinces during the year 2014 The majority of the victims who are females attempted to commit suicide by setting themselves on fire Hanging and use of weapons are the other means used to commit suicide Evidence shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year At least 184 cases of self-immolation was registered by the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) in 2007 against 106 in 2006

Page 54 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world According to UNAMAs mid-year report cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The real prevalence may be higher than what is mentioned because of general knowledge of silence attached to this issue as suicide is a criminal act in Islamic lsquoShariarsquo and also in the Afghani civil and criminal laws The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will go to hell On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental and para-statal levels to understand the situation However majority of the attempted suicide cases remains hidden since the act of attempting suicide is considered shameful in the society ldquoThe majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriagerdquo noted the UNFPA representative for Afghanistan Dr Annette Robertson according to the public health ministry The womenrsquos rights chief at the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission told Afghanistan Times that methods of suicide used by Afghan women last year include ldquoself-immolation self-poisoning drowning hanging and cutting off the arteryrdquo ldquoSexual abuse domestic violence forced and early marriagesrdquo are among the primary reported reasons for female suicides she added Most ldquosuicide incidents remained covert due to family disgrace but suicides would decline substantially if the ministry of health cooperates with the policerdquo In the Afghanistan Times article a Kabul University lecturer said ldquoDemocracy has not expanded across the country to protect the womenrsquos rights and itrsquos quite challenging to defend women in such a society Women are very vulnerable and often undergo drastic atrocities in their social livesrdquo Violence against women in Afghanistan reached record levels in 2013 according to the Independent Human Rights Commission of Afghanistan (AIHRC) Figures released between 6 months of 2013 witnessed a 25 percent increase in recorded attacks As Seema Samar the chair of AIHRC told Reuters attacks were more frequent and more brutal with incidents including ldquothe cutting of [womenrsquos] noses lips and earsrdquo and ldquopublic raperdquo The struggle to secure womenrsquos rights in Afghanistan has been an embattled one After years of faltering campaigns the landmark Elimination of Violence against Women Act (EVAW) was passed in 2009 by presidential decree The unprecedented law criminalizes 22 offences from forced prostitution to denying women their inheritance (Article 5) prescribes punishments for offenders (Articles 17 ndash 42) and outlines a number of state responsibilities (Articles 8 ndash 16) Most significantly Article 6 enshrines seven victimsrsquo rights including the right of prosecution legal representation and compensation

Page 55 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The 2009 act marked a major turning point in the legal status of Afghan women Before the EVAW was passed cases of violence against women were governed by Afghanistanrsquos penal code in force since 1976 which contains no reference to violence within the family or underage marriage Even these scant legal protections were illusory during Taliban rule when women were denied free movement and access to education and when women were even stoned to death Since then Afghanistan has signed numerous international rights treaties and as a signatory is obliged under international law to respond to reports of attacks on women And yet according to UN statistics out of 650 reported cases between October 2012 and September 2013 the law was applied in a mere 109 On average over the past three years the EVAW act has only been applied to between 15 and 17 percent of reported cases The failure to enforce the law is a chief concern among activists Speaking to Al Jazeera Latifa Sultani an AIHRC spokesperson recounted a case in which a man evaded justice despite being accused of using an axe to dismember his wife With perpetrators at large many victims do not speak out for fear of reprisals leaving countless women to suffer in silence Heather Barr of Human Rights Watch accuses the Afghan government of failing women attributing low rates of law enforcement to a lack of political will In a 2012 report entitled ldquoStill a Long Way to Gordquo the UN made 71 recommendations for strengthening protections for Afghan women The UN found that only four of these proposals had been implemented The United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan notes that a major challenge is the lack of resources and technical and political support for police prosecutors and the courts Securing womenrsquos rights had become one of the prime justifications for intervention Activists fear that the prospect of withdrawal has fuelled an attitude of impunity contributing to the intensification of attacks against women According to UN Women Chief PhumzileMlambo-Ngcuka violence against women in Afghanistan is ldquopandemicrdquo with 872 percent of women experiencing some form of physical psychological sexual economic or social violence 2014 is a year of flux for Afghanistan With a looming general election crumbling economy and concerns over security activists fear worsening of the already hostile environment for women in Afghanistan Vulnerable groups

i Women especially young girls between age of 14 -19 years which are most vulnerable due to gender base violence and violence against their rights

ii Drug users nowadays data showed 11 of general population is using some kind of drugs such as opiates opioid heroin sleep pills or pain killers and hashish (INL Afghan rural drug survey result 2015)

iii Returnees and displaced people with facing acculturation iv Disables family of martyrs v Poor people jobless

vi People with mental disorder and psycho-social problem vii People affected by serious infections such as HIVAIDS HBV and HBS

viii People who have lost their dear ones ix People who are affected from civil war x People who have suddenly faced a very big economical loss

xi People specially youth who are disowned by the family andor face some sort of dishonor by society

Causalities There is little information on suicide in Afghanistan-behaviors that are strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors Afghanistan is a poor and post conflict country with huge burden of health Mental Health- psycho-social problems large risk factors prohibit people from seeking help such as gender

Page 56 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

imbalance gender base violence poverty domestic violence mental disorders cultural changes kinds of human right violation women and children rights violation and related results Most of these risk factors contribute to increase vulnerability for suicide and the situation is going to be worse when we knew the low level of awareness of people and the extreme cultural restrictions to suicide and suicide attempts cases and highlights SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSESREPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE DIRECTORATE Forensics or forensic science is the application of science to questions which are of interest to the legal system as well as social sciences Today forensic doctors are claimed by courts law enforcement offenders and accusers to analyze evidence and report conclusions Sometimes forensic experts are asked to be expert witnesses in court and report those findings As Forensic science is the application of the scientific method to help the judicial system Therefore Forensic doctors collect preserve and analyze scientific evidence during the course of an investigation Some forensic doctorsrsquo travel to the scene of the crime to collect the evidence themselves others are in laboratory performing analysis on objects brought to them by other individuals Worth to mention that In addition to forensic doctorsrsquo laboratory role they also testify as expert witnesses in both criminal and civil cases and can work for either the prosecution or the defense Forensic Medicine Directorate in Afghanistan was established in the year 1981with some basic resources and facilities At present Forensic Medicine Directorate operates under direct supervision of Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan Currently the Directorate operates 24 hours and over passage of time certain sections have developed to incorporate the majority of forensically related cases Forensic specialties that are currently developed in Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan

1 Forensic Pathology 2 Forensic Toxicology 3 Forensic Anthropology 4 Forensic Evidence 5 Forensic Chemistry 6 Forensic Odontology 7 Forensic Genetics 8 Forensic Psychiatry 9 Forensic Serology 10 Criminalistics 11 Document Examination 12 Forensic Autopsy Examinations 13 Medical Malpractice amp Mispractice Investigation Though Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the cause of death as it is not part of their authority therefore they only describe and record the cause of death The cause of death can clearly indicate the intention behind it The suicide attempts that had led to death and were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate during the years 2014 2015 and 2016 Suicide Cases ndash Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan During the year 2014 2015 and 2016 total 119 deaths (suicide cases) were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate the breakdown is shown in below table and the graph chart

Page 57 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 58 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 59 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 60 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 61 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 62 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 63 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 64 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 65 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 66 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 67 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 68 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 69 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 70 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 71 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 72 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 73 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 74 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 75 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 76 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 77 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 78 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 79 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 80 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 81 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 82 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FINDINGS

The basic goal is to prevent suicide both injury and death study results indicate that standards by which progress can be documented could empower government to actually implement their plans This can include constantly connecting suicide prevention to other issues to which the public government agencies or the educational system are already committed More work is needed at the national level to assist in developing these standards There are some findings indicated during the research that are concluded as below 1 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Forensic Medicine Directorate that has led

to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 was 119 The average of suicides that are recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate per year was 396 suicides

2 Among the cases in Forensic Medicine Directorate 44 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 56 were committed by male

3 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people in Forensic Medicine however still 55 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

4 The methods used for suicide were hanging mouse killer drown in water gun shot and Burn As per available data hanging was the most common method used ie 74 while other methods usages was 19 2 4 and 1 respectively

5 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Isteqlal hospital that has led to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 is 41 The average of suicides that are recorded in Isteqlal Hospital per year was 136 suicides

6 Among the cases 80 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 20 were committed by male

7 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people however still 68 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

8 As per detailed information provided in chapter 4 there were 4 female suicide cases (Poisoning) reported in Isteqlal hospital in the years 2015 and 2016 This number shows that as per chapter 5 data from five hospitals where 391 women who had attempted suicide 4 have died which shows the average ratio of 1001 that means in every 100 poisoned cases in women 1 die

9 Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the type of death as it is not part of their authority They only describe the cause of death

10 Forensic medicine directorate is not well equipped and not trained and authorized to give exact opinion

11 There is no proper database available that records suicides and suicide attempts with all possible details Most of the cases are recorded quantitatively while lots of details related to the quality of the case are missing

12 Registration and medical records of hospitals donrsquot have sufficient data available to enhance related researches

13 Strong coordination and cooperation lack between Forensic Medicine Police Prosecutors and Courts

14 The final decisions taken on cases are not shared with Forensic Medicine by Courts 15 The recorded cases show that the age group is in between 15 ndash 35 with higher percentage

between 15-25 which means young age group is much vulnerable 16 The method of suicide is different by sex men usually use hanging as a method however

women usually choose poisoning and self-immolation 17 Though as per observations female suicide cases are higher than male but most of the cases

related to women are hidden at family and community level and are not referred for investigation therefore there are fewer records available in Forensic Medicine Directorate

Page 83 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

18 Overall in Kabul with an estimated population of Four million the number of poisoning cases recorded in 5 hospitals is 2061 cases According to authorities almost more than 90 of all these cases are attempts to suicide which means there are 52 people attempting suicide in every 100000 people

19 The present analysis found that Afghan women attempted suicide 113 times more than men 20 Finally there is no certain prevention strategy in place yet Conclusively it can be stated that though suicide rate is not high in Afghanistan but still suicide prevention strategies must be developed within the context of social economic and political realities There will be challenges that may come during the processes of planning and implementation But it is really important to compare experiences of several governments discover commonalities and gather recommendations about national level suicide prevention planning and implementation strategy SUGGESTION amp CONCLUSION This study shows that incidence of suicide may have increased in Afghanistan but also there is a lack of information of the subject The prolonged war and the socio-political and socio-economical disorder in Afghanistan have all but destroyed the social order of the country and this may be reflected in the suicide statistics of the country Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam Attempting or committing suicide offends the whole family socially and could be one of the reasons why suicides are under- reported and under-researched in Afghanistan In case of hospitals (as shown in records of Isteqlal Hospital) the number of female cases are high because for treatment purpose family members do bring the victim to the hospital and the case is recorded both by the hospital authority as well as the investigative department In such cases family members canrsquot deny the incident and therefore the real data is recorded in hospitals Most acts of self-immolation by young Afghan women are due to some factors such as arranged and forced marriages trading women with the intention of marriage and the outdated and illegal practice of ldquobaadrdquo (the giving away of a female to settle a dispute) The lack of family support in many cases appears make the situation worse Therefore suicide in Afghan women is a form of social protest against the domination they face However the majority of the suicide victims have no intention to kill themselves they just want to express their pain by burning or eating poison Still due to immediate effects adverse harm complications and complication and non-availability of time the victims lose their lives Though government has passed different laws such as EVAW law - Elimination of Violence against Women but the politics and logistics of moving from paper to practice present a significant challenge The number of female attempting suicide by any mean is high the more women learn about their rights the more they will less go to the extreme that is attempt suicide Therefore the effectiveness of the human rights system at the national level needs to be improved and an effective advocacy initiative or strategy is required at national level More than three decades of almost continuous conflict in an impoverished country of Afghanistan has severely compromised the mental health status of the population From the small number of scientific reports (and a growing number of media reports) it appears suicidal behavior has become a serious public health problem in Afghanistan This is neither unexpected nor surprising However in order to understand the problem better and to inform policy for developing suicide prevention programs there is need for more and better research My review is an initial attempt to

Page 84 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

draw attention to this problem in Afghanistan In order to reduce the growing number of suicides in addition to give the sufferersrsquo immediate health care the below points are recommended 1 To decrease illiteracy and promoting literacy in each and every community 2 To provide long term awareness sessions in order to show families broader ways to struggle

in reducing violence against women stop domestic problems etc through media ie TV and radio

3 To create jobs and provide occupations to improve peoplersquoseconomicstatus and reduce related tensions

4 To seek assistance of influential community people religious leaders and teachersprofessors to publicize the issue of domestic violence

5 To expand and well equip the burn and attempt suicide wards within hospitals in addition to establishment of specialization programs

6 To establish proper psychosocial sessions for the survivors in order to convince them not to commit suicide again and help them to return to their normal life

7 To establish an emergency department equipped by emergency call number to speedily prevent and cover the cases

8 To keep away insecticides pesticides (poison) and firearm from all certain people who are under observation with different behaviors characteristics and mental issues

9 To conduct a national wide research on identifying the main and frequent causes behind suicides lead by Forensic Medicine Directorate and Mental Health Department of MOPH

10 Scope of government responsibility needs to be expanded for protection of womens human rights at each and every level

AUTHORS CONTRIBUTION This research was conducted in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Istiqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan FR carried out experiment and collected data LX carried data analysis FR and MR drafted manuscript BAT ASW AZ MMA and KAP conceived of the study and participated in the research coordination the authors read and approved the final manuscript REFERENCES 1 MoPH 2014b Suicide Report Press Report MoPH Kabul Afghanistan 2 Epidemiology and outcome of burns in Isteqlal Hospital of Kabul Afghanistan Burns 36

1101ndash1106 3 General Directorate of Preventive Medicine Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 4 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Isteqlal Hospital of

Kabul Afghanistan 5 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Forensic Medical

Department of Kabul Afghanistan 6 httpwwwbreitbartcomnational-security20140913afghanistan-4-136-cases-of-self-

immolation-primarily-involving-women-registered-so-far-this-year 7 httpwwwwhointmental_healthpreventionsuicidesuicidepreventen 8 httpwwwkhaamacomover-9000-suicide-attempt-cases-recorded-in-afghanistan-6666 9 httpdxdoiorg101016jajp201701004 10 httpwwwtherichestcomrich-listthe-biggest10-countries-with-the-highest-suicide-rates-

in-the-world 11 A study of deliberate self-harm and its repetition among patients presenting to an emergency

department Crisis ndash2011

Page 85 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

12 Asian Journal of Psychiatry 13 Guanglin He et al 2019 A comprehensive exploration of the genetic legacy and forensic

features of Afghanistan and Pakistan Mongolian-descent Hazara Forensic Science International Genetics 42 (2019) e1-12doiorg101016jfsigen201906018

14 Shahzad MS Kalsoom S Bajwa JI Arif A Khan MAU (2018) Detection and comparison of light metals in hair among workers of different industries using Particle Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) for forensic casework Adv Life Sci5 (4) 154-158

15 WAQAS M et al 2019 trace elemental analysis of hair for toxicity using partial induced x-ray emission (pixe) testing for forensic science applications IJBPAS 8(11) 2181-2194

Page 86 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 ECONOMY IN JEOPARDIZE

Gurpreet Kaur

Research Scholar Desh Bhagat University Amloh Ludhiana Abstract The rampant spread of COVID-19 outbreak across borders and geographies has severely impacted almost the whole world and triggered significant downside risks to the overall global economic outlook India too suffered decline in its economy due to the lockdown It was assumed while presenting the budget in February that GDP growth rate will be higher from last few years However now this task seems next to be impossible as the growth rate in spite of inclining has started declining This is a serious issue as many industries has been fallen Even it can be said that industries are at the last stage of survival This paper tends to highlight those sectors which suffered a lot Along with that this paper also tries to find steps that can be taken to combat this problem Keywords Rampant Growth Rate GDP Economy Outlook Global Introduction Coronavirus has almost broken all the norms and boundaries which has been set in the world As its breakdown resulted in locking almost everything It just stop the movement and it seems that only time has been running and rest of the things are being paused The major impact it had on the lives of human being and at the economy of the any country It can be estimated that globally the economy has suffered a lot This pandemic has even broken the record of the loss that has occurred in the Great Depression which happened in 1930 Due to the lockdown announced by the Indian Government the economy may slow over the next few months For most businesses the slowdown could be in the form of supply disruptions fall in consumption demand and stress on the banking and financial sectors Objective This paper tries highlight The major sectors which suffered the most due to pandemic The impact of COVID-19 in the economy of India The future challenges that need to be taken to combat this situation Research Methodology The method used to write this paper is purely descriptive The secondary sources has been opted to write this paper The matter is gathered from articles journals books and so on

Page 87 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Reality Check It is a matter of fact that after the lockdown a humanitarian crisis unfolded It forced people into starvation joblessness poverty destitution depression and many more This is apart from health infrastructure crisis

Prediction of GDP growth rate before the Breakdown of Coronavirus Amid the coronavirus pandemic several countries across the world resorted to lockdowns to ldquoflatten the curverdquo of the infection These lockdowns meant confining millions of citizens to their homes shutting down businesses and ceasing almost all economic activity According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) the global economy is expected to shrink by over 3 per cent in 2020 ndash the steepest slowdown since the Great Depression of the 1930s As the annual year was around the corner before the spread of hazardous virus The Union - Government has already passed the Budget While presenting the Finance Bill for the year 2020-21 the Union Government on 01022020 had reasonably estimated Indias nominal GDP growth rate (ie real growth + inflation) of 10 percent however the same now seems far from reality and certainty The slowdown in demand closure of production activities fall in the global price of crude oil ban on foreign trade price decrease in the commodities like energy metals and fertilizers restrictions on the aviation industry as also on tourism amongst others are bound to exert downward pressure on the inflation thus adversely affecting the economy chart It is believed that Indias aggressive lockdown could bring the countrys growth down to 25 percent from 45 percent it had earlier estimated However as per a statement released by Chief India Economist of Goldman Sachs on 09042020 the economic growth of India has been estimated at a low figure of 16 only It is really a matter of concern As the incline in Indian Economy is also estimated by the World Bank In the latest World Banks assessment India was expected to grow 15 to 281 Even the IMF also projected a growth rate of 19 for India in 2020 However all seems to be mere a dream Adversely affected Sectors The manufacturing an important part of any economy suffers from total lack of clarity Lockdown has put great stress on the supply chains of essential commodities and

1 World Bank Assessment Report

Page 88 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

therefore many of the Indian companies have focused on the production and supply of essential items only thereby stopping all other production activities thereby bringing down the production graph Likewise the other sectors like agriculture being the primary sector and the tertiary sector are also not free from its impact There is hardly any manpower available for the agricultural purposes in different states Lockdowns have manifestly made the farmers difficult to take their produce for sale to the markets Informal sector of India the backbone of its economy will be hardest hit in view of economic activities coming to a total standstill These lockdowns and restrictions on commercial activities and public gatherings are necessarily likely to strongly impact domestic growth As estimated by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) on 07042020 the overall unemployment rate may have surged to 23 per cent with urban unemployment standing at nearly 31 per cent International Labour Organisation (ILO) has estimated about 40 crores workers of unorganised sectors to be unemployed The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)2 has suggested that Indias trade impact due to the COVID-19 outbreak could be around USD 348 million For India the overall trade impact is estimated to be at 129 million dollars for the chemicals sector textiles and apparel at 64 million dollars the automotive sector at 34 million dollars electrical machinery at 12 million dollars leather products at 13 million dollars metals and metal products at 27 million dollars and wood products and furniture at 15 million dollars As per UNCTAD estimates exports across global value chains could decrease by USD 50 billion during the year in case there is a 2 reduction in Chinas exports of intermediate inputs What is also worrisome is the effect of all the circumstantial conditions on the Rupee value which is at its lower value of more than Rs 76 per USD exerting extra burden and pressure on the cost of import of commodities and services in India and on the accumulated foreign reserves Industries Corona virus had its impact in the industry in general which has seen not only cutting the salaries but also laying off its employees The hotels are vacant and airlines have closed their wings The live events industry has also estimated a loss of more than Rs 3000 crores It is also resulted that businesses are grappling with tremendous uncertainty about their future According to the survey3 COVID-19 is having a deep impact on Indian businesses over the coming months jobs are at high risk because firms are looking for some reduction in manpower Further it is added that already COVID-19 crisis has caused an unprecedented collapse in economic activities over the last few weeks

2 UNCTAD Statistics available at unctadorg 3Survey conducted by Industry body FICCI and tax consultant Dhruva Responses are from about 380 companies across the sectors

Page 89 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The present situation is having a high to very high level impact on their business according to almost 72 per cent respondents Further 70 per cent of the surveyed firms are expecting a de growth sales in the fiscal year 2020-21

Apparel ampTextile get hit adversely due to disruption in labour supply raw material unavailability working capital constraints and restricted demand due to limited movement of people and

purchasing ability Auto sector4 (which includes automobiles and auto parts) will continue to face

challenges on account of lack of demand global recession and falling income levels Aviation amp Tourism5 is one sector which has the highest probability of going under

without direct government intervention Due to pandemic there are high chances that in the next 12 months itrsquos highly unlikely people will travel for leisure apart from very essential travel Dependency of earning money by tourist depends on the visitors It is certain that this industry will be affected the most as people would not like to travel without any reason This will not only drop economy rate in own country but also has a great impact on global economy

Building amp Construction6 businesses are generally leveraged and hence will face the dual challenges of high-interest payments and lack of sales Lack of work and payment are the greatest hurdle in the way of building and construction industries

Hotel industryis among one such industry which has suffered a lot As their hotels are totally shut down and they have no other mode of earning

Gym industryalso faced a huge loss Due to lockdown everything is closed Trainers owners are facing huge loss Large number of population has become unemployed This problem would not resolve quickly It would take time In other words anything which involves personal interaction will face problems in the next 12 months ndash real estate or big-ticket itemsluxury products Sectors with a possible uptick

Digital amp Internet Economy Online based products amp services companies will find new takers

o Ed-tech and Online Education along with firms involved with online-skill development have become popular which also resulted in the growth of E-Learning Almost every school has opened their arms for online teaching

4 wwwsmallcasecom 5 Ibid 6 Ibid

Page 90 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

o Online groceries also gain With the lockdown people are now become habitual to buy things online As a result online grocery gain profit and other retailer would suffer

o There will be a sudden spike in the demand for Content with digital content being in demand more than ever

FMCG amp Retail7 will benefit immensely With continued fear food-based retail chains and companies catering to low-ticket consumption demand will emerge as winners

Speciality Chemicals8 Firms dealing in Chemicals will see a jump due to increased demand for disinfectants drugs and medicines Measures to Combat this Situation With COVID-19 spreading rapidly in India policymakers are worried about how to fight the virus and minimise its impact on the economy There are no easy answers In addition to containing the spread of the disease and support those who are affected policymakers have to be prepared for the long-term challenges and opportunities that may arise once the crisis is over and it will eventually be To minimise the effect in the economy caused by the COVID -19 outbreak the Union Finance amp Corporate Affairs Minister on 24032020 announced several important relief measures taken by the Government of India especially on statutory and regulatory compliance matters related to several sectors The Central Government amongst others announced much-needed relief measures in areas of Income Tax GST Customs amp Central Excise Corporate Affairs Insolvency ampBankruptcy Code (IBC) Fisheries Banking Sector and Commerce intended to boost the economy What is next in the list It might be a mouthful but herersquos a look at whatrsquos to come in the immediate future Liquidity is expected to remain tight as the cost of borrowing in real terms will jump upwards This is despite central banksrsquo efforts to reduce interest rates Banks and financial institutions will be under immense pressure as the fear of NPAs insolvency and bankruptcies increase multi fold The government will focus on meeting hyper demand for essential goods while non-essential businesses will focus on recovering their receivablesoutstanding money due from debtors New strategic alliances or business partnerships will not emerge during this period A smallcase is a basket of stocksETFs based on ideas themes and strategies They are professionally managed and offer investors more transparency and control over their investments Many lives will be lost and millions more affected Countries will introspect businesses will realign But as Jackiersquos 21st-century take on turning lemons into lemonade goes there may be a silver lining We may have to wait for the rain clouds to depart

7 wwwsmallscalecom 8 Ibid

Page 91 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Technology amp Future of Work Technology for many businesses until today was considered to be a support function with it being used as a means to get to an end This is set to change as technology will now become the frontline requirement in most organizations Its importance will be comparable to that of revenue-generating functions ndash sales and business development Trends will accelerate Automation will gain momentum as the spend on sophisticated IT infrastructure outpaces human resources Job creation will be limited with more offers being rolled out on a contractual basis than on a full-time basis This sort of gig economy will emerge in the emerging markets as well as the more developed markets Work from home will be the new normal Firms in some sectors will realise that employees working from home are equally productive as compared to when they are working from the office This will also help in saving infrastructure costs Back to basics Businesses will rethink their strategy of focusing on sales without profitabilityprofitability growth Organizations claiming hefty valuations just on the basis of sales growth will no longer find buyers ndash focus on profit and profit growth will be the new normal Data is the new oil That is as long as the price of oil doesnrsquot drop to $0 again (FYI only the expiring futures contract dropped to zero) Data will become even more valuable and with it data misuse through AI will also become rampant Wersquore already seeing governments and private entities roll out contact tracing tools which have poor implementation and pose severe threats to data security and privacy As these entities have realized data can play a huge role in limiting the impact of viral phenomena ndash diseases protests misinformationhellipthe list goes on

Page 92 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Data and IT security will become even more important for businesses Traditional businesses including heavy industries will find it difficult to survive without access to information that would help with optimization and extracting efficiency All about the money Finally big financial conglomerates with large balance sheet exposure will become history Wersquoll see the emergence of specialized segmental lenders who will strive to make better lending decisions through AI amp social intelligence Traditional lenders will exit the game There is no doubt that COVID-19 will have a large impact on the Indian economy With respect to India the discussion can be bifurcated into 2 parts ndash Indiarsquos economy and its stock markets The recovery of the underlying economy will be slow and it will take around 2 years for normalcy to come back across sectors While the overall economy might take a hit because of the government lockdown some sectors are set to see immense growth in the post-COVID era ndash FMCG B2C specialised lenders gold-dependent companies food retail and pharmaceutical companies to name a few Stock markets have a mind of their own formed by the collective emotions + intelligence of millions They are often skewed and arenrsquot the best indicators of the underlying economy Stock markets will have a strong recovery not due to the fundamentals strength but due to global liquidity which is available for almost free (as interest rates tend to near zero) Availability of debt capital will be scarce in India whilst equity capital will be available in plenty over a period of time What can the Government do Like its counterparts across the globe the Indian government has announced a slew of measures to prevent total collapse However it isnrsquot enough This works to alleviate some of the pain not counter it 1 Loosen its purse and spend money on infrastructure development ndash lsquoRebuild India

Rejuvenate Indiarsquo 2 Public sector financial institutions need to be further capitalized and nudged by the

RBI to lend out low-ticket loans below INR 1 Crore in the form of working capital to ensure that liquidity comes back into the system

3 Banking sector needs to be nudged to pass on rate cuts induced by RBI to the borrowers

4 Personal tax cuts amp tax holidays for 6 ndash 12 months can be adopted to revive consumption which will help spur economic growth

Page 93 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

These are not an exhaustive list of measures but could help alleviate the impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy while stimulating growth To conclude I would like to pen down by saying that this pandemic may wreck the Indian economy The level of GDP may further fall more so when India is not immune to the global recession In fact it is believed that India is more vulnerable since its economy has already been ailing and in a deep-seated slowdown for several quarters much before the COVID-19 outbreak became known The Prime Minister of India has already spoken of setting up an Economic Task Force to devise policy measures to tackle the economic challenges arising from COVID 19 as also on the stability of Indian economy However the concrete plans would have to be kept in place to support the economy and its recovery At last but not the least as the disruption from the virus progresses globally as well as within India it is for us to forget at least for the time being all talking only about economic recovery and instead join hands whole heartedly to tackle the outcome of COVID-19 References 1 Siddhartha RastogiThe impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy 2 Shikha Goyal What is the impact of Coronavirus on Indian Economy 3 Annual Budget presented by Union Government 4 httpswwwjagranjoshcom 5 httpsmeconomictimescom 6 httpsmeconomictimesindiatimescom 7 wwwbusiness-standardcom 8 wwwindiatodayin 9 httpseconomictimesindiatimescommarketsexpert-viewgoldman-sachs-revised-

global-growth-forecast-for-2020-to-2-and-that-of-us-to-6-prachi-mishraarticleshow75065449cms

10 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPublicationsPDFsMPRAPRIL2020E3D4AD8245734F27B6C5688F22B4FA2FPDF

11 httpswwwbusinesstodayincurrenteconomy-politicscoronavirus-fallout-unemployment-rate-spikes-to-23-after-lockdown-says-cmiestory400349html

12 httpsengaonconnectioncommore-than-40-crore-workers-in-indias-unorganized-sector-may-be-affected-due-to-the-lockdown-which-will-affect-their-employment-and-earnings-ilo

13 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPressReleasePDFsPR22761B4E43FCBED94A12955FD65458EBEEDAPDF

14 httpswwwindiatodayinindiastoryschool-books-to-path-labs-delhi-govt-relaxes-lockdown-1671877-2020-04-28

Page 94 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PROBLEMS IN SHIP BREAKING INDUSTRY OF INDIA A

CASE OF ALANG SHIP BREAKING YARD

Hrudanand Misra Professor Institute of Management

Nirma University Ahmedabad Gujarat India

Abstract

The requirement of steel production in India the ship breaking industry has become a vital for the countryrsquos economy After four decade of growth India continues to compete with Bangladesh to lead the international ship breaking industry In Alang area the ship breaking sector and related downstream activities provides employment and resources to nereby communities The industry is profitable and income generating poor working practices and low environmental standards tarnish the image of the sector at national and international levels A huge number of accidents and fatalities in ship breaking processes highlight the lack of adequate Occupational Health and Safety Standards Seasonal migrant workers many of whom are unaware with the industry These labours are recruited through sub-contractors most of the workers in India lack sufficient hazard awareness and basic safety requirement necessary to work in a ship breaking yard This paper focuses on the Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry (SBRI) of India to access its present situation impact on environment as well as worker rights and safety The paper also puts light on how India Ship Breakers Association (ISBA) reacts to unhygienic unsafe scrapping facilities and what remedies shall be taken to overcome the challenges of this potential industry

Keywords Ship Breaking And Recycling Challenges Environment Worker Right Introduction Ship breaking is the process of dismantling of old ships to recover steel scrap and other materials Ships breaking industry is a recycling industry which recover steel from the ship which is expected to constitute 90 percent in terms of value The other materials constitute the remaining 10 percent and consist of machines and equipment furniture and fittings asbestos wood panels oil chemicals electrical fittings etc These items can at best be considered as by-products of this industrial activity Ship breaking is a challenging process involving a complexity of issues like ecology environment labour health and safety Thus it has been recognized as one of the hazardous industries and this activity is mainly concentrated in developing countries of Asia The ship breaking activity shifted gradually from high-income countries to middle income countries and then to low income countries due to growing environmental concern and stringent regulations in developed countries During this process the ship breaking industry has transformed from being a capital-intensive industry to labour

Page 95 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

intensive industry Although Ship breaking industries produce the potentiality for economic growth it also brings with it dangers of environmental imbalances Until the 1970rsquos ship breaking activities were concentrated in developed countries But after 1980 due to availability of cheap labour a shift of these activities from the developed countries to developing countries is witnessed Countries like India Bangladesh China and Pakistan have less stringent norms or legislation pertaining to environment and also the availability of huge labour force It is estimated that on an average 700 ships are taken for decommissioning every year world over Out of these 350-450 ships are scrapped in India The ship breaking activities are carried out at various places in India along the sea coast of the country Viz Alang in Gujarat Sachana in Gujarat Dharukhana near Bombay Tadri in Karnatka Maipe in Karnataka Baypore in Kerala Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh Valinokan in Tamil Nadu and at Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu However the main ship breaking centre is located on the west coast at Alang Gujarat The ship breaking activity at Alang began in 1982 and currently 141 plots are in operation and Alang is considered to be the largest ship breaking yard in world India has the worldrsquos largest ship breaking facility in terms of volume According to Basel convention report of 2003 38 percent of ship breaking activities are concentrated in India followed by China 25 percent Bangladesh 19 percent and Pakistan 7 percent Alang has grown from small coastal village with a small population of fishermen and farmers to become worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard Upto 1980rsquos ship breaking activities were limited to the breaking of small-sized ship at Darukhana yard near Bombay At the end of 1970rsquos the Metal Scrap Trade Corporation (MSTC) of the Government of India decided to import non-useable ships from foreign countries and the Government decided to set up ship breaking yards During 80rsquos there was a tremendous demand for scrap from large number of foundries and re-rolling mills in Gujarat Therefore Government of Gujarat adapted policies in favour of ship breaking industry on Gujarat coast The Gujarat Maritime Board made intensive survey and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity In 1983 the first ship was beached and this laid the foundation of ship breaking at Alang which has now grown as worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard The working environment and negative impacts on the environment have become a growing concern over the time by the industrialists some social groups NGOrsquos and local and global media Some sort of comprehensive plans are need to be established to improvise current problems in the Alang ship breaking yards So the overall objectives this study include are bull To study the general overview of Ship Breaking Industry bull To evaluate the impact of environmental adversity bull To assess the issues involved in workers safety bull To recommend for the challenges occurred in SBRI

Page 96 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ship Breaking Industry Its Global Impact Ship breaking or ship scrapping as defined by the US occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is ldquoany breaking of a vesselrsquos structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel including the removal of gear equipment or any component of a vesselrdquo (US Environmental Protection Agency 2000) A ship consists mostly of steel At the end of its useful life it becomes a source of ferrous scrap The scrap is particularly reprocessed for manufacturing simple steel products such as steel rods used in civil engineering A large portion of the waste generated following the demolition or scrapping process is largely returned to good use Useable equipment is such as pumps motors generators etc are sold as it finds alternative applications and the scrap steel is reprocessed (Andersen 2001 1-2) Ships were historically broken at regulated European dry dock facilities by skilled workers After 1970rsquos the high cost of environmental controls and employees safety standards shifted the work onto cheaper shores As a result during 1980rsquos these countries delocalized their activities to developing countries Besides the availability of cheap labour in developing world the adoption of stringent environmental norms by developed countries acted as the major reason for the shift of these activities toward the developing countries The ship breaking industry creates enormous employment opportunities and generates income as it also provides with recycling of products and scrap materials for further production According to 2001 OCED report on ship scraping ldquoship demolitions remove large volume of obsolete tonnage from fleets recycle many of the materials used in ships construction and are a major employer in the main ship breaking areasrdquo (International Federation of Human Rights 20004)

On average a ship has an active life span of 25 to 30 years After it fails to meet the safety requirement it is sent for breaking The ship is sold through international broker or via cash buyers Until 1960rsquos ship breaking activities was highly mechanized and concentrated in industrialized countries like United States the United Kingdom Germany and Italy The United Kingdom accounted for 45 percent of ship breaking industry During 1960rsquos and 1970rsquos ship breaking activities shifted to semi-industrialized countries such as Spain Turkey and Taiwan mainly because of availability of cheaper labour and also the existence of re-rolling mills in these countries About 79 countries were involved in ship breaking activity Asian yards come into existence during 1980rsquos Despite their late establishment at present this region account for over 95 percent of the industry Alang ship breaking yard of India has become eminent industry holding first position in Asia and also in world market Bangladesh holds second position after India Table 21 presents the number of vessels that were dismantled during 1994 and 2002 Out of 3854 vessels that were dismantled during this period 58 percent were dismantled

Page 97 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in India alone Table also reveals that out of top eight destinations for these ships six are Asian countries More than 80 percent of ships dismantled were done in Asia The Asian countries also account for more than 80 percent of tonnage of these ships Out of 35789303 million tonnes of Ldt worldwide approximately 45 percent from the ships dismantled in India The table clearly shows the important place of India and Asia in the ship breaking industry world over Table 1 Number of Vessels by Breaking Location and their tonnage 1994-2002

Country Number of Vessels

Total of Ldt (Million

tons)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

India 2245 16135949 5825 4509 Bangladesh 529 7737562 1373 2162

China 379 4734533 983 1323 Pakistan 192 3521888 498 984 Turkey 109 379641 283 106

Vietnam 29 372882 075 104 Spain 18 59439 046 017

Mexico 18 75746 046 021 Other Countries 345 2771663 871 774

Total 3854 35789303 10000 10000 Source Clarksonrsquos Demolition Database 2002

Note These are some of the major countries involved in ship breaking activity Light displacement tonnage (Ldt) the lightweight is the displacement without cargo fuel lubricating oil ballast water fresh water and feed water consumable stores and passengers and crew and their effects but including liquids in piping Ship Breaking Industry in India At present India has large share in ship breaking industry (OCED 2001) and most of the activity is concentrated in Alang and Sosiya the two villages situated in the coast of Arabian Sea in the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat In India upto the 1980rsquos the ship beraking industry was concentrated in Darukhana yard near Mumbai However the activities were limited as it involved breaking of small-size ships It was in the late 1970rsquos that the MSTC decided to import non-useable ships and consequently the government decided to set up ship breaking yards Ship breaking activities was recognized as a major source of steel supplier for the re-rolling steel plants Subsequently in 1979 ship scrapping was recognized as an industry The initiation of this move was also the growing demand of scrap from the large number of foundries and re-rolling mills The state of Gujarat was one of the states where the demand for scrap was high for meeting the needs of the re-rolling mills Therefore the Government of Gujarat adopted policies in favour of ship breaking and set-up ship

Page 98 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

breaking yards on coast of Gujarat This step was also backed by the reports of various committees that recommended the development of ship breaking activities Gujaratrsquos has been blessed with one of the longest coast lines Besides it also has a long glorious past dated to almost 3000 years manifested by the maritime commercial ties that it had developed with countries such as China Egypt Sri-Lanka Greece African and Arabian countries Following the demand for steel and also the recommendation of various committees the Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) carried intensive survey of the coastal region and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity The GMB as well as the groups of ship breakers endorsed the selection of this site for the following reasons 1 The site falls in the high tide zone where the highest tide reaches upto 10 to 11

meters This is considered to be most favourable for ship breaking activities 2 This site is located in the Gulf of Khambhat and whose harbours are protected

areas during rainy season which allows ship breaking activity 3 The coast of Alang is sloping and has a long dry area which facilities reaching up

vessels 4 The seabed at Alang dries up very quickly even during monsoon thus facilitating

the handling as all kinds of material and equipment 5 The area along the coast as Alang is free from other competitive users like

merchant shipping fishing and even salt work Alang is a small coastal village as the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat dominated by a small population of fishermen and farmers Presently it has turned out to be one of the largest shipbreaking yards not only in India but also in the world The yard stretches over 15 Km and actually covers two yards (Alang and Sosiya) The Alang ship breaking yards have the capacity to break VLCCs and ULCCs vessels a facility not available to any other ship breaking countries in the world Furthermore unlike other countries where the ship breaking activities is capital intensive in India it is labour intensive Being a labour surplus country labour is available in plenty and that too at competitive rate Alang ship breaking yard provides large number of employment opportunities to number of skilled and unskilled labours Moreover there are many other activities and industries which are directly and indirectly dependent on Alang ship breaking yard and the number of such workers directly and indirectly employed is estimated to be in between 15 to 16 lakhs (International Federation of Human Rights 2000 56) This also includes the downstream industries generated by the ship breaking industry such as re-rolling mills foundries oxygen plants local scrap store transportation companies and other small local businessmen and upstream activity such as brokers service sectors

Very Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 160000-320000 Dead Weight Tonnage Ultra Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 320000 Dead Weight Tonnage

Page 99 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

etc A survey conducted by the International Federation of Human Rights (FIDH) found that 100 re-rolling mills are functioning in the area and each generally employs between 80-120 and thus employing about 8000-10000 workers The existing site of Alang-Sosiya ship breaking yard (ASSBY) comprises of 183 plots of different sizes The breakup of these plots is as given below Table 23 which clearly indicate that more than half of the plots are of larger sizes which are used for breaking ships of higher Ldt while the small size plots are used for breaking medium sized ships of lower Ldt All these plots are developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which is also the owner Table 2 Distribution of Plots of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Plot Size Number 120 times 50 Mt 10 80 times 45 Mt 24 50 times 45 Mt 56 30 times 45 Mt 93 Total 183

Source Gujarat Maritime Board Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is an autonomous institution which monitors all the ports of Gujarat and is responsible for the development of ship breaking yard at Alang All the plots are owned by the GMB which lease out the plot to the ship breakers The initial lease period is for ten years which has to be renewed thereafter Upto 1990rsquos the Gujarat Maritime Board played a direct role in the business as it used to buy the vessels from the world market and dispatch them to the ship breakers on first-come first serve basis However with the opening of the markets in the post 1990rsquos the ship breakers compete in the open international market to purchase ships On February 13th 1983 M V Kota Tenjong was the first ship to be beached at Alang Thereafter ship breaking at Alang has grown in number and reached world-class status Table 24 gives the number of ships beached and average ship LDT During 1982-83 5 ships were broken and the average output was 24716 Ldt It was a small but a good beginning of ship breaking activity at Alang In year 1983-84 and 1984-1985 the number of ships broken was 51 and 42 with an average output of 259387 and 228237 Ldt respectively This rise continued till 1987-88 however a sudden decline in the ship breaking activity was recorded in the year 1987-88 but thereafter the activities marked an upward swing Upto 1991-1992 total number of ships broken were 601 and total output was 3514783 Ldt From February 1982 to January 2005 Alang ship breaking yard processed 4135 and total Ldt recovered was 29875654 million tons with an average 180 ships with 1298942 Ldt per year The rise in the breaking activities is attributed to the cost advantage involved in the breaking large ships Alang and Sosiya have become the destination of all type of ships viz oil tankers war ships cruise ships etc that have surpassed their active economic life span Presently it has become the

Page 100 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

largest yard for ship breaking activities placing India on the top of the worldrsquos list in terms of ship breaking activities

Table 3 Ships Broken at Alang Ship Breaking Yard Year No of

Vessels Light Displacement

Tonnages(Ldt) (Million Tones)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

1982-83 5 24716 012 008 1983-84 51 259387 123 087 1984-85 42 228237 102 076 1985-86 84 516602 203 173 1986-87 61 395139 148 132 1987-88 38 244776 091 082 1988-89 48 253991 116 085 1989-90 82 451243 198 151 1990-91 86 577124 208 193 1991-92 104 563568 252 189 1992-93 137 942601 331 316 1993-94 175 1256077 423 420 1994-95 301 2173249 728 727 1995-96 183 1252809 443 419 1996-97 348 2635830 842 882 1997-98 347 2452019 839 821 1998-99 361 3037882 873 1017

1999-2000

296 2752414 716 921

2000-01 295 1934825 713 648 2001-02 333 2727223 805 913 2002-03 300 2424522 726 812 2003-04 294 1986121 711 665 2004-05 164 785304 397 263

Total 4135 29875659 10000 10000 Source Gujarat Maritime Board Economical Benefits India has a demand of 5 million tons of metalsteel But the domestic production is insufficient to meet this demand In this case the ship breaking industry plays a vital role via providing steels More than 350 re-rolling mills have been using scrapped metals from the breaking yard Ship breaking industry is currently supplying about 60 percent of raw materials for local steel industry Almost everything on a ship can be recycled reused or resold The scrapped materials are used as raw materials of steel mills steel plate re-manufacturing asbestos re-manufacturing They can be used as furniture paint electrical equipment and

Page 101 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

lubricants Problems in Ship Breaking Industry Environment Pollution With lots of assets scrapping a vessel provides us tons of waste up to various asbestos noxious substances thou- sand litter oils approximately about 1000 cubic meters of lasting oil too In India vessels are scrapped on open beaches As a result harmful substances have easy access to the environment Substances like Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPrsquos) Asbestosareathreat to both human health and marine environment POPrsquos are highly to xicchmicals that have long term effect on environment These type of pollutants can be distributed easily and pose a threat by accumulating fatty tissue in living organisms ie human body wildlife marine environment In some cases POPrsquos are the cause of death to many lives In old ships asbestos was a used as heat insulator It is often mistaken that the disposal procedure is free from asbestos fibers But the workers all surrounded by this dangerous fiber The workers often handle asbestos particles with bare hands Asbestos is said to be one of the lethal because it cause diseases like asthma mesothelioma (a rare cancer that affects the lining of the lungs chest cavity or abdomen It should be noted that there is a synergistic effect between smoking and asbestos exposure which creates lung cancer [8] Moreover materials such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAHs) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) heavy metals poisonous paint ie Tribtylin (TBT) and some other harmful substances come in contact to the environment and pollute it All these harmful elements are originated from ship breaking yards Recent World Bank research (2010) found soil contamination in beaching sites of India This contamination is indicative of the threats to the environment caused by the practices and improper management of hazardous materials during the dismantling of ships

Workers safety and worker-rightviolation

More than 50peoplesweredeathduetotheexplosionat various sites of Alang between 1990-2003From the data it is clear that there is a lack of safety for labors working in ship breaking yards Most of the labors are uneducated They donrsquot have any knowledge or guidance about their work Hence more accidents are occurring causing serious injuries and deaths The prime accidental cause is the explosion of left over gas and fumes in the tanks Falling from high height is also one of the major accidents Workers intend to cut the side shells at first This kind of practice results in falling of plates from high positions Due to lack of safety measures like measurement devices safety suite ventilation etc serious accident occurs while working in confined space While cutting plates from cargo vessels improper gas freeing and gas monitoring procedures causes serious fire hazards that pose a risk to workers Minor accidents like brushing broken bones while carrying heavy metals cutting due to sharp edge are often occurred every

Page 102 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

nowandtheninshipbreakingyardsLackoffirstaidemergencyexitemergencyresponseandrescueisalsocommon in ship breaking industry in India When a worker dies while working in a ship breaking yard the family donrsquot receive that much compensation from the ship breaking yard But the scenario is different for the local workers Recommendations For the economical development of India ship breaking industry is one of the potential industries One hand it is developing the economical status of India on the other hand it is destroying the environment causing damage to people workers of the ship breaking yards For workers safety a training program shall be arranged by the ship breaking yard Training program must include tasks like- bull Awareness and communication of information about Hazardous Materials bull Job hazard awareness including handling and management of Hazardous materials bull Personal protective equipment bull Fire protection and prevention bull Emergency response and evacuation bull Safety and health training bull Environmental awareness bull First aid awareness

Besides ship breaking yards must have functions like- bull Safe for entry criteria bull Safe for hot work procedure bull Safe for hot work criteria bull Proper health and sanitation programs

Further recommendations are put forward for the better living and working conditions

1 Gujarat State Government and Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) should implement various labor laws in the right earnest Their implementation of rules and regulations in a way will lead to safe working and better living conditions at Alang This can ultimately increase the productivity of labour and also the growth of the industry 2 GMB and the State Government need to take initiative to create proper

infrastructure at Alang as there is total absence of any civic amenities for workers Better working and living conditions in the industry will lead to inflow of better skilled labor Even local labor who keeps away from working in this industry should express preference to be employed in this industry 3 There is a necessity for creation of labor union which can protect the rights of

the workers With the creation of union the bargaining power of the workers would increase and the employers are likely to act more responsibly

Page 103 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

4 The provision of medical insurance and life insurance for workers employed at Alang is of prime importance The provision of medical and life insurance will increase the working conditions of the workers enormously GMB also needs to take initiative for monthly medical checkup for workers 5 GMB should provide requisite training to the workers The workers employed

in hazardous and risk prone activities must be trained and provided with proper equipments The training will reduce the frequency of accidents and increase the productivity of workers at Alang

1 Conclusion Over a period the ship breaking industry has gained one of the top place in the national economy The benefits of ship breaking are enormous in sectors like steel company ship building company small businesses etc Despite having so much benefits the ship breaking industries have some problems ie environment pollution workers safety Environment pollution can be kept to minimum by following international regulations for dumping leftover ship materials Safety issues and health factors of the workers can be ensured by following some strict rules Safety gears like goggles helmets hand gloves face masks aprons should be provided to minimize the casualties To hold the position in world ship breaking India needs upgrade the infrastructure for waste management health issues of workers References 1 Arora R (2000) ldquoLabour Lawsrdquo Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai 2 Aziz A (1984) ldquoUrban Poor and Urban Informal Sectorrdquo Ashish Publishing

House 3 Bailey P (2002) ldquoIs there a decant way to break up shipsrdquo ILO Discussion Paper 4 Barik BC (1987) ldquoUnorganised Migrant Labour in the Textile Industry of Surat A

Case Studyrdquo in Vidyut Joshi (ed) Migrant Labour and Related Issues Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

5 Clifford J Jansen (1969) Some Sociological Aspects of Migrationrdquo in J A Jackson (ed) Migration Cambridge University Press New Delhi

6 Connell J B Das Gupta R Laishely and M Lipton (1976) ldquoMigration from Rural Areas The Evidence from Village Studiesrdquo Oxford University Press Delhi

7 Deogaokar C K (2003) ldquoEvolving a Health Causing Water Supply and Sanitation System-Public-Private Partnerships in a Developing Economyrdquo Proceedings of Third International Conference on Environment and Health Chennai India

8 ILO (1978) ldquoSocial Security and National Developmentrdquo Report of the National Seminar in India New Delhi

9 ILO (1981) ldquoAccident Prevention- A Workers Education Manualrdquo ILO Geneva Vol I amp II

10 IMF-FNV project (2006) ldquoA Survey on Working and Socio-Economic Conditions of Ship Breaking Workers in Indiardquo International Metalworkers Federation New Delhi

Page 104 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 Investigation Mission (2000) ldquoWhere do the Floating Dustbin end up Labour Rights in Ship Breaking Yards in South Asia The Cases of Chittagong (Bangladesh) and Alang (India)rdquo International Federation of Human Rights

12 Justino P (2003) ldquoSocial Security in Developing Countries Myth or Necessity Evidence from Indiardquo Prus Working Paper No 20 University of Sussex

13 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (2000) ldquoA Guide for Ship Scrappers Tips for Regulatory Compliancerdquo Washington DC

14 UNESCO (2004) ldquoImpacts and Challenges of large Coastal Industry Alang-Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard Gujarat Indiardquo Coastal Region and Small Island Paper 17 Paris

15 Upadhyay G (2005) ldquoEnvironmental Problems of Ship Breaking Activity A Case Study of Alang Ship Breaking Yardrdquo National Seminar-Cum-Workshop on Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSUniversity of Baroda Gujarat

Page 105 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CHALLENGES TO EMERGENCY REMOTE

LEARNING IN INDIA AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS

Janetius ST1 Nayan KS2 and Mini TC3 1 Principal and Professor of Psychology St John College Dimapur

2Assistant Professor of Computer Science St John CollegeDimapur 3FreelanceStatistician and Education Consultant Kerala

Abstract The educational institutions across India were shut down due to COVID-19 on March 17 2020 To reduce the inconvenience of students the Indian educational system came with the solution of emergency remote online learning This sudden change of platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning was a temporary solution without any institutional physical psychological and technological preparedness The unexpected situation caused problems to the management teachers and students as well In this backdrop this study was focused on the challenges of college teachers due to this sudden change of teaching mode Collecting survey data from college teachers all over India the sample was set at 90 confidence level and a 5 margin of error The research findings show that the teachers did their best in the given situation to impart knowledge to the students The study also brought out various issues and challenges that the students teachers and institutions faced that need better attention if the pandemic situation continues and the institutions plan to do remote online teaching for a prolonged period Keywords COVID-19 and higher education emergency remote learning college teachers and e-learning online learning preparation traditional vs virtual classroom Introduction and the problem COVID-19 distorted the face of the earth not only economically but also physically Human life has changed a lot as the pandemic lingers around and threatens every sphere of life with no signs of improvement From lockdown and suspension of activities some relaxation in the movements are permitted here and there however signs of quarantine exhaustion are seen everywhere COVID-19 is a pandemic affecting many countries globally World Health Organisation identifies COVID-19 as an infectious disease caused by a coronavirus an outbreak started in Wuhan China in December 2019 A locked up due to lockdown began in the month of March and continues partly or totally for more than four months now in India Pundits predict that this pandemic effect would remain till the end of 2020 The first case of COVID-19 in India came to the attention of the public at Thrissur district of Kerala state on January 30 2020 It is said to have tested in a girl medical student who returned from China with the symptoms of flu with

Page 106 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

cough running nose and fever (Vara 2020) Although many conspiracy theories in America suggest a virology lab in China is the starting point of the disease the global sources identify a wet market in Wuhan - China as the ground zero of this pandemic (Gan 2020) COVID-19 started as an epidemic in China in 2019 began to spread to other countries and continents in the first and second months of 2020 Pandemics and epidemics are not new in human history The first recorded pandemic in human history was in the north-eastern city of Pelusium Egypt often referred to as Plague of Justinian in the sixth century AD recorded by the Byzantine historian Procopius (Orent 2004 GageampKosoy 2005) WHO declared Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic in March 2020 and on the 1st of July 2020 there have been 10357662 confirmed cases around the world including 508055 deaths and India has 585493 confirmed cases with 17400 deaths (WHO 1 July 2020) Although WHO promptly gave strategic guidelines to have a lockdown requesting people to stay at homes wash hands frequently using water and soap or use hand sanitizers wear masks in public places and practice social distancing these are not cures or remedies these are precautions not to get affected by the virus As the pharmaceutical companies are competing among each other to find a medicine for this virus so far no vaccines or remedy medicines available in the market In India as a first preventive measure the government announced the total lockdown on March 25 (Chandrashekhar 2020) This sudden lockdown has affected the higher education sector in the worst possible manner just as other social religious or business establishments As the months stack up in the lockdown the younger generation finds it entertaining spending time carousing their mobile phones connected to the social world find life more comfortable and carefree Some people working in the government sector enjoy life as if they received a bonanza once in a lifetime experience of doing nothing and getting the monthly salary which many dreamed of for years Nevertheless it is a different situation for many people The daily wage workers who became jobless instantly private sector employees who do not get their monthly salaries small scale business that closed partly or fully disrupted all increased the economic liabilities of insecure people The pathetic painful life situations of stranded migrants all over India became a major concern The unpreparedness poor planning and the dismal implementation of the movement of migrant labourers to their hometowns after the initial lifting of lockdown by central and state governments resulted in many unreported deaths all over India (Agarwal 2020 Dutta 2020 Khan 2020) Not bothering much about the root cause of this misery the media hailed some people as unsung heroes who ventured to travel miles and miles by foot or bicycles or any stray vehicles on the road The central government of India announced on March 16 that all universities across the country would be closed to contain the COVID-19 outbreak The ruling came into effect the next day A similar declaration came into force in different countries at different dates some in February some in March and some in April The top-notch education institutions around the globe were easily shifted to online teaching mode and comfortably framed their teaching schedules and online exams as they were familiar with the online system that ran parallel to face to face classroom teaching However the

Page 107 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian educational system came to a standstill due to the non-practise of online learning in educational institutions Since the government suspended all academic activities the higher education sector was confused about the semester classes and exams The suspension announcement came in the middle of an academic calendar in many States and in some States at the time of end semester exams To save the situation many colleges jumped into emergency remote teaching through online mode without any preparation Some institutions instantly associated themselves with NGOs research foundations and other private sector EdTech companies to provide online education to their wards (Wadia 2020) Some small institutions requested their teachers to be in constant touch with the students to help them learn and to teach in every possible way In general the higher education sector in India was not prepared to respond promptly Although not ready for the digital initiative many institutions shifted to the digital or e-learning mode for the sake of doing something Lack of institutional preparedness and investment lack of human resource in computer and internet operations for online learning institutions and individuals jumped into the fray Using the social media platform which is the primary medium of entertainment and social communication a platform commonly polluted and misused for spreading rumours and scandals became a medium of education Education went to the extreme level of disturbance and distortion further when there were demands from various sectors to promote all students without any regular end-semester exams (Sharma 2020) The inability to conduct final exams on the one side the uncertainty of opening colleges on the other side the higher education authorities are further pressured by various student bodies to take decisions for which they were not prepared The University Grants Commission (UGC) formed two committees in the month of April 2020 to deliberate on the issues and outcome of lockdown to avoid academic loss and the welfare of the future of students (Pandya 2020) The local universities and autonomous institutions sometimes became hapless in making any announcements to their students regarding the course of action As the universities were unprepared and unauthorised to take individual decisions in the pandemic situation the whole ruling was done by the UGC which in turn heavily dependent on HRD Ministry for all its announcements The non-availability of adequate internet facility in some towns and villages not having laptops or personal computer by teaching faculty and students in the higher education not having a Smartphone by students all crept in as a complex issue stumbling blocks for every possible meaningful teaching-learning process to continue Even some teachers who own a laptop or computer tried to hide this from their management to avoid serious remote teaching works The undeniable fact that almost all teaching faculty and students carry a Smartphone these days became a source of satisfaction saving the situation and became the ultimate medium of education to many Thus most of the initiative taken by the educational institutions in India were emergency remote teaching not online education per se

Page 108 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Online teaching is a powerful medium of imparting knowledge today After the advent of internet and information technology online teaching has become a well-established educational practice all over the world It originated in the form of a correspondence course in England in the 19thcentury (Rumble 1986) When the railway network became very stable in England learning materials were delivered in the mail which was fast and more reliable and thus correspondence learning became popular (Moore ampKearsley 2011) This mode of learning went further into radio learning when such communication became trendy Furthermore when satellites were launched for the use of education in the western countries and TV lectures and live broadcasting became available distance education became popular among both adult and young learners (Casey 2008) Finally by the arrival of information technology based on the existing strong correspondence and distance learning platform online learning evolved Therefore online education has all the elements of quality learning outcome with a well-designed curriculum as well as evidence-based practices The online teaching-learning process is considered a paradigm shift in the way people teach and learn in the era of information technology Some educationists consider this mode as a more active process of learning in which passive students of the classroom become more interactive and collaborative learners (Nilsonamp Goodson2017) Online learning requires students and teachers to possess computers the Internet facility and the motivation to learn through the non-traditional classroom Similarly it also needs the active involvement of teachers trained in the art of online teaching and the institutional infrastructure (Picciano 2018 Bullenamp Janes 2007) If COVID-19 pandemic prolongs the lockdown situation a serious online teaching initiative is needed and the educational institutions need to be prepared for that The three immediate needs that could be foreseen are institutional infrastructure trained faculty members proper equipment like Laptopcomputer and other audiovisual aids for communication (both for teachers and students) and finally good internet facility across the country Therefore it is a collaborative act of individual students teachers management and the government There is a general perception in India among the public that online teaching is inferior to face-to-face education The quality of online education provided by some universities in India in the name of distance education or correspondence courses in the past has an extremely poor record and tarnished the meaning and quality of remote learning There is an ongoing debate among different sectors whether to consider the degrees of distance learning in par with regular education degrees (Sharma 2015) Although UGC recognises many distance education degrees as valid qualification the programmes that need hands-on training like engineering medicine dental pharmacy nursing architecture physiotherapy and similar programs are not permitted under Distance Learning mode(Kunju 2018 UGC 2018) Some well-designed online courses of universities around the globe provide better knowledge to students and the graduates are better equipped with skill sets than degrees obtained from regular classroom learning from shabby universities In this backdrop of the unforeseen pandemic the study is focused on the emergency remote learning in India and the issues related to that

Page 109 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Objectives COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill in many areas The unprecedented lockdown and the unexpected closures of educational institutions in India forced the institutions to initiate remote online teaching This abrupt change of teaching platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning is neither pre-planned it is a temporary solution Therefore it is presumed that there is no physical and technological readiness from the part of the institutions no psychological preparedness from the part of teachers and students which would pose a challenge to the teachers The study therefore focuses on the challenges and issues related to remote learning done through the online platform from three areas the institution teachers and students

1 What is the institutional preparedness for change to remote online teaching during COVID-19 lockdown

2 Teacherrsquos readiness and effectiveness to remote teaching-learning 3 Studentrsquos response to remote learning perceived by teachers 4 What are the key challenges of the unexpected shift in the mode of teaching

Methodology This is exploratory survey research The data was collected from teachers working in higher education institutions of different states of the country through Google form survey method Convenient sampling was used to collect data As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) by the HRD Ministry there are 1247453 college teachers in India (Ministry of HRD 2014) Based on this universe the minimum sample size for the survey was set at 273 considering 90 confidence level with a 5 margin of error The college teachers who can access the email or WhatsApp communication app were asked to answer 30 item survey questionnaire prepared by the researchers Besides demographic data the questionnaire was focused on the four objectives of the study Further the data were analysed qualitatively as per the objectives of the study Results and Discussion In this section the data obtained from the survey is given below in percentage and results were discussed as per the objectives of the study The following table gives details of some of the demographics

Table 1 Showing the demographic details (n=279)

Gender Age Education Teaching Experience Working Institution

M 491 lt 24 63 Masters 563 lt 3 34 Pvt Col 563 25-34 526 MPhil 16 4-7 286 Pvt Uni 89 35-44 223 PhD 259 8-12 142 G Col 196

F 509 45-54 143 Post Doc 18 gt 12 232 G Uni 71 gt 55 45 Other 8

Page 110 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The collected data comes from both the genders almost equally As for the age distribution 839 per cent of the teachers who responded fall below the age of 45 belonging to Xennials Millennials and Gen Y Therefore they are more prone to the use of computers and information technology than the rest of the elder generation (Belinne 2017) Majority of the respondents (563) have a Masterrsquos degree Only less than 2 per cent of the subjects have a Post-Doctoral degree Concerning the teaching experience of the respondents 23 per cent has more than 12 years of experience and the majority (626) have less than seven years of teaching Few subjects (268) have industry experience also Majority of the teachers work in private colleges whereas 267 per cent in government colleges or universities Out of 28 Indian States and 8 Union Territories there were respondents from 17States and the Union Territory of Delhi There were no data from Chhattisgarh Goa Himachal Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Odisha Punjab Sikkim Telangana Tripura Uttarakhand The participated subjects from states range from 25 per cent to 09 per cent Institutional preparedness Institutional readiness is a particularly important point while turning physical classroom education into digital education The study results show that majority of the institutions were not prepared at the time of COVID-19 lockdown for online teaching Only 313 per cent of the subjects received some orientation for emergency online mode of education Majority of the colleges did not offer any training 482 per cent of the teachers did not receive any training at all However 866 per cent of the respondents expected some basic training from the institution for emergency remote online teaching Regarding the software used or prescribed by the institutions 357 per cent of the subjects reported that no specific platform was used or prescribed by their institutions Only 63 per cent answered that their institution has specialised software used by the institutions which effortlessly facilitated online teaching The common platforms used by the teachers were Google classroom Zoom Video conferencing MS Team and Skype video and chat discussion Although from 2017 UGC had allowed universities to offer 20 of their course material through the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) platform called Swayam and conduct regular online exams for students it was not taken up by colleges seriously and not practised fully As per the free facilities provided by the institution to facilitate emergency remote online teaching 902 per cent of the subjects expressed concerns that no free provisions were given to them Those who received free facilities from their institutions reported laptop free Wi-Fi recording instruments and tab However 47 per cent of the teachers expected from their organisations one or other following facilities internet allowance laptop or a Tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for online mode of teaching Few teachers were desperate to mention that they do not expect any freebees except their regular salary Nearly 75 per cent of the teachers opined that the college needs some encrypted safe software and 33 per cent fear that the intellectual property could be stolen or cyber-attacks can disturb them if no proper encrypted software is used

Page 111 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Teacherrsquos preparedness to adopt remote teaching The readiness of the teachers comes from a few factors Primarily it was assessed by the instruments they possess Most of the teachers have a laptop (82) computers (304) and Tab (152) Almost all the teachers can use computers well 383 per cent of the subjects learned it by certificate or degree course Also the computer use expertise scale is skewed positively between 5 and 9 on the scale of 10 being the highest computer knowledge This result is because most of the subjects of the study are below the age of 45 696 per cent of the teachers find it hard to be fully involved in online teaching Also the majority of the teachers (643) felt boredom and were uninterested without students in front of them This answer shows a lack of training teachers had to shift to this emergency online teaching However 42 per cent believe that it could be made interesting if teachers involve fully More than half of the subjects (527) took extra steps and helped the students for active involvement in the teaching-learning process They used video lessons and other video materials motivational talks continuous regular assignments interactive discussions MCQ surprise quiz and personal contacts to reach out to the students To make the learning process stimulating used video conferencing provided online links to read gave Podcasts PPT slides and requested submission of assignments in video mode Studentrsquos response to emergency online teaching In the opinion of teachers the current level of active involvement (518) and paying attention to the teaching-learning process (616) are acceptable in this situation A good majority of the teachers (848) believe that if the students were given training or orientation for online learning the many problems they faced could be avoided The teachers perceive that studentrsquos education was affected by COVID-19 but they are optimistic that the emergency remote learning would bring excellent results in the students The following graph shows the expected per cent learning happens in the students as per the view of teachers

Figure 1 Showing the percentage of learning benefited by the students due to emergency learning

Majority of the teachers (527) believe the percentage of learning among students would be between 40 to 100 per cent and 152indicated that it is above 60 per cent

1530

323750

1250

270

lt20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 gt80

Page 112 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However 153 per cent of the teachers opined that the learning would be below 20 per cent The main challenges The main challenges faced by teachers in organising emergency online teaching in the colleges could be viewed from three factors Firstly the institutional issues second teacherrsquos concerns and finally student-related issues In the institution-based problems the primary constraint teachers faced is related to infrastructure It means the need for high-end technology and equipment both hardware and software needed for this venture In addition to that the uncertainty of job and income is raised by some faculty members as an issue because the management is confused by the repeated conflicting reports and announcements by the university UGC MHRD ministry state government and central government The higher authorities gave no clear guidelines and the management kept the teachers in a limbo situation in which many private institutions failed to pay the full salary As far as the issues and challenges coming from the faculty members teachers who are trained only for face-to-face teaching mode reported that online teaching is inferior to regular classroom teaching They further opined that the classroom could never be replaced by online education Therefore 643 per cent of the teachers consider lecturing without seeing students face to face is uninteresting There are evidence-based findings that prove that online teaching is not inferior to the regular classroom The belief of the teachers regarding the superiority of classroom teaching also reveals the fact that they lack training and proper orientation for online education Some teachers even think that the online classroom is limited to sharing notes in Google classroom or WhatsApp group Even in emergencies these are not sufficient for imparting knowledge Another challenge identified by teachers is the attitude of students towards learning It is a known fact that not all students are interested in acquiring knowledge There are a good number of students who want to get degrees or diplomas and they are least interested in learning Placing proxy students or copying assignments or quizzes cannot be verified when a proper sophisticated software system is not in use These became constraint for some teachers Also students are not trained or prepared for online classes resulting in less enthusiasm among students for learning during the pandemic emergency period As some teachers suggested the level of motivation among students to acquire knowledge is limited and those who are committed towards academics will benefit quite remarkably from online learning Some teachers narrated that the Indian system of education that focuses on memorising notes and omitting them in exams does not give room for learning concepts in an application-oriented way Therefore online teaching-learning becomes a challenge for both teachers as well as students Another major issue raised by nearly 35 per cent of the respondents is the slow data connection and weak signal strength This issue lies with the Telecom policy of the government and the major service providers It is a shocking fact to know that Telecom network is an issue in the 21st century When the government encourages online transaction to boost transparency in money matters the government should provide

Page 113 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

proper network facility not only in rural areas but also in the cities Therefore the Indian infrastructure development in Telecom affects emergency education services too Conclusion The COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill comma and the unprecedented lockdown forced the sudden closures of educational institutions which in turn initiated emergency remote online learning Therefore there was no physical technological psychological or social readiness from the part of the institution teachers and students The study findings reveal that the teachers expect some essential facilities like Wi-Fiinternet allowance laptop or tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for remote learning from the institutions They also expected some training for teachers and orientation for students on this new platform The findings thus bring out the fact that many higher education institutions were lacking in IT facilities and do not have adequate preparedness to cater to the concept of e-learning Teachers on the other hand despite having computers were not aware of the intricacies of online learning and the usefulness of technology in imparting better knowledge than classroom education However the efforts some teachers put to attract the attention of students were truly commendable The study also brings out the fact that the students need a change of attitude towards online education and how to make use of it for improving knowledge Although UGC and NAAC repeatedly requesting colleges to implement ICT based teaching imparting technology-oriented education is far from reality in the Indian scenario Recommendations 1 Due to the uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic institutions and teachers need to be ready for online teaching 2 Institutions should have necessary infrastructures like uninterrupted power supply Internet with sufficient bandwidth for audiovideo communication and encrypted software 3 Adequate training for staff and students 4 Use of smartphone as the only equipment for virtual classroom limits the vibrant remote learning process Therefore the use of a computer laptoptablet would be ideal References Agarwal K (2020) Not Just the Aurangabad Accident 383 People Have Died Due to the Punitive Lockdown Retrieved on June 26 from httpsthewirein Belinne J (2017) The Care and Feeding of Your Young Employee A Managers Guide to Millennials and Gen Z Amazon CreateSpace Bullen M amp Janes D (2007) Making the Transition to E-Learning Strategies and Issues Information Science Publishing Casey D M (2008) The Historical Development of Distance Education through Technology TechTrends 52(2) 45ndash51 Chandrashekhar V (2020) 13 billion people A 21-day lockdown Can India curb the coronavirus Retrieved on June 22 from wwwsciencemagorg

Page 114 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Dutta A (2020) 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown Report Retrieved on June 26 fromhttpswwwhindustantimescom Gage K L and M Y Kosoy (2005) Natural history of the plague perspectives from more than a century of research Annual Review of Entomology 50505 ndash 528 Gan N (2020) China to lift lockdown on Wuhan ground zero of coronavirus pandemic CNN online edition Retrieved on June 25 from httpseditioncnncom Khan F (2020) Mapping Accidents That Killed Over 100 Migrant Workers on Their Way to Home During Lockdown Retrieved on June 28 fromhttpswwwnews18com Kunju S (2018) Open Degrees Are Equivalent to Regular Degrees UGC Retrieved on June26 from wwwndtvcom Ministry of HRD (2014) All India Survey on Higher Education 2011-2012 Govt of India Delhi Moore M G ampKearsley G (2011) Distance Education A Systems View Belmont CA Wadsworth Nilson L Bamp Goodson L A (2017) Online Teaching at Its Best Merging Instructional Design with Teaching and Learning Research Jossey-Bass Inc Orent W (2004) Plague the mysterious past and mystifying future of the worlds most dangerous disease Free Press New York Pandya J (2020) HRD Minister Asks UGC to Revisit College Exam Guidelines Says focus On Health amp Safety Retrieved on June 25 from httpswwwrepublicworldcom Picciano A G (2018) Online Education Foundations Planning and Pedagogy Routledge Rumble G (1986) The planning and management of distance education London UKCroom Helm Sharma JP (2015) Is an open and distance learning degree substandardRetrieved on June 26 from httpswwwhindustantimescom Sharma K (2020) Colleges could drop plan to conduct offline exams in July as Covid cases rise Retrieved on June 25 fromhttpstheprintin UGC (2018) Public Notice on Recognizing and treating the DegreesDiplomas Retrieved on June 24 from httpswwwugcacinpdfnews5628873_UGC-Public-Notice---treating-all-degreespdf Vara V (2020) Coronavirus in India how the COVID-19 could impact the fast-growing economy Retrieved on June 15 from wwwpharmaceutical-technologycom Wadia L C (2020) Graduating from emergency remote teaching to online higher education in India Retrieved on June 10 from httpswwworfonlineorg WHO(2020) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard updated on July 1 2020 608pm CEST Retrieved on July 1 from httpscovid19whoint

Page 115 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON THE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

Virendra Singh

PhD Scholar SSJ Campus Almora Kumaun University Nainital Abstract

COVID-19 Compassion is not just a virus but a vicious circle of a serious crisis one to ten ten to hundred and hundred to thousand it is spreading one man in The Wuhan must have been infected and today the whole world has been affected by it do not come to your own house we are all inviting it with my own small negligence if it comes to the doorstep of the house Will not go empty handed In these circumstances we should think about how education can be spread to children in all the rural areas of the country where there is no means of telecommunications Millions of students from schools and colleges around the world are joining the class through Zoom although such distance education is not just for the youth it can be very useful for 4 people like us as well The epidemic has brought millions of working Indians to the brink of scarcity by the already widespread social inequality and deepened job and income losses Now we will not only have less food to eat but also the quality of it which will make them far more vulnerable to not just COVID-19 but also to different kinds of diseases The epidemic is not just a biomedical issue but also a social issue there have been indications that the COVID-19 alcohol ism has caused an increase in domestic violence and suicide and death and disease poverty and unemployment are also the essential consequences of the epidemic so not only public health expert economists but also experts in their subject should consult the government with sociologists and psychologists When we look to the future we can expect based on the fact that our population is somewhat young compared to Europe and North America The epidemic in India probably took the lives of fewer people than luck so it is being said that once this passes we will need to re-constitute with re-formations of our economy for far greater protection and caution to our society and our health system Keywords COVID-19 Epidemic Unemployment Rural telecommunications Online Education

The closure of schools colleges and educational institutions due to corona virus has affected the education of 157 crore students in 191 countries of the world which is 913 percent of the total students enrolled at various levels This information has been revealed in the study of UN Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) It said that the most impact of the closure of the school is affecting the students and girls of the disadvantaged sections

Page 116 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

According to UNESCOs global monitoring study of school closures due to COVID-19 an estimated 1575270054 students (learners) in 191 countries have been affected by 14 April 2020 The number of girls in it is 743 crore According to the World Banks education team the corona virus (Corona virus) Covid-19 epidemic poses a risk of very poor education outcomes He has said that if no aggressive policy is adopted it will have a very bad effect on the education and health of children and youth World Bank experts have said that even before the epidemic the world was going through an education crisis and had already deviated from the path of achieving the goals of Sustainable Development Goal Under the Sustainable Development Goal for all countries commit to among other ambitious goals that all girls and children complete free equal and quality primary and secondary education He said the epidemic has already had a profound impact on education as schools are closed almost everywhere in the world this is the biggest setback for all education systems in our lifetime The damage will be further aggravated when a health emergency turns into a deep global recession The World Banks education team said it is possible to counter the setback and turn the crisis into an opportunity The report states the first step is to successfully withstand school closures This can be done by protecting health and reducing the harm to students using distance education Also countries need to start planning to reopen schools This means preventing students at school from dropping out of education ensuring healthy conditions at school and using new technologies to promote rapid learning in key areas once children return to school More than a million people have been infected with Covid-19 and the number of deaths from it is 283 lakhs In the wake of the epidemic all the educational institutions were suddenly stopped so that the Corona could be protected from infection after which all the institutions made a commendable effort to run the teaching work at their home by using Google Meet Zoom etc with the help of internet for teaching In spite of all the difficulties people are able to work through this medium in the meantime various Webinar are also getting a lot of possibilities for academic action and this digital medium has been used for infinite possibilities while teaching from the Internet the teacher also has to be ready His work becomes an account of his class video and his text content may be used later it is also possible to improve and expand a particular kind of creativity in doing such work A primary student is attending his class through a laptop or mobile in a village in Uttar Pradesh several 100 kilometers away from Delhi He is talking to the teacher and reading not only the teacher the student also has to pay attention during the class period because all is transparent and there is no option to engage in educational work so that new dimensions are also added

Page 117 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Taking online education as an opportunity to use it on ideal education can give a positive direction to compulsion virtually online education is in both alternative and complementary roles The work started several years ago some of the measures provide one-sided information but there are many who give active participation to the student who is using it Of course the teachers behavior gestures and social differences are also not possible to reach the opportunities that the students give to them to learn but the difficulties with the teacher such as his unavailable can also be overcome by not preparing properly for the classroom or behaving unfairly with the students etc In independent India the network of educational institutions has expanded yet the satisfaction of ministrations in every sector has not been provided and the centers which are there face all difficulties in their operation when we consider that the number of school-going children has grown exponentially the problem looks even more formidable It is constantly being experienced that there are many hurdles in the way of meeting the needs like school building teacher textbook hostel and library and a certain level of quality required in teaching work

Red tape is legal difficulty due to the vandalism of permanent elements etc most of the educational institutions have been battling continuously for many years meanwhile institutions with systems below standard levels also spread like mushrooms for other reasons The private sector has been flooded with institutions ranging from nursery and primary to university which are charging arbitrary fees some are good in terms of quality Some of them are good in terms of quality so a large number of standards do not meet the result is that both students and parents have started spreading discontent so the number of certificates that pass the exam has increased The number of such certificates has increased but there is also a shortage of qualified candidates in terms of capacity and skill etc in this skewed environment of demand and supply in the academic business the system of distance education has shown a new path

The National Institute of Open Education and IGNOU have taken a flexible stand in the system of formal education but have not compromised in terms of quality there have been good results in such a system which is being found to be satisfactory and the qualifications and capacity of the students are being found satisfactory Many state governments have also set up universities for distance education But the mental stress of adolescent studentrsquos increases greatly when even those who get good marks do not get admission in the next class in such an environment important work has started under the National Mission on Education of Information and Communication Technology which has the most ambitious programmed called self It provides for conducting 2000 courses which are available to both formal and informal students of school college and university level

Page 118 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The study on the emerging dimensions in the field of education after the passing of Covid-19 said Due to Covid-19 epidemic more people are studying in digital medium and short duration courses are also becoming popular Huh These changes are causing difficulty but they are also showing examples of innovation in the field of education This indicates that the impact of digital medium is going to be long lasting in the academic world

According to a study conducted by Pearson after the corona virus epidemic and its ensuing lockdown schools and colleges will have to invest in sustainable technical infrastructure in which the training of teachers will be focused on the skills of working in a digital environment and higher educational institutions The examination will be conducted online through traditional methods London-based Pearson is a leading global service provider of schools and students in the field of academic publishing and testing The study said Digital medium will be used more to study in schools and colleges Use of apps and email like WhatsApp zoom team will increase to achieve educational goals Academic institutions will develop such infrastructure in which teachers and students will be able to read and study while remaining outside the academic campus Institutions will invest in such permanent technical infrastructure through which quality online education can be imparted According to the study conducted on the basis of the methods being adopted in different countries higher educational institutions will evaluate students through online instead of traditional methods of examination Work Cited httpkhabarndtvcomnews httpwwwindiacom httpswwwwhoint

Page 119 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REVIEW ON NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING

RELATED TO DEPLOYMENT MODELS AND CLOUD SERVICE MODELS

T Srajan Kumar1 K Bharath Reddy2 E Lingamurthy3 Vignanrsquos Institute of Management and Technology for Women Ghatkesar Hyderabad

Telangana India ABSTRACT Cloud computing technology is a better and unique way for modern era The reason for cloud computing is different kinds of resources are shared on network platform The resources are storage servers power consumption security and other computing infrastructure in several multiple locations which are connected by network For many cloud computing applications are completely depends on network performance and security So it is a key issue for any cloud computing performance with good results Keywords- Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Deployment Models and Service Models 1 INTRODUCTION In the cloud when an application is submitted for its execution needy and suitable resources are allocated from the collection of resources as all these resources are connected through the network the cloud user will get their required results So cloud computing has four deployment models we consider those important aspects relate to the cloud and their accessibility from the view of network connectivity [1] [3] 11 CLOUDCOMPUTING Cloudis another name given as a network or internet Cloud Computing is the process of resource sharing for online applications It provides huge space for data storage Cloud computing is a platform independent [1] [5]

Page 120 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING For many cloud computing applications the network connectivity performance will be the key issue for good results over cloud Cloud computing has various deployment options we now consider the important aspects related to cloud deployment models and their accessibility of network connectivity [2] [5] 21 Public cloud access network connectivity In these public cloud access network connectivity though some cloud providers are able to support virtual private network VPN for Users While accessing the public cloud will always creates an issue related to security and performance One of the possible approaches can be maintained for security and performance is the network connectivity should be in encrypted tunnels The data can be exchanged through the pipes via secure fashion without any problems The procedure may be overhead in the connectivity if we want to reduce the delay in time without any compromising we have to select good routing protocol or suitable routing methods for any transiting hops The end-to-end connectivity is provided between the cloud provider and cloud consumer

22 Private cloud access networking connectivity In these private cloud accesses network connectivity the cloud is among organizational network and the technology approaches are local to the in-house networking structure In this virtual private network is provided for services In an organizational network structure application submitted for execution is properly done Some private networks have been architected for on-premise application and security 3 CLOUD DEPLOYMENTMODELS Cloud deploy models are essential for any cloud services which are divided into four types [2] [5] ie 31 Public CloudModel In Public Cloud Model cloud systems and services are accessible to public Public cloud is a type of shareable storage services Eg Microsoft Google Email

Page 121 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] CostEffective [2] Reliability [3] Flexibility [4] LocationIndependence [5] HighScalability

Disadvantages [1] Low Security [2] Less customizable

32 Private Cloud Model In Private Cloud model cloud systems and services are accessible within an organization It can be internally managed or by third- party Private cloud is a type of dedicatable storage services Eg Meeseva ERP etc

Advantages

[1] Higher Security and Privacy [2] More Control [3] Cost and energy efficiency

Disadvantages [1] Restricted Area [2] Inflexible Pricing [3] Limited Scalability [4] Additional Skills

33 Hybrid Cloud Model The Hybrid Cloud is a combination of public and private cloud Critical activities are performed using private cloud and non- critical activities using private cloud

Page 122 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Scalability [2] Flexibility [3] Cost Efficiencies

Disadvantages [1] Networking Issues [2] Security Compliance [3] Infrastructural Dependency

34 Community Cloud Model In Community Cloud model cloud system and services are accessible by group of organizations It shares the infrastructure between several organizations It can be internally managed or by third-party

Advantages

[1] Costeffective [2] Sharing Between Organizations [3] Security

Disadvantages

[1] Since all data is housed at one location therefore one must be careful in storing data in community cloud because it might be accessible by others

4 CLOUD SERVICEMODELS There are three cloud service models They are

[1] Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)Model [2] Platform as a Service(PaaS)Model [3] Software as a Service(SaaS)Model

Page 123 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

41 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure to deploy or implement any software on the computing resources which are provided by the service providers The infrastructure underline the following things are compute network load balancer and storage are managed by the service providersUsing server virtualization the above resources are made available to end client or customerIaaS provides access to resources such as [3] [4] [1] Virtual machine disk storage [2] Virtual local area network(VLANs) [3] Load balancers [4] IPaddresses [5] Softwarebundles [6] Physical and virtualmachines Advantages [1] Portability [2] Interoperability with Legacy Applications Disadvantages [1] Compatibility with Legacy SecurityVulnerabilities [2] Virtual MachineSprawl [3] Robustness of VM-levelIsolation [4] Data ErasePractices Characteristics [1] Virtual machines with pre-installedsoftware [2] Virtual machines with pre-installed Operating Systems such as windows Linux

andSolaris [3] On-demand availability ofresources [4] Allows storing of particular data in particularlocation 42 Platform as a Service (PaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure offers development amp deployment tools that are required to develop applications and run time environment for applications Some of the popular PaaS providers include Google App Engine Red Hat Open Shift etc

Page 124 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Lower administrative overhead [2] Lower total cost of ownership [3] Scalable Solutions [4] More current system software

Disadvantages

[1] Lack of portability between PaaS clouds [2] Event Based Processor Scheduling [3] Security Engineering of PaaS applications

43 Software as a Service (SaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure it refers to software that is deployed on a host service and is accessible via internet Software as a Service (SaaS) model provides applications as a service to the end users Applications

[1] Billing and Invoicing System [2] Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications [3] Help Desk Applications [4] Human Resource (HR) Solutions

Characteristics

[1] SaaS makes the software available over the internet [2] They are available on demand [3] They can be scaled up or down on demand [4] They are automatically upgraded and updated

Advantages

[1] Modest Software Tools [2] Efficient use of Software Licenses [3] Centralized Management amp Data [4] Platform responsibilities managed by provider [5] Multitenant solutions

Disadvantages

[1] Browser based risks [2] Network dependence [3] Lack of portability between SaaS clouds

CONCLUSION This paper discussed the definition of cloud computing network connectivity in cloud computing deployment models and service models It also address the challenges and issues in cloud computing In spite of these limitations cloud computing has many advantages and is used in many businesses purpose

Page 125 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REFERENCES

[1] httpsazuremicrosoftcomen-inoverviewwhat-is-cloud-computing [2] httpswwwtutorialspointcomcloudcomputingindexhtm [3] httpsawsamazoncomwhat-is-cloud-computing [4] httpswwwinvestopediacomtermsccloud-computingasp [5] httpsCloud-Computing BooksEssentials of cloud computing(2015)

Page 126 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY OF SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT OF GIFTED SECONDARY

SCHOOL STUDENTS OF VIJAYAPUR DISTRICT IN RELATION TO THEIR SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT

1Smt JyotilaxmiMIrasur and 2ProfVVMalagi

1Research Scholar and 2Professor Department of Education Karnataka State Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University

Vijayapur Abstract In the present investigation an attempt has been made to study the Scholastic Achievement of gifted secondary school students in relation to their School Adjustment The sample consisted of 600 gifted students studying in 9th std secondary school students of Vijayapur District The Academic Achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and School Adjustment Inventory for School Students by Dr AKP Sinha and DrRPSingh was used to collect the data from the sample subject The statistical techniques used are Differential analysis Mean SD correlation T-test ANOVA and Regression analysis The result shows that the gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with low and high School Adjustment have different scholastic achievement scores The gifted boy students have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of rural schools have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district have different School Adjustment scores Key words School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement Introduction In the present society education is widely understood as an important factor scientific and economic development of a nation The importance of achievement in educational institutions is a matter of great social salience and concern It has now become an imperative for educationalists to ensure maximum achievement of all students enrolled for higher education both for the benefit of society and for the individual himself In spite of the numerous reforms those are being made for maximizing the academic achievement of pupils in educational institution The research topic aims to clarify the concepts of School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement of the students and provide some insight into a topic which teachers and parents are likely

Page 127 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

to encounter It may be also even to embrace for their children to remain successful and competitive in this new knowledge era Man is a social animal He is sensitive enough to adjust to his environment Adjustment is process by which the individual tries to have cordial and co-operative relationship with his surroundings Adjustment can be understood as both process and the outcome of that process in the form of some attainment of goal When a poor child studies under the candle light because he has no lighting arrangement at home he is said to be in a process of adjustment What he attains in terms of success in his examination or the fulfillment of his ambition or pride in his achievement is nothing but the result of his adjustment to his self and his environment Thus adjustment as an achievement means how the potency with which an individual can act in changed circumstances and is as such related to his sufficiency and regarded as an achievement that is attained either badly or well Adjustment as a process describes and explains the ways and means of an individualrsquos adaptation to his self and his environment without reference to the quality of such adjustment or its outcome in terms of success or failure It only shows how individuals or a group of people cope under changing circumstances and what factors influence this adjustment Gifted students learn differently from their peers They learn and understand new matter in a very a smaller amount of time They distinguish facts and concepts at more concrete and difficult levels than do their peers They are more interested in definite topics and have complexity in moving on to other learning tasks until they feel contented that they have learned as much as they probably can about their zealous interest Lastly gifted students are able to execute on many different levels of concentration so without paying direct and visual attention to them they can monitor classroom activities and they should have opportunities to function at more advanced levels of complexity and depth and to tie their own passionate interests into their schoolwork

Scholastic achievement is the criterion for selection promotion or recognition in various walks of life the attention of educators are being increasing down to it In the present study scholastic achievement refers to the marks obtained by the students in different subjects and also their performance in other activities are considered It is defined as the desire to excel regardless of social reward and the desire of wining or doing better than someone else Scholastic Achievement is defined as success in completion with standard of excellencerdquo This is also defined as the desire to exceed regardless of social rewards Objectives of the study 1) To identify the gifted students studying in secondary schools of Vijayapur District 2) To find out the relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment among the secondary school gifted students of Vijayapur District 3) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to gender (girls and boys) 4) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to locality (urban and rural)

Page 128 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

5) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur city with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) 6)To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to medium of instruction (Kannada and English) Hypotheses

Ho1 There is no significant relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district Ho2 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to gender (girls and boys) Ho3 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to locality (urban and rural) Ho4 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) Ho5 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to medium of instruction (English and Kannada) Variables Independent variables is school adjustment Dependent variable is Scholastic Achievement Limitations The present study was confined to 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Methodology The study was designed to find out Scholastic Achievements and School Adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District The study conducted on sample of 600 students of 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Stratified random sampling technique was employed Tools The scholastic achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and school adjustment tool was prepared by the investigator Statistical Techniques used Mean SD correlation T-test and ANOVA were used for calculating and for analyzing the data Analysis of data

Page 129 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table-1 No significant correlation between scholastic achievements with school adjustment of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Table-2 No significant difference between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Sex Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Boys 1736 329 Girls 1810 336 598 27149 19600 lt005 S Table-3 No significant difference between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Rural 1750 255 Urban 1793 380 598 15390 19600 gt005 NS Table ndash 4 No significant difference between Kannada and English medium gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Kannada medium 1744 307

English medium 1818 365 598 27112 19600 lt005 S

Table ndash 5 No significant difference between gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Managements Government Aided Unaided

Average 1668 1823 1834

SD 238 37 354

Government -

Aided P=00001 S -

Unaided P=00001 S P= 09281 NS -

Variables

Correlation between scholastic achievement with

r-value t-value p-value

School adjustment 07410 269818 00001S

Page 130 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

From the table 1 it can be seen that a significant and positive relationship was observed between school adjustment and scholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district From the table 2 it can be inferred that a significant difference was observed between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 3 it can be seen that a non significant difference was observed between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 4 it can be seen that a significant difference was observed between gifted students of Kannada medium and English medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 5 it can be seen the gifted students of aided and unaided secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of government Major findings

1 The higher or lower in school adjustment supports in increase or decrease thescholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

2 The gifted boy students have significant lesser school adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

3 The gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district have similar school adjustment scores

4 The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district

5 The gifted students of aided and unaided secondary schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of government secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Conclusion The secondary school gifted students with high school adjustment have higher scholastic achievement scores as compared to students with low school adjustment The girl gifted secondary school students have significant higher school adjustment as compared to boy students The gifted students of urban secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of rural

Page 131 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

References 1 Advanced general Psychology course-I lesson I-20 MSc applied psychology

Annamalai University press 2 Afshan (1991) MPhil Edu Univof Kashmir A study made on gifted rural and

urban girls their vocational interests and creativity Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

3 Aggarwal Kantaprasad-(1988) PhD Edn Jamia Millia Islamia Investigated the types of schools and corresponding factors as predicators of creativity at secondary level surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II(1988-92)

4 AggarwalJC ldquoEducational Research an Institutionrdquo New Delhi- Arya Book Depot

5 Basabtia JM and MukhopadyayaD(2001) ldquoEffects of Environmental Factors on Achievement a study on Rural Studentsrdquo The Educational Review Vol144NoIINov2001pp201-204

6 Bhaskar Rao D Somasuraya Prakash Rao ABhuvaneswaraLakshi G (2004) The Educational Review Jan2004 387 9th cross Mahalaxmin Layout Banglore-560086

7 BestJohnW ldquoResearch in Educationrdquo Fourth Edition New Delhi Prentice Hall of India (1977)

8 ChadhaNK and Chandra Sunanda-(1990) A study made on creativity Intelligence and scholastic achievementIndian educational Review Vol 25(3) 81-85 Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

9 DandpaniSldquoAdvanced Educational Psychologyrdquo Anmol publications PvtLtd New Delhi 1 1002

10 SK Mangal- Advanced Educational psychology second Edition published by Asoka G Ghosh prentice Hall of India Pvt New Delhi 110001 (2007)

Page 132 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADVANCED MACRO MODIFIED TEXTURAL SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SYSTEM

Jitendra Khatti[1] Prof Kamaldeep Singh Grover[2] PhD Research Scholar Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[1]

Professor Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[2]

Abstract ndash Soil classification is a method and system of identify classify and nomenclature of soil which is based on particle size and consistency limits There are many soil classifications are present ie AASTHO classification system MIT classification system HRB classification system Indian soil classification system USDA soil classification system Unified soil classification system and many others These all present available soil classification or classification systems are consisting of limitations Due to these limitations a new soil classification is required to develop The developed new soil classification is named as Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System This classification system is based on sum of percentage weight retained and percentage weight retained of soil particles The first coarse ndash grained textural triangle is introduced by advanced macro modified textural soil classification system The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is made by coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle and middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of properties of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle This classification system also introduced the twenty ndash four nomenclatures of soil Keywords Middle ndash Grained Triangle Percentage Weight Retained Ultra ndash Sand Soil Particle Coarse ndash Grained Triangle 1 Introduction In this universe everything is divided or classified by their properties or formation or formation process Similarly the soil is also classified and these classifications were introduced by numerous scientists and organizations Scientists and researchers introduced the two types of classification of soil on the basis of field or research area ie agricultural soil classification and mechanical or engineering classification The present available soil classifications or classification systems are Massachusetts Institute of Technology System Textural Classification System International Classification System Unified Soil Classification System Indian Soil Classification System US bureau of Public Road Association and AASTHO classification systemEvery soil classification or classification system is consisting of limitation The Indian soil classification system introduced many terms to define soil ie Well Graded Soil Poorly Graded Soil and Uniformly Graded Soil These terms of classification of soil were not well defined and given statements were not also cleared A statement ldquoWell graded soil is a soil Which is consisting of good representation of all the particlerdquo was given for well graded soil The good representation of all soil particles may be based on physical

Page 133 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

appearance or parentage weight of particle of particles Unified soil classification system introduced the dual classification of soil but the criteria of dual classification was not cleared The textural classification system was introduced for classifying agricultural soil These limitations showed the geotechnical engineering is requirement a new soil classification system 2 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System On the basis of limitations in present available soil classifications or classification systems a new soil classification system is required to develop For the better classification of soil a classification of soil is proposed and it is named as Advance Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the concept of percentage weight retained of soil particles This classification system is introduced twenty ndash four types of classified soil The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is shown in Fig 1

Fig 1 ndash Advanced macro modified textural soil classification system 21 Size of Particles and Their Designations The proposed advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of six soil particles ie gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay The particle size of gravel more than 20mm sand 20mm to 01mm ultra ndash sand 01mm to 002mm silt 002mm to 20microns clay 20microns to 02microns and ultra ndash clay less then to

Page 134 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

02microns are introduced by international classification system The sand particle is sub ndash classified as very coarse coarse medium and fine sand Similarly silt and clay particles are sub ndash divided as coarse and fine ndash grained particles 22 Development of Triangles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles are known as coarse ndash grained particles and remaining soil particles (silt clay and ultra ndash clay) are known as fine ndash grained particles By the overlapping of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle another triangle is evolved and it is named as middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particle 221 Coarse ndash Grained Triangle The coarse ndash grained triangle is evolved by gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The coarse ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 2 with classification of soil

Fig 2 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle 222 Fine ndash Grained Triangle The fine ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash clay particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The fine ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classification of soils The fine ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 3 with classification of soil

Page 135 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 3 ndash Classification of soil by fine ndash grained triangle 223 Middle ndash Grained Triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is formed by the overlapping of coarse ndash grained triangle and fine ndash grained triangle at fifty percentage weight retained of soil particles The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particles The silt and clay soil particles are arranged at left and right axis of triangle respectively The sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle respectively Similarly the sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of triangle The middle ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classifications of soil The middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 4 with classifications of soil

Fig 4 ndash Classification of soil by middle ndash grained triangle

Page 136 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A triangle is formed by three axes hence the middle ndash grained triangle is further sub ndash divided as upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle a Upper Middle ndash Grained Triangle The upper middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The upper middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 5 with classification of soil

Fig 5 ndash Classification of soil by upper middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt sand and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 50 to 100 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and the axis of silt and sand is scaled from zero to fifty percent b Lower Middle ndash Grained Triangle The lower middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The lower middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 6 with classification of soil

Page 137 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 6 ndash Classification of soil by lower middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt clay and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 0 to 50 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and axis of silt particle is scaled from zero to fifty percent

3 Method of Classification of Soil The classification of soil is based on the sum of percentage weight retained of soil particles Each triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of three soil particles If the sum of percentage weight retained of these three soil particle is higher as compared sum of percentage weight retained of other set of three soil particles the classification of soil is done by triangle of higher sum of percentage weight retainedThe advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the star key method In the classification system the rays are drawn with respect to next axis of triangle in clockwise direction If star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle the ray of gravel is drawn with respect to axis of ultra ndash sand ray of ultra ndash sand is drawn with respect of axis of sand and ray of sand is drawn with respect to axis of gravel particle For the classification of soil the following steps are given below ndash i Take a 1000gram soil specimen now put this soil specimen in sieve set of

advancedmacro modified textural soil classification system and cover the top sieve by lid

ii Now put the sieve set on the sieve shaker and start sieving for 5 to 6 minutes After sieving of soil specimen determine weight of soil specimen for particular

Page 138 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

sieve or sieve size by weighing machine or balance The weight of soil specimen is known as weight retained of soil specimen or particles Now the percentage of weight retained of particles is calculated

iii After calculating percentage weight retained of soil particles the percentage weight retained of particle for coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle A triangle is selected for classification of soil which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of soil particles

iv Now the selected triangle and classification of soil is drawn The rays are drawn in selected triangle with the help of percentage weight retained of soil particles These rays are met at a point which is known as STAR KEY

v The classification of soil is done by star key and the method is known as star key method

vi If a soil is consisting of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt soil particle The classification of soil is done by middle ndash grained triangle While classifying the soil the percentage weight retained of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt particles are re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained The rays star keyis drawn for re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of soil particles

4 Results A soil specimen is tested in geotechnical laboratoryFrom the test results of soil specimen the specimen is consisting of maximum quantity of gravel particles The percentage weight retained of soil particles of soil specimen is calculated in Table 1 Table 1 ndash Calculation of Percentage weight retained of soil specimen Particle Name

Retained

Sum of Percentage Weight Retained of Soil Particles

Recalculation of Wt Retained of Coarse ndash Grained Particles

Coarse Fine Upper Lower Gravel (G) 44

86

51 Sand (S) 24

52

28 Ultra ndash Sand (Us)

18

32

21

Silt (Ms) 10

14

- Clay (C) 4 - Ultra ndash Clay (Uc)

0 -

From the calculation the percentage weight retained of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay particle are determined as 44 24 18 10 and 4 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper

Page 139 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle is calculated as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle is higher as compared other triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification Hence the classification of soil is done by coarse ndash grained triangle The percentage weight retained of particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is re ndash calculated for hundred percentage weight retained The axes ofcoarse and fine ndash grained are ranged from zero percent to hundred percent The percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand is re ndash calculated as 51 28 and 21 respectively For the classification of soil the star key is drawn by the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles The star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle and it is shown in Fig 8

Fig 8 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle (star key method) From Fig 8 it is observed that the classification of soil specimen A is done as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend Here blend is presenting the mixture of soil particle which is formed by sand soil particles

5 Discussion From the study of present available soil classifications and classification systems it is observed that the classification of soil is not done by US Bureau of Public Road Association MIT classification system International Classification System because these classification or classification system is defined range of particles size only The USDA soil classification system is used for agricultural soil classification If a soil is evolved by coarse ndash grained particle hence the classification of soil is not done by USDA soil classification system The Indian soil classification system is not classified soil on the basis of quantity of soil particles or mix state of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is introduced the ldquohow a soil is classified on the basis of quantity of particle and mix state of soil particlesrdquo In

Page 140 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

advanced macro modified textural soil classification system it is also observed that the classification of soil is done by soil particle which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained 6 Conclusions From the experimental results and study of different soil classifications and classification systems the following conclusions are mapped ndash i The range of size of sand silt and clay particles were introduced by MIT

classification system US bureau of public road association classification system international classification system but the classification of soil was not introduced by these classifications or classification systems

ii AASTHO classification and HRB classification was developed for classifying the soil for pavement design The soil particles are classified as per requirement of pavement

iii Indian soil classification system introduced dual symbol system but the symbol system was not described for combination of coarse and fine ndash grained particles

iv The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced the classification of soil on the basis of quantity of particle or percentage weight retained of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced fifty classifications of soil

v From the test results of soil specimen A it has observed that the percentage weight retained of coarse fine upper and lower middle ndash grained triangle has determined experimentally as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively It is also observed that the coarse ndash grained triangle is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of gravel particles The axis of each particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is ranged from zero to hundred percentage Hence the percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles is re ndash calculated for hundred percent From the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles the soil has classified as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend

From the conclusions it is summarized that the advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on percentage weight retained of soil particle as well as on quantity of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is sophisticated classification of soil References Casagrande A (1948) ldquoClassification and Identification of Soils Transactions ASCE

Vol 113 901 ndash 930 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Annual Book of ASTM Standards D

2487-83 04 08 American Society for Testing and Materials 1985 pp 395 ndash 408

Page 141 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian Standard Classification and Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purpose (First Revision) IS 1498 ndash 1970 Edition 22 (1987 ndash 09)

Jitendra Khatti Prof N P Kaushik Prof J K Sharma Prof K S Grover ldquoModified Textural Soil Classification Indian Geotechnical Conference 2018

Krumbein W C Aberdeen Esther (April 1937) ldquoThe Sediments of Barataria Bayrdquo Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 7(1) Retrieved 11 May 2014

Sieve Analysis and Particle Analysis - Grand Solution Manual SJ Soft Technologies 2008 October 13 2009

Dr K R Arora Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Seventh Edition - 2011) ndash ISBN ndash 81-8014-112-8

Dr B C Punmia Ashok Kumar Jain Arun Kumar Jain Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Sixteenth Edition ndash March 2005) ndash ISBN ndash 81-7008-791-0

Page 142 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

सहयो य यापकः स कत वभागः

घाटालरबी शतवा षक महा व ालयः घाटालः प मम दनीपरः

प मव गः भारतबषः

भिमका वालित श दष कोमलता न धताप व तामौिलकता च व त प पस शवालः क याः एकः अन यसाधारणस ः य मन अना वलान द व त स ण यथा मा य िथत भबित त त प रवार प य मा य या प वाल एव स ससशः यन ससार य ीव भबित पर त नाटक च र िमद कदाच िमलना तकप रसमा ः कदाच ना यगितव ौ कदा प वा ना यो कषवधनाथ योजन भबित एता शाना िशशच र ाणा त मन ना य क योजनिम य म वषय अ ालो यत मया व मोवशीयम प रवा-ऊव योः िमलना तकिमद प चा क विश नाटक कािलदासन िथतम नाटक या य प चमा क तयोः स तान स गः कािलदासन चम कार पण उप था पतः ldquoअस तान व वजिय वा य न कम प शोचनीयम rdquo(प चमा कः) ndashअ याथः इयमनप यता यतीतः त य शोकः ना त अनन ायत यत नपः प रवा अप क आसीत अन तर कािलदासन स गम णहरण वषयमप था पतम य वलासवती य याः अ सरसः ललाट थर व पम णः एकन शकनन मासख ड म वा अप तः तदथ नपण उ म ndash ldquoर िमित न म त मन मनौ य व वह गमा ः यया तना थ सख स गमनीयन स गिमतःrdquo इित ( ५५) अ याथः वहगन अप त त मन मणौ मम आ हः ना तपर त अनन म णना यतमया सह मम िमलन सघ टतमासीत अ ः नप य समीप र य यवहा रकम याप या िमलन य

हत पण त य म यमप रसीमम त अतः यन तन उपायन नपण र ः ई सतः अनया नप यो या कािलदासः वािभ ाय य च रताथ कतः अतःपर यत वाण व ः शकनः य मन वाण ो दतासीत ndash

ldquoऊवशीस भव याय मलसनोधनभतः कमार यायोषो वाणः हत षदायषाम rdquo इित ( ५७ )

अ याथः ऊव याः गभजात य प रवसः च ऒरसजात य कमार य आयसः अय वाणः अर णामाय यकार अतः कािलदासः वहगन र ापहरण वषयम था य माता पत या सह स तान य िम नमाग य सगम कत च त अनन कारण आयसः वशलितका दाना तर कािलदासः अय वषय क चत अ ातत यम थापयित यथा यवनमिनना लािलतम आयः त च आ म त य जातकमा न ान भबित तद र तत आयः घटना वाहन प रवस िनकषा उप थत भबित पर त अ मन थल आयसः च र ोप थापन य भतकारणािन स त यथा ndash

Page 143 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

१) आयच र वना प रवसः दय अनप यतायाः क ात अप य नह य रसिस ः न भ बतमहित ndash

ldquo वा पायत िनपितता मम र मन वा स यव ध दय मनसः मादः स जातवपथिभ झतधयव ndash

र छािम चनमदय प रर धम गः rdquoइित ( ५९) प ाभावात िमकप रवसः च र कदा य प पता पण न कािशत भ बतमहित

२) आयच र वना त य दय पतर ित गभीर नहः यथा य न भ वतमहित तथव द घ व छदात अनाका त वषय ित त य अक मभावावगः अ प न य ः भ वतमहित ndash

ldquo य द हादिमद वा पता ममाय सतोऽहम यित उ स गविधताना ग ष भवत क शः नहः rdquoइित ( ५१०)

आयसः दय नहाभावात पतर ित त य व षस ः भ वतमहित यन नाटक कदा प िमलना तक न भ वत पारयित पनर प िन वकारिच य आयसः नाटक न योजन भवत

३) आयसः च र ाभावात स गमनीयमणः स गः अ योजनीयः भवत यतः म ण-च र ौ पर परयोः प रपरकौ

४) नाटक आयस आ म व कमकत यत अथात त तन वालकन एकः शकनः वाण व ः भबित ndash ldquoगह तािमषः कल ग ः पादपिशखर िगलीयमानो ल यीकतो वाण य rdquoइित ( प चमा कः )

अनन कारणन यवनन स आ मात व ह कतो भवित अ मात ायत यत ततकाल आचायगह व ाजनकाल प ादय य हनन पापमासीत

५) प रवा यथाथ पण वषवत वरनप ासीत इित न कवल कािलदासन पर त आयसा अ प व यत ndash

ldquo नाहित तातः प गवधा रताया ध र द य िनयोजित rdquoइित ( प चमा कः ) आयसा ई श पत वशषणन द घ व छदाद प र स ब धः न कदा प िम या भवित इित कािलदासन कािशतम त ६) कािलदासन आयसा सह महाभारत य कण य एकः सामी यः वीक या प ना य य

योजनात क चत प रवतन सघ टतम त ततीया क वग ऊवशी ित इ य शतः ndashldquoय मन व भावािस व त य म रणसहाय य राजषः य करणीयम सा व प रवस यथाकामम यावत स प र स तानो भबतीित rdquo(ततीया कः ) अथात प रवसा स तान य मखदशनपय त भबती त य नप य इ छानसारतः स वतमहित अतः य द ऊवशी म य प रवसा सह थातिम छित त ह प य स गः नो था पतो भ व यित एतदथ ऊव या जात णादव आयः प र य मासीत अ य मन दिश मा ा क या अ प कणः प र य ः आसीत यतः स कानीनः लोकल जा च तया स प र य ः अतः य त प याग य हतः वा यवाधकता एव आसीत इित य य अिभ न वम

Page 144 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

माता पत या सह प य िमलनन य वष यम त कणन माता य ा भबित अिभमानात पर त आयसा त य पतरौ गह तौ भबतः ाभावादव ई शन वशा शन एव नाटक य िमलना तकप रसमाि भबित

७) कािलदासन आयसः स गाभावात चतथा क एव ना यसमाि ः भ वतमहित यतः पवरागः मलनन व छदन वा समाि भवित तदथ नाटक या य ग धमादनपवत ऊवशी-प रवसोः मलनात थमा क एव पवराग य िमलना तकप रणितभ वतमहित अ प च चतथा कपय त नाटक कदा प नाटखपदवा य न भवित यतः नाटक य ल णम ndashldquoप चािधका दशपर त ा का rdquoइित एतदथ कािलदासन अव यमव प चमा क कािचत घटना सयो जत या पर त िभ नका हनीमसयो य तन आयसः च र मप था पतम ततीया क इ य शतसाय य वात

८) आयसः च र मप थापनन प ीकतिमद यत स तान य ज मनः अिभशाप य च व ा तािन ऊव या ातािन न त प रवसा एतदथ शरिन पका रणः ना नः आ रा ण ाना तर प रवा वा ो भबित तदा तनो म ndash

ldquoआ वलपयोधरा लबलीदलपा डरानन छायम तािन िनदािन वपरभत कवलमालस ण त याः rdquoइित ( ५८)

अ याथः अय कित दन यावत त याः (ऊव याः ) तना भागः आ वलः मखका तः लबलीफ़लस शा पा डवणा ह तवलय थः अभबन पर त व ा तिमद यवनन ातमासीत ndashldquoिनयातय ह यासिमित rsquoवचनात महाराजात व छदभयात ऊवशी ज म हणमा व प व ालाभाथ भगवतः यवन य आ म महामा यायाः स यव याः ह त सम पतवती ndashldquoमया महाराज वयोगभी तया जातमा एव व ागमनिनिम भगवत यवन या मपद आयायाः स यव या ह तऽ काश िन ःrdquo ndash प चमा कः

) अ ऊव याः समीप कत य य धान पण ितभातम त थमतः पती िनकषा जीवनाितवाहनम तीयत यथायो य थान प य सर ा अतः य प

प याग प कम ग हत तथा प उ कत यपालनाथ ना य योजनात ऊव याः दोषिमद मा म अिभ ानशक तलम कािलदास य अमरका य स ा क विश नाटकमिभ ानशक तलम य सवदमननामक य िशशच र योप थितः यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमव ना य या य ितपा म अ य नाटक य थम अ क क वा म द य तशक तलयोः पवरागः ऋणम य अ गर यकदानम ह तव ा तन च य य णक व छदः तीया क द य त- वदषकयोः कथोपकथनम रा द य त य च तपोवनात

गमन यासः ततीया क द य तशक तलयोः गा धव ववाहः रा दर करणाथ च द य त य गमनम चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम ना शक तला ित दवाशसः शापः क व य च िनदशात श गरव-शार ता या सह शक तला द य त य गह षणम प चमा क द य तन शक तला या याता क तलायाः सती व माण व वध वधान दान सानम या च शक तला गह वा अ यीभवनम ष ा क धीवरव ा तम अ गर यकदशनन द य त य म य ाटन त य च वलापः स मा क मार चा म

Page 145 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

शक तला सवदमनम द य त य च मलनम अतः ना य य स मा क एव िशशच र य उप थापन कत ना यकारण यथा नद सागर पितत सित पण व ा ा भबित तथव शाक तलनाटक य नद स शः षडा कः सागरस श स मा क पिततो भबित य सवदमन एव सागरस गमः अ म नाटक अ य िशशच र य योजनम त िन न पम

१) नाटक य ततीया क लताक ज शक तला-द य तयोः िनभतालापान तर क वा म य सािधकायाः गौत याः आगमनात य य व छदो भबित गौत या च सह शक तलायाः गमन कत सित नपणो म ndashldquoकथम य निमत न च बत त rsquoइित ( ३२२) अथात कना प उपायन आननो ोलन कत अ प च बत न पारयािम िशशच र य उप थ या रा ई श य कथन य अस यता मा णता भबित यतः य द त काल द य तः च वतम प न पारयित म त ह कथ अय िशशः जातोऽभबत क च वन वना तयोः मलन अभबत रा ा कामशा य ई शम ल घनमस भवम

अ य मन दिश तयोः गा धव ववाहः मा णतो भवित अनन िशशना यतः गा धव ववाह वषय मनना उ म ndash

ldquoइ छया यो यसयोगात क याया वर य च स त गा धवः व यो मथ यः कामस भवः rdquo इित ( मनस हता ndash ३३२) )

यो ववाहः वरक ययोः स मितपवकः ग जनानाम ात स प नो भबित स एव गा धव ववाहित क यत अतः िशशना एव एतत मा णत भबित यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमभबत

२) चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम नया अ गर यक ित िन परतया शक तलया कोपन वभाव य मनरागमन अ ातम त तदथ सा दवाससा अिभश ा ई शः वा यः ndash

ldquo विच तय ती यमन यमानसा तपोधन व स न मामप थतम म र यित वा न स वोिधतोऽ प सन

कथा म ः थम कतािमव rdquoइित ( ४१) अथात य विच य म स शमप थततप वी तया अवमािनतोऽभबत तन वम म वत व मता भ व यित अतः अनन शापन वहघटना सघ टता भ बतमहित यथा ndash क) द य तन शक तला आजीवन या याता भ बतमहित ख) पनः सा क वा म यावतन कत पारयित ग) सा आ मघाितनी भ बतमहित घ) सा समाज कलटानार पण ितभाता भ बतमहित

पर त शक तलायाः स तानस भा यतया व ा तिमद असामा य पण पयविसत भबित एतदथ उपय व ा ताना स भा यता स वऽ प अपरा घटना सघ टता ता यथा ndash

क) अिभशाप य िनरसनाथ मारकिच दशन यत शक तलया द य त य नामा कतात अ गर यकादशनात द य त य पवव ा त व मरण भबित

ख) ऋ षकमारा याम प शक तला आ ममानयनाथम वीकता अभबत

Page 146 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ग) प वश य राजपरो हतनो म दवबा यानसारतः द य त य थमस तान राजच व ल णय भ ब यित तदथ स तान य ज मनः परमव हण वजन वा य करम

आतसिशशायाः म यादागतः सयालोकः यथा क भ वा कागज द त त पः सभाम य थाना सवषा स दहः शक तलायामग छत यन त याः दय अपमानानलन द ध भबित अतः स मा क राजच व ल णय य सवदमन य उप थ यामव शक तलायाः कल किमद मोचन भबित

घ) सोमतीथात यावतनादन तरमव क व आकाशभा षत श द वा जग क याणाथ शक तलया द य त य तजधारणस दश ातोऽभबत ndash

ldquo द य तना हत तजो दधाना भतय भवः अव ह तनया न नगभा शमीिमव rdquo इित ( ४४ )

तदथ िशशच र ाभावात अशर रछ दोमयीवाणी िम या अभबत ङ) ष ा क धीवरव ा तात पर घटनाच स मा क द य त मार चा म वश सित

िसहशावकम पीडनरत वालकमक वा त य दय अप य नहः जाग रतो भबित ndashldquo क न खल वाल म नौरस इव प न ित म मनः ननमनप यता मा व सलयित rsquo( स मा कः )

अतः सवदमन य उप थतौ वत कत य द य तच र य वा स य मः जाग रत भबित शो णतस व ध य च ाधा य मा णत भबित य त द घकाल यवधानऽ प िम या न भवित

च) कािलदासन सवदमनच र नो था पत सित नाटकसमा भ बतमहित अ य मन दिश िशशच र य वक प व प कम प अ यव ा त अ य नाटक य ई श माहा मदान कत न श नोित

अतः अनन कारण माणीयत यत न कवल कािलदासीयसा ह यष अ प च स कतसा ह यष इमािन च र ा ण न कवल च र पायनाथ स ािन तषा योजनीयता अ त सहायक थाः अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः अिनलच वसः- स कतप तकभा डारः ndashकिलकाता अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः स यर जनव ोपा यायः- स कतव डपो ndashकिलकाता स कतसा ह यस भारः ndashडः गौर णाथशा ी ndashनवप काशनम

Page 147 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 148 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 149 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 150 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 151 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 152 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 153 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 154 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 155 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 156 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 157 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 158 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 159 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 160 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 161 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 162 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 163 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 164 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 165 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 166 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 167 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 168 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES MOOCS FUTURE OF E-LEARNING

HIGHER EDUCATION PLATFORM IN INDIA

1DrAbdul Jalil and 2Iftikhar Islam 1Librarian Rupahi College

2Department of Political Science Rupahi College

Page 169 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 170 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 171 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 172 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 173 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 174 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 175 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 176 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 177 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 178 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 179 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 180 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 181 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 182 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 183 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 184 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 185 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 186 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 187 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 188 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 189 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 190 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 191 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 192 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 193 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 194 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 195 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 196 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 197 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 198 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 199 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 200 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 201 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 202 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 203 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 204 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 205 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 206 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 207 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 208 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 209 of 209

Page 5: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:

13 Impact of COVID-19 on the Student Development Virendra Singh

116

14 Review on Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Related to Deployment Models and Cloud Service Models

T Srajan kumar K Bharath Reddy and E Lingamurthy

120

15 A Study of Scholastic Achievement of Gifted Secondary School Students of Vijayapur District in Relation to Their School Adjustment

JyotilaxmiMIrasur and VVMalagi

127

16 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System Jitendra Khatti and Kamaldeep Singh Grover

133

17 कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

143

18

148

19 A Study of Shock Wave by Rusanov Method Shailesh Nath Pandey

159

20 Massive Open Courses MOOCS Future of E- Learning Education Platform in India

Abdul Jalil and Iftikhar Islam

169

21

180

22 G Vivekananda Swamy

185

23

189

24 Study on Stock Market and Mutual Fund Margvi Aggarwal

196

25 Novel Corona Virus ( Covid-19) A Survey of Journals and Organization All Over the World

Shivani Griwan and Lalit Kumar

204

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6514(2020)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

NEW INTERPRETATIONS OF BUDDHIST ART SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO AMARAVATI AND NAGARJUNAKONDA

Mr Ravi Kumar Kodali Research Scholar

Andhra University Visakhapatnam

The art of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had its beginnings during the

Mauryan period In due course of time the art flourished under the different patronage of art lovers besides the contributions made by the various sections of the society The carvings at Amaravati reached a climax and excelled the art of Barhut Sanchi and western Indian Rock-cut caves etc The style of Buddhist art reached its climax in the various carvings at Amaravati and there by justified in being called the Amaravati school of art During the period under consideration it became a normal trend to adorn the stupas with beautifully carved panels on pale green or white limestone Only a few stupas have retained a few panels while at Amaravati the panels are not only large in number but also varied in nature The school of Amaravati art later on spread across Nagarjunakonda Kesanapalli Chandavaram Jaggayyapeta etc

The present study is look into new interpretations of Buddhist art in Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Many scholars attempted to reveal the rich art and architecture of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda but it still incomplete The idea of art and motives which exists in pre and protohistoric sites like cave temples open temples are unreadable and incomplete why because we can read the physical form of art and architecture but not sentiment of our ancestors Here we attempt to evaluate and codified the Buddhist art with two references with the help of new techniques and interpretation in metropolitan cultural dimensions Keywords Amaravathi Nagarjunakonda Art and Architecture Buddhist art

The earliest art of Amaravati can be seen across the granite rail particularly on the uprights The registers included the Triratna symbol a Vriksha chaitya and a Stupa on outline These are dated to 3rd century BC on the basis of the associated cross-bar which is inscribed Particularly in the carvings of the stupa in outline one can see characters of graphic art It is from these initial beginnings the Amaravatiart records strides of development as seen in the sculptures of the limestone stele and the Yaksha figures which are presently displayed in the Archaeological Site Museum at Amaravati The stele is all the more important because it records in six scenes the events connected with the life of Buddha from Vaishali to his final Mahapariniruana at Kusmagara Most of these scenes are appended with label inscriptions which is a practice very common at Barhut On the second face of the stele the buildings at Sravastf are depicted along with the story related to Anadhapindika The story goes to say that Anadhapindika purchases Jetavana from prince Jeta for the construction of

Page 1 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Gandhara Kausambhi and Karerikut etc for the residence of Lord Buddha On the third face of the stele the river Krishna is represented as flowing water flanked by multi-storeyed structure provided with stair case Also a vaulted structure with massive pillars and other structures having chaitya arches and a pavilion are all carved inside a railing The structural complex may as well belong to the Vandanamagoshti

In general the art on the stele bears close resemblance to the art of Suhgas as seen across the panels of Barhut In some aspects particularly while showing structures isometrically the Amaravati artisans exhibited a lead The other sculptures like the Elephant the Yaksha and the Stupa figures indicate flatness in form and angularities recalling examples from Barhut Datable to 1st century BC are the panels which included the adoration of the Bodhiuriksha at Bodhgaya and the scene related to the Mahabhinishkramana These figures are characterized by shallow reliefs besides flat and plump limbs They maintain smiling faces They had turbans crowned over the head and the human bodies are decorated with heavy jewellery These features are common to the sculptures of the Sunga period available at Barhut and Sanchi Comprising of a harmonious blend of the Suriga art form we have a few art pieces at Jaggayyapeta

However the Jaggayyapeta examples appear slender and tall compared to similar examples of Amaravati In both the cases angularities and linear features are common It is held that these figures have some comparable features to the Chenchu population of the Krishna valley In the Buddhist tradition kingship was idealized as the Universal Monarch The panel of Chakravartin recovered at Jaggayyapeta depicts a motif of this kind In this panel the seven emblems of his supremacy namely Wife Horse Minister General Elephant Wheel and the Star are arranged on either side of a standing male figure representing the Chakravartin From the top of the panel a few coins descend symbolically stating that a righteous king at his will can cause showers of food cloth jewels and coins According to a set of scholars the Chakravartin represented in this panel is no other than Mandhate of the Jataka stories The story goes to suggest that excessive greed on the part of the Chakravartin resulted in his downfall In this panel the central figure representing the king is carved with elongated arms flat body and the arrangement of the various members of the panel are out of balance Almost to the same time of 2nd and 1st centuries BC are the representations of the worship of the Bodha tree and the stupa at Rarnagrama identified at the stupa of Chandavaram Also belonging to the same time is the stupa at Dhulikatta where panels representing the worship of the stupas the great renunciation and the panel representing the Buddhapadas being sheltered by Muchalinda Naga are noticed An interesting panel representing a Srivatsa symbol from which a number of lotus shoots emanate has been reported from the stupa at Kesanapalli this panel also bears similarity with the early panels of Amaravati After the early additions the Mahastupa of Amaravati began to be embellished with many more panels across the drum and the dome These additions can be dated to the time of the later Satavahanas The earlier railing which was humble in nature is replaced by a majestic and granite railing during this period The railing itself is also decorated with a number of panels The name of Sivasri appears on the railing probably suggesting that the work was done during the time of SivaskandaSatakarni

Page 2 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

During the Mature phase of the Amaravatiart the later Satavahana rulers like VasisthiputraPulumavi Sivasri and Yajna Satakarni were ruling the region During the later Satavahana period the coping above the railing was decorated in all fullness On the outer face of the coping stone men and women are carved as carrying a long meandering garland In the intermediate spacersquos representation of Stupa Wheel and Bodhi-tree are carved with a view to fill in the gaps The garland is so carved that it is emitting out of monsters flanked by makaras and dwarfs On the interior side of the coping a number of scenes related to the life of Buddha and the Jataka stories are carved

The uprights or the Three are decorated with medallions consisting of full-blown lotus half lotus and the Pumaghata Images of Lions are crowned above the coping close to the gates Just opposite to the entrance facing the entrance itself the drum of the stupa is provided with panels representing either the Foot-prints of Buddha or the Dharmachakra On the stupa proper the drum-slabs are decorated with highly ornate stupa representations alternated by the panels of Dharmachakra Occasionally the panels constitute representation of the four miracles performed by Lord Buddha The four projections of the drum in the cardinal directions are crowned by five ayaka pillars

Across the anda portion or the dome of the stupa there are three registers of sculptures exhibiting skill in all its excellence The top most register is characterized by panels representing the Trisula motif The immediate lower register is characterized by a number of panels depicting variously scenes related to Buddhist lore Some of such scenes included the First Sermon of Buddha at Saranath representation of a Chakravartin the Ramagrama stupa the Dharmachakra etc Also a number of Jataka stories and the events connected with the life of Buddha are carved in the middle register At the bottom of these panels a number of running animals are carved Also each register is separated from the other by friezes of flowing creepers During this phase datable to the Satavahana period the art of Amaravati reached its highest watermark The carvings on the panels gain more depth and roundedness compared to the earlier phases Panels appear to be throbbing with life The composition included men and women with youthful appearance The central figures are surrounded by groups of men and women in activity The scenic location are also indicated in some of the panels by representing entrance gates locations inside a palace or streets The concept of space is well understood by the craftsman In a number of panels men and women are crowded around a central figure in a parabolic way This is in contrast to what we find at Barhut and Sanchi We know that in a number of panels of Barhut and Sanchi human beings are represented one above the other in a tiered fashion usually flanking on either side or at the bottom of the central figure of the theme In contrast at Amaravati inside any single panel all the figures are grouped as if drawn to the central figure which usually is a symbolic representation of Buddha or the figure of a king or the image of Buddha itself It is interesting that some of the figures are shown in three quarter profile People in the foreground are some times carved with their back towards the onlooker Also in a few other panels in front of the central theme people are represented as if in a kneeling position worshipping the Buddhapadas In certain cases the figures show the hip in back view and the torso in profile Thus the Mature phase of

Page 3 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Amaravati art is characterized by three-dimensional representation of the various flexes and twists of the body

ldquoIt is this arrangement of figures and settings in a number of planes that distinguishes Andhra art from the Mathura Sanchi or other schools and this is attributed to the Roman influence for Maisolia was a hinder land of Roman trade from the 1st century AD

In general the figures carved are slim and prominent they have long legs and light body The standing postures are vibrant with dynamism Whether it be an animal motif or a human being in a scene the figures are full of life and graceful expression Some of the scenes connected with the life of Buddha included the adoration of the begging bowl of Buddha the meeting of Gautama with his wife the submission of the mad elephant Nalagiri etc The choicest Jataka tales sculptured in panels included the Vidurapandita the Vessantara the Champeyya etc Also the worship of Buddha in the form of a Flaming-pillar has become a novel feature of the Amaravatiart All these features sculptured on panels unconsciously convey the greatness of the Paramita of Buddhism Among the Mahasarighikas the Caityakas were responsible for the worship of Buddha in the form of an image The genesis of this trend can be traced to the second half of 1st century or the beginnings of 2nd century AD Though the Buddha is conceived in human form symbolic representation of him continued in the form of a Lotus in a vase a Pillar crowned by Lion capital an Empty-throne Foot-prints Pillars crowned by Wheel a Stupa and finally a pillar of Fire the Bodhitree crowned by the event related to the crossing of the river Niranjara by the Buddha individual Relic-casket as the focus of worship is known from Amaravati At Sanchi a flame of fire is associated with the meditating Buddha In one of the panels on the east gateway of Sanchi the miracle of the serpent in the fire temple at Uruvela is represented In this Buddha is represented as a Flamming fire or torch In contrast to representing the Buddha in the form of a flame or torch as at Sanchi the craftsman at Amaravatiadopted a Flaming-pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra and Trident symbol with an Empty-throne and Foot-prints in the foreground as a symbolic representation of the Buddha in the panel representing the event connected with the presentation of Rahula At Nagarjunakonda belonging to a slightly later date Flamming-pillar symbolically represented the presence of Buddha in the Nalagiri episode carved on an ayaka-panel Apparently the artisans under the direction of the Caityakavadins or in general the Mahasarighika school followed the theme associating fire with Buddha as prescribed in the DighaNikaya

ldquothe flaming pillar which symbolizes the idea that the Buddha sat on sodhimanda where Agni (fire) emerged anew as part of the suns powerrdquo

At Amaravati the first sermon of Buddha at Saranath is represented by a pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra In the foreground a cushioned Emptythrone representing Buddha is depicted The panel is flanked on either side by chouri bearers and a large number of devotees At the base of the throne a deer is represented symbolizing the event at Saranath and in the top portions Lions are represented In this panel the Buddha is however not represented in human form It is of interest to note

Page 4 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

that at Amaravatiseated Buddha in the lsquoDharmachakraPravartanamudrarsquo is not represented in human form

In due course of time the artists of Amaravati on the dictates of their patron sanghas have produced the images of Buddha These images are tail and heavy Their bodies are covered with heavy draperies exhibiting prominent folds of (Uttara) Sanghati The common mode of representation of Buddha is with the robe covering the left shoulder and the left forearm is bent up with a view to holding the robe while the right arm is in Abhayamudra There are cases where in both the shoulders of Buddha are covered with a cloth with multiple folds In either case the toga-like garment is reminiscent of the Roman impact on the images of Buddha In addition to the images of Buddha we have icons and images of Bodhisattvas In panels they are represented either in seated or standing positions with a prominent halo behind their head Some of the images may be identified as Bodhisattva Padmapani belonging to 2nd century AD From the village of Goli a similar image of Bodhisattva Padmapani is reported which shares some common features with similar images at Nasik and Mathura

Nagarjunakonda Art The art of Nagarjunakonda has been studied by many scholars after its initial

discovery followed by retrieval of many more pieces through the excavations A critical analysis of the art of Nagarjunakonda indicated that lsquothe general atmosphere of allegiance and sophistication of passionate gaiety and animation of conscious grace and dolorous dalliance and sometimes even of exuberant abandon and trembling unrest all unmistakable evident in the Andhra reliefs of this period - have also been noticed again and again When compared to the joyful and animated reliefs of Bodhgaya Barhut and Sanchi the art exhibited at Amaravati and more particularly at Nagarjunakonda is sensuous and mundane and exhibit the innocent joy in life This is in contrast to the physical charm perceivable in the Yakshus of Mathura and to some extent Barhut and Didarganj When compared to Sanchi and Mathura the art of AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda is passionate and sensuous representing a Mature phase

This also shows a change in the aesthetic vision technical exuberance and changing ideals of beauty It has been stated that the transformation in the art is from the stable and permanent to the transient and mobile The change is in tune with the artistic development from Barhut to Amaravati there is along the arrow line of time a story of evolution along a straight high way laid down by the art itself from the epigraphical record of Nagarjunakonda we understand that the art was patronized by members of the sangha the ladies of the royal and noble families who were attached to the Buddhist order Also a monastic establishment at AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda represent a transitional phase in Buddhist ideology and thereby the art is a reflection of that

The reliefs of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda along with those at Goli represent a physiognomic composition of men and women comparable to the description given for the progressive type of the Chenchus This aspect is evident in the representations of the human beings of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda across the well-built frame and slim and springy physiognomic forms of men and women Particularly the busts of women are slighter and softer and the lips thinner and narrower much as we find amongst Chenchu women Also slender and tall with elongated legs tapering

Page 5 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

downwards particularly standing in an abhangapose with the entire weight of her body resting on her right leg as such the female form is mastered by the craftsman In some cases the physical form was able to express the psychological state of men and women In a general way we may say that linearism dominated the human sculptures with all grace and charm Each sculpture human or animal throbs with life The human figures are present in each scene in all possible poses and attitude Some of them express high tension while others elegant languor

ldquoIndeed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda of the Satavahanas and the Ikshvakus men and women were no longer the innocent children of nature they had blossomed into full blooded youths and myths and legends of the religion they belonged to had become but the vehicles of their own visions and experiencesrdquo

In the art of Amaravati two streams can be seen one is of refined elegant courtly and sophisticated while the other is simple easy and spontaneous Even in the friezes of animals represented at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda we find dynamism in its fullness In the terracotta art of Nagarjunakonda the impact of Roman art is clear Even at Yelesvaram some of the terracotta figures suggest Roman impact in the treatment of the faces expressions hairdo etc In general the art of Nagarjunakonda over takes the one we find at Amaravati under-current of experience gained at Bodhgaya Sanchi western Indian caves and Amaravati can all be felt in the panels of Nagarjunakonda It is also stated that the faces of men and women at Amaravati are slightly oval while those at Nagarjunakonda are rounded

ldquoThe Art of Amaravati is an Art of experience the Art of Nagarjunakonda is an Art of statement yet both belong technically and the point of view of craft to the same levelrdquo The most interesting aspect of the art of Nagarjunakonda is the Mithuna couples They are sensuous and in various poses The masculine grace and the feminine charm expressed in them indicate a fine workmanship In certain aspects some of the rectangular reliefs of the Nagarjunakonda which are elaborately carved with roundness in form recall examples of ivory work At Nagarjunakonda a large number of sculptures representing Buddha have come to light They have been variously employed as decorative images to the stupas and independent images as well The monastic establishments at Nagarjunakonda particularly under the patronage of AparaMahavinaseliya sect has established the worship of Buddha in human form During this period the human form of Buddha finds placement in the narrative panels besides being icons of worship in the Buddha-chaityas In general these artistic t adventures are dated to the period of the rule of the Ikshvakus of Srfparvata- Vijayapurf In general the images of Buddha here range in height from 2 to 4 meters Most of them are standing images holding the hem of the garment with the left hand and the right hand representing Abhayamudra

In general the images possess more body mass than their counterparts at Amaravati Also images with the Sahghati covering both the shoulders are not much favoured at Nagaijunakonda Besides the events connected with the life of Buddha a large number of Jataka stories were depicted in panels adorning the stupas In general characters the compositions of the themes appear more animated The figures in general are taught and slender In some of the panels representing motifs related to amorous

Page 6 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

scenes wine drinking wrestling guards etc we find a clear impact of the presence of Sakas at Nagaijunakonda Some of the representations included guards with a beard and long hair covered by a pointed helmet They are usually represented in heavy tunics trousers and boots Some of the best representations of this kind can be seen in the Indo-Scythian figures carved on pillars constituting the palace area of Vijayapuri

The art of the Ikshvaku times is also to be seen at various places like Goli

Uppugunduru Chandavaram Gummadidurru Nelakondapalli Alluru Namburu Jaggayyapeta Ghantasala Chinaganjam Buddam Rentala Garikapadu etc The Buddhist art of the post Ikshvaku period can be seen in the stone and Bronze images of Nelakondapalli Sankaram Amaravati Salihundam Guntupalle etc However the Bronze images of Avaloketesvara and Siddhartha from Nagarjunakonda and the images of Buddha from Nelakondapalli and Buddam represent classic pattern of the images As the art of Nagarjunakonda and Amaravati have influenced the later art forms of the Vishnukundins Salankayanas the Pallavas etc this art is called the Andhra art The recent excavations at Kanaganahalli not far away from Sannati in Karnataka have brought to light a number of sculptured panels They belong to 2nd-3rd centuries AD and show definite sign of the impact of Amaravati-Ndgarjunakonda art style It is interesting that a number of epigraphs of Kanaganahalli mention the name of Dhanyakataka Even in the western Indian Rock-cut examples we find definite signs of Amaravati style of art Particularly in the painted compositions of Ajanta we find a definite sign of Amaravati mark on the postures and grouping of figures

The Buddhist art of the lower Krishna valley influenced the South East Asian

Buddhist art particularly the standing images of Budha with heavy physique and the robe covering the forearm along with the Abhayamudra of the right arm have influenced the art of South East Asia Also the Uma a circular mark on the forehead of the images of Buddha of Krishna valley along with a topknot of the hair have been adopted by the South East Asian Buddhist establishments The Bronze images of Buddha excavated in Celebes and in Malaya along with the Pong-Tuk Bronzes of Thailand datable to 5th Century AD recall features common to the Buddha images of Amaravati At Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka particularly the Runaveli stupa is adorned with images of Buddha which received similar influence

The rock paintings at Sihagiri dated to 5th Century AD are abound in images

of Buddha which received similar influence Thus the Buddhist art that was developed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had a deep impact on the art of South East Asia and Srilanka

The Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda reliefs tell stories in the most sublime

way their superb composition tantalizes the viewer with associative thinking whose meanings we often cannot read But we need to hope that one day we will fully understand them

Page 7 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PLATES

Sarvaṃdada jataka rail pillar (detail) Amaravati c 3rd century AD

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail pillar (detail) Amaravati 3rd century AD

Page 8 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail coping (detail) Amaravati c 1stndash2nd century AD Government Museum Chennai

Page 9 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century ce Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda

Seven scenes from the life of the Buddha drum frieze Nagarjunakonda late 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjuakonda

Page 10 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Sarvaṃdada jataka fragment Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda Reference Barrett DE 1954a Sculptures from Amaravati in the British Museum

London Barrett DE 1954b The later school of Amaravati and its influences Arts and

Letters (Journal of the India Pakistan and Ceylon Society) 28(2) 41ndash53

Becker C 2009 Remembering the Amaravati stupa the revival of a lsquoruinrsquo in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 267ndash87

Bopearachchi O 2008 Sculptures of Amaravati tradition in Sri Lanka Journal of the Asiatic Society 50 1ndash26

Cole HH 1882a Memorandum of the present condition of Amaravati tope in Madras India Home Proceedings Archaeology June 1882 (BL IOR P1681)

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nāgārjunakoṇḍa and Amarāvatī Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Burgess J 1887 The Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayapeta in the Krishna District Madras Presidency Surveyed in 1882 Archaeological Survey of Southern India 1 London (reprinted Varanasi 1970)

Dimand MS 1928 Two Indian reliefs of the Amarāvatī school Bulletin of Metropolitan Museum Art 23(10) 238ndash44

Howes J 2002 Colin Mackenzie and the stupa at Amaravati South Asian Studies 18 53ndash64

Howes J 2009 The colonial history of sculptures from the Amaravati stupa in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 20ndash37

Page 11 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ghosh A and Sarkar H 1967 Beginning of sculptural art in south-east India a stele from Amaravati Ancient India 20ndash1 (1964ndash5) 168ndash77

Gupta SS 2008 Sculptures and Antiquities in the Archaeological Museum Amarāvatī New Delhi

Koezuka T 1994 The Amaravati sculpture in Masterpieces of Buddhist and Hindu Sculpture from the British Museum (exhib cat) 21ndash4 Tokyo

Rea A 1912 Excavations at Amaravati ARASI (1908ndash9) 88ndash91 Sarkar H 1971 Some early inscriptions in the Amaravati museum Journal of

Ancient Indian History 4 (1ndash2) 1ndash13 Shimada A 2006 The great railing at Amarāvatī an architectural and

archaeological reconstruction ArtibusAsiae 66(1) 89ndash141 Singh U 2001 The dismembering of the Amaravati stupa South Asian

Studies 17 19ndash40 Sivaramamurti C 1942 Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government

Museum Bulletin of Madras Government Museum ns general section 4 Madras

Schopen G 1988 On the Buddha and his bones the conception of a relic in the inscriptions of Nagarjunakoa Journal of the American Oriental Society 108 527ndash37 (also included in G Schopen 1997 Bones Stones and Buddhist Monks 148ndash64 Honolulu Hawaii)

Nagarjunakoa Ramachandran TN 1953 1938 MASI 71 Delhi (reprinted 1999)

Misra BN 2000 Some newly discovered Jatakas at Nagarjunakonda in South Indian Archaeolog y (ed G Kamalakar M Veerender and A Vijaya Kumar Babu) 100ndash9 Delhi

Khare M D 1962 Ceylonese monks in Nagarjunakonda Maha Bodhi 72(11ndash12) 317ndash19

Nagarjunakoa Longhurst AH 1938 The Buddhist Antiquities of Madras Presidency MASI 54 Delhi

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nagarjunakoa and Amaravati Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Page 12 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SPIRITUALITY AND REALIZATION ndashA WAY TO PEACE

Ouseppachan P A Research Scholar

Department of Philosophy Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Kalady Abstract Human beings are peace-loving by nature It is because of the spiritual nature And both this spiritual and peaceful situation can constitute the background for the all-round development of onersquos life The notion of peace has to be understood generally in two ways peace within the person and peace outside the person The main question that arises is how to attain peace in onersquos life It is the perennial search that most of us ask Moreover there may be many ways and means for it But with an Indian Philosophical perspective this paper is an attempt to find a way for it The spiritual characteristics of Indian Philosophy could open the horizons with the foundations on spirituality and realization as the way for peace It is to be noted that an actualising spirituality can transform the person for a harmonious understanding towards each other and manifest the values like compassion tolerance and acceptance This becomes the motto of life along with all other progress of the world Therefore this kind of vocabularies has to be a constant companion of humanity along with all the so called developments If this spiritual values to be practiced a realized person will be a channel for harmony and peace to onersquos surroundings and finally to the world as well Key words Spirituality Realization Peace Values Practice Introduction Spirituality has become an inseparable aspect of humanity It is difficult to find out the historical origin for the nature of spirituality It goes with all humans as they are composed with body and spirit (soul) In the course of time human beings approached it for meaning of their life ldquoSpiritualrdquo being the nature there aroused many religions as an expression of the spiritual nature of mankind But it is to be noted that this paper is not dealing with the notion of any religions rather it only focus on a ldquospiritualityrdquo that can lead to the ldquorealizationrdquo and thus resulting in peace within the person in all its radiance The concept peace has to be understood as lsquothe inner state of mind where the person experiences harmonyrsquo There are different understandings on the attainment of ldquopeacerdquo But the harmony or peace that the person experiences through the spiritual realization is positive and constructive to oneself and to the society It is because of the logical connection underlining between the reality of spirituality and realization Thus the transformed person possesses the values like love compassion tolerance and

Page 13 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

acceptance A spiritually realized person who shares a peaceful state of mind would include the vocabulary of a ldquouniversalrdquo outlook It implies the concepts like justice and care Thus this dynamic unity and harmony in turn become the vital energy and constructive force to be content and meaningful in onersquos search for the ultimate meaning of life This paper is not to discard any exciting systems on realization but to analyse the role of spirituality along with realization It can touch the heart of the individual than having any peripheral practice alone And thus it will give a revised outlook towards spirituality and spiritual practices A spiritual person has to manifest the nature of the ldquoDivinerdquo which one experiences within in the process of realization The outcome of it such as peace non-violence justice and harmony would provide the way out for a harmonious living in its fullness Notion of Peace ndash A Land Mark of Indian Philosophy A close analysis of classical modern and contemporary Indian Philosophy will provide amble thinkers who have directly and indirectly touched the notion of peace in their contributions When we analyses the characteristics of Indian Philosophy beside its logical and metaphysical contributions it is more of spiritual yet dynamic in nature These spiritual characteristics are still carried on by even the contemporary philosophers of India even today India has all the more realised the need of spirituality for a peaceful living of the humans in general Moreover spirituality has a universal acceptance because of the very nature of humankind It results in the emergence of peace within the person and to the vicinity where one live This will be further analysed by taking into account some of the philosophical views of the Indian thinkers in particular Mahatma Gandhi Rabindranath Tagore and the ancient sage Pataǹjali The Gandhian Philosophy regarding peace is much associated with his view on non-violence (ahimsa) This concept non-violence is even a pre-Gandhian notion which would find in the teachings of the various systems of Indian Philosophy especially in Jainism and Buddhism Gandhi based his understanding on peace on nonviolence and forgiveness More than his philosophical teachings on peace Gandhi has manifested it with his life examples and principles He was focusing on the good of all His life has taught us that it is easy to teach various principles on peace but very difficult to put into practice Here one is in need of the spiritual assistance to become a better channel of peace When we come to the visions of Rabindranath Tagore on peace he is of the opinion that peace is the outcome of the inner harmony and spiritual unity within a person It dwells in truth rather than any adjustments He had a vision of both the inner aspects of peace as well as on the world peace His writings were the key examples for the promotion of love and tolerance among the humanity It is to be noted that he was well aware that when science and developments divorce spirituality and realization that would lead to

Page 14 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

destruction Hence we are compelled to re-read that without peace and peaceful atmosphere all the so called developments and infrastructures would one day become worthless The ancient sage Pataǹjali too had understood the relevance of peace in the life of humans To acquire a peaceful state of mind through his contribution of Yoga Sūtra Pataǹjali puts forward a way to attain purity and harmony by means of dhyāna or meditation It is explicated clearly in the Aṣṭāṅga Yoga of Yoga Sūtra as ldquoyama niyama āsanaprāṇāyāmaprathyāhāradhāraṇādhyāṇasamādhiyostamganirdquo (Yoga Sūtra2 29) The first five ie yama niyama āsana prāṇāyāma and prathyāhāra are called bahirangasādhana (external components) The last three aredhāraṇādhyāṇa and samādhi are called aṇdharangasādhana All these stages are the stepping stone for attaining spiritual realization and thus the person enjoys peace and harmony Aṣṭāga Yoga according to Shri Yogendra ldquoit covers all aspects of human life that lead to physical well-being mental harmony and spiritual consciousness culminating in positive and lasting happiness and peace through the integration of personalityrdquo1 Spirituality ndashA Way of an Inner Journey Spirituality in its general sense is an inward journey for the meaning of life And spirituality has to be viewed from this perspective that it is the actualisation of those divine qualities of God and moulding our life in view of that Supreme Being or the content of onersquos belief in experiencing and responding to it in onersquos life here and now In other words spirituality is the life witness of the Divine It is the commitment towards other in the process of realisation that I am the part of that Divine Being Besides this spirituality is more of an individual practice and has to do with having a sense of peace and purpose In order to limit what is spirituality in this frame of paper it is the ongoing strive to know the source of our existence and find meaning of our existence Thus to be spiritual means to know and to live according to the knowledge that God is present to us in the very nature of spirit and in our body as we are his creations This way of understanding enables one to have a personal relation to him It will foster one in keeping harmony with one another and even to the cosmos It is not out of fear or survival for existence but out of love for the creator and the result of realization It has to be manifested in the day today life where the person who claims to be a believer in the Ultimate Reality It is to be noted that whether the person is a believer or not the need of peace is essential for every one which automatically have a divine realm than being a channel of ldquonon- peacerdquo and becoming a cause of ldquohimsardquo Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace The above analysis shows that there is an inseparable link between spirituality and realization Spirituality is beyond ethics It can surpass even all other forms of religious

1Shri Yogendra Facts About Yoga(Bombay The Yoga Institute Santa Cruz 1971) 27

Page 15 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

practices and customs It recalls one to have a search for the true meaning of onersquos beliefs It also focuses on the content of one being a believer It will comprise both our innate nature to seek God and thus be a channel to help others in the way to realisation It follows the simple logic that the divine aspect of a reality has to be divine Thus spirituality which leads to realization leads the person to a state of peace and peace of mind How this spirituality is actualised will be clear from the following analysis The Nature of Spirituality The very notion of spirituality itself related to the spirit soul and divine aspects The fact of being spiritual implies the direction towards the divine Even though there are many expressions in spiritual practice2 the end result of it shows the qualities of the spirituality The religiosity and other practices of the religions very well focus to the faith aspect of the person than realization in particular to the Indian context people too follow janana-mārga karma-mārga bhakti-mārga The very nature of spirituality surpasses all the barriers that are around us in onersquos constant search for the Truth The Uniqueness and Universality The existence of similarities among religions points out a common factor as spirituality which bounds the people in having religious harmony and even for the promotion of religious tolerance and acceptance The common characteristics of religions show that there is an underlying factor that which unites all religions as well It is nothing other than the spirituality that flows from the Divine Being to the human being and to the cosmos unites every one under one reality and one experiences3 What is needed is religions has to Therefore the universal need of peace to every living being including the cosmos would explicitly express its harmony One thing has to be taken in to account about the consistency in striving for it rather than expecting an immediate result in the progress of peace Here arose the need of spirituality and the realization which would result in peace and harmony Conclusion The 21st century has to witness a new outlook towards this immense need of spirituality and realization They are inseparable as they are interlinked with each other If humanity realises the need of spirituality it will result an outstanding implications in all the spheres of life It will be a great blessing as well as a challenge to each one of us because spirituality comprises everything It focuses not only the spiritual wellbeing of the humanity but also to the material wellbeing of every individual as it has the social dimensions Moreover spirituality upholds the humanitarian values like peace love and harmony among individuals and among humans despite of the different religions and other social implications 2The undeniable reality of the existence of various religions in the world 3What is needed is that religions have to promote spirituality as its essence than ritualism

Page 16 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Here the notion of ldquopeacerdquo to an extent could become a means and end Peace as a means needs the way of spirituality and peace as an end result in realization and harmony in its outcome In this way it is an enquiry into onersquos nature and aim of life Thus Indian Philosophy has a new role to continue in this present situation as a promoter of peace Therefore to be at peace and to spread the fragrance of peace (shānti) one needs self-knowledge and knowledge of the Divine This can create a harmony in life even to fulfil the puruṣhārthas like dharma artha kāma and moksha References Bhattacharyya N N Indian Religious Historiography VOl1 New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 1996 Baba Bangali Yoga Sūtra of Pataǹjali With the Commentary of Vyasa Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 2010 Badruddin Global Peace and Anti- Nuclear Movements New Delhi 2003 Bharati Swami Veda Yoga Sūtras of Pataǹjali With the Exposition of Vyasa A Translation and Commentary Vol1Himalayam Institute India2015 Dalai B K Yoga Traditions AnIndepth Study of Less Known Yoga Concept Delhi Pratibha Prakashan 2013 FeuersteinGeorge Textbook of Yoga London Rider and Company 1975 James Williams The Varieties of Religious Experience New York Collier Macmillan Publishers 1977 Krishnananda Swami A sahort History of Religious and Philosophic Thoughtin India UPHimalayas The Divine Life Society Publication1994 NilakantaSastri K A Development of Religion in South India New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 2017 Naikar Chandramouli S Makers of Indian Literture Pataǹjali of Yogasutras New Delhi Sahitya Akademi2002 Reardon B A Comprehensive Peace Education New York Teachers College Press1988 Srivastava Rama Shanker Comparative ReligionNew Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd1996 Vivekanad Swami Raja Yoga Conquering the Internal Nature AlsoPataǹjali rsquos Yoga Aphorism with Commenteries Delhi Bharatiya Kala Prakashan 2012 Weeraperuma Susunaga Major Religions of India Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 1998

Page 17 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY ON THE ROLE OF TOURISM ADVERTISING AND EXPLORING

THEIR POSSIBILITIES IN INDIAN CONTEXT WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NORTH EAST

Prabhat Kumar Research Scholar

Department of Mass Communication and JournalismTezpur University Assam Abstract

We live in an era which is connected more than ever The world today has become a lsquoGlobal Villagersquo(McLuhan 199493) Innovations in transport and telecommunications have been the key enablers behind this process of globalization The number of people moving in and out of their nations is on rise day by day This is one of the primary reasons why the tourism sector has seen a huge growth It is no longer just a leisure activity or about rich people spending their vacations overseas Rather it has evolved to have multiple dimensions It is viewed as a way in which nations try to assert their soft power and create a niche market for their cultural products It helps in improvement of bilateral relations between two countries By creating employment opportunities in millions it boosts the economy It helps to attract investments in allied sectors It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level Today branding has become essential not just for commercial social or scientific entities but for nations too A positive image helps in attracting a greater number of tourists investors students consumers donors etc This paper is a comparative study of such advertisements to try and understand what lessons can be drawn out of successful tourism ad campaigns for the North East region Keywords TourismSoft power Globalization Advertisements Languages Bilateral Relations North East Region Introduction

Tourism is considered as one of the major sources of economic growth At international level it is one of the fastest growing industries accounting for more than 10 of total international trade and almost half of total trade in services and can be considered as one of the worldrsquos largest export earners (WTO 2010) Tourism helps in increasing employment opportunities and thus reducing poverty There are several examples of small islands that depend heavily on international tourism revenue and where the tourism sector has received strong support from the government (Louca 2006) Tourism helps to increase the foreign exchange reserves of a nation which can then be used to import essential commodities Tourism is the leading source of foreign exchange in at least one of three developing countries that have made it a priority sector and this holds especially for small islands (Durbarry 2004) It leads to investments in infrastructure of a nation When Olympics world cups athletic events etc are organised in a nation it helps them to create a sound infrastructure and attract a greater number of

Page 18 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

tourists Tourism stimulates other economic industries by direct indirect and induced effects Importance of ad campaigns

The world of traditional power politics was typically about whose military or economy wins but politics in an information age ldquomay ultimately be about whose story winsrdquo (Arquila and Ronfeldt 1999) It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level A well-managed country image helps the country to lsquobrand its own products services its own culturersquo or to say in exercising its soft power in the global arena ldquoBranding is essential not just for commercialSocial or scientific entities but for nations too Countries compete with each other for the attention respect and the trust of investors tourists consumers donors immigrants the media and the governments of other nationsrdquo (Klodkowski 2012) Languages being the carriers of culture civilization and ideas play a significant role in the creation of a unique identity and image for the nations eg French German Swiss Advertisements and the whole communication strategy to attract tourists is weaved keeping this unique identity in mind This is how the media sets the agendaAccording to the Agenda-setting Theory lsquo(McCombs and Shaw 1972) media plays a crucial role in the dissemination of information which consequently leads to determining what issues are important Through this process opinions are formed on almost everything ranging from individuals to countries Through the media a unique picture is painted on the minds of people about countries It is this media which forms these mental imagesThus we have come know that Japanese technology is the best China is authoritarian Africa is dark continent America stands for democratic ideals Pakistan a terror exporting nation people of Bhutan are the happiest French perfumes have most pleasant fragrance Canada is the land of Maple Scandinavian nations are most peaceful and naturally beautifulWhen we look at the nations which attract the most number of tourists each year we find that they are extremely good at selling these images They try to create a unique identity for themselves through the advertisements

France and Spain are much smaller nations compared to India They also have

much lesser geographical diversity Still they continue to be on the top spot One of the reasons for it being that the packaging of the message ie the way they communicate their message is very appealing Take the case of France the ads depict the grandeur of the city of Paris They lay more emphasis on its architectural works art works museums its rich history etc Decorated churches such as Notre Dame Cathedral Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Palace of Versailles are key attractions The ads are designed in a way to showcase the beauty in and around these beautiful landmarks Language is something at the heart of identity

French language has also played an important role in creation of a unique

French identity which ultimately increases tourism in the country French is the official language in 29 countries which includes many countries from Africa mainly due to colonial reasons With about 300 million speakers it is the sixth most widely spoken

Page 19 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

language in the world France is a natural go to destination for higher studies and tourism for Francophone countries which find an easy connection due to familiarity with the language

In case of Spain The Alhambra(fortress) Seville Cathedral Sagrada Familia

City of Arts and Sciences(Valencia) Coacuterdobarsquos Great Mosque Guggenheim Museum ( Bilbao)Santiago de Compostela Cathedral The Prado Museum (Madrid) are the key attractions displayed in tourism ads of the nation Showcasing the human architectural wonders and the works of art is something at the core of Spanish tourism Spanish language has benefited the nation in increasing tourism as it is the official language of 20 countries With more than 400 million native speakers and being the second most spoken native language in the world people can find a connection very easily to this nation It is no secret why Spanish songs are so popular globally owing to this cultural connection

Tourism in India

Indiarsquos image has changed vastly in the post independent years It was once considered the land of lsquosnake charmersrsquo and lsquomaharajas riding on elephantsrsquoFrom there it is now seen as a nation of software engineers scientists and mathematicians Historian Bipan Chandra in his book India Since Independence says ldquoIn 1947 the country commenced its long march to overcome the colonial legacy of economic underdevelopment gross poverty near total illiteracy wide prevalence of disease and stark social inequality andIn justicerdquo In 1991 India adopted the path of economic liberalization privatization and globalization popularly called as LPG reforms following the balance of payments crisis It opened its economy to foreign and private investment The reforms gave a new direction to the Indian economy which has been on the path of rise since then This has changed the international image of India

Mukherjee amp Malone (2011) say about these changes that Indias voice carries

more weight today in multilateral forums largely due to its enhanced economic power political stability and nuclear capability India too realised this importance of image in assertion of soft power Mazumdar (2018) argues that the sources of Indiarsquos soft power include Ayurveda Bollywood Buddhism Cinema Cricket Cuisine Diaspora Fine Arts (architecture music painting poetry and sculpture) Information Technology Performing Arts (dance and theatre) and Yoga Its tourism ads depict these things which are at its core lsquoIncredible Indiarsquo is how the nation projects itself globally through the ads Slogans such as lsquoAthiti Devo Bhavarsquo and lsquoVasudhaivKutumbakamrsquo project its deep-rooted values It offers a diverse portfolio of niche tourism products - cruises adventure medical wellness sports eco-tourism film rural spiritual and religious tourism As of 2018 there are 38 World Heritage Sites located in India These include 30 cultural sites seven natural sites and one mixed site The country has huge potential in the field of travel and tourism Total contribution by travel and tourism sector to Indiarsquos GDP is expected to increase from Rs 1524 trillion (US$ 23403 billion) in 2017 to Rs 3205 trillion (US$ 49221 billion) in 2028 India was ranked 7th among 184 countries

Page 20 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in terms of travel amp tourismrsquos total contribution to GDP in 2017 Travel and tourism is the third largest foreign exchange earner for India (India Brand Equity Foundation May 2019)According to India Tourism Statistics At a Glance annual report published by Ministry of Tourism Government of India for year 2019 here are some key findings- The top 3 States of India which received maximum number of domestic tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 208 2 Uttar Pradesh 154 3 Karnataka 116 The states which received maximum number of foreign tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 21 2 Maharashtra 176 3 Uttar Pradesh 131 Here we will try to analyse the tourism campaigns of some of these states The ads which have been analysed here are available on You Tube Maharashtra Tagline- ldquoMaharashtra Unlimitedrdquo Maharashtra leads in terms of attracting the highest number of foreign tourists With 720 km of coastline and 78 beaches the images of blue sea waters clean beaches with white sand breath-taking beauty of sunsets seagulls flying high in the blue sky shoals of fish underneath water are some enchanting images created in the minds of viewers through ads Places of historical importance such as Raigarh Vasai Janjira Fort mostly those related to Shivaji Maharaj are shown Famous architectural works such as KailashaTemple(Ellora) Buddhist Caves Jain temples Religious places such as Sai Baba( Shirdi) Haji Ali Mount Mary Hazur Saheb Vithoba Temple Shri Mahalaxmi Temple Khandoba Temple etc are shown to attract domestic tourists of all faiths Mumbai is presented as a megacity in these ads to attract not just tourists but investments and business opportunities The colourful celebration of Ganpati festival finds special mention in the ads Tamil Nadu Tagline- Enchanting Tamil Nadu The state calls itself a civilization which is more than 10000 years old It tries to showcase its rich civilizational values through ads Monolitic marvels of Mamallapuram Tanjore Temple Madurai Meenakshi Temple Chidambaram Nataraj Temple Vivekananda Rock Kanyakumari GangaikondaCholapuram speak a lot about the rich historical and traditional roots of the place The famous classical dance form Bharatnatyam folk art performances Madurai Jallikattu celebration of Pongal are the

Page 21 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

dominant images visible in the ads Backwaters at Pichawaram Hill stations like Ooty Valparai Kodaikanal Megamalai etc add to its natural beauty Uttar Pradesh Tagline- UP NahinDekha to India Nahin Dekha The state projects itself as the land of Ganga(Benaras) land of Buddha(Sarnath) Land of Krishna( Mathura Vrindawan) Land of Rama( Ayodhya) Land of Nawabs( Lucknow) Land of Love( Taj Mahal Agra) Being situated in the Gangetic plains of India the state has less of natural beauty in terms of pure and pristine forests waterfalls or rivers rather there are a lot of historical places to visit which have been associated with one or the other ruling dynasty which has ruled over North India in the due course of time Many Mughal architectural works are there in the state which find a mention in the tourism ads showcasing its composite and syncretic culture also called the Ganga Jamunitahjeeb A record over 24 crore people visited Kumbh-2019 more than total tourists in UP in 2014-17 The Kumbh 2019 visitors included 1030 lakh foreign tourists(Hindustan Times May 21 2019) Karnataka Tagline- One State Many Worlds Aihole Badami Temples and caves Gulbarga Fort Gol Gumbaj( Bijapur) remains of Hampi are some of the historical sites shown in ads Gokak falls Murdeshwara Shiva Kudle beach Om beach are the beaches which also find mention Western Ghats which are full of natural beauty are the prime attractions It is one of the biodiversity hotspots in the world which has a variety of flora and fauna present in pure and pristine state It is an ideal location for those adventurous souls who want to be in the company of nature and wildlife Tourism scenario of the states in North East India

We find that it is mostly the historical places religious sites areas full of natural beauty and geographical wonders which attract the greatest number of tourists North East part of India consists of eight states Assam Meghalaya Nagaland Manipur Tripura Mizoram Arunachal Pradesh and Sikkim Each of these states is full of abundant greenery and natural beauty National Parks Wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries rivers lakes waterfalls mountains ample rainfalls are the things which make these states one of the most beautiful places for tourists to see Not just natural beauty but there are historical sites as well Still any of these states do not rank in the top ten list in terms of states which attract the greatest number of tourists in India The states need to rethink over their tourism strategy again to get more footfalls

Page 22 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The first thing to do is to change the misconceptions formed in the minds of people Advertisements are the most effective way to do so They can help in better perception management Some of the popular myths regarding the North East region are as follows The whole region is seen as a single unit What people donrsquot know is that it consists of eight states hundreds of tribes and indigenous languages This region is very remote and has poor road rail and air connectivity People donrsquot know Hindi It is always drenched in rain Momos are the only cuisines available They are closer to Nepalese Chinese origins This region is mostly disturbed due to insurgency and terrorism Visa and other documents are needed to travel in the region One cannot not get vegetarian meals Diversity is the main strength of the North East It exists in almost everything that we find in the region from tribes dressing cuisines culture music festivals traditions rituals etc The ads need to be framed in such a way that they create a unique identity for reach state through these McLuhan said ldquoMedium is the messagerdquo and what can be the better medium than music to convey the message Music videos in native languages such as Assamese Bodo Nepali Naga Khasi Mizo etc can be of great help in popularising the destinations Easily recognisable faces from the state who are famous nationally as well as internationally need to be chosen as the brand ambassadors for state tourism lsquoPlace Brandingrsquo and lsquoDestination Brandingrsquo can be ways in which tourism can be promoted Places such as Tawang Bomdila Pass ZiroValley Ukhrul Gangtok Kohima Cherrapunjee can be shown in individual ads with the lives of local people Summary and conclusion-

Wellness tourism and medical tourism can be developed the way it has been done in Kerala Pure and pristine nature has huge potential for Ayurveda and Naturopathy National parks wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries lakes mountains etc can be big attractions in the time when people want to skip the moribund lifestyle of cities and want to be in naturersquos company But since this region is ecologically fragile it falls in the zone five of earthquake zones which makes it very prone to earthquakes so special attention should be paid to promote sustainable tourism The Constitution of India has placed many states of this region under 6th schedule making special provisions for them to protect their unique culture and identity Tourism ads need to take care of these essential aspects while designing the message References Chandra B Mukherjee M amp Mukherjee A(2008) India Since Independence

Penguin India DurbarryR (2004)Tourism and economic growth the case of MauritiusTourism

Economics 10 (4) pp 389-401 Klodkowski P (2012) Story of the clashing image of the country The case of

Indiarsquos image at home and in Poland Polish Sociological Review No178 pp 303-324

Page 23 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Louca C(2006) Income and expenditure in the tourism industry time series evidence from CyprusTourism Economics 12 (4) (2006) pp 603-617

Mazumdar A(2018) Indiarsquos Soft Power Diplomacy Under the Modi Administration Buddhism Diaspora and Yoga Asian Affairs 493 468-491 DOI 1010800306837420181487696

McCombs M amp Shaw D (1972) The agenda-setting function of mass media Public Opinion Quarterly 36 176-185

Mukherjee R and Malone DM (2011) Indian foreign policy and contemporary security challenges International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-) Vol 87 No 1 (January 2011) pp 87-104

McLuhan M 1994 (first published in 1964) Understanding Media The Extensions of Man Massachusetts MIT press

Page 24 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INTREPRITING BHARAT LEELA AN AMAZING FOLK DANCE OF SOUTH

ODISHA

Prof Bhagaban Sahu Professor and Head Department of History Central University of TamilnaduThiruvarur

Abstract

South Odisha acts like a bridge between the Aryan culture north and Dravidian culture of south The socio cultural life of this reign forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is a cradle of many folk dances which are special in some

respect The Dravidian culture or the Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South Odisha It not only provides recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people but also spread the ideas of morality universally brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and love

The southern part of modern Odisha consists of seven districts viz Ganjam

Gajapati Rayagada Koraput Nabarangapur Malkangiri and Kandhamal Situated like a bridge between the northern and southern halves of India South Odisha is the meeting place of Dravido-Aryan culture The socio cultural life of this region forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is the cradle of many folk dances The Dravidian culture or the

Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values1

Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South

Odisha It has its origin in Ganjam district Itrsquos creator was Dinabandhu Das of Kalyanapur near Ganjam town His creation of Subhadra HaranaSuanga became familiar as Bharata Leela2 But his composition was not accepted and termed as Leela by the-then society and it was called as Huguli Bharata But later on Bhima Panda of Magura near Aska improved this to a great extent and gave the touch of a folk-theatre to it In course of time Shyam Sundar Sabat of village KandhKharida near Hinjilicut

Page 25 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

collected the palm leaf manuscript of Dinabandhu Das corrected it and gave it the touch of a Leela He himself played the role of a Duari and named it lsquoDuari Natarsquo Jogendra Mallick(1866-1932) of village Nimapadara of Ghumusar also composed another version of Bharat Leela Srinivas Das of Golamundala near Buguda also composed Bharat Leela in a different style Gangadhara Pradhan of Sambalpur region also composed Subhadra Haran on the light of Bharat Leela of Ganjam which is popular in that area

Thus the origin of the Bharata Leela can be traced back to 1840 AD At

present NabaghanaParida of Kabisurya Nagar (Boirani) is the most popular director or guru of Bharat-Leela3 It is heartening to note that this Leela was staged and became very popular Folk Dance in Rengoon (Burma) where nearly fifty thousand Odias were serving

Bharat Leela is relatively shorter in the length of performance and has only six

characters such as Arjun Subhadra Duari Satyabhama Hadi and Hadiani Arjuna the third Pandava and the King of Hastinapura is counted as a major character and Duari- Arjunarsquos gatekeeper acts as the hero The course of conversation and ultimately the marriage between Arjuna and Subhadra (an important part of the Mahabharat story) is presented in this Leela in a dramatic style with humorous dialogues The role played by the Duari in establishing contact between the other two characters through the series of queries is of great interest to the rural audience The lsquoBharat Leela is also known as lsquoDuari Nacharsquo as the Duari (gate keeper) plays a prominent role as a mediator in Subhadra Haran4

All over the world the folk plays draw their plots from mythologies epics tales ballads or romantic legends The rural audience is familiar with these tales hence the emphasis is laid on characterization and intricacy Duari Nata or Bharat Leela prevalent in the district of Ganjam in Odisha is such a play which draws its plot from the epic tales of Visnu Purana and Mahabharata It is therefore called Bharat Leela But it is more popular by the name of lsquoDuari Leelarsquo as Duari or the sentry remains the most important indispensable and pivotal character of the play As it is told in the verse-play Subhadra the cousin sister of Sri Krishna madly falls in love with Arjuna the most handsome and heroic brother of the Pandavas When Subhadra offers her love Arjuna bluntly refuses as she would be like a sister to him When argued he takes various pretexts and all his pretexts are counteracted by Duari who supports Subhadra for her unflinching love and devotion to Arjuna At last Arjuna yields to the true love and agrees to marry Subhadra5

In course of arguments and counter arguments between the characters smaller episodes from Puranas and other religious texts are also told as corollary to the main episode For instance Arjuna argues that he being a Kshatriya by caste and she belonging to the mild-maid community the marriage is not possible Then Duari brings out an episode from some texts and narrates musically about how and when a Kshatriya married a

Page 26 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

mild-maid When it is argued by Arjuna that Subhadra is not a woman of elegant features the Duari narrates the characteristics of all types of women quoting authorities to prove Subhadra to be the best type The altercation between the two proceeds till the end of the play which is punctuated with several songs of variety moral fables witty remarks and verses of wisdom in support of their contention On the other hand the play in crux is a battle of wits between Arjuna and Duari Therefore the repartee is simply an exposition of the knowledge of the Sastras Chapter from books and verses are also quoted in support of their arguments from the religious texts To this extent this is a secular form for much of its humor is contemporary6

Duari Leela is held throughout the night and even it runs for consecutive nights In order to arrest the attention of the audience the Duari improvises subplots which may use local reference or satirical comment on the current socio-political scene These sub-plots employ music unrelated to the main theme Actors

There are four major characters such as Duari Arjuna Subhadra Satyabhama and ten minor characters like Chaukia Sri Krishna AstaPatta Bansi Balarama Nand Raj Purohit Dagara Gayakas Hadi and Hadiani

Though Arjuna Duari Subhadra and Satyabhama are the main characters of

this play the teen-aged boys act in Bharataleela as both male and female characters They play the role of Subhadra and Satyabhama and also the dancing girls The dialogues of Arjuna and Subhadra are casted in Odia prose The Duari speaks in colloquial local language and he is free to improvise All the prose dialogue is introductory to particular situations of events and often serves as interludes to song dialogues The songs strictly set to traditional tunes are meant for Arjuna and Subhadra Though songs of Duari may include traditional tunes he freely imbibes from the prevalent folk songs and dances7 Duari is the central figure of this Leela The success of the Leela predominantly depends upon him He creates sense of humour and carries the audience with him

Stage

Bharata Leela is staged under the open sky No stage is required for the performance of this Leela Only a mandala is prepared limited to eight to ten feet diameter To prepare the mandala the bharataleelaperformers mainly use the tarpaulins or the mats The patromax lights or electric bulbs are also used to illuminate the mandala in the night performances A kathakurchi (wooden chair) is the only property of the mandala Arjuna the hero of the play use it as his throne bed dancing area and it is used as the shrine of the deity in different episodes and scenes of the play Arjuna performs his action carrying a khanda in his right hand and a handkerchief in the left The deepalis (ghee lamps) mayurapinchha (peacockrsquos tail) Khajurichanchuni (date

Page 27 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

leaf broom) tokei (basket) and madakancha(wine bottle) could be taken as the stage articles used by sakhis Hadianiand Hadi respectively8Harmonium Dholki(Small Drum) Mrudanga Gini Bansi Jhumuka are the different musical instruments used in this Leela

Attire of the Characters

Duari the gate keeper wears a chedi (half pant) an angi (half shirt) and a kaba(waist coat) For makeup Duari uses pink colour paints and draws a U-shape insignia on his forehead He wears a knotted wig locally called ganthibabuli It covers his head and upper parts of the shoulder as well as the neck The front side of the wig is chipped with the petal like aluminium balachhappa (hair clips) as well tahia(atiara) The tahia always rests on a padaka (golden pandant) and it is pinned up in the wig on the forehead On the left side of the chest he pins round padaka (pendants) and triangular and conical chhappas also to signify himself as the servant of a king9 Arjuna is dressed like a warrior with a long velvet coat embroided with zari and tinsel He wears silken trousers and on his back an uttaranahangs He wears nylon stockings like a horse rider and his wrist bands are adorned with plastic manibandha He uses pink colour paints and draws a suryachita (sun mark) on his forehead The subject matter of Bharata Leela has been derived from OdiaMahabharata (Madhyaparva) of Sarala Das The base is the immortal love story between Subhadra amp Arjuna10

Bharat leela is an epitome of artistic excellence We find amalgamation of different rasas likeBira Rasa Karuna Rasa and Sringara Rasa and folk dances in Bharata Leela Dance place no less a part in making this Leela a grand success It is the field to express onersquos artistic hidden potentialities More than one hundred Bharata Leela teams are there in Ganjam district alone Among them the countable fews are KandhKharida Tiapentha Duanpalli Arakhapur Badapada Khalingi Kumuruda Kainchapur Lochapada Nuagada Kuruli Kabisuryanagar Kalasandhapur Nabaratnapur Mamudhiya Gunthapada Goudagaon Puhundi Choudhury Tikarapada Vijay Laxminarayanpur Khariaguda Sarabadi Hadichira Solaghara Polosara Mangalpur Dharakote Sheragad Gangapur Sasan Banthapalli Pratapur are important11

Those who are established as outstanding Duari the names of Dinabandhu

Das ShyamasundarSabat Ramachandra Reddy Bhima Panda SatyabadiSabat TrinathPattnayak DambaruSahu (Duanpalli) Dukhishyam Behera (MahuritiharPentha) Ananta Parta (Arakhapur) Juria Gouda of Kharida Kantaru Behera Ulla Dalai of Kankorada BajiaSahu of Sundarpur Lachhana Reddy of Satapandia SibaramSahu of B Karada Badi Kasinath Behera of Dadarakhola Bharata Samantara of Gudiapalli Kirtana Gouda Rankanidhi Gouda DandapaniDalua of Kendubadi Kasinath Das of DadaraKhola Chakrapani Badatya of Nabaratnapur Chandamani Sahu12 Chandra Sekhar Nayak Bipracharan Nayak Durjyodhana Naik Kampa Gouda of Tinkachai Sadananda Swain NabaghanaParida of KabiSurya Nagar Dandapani Behera of

Page 28 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Kulagada Sanyasi Behera of Sundarpalli Haribandhu Mohanty of Kalasandhapur Satrughna Swain of Mundamarai Santosh Kumar Padhi of Patapur may be mentioned here13

This popular folk dance of South Odisha was not only limited to Odisha but

also spread to Rangoon(Burma) It is hearting to note that there were more 2000 Odia from Ganjam in Rangoon during the 1st half of the 20th century The Bharat Leela of Ganjam was practiced and staged there14

Truly speaking Bharat Leela is the index of all the Folk Dances of south

Odisha Duari the director demonstrates the role of Chhadheya of Dandanata Gayaka of Dasakathia Ghudhuki player Gahak of Pala HiranyakasyapaPrahlladnataka and the role of a comedian in different tunes and styles through this dance It not only entertains the villagers who work from dawn to dusk in their field but also enlightens them a lot on puranas epics and other religious texts

From the above discussion it is inferred that the Bharat Leela is a very artistic

lively and popular dance in South Odisha It supplied livelihood to a large number of families and entertainment to the travelers tourists poets onlookers and the lovers of beauty It explores the rare and native genius of the folk people But the irony of the fate is that the folk dances like Bharat Leela which provided recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people and spread the ideas of morality universal brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and victory of righteous over evil forces are declining fast As a result the society of South Odisha which enjoyed perfect peace better harmony and understanding between the divergent communities and races in the past is now regarded as a cockpit of murderers dacoits and looters Hence steps may be taken to preserve all these folklore traditions alive either at the Government level or by the NGO and Private enterprises References 1 Indubhusan Kara Folklore of Odisha Cuttack 1991p1 2 HKDas Odia Lokanataka(Odia) Cuttack 1983 p 122 3 KC Behera opcitp66 4 BCharchi opcitpp332-341 5 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha SahatyaSamaja Cuttack 1998pp224-227 6 KCPradhan Odia Loka Sahitya O LokaSanskruti Cuttack 1995pp227-235 7 Banambara Acharya opcitpp2-4 8 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998p232 9 DKTripathy The Role of Fine Art in the Folk Theatres of South Odisha An Art

Historical Study PhD Thesis(unpublished) Berhampur University 2000pp63-65

10 B Charchi Bharata Leela in OdishareLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998pp229-232

Page 29 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 BhagabanSahu Folk Life and Folk Culture of Odisha New Delhi-2015 12 Revealed from field study conducted by the author in the different villages of South

Odisha 13 Cultural Heritage of Ganjam opcitp340 14 BayamanuCharchi GanjamraLokanatya Parampara(Odia) Bhubaneswar-2012p73

Page 30 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADOLESCENTS ADDICTION TO SMART PHONE AND ITS REMEDIES

1Cyma Anjum and 2Bina Kumari

1Assistant Professor of Education LNMBM Faculty of Education Muzaffarpur 2Principal RGMTT College Diwadih BBMQ University Dhanbad

Abstract

Adolescents are highest addicted to smart phone and particularly adult sites on internet They are very impulsive owing to some physiological changes which compelled them for its gratification Smartphone causes stress among teenagers arising out of family and school It causes many musculoskeletal symptoms which are the consequences of staying in one position for a long time Starring at a small screen for longer period can impair eye sight Smart phone addiction is the greatest reason of depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems Effort was made to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression and sense of control Keywords Smart Phone Addiction Remedy amp Depression Introduction - Addiction can be defined as a mental state which compels the person for the satisfaction of psychological desires formed a habit Addiction can be developed in all ages and can be categorized into alcohol cigarettes drugs gambling games internet and sex Korean Ministry of Gender Equality and Family implemented a research on the actual condition of media usage rate among teenagers and reported that the middle school students 862 percent high school students 849 percent This data reflects that most of the teenagers in the country were smart phone users So it can be presumed that most of the adolescents own a smart phone and thus are exposed to an environment that entices them to overuse it By Looking at it from a general perspective adolescents are not fully developed and as their self-consciousness continues to grow they are highly exposed to the risk of adverse effect more than any other age group The basic cause of adolescentsrsquo addiction to smart phone is due to stress arising from family and school When students are experiencing physical and mental stress from external forces by way of relieving stress they turn to internet surfing and games as means of escape in order to overcome problems they encounter from their social group of friends and overwhelming school work Smart phone addiction caused very harmful effects in adolescentsrsquo daily lives which they cannot get rid of Treatment related to smart phone addiction is the Integrated Arts Therapy Integrated Arts Therapy has been taken from Gestalt Therapy and Fritz Pearls Institute (FPI) that promotes encouragement of creativity Petzoldrsquos Art Therapy was incorporated to art music dancing movements drama and etc and found that

Page 31 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Therapyrsquos perspective is not composed of one particular sense but it is the act of integrating the sense with creativity This therapy has been verified to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression sense of control and assimilation in school However overuse of smart phones causes high exposure to electromagnetic waves and in turn generates other associated problems such as damage to brain cells neck syndrome and vision impairment syndrome This study involves smart phone addiction and its integrated treatment and the supporting hypothesis in the following perspectives Physical health problems related to Smart phone

Use and misuse of any invention or innovation happened to be normal phenomena -since long Atom bomb was never invented for annihilation of any nation or state The new device in cell phone Android or Smart really brought the whole world on the palm of the users through Net services When itsrsquo use has certainly provided immense of facilities in the field of communication But itrsquos over use can cause many problems including musculoskeletal symptom which is usually developed due to staying in one posture for a longer period of time Furthermore starring at a small screen for an extended time can causes loss of sight this is called amblyopia Sitting in a still position can cause muscular contraction which can lead to long-term muscle fatigue including neck pain The bad posture cause by overuse of smart phones may lead to the neck becoming a ldquoCrdquo shape and further it tends to deliver great amount of stress to the muscles and joints Other homeostasis related problems can arise as well such as blockage in the local blood supply to the muscles including metabolite Mental health problems related to Smart phone

Over use of Smart phone certainly causes mental problems along with physical abrasion Excess use of smart phone causes decreased self-restraint ability impulsive behaviors and anxiety which can become critical barriers when carrying out healthy relationships school activities and mental well-being According to the psychologists it is commonly observed that the smart phone addiction increases the level of depression and anxiety Depression often plays as an index to display the overall health status of a person When the level of addiction alleviates one tends to lose self-control which decreases ones willingness and ability to socialize and network with others As a result one may begin to feel a sense of loneliness becoming more dependent on the smart phone simultaneously increasing onersquos level of anxiety especially when the smart phone is not present From looking at the above associated problems to smart phone addiction we can conclude that the addicting creates negative effects to mental health Smart phone addiction causes depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems This will lead to problems associated to onersquos social life and human network According to advance studies related to smart phone addiction depression is the most probable health complication Increased addiction to smart phones is associated with increased level of depression Yong Min Parkrsquos research study concluded that smart phone addiction is

Page 32 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

highly related to obsessive-compulsive neurosis and other illnesses in the following order depression mental health disorders anxiety and social delusional disorder antagonism and phobia It has also been established through researches that over use of smart phone becomes an impulsive act and it is very much related to Obsessive ndash Compulsive behaviour Some studies revealed that smart phone addiction creates hostility and rage among users It was further revealed that the small childrenrsquos mental health was not highly affected by smart phone usage compared to the childrenrsquos of higher grade However the higher grade students displayed mental health problems such as rage compulsive characterizations anxiety disorders personality disorders and delusional disorders Cognitive Therapy is the most suggested type of treatment in the cases of smart phone addiction Remedies Bibliotherapy has been advised in the cases of smart phone addiction whichprovides treatment through reading literature It helps to expand the subjectrsquos range of thoughts In this process reading book and finding new meanings from the literature based on the Identical Principle Catharsis Principle and Discernment Principle are implemented This process involves subjects reading the literature Subsequently they engage in debates role plays and other creative activities to assess each other in order to find the defined sense of time Musical treatments can also help treat physical and cognitive problems This treatment provides psychological security to those being treated for physical and cognitive problems For example music treatment that is customized to fit the need of the subject being treated with physical therapy can be highly effective Conclusion This report provided methods for smart phone addicted to adolescents to overcome the illness through the integrated treatment aspects However the risk of the symptoms recurring was substantially high This suggested that fundamental treatment of cognitive and emotional elements needed to become harmonized as a whole in order to increase the effectiveness of the treatment results It can be presumed that this study provides the opportunity and support for the creation of a fundamental treatment method that can help teenagers live a healthy life by overcoming addiction to smart phones References 1 Robinson TE Berridge KC The psychology and neurobiology of addiction an incentivendashsensitization view Addiction 95 91-117 (2000)

Page 33 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 Ji-Hyung P Shin G-K Effects of Smartphones Usability on Users Satisfaction and Loyalty Focusing on Moderating Effect of Terms of Use The Korean Academic Association of Business Administration 25 811-831 (2012) 3 Park S-Y Lee H-J Determinants of internet addiction among the Korea youth The Journal of the Korea institute of electronic communication sciences 8 291-299 (2013) 4 Choi S Kim S Yang J-S Lee J-H Joo C Jung H-I Real-time measurement of human salivary cortisol for the assessment of psychological stress using a smartphone Sensing and Bio-Sensing Research 2 8-11 (2014) 5 Kim H Exercise rehabilitation for smart phone addiction Journal of exercise rehabilitation 9 500 (2013) 6 Hall AS Parsons J Internet addiction College student case study using best practices in cognitive behavior therapy Journal of mental health counseling 23 312-327 (2001) 7 Wu A Cheung V Ku L Hung E Psychological risk factors of addiction to social networking sites among Chinese smartphone users Journal of behavioral addictions 2 160-166 (2013) 8 Polster E Polster M Gestalt therapy integrated Contours of theory and practice BrunnerMazel (1973) 9 Lusebrink VB Art therapy and the brain An attempt to understand the underlying processes of art expression in therapy Art Therapy 21 125-135 (2004) 10 Alanzi T Istepanian RS Philip N An integrated model for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for mobile diabetes self-management system In Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) 2014 36th Annual International Conference of the IEEE pp 5393-5396 IEEE (Year)

Page 34 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANTIPSYCHOTICS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA

D Udaya Kumar1and V Raja Babu2 1 Department of Human Genetics Andhra University Visakhapatnam India

2 Department of Biology College of Natural Science Arba Minch University Ethiopia

Abstract Schizophrenia is commonly thought of as a psychiatric term for a range of experiences which some laypeople in the community may describe as madness For this reason to be diagnosed as having schizophrenia carries a stigma which other diagnoses do not (Ministry of Health 2000) Schizophrenia is a serious mental disorder characterized by intense disturbances in thought emotion and behavior (Kring Johnson Davison amp Neale 2012) A person with schizophrenia is thought to have lost touch with reality (Kalat 2009) A great deal of research has been devoted to study schizophrenia and the complexity of the disorder seems to be much more than what originally had been thought The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is less than 1 and it slightly affects more men than women (Kalat 2009 Kring et al 2012) Almost all people diagnosed with schizophrenia are eventually treated with antipsychotic drugs and multidimensional medications (Kalat 2009) Keywords Schizophrenia Antipsychotics The majority of people detained under the NZ Mental Health Act 1992 are diagnosed as suffering from a form of mental illness known as schizophreniaRecently the New York Times published an article stating that medications for schizophrenia are remarkably effective however the article discusses nothing in regards to the serious adverse effects of such medications (Steinberg 2012) An ideal medication for schizophrenia would be a drug that is highly effective in reducing both positive and negative symptoms produces its effects within a convenient dosage and has less-serious side effects (Rey 2002) The drugs commonly used to treat schizophrenia mainly belong to two main groups typical (first-generation) and atypical (second-generation) antipsychotics Despite the proclamations of new forms of drugs that will magically solve the puzzle with schizophrenia none of these medications have been proven to be highly effective (Whitaker 2002 Whitaker 2005) It is the stated intention of this essay to arrive at an understanding of the effectiveness of atypical drugs This will be accomplished by investigating the characteristics and differences of antipsychotic agents along with a review from existent studies and their outcomes The first conventional antipsychotic drugs had beenwere discovered by accident in the 50s when a drug considered an antihistamine (chlorpromazine) showed unique antipsychotic effects when tested in schizophrenic patients (Kring et al 2012) Apart

Page 35 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

from some histamine activity chlorpromazine had an important impact within dopamine receptors (Kring et al 2012) However typical antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine cause various extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) include acute dyskinesias dystonic reactionstardive dyskinesia and Parkinsonism-like symptoms due to their blockage of dopamine receptors in the striatal dopaminergic route Subsequent attempts to improve the therapeutic profile of classical antipsychotics were based on studies showing that dopamine receptor mediated route striatal extrapyramidal side effects (Stahl 2000) With the introduction of clozapine in the 80s the term atypical was expanded to increased efficacy with reduced side effects as they produce significantly fewer extrapyramidal side effects than typical antipsychotics at clinically equivalent doses (Stahl 2000) Antipsychotic agents differ according to their profiles of specific sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) Although the exact underlying mechanisms of action are not sufficiently explained atypical antipsychotics appear to be more effective than typical antipsychotic agents Typical agents produce their antipsychotic effects through the blockage of dopamine receptors particularly D2 receptors (Stahl 2000) On the contrary the antipsychotic effects of atypical agents such as clozapine has been attributed to its ability to block the intense stimulation of serotonin receptors including (5-HT2A) (5-HT2C) and dopamine receptors including D1 D2 D3 D4 receptors (Duncan Lieberman amp Zorn 1999) Likewise similar results were replicated in Horacek et al (2006) study which concluded that atypical antipsychotics such as clozapine show superior advantages in treating positive symptoms negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction compared to the typical antipsychotic agents partially due to their sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) In addition the study also found that atypical antipsychotics induce neuronal plasticity and synaptic remodeling in several sites that are associated with schizophrenia including the striatum prefrontal cortex and hippocampus Hence it seems that there is a strong consensus among researchers that atypical antipsychotic agents are more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia as well as improving cognitive deficits that are associated with schizophrenia Sexual dysfunction is widespread among people with schizophrenia and those who are taking antipsychotics Both typical and atypical antipsychotics have been shown to produce prolactin imbalances that are regularly linked to infertility (Mahmoud Drake Lewis amp Hayhurst 2012) The study of Mahmoud et al (2012) used a cross-sectional prevalence study to assess sexual functions in (144) patients diagnosed with schizophrenia The study involved two groups with each group receiving either typical or atypical antipsychotics for at least twelve weeks The study found no differences in sexual functions in patients treated with typical antipsychotics compared to atypical antipsychotics (Mahmoud et al 2012) However Bobes et al (2003) reached a different conclusion in their EIRE study The number of participants involved in the study was 636 The EIRE study compared sexual dysfunction effects related to haloperidol

Page 36 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

risperidone olanzapine and quetiapine Results indicated that frequency of sexual dysfunction was highest for risperidone (432) haloperidol (381) olanzapine (353) and quetiapine (182) (Bobes et al 2003) The study also concluded that sexual dysfunction seems to be dose-related with antipsychotic drugs and that atypical drugs produce higher risks of sexual dysfunction and other reporductive side effects including decreased libido erectile ejaculatory dysfunction gynecomia and amenorrhea than typical drugs (Bobes et al 2003) Therefore it seems that much debate exists on the issue of sexual dysfunction related to antipsychotics and more research is needed It has long been long known that suicide rates are quite high among people diagnosed with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) Recent studies have found a positive association between antipsychotic use and suicide (Khan et al 2007) One study in North Wales investigated the lifetime suicide rate in treated patients with schizophrenia between the pre-chlorpromazine era (1874-1924) and recent period (1994-2003) (Healy et al 2006) The study found that people treated with antipsychotics were at greater risk of suicide compared to the people with schizophrenia in the pre-chlorpromazine era (Healy et al 2006) Therefore there is some indication that the use of antipsychotics increases suicide rates However other studies do not agree with the conclusion of Healy et al (2006) study and show quite the opposite Khan et al (2007) conducted a study in which they assessed mortality rates for patients with schizophrenia according to the type of antipsychotics taken Participants were assigned to atypical antipsychotic agents (olanzapine quetiapine risperidone or ziprasidone) a control antipsychotic (haloperidol or chlorpromazine) or a placebo group Results indicated that patients assigned to the placebo group were significantly at higher rate of suicide than other groups Furthermore the study found no difference in suicide rates between patients assigned to either atypical or typical antipsychotic agents (Khan et al 2007) Perhaps the study had methodological limitations which may have affected the findings Therefore evidence on the implications of typical and atypical antipsychotics in suicide rates among people with schizophrenia are mixed and further controlled studies are required Typical and atypical antipsychotics show similar effects on quality of life across one year of medications The Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project aimed to evaluate the long-term effectiveness and tolerability of atypical and typical antipsychotics in patients with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) The study involved about 15000 participants from the USA The primary outcome measure was the discontinuation of treatment (Lieberman et al 2005) Patients were randomized to receive olanzapine perphenazine quetiapine risperidone or zisprasidone Findings indicated that 74 of patients discontinued their medication 18 months before the study ended Olanzapine appeared to be the most effective since its group had a significantly longer time to discontinuation (Lieberman et al 2005) The efficacy of perphenazine was similar to that of the other atypical antipsychotics Even though it exhibited a greater degree of effectiveness olanzapine was associated with

Page 37 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

greater weight gain and increases in blood glucose lipid levels and cholesterol levels (Lieberman et al 2005) The study concluded that in the long-term atypical drugs were not more effective and did not produce fewer side effects when compared to typical antipsychotic (perphenazine) Similar findings have been replicated in (Jones et al 2006) study The study included 227 people with schizophrenia aged between 18 to 65 years Randomized prescriptions of either typical or atypical (other than clozapine) were given to participants Findings indicated that long-term effectiveness of typical drugs was similar to those of atypical drugs (other than clozapine) (Jones et al 2006) Thus it seems that patients may need to change their medications only for clinical reasons and such evidence that indicate the superiority of atypical antipsychotics may be based on short-term efficacy trials Serious adverse effects are common features among both typical and atypical antipsychotics The emergence of the atypical drugs has been accompanied by an assumption that these are associated with less reversible extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) as well as less propensity to cause tardive dyskinesia (TD) (Malla et al 2004) One study indicated that the incidence of EPS is strongly associated with typical antipsychotics and that about 50 to 75 of patients who are taking typical antipsychotics will suffer from EPS (Arana 2000) Another study found similar results The study compared symptom severity and quality of life in patients with schizophrenia who were treated adequately either by typical antipsychotic or by clozapine (atypical) (Sergio et al 2005) Results indicated that clozapine caused significantly fewer EPS than did the typical antipsychotic (Sergio et al 2005) However other studies have indicated equivocal results (Peluso Lewis Barnes amp Jones 2012) A study conducted recently in the United Kingdom included 118 participants in the typical antipsychotic group and 109 participants in the atypical group Findings suggested that both groups had similar EPS however despite the apparent equivalence patients in the atypical group were significantly (3mdashfold) less likely to be prescribed adjunctive anticholinergic medications than those in typical group (Peluso et al 2012) Even though second-generation antipsychotic drugs appear to be more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms on schizophrenia evidence on whether the second-generation antipsychotic drugs cause less EPS is inconsistent In conclusion antipsychotic drugs are the main treatment for patients with schizophrenia The typical antipsychotics are high-affinity antagonists of dopamine D2 receptors and are more effective in managing psychotic symptoms but have a high incidence of serious adverse effects such as extrapyramidal symptoms and tardive dyskinesia In the 1950s typical antipsychotics has brought considerable benefit to patients with schizophrenia to the extent that such drugs have shown efficacy in combating psychotic symptoms and as a consequence increased the possibility of outpatient treatment Atypical antipsychotics entered the market with the proposed superiority with respect to efficacy especially improvement of negative symptoms and the absence of

Page 38 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

extrapyramidal symptoms These atypical antipsychotics differ from those of the first generation by their low affinity for dopamine D2 receptor and the high affinity for other neuronal pathways such as serotonin and noradrenaline Conclusion Unfortunately there are no antipsychotics free from unwanted effects The clinical advantage of a group of drugs often exposes the user to particular complications Unlike the partial success of medications for improving the positive symptoms associated with schizophrenia it is well documented that antipsychotic use ndash typical or atypical ndash does little to ameliorate the debilitating the overall negative symptoms associated with schizophrenia Additionally much of the scientific evidence indicating the superior safety and effectiveness of atypical antipsychotics is inconsistent In terms of inducing adverse effects the superiority of atypical antipsychotics has been questioned in many studies due to the propensity for weight gain and changes in glucose and lipid metabolism that they may cause Thus it seems the debate about the effectiveness of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs in treating schizophrenia is continuous Furthermore it is clear that due to the complexity inherent in any treatment of schizophrenia a psychiatry-psychology alliance might be very welcomed by frontline care providers who are often frustrated and dismayed by the limited effectiveness and all-too-prevalent side effects of medications References Arana G (2000) An overview of side effect caused by typical antipsychotics Journal of Clinical Psychiatry

61 5-11 Bobes J Garcia-Portilla M Rejas J Hernandez G Garcia-Garcia M Rico-Villademoros F amp Porras

A (2003) Frequency of sexual dysfunction and other reproductive side-effects in patients with schizophrenia treated with risperidone olanzapine quetiapine or haloperidol The results of the EIRE study Journal Of Sex Marital Therapy 29(2) 125-147

Duncan G Lieberman J amp Zorn S (1999) Mechanisms of typical and atypical antipsychotic drug action in relation to dopamine and NMDA receptor hypofunction hypotheses of schizophrenia Molecular Psychiatry 4(5) 418-428

Healy D Harris M Tranter R Cutting P Austin R Jones-EdwardsG ampRobertsA (2006) Lifetime suicide rates in treated schizophrenia 1875-1924 and 1994-1998 cohorts compared British Journal of Psychiatry 188 223-228

Horacek J Bubenikova-Valesova V Kopecek M Palenicek T Dockery C Mohr P Hoschl C (2006) Mechanism of action of atypical antipsychotic drugs and the neurobiology of schizophrenia CNS Drugs 20(5) 389-409

Jones P Barnes T Lloyd H Davies L Dunn G Hayhurst K amp hellip Murray R (2006) Randomized controlled trial of the effect on quality of life of second- vs first-generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia Cost utility of the latest antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia study (CUtLASS 1) Archives of General Psychiatry 63(10) 1079-1087

Kalat J (2009) Biological psychology (10th ed) Belmont California Wadsworth Cengage Learning Khan A Schwartz K Stern C Redding N Kolts R Brown W amp Robinson D (2007) Mortality risk

in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 68(12) 1828-1833

Kring A Johnson S Davison G amp Neale J M (2012) Abnormal psychology (12th ed) Hoboken NJ John Wiley amp Sons

Page 39 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Lieberman J Stroup T McEvoy J Swartz M Rosenheck R Perkins D amp Hsiao J (2005) Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia New England Journal of Medicine 353(12) 1209-1223

Mahmoud A Drake R Lewis S amp Hayhurst K (2012) Sexual function of patients with schizophrenia receiving first-generation (FGA) or second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) treatment International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice 16(2) 148-152

Malla A Norman R Scholten D Townsend L Manchanda R Takhar J ampHaricharan R (2004) A comparison of two novel antipsychotics in first episode non-affective psychosis One-year outcome on symptoms motor side effects and cognition Psychiatry Research129(2) 159-169

Peluso M Lewis S Barnes T amp Jones P (2012) Extrapyramidal motor side-effects of first and second-generation antipsychotic drugs The British Journal of Mental Science 200(5) 387-392

Rey J A (2002) Antipsychotic therapy A pharmacoeconomic perspective American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy 59(22 Suppl 8) S5-S9

Sergio A S Ana P Ruben A Julian B Julieta C Soledad F amp hellip Gabriel A (2005) Brief report Lack of extrapyramidal side effects predicts quality of life in outpatients treated with clozapine or with typical antipsychotics Psychiatry Research 133 277-280

Stahl S M (2000) Essential psychopharmacology Neuroscientific basis and practical application (2nd ed) Cambridge University Press

Steinberg P (2012 December 25) Our fail approach to schizophrenia The New York Times Retrieved April 15th 2013 from httpwwwnytimescom20121226opinionour-failed-approach-to-schizophreniahtml_r=0

Whitaker R (2002) Mad in America Bad science bad medicine and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill Cambridge MA Perseus Pub

Whitaker R (2005) Anatomy of an Epidemic Psychiatric Drugs and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry 7(1) 23-35

Ministry of Health (2000) Guidelines to the Mental Health (Compulsory Assessment and Treatment) Act 1992 Wellington Ministry of Healthhttpwwwprnewswirecomnews-releasesbraeburn-pharmaceuticals-achieves-primary-endpoint-in-pivotal-phase-23-study-of-bb0817-risperidone-6-month-implant-for-treatment-of-schizophrenia-300446397html

Braeburn Pharmaceuticals Achieves Primary Endpoint in Pivotal Phase 23 Study of BB0817 Risperidone 6-month Implant for Treatment of Schizophreniahttpspsychcentralcomnews20120607marijuana-compound-may-beat-antipsychotics-at-treating-schizophrenia39803html

Page 40 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INSOLVENCY FRAMEWORK FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

(FSPs)

Dr Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal ICSI IIP IPA of IBBI New Delhi

In the Indian Insolvency scenario the insolvency and bankruptcy is governed by a uniform law of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (ldquoCoderdquo) which came into force in 2016 In the almost 4 years of its inception the Code has seen a lot of important judgments and orders being given by the National Company Law Tribunal (ldquoNCLTrdquo) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (ldquoNCLATrdquo) as well as the Apex Court of India The Code provides a framework for the insolvency resolution inter alia corporate and individuals which does not include Financial Service Providers Section 3(16) of the Code defines lsquoFinancial Servicesrsquo and reads as (16) ldquoFinancial servicerdquo includes any of the following services namely ndash (a) Accepting of deposits (b) Safeguarding and administering assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person or agreeing to do so (c) Effecting contracts of insurance (d) Offering managing or agreeing to manage assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person (e) rendering or agreeing for consideration to render advice on or soliciting for the purposes ofndashndash (i) buying selling or subscribing to a financial product (ii) availing a financial service or (iii) exercising any right associated with financial product or financial service (f) Establishing or operating an investment scheme (g) Maintaining or transferring records of ownership of a financial product (h) underwriting the issuance or subscription of a financial product or (i) Selling providing or issuing stored value or payment instruments or providing payment services Section 3(17) defines financial service providers as a person engaged in providing financial services and would also include non-banking financial companies micro finance institutions etc Insolvency of Financial Service Providers was not covered under the Code however the Central Government has power under Section 227 of the Code to notify Rules for FSPs as and when necessary

Page 41 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The definition of FSP and what constitutes Financial Services was deliberated in the matter of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd v RHC Holding Private Ltd1 wherein NCLAT held that ldquo13 The definition of lsquofinancial servicesrsquo as defined in Section 3(16) of IampB Code is not limited to the 9 activities as shown at Clause (a) to (i) of Section 3(16) The aforesaid Clauses (a) to (i) are inclusive which means there are other services means there are other services which come within the meaning of ldquofinancial servicesrdquo 14 The Registration of Certificate issue by RBI shows that it has granted certificate to commencecarry on business of ldquonon-banking financial servicesrdquo However the Respondent has not been allowed to accept the public deposit and such certificate is condition to other conditions as provided in the back of the CertificaterdquoIn this order NCLAT held that a non-banking financial institution which is carrying on business of financial institution and thereby it being financial service provider will not come within the meaning of Corporate PersonCorporate DebtorThe NCLAT also suggested for the Appellant to bring any complaints against the Financial Institution to the Regulator ie Reserve Bank of India The need for a framework to deal with FSPs was felt in the market and was also expressed in various cases such as that of Randhiraj Thakur v Jindal Saxena Financial Services2 wherein it was held that ldquo10 If the entire scheme of the IampB Code is seen it will be evident that the Code is to consolidate and amend the laws relating to reorganisation and insolvency resolution of lsquocorporate personsrsquo lsquopartnership firmsrsquo and lsquoindividualrsquo in a time bound manner It is a self-contained Code which is exhaustive in nature when it comes to reorganisation and insolvency resolution However an exception had been carved out while enacting the Code that the lsquofinancial service providersrsquo have been kept outside the purview of the Code Being a consolidating legislation only those acts are permitted which are mentioned in the Code and it cannot be made applicable to lsquofinancial service providersrsquo including lsquonon-banking financial institutionsrsquo and MFIrsquos banks which have been kept outside the purview of the CoderdquoIn the present case the Corporate Debtor was a NBFC and had undertaken financial deposits from the respondent thus falling under the ambit defined under Section 3(16) of the Code The application was thus found non-maintainable under Section 7 of the Code It is by virtue of these cases that a need for rules for FSP and their categories were recognized

1httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2019Jul11493138195d25d9f0d704d_2019-07-1120100857pdf 2httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2018OctRandhiraj20Thakur20Director20Mayfair20Capital20Private20Limited20Vs20Jindal20Saxena20Finacial20Services20Private20Ltd_2018-10-1120212941pdf

Page 42 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FSP Rules3 In exercise of the powers conferred under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (31 of 2016) the Central Government made the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules 2019 and notified them on 15th November 2019The rules were framed to provide a generic framework for insolvency and liquidation proceedings of systemically important Financial Service Providers (FSPs) other than banks The Rules shall apply to such FSPs or categories of FSPs as will be notified by the Central Government under section 227 from time to time in consultation with appropriate regulators for the purpose of their insolvency and liquidation proceedingsAs per the FSP Rules all provisions of the Code relating to a corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and liquidation process of a corporate debtor shall apply to FSPs with certain modifications as specified in the FSP Rules However it does not mean that all FSPs would now be covered under these Rules The FSP Rules will apply to only those FSPs who are notified by the Central Government under Section 227 from time to time A notification was issued for all systemically important NBFCs and for RBI to be the appropriate regulator in this regard For all other FSPs the IBC is required to apply in the same manner as that to all other corporate debtors Just like in insolvency proceedings of a Corporate Person a Resolution Professional (RP) is appointed to take over the control of assets and management of the Corporate Debtor The FSP Rules provide that on the admission of an application for initiation of CIRP against an FSP NCLT shall appoint an individual proposed by the appropriate regulator as the Administrator The Administrator will have the powers of an RP The appropriate regulator can constitute an Advisory Committee to advise the Administrator in the operations of the FSP during the CIRP The Advisory Committee has to consist of 3 or more members who shall be persons of ability integrity and standing and who have expertise or experience in finance economics accountancy law public policy or any other profession in the area of financial services or risk management administration supervision or resolution of an FSP Ministry of Corporate Affairs notified the manner of dealing with the third party assets in custody or possession of a FSP by the Administrator appointed under FSP Rules vide Notification No SO 464(E) dated 300120204 The FSP Rules note that moratorium will not apply to any third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties

3httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframworkcb1d53c7fe47f8f22ab36a40f441db2cpdf 4httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframwork3878e1c4a2332a3e4398d924fac58166pdf

Page 43 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However the FSP Rules provide that an Administrator shall take control and custody of third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including any funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties only for the purpose of dealing with them in the manner as may be notified by the Central Government under Section 227 The Rules were put to test in the cases initiated under these FSP Rules The first case initiated under these Rules was that of Reserve Bank of India v Dewan Housing Finance Limited5 The whole process to be followed under the rules was laid down in the order RBI as the regulator had also appointed an administrator and formed an advisory committee to act as a COC for the same NCLT Mumbai Bench held that ldquoThe Applicant RBI in the capacity of Appropriate Regulator has submitted this Application against the Financial Service Provider Dewan Housing Finance Corporation Limited on account of the fact that the default in repayment of the ECB Loan to SBI was committed therefore after following the due procedure as discussed supra prayed for Admission of the Petition us 7 to be read with Section 227 of the Insolvency Code hellip74 Upon Admission it is hereby pronounced that Moratorium as defined us14 of the Insolvency Code shall commence with effect from the date of Application ie 29112019 as prescribed under Rule 5(b)(i) of FSP Rules 2019 On commencement of Moratorium the institution of any Suit or continuation of proceedings or execution of any decree against the Financial Service Provider (DHFL) shall be prohibitedrdquo The process followed has proved that IBC can prove to be a beneficial law for reconstruction and recovery even for financial service providers Conclusion The wait for the Rules to deal with FSPs was long but the mechanism has provided a definite band-aid solution to the current problem of having no framework These Rules however cannot be construed as a permanent solution to deal with all the restructuring and liquidation of Financial Service Providers as a whole The FSP rules provide for a complementary system wherein the Adjudicating Authority the Regulator and the Administrator all have to work in tandem with each other for best results Although these Rules provide a much needed relief to all the stakeholders of FSPs for smooth and clear implementation of Resolution and Restructuring a comprehensive framework which can be considered a one stop solution just like the Code is what should be the aim of the government in the long run

5httpsibbigovinuploadsorderd9c77ba13d4eea5107ae79715a8c0402pdf

Page 44 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 AND UNPRIVILEDGE CLASS AN ANALYSIS

Dr Hajra Masood Assistant Professor ndash Sociology

Karamat Husain PGCollage Lucknow

The World Health Organizationrsquos (WHO) guidelines for safety against COVID-19 are extremely simpleamp basic The guidelines states people to wash their hands regularly with soap practice social distancing with a strict stay at home if one happens to be in an affected area or has been exposed to the virus in any way possible Home quarantine is also advised for people who are in or have recently visited (in the past 14 days) COVID-19 affected areas to avoid the spread of the disease (World Health Organization nd) Indiarsquos most populated state with over 200 million people Uttar Pradesh has managed well to keep the cases below 500 (451 at the time of writing) The state has further sealed all the 160 hotspots completely Uttar Pradesh had no laboratory to test the Sars-CoV-2 pathogen when the first positive case was reported on 3 March it now has 10 The state government has established a Covid Care Fund and is getting support from public representatives and the general public The money is being used to expand testing and treatment facilities 2400 tests are being done daily The government is already working to boost the manufacturing units of PPE N95 masks triple-layer masks thermal analysers ventilators and other equipment

Since healthcare systems in progressive nations like the United States (US) United Kingdom (UK) amp Italy has failed to contain the rapid increase in the number of cases then in this case it becomes crucial to follow such advice to pre-empt the spread of this dangerous virus especially in low- amp middle-income countries where healthcare systems are a luxury for millions to afford The reality of such a densely populated country like India it becomes questionable as how practical it is to adhere to these guidelines It is the question every mind follows and is scared to even admit to self By examining and analyzing the latest National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) reported data on housing amp sanitation (76th round 2018) we make an assessment of the accessibilityamp availability of basic housing amp related amenities of an average Indian household such as sanitation facilities which are set at minimum requirements in order to follow WHO guidelines effectively We consider per capita availability of rooms access to fresh hygienic water for bathing amp toilet facilities as fundamentals to comply with the social distancing norms and to maintain hygiene

Cheek-by-jowl Living Spaces

Investigating on the housing substructure in India it reveals that almost a third of the rural population amp a half of the urban population in India live in houses which as per capita space available are less than a single room which effectively means that isolating

Page 45 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

a person with risk of infection is extremely difficult in these compact spaces This implies that home quarantineself-isolation measures would be difficult to implement among 60 of the population of India in the event of spread of infection (Table 1)

Table 1 Per Capita Availability of Rooms

Rural Urban Total

Less than a room 6608 4516 596

Just a room 1471 171 1545

More than one room 1921 3774 2495

Total 100 100 100

Water Woes

Accessibility of running water in homes is an important part of hygiene and a necessity to ensure regular hand washing with soap The NSSO data reveals that 40 of urban households amp 75 of rural households in India do not have access to tap water in their homes or even in radius of their residential premises (Table 2)

Table 2 Source of Water

Drinking Water Domestic Needs

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Bottled water 34 103 55 01 04 02

Piped water into houses 115 437 214 139 496 248

Piped water to yardplot 98 141 111 98 108 101

Piped water from neighbor 08 10 08 08 09 08

Page 46 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Public tapstandpipe 91 71 85 74 54 68

Tube well 108 103 107 115 172 132

Hand pump 453 80 339 414 79 312

Well Protected 29 16 25 27 24 26

Well Unprotected 43 25 37 45 28 40

Tanker truck Public 01 08 03 01 05 05

Tanker truck Private 04 05 04 05 05 05

Spring Protected 03 01 02 02 00 02

Spring Unprotected 03 00 02 04 00 03

Rainwater Collection 03 01 02 01 00 01

Surface water TankPond 04 01 03 49 10 37

Other surface water (river dam stream canal lake etc 02 01 02 03 01 02

Others (cart with small tank or drum etc) 02 01 02 03 01 02

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Page 47 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

It implies that majorly households obtain their basic resource of water from public taps wells or other shared water sources This denotes that while maintaining any sort of hygiene amp social distancing is itself difficult in these unusual circumstances there is a higher risk of contamination of water resource amp also the spread of infections during public health crises

Furthermore it has been observed that average time required to collect water from community sources is close to approximately an hour every day certainly implying that social distancing is difficult task to followamp execute for a large proportion of households with no proper regulations amp measures for this daily need crisis (Table 3b) As is the practice in many developing or under-developed countries the liability of collecting water from open resources is predominantly on females of the household (73) exposing them to greater health risks (Table 3c)

Table 3 Access to Drinking Water

Rural Urban Total

(a) Access to drinking water

Within dwelling 30 59 39

Outside dwelling but within the premises 31 22 28

Outside premises

Less than 02 km 286 137 240

02 km to 05 km 80 32 65

05 km to 10 km 21 12 18

10 km to 15 km 04 04 04

15 km or more 05 05 05

Total 100 100 100

Page 48 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Rural Urban Total

(b) Average time (in minutes) required to fetch water in a day from outside premises

485 400 470

(c) Who fetches water

Male members 208 338 230

Female members 775 566 739

Hired labour 06 47 13

Others 11 49 18

Total 100 100 100

Poor Sanitation Facilities

Following on we examine Indians access to exclusive washrooms amp latrines required to maintain hygiene to avoid coming into contact with viral discharges of infected persons (Table 4) Among the rural households 45 have no access to exclusive washrooms amp 39 have no access to exclusive latrines while 5 each use public facilities

In urban areas while the percentage of people without access to washrooms amp latrines are lower at 9 amp 4 respectively a higher proportion of households use commonpublic washrooms amp latrines (11 amp 135 respectively)

Overall about 8 of the Indian population uses public sanitation facilities amp a quarter of the population has no access to any sanitation facility making it difficult to follow good hygiene

Page 49 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 4 Access to Bathrooms amp Latrines

Bathrooms Latrines

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

For the exclusive use of household 515 797 602 650 822 702

For common use of households in a building

48 107 66 57 106 72

Publiccommunity use without payment

01 02 01 02 15 06

No bathroom 0 0 0 0 12 04

Others 02 01 02 05 04 04

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Prevalence of proper hand-washing practices

Finally we examine hand-washing practices amongst Indians prior to meals amp after defecation to comprehend in what way these are strongly embedded is this idea of washing or cleaning hands with soap amp water (Table 5) We find that while 75 of the population washes their hands using soap amp water after defecation whereas only 34 of it performs cleaning of hand before having a meal The majority of the population (62) uses only water to wash hands before meals This displays that the fundamental practice required to curtail infections through hand-washing with soap several times a day is a practice that majority of Indians are yet to adopt

Page 50 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 5 Hand-washing Practices

Rural urban Total

(a) Hand-washing regularly before meals

With water amp soap detergent 250 553 343

With water amp ash mudsand etc 36 14 29

With water only 701 427 617

Do not wash 13 06 11

Total 100 100 100

(b) Hand-washing regularly after defecation

With water amp soap detergent 684 892 747

With water amp ash mudsand etc 181 21 132

With water only 135 87 120

Do not wash 01 00 01

Total 100 100 100

Our study amp breakdown of the situation exhibits that maintaining social-distancing following proper hygiene ampobserving self-isolation guidelines in the case of this deadly infection are practically difficult for majority of the population residing in India due to existing housing patternsamp sanitation facilities Even if information regarding protective measuresamp safety norms is circulated to reach amp go rounds through the entire population the lack of basic amenities amp resources makes the financially amp resourcefully less-privileged sections of the Indian society defenceless against COVID-19 httpseconomictimesindiatimescom India shares two SARS-CoV-2 genome sequences

Page 51 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSES REPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

DIRECTORATE AND ISTEQLAL HOSPITAL OF THE MINISTRY OF PUBLIC HEALTH KABUL AFGHANISTAN

Faridullah Rahiq12345 Li Xiguang2 Muhammad Rehman13458 Azizaqa Zahed13 Khalil

Ahmad Pashtoonyar145 Bashir Ahmad Taseer 6 Ahmad Shah Wazir 7 Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil13

1 Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 2 Tsinghua University Beijing PR China

3 Forensic Medicine Strengthening Project Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

4 Forensic Medicine Laboratories Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

5 Forensic Medicine Services Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 6 Mental Health and Substance Abuse Department Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

7 Plastic and burn surgery Department Isteqlal Hospital Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 8 Noor Rahman Medical Laboratory Kabul Afghanistan

ABSTRACT Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases happened in the country during 2014 The majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriage Since there is no proper data collection system about suicide neither in the Ministry of Public Health nor in other ministries the only source of data is represented by some research done by human right commission or NGOs and their main focus is on gender base violence and human rights violations against women rather than suicide Evidence in recent years shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world the cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will not be forgiven by Almighty Allah On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental levels to understand the situation The complicity of silence the general hesitancy to address the issue and the lack of reliable statistics are all reasons not to understanding the underlying structural roots of the problem The aim of the study is to review the frequency of the suicide cases recorded There is little information on suicide and majority of the attempted suicide remains hidden as it is considered

Page 52 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

shameful in the society This behavior is strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors In general policy and judicial actions are needed to prevent andor reduce suicides in the county In addition the suicide reporting process must be strengthened in order to develop efficient interventions awareness rising on the issue is also considered very effective and practical on the issue The study is mostly quantitative and the study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years Data collection is based on the past year data records in both sites interview from personnel and questioning from relevant staff Key words SuicideAfghanistanQuantitative StudyMinistry of Public Health Afghanistan INTRODUCTION Identifying the Problem Suicide is an irrational desire to die The term irrational because no matter how bad a persons life is suicide is a permanent solution to what is nearly always a temporary problem Suicide is a symptom and sign of serious depression Depression is a treatable disorder but often the treatment takes time energy and effort on the part of the person who is feeling depressed It is during this time in treatment that many people turn to suicide and suicidal acts Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations The World Health Organization (WHO) also estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10ndash20 attempts at suicide Seventy five percent of all global suicides occur in low and middle-income countries (LMIC) Risk factors for suicide are many and varied including physical and sexual abuse childhood neglect and deprivation parental separation maternal physical and mental health problems lack of family personality disorder psychiatric disorders (particularly depression) as well as current life-stressors Suicidal behavior is complex Some risk factors vary with age gender and ethnic group and may even change over time The risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination Research has shown that 90 percent of people who kill themselves have depression or another diagnosable mental or substance abuse disorder Difficult life events in combination with other strong risk factors such as depression may lead to suicide Warning signs prior to suicide are significant and divided in to three groups verbal behavioral and environmental I Verbal warning signs include any written letter verbal communication may be direct or

indirect II Behavioral warning signs are behavioral signals which demonstrate emotional changes mood

changes and behavioral changes of a person

Page 53 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

III Environmental warning signs are any major changes in at the home family or job which leads to mood variation and emotional attacks

rdquoThe number of lives lost each year through suicide exceeds the number of deaths due to homicide and war combined Every 40 seconds another family loses a loved one to suiciderdquo said Dr Peeperkorn ldquoPolicy and legislative actions are needed to prevent suicide together with awareness rising of suicide as a public health problem in Afghanistan Surveillance and reporting on suicides and suicide attempts also needs strengthening to devise effective interventions ldquo Over 800000 people die due to suicide every year and there are many more who attempt suicide Suicide occurs throughout the lifespan and was the second leading cause of death among 15-29 year olds globally in 2012 Suicide is a global phenomenon in all regions of the world in fact 75 of global suicide occurred in low- and middle-income countries Suicide accounted for 14 of all deaths worldwide making it the 15th leading cause of death in 2012 Effective and evidence-based interventions can be implemented at population sub-population and individual levels to prevent suicide and suicide attempts Research Methodology Study Design The study is quantitative The study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years (Some samples (suicide attempts through poisoning) of the last year from other 5 hospitals are also included for comparison) NATIONAL SITUATION Afghanistan Afghanistan is a land-locked country (current estimated population 29 million and 2 hundred thousand) that connects central to South Asia 99 of its population is Muslims Kabul (current estimated population 4 million) is the capital city The country has poor social and health indicators made worse by over three decades of continuous war which has caused enormous social political amp economic disorder and suffering Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases were recorded in the country during 2014 Deputy public health service chief said 4466 cases of poisoning and 707 cases of burns were recorded in the capital while 4136 cases of burns were recorded in the provinces during the year 2014 The majority of the victims who are females attempted to commit suicide by setting themselves on fire Hanging and use of weapons are the other means used to commit suicide Evidence shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year At least 184 cases of self-immolation was registered by the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) in 2007 against 106 in 2006

Page 54 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world According to UNAMAs mid-year report cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The real prevalence may be higher than what is mentioned because of general knowledge of silence attached to this issue as suicide is a criminal act in Islamic lsquoShariarsquo and also in the Afghani civil and criminal laws The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will go to hell On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental and para-statal levels to understand the situation However majority of the attempted suicide cases remains hidden since the act of attempting suicide is considered shameful in the society ldquoThe majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriagerdquo noted the UNFPA representative for Afghanistan Dr Annette Robertson according to the public health ministry The womenrsquos rights chief at the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission told Afghanistan Times that methods of suicide used by Afghan women last year include ldquoself-immolation self-poisoning drowning hanging and cutting off the arteryrdquo ldquoSexual abuse domestic violence forced and early marriagesrdquo are among the primary reported reasons for female suicides she added Most ldquosuicide incidents remained covert due to family disgrace but suicides would decline substantially if the ministry of health cooperates with the policerdquo In the Afghanistan Times article a Kabul University lecturer said ldquoDemocracy has not expanded across the country to protect the womenrsquos rights and itrsquos quite challenging to defend women in such a society Women are very vulnerable and often undergo drastic atrocities in their social livesrdquo Violence against women in Afghanistan reached record levels in 2013 according to the Independent Human Rights Commission of Afghanistan (AIHRC) Figures released between 6 months of 2013 witnessed a 25 percent increase in recorded attacks As Seema Samar the chair of AIHRC told Reuters attacks were more frequent and more brutal with incidents including ldquothe cutting of [womenrsquos] noses lips and earsrdquo and ldquopublic raperdquo The struggle to secure womenrsquos rights in Afghanistan has been an embattled one After years of faltering campaigns the landmark Elimination of Violence against Women Act (EVAW) was passed in 2009 by presidential decree The unprecedented law criminalizes 22 offences from forced prostitution to denying women their inheritance (Article 5) prescribes punishments for offenders (Articles 17 ndash 42) and outlines a number of state responsibilities (Articles 8 ndash 16) Most significantly Article 6 enshrines seven victimsrsquo rights including the right of prosecution legal representation and compensation

Page 55 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The 2009 act marked a major turning point in the legal status of Afghan women Before the EVAW was passed cases of violence against women were governed by Afghanistanrsquos penal code in force since 1976 which contains no reference to violence within the family or underage marriage Even these scant legal protections were illusory during Taliban rule when women were denied free movement and access to education and when women were even stoned to death Since then Afghanistan has signed numerous international rights treaties and as a signatory is obliged under international law to respond to reports of attacks on women And yet according to UN statistics out of 650 reported cases between October 2012 and September 2013 the law was applied in a mere 109 On average over the past three years the EVAW act has only been applied to between 15 and 17 percent of reported cases The failure to enforce the law is a chief concern among activists Speaking to Al Jazeera Latifa Sultani an AIHRC spokesperson recounted a case in which a man evaded justice despite being accused of using an axe to dismember his wife With perpetrators at large many victims do not speak out for fear of reprisals leaving countless women to suffer in silence Heather Barr of Human Rights Watch accuses the Afghan government of failing women attributing low rates of law enforcement to a lack of political will In a 2012 report entitled ldquoStill a Long Way to Gordquo the UN made 71 recommendations for strengthening protections for Afghan women The UN found that only four of these proposals had been implemented The United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan notes that a major challenge is the lack of resources and technical and political support for police prosecutors and the courts Securing womenrsquos rights had become one of the prime justifications for intervention Activists fear that the prospect of withdrawal has fuelled an attitude of impunity contributing to the intensification of attacks against women According to UN Women Chief PhumzileMlambo-Ngcuka violence against women in Afghanistan is ldquopandemicrdquo with 872 percent of women experiencing some form of physical psychological sexual economic or social violence 2014 is a year of flux for Afghanistan With a looming general election crumbling economy and concerns over security activists fear worsening of the already hostile environment for women in Afghanistan Vulnerable groups

i Women especially young girls between age of 14 -19 years which are most vulnerable due to gender base violence and violence against their rights

ii Drug users nowadays data showed 11 of general population is using some kind of drugs such as opiates opioid heroin sleep pills or pain killers and hashish (INL Afghan rural drug survey result 2015)

iii Returnees and displaced people with facing acculturation iv Disables family of martyrs v Poor people jobless

vi People with mental disorder and psycho-social problem vii People affected by serious infections such as HIVAIDS HBV and HBS

viii People who have lost their dear ones ix People who are affected from civil war x People who have suddenly faced a very big economical loss

xi People specially youth who are disowned by the family andor face some sort of dishonor by society

Causalities There is little information on suicide in Afghanistan-behaviors that are strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors Afghanistan is a poor and post conflict country with huge burden of health Mental Health- psycho-social problems large risk factors prohibit people from seeking help such as gender

Page 56 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

imbalance gender base violence poverty domestic violence mental disorders cultural changes kinds of human right violation women and children rights violation and related results Most of these risk factors contribute to increase vulnerability for suicide and the situation is going to be worse when we knew the low level of awareness of people and the extreme cultural restrictions to suicide and suicide attempts cases and highlights SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSESREPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE DIRECTORATE Forensics or forensic science is the application of science to questions which are of interest to the legal system as well as social sciences Today forensic doctors are claimed by courts law enforcement offenders and accusers to analyze evidence and report conclusions Sometimes forensic experts are asked to be expert witnesses in court and report those findings As Forensic science is the application of the scientific method to help the judicial system Therefore Forensic doctors collect preserve and analyze scientific evidence during the course of an investigation Some forensic doctorsrsquo travel to the scene of the crime to collect the evidence themselves others are in laboratory performing analysis on objects brought to them by other individuals Worth to mention that In addition to forensic doctorsrsquo laboratory role they also testify as expert witnesses in both criminal and civil cases and can work for either the prosecution or the defense Forensic Medicine Directorate in Afghanistan was established in the year 1981with some basic resources and facilities At present Forensic Medicine Directorate operates under direct supervision of Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan Currently the Directorate operates 24 hours and over passage of time certain sections have developed to incorporate the majority of forensically related cases Forensic specialties that are currently developed in Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan

1 Forensic Pathology 2 Forensic Toxicology 3 Forensic Anthropology 4 Forensic Evidence 5 Forensic Chemistry 6 Forensic Odontology 7 Forensic Genetics 8 Forensic Psychiatry 9 Forensic Serology 10 Criminalistics 11 Document Examination 12 Forensic Autopsy Examinations 13 Medical Malpractice amp Mispractice Investigation Though Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the cause of death as it is not part of their authority therefore they only describe and record the cause of death The cause of death can clearly indicate the intention behind it The suicide attempts that had led to death and were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate during the years 2014 2015 and 2016 Suicide Cases ndash Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan During the year 2014 2015 and 2016 total 119 deaths (suicide cases) were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate the breakdown is shown in below table and the graph chart

Page 57 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 58 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 59 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 60 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 61 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 62 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 63 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 64 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 65 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 66 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 67 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 68 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 69 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 70 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 71 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 72 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 73 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 74 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 75 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 76 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 77 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 78 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 79 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 80 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 81 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 82 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FINDINGS

The basic goal is to prevent suicide both injury and death study results indicate that standards by which progress can be documented could empower government to actually implement their plans This can include constantly connecting suicide prevention to other issues to which the public government agencies or the educational system are already committed More work is needed at the national level to assist in developing these standards There are some findings indicated during the research that are concluded as below 1 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Forensic Medicine Directorate that has led

to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 was 119 The average of suicides that are recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate per year was 396 suicides

2 Among the cases in Forensic Medicine Directorate 44 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 56 were committed by male

3 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people in Forensic Medicine however still 55 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

4 The methods used for suicide were hanging mouse killer drown in water gun shot and Burn As per available data hanging was the most common method used ie 74 while other methods usages was 19 2 4 and 1 respectively

5 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Isteqlal hospital that has led to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 is 41 The average of suicides that are recorded in Isteqlal Hospital per year was 136 suicides

6 Among the cases 80 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 20 were committed by male

7 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people however still 68 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

8 As per detailed information provided in chapter 4 there were 4 female suicide cases (Poisoning) reported in Isteqlal hospital in the years 2015 and 2016 This number shows that as per chapter 5 data from five hospitals where 391 women who had attempted suicide 4 have died which shows the average ratio of 1001 that means in every 100 poisoned cases in women 1 die

9 Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the type of death as it is not part of their authority They only describe the cause of death

10 Forensic medicine directorate is not well equipped and not trained and authorized to give exact opinion

11 There is no proper database available that records suicides and suicide attempts with all possible details Most of the cases are recorded quantitatively while lots of details related to the quality of the case are missing

12 Registration and medical records of hospitals donrsquot have sufficient data available to enhance related researches

13 Strong coordination and cooperation lack between Forensic Medicine Police Prosecutors and Courts

14 The final decisions taken on cases are not shared with Forensic Medicine by Courts 15 The recorded cases show that the age group is in between 15 ndash 35 with higher percentage

between 15-25 which means young age group is much vulnerable 16 The method of suicide is different by sex men usually use hanging as a method however

women usually choose poisoning and self-immolation 17 Though as per observations female suicide cases are higher than male but most of the cases

related to women are hidden at family and community level and are not referred for investigation therefore there are fewer records available in Forensic Medicine Directorate

Page 83 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

18 Overall in Kabul with an estimated population of Four million the number of poisoning cases recorded in 5 hospitals is 2061 cases According to authorities almost more than 90 of all these cases are attempts to suicide which means there are 52 people attempting suicide in every 100000 people

19 The present analysis found that Afghan women attempted suicide 113 times more than men 20 Finally there is no certain prevention strategy in place yet Conclusively it can be stated that though suicide rate is not high in Afghanistan but still suicide prevention strategies must be developed within the context of social economic and political realities There will be challenges that may come during the processes of planning and implementation But it is really important to compare experiences of several governments discover commonalities and gather recommendations about national level suicide prevention planning and implementation strategy SUGGESTION amp CONCLUSION This study shows that incidence of suicide may have increased in Afghanistan but also there is a lack of information of the subject The prolonged war and the socio-political and socio-economical disorder in Afghanistan have all but destroyed the social order of the country and this may be reflected in the suicide statistics of the country Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam Attempting or committing suicide offends the whole family socially and could be one of the reasons why suicides are under- reported and under-researched in Afghanistan In case of hospitals (as shown in records of Isteqlal Hospital) the number of female cases are high because for treatment purpose family members do bring the victim to the hospital and the case is recorded both by the hospital authority as well as the investigative department In such cases family members canrsquot deny the incident and therefore the real data is recorded in hospitals Most acts of self-immolation by young Afghan women are due to some factors such as arranged and forced marriages trading women with the intention of marriage and the outdated and illegal practice of ldquobaadrdquo (the giving away of a female to settle a dispute) The lack of family support in many cases appears make the situation worse Therefore suicide in Afghan women is a form of social protest against the domination they face However the majority of the suicide victims have no intention to kill themselves they just want to express their pain by burning or eating poison Still due to immediate effects adverse harm complications and complication and non-availability of time the victims lose their lives Though government has passed different laws such as EVAW law - Elimination of Violence against Women but the politics and logistics of moving from paper to practice present a significant challenge The number of female attempting suicide by any mean is high the more women learn about their rights the more they will less go to the extreme that is attempt suicide Therefore the effectiveness of the human rights system at the national level needs to be improved and an effective advocacy initiative or strategy is required at national level More than three decades of almost continuous conflict in an impoverished country of Afghanistan has severely compromised the mental health status of the population From the small number of scientific reports (and a growing number of media reports) it appears suicidal behavior has become a serious public health problem in Afghanistan This is neither unexpected nor surprising However in order to understand the problem better and to inform policy for developing suicide prevention programs there is need for more and better research My review is an initial attempt to

Page 84 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

draw attention to this problem in Afghanistan In order to reduce the growing number of suicides in addition to give the sufferersrsquo immediate health care the below points are recommended 1 To decrease illiteracy and promoting literacy in each and every community 2 To provide long term awareness sessions in order to show families broader ways to struggle

in reducing violence against women stop domestic problems etc through media ie TV and radio

3 To create jobs and provide occupations to improve peoplersquoseconomicstatus and reduce related tensions

4 To seek assistance of influential community people religious leaders and teachersprofessors to publicize the issue of domestic violence

5 To expand and well equip the burn and attempt suicide wards within hospitals in addition to establishment of specialization programs

6 To establish proper psychosocial sessions for the survivors in order to convince them not to commit suicide again and help them to return to their normal life

7 To establish an emergency department equipped by emergency call number to speedily prevent and cover the cases

8 To keep away insecticides pesticides (poison) and firearm from all certain people who are under observation with different behaviors characteristics and mental issues

9 To conduct a national wide research on identifying the main and frequent causes behind suicides lead by Forensic Medicine Directorate and Mental Health Department of MOPH

10 Scope of government responsibility needs to be expanded for protection of womens human rights at each and every level

AUTHORS CONTRIBUTION This research was conducted in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Istiqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan FR carried out experiment and collected data LX carried data analysis FR and MR drafted manuscript BAT ASW AZ MMA and KAP conceived of the study and participated in the research coordination the authors read and approved the final manuscript REFERENCES 1 MoPH 2014b Suicide Report Press Report MoPH Kabul Afghanistan 2 Epidemiology and outcome of burns in Isteqlal Hospital of Kabul Afghanistan Burns 36

1101ndash1106 3 General Directorate of Preventive Medicine Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 4 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Isteqlal Hospital of

Kabul Afghanistan 5 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Forensic Medical

Department of Kabul Afghanistan 6 httpwwwbreitbartcomnational-security20140913afghanistan-4-136-cases-of-self-

immolation-primarily-involving-women-registered-so-far-this-year 7 httpwwwwhointmental_healthpreventionsuicidesuicidepreventen 8 httpwwwkhaamacomover-9000-suicide-attempt-cases-recorded-in-afghanistan-6666 9 httpdxdoiorg101016jajp201701004 10 httpwwwtherichestcomrich-listthe-biggest10-countries-with-the-highest-suicide-rates-

in-the-world 11 A study of deliberate self-harm and its repetition among patients presenting to an emergency

department Crisis ndash2011

Page 85 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

12 Asian Journal of Psychiatry 13 Guanglin He et al 2019 A comprehensive exploration of the genetic legacy and forensic

features of Afghanistan and Pakistan Mongolian-descent Hazara Forensic Science International Genetics 42 (2019) e1-12doiorg101016jfsigen201906018

14 Shahzad MS Kalsoom S Bajwa JI Arif A Khan MAU (2018) Detection and comparison of light metals in hair among workers of different industries using Particle Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) for forensic casework Adv Life Sci5 (4) 154-158

15 WAQAS M et al 2019 trace elemental analysis of hair for toxicity using partial induced x-ray emission (pixe) testing for forensic science applications IJBPAS 8(11) 2181-2194

Page 86 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 ECONOMY IN JEOPARDIZE

Gurpreet Kaur

Research Scholar Desh Bhagat University Amloh Ludhiana Abstract The rampant spread of COVID-19 outbreak across borders and geographies has severely impacted almost the whole world and triggered significant downside risks to the overall global economic outlook India too suffered decline in its economy due to the lockdown It was assumed while presenting the budget in February that GDP growth rate will be higher from last few years However now this task seems next to be impossible as the growth rate in spite of inclining has started declining This is a serious issue as many industries has been fallen Even it can be said that industries are at the last stage of survival This paper tends to highlight those sectors which suffered a lot Along with that this paper also tries to find steps that can be taken to combat this problem Keywords Rampant Growth Rate GDP Economy Outlook Global Introduction Coronavirus has almost broken all the norms and boundaries which has been set in the world As its breakdown resulted in locking almost everything It just stop the movement and it seems that only time has been running and rest of the things are being paused The major impact it had on the lives of human being and at the economy of the any country It can be estimated that globally the economy has suffered a lot This pandemic has even broken the record of the loss that has occurred in the Great Depression which happened in 1930 Due to the lockdown announced by the Indian Government the economy may slow over the next few months For most businesses the slowdown could be in the form of supply disruptions fall in consumption demand and stress on the banking and financial sectors Objective This paper tries highlight The major sectors which suffered the most due to pandemic The impact of COVID-19 in the economy of India The future challenges that need to be taken to combat this situation Research Methodology The method used to write this paper is purely descriptive The secondary sources has been opted to write this paper The matter is gathered from articles journals books and so on

Page 87 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Reality Check It is a matter of fact that after the lockdown a humanitarian crisis unfolded It forced people into starvation joblessness poverty destitution depression and many more This is apart from health infrastructure crisis

Prediction of GDP growth rate before the Breakdown of Coronavirus Amid the coronavirus pandemic several countries across the world resorted to lockdowns to ldquoflatten the curverdquo of the infection These lockdowns meant confining millions of citizens to their homes shutting down businesses and ceasing almost all economic activity According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) the global economy is expected to shrink by over 3 per cent in 2020 ndash the steepest slowdown since the Great Depression of the 1930s As the annual year was around the corner before the spread of hazardous virus The Union - Government has already passed the Budget While presenting the Finance Bill for the year 2020-21 the Union Government on 01022020 had reasonably estimated Indias nominal GDP growth rate (ie real growth + inflation) of 10 percent however the same now seems far from reality and certainty The slowdown in demand closure of production activities fall in the global price of crude oil ban on foreign trade price decrease in the commodities like energy metals and fertilizers restrictions on the aviation industry as also on tourism amongst others are bound to exert downward pressure on the inflation thus adversely affecting the economy chart It is believed that Indias aggressive lockdown could bring the countrys growth down to 25 percent from 45 percent it had earlier estimated However as per a statement released by Chief India Economist of Goldman Sachs on 09042020 the economic growth of India has been estimated at a low figure of 16 only It is really a matter of concern As the incline in Indian Economy is also estimated by the World Bank In the latest World Banks assessment India was expected to grow 15 to 281 Even the IMF also projected a growth rate of 19 for India in 2020 However all seems to be mere a dream Adversely affected Sectors The manufacturing an important part of any economy suffers from total lack of clarity Lockdown has put great stress on the supply chains of essential commodities and

1 World Bank Assessment Report

Page 88 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

therefore many of the Indian companies have focused on the production and supply of essential items only thereby stopping all other production activities thereby bringing down the production graph Likewise the other sectors like agriculture being the primary sector and the tertiary sector are also not free from its impact There is hardly any manpower available for the agricultural purposes in different states Lockdowns have manifestly made the farmers difficult to take their produce for sale to the markets Informal sector of India the backbone of its economy will be hardest hit in view of economic activities coming to a total standstill These lockdowns and restrictions on commercial activities and public gatherings are necessarily likely to strongly impact domestic growth As estimated by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) on 07042020 the overall unemployment rate may have surged to 23 per cent with urban unemployment standing at nearly 31 per cent International Labour Organisation (ILO) has estimated about 40 crores workers of unorganised sectors to be unemployed The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)2 has suggested that Indias trade impact due to the COVID-19 outbreak could be around USD 348 million For India the overall trade impact is estimated to be at 129 million dollars for the chemicals sector textiles and apparel at 64 million dollars the automotive sector at 34 million dollars electrical machinery at 12 million dollars leather products at 13 million dollars metals and metal products at 27 million dollars and wood products and furniture at 15 million dollars As per UNCTAD estimates exports across global value chains could decrease by USD 50 billion during the year in case there is a 2 reduction in Chinas exports of intermediate inputs What is also worrisome is the effect of all the circumstantial conditions on the Rupee value which is at its lower value of more than Rs 76 per USD exerting extra burden and pressure on the cost of import of commodities and services in India and on the accumulated foreign reserves Industries Corona virus had its impact in the industry in general which has seen not only cutting the salaries but also laying off its employees The hotels are vacant and airlines have closed their wings The live events industry has also estimated a loss of more than Rs 3000 crores It is also resulted that businesses are grappling with tremendous uncertainty about their future According to the survey3 COVID-19 is having a deep impact on Indian businesses over the coming months jobs are at high risk because firms are looking for some reduction in manpower Further it is added that already COVID-19 crisis has caused an unprecedented collapse in economic activities over the last few weeks

2 UNCTAD Statistics available at unctadorg 3Survey conducted by Industry body FICCI and tax consultant Dhruva Responses are from about 380 companies across the sectors

Page 89 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The present situation is having a high to very high level impact on their business according to almost 72 per cent respondents Further 70 per cent of the surveyed firms are expecting a de growth sales in the fiscal year 2020-21

Apparel ampTextile get hit adversely due to disruption in labour supply raw material unavailability working capital constraints and restricted demand due to limited movement of people and

purchasing ability Auto sector4 (which includes automobiles and auto parts) will continue to face

challenges on account of lack of demand global recession and falling income levels Aviation amp Tourism5 is one sector which has the highest probability of going under

without direct government intervention Due to pandemic there are high chances that in the next 12 months itrsquos highly unlikely people will travel for leisure apart from very essential travel Dependency of earning money by tourist depends on the visitors It is certain that this industry will be affected the most as people would not like to travel without any reason This will not only drop economy rate in own country but also has a great impact on global economy

Building amp Construction6 businesses are generally leveraged and hence will face the dual challenges of high-interest payments and lack of sales Lack of work and payment are the greatest hurdle in the way of building and construction industries

Hotel industryis among one such industry which has suffered a lot As their hotels are totally shut down and they have no other mode of earning

Gym industryalso faced a huge loss Due to lockdown everything is closed Trainers owners are facing huge loss Large number of population has become unemployed This problem would not resolve quickly It would take time In other words anything which involves personal interaction will face problems in the next 12 months ndash real estate or big-ticket itemsluxury products Sectors with a possible uptick

Digital amp Internet Economy Online based products amp services companies will find new takers

o Ed-tech and Online Education along with firms involved with online-skill development have become popular which also resulted in the growth of E-Learning Almost every school has opened their arms for online teaching

4 wwwsmallcasecom 5 Ibid 6 Ibid

Page 90 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

o Online groceries also gain With the lockdown people are now become habitual to buy things online As a result online grocery gain profit and other retailer would suffer

o There will be a sudden spike in the demand for Content with digital content being in demand more than ever

FMCG amp Retail7 will benefit immensely With continued fear food-based retail chains and companies catering to low-ticket consumption demand will emerge as winners

Speciality Chemicals8 Firms dealing in Chemicals will see a jump due to increased demand for disinfectants drugs and medicines Measures to Combat this Situation With COVID-19 spreading rapidly in India policymakers are worried about how to fight the virus and minimise its impact on the economy There are no easy answers In addition to containing the spread of the disease and support those who are affected policymakers have to be prepared for the long-term challenges and opportunities that may arise once the crisis is over and it will eventually be To minimise the effect in the economy caused by the COVID -19 outbreak the Union Finance amp Corporate Affairs Minister on 24032020 announced several important relief measures taken by the Government of India especially on statutory and regulatory compliance matters related to several sectors The Central Government amongst others announced much-needed relief measures in areas of Income Tax GST Customs amp Central Excise Corporate Affairs Insolvency ampBankruptcy Code (IBC) Fisheries Banking Sector and Commerce intended to boost the economy What is next in the list It might be a mouthful but herersquos a look at whatrsquos to come in the immediate future Liquidity is expected to remain tight as the cost of borrowing in real terms will jump upwards This is despite central banksrsquo efforts to reduce interest rates Banks and financial institutions will be under immense pressure as the fear of NPAs insolvency and bankruptcies increase multi fold The government will focus on meeting hyper demand for essential goods while non-essential businesses will focus on recovering their receivablesoutstanding money due from debtors New strategic alliances or business partnerships will not emerge during this period A smallcase is a basket of stocksETFs based on ideas themes and strategies They are professionally managed and offer investors more transparency and control over their investments Many lives will be lost and millions more affected Countries will introspect businesses will realign But as Jackiersquos 21st-century take on turning lemons into lemonade goes there may be a silver lining We may have to wait for the rain clouds to depart

7 wwwsmallscalecom 8 Ibid

Page 91 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Technology amp Future of Work Technology for many businesses until today was considered to be a support function with it being used as a means to get to an end This is set to change as technology will now become the frontline requirement in most organizations Its importance will be comparable to that of revenue-generating functions ndash sales and business development Trends will accelerate Automation will gain momentum as the spend on sophisticated IT infrastructure outpaces human resources Job creation will be limited with more offers being rolled out on a contractual basis than on a full-time basis This sort of gig economy will emerge in the emerging markets as well as the more developed markets Work from home will be the new normal Firms in some sectors will realise that employees working from home are equally productive as compared to when they are working from the office This will also help in saving infrastructure costs Back to basics Businesses will rethink their strategy of focusing on sales without profitabilityprofitability growth Organizations claiming hefty valuations just on the basis of sales growth will no longer find buyers ndash focus on profit and profit growth will be the new normal Data is the new oil That is as long as the price of oil doesnrsquot drop to $0 again (FYI only the expiring futures contract dropped to zero) Data will become even more valuable and with it data misuse through AI will also become rampant Wersquore already seeing governments and private entities roll out contact tracing tools which have poor implementation and pose severe threats to data security and privacy As these entities have realized data can play a huge role in limiting the impact of viral phenomena ndash diseases protests misinformationhellipthe list goes on

Page 92 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Data and IT security will become even more important for businesses Traditional businesses including heavy industries will find it difficult to survive without access to information that would help with optimization and extracting efficiency All about the money Finally big financial conglomerates with large balance sheet exposure will become history Wersquoll see the emergence of specialized segmental lenders who will strive to make better lending decisions through AI amp social intelligence Traditional lenders will exit the game There is no doubt that COVID-19 will have a large impact on the Indian economy With respect to India the discussion can be bifurcated into 2 parts ndash Indiarsquos economy and its stock markets The recovery of the underlying economy will be slow and it will take around 2 years for normalcy to come back across sectors While the overall economy might take a hit because of the government lockdown some sectors are set to see immense growth in the post-COVID era ndash FMCG B2C specialised lenders gold-dependent companies food retail and pharmaceutical companies to name a few Stock markets have a mind of their own formed by the collective emotions + intelligence of millions They are often skewed and arenrsquot the best indicators of the underlying economy Stock markets will have a strong recovery not due to the fundamentals strength but due to global liquidity which is available for almost free (as interest rates tend to near zero) Availability of debt capital will be scarce in India whilst equity capital will be available in plenty over a period of time What can the Government do Like its counterparts across the globe the Indian government has announced a slew of measures to prevent total collapse However it isnrsquot enough This works to alleviate some of the pain not counter it 1 Loosen its purse and spend money on infrastructure development ndash lsquoRebuild India

Rejuvenate Indiarsquo 2 Public sector financial institutions need to be further capitalized and nudged by the

RBI to lend out low-ticket loans below INR 1 Crore in the form of working capital to ensure that liquidity comes back into the system

3 Banking sector needs to be nudged to pass on rate cuts induced by RBI to the borrowers

4 Personal tax cuts amp tax holidays for 6 ndash 12 months can be adopted to revive consumption which will help spur economic growth

Page 93 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

These are not an exhaustive list of measures but could help alleviate the impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy while stimulating growth To conclude I would like to pen down by saying that this pandemic may wreck the Indian economy The level of GDP may further fall more so when India is not immune to the global recession In fact it is believed that India is more vulnerable since its economy has already been ailing and in a deep-seated slowdown for several quarters much before the COVID-19 outbreak became known The Prime Minister of India has already spoken of setting up an Economic Task Force to devise policy measures to tackle the economic challenges arising from COVID 19 as also on the stability of Indian economy However the concrete plans would have to be kept in place to support the economy and its recovery At last but not the least as the disruption from the virus progresses globally as well as within India it is for us to forget at least for the time being all talking only about economic recovery and instead join hands whole heartedly to tackle the outcome of COVID-19 References 1 Siddhartha RastogiThe impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy 2 Shikha Goyal What is the impact of Coronavirus on Indian Economy 3 Annual Budget presented by Union Government 4 httpswwwjagranjoshcom 5 httpsmeconomictimescom 6 httpsmeconomictimesindiatimescom 7 wwwbusiness-standardcom 8 wwwindiatodayin 9 httpseconomictimesindiatimescommarketsexpert-viewgoldman-sachs-revised-

global-growth-forecast-for-2020-to-2-and-that-of-us-to-6-prachi-mishraarticleshow75065449cms

10 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPublicationsPDFsMPRAPRIL2020E3D4AD8245734F27B6C5688F22B4FA2FPDF

11 httpswwwbusinesstodayincurrenteconomy-politicscoronavirus-fallout-unemployment-rate-spikes-to-23-after-lockdown-says-cmiestory400349html

12 httpsengaonconnectioncommore-than-40-crore-workers-in-indias-unorganized-sector-may-be-affected-due-to-the-lockdown-which-will-affect-their-employment-and-earnings-ilo

13 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPressReleasePDFsPR22761B4E43FCBED94A12955FD65458EBEEDAPDF

14 httpswwwindiatodayinindiastoryschool-books-to-path-labs-delhi-govt-relaxes-lockdown-1671877-2020-04-28

Page 94 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PROBLEMS IN SHIP BREAKING INDUSTRY OF INDIA A

CASE OF ALANG SHIP BREAKING YARD

Hrudanand Misra Professor Institute of Management

Nirma University Ahmedabad Gujarat India

Abstract

The requirement of steel production in India the ship breaking industry has become a vital for the countryrsquos economy After four decade of growth India continues to compete with Bangladesh to lead the international ship breaking industry In Alang area the ship breaking sector and related downstream activities provides employment and resources to nereby communities The industry is profitable and income generating poor working practices and low environmental standards tarnish the image of the sector at national and international levels A huge number of accidents and fatalities in ship breaking processes highlight the lack of adequate Occupational Health and Safety Standards Seasonal migrant workers many of whom are unaware with the industry These labours are recruited through sub-contractors most of the workers in India lack sufficient hazard awareness and basic safety requirement necessary to work in a ship breaking yard This paper focuses on the Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry (SBRI) of India to access its present situation impact on environment as well as worker rights and safety The paper also puts light on how India Ship Breakers Association (ISBA) reacts to unhygienic unsafe scrapping facilities and what remedies shall be taken to overcome the challenges of this potential industry

Keywords Ship Breaking And Recycling Challenges Environment Worker Right Introduction Ship breaking is the process of dismantling of old ships to recover steel scrap and other materials Ships breaking industry is a recycling industry which recover steel from the ship which is expected to constitute 90 percent in terms of value The other materials constitute the remaining 10 percent and consist of machines and equipment furniture and fittings asbestos wood panels oil chemicals electrical fittings etc These items can at best be considered as by-products of this industrial activity Ship breaking is a challenging process involving a complexity of issues like ecology environment labour health and safety Thus it has been recognized as one of the hazardous industries and this activity is mainly concentrated in developing countries of Asia The ship breaking activity shifted gradually from high-income countries to middle income countries and then to low income countries due to growing environmental concern and stringent regulations in developed countries During this process the ship breaking industry has transformed from being a capital-intensive industry to labour

Page 95 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

intensive industry Although Ship breaking industries produce the potentiality for economic growth it also brings with it dangers of environmental imbalances Until the 1970rsquos ship breaking activities were concentrated in developed countries But after 1980 due to availability of cheap labour a shift of these activities from the developed countries to developing countries is witnessed Countries like India Bangladesh China and Pakistan have less stringent norms or legislation pertaining to environment and also the availability of huge labour force It is estimated that on an average 700 ships are taken for decommissioning every year world over Out of these 350-450 ships are scrapped in India The ship breaking activities are carried out at various places in India along the sea coast of the country Viz Alang in Gujarat Sachana in Gujarat Dharukhana near Bombay Tadri in Karnatka Maipe in Karnataka Baypore in Kerala Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh Valinokan in Tamil Nadu and at Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu However the main ship breaking centre is located on the west coast at Alang Gujarat The ship breaking activity at Alang began in 1982 and currently 141 plots are in operation and Alang is considered to be the largest ship breaking yard in world India has the worldrsquos largest ship breaking facility in terms of volume According to Basel convention report of 2003 38 percent of ship breaking activities are concentrated in India followed by China 25 percent Bangladesh 19 percent and Pakistan 7 percent Alang has grown from small coastal village with a small population of fishermen and farmers to become worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard Upto 1980rsquos ship breaking activities were limited to the breaking of small-sized ship at Darukhana yard near Bombay At the end of 1970rsquos the Metal Scrap Trade Corporation (MSTC) of the Government of India decided to import non-useable ships from foreign countries and the Government decided to set up ship breaking yards During 80rsquos there was a tremendous demand for scrap from large number of foundries and re-rolling mills in Gujarat Therefore Government of Gujarat adapted policies in favour of ship breaking industry on Gujarat coast The Gujarat Maritime Board made intensive survey and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity In 1983 the first ship was beached and this laid the foundation of ship breaking at Alang which has now grown as worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard The working environment and negative impacts on the environment have become a growing concern over the time by the industrialists some social groups NGOrsquos and local and global media Some sort of comprehensive plans are need to be established to improvise current problems in the Alang ship breaking yards So the overall objectives this study include are bull To study the general overview of Ship Breaking Industry bull To evaluate the impact of environmental adversity bull To assess the issues involved in workers safety bull To recommend for the challenges occurred in SBRI

Page 96 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ship Breaking Industry Its Global Impact Ship breaking or ship scrapping as defined by the US occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is ldquoany breaking of a vesselrsquos structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel including the removal of gear equipment or any component of a vesselrdquo (US Environmental Protection Agency 2000) A ship consists mostly of steel At the end of its useful life it becomes a source of ferrous scrap The scrap is particularly reprocessed for manufacturing simple steel products such as steel rods used in civil engineering A large portion of the waste generated following the demolition or scrapping process is largely returned to good use Useable equipment is such as pumps motors generators etc are sold as it finds alternative applications and the scrap steel is reprocessed (Andersen 2001 1-2) Ships were historically broken at regulated European dry dock facilities by skilled workers After 1970rsquos the high cost of environmental controls and employees safety standards shifted the work onto cheaper shores As a result during 1980rsquos these countries delocalized their activities to developing countries Besides the availability of cheap labour in developing world the adoption of stringent environmental norms by developed countries acted as the major reason for the shift of these activities toward the developing countries The ship breaking industry creates enormous employment opportunities and generates income as it also provides with recycling of products and scrap materials for further production According to 2001 OCED report on ship scraping ldquoship demolitions remove large volume of obsolete tonnage from fleets recycle many of the materials used in ships construction and are a major employer in the main ship breaking areasrdquo (International Federation of Human Rights 20004)

On average a ship has an active life span of 25 to 30 years After it fails to meet the safety requirement it is sent for breaking The ship is sold through international broker or via cash buyers Until 1960rsquos ship breaking activities was highly mechanized and concentrated in industrialized countries like United States the United Kingdom Germany and Italy The United Kingdom accounted for 45 percent of ship breaking industry During 1960rsquos and 1970rsquos ship breaking activities shifted to semi-industrialized countries such as Spain Turkey and Taiwan mainly because of availability of cheaper labour and also the existence of re-rolling mills in these countries About 79 countries were involved in ship breaking activity Asian yards come into existence during 1980rsquos Despite their late establishment at present this region account for over 95 percent of the industry Alang ship breaking yard of India has become eminent industry holding first position in Asia and also in world market Bangladesh holds second position after India Table 21 presents the number of vessels that were dismantled during 1994 and 2002 Out of 3854 vessels that were dismantled during this period 58 percent were dismantled

Page 97 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in India alone Table also reveals that out of top eight destinations for these ships six are Asian countries More than 80 percent of ships dismantled were done in Asia The Asian countries also account for more than 80 percent of tonnage of these ships Out of 35789303 million tonnes of Ldt worldwide approximately 45 percent from the ships dismantled in India The table clearly shows the important place of India and Asia in the ship breaking industry world over Table 1 Number of Vessels by Breaking Location and their tonnage 1994-2002

Country Number of Vessels

Total of Ldt (Million

tons)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

India 2245 16135949 5825 4509 Bangladesh 529 7737562 1373 2162

China 379 4734533 983 1323 Pakistan 192 3521888 498 984 Turkey 109 379641 283 106

Vietnam 29 372882 075 104 Spain 18 59439 046 017

Mexico 18 75746 046 021 Other Countries 345 2771663 871 774

Total 3854 35789303 10000 10000 Source Clarksonrsquos Demolition Database 2002

Note These are some of the major countries involved in ship breaking activity Light displacement tonnage (Ldt) the lightweight is the displacement without cargo fuel lubricating oil ballast water fresh water and feed water consumable stores and passengers and crew and their effects but including liquids in piping Ship Breaking Industry in India At present India has large share in ship breaking industry (OCED 2001) and most of the activity is concentrated in Alang and Sosiya the two villages situated in the coast of Arabian Sea in the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat In India upto the 1980rsquos the ship beraking industry was concentrated in Darukhana yard near Mumbai However the activities were limited as it involved breaking of small-size ships It was in the late 1970rsquos that the MSTC decided to import non-useable ships and consequently the government decided to set up ship breaking yards Ship breaking activities was recognized as a major source of steel supplier for the re-rolling steel plants Subsequently in 1979 ship scrapping was recognized as an industry The initiation of this move was also the growing demand of scrap from the large number of foundries and re-rolling mills The state of Gujarat was one of the states where the demand for scrap was high for meeting the needs of the re-rolling mills Therefore the Government of Gujarat adopted policies in favour of ship breaking and set-up ship

Page 98 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

breaking yards on coast of Gujarat This step was also backed by the reports of various committees that recommended the development of ship breaking activities Gujaratrsquos has been blessed with one of the longest coast lines Besides it also has a long glorious past dated to almost 3000 years manifested by the maritime commercial ties that it had developed with countries such as China Egypt Sri-Lanka Greece African and Arabian countries Following the demand for steel and also the recommendation of various committees the Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) carried intensive survey of the coastal region and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity The GMB as well as the groups of ship breakers endorsed the selection of this site for the following reasons 1 The site falls in the high tide zone where the highest tide reaches upto 10 to 11

meters This is considered to be most favourable for ship breaking activities 2 This site is located in the Gulf of Khambhat and whose harbours are protected

areas during rainy season which allows ship breaking activity 3 The coast of Alang is sloping and has a long dry area which facilities reaching up

vessels 4 The seabed at Alang dries up very quickly even during monsoon thus facilitating

the handling as all kinds of material and equipment 5 The area along the coast as Alang is free from other competitive users like

merchant shipping fishing and even salt work Alang is a small coastal village as the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat dominated by a small population of fishermen and farmers Presently it has turned out to be one of the largest shipbreaking yards not only in India but also in the world The yard stretches over 15 Km and actually covers two yards (Alang and Sosiya) The Alang ship breaking yards have the capacity to break VLCCs and ULCCs vessels a facility not available to any other ship breaking countries in the world Furthermore unlike other countries where the ship breaking activities is capital intensive in India it is labour intensive Being a labour surplus country labour is available in plenty and that too at competitive rate Alang ship breaking yard provides large number of employment opportunities to number of skilled and unskilled labours Moreover there are many other activities and industries which are directly and indirectly dependent on Alang ship breaking yard and the number of such workers directly and indirectly employed is estimated to be in between 15 to 16 lakhs (International Federation of Human Rights 2000 56) This also includes the downstream industries generated by the ship breaking industry such as re-rolling mills foundries oxygen plants local scrap store transportation companies and other small local businessmen and upstream activity such as brokers service sectors

Very Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 160000-320000 Dead Weight Tonnage Ultra Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 320000 Dead Weight Tonnage

Page 99 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

etc A survey conducted by the International Federation of Human Rights (FIDH) found that 100 re-rolling mills are functioning in the area and each generally employs between 80-120 and thus employing about 8000-10000 workers The existing site of Alang-Sosiya ship breaking yard (ASSBY) comprises of 183 plots of different sizes The breakup of these plots is as given below Table 23 which clearly indicate that more than half of the plots are of larger sizes which are used for breaking ships of higher Ldt while the small size plots are used for breaking medium sized ships of lower Ldt All these plots are developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which is also the owner Table 2 Distribution of Plots of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Plot Size Number 120 times 50 Mt 10 80 times 45 Mt 24 50 times 45 Mt 56 30 times 45 Mt 93 Total 183

Source Gujarat Maritime Board Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is an autonomous institution which monitors all the ports of Gujarat and is responsible for the development of ship breaking yard at Alang All the plots are owned by the GMB which lease out the plot to the ship breakers The initial lease period is for ten years which has to be renewed thereafter Upto 1990rsquos the Gujarat Maritime Board played a direct role in the business as it used to buy the vessels from the world market and dispatch them to the ship breakers on first-come first serve basis However with the opening of the markets in the post 1990rsquos the ship breakers compete in the open international market to purchase ships On February 13th 1983 M V Kota Tenjong was the first ship to be beached at Alang Thereafter ship breaking at Alang has grown in number and reached world-class status Table 24 gives the number of ships beached and average ship LDT During 1982-83 5 ships were broken and the average output was 24716 Ldt It was a small but a good beginning of ship breaking activity at Alang In year 1983-84 and 1984-1985 the number of ships broken was 51 and 42 with an average output of 259387 and 228237 Ldt respectively This rise continued till 1987-88 however a sudden decline in the ship breaking activity was recorded in the year 1987-88 but thereafter the activities marked an upward swing Upto 1991-1992 total number of ships broken were 601 and total output was 3514783 Ldt From February 1982 to January 2005 Alang ship breaking yard processed 4135 and total Ldt recovered was 29875654 million tons with an average 180 ships with 1298942 Ldt per year The rise in the breaking activities is attributed to the cost advantage involved in the breaking large ships Alang and Sosiya have become the destination of all type of ships viz oil tankers war ships cruise ships etc that have surpassed their active economic life span Presently it has become the

Page 100 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

largest yard for ship breaking activities placing India on the top of the worldrsquos list in terms of ship breaking activities

Table 3 Ships Broken at Alang Ship Breaking Yard Year No of

Vessels Light Displacement

Tonnages(Ldt) (Million Tones)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

1982-83 5 24716 012 008 1983-84 51 259387 123 087 1984-85 42 228237 102 076 1985-86 84 516602 203 173 1986-87 61 395139 148 132 1987-88 38 244776 091 082 1988-89 48 253991 116 085 1989-90 82 451243 198 151 1990-91 86 577124 208 193 1991-92 104 563568 252 189 1992-93 137 942601 331 316 1993-94 175 1256077 423 420 1994-95 301 2173249 728 727 1995-96 183 1252809 443 419 1996-97 348 2635830 842 882 1997-98 347 2452019 839 821 1998-99 361 3037882 873 1017

1999-2000

296 2752414 716 921

2000-01 295 1934825 713 648 2001-02 333 2727223 805 913 2002-03 300 2424522 726 812 2003-04 294 1986121 711 665 2004-05 164 785304 397 263

Total 4135 29875659 10000 10000 Source Gujarat Maritime Board Economical Benefits India has a demand of 5 million tons of metalsteel But the domestic production is insufficient to meet this demand In this case the ship breaking industry plays a vital role via providing steels More than 350 re-rolling mills have been using scrapped metals from the breaking yard Ship breaking industry is currently supplying about 60 percent of raw materials for local steel industry Almost everything on a ship can be recycled reused or resold The scrapped materials are used as raw materials of steel mills steel plate re-manufacturing asbestos re-manufacturing They can be used as furniture paint electrical equipment and

Page 101 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

lubricants Problems in Ship Breaking Industry Environment Pollution With lots of assets scrapping a vessel provides us tons of waste up to various asbestos noxious substances thou- sand litter oils approximately about 1000 cubic meters of lasting oil too In India vessels are scrapped on open beaches As a result harmful substances have easy access to the environment Substances like Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPrsquos) Asbestosareathreat to both human health and marine environment POPrsquos are highly to xicchmicals that have long term effect on environment These type of pollutants can be distributed easily and pose a threat by accumulating fatty tissue in living organisms ie human body wildlife marine environment In some cases POPrsquos are the cause of death to many lives In old ships asbestos was a used as heat insulator It is often mistaken that the disposal procedure is free from asbestos fibers But the workers all surrounded by this dangerous fiber The workers often handle asbestos particles with bare hands Asbestos is said to be one of the lethal because it cause diseases like asthma mesothelioma (a rare cancer that affects the lining of the lungs chest cavity or abdomen It should be noted that there is a synergistic effect between smoking and asbestos exposure which creates lung cancer [8] Moreover materials such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAHs) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) heavy metals poisonous paint ie Tribtylin (TBT) and some other harmful substances come in contact to the environment and pollute it All these harmful elements are originated from ship breaking yards Recent World Bank research (2010) found soil contamination in beaching sites of India This contamination is indicative of the threats to the environment caused by the practices and improper management of hazardous materials during the dismantling of ships

Workers safety and worker-rightviolation

More than 50peoplesweredeathduetotheexplosionat various sites of Alang between 1990-2003From the data it is clear that there is a lack of safety for labors working in ship breaking yards Most of the labors are uneducated They donrsquot have any knowledge or guidance about their work Hence more accidents are occurring causing serious injuries and deaths The prime accidental cause is the explosion of left over gas and fumes in the tanks Falling from high height is also one of the major accidents Workers intend to cut the side shells at first This kind of practice results in falling of plates from high positions Due to lack of safety measures like measurement devices safety suite ventilation etc serious accident occurs while working in confined space While cutting plates from cargo vessels improper gas freeing and gas monitoring procedures causes serious fire hazards that pose a risk to workers Minor accidents like brushing broken bones while carrying heavy metals cutting due to sharp edge are often occurred every

Page 102 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

nowandtheninshipbreakingyardsLackoffirstaidemergencyexitemergencyresponseandrescueisalsocommon in ship breaking industry in India When a worker dies while working in a ship breaking yard the family donrsquot receive that much compensation from the ship breaking yard But the scenario is different for the local workers Recommendations For the economical development of India ship breaking industry is one of the potential industries One hand it is developing the economical status of India on the other hand it is destroying the environment causing damage to people workers of the ship breaking yards For workers safety a training program shall be arranged by the ship breaking yard Training program must include tasks like- bull Awareness and communication of information about Hazardous Materials bull Job hazard awareness including handling and management of Hazardous materials bull Personal protective equipment bull Fire protection and prevention bull Emergency response and evacuation bull Safety and health training bull Environmental awareness bull First aid awareness

Besides ship breaking yards must have functions like- bull Safe for entry criteria bull Safe for hot work procedure bull Safe for hot work criteria bull Proper health and sanitation programs

Further recommendations are put forward for the better living and working conditions

1 Gujarat State Government and Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) should implement various labor laws in the right earnest Their implementation of rules and regulations in a way will lead to safe working and better living conditions at Alang This can ultimately increase the productivity of labour and also the growth of the industry 2 GMB and the State Government need to take initiative to create proper

infrastructure at Alang as there is total absence of any civic amenities for workers Better working and living conditions in the industry will lead to inflow of better skilled labor Even local labor who keeps away from working in this industry should express preference to be employed in this industry 3 There is a necessity for creation of labor union which can protect the rights of

the workers With the creation of union the bargaining power of the workers would increase and the employers are likely to act more responsibly

Page 103 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

4 The provision of medical insurance and life insurance for workers employed at Alang is of prime importance The provision of medical and life insurance will increase the working conditions of the workers enormously GMB also needs to take initiative for monthly medical checkup for workers 5 GMB should provide requisite training to the workers The workers employed

in hazardous and risk prone activities must be trained and provided with proper equipments The training will reduce the frequency of accidents and increase the productivity of workers at Alang

1 Conclusion Over a period the ship breaking industry has gained one of the top place in the national economy The benefits of ship breaking are enormous in sectors like steel company ship building company small businesses etc Despite having so much benefits the ship breaking industries have some problems ie environment pollution workers safety Environment pollution can be kept to minimum by following international regulations for dumping leftover ship materials Safety issues and health factors of the workers can be ensured by following some strict rules Safety gears like goggles helmets hand gloves face masks aprons should be provided to minimize the casualties To hold the position in world ship breaking India needs upgrade the infrastructure for waste management health issues of workers References 1 Arora R (2000) ldquoLabour Lawsrdquo Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai 2 Aziz A (1984) ldquoUrban Poor and Urban Informal Sectorrdquo Ashish Publishing

House 3 Bailey P (2002) ldquoIs there a decant way to break up shipsrdquo ILO Discussion Paper 4 Barik BC (1987) ldquoUnorganised Migrant Labour in the Textile Industry of Surat A

Case Studyrdquo in Vidyut Joshi (ed) Migrant Labour and Related Issues Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

5 Clifford J Jansen (1969) Some Sociological Aspects of Migrationrdquo in J A Jackson (ed) Migration Cambridge University Press New Delhi

6 Connell J B Das Gupta R Laishely and M Lipton (1976) ldquoMigration from Rural Areas The Evidence from Village Studiesrdquo Oxford University Press Delhi

7 Deogaokar C K (2003) ldquoEvolving a Health Causing Water Supply and Sanitation System-Public-Private Partnerships in a Developing Economyrdquo Proceedings of Third International Conference on Environment and Health Chennai India

8 ILO (1978) ldquoSocial Security and National Developmentrdquo Report of the National Seminar in India New Delhi

9 ILO (1981) ldquoAccident Prevention- A Workers Education Manualrdquo ILO Geneva Vol I amp II

10 IMF-FNV project (2006) ldquoA Survey on Working and Socio-Economic Conditions of Ship Breaking Workers in Indiardquo International Metalworkers Federation New Delhi

Page 104 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 Investigation Mission (2000) ldquoWhere do the Floating Dustbin end up Labour Rights in Ship Breaking Yards in South Asia The Cases of Chittagong (Bangladesh) and Alang (India)rdquo International Federation of Human Rights

12 Justino P (2003) ldquoSocial Security in Developing Countries Myth or Necessity Evidence from Indiardquo Prus Working Paper No 20 University of Sussex

13 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (2000) ldquoA Guide for Ship Scrappers Tips for Regulatory Compliancerdquo Washington DC

14 UNESCO (2004) ldquoImpacts and Challenges of large Coastal Industry Alang-Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard Gujarat Indiardquo Coastal Region and Small Island Paper 17 Paris

15 Upadhyay G (2005) ldquoEnvironmental Problems of Ship Breaking Activity A Case Study of Alang Ship Breaking Yardrdquo National Seminar-Cum-Workshop on Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSUniversity of Baroda Gujarat

Page 105 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CHALLENGES TO EMERGENCY REMOTE

LEARNING IN INDIA AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS

Janetius ST1 Nayan KS2 and Mini TC3 1 Principal and Professor of Psychology St John College Dimapur

2Assistant Professor of Computer Science St John CollegeDimapur 3FreelanceStatistician and Education Consultant Kerala

Abstract The educational institutions across India were shut down due to COVID-19 on March 17 2020 To reduce the inconvenience of students the Indian educational system came with the solution of emergency remote online learning This sudden change of platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning was a temporary solution without any institutional physical psychological and technological preparedness The unexpected situation caused problems to the management teachers and students as well In this backdrop this study was focused on the challenges of college teachers due to this sudden change of teaching mode Collecting survey data from college teachers all over India the sample was set at 90 confidence level and a 5 margin of error The research findings show that the teachers did their best in the given situation to impart knowledge to the students The study also brought out various issues and challenges that the students teachers and institutions faced that need better attention if the pandemic situation continues and the institutions plan to do remote online teaching for a prolonged period Keywords COVID-19 and higher education emergency remote learning college teachers and e-learning online learning preparation traditional vs virtual classroom Introduction and the problem COVID-19 distorted the face of the earth not only economically but also physically Human life has changed a lot as the pandemic lingers around and threatens every sphere of life with no signs of improvement From lockdown and suspension of activities some relaxation in the movements are permitted here and there however signs of quarantine exhaustion are seen everywhere COVID-19 is a pandemic affecting many countries globally World Health Organisation identifies COVID-19 as an infectious disease caused by a coronavirus an outbreak started in Wuhan China in December 2019 A locked up due to lockdown began in the month of March and continues partly or totally for more than four months now in India Pundits predict that this pandemic effect would remain till the end of 2020 The first case of COVID-19 in India came to the attention of the public at Thrissur district of Kerala state on January 30 2020 It is said to have tested in a girl medical student who returned from China with the symptoms of flu with

Page 106 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

cough running nose and fever (Vara 2020) Although many conspiracy theories in America suggest a virology lab in China is the starting point of the disease the global sources identify a wet market in Wuhan - China as the ground zero of this pandemic (Gan 2020) COVID-19 started as an epidemic in China in 2019 began to spread to other countries and continents in the first and second months of 2020 Pandemics and epidemics are not new in human history The first recorded pandemic in human history was in the north-eastern city of Pelusium Egypt often referred to as Plague of Justinian in the sixth century AD recorded by the Byzantine historian Procopius (Orent 2004 GageampKosoy 2005) WHO declared Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic in March 2020 and on the 1st of July 2020 there have been 10357662 confirmed cases around the world including 508055 deaths and India has 585493 confirmed cases with 17400 deaths (WHO 1 July 2020) Although WHO promptly gave strategic guidelines to have a lockdown requesting people to stay at homes wash hands frequently using water and soap or use hand sanitizers wear masks in public places and practice social distancing these are not cures or remedies these are precautions not to get affected by the virus As the pharmaceutical companies are competing among each other to find a medicine for this virus so far no vaccines or remedy medicines available in the market In India as a first preventive measure the government announced the total lockdown on March 25 (Chandrashekhar 2020) This sudden lockdown has affected the higher education sector in the worst possible manner just as other social religious or business establishments As the months stack up in the lockdown the younger generation finds it entertaining spending time carousing their mobile phones connected to the social world find life more comfortable and carefree Some people working in the government sector enjoy life as if they received a bonanza once in a lifetime experience of doing nothing and getting the monthly salary which many dreamed of for years Nevertheless it is a different situation for many people The daily wage workers who became jobless instantly private sector employees who do not get their monthly salaries small scale business that closed partly or fully disrupted all increased the economic liabilities of insecure people The pathetic painful life situations of stranded migrants all over India became a major concern The unpreparedness poor planning and the dismal implementation of the movement of migrant labourers to their hometowns after the initial lifting of lockdown by central and state governments resulted in many unreported deaths all over India (Agarwal 2020 Dutta 2020 Khan 2020) Not bothering much about the root cause of this misery the media hailed some people as unsung heroes who ventured to travel miles and miles by foot or bicycles or any stray vehicles on the road The central government of India announced on March 16 that all universities across the country would be closed to contain the COVID-19 outbreak The ruling came into effect the next day A similar declaration came into force in different countries at different dates some in February some in March and some in April The top-notch education institutions around the globe were easily shifted to online teaching mode and comfortably framed their teaching schedules and online exams as they were familiar with the online system that ran parallel to face to face classroom teaching However the

Page 107 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian educational system came to a standstill due to the non-practise of online learning in educational institutions Since the government suspended all academic activities the higher education sector was confused about the semester classes and exams The suspension announcement came in the middle of an academic calendar in many States and in some States at the time of end semester exams To save the situation many colleges jumped into emergency remote teaching through online mode without any preparation Some institutions instantly associated themselves with NGOs research foundations and other private sector EdTech companies to provide online education to their wards (Wadia 2020) Some small institutions requested their teachers to be in constant touch with the students to help them learn and to teach in every possible way In general the higher education sector in India was not prepared to respond promptly Although not ready for the digital initiative many institutions shifted to the digital or e-learning mode for the sake of doing something Lack of institutional preparedness and investment lack of human resource in computer and internet operations for online learning institutions and individuals jumped into the fray Using the social media platform which is the primary medium of entertainment and social communication a platform commonly polluted and misused for spreading rumours and scandals became a medium of education Education went to the extreme level of disturbance and distortion further when there were demands from various sectors to promote all students without any regular end-semester exams (Sharma 2020) The inability to conduct final exams on the one side the uncertainty of opening colleges on the other side the higher education authorities are further pressured by various student bodies to take decisions for which they were not prepared The University Grants Commission (UGC) formed two committees in the month of April 2020 to deliberate on the issues and outcome of lockdown to avoid academic loss and the welfare of the future of students (Pandya 2020) The local universities and autonomous institutions sometimes became hapless in making any announcements to their students regarding the course of action As the universities were unprepared and unauthorised to take individual decisions in the pandemic situation the whole ruling was done by the UGC which in turn heavily dependent on HRD Ministry for all its announcements The non-availability of adequate internet facility in some towns and villages not having laptops or personal computer by teaching faculty and students in the higher education not having a Smartphone by students all crept in as a complex issue stumbling blocks for every possible meaningful teaching-learning process to continue Even some teachers who own a laptop or computer tried to hide this from their management to avoid serious remote teaching works The undeniable fact that almost all teaching faculty and students carry a Smartphone these days became a source of satisfaction saving the situation and became the ultimate medium of education to many Thus most of the initiative taken by the educational institutions in India were emergency remote teaching not online education per se

Page 108 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Online teaching is a powerful medium of imparting knowledge today After the advent of internet and information technology online teaching has become a well-established educational practice all over the world It originated in the form of a correspondence course in England in the 19thcentury (Rumble 1986) When the railway network became very stable in England learning materials were delivered in the mail which was fast and more reliable and thus correspondence learning became popular (Moore ampKearsley 2011) This mode of learning went further into radio learning when such communication became trendy Furthermore when satellites were launched for the use of education in the western countries and TV lectures and live broadcasting became available distance education became popular among both adult and young learners (Casey 2008) Finally by the arrival of information technology based on the existing strong correspondence and distance learning platform online learning evolved Therefore online education has all the elements of quality learning outcome with a well-designed curriculum as well as evidence-based practices The online teaching-learning process is considered a paradigm shift in the way people teach and learn in the era of information technology Some educationists consider this mode as a more active process of learning in which passive students of the classroom become more interactive and collaborative learners (Nilsonamp Goodson2017) Online learning requires students and teachers to possess computers the Internet facility and the motivation to learn through the non-traditional classroom Similarly it also needs the active involvement of teachers trained in the art of online teaching and the institutional infrastructure (Picciano 2018 Bullenamp Janes 2007) If COVID-19 pandemic prolongs the lockdown situation a serious online teaching initiative is needed and the educational institutions need to be prepared for that The three immediate needs that could be foreseen are institutional infrastructure trained faculty members proper equipment like Laptopcomputer and other audiovisual aids for communication (both for teachers and students) and finally good internet facility across the country Therefore it is a collaborative act of individual students teachers management and the government There is a general perception in India among the public that online teaching is inferior to face-to-face education The quality of online education provided by some universities in India in the name of distance education or correspondence courses in the past has an extremely poor record and tarnished the meaning and quality of remote learning There is an ongoing debate among different sectors whether to consider the degrees of distance learning in par with regular education degrees (Sharma 2015) Although UGC recognises many distance education degrees as valid qualification the programmes that need hands-on training like engineering medicine dental pharmacy nursing architecture physiotherapy and similar programs are not permitted under Distance Learning mode(Kunju 2018 UGC 2018) Some well-designed online courses of universities around the globe provide better knowledge to students and the graduates are better equipped with skill sets than degrees obtained from regular classroom learning from shabby universities In this backdrop of the unforeseen pandemic the study is focused on the emergency remote learning in India and the issues related to that

Page 109 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Objectives COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill in many areas The unprecedented lockdown and the unexpected closures of educational institutions in India forced the institutions to initiate remote online teaching This abrupt change of teaching platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning is neither pre-planned it is a temporary solution Therefore it is presumed that there is no physical and technological readiness from the part of the institutions no psychological preparedness from the part of teachers and students which would pose a challenge to the teachers The study therefore focuses on the challenges and issues related to remote learning done through the online platform from three areas the institution teachers and students

1 What is the institutional preparedness for change to remote online teaching during COVID-19 lockdown

2 Teacherrsquos readiness and effectiveness to remote teaching-learning 3 Studentrsquos response to remote learning perceived by teachers 4 What are the key challenges of the unexpected shift in the mode of teaching

Methodology This is exploratory survey research The data was collected from teachers working in higher education institutions of different states of the country through Google form survey method Convenient sampling was used to collect data As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) by the HRD Ministry there are 1247453 college teachers in India (Ministry of HRD 2014) Based on this universe the minimum sample size for the survey was set at 273 considering 90 confidence level with a 5 margin of error The college teachers who can access the email or WhatsApp communication app were asked to answer 30 item survey questionnaire prepared by the researchers Besides demographic data the questionnaire was focused on the four objectives of the study Further the data were analysed qualitatively as per the objectives of the study Results and Discussion In this section the data obtained from the survey is given below in percentage and results were discussed as per the objectives of the study The following table gives details of some of the demographics

Table 1 Showing the demographic details (n=279)

Gender Age Education Teaching Experience Working Institution

M 491 lt 24 63 Masters 563 lt 3 34 Pvt Col 563 25-34 526 MPhil 16 4-7 286 Pvt Uni 89 35-44 223 PhD 259 8-12 142 G Col 196

F 509 45-54 143 Post Doc 18 gt 12 232 G Uni 71 gt 55 45 Other 8

Page 110 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The collected data comes from both the genders almost equally As for the age distribution 839 per cent of the teachers who responded fall below the age of 45 belonging to Xennials Millennials and Gen Y Therefore they are more prone to the use of computers and information technology than the rest of the elder generation (Belinne 2017) Majority of the respondents (563) have a Masterrsquos degree Only less than 2 per cent of the subjects have a Post-Doctoral degree Concerning the teaching experience of the respondents 23 per cent has more than 12 years of experience and the majority (626) have less than seven years of teaching Few subjects (268) have industry experience also Majority of the teachers work in private colleges whereas 267 per cent in government colleges or universities Out of 28 Indian States and 8 Union Territories there were respondents from 17States and the Union Territory of Delhi There were no data from Chhattisgarh Goa Himachal Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Odisha Punjab Sikkim Telangana Tripura Uttarakhand The participated subjects from states range from 25 per cent to 09 per cent Institutional preparedness Institutional readiness is a particularly important point while turning physical classroom education into digital education The study results show that majority of the institutions were not prepared at the time of COVID-19 lockdown for online teaching Only 313 per cent of the subjects received some orientation for emergency online mode of education Majority of the colleges did not offer any training 482 per cent of the teachers did not receive any training at all However 866 per cent of the respondents expected some basic training from the institution for emergency remote online teaching Regarding the software used or prescribed by the institutions 357 per cent of the subjects reported that no specific platform was used or prescribed by their institutions Only 63 per cent answered that their institution has specialised software used by the institutions which effortlessly facilitated online teaching The common platforms used by the teachers were Google classroom Zoom Video conferencing MS Team and Skype video and chat discussion Although from 2017 UGC had allowed universities to offer 20 of their course material through the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) platform called Swayam and conduct regular online exams for students it was not taken up by colleges seriously and not practised fully As per the free facilities provided by the institution to facilitate emergency remote online teaching 902 per cent of the subjects expressed concerns that no free provisions were given to them Those who received free facilities from their institutions reported laptop free Wi-Fi recording instruments and tab However 47 per cent of the teachers expected from their organisations one or other following facilities internet allowance laptop or a Tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for online mode of teaching Few teachers were desperate to mention that they do not expect any freebees except their regular salary Nearly 75 per cent of the teachers opined that the college needs some encrypted safe software and 33 per cent fear that the intellectual property could be stolen or cyber-attacks can disturb them if no proper encrypted software is used

Page 111 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Teacherrsquos preparedness to adopt remote teaching The readiness of the teachers comes from a few factors Primarily it was assessed by the instruments they possess Most of the teachers have a laptop (82) computers (304) and Tab (152) Almost all the teachers can use computers well 383 per cent of the subjects learned it by certificate or degree course Also the computer use expertise scale is skewed positively between 5 and 9 on the scale of 10 being the highest computer knowledge This result is because most of the subjects of the study are below the age of 45 696 per cent of the teachers find it hard to be fully involved in online teaching Also the majority of the teachers (643) felt boredom and were uninterested without students in front of them This answer shows a lack of training teachers had to shift to this emergency online teaching However 42 per cent believe that it could be made interesting if teachers involve fully More than half of the subjects (527) took extra steps and helped the students for active involvement in the teaching-learning process They used video lessons and other video materials motivational talks continuous regular assignments interactive discussions MCQ surprise quiz and personal contacts to reach out to the students To make the learning process stimulating used video conferencing provided online links to read gave Podcasts PPT slides and requested submission of assignments in video mode Studentrsquos response to emergency online teaching In the opinion of teachers the current level of active involvement (518) and paying attention to the teaching-learning process (616) are acceptable in this situation A good majority of the teachers (848) believe that if the students were given training or orientation for online learning the many problems they faced could be avoided The teachers perceive that studentrsquos education was affected by COVID-19 but they are optimistic that the emergency remote learning would bring excellent results in the students The following graph shows the expected per cent learning happens in the students as per the view of teachers

Figure 1 Showing the percentage of learning benefited by the students due to emergency learning

Majority of the teachers (527) believe the percentage of learning among students would be between 40 to 100 per cent and 152indicated that it is above 60 per cent

1530

323750

1250

270

lt20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 gt80

Page 112 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However 153 per cent of the teachers opined that the learning would be below 20 per cent The main challenges The main challenges faced by teachers in organising emergency online teaching in the colleges could be viewed from three factors Firstly the institutional issues second teacherrsquos concerns and finally student-related issues In the institution-based problems the primary constraint teachers faced is related to infrastructure It means the need for high-end technology and equipment both hardware and software needed for this venture In addition to that the uncertainty of job and income is raised by some faculty members as an issue because the management is confused by the repeated conflicting reports and announcements by the university UGC MHRD ministry state government and central government The higher authorities gave no clear guidelines and the management kept the teachers in a limbo situation in which many private institutions failed to pay the full salary As far as the issues and challenges coming from the faculty members teachers who are trained only for face-to-face teaching mode reported that online teaching is inferior to regular classroom teaching They further opined that the classroom could never be replaced by online education Therefore 643 per cent of the teachers consider lecturing without seeing students face to face is uninteresting There are evidence-based findings that prove that online teaching is not inferior to the regular classroom The belief of the teachers regarding the superiority of classroom teaching also reveals the fact that they lack training and proper orientation for online education Some teachers even think that the online classroom is limited to sharing notes in Google classroom or WhatsApp group Even in emergencies these are not sufficient for imparting knowledge Another challenge identified by teachers is the attitude of students towards learning It is a known fact that not all students are interested in acquiring knowledge There are a good number of students who want to get degrees or diplomas and they are least interested in learning Placing proxy students or copying assignments or quizzes cannot be verified when a proper sophisticated software system is not in use These became constraint for some teachers Also students are not trained or prepared for online classes resulting in less enthusiasm among students for learning during the pandemic emergency period As some teachers suggested the level of motivation among students to acquire knowledge is limited and those who are committed towards academics will benefit quite remarkably from online learning Some teachers narrated that the Indian system of education that focuses on memorising notes and omitting them in exams does not give room for learning concepts in an application-oriented way Therefore online teaching-learning becomes a challenge for both teachers as well as students Another major issue raised by nearly 35 per cent of the respondents is the slow data connection and weak signal strength This issue lies with the Telecom policy of the government and the major service providers It is a shocking fact to know that Telecom network is an issue in the 21st century When the government encourages online transaction to boost transparency in money matters the government should provide

Page 113 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

proper network facility not only in rural areas but also in the cities Therefore the Indian infrastructure development in Telecom affects emergency education services too Conclusion The COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill comma and the unprecedented lockdown forced the sudden closures of educational institutions which in turn initiated emergency remote online learning Therefore there was no physical technological psychological or social readiness from the part of the institution teachers and students The study findings reveal that the teachers expect some essential facilities like Wi-Fiinternet allowance laptop or tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for remote learning from the institutions They also expected some training for teachers and orientation for students on this new platform The findings thus bring out the fact that many higher education institutions were lacking in IT facilities and do not have adequate preparedness to cater to the concept of e-learning Teachers on the other hand despite having computers were not aware of the intricacies of online learning and the usefulness of technology in imparting better knowledge than classroom education However the efforts some teachers put to attract the attention of students were truly commendable The study also brings out the fact that the students need a change of attitude towards online education and how to make use of it for improving knowledge Although UGC and NAAC repeatedly requesting colleges to implement ICT based teaching imparting technology-oriented education is far from reality in the Indian scenario Recommendations 1 Due to the uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic institutions and teachers need to be ready for online teaching 2 Institutions should have necessary infrastructures like uninterrupted power supply Internet with sufficient bandwidth for audiovideo communication and encrypted software 3 Adequate training for staff and students 4 Use of smartphone as the only equipment for virtual classroom limits the vibrant remote learning process Therefore the use of a computer laptoptablet would be ideal References Agarwal K (2020) Not Just the Aurangabad Accident 383 People Have Died Due to the Punitive Lockdown Retrieved on June 26 from httpsthewirein Belinne J (2017) The Care and Feeding of Your Young Employee A Managers Guide to Millennials and Gen Z Amazon CreateSpace Bullen M amp Janes D (2007) Making the Transition to E-Learning Strategies and Issues Information Science Publishing Casey D M (2008) The Historical Development of Distance Education through Technology TechTrends 52(2) 45ndash51 Chandrashekhar V (2020) 13 billion people A 21-day lockdown Can India curb the coronavirus Retrieved on June 22 from wwwsciencemagorg

Page 114 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Dutta A (2020) 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown Report Retrieved on June 26 fromhttpswwwhindustantimescom Gage K L and M Y Kosoy (2005) Natural history of the plague perspectives from more than a century of research Annual Review of Entomology 50505 ndash 528 Gan N (2020) China to lift lockdown on Wuhan ground zero of coronavirus pandemic CNN online edition Retrieved on June 25 from httpseditioncnncom Khan F (2020) Mapping Accidents That Killed Over 100 Migrant Workers on Their Way to Home During Lockdown Retrieved on June 28 fromhttpswwwnews18com Kunju S (2018) Open Degrees Are Equivalent to Regular Degrees UGC Retrieved on June26 from wwwndtvcom Ministry of HRD (2014) All India Survey on Higher Education 2011-2012 Govt of India Delhi Moore M G ampKearsley G (2011) Distance Education A Systems View Belmont CA Wadsworth Nilson L Bamp Goodson L A (2017) Online Teaching at Its Best Merging Instructional Design with Teaching and Learning Research Jossey-Bass Inc Orent W (2004) Plague the mysterious past and mystifying future of the worlds most dangerous disease Free Press New York Pandya J (2020) HRD Minister Asks UGC to Revisit College Exam Guidelines Says focus On Health amp Safety Retrieved on June 25 from httpswwwrepublicworldcom Picciano A G (2018) Online Education Foundations Planning and Pedagogy Routledge Rumble G (1986) The planning and management of distance education London UKCroom Helm Sharma JP (2015) Is an open and distance learning degree substandardRetrieved on June 26 from httpswwwhindustantimescom Sharma K (2020) Colleges could drop plan to conduct offline exams in July as Covid cases rise Retrieved on June 25 fromhttpstheprintin UGC (2018) Public Notice on Recognizing and treating the DegreesDiplomas Retrieved on June 24 from httpswwwugcacinpdfnews5628873_UGC-Public-Notice---treating-all-degreespdf Vara V (2020) Coronavirus in India how the COVID-19 could impact the fast-growing economy Retrieved on June 15 from wwwpharmaceutical-technologycom Wadia L C (2020) Graduating from emergency remote teaching to online higher education in India Retrieved on June 10 from httpswwworfonlineorg WHO(2020) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard updated on July 1 2020 608pm CEST Retrieved on July 1 from httpscovid19whoint

Page 115 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON THE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

Virendra Singh

PhD Scholar SSJ Campus Almora Kumaun University Nainital Abstract

COVID-19 Compassion is not just a virus but a vicious circle of a serious crisis one to ten ten to hundred and hundred to thousand it is spreading one man in The Wuhan must have been infected and today the whole world has been affected by it do not come to your own house we are all inviting it with my own small negligence if it comes to the doorstep of the house Will not go empty handed In these circumstances we should think about how education can be spread to children in all the rural areas of the country where there is no means of telecommunications Millions of students from schools and colleges around the world are joining the class through Zoom although such distance education is not just for the youth it can be very useful for 4 people like us as well The epidemic has brought millions of working Indians to the brink of scarcity by the already widespread social inequality and deepened job and income losses Now we will not only have less food to eat but also the quality of it which will make them far more vulnerable to not just COVID-19 but also to different kinds of diseases The epidemic is not just a biomedical issue but also a social issue there have been indications that the COVID-19 alcohol ism has caused an increase in domestic violence and suicide and death and disease poverty and unemployment are also the essential consequences of the epidemic so not only public health expert economists but also experts in their subject should consult the government with sociologists and psychologists When we look to the future we can expect based on the fact that our population is somewhat young compared to Europe and North America The epidemic in India probably took the lives of fewer people than luck so it is being said that once this passes we will need to re-constitute with re-formations of our economy for far greater protection and caution to our society and our health system Keywords COVID-19 Epidemic Unemployment Rural telecommunications Online Education

The closure of schools colleges and educational institutions due to corona virus has affected the education of 157 crore students in 191 countries of the world which is 913 percent of the total students enrolled at various levels This information has been revealed in the study of UN Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) It said that the most impact of the closure of the school is affecting the students and girls of the disadvantaged sections

Page 116 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

According to UNESCOs global monitoring study of school closures due to COVID-19 an estimated 1575270054 students (learners) in 191 countries have been affected by 14 April 2020 The number of girls in it is 743 crore According to the World Banks education team the corona virus (Corona virus) Covid-19 epidemic poses a risk of very poor education outcomes He has said that if no aggressive policy is adopted it will have a very bad effect on the education and health of children and youth World Bank experts have said that even before the epidemic the world was going through an education crisis and had already deviated from the path of achieving the goals of Sustainable Development Goal Under the Sustainable Development Goal for all countries commit to among other ambitious goals that all girls and children complete free equal and quality primary and secondary education He said the epidemic has already had a profound impact on education as schools are closed almost everywhere in the world this is the biggest setback for all education systems in our lifetime The damage will be further aggravated when a health emergency turns into a deep global recession The World Banks education team said it is possible to counter the setback and turn the crisis into an opportunity The report states the first step is to successfully withstand school closures This can be done by protecting health and reducing the harm to students using distance education Also countries need to start planning to reopen schools This means preventing students at school from dropping out of education ensuring healthy conditions at school and using new technologies to promote rapid learning in key areas once children return to school More than a million people have been infected with Covid-19 and the number of deaths from it is 283 lakhs In the wake of the epidemic all the educational institutions were suddenly stopped so that the Corona could be protected from infection after which all the institutions made a commendable effort to run the teaching work at their home by using Google Meet Zoom etc with the help of internet for teaching In spite of all the difficulties people are able to work through this medium in the meantime various Webinar are also getting a lot of possibilities for academic action and this digital medium has been used for infinite possibilities while teaching from the Internet the teacher also has to be ready His work becomes an account of his class video and his text content may be used later it is also possible to improve and expand a particular kind of creativity in doing such work A primary student is attending his class through a laptop or mobile in a village in Uttar Pradesh several 100 kilometers away from Delhi He is talking to the teacher and reading not only the teacher the student also has to pay attention during the class period because all is transparent and there is no option to engage in educational work so that new dimensions are also added

Page 117 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Taking online education as an opportunity to use it on ideal education can give a positive direction to compulsion virtually online education is in both alternative and complementary roles The work started several years ago some of the measures provide one-sided information but there are many who give active participation to the student who is using it Of course the teachers behavior gestures and social differences are also not possible to reach the opportunities that the students give to them to learn but the difficulties with the teacher such as his unavailable can also be overcome by not preparing properly for the classroom or behaving unfairly with the students etc In independent India the network of educational institutions has expanded yet the satisfaction of ministrations in every sector has not been provided and the centers which are there face all difficulties in their operation when we consider that the number of school-going children has grown exponentially the problem looks even more formidable It is constantly being experienced that there are many hurdles in the way of meeting the needs like school building teacher textbook hostel and library and a certain level of quality required in teaching work

Red tape is legal difficulty due to the vandalism of permanent elements etc most of the educational institutions have been battling continuously for many years meanwhile institutions with systems below standard levels also spread like mushrooms for other reasons The private sector has been flooded with institutions ranging from nursery and primary to university which are charging arbitrary fees some are good in terms of quality Some of them are good in terms of quality so a large number of standards do not meet the result is that both students and parents have started spreading discontent so the number of certificates that pass the exam has increased The number of such certificates has increased but there is also a shortage of qualified candidates in terms of capacity and skill etc in this skewed environment of demand and supply in the academic business the system of distance education has shown a new path

The National Institute of Open Education and IGNOU have taken a flexible stand in the system of formal education but have not compromised in terms of quality there have been good results in such a system which is being found to be satisfactory and the qualifications and capacity of the students are being found satisfactory Many state governments have also set up universities for distance education But the mental stress of adolescent studentrsquos increases greatly when even those who get good marks do not get admission in the next class in such an environment important work has started under the National Mission on Education of Information and Communication Technology which has the most ambitious programmed called self It provides for conducting 2000 courses which are available to both formal and informal students of school college and university level

Page 118 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The study on the emerging dimensions in the field of education after the passing of Covid-19 said Due to Covid-19 epidemic more people are studying in digital medium and short duration courses are also becoming popular Huh These changes are causing difficulty but they are also showing examples of innovation in the field of education This indicates that the impact of digital medium is going to be long lasting in the academic world

According to a study conducted by Pearson after the corona virus epidemic and its ensuing lockdown schools and colleges will have to invest in sustainable technical infrastructure in which the training of teachers will be focused on the skills of working in a digital environment and higher educational institutions The examination will be conducted online through traditional methods London-based Pearson is a leading global service provider of schools and students in the field of academic publishing and testing The study said Digital medium will be used more to study in schools and colleges Use of apps and email like WhatsApp zoom team will increase to achieve educational goals Academic institutions will develop such infrastructure in which teachers and students will be able to read and study while remaining outside the academic campus Institutions will invest in such permanent technical infrastructure through which quality online education can be imparted According to the study conducted on the basis of the methods being adopted in different countries higher educational institutions will evaluate students through online instead of traditional methods of examination Work Cited httpkhabarndtvcomnews httpwwwindiacom httpswwwwhoint

Page 119 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REVIEW ON NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING

RELATED TO DEPLOYMENT MODELS AND CLOUD SERVICE MODELS

T Srajan Kumar1 K Bharath Reddy2 E Lingamurthy3 Vignanrsquos Institute of Management and Technology for Women Ghatkesar Hyderabad

Telangana India ABSTRACT Cloud computing technology is a better and unique way for modern era The reason for cloud computing is different kinds of resources are shared on network platform The resources are storage servers power consumption security and other computing infrastructure in several multiple locations which are connected by network For many cloud computing applications are completely depends on network performance and security So it is a key issue for any cloud computing performance with good results Keywords- Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Deployment Models and Service Models 1 INTRODUCTION In the cloud when an application is submitted for its execution needy and suitable resources are allocated from the collection of resources as all these resources are connected through the network the cloud user will get their required results So cloud computing has four deployment models we consider those important aspects relate to the cloud and their accessibility from the view of network connectivity [1] [3] 11 CLOUDCOMPUTING Cloudis another name given as a network or internet Cloud Computing is the process of resource sharing for online applications It provides huge space for data storage Cloud computing is a platform independent [1] [5]

Page 120 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING For many cloud computing applications the network connectivity performance will be the key issue for good results over cloud Cloud computing has various deployment options we now consider the important aspects related to cloud deployment models and their accessibility of network connectivity [2] [5] 21 Public cloud access network connectivity In these public cloud access network connectivity though some cloud providers are able to support virtual private network VPN for Users While accessing the public cloud will always creates an issue related to security and performance One of the possible approaches can be maintained for security and performance is the network connectivity should be in encrypted tunnels The data can be exchanged through the pipes via secure fashion without any problems The procedure may be overhead in the connectivity if we want to reduce the delay in time without any compromising we have to select good routing protocol or suitable routing methods for any transiting hops The end-to-end connectivity is provided between the cloud provider and cloud consumer

22 Private cloud access networking connectivity In these private cloud accesses network connectivity the cloud is among organizational network and the technology approaches are local to the in-house networking structure In this virtual private network is provided for services In an organizational network structure application submitted for execution is properly done Some private networks have been architected for on-premise application and security 3 CLOUD DEPLOYMENTMODELS Cloud deploy models are essential for any cloud services which are divided into four types [2] [5] ie 31 Public CloudModel In Public Cloud Model cloud systems and services are accessible to public Public cloud is a type of shareable storage services Eg Microsoft Google Email

Page 121 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] CostEffective [2] Reliability [3] Flexibility [4] LocationIndependence [5] HighScalability

Disadvantages [1] Low Security [2] Less customizable

32 Private Cloud Model In Private Cloud model cloud systems and services are accessible within an organization It can be internally managed or by third- party Private cloud is a type of dedicatable storage services Eg Meeseva ERP etc

Advantages

[1] Higher Security and Privacy [2] More Control [3] Cost and energy efficiency

Disadvantages [1] Restricted Area [2] Inflexible Pricing [3] Limited Scalability [4] Additional Skills

33 Hybrid Cloud Model The Hybrid Cloud is a combination of public and private cloud Critical activities are performed using private cloud and non- critical activities using private cloud

Page 122 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Scalability [2] Flexibility [3] Cost Efficiencies

Disadvantages [1] Networking Issues [2] Security Compliance [3] Infrastructural Dependency

34 Community Cloud Model In Community Cloud model cloud system and services are accessible by group of organizations It shares the infrastructure between several organizations It can be internally managed or by third-party

Advantages

[1] Costeffective [2] Sharing Between Organizations [3] Security

Disadvantages

[1] Since all data is housed at one location therefore one must be careful in storing data in community cloud because it might be accessible by others

4 CLOUD SERVICEMODELS There are three cloud service models They are

[1] Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)Model [2] Platform as a Service(PaaS)Model [3] Software as a Service(SaaS)Model

Page 123 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

41 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure to deploy or implement any software on the computing resources which are provided by the service providers The infrastructure underline the following things are compute network load balancer and storage are managed by the service providersUsing server virtualization the above resources are made available to end client or customerIaaS provides access to resources such as [3] [4] [1] Virtual machine disk storage [2] Virtual local area network(VLANs) [3] Load balancers [4] IPaddresses [5] Softwarebundles [6] Physical and virtualmachines Advantages [1] Portability [2] Interoperability with Legacy Applications Disadvantages [1] Compatibility with Legacy SecurityVulnerabilities [2] Virtual MachineSprawl [3] Robustness of VM-levelIsolation [4] Data ErasePractices Characteristics [1] Virtual machines with pre-installedsoftware [2] Virtual machines with pre-installed Operating Systems such as windows Linux

andSolaris [3] On-demand availability ofresources [4] Allows storing of particular data in particularlocation 42 Platform as a Service (PaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure offers development amp deployment tools that are required to develop applications and run time environment for applications Some of the popular PaaS providers include Google App Engine Red Hat Open Shift etc

Page 124 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Lower administrative overhead [2] Lower total cost of ownership [3] Scalable Solutions [4] More current system software

Disadvantages

[1] Lack of portability between PaaS clouds [2] Event Based Processor Scheduling [3] Security Engineering of PaaS applications

43 Software as a Service (SaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure it refers to software that is deployed on a host service and is accessible via internet Software as a Service (SaaS) model provides applications as a service to the end users Applications

[1] Billing and Invoicing System [2] Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications [3] Help Desk Applications [4] Human Resource (HR) Solutions

Characteristics

[1] SaaS makes the software available over the internet [2] They are available on demand [3] They can be scaled up or down on demand [4] They are automatically upgraded and updated

Advantages

[1] Modest Software Tools [2] Efficient use of Software Licenses [3] Centralized Management amp Data [4] Platform responsibilities managed by provider [5] Multitenant solutions

Disadvantages

[1] Browser based risks [2] Network dependence [3] Lack of portability between SaaS clouds

CONCLUSION This paper discussed the definition of cloud computing network connectivity in cloud computing deployment models and service models It also address the challenges and issues in cloud computing In spite of these limitations cloud computing has many advantages and is used in many businesses purpose

Page 125 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REFERENCES

[1] httpsazuremicrosoftcomen-inoverviewwhat-is-cloud-computing [2] httpswwwtutorialspointcomcloudcomputingindexhtm [3] httpsawsamazoncomwhat-is-cloud-computing [4] httpswwwinvestopediacomtermsccloud-computingasp [5] httpsCloud-Computing BooksEssentials of cloud computing(2015)

Page 126 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY OF SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT OF GIFTED SECONDARY

SCHOOL STUDENTS OF VIJAYAPUR DISTRICT IN RELATION TO THEIR SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT

1Smt JyotilaxmiMIrasur and 2ProfVVMalagi

1Research Scholar and 2Professor Department of Education Karnataka State Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University

Vijayapur Abstract In the present investigation an attempt has been made to study the Scholastic Achievement of gifted secondary school students in relation to their School Adjustment The sample consisted of 600 gifted students studying in 9th std secondary school students of Vijayapur District The Academic Achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and School Adjustment Inventory for School Students by Dr AKP Sinha and DrRPSingh was used to collect the data from the sample subject The statistical techniques used are Differential analysis Mean SD correlation T-test ANOVA and Regression analysis The result shows that the gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with low and high School Adjustment have different scholastic achievement scores The gifted boy students have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of rural schools have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district have different School Adjustment scores Key words School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement Introduction In the present society education is widely understood as an important factor scientific and economic development of a nation The importance of achievement in educational institutions is a matter of great social salience and concern It has now become an imperative for educationalists to ensure maximum achievement of all students enrolled for higher education both for the benefit of society and for the individual himself In spite of the numerous reforms those are being made for maximizing the academic achievement of pupils in educational institution The research topic aims to clarify the concepts of School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement of the students and provide some insight into a topic which teachers and parents are likely

Page 127 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

to encounter It may be also even to embrace for their children to remain successful and competitive in this new knowledge era Man is a social animal He is sensitive enough to adjust to his environment Adjustment is process by which the individual tries to have cordial and co-operative relationship with his surroundings Adjustment can be understood as both process and the outcome of that process in the form of some attainment of goal When a poor child studies under the candle light because he has no lighting arrangement at home he is said to be in a process of adjustment What he attains in terms of success in his examination or the fulfillment of his ambition or pride in his achievement is nothing but the result of his adjustment to his self and his environment Thus adjustment as an achievement means how the potency with which an individual can act in changed circumstances and is as such related to his sufficiency and regarded as an achievement that is attained either badly or well Adjustment as a process describes and explains the ways and means of an individualrsquos adaptation to his self and his environment without reference to the quality of such adjustment or its outcome in terms of success or failure It only shows how individuals or a group of people cope under changing circumstances and what factors influence this adjustment Gifted students learn differently from their peers They learn and understand new matter in a very a smaller amount of time They distinguish facts and concepts at more concrete and difficult levels than do their peers They are more interested in definite topics and have complexity in moving on to other learning tasks until they feel contented that they have learned as much as they probably can about their zealous interest Lastly gifted students are able to execute on many different levels of concentration so without paying direct and visual attention to them they can monitor classroom activities and they should have opportunities to function at more advanced levels of complexity and depth and to tie their own passionate interests into their schoolwork

Scholastic achievement is the criterion for selection promotion or recognition in various walks of life the attention of educators are being increasing down to it In the present study scholastic achievement refers to the marks obtained by the students in different subjects and also their performance in other activities are considered It is defined as the desire to excel regardless of social reward and the desire of wining or doing better than someone else Scholastic Achievement is defined as success in completion with standard of excellencerdquo This is also defined as the desire to exceed regardless of social rewards Objectives of the study 1) To identify the gifted students studying in secondary schools of Vijayapur District 2) To find out the relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment among the secondary school gifted students of Vijayapur District 3) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to gender (girls and boys) 4) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to locality (urban and rural)

Page 128 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

5) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur city with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) 6)To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to medium of instruction (Kannada and English) Hypotheses

Ho1 There is no significant relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district Ho2 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to gender (girls and boys) Ho3 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to locality (urban and rural) Ho4 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) Ho5 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to medium of instruction (English and Kannada) Variables Independent variables is school adjustment Dependent variable is Scholastic Achievement Limitations The present study was confined to 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Methodology The study was designed to find out Scholastic Achievements and School Adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District The study conducted on sample of 600 students of 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Stratified random sampling technique was employed Tools The scholastic achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and school adjustment tool was prepared by the investigator Statistical Techniques used Mean SD correlation T-test and ANOVA were used for calculating and for analyzing the data Analysis of data

Page 129 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table-1 No significant correlation between scholastic achievements with school adjustment of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Table-2 No significant difference between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Sex Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Boys 1736 329 Girls 1810 336 598 27149 19600 lt005 S Table-3 No significant difference between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Rural 1750 255 Urban 1793 380 598 15390 19600 gt005 NS Table ndash 4 No significant difference between Kannada and English medium gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Kannada medium 1744 307

English medium 1818 365 598 27112 19600 lt005 S

Table ndash 5 No significant difference between gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Managements Government Aided Unaided

Average 1668 1823 1834

SD 238 37 354

Government -

Aided P=00001 S -

Unaided P=00001 S P= 09281 NS -

Variables

Correlation between scholastic achievement with

r-value t-value p-value

School adjustment 07410 269818 00001S

Page 130 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

From the table 1 it can be seen that a significant and positive relationship was observed between school adjustment and scholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district From the table 2 it can be inferred that a significant difference was observed between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 3 it can be seen that a non significant difference was observed between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 4 it can be seen that a significant difference was observed between gifted students of Kannada medium and English medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 5 it can be seen the gifted students of aided and unaided secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of government Major findings

1 The higher or lower in school adjustment supports in increase or decrease thescholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

2 The gifted boy students have significant lesser school adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

3 The gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district have similar school adjustment scores

4 The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district

5 The gifted students of aided and unaided secondary schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of government secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Conclusion The secondary school gifted students with high school adjustment have higher scholastic achievement scores as compared to students with low school adjustment The girl gifted secondary school students have significant higher school adjustment as compared to boy students The gifted students of urban secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of rural

Page 131 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

References 1 Advanced general Psychology course-I lesson I-20 MSc applied psychology

Annamalai University press 2 Afshan (1991) MPhil Edu Univof Kashmir A study made on gifted rural and

urban girls their vocational interests and creativity Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

3 Aggarwal Kantaprasad-(1988) PhD Edn Jamia Millia Islamia Investigated the types of schools and corresponding factors as predicators of creativity at secondary level surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II(1988-92)

4 AggarwalJC ldquoEducational Research an Institutionrdquo New Delhi- Arya Book Depot

5 Basabtia JM and MukhopadyayaD(2001) ldquoEffects of Environmental Factors on Achievement a study on Rural Studentsrdquo The Educational Review Vol144NoIINov2001pp201-204

6 Bhaskar Rao D Somasuraya Prakash Rao ABhuvaneswaraLakshi G (2004) The Educational Review Jan2004 387 9th cross Mahalaxmin Layout Banglore-560086

7 BestJohnW ldquoResearch in Educationrdquo Fourth Edition New Delhi Prentice Hall of India (1977)

8 ChadhaNK and Chandra Sunanda-(1990) A study made on creativity Intelligence and scholastic achievementIndian educational Review Vol 25(3) 81-85 Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

9 DandpaniSldquoAdvanced Educational Psychologyrdquo Anmol publications PvtLtd New Delhi 1 1002

10 SK Mangal- Advanced Educational psychology second Edition published by Asoka G Ghosh prentice Hall of India Pvt New Delhi 110001 (2007)

Page 132 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADVANCED MACRO MODIFIED TEXTURAL SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SYSTEM

Jitendra Khatti[1] Prof Kamaldeep Singh Grover[2] PhD Research Scholar Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[1]

Professor Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[2]

Abstract ndash Soil classification is a method and system of identify classify and nomenclature of soil which is based on particle size and consistency limits There are many soil classifications are present ie AASTHO classification system MIT classification system HRB classification system Indian soil classification system USDA soil classification system Unified soil classification system and many others These all present available soil classification or classification systems are consisting of limitations Due to these limitations a new soil classification is required to develop The developed new soil classification is named as Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System This classification system is based on sum of percentage weight retained and percentage weight retained of soil particles The first coarse ndash grained textural triangle is introduced by advanced macro modified textural soil classification system The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is made by coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle and middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of properties of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle This classification system also introduced the twenty ndash four nomenclatures of soil Keywords Middle ndash Grained Triangle Percentage Weight Retained Ultra ndash Sand Soil Particle Coarse ndash Grained Triangle 1 Introduction In this universe everything is divided or classified by their properties or formation or formation process Similarly the soil is also classified and these classifications were introduced by numerous scientists and organizations Scientists and researchers introduced the two types of classification of soil on the basis of field or research area ie agricultural soil classification and mechanical or engineering classification The present available soil classifications or classification systems are Massachusetts Institute of Technology System Textural Classification System International Classification System Unified Soil Classification System Indian Soil Classification System US bureau of Public Road Association and AASTHO classification systemEvery soil classification or classification system is consisting of limitation The Indian soil classification system introduced many terms to define soil ie Well Graded Soil Poorly Graded Soil and Uniformly Graded Soil These terms of classification of soil were not well defined and given statements were not also cleared A statement ldquoWell graded soil is a soil Which is consisting of good representation of all the particlerdquo was given for well graded soil The good representation of all soil particles may be based on physical

Page 133 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

appearance or parentage weight of particle of particles Unified soil classification system introduced the dual classification of soil but the criteria of dual classification was not cleared The textural classification system was introduced for classifying agricultural soil These limitations showed the geotechnical engineering is requirement a new soil classification system 2 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System On the basis of limitations in present available soil classifications or classification systems a new soil classification system is required to develop For the better classification of soil a classification of soil is proposed and it is named as Advance Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the concept of percentage weight retained of soil particles This classification system is introduced twenty ndash four types of classified soil The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is shown in Fig 1

Fig 1 ndash Advanced macro modified textural soil classification system 21 Size of Particles and Their Designations The proposed advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of six soil particles ie gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay The particle size of gravel more than 20mm sand 20mm to 01mm ultra ndash sand 01mm to 002mm silt 002mm to 20microns clay 20microns to 02microns and ultra ndash clay less then to

Page 134 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

02microns are introduced by international classification system The sand particle is sub ndash classified as very coarse coarse medium and fine sand Similarly silt and clay particles are sub ndash divided as coarse and fine ndash grained particles 22 Development of Triangles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles are known as coarse ndash grained particles and remaining soil particles (silt clay and ultra ndash clay) are known as fine ndash grained particles By the overlapping of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle another triangle is evolved and it is named as middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particle 221 Coarse ndash Grained Triangle The coarse ndash grained triangle is evolved by gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The coarse ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 2 with classification of soil

Fig 2 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle 222 Fine ndash Grained Triangle The fine ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash clay particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The fine ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classification of soils The fine ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 3 with classification of soil

Page 135 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 3 ndash Classification of soil by fine ndash grained triangle 223 Middle ndash Grained Triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is formed by the overlapping of coarse ndash grained triangle and fine ndash grained triangle at fifty percentage weight retained of soil particles The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particles The silt and clay soil particles are arranged at left and right axis of triangle respectively The sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle respectively Similarly the sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of triangle The middle ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classifications of soil The middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 4 with classifications of soil

Fig 4 ndash Classification of soil by middle ndash grained triangle

Page 136 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A triangle is formed by three axes hence the middle ndash grained triangle is further sub ndash divided as upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle a Upper Middle ndash Grained Triangle The upper middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The upper middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 5 with classification of soil

Fig 5 ndash Classification of soil by upper middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt sand and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 50 to 100 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and the axis of silt and sand is scaled from zero to fifty percent b Lower Middle ndash Grained Triangle The lower middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The lower middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 6 with classification of soil

Page 137 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 6 ndash Classification of soil by lower middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt clay and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 0 to 50 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and axis of silt particle is scaled from zero to fifty percent

3 Method of Classification of Soil The classification of soil is based on the sum of percentage weight retained of soil particles Each triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of three soil particles If the sum of percentage weight retained of these three soil particle is higher as compared sum of percentage weight retained of other set of three soil particles the classification of soil is done by triangle of higher sum of percentage weight retainedThe advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the star key method In the classification system the rays are drawn with respect to next axis of triangle in clockwise direction If star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle the ray of gravel is drawn with respect to axis of ultra ndash sand ray of ultra ndash sand is drawn with respect of axis of sand and ray of sand is drawn with respect to axis of gravel particle For the classification of soil the following steps are given below ndash i Take a 1000gram soil specimen now put this soil specimen in sieve set of

advancedmacro modified textural soil classification system and cover the top sieve by lid

ii Now put the sieve set on the sieve shaker and start sieving for 5 to 6 minutes After sieving of soil specimen determine weight of soil specimen for particular

Page 138 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

sieve or sieve size by weighing machine or balance The weight of soil specimen is known as weight retained of soil specimen or particles Now the percentage of weight retained of particles is calculated

iii After calculating percentage weight retained of soil particles the percentage weight retained of particle for coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle A triangle is selected for classification of soil which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of soil particles

iv Now the selected triangle and classification of soil is drawn The rays are drawn in selected triangle with the help of percentage weight retained of soil particles These rays are met at a point which is known as STAR KEY

v The classification of soil is done by star key and the method is known as star key method

vi If a soil is consisting of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt soil particle The classification of soil is done by middle ndash grained triangle While classifying the soil the percentage weight retained of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt particles are re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained The rays star keyis drawn for re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of soil particles

4 Results A soil specimen is tested in geotechnical laboratoryFrom the test results of soil specimen the specimen is consisting of maximum quantity of gravel particles The percentage weight retained of soil particles of soil specimen is calculated in Table 1 Table 1 ndash Calculation of Percentage weight retained of soil specimen Particle Name

Retained

Sum of Percentage Weight Retained of Soil Particles

Recalculation of Wt Retained of Coarse ndash Grained Particles

Coarse Fine Upper Lower Gravel (G) 44

86

51 Sand (S) 24

52

28 Ultra ndash Sand (Us)

18

32

21

Silt (Ms) 10

14

- Clay (C) 4 - Ultra ndash Clay (Uc)

0 -

From the calculation the percentage weight retained of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay particle are determined as 44 24 18 10 and 4 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper

Page 139 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle is calculated as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle is higher as compared other triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification Hence the classification of soil is done by coarse ndash grained triangle The percentage weight retained of particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is re ndash calculated for hundred percentage weight retained The axes ofcoarse and fine ndash grained are ranged from zero percent to hundred percent The percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand is re ndash calculated as 51 28 and 21 respectively For the classification of soil the star key is drawn by the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles The star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle and it is shown in Fig 8

Fig 8 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle (star key method) From Fig 8 it is observed that the classification of soil specimen A is done as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend Here blend is presenting the mixture of soil particle which is formed by sand soil particles

5 Discussion From the study of present available soil classifications and classification systems it is observed that the classification of soil is not done by US Bureau of Public Road Association MIT classification system International Classification System because these classification or classification system is defined range of particles size only The USDA soil classification system is used for agricultural soil classification If a soil is evolved by coarse ndash grained particle hence the classification of soil is not done by USDA soil classification system The Indian soil classification system is not classified soil on the basis of quantity of soil particles or mix state of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is introduced the ldquohow a soil is classified on the basis of quantity of particle and mix state of soil particlesrdquo In

Page 140 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

advanced macro modified textural soil classification system it is also observed that the classification of soil is done by soil particle which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained 6 Conclusions From the experimental results and study of different soil classifications and classification systems the following conclusions are mapped ndash i The range of size of sand silt and clay particles were introduced by MIT

classification system US bureau of public road association classification system international classification system but the classification of soil was not introduced by these classifications or classification systems

ii AASTHO classification and HRB classification was developed for classifying the soil for pavement design The soil particles are classified as per requirement of pavement

iii Indian soil classification system introduced dual symbol system but the symbol system was not described for combination of coarse and fine ndash grained particles

iv The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced the classification of soil on the basis of quantity of particle or percentage weight retained of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced fifty classifications of soil

v From the test results of soil specimen A it has observed that the percentage weight retained of coarse fine upper and lower middle ndash grained triangle has determined experimentally as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively It is also observed that the coarse ndash grained triangle is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of gravel particles The axis of each particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is ranged from zero to hundred percentage Hence the percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles is re ndash calculated for hundred percent From the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles the soil has classified as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend

From the conclusions it is summarized that the advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on percentage weight retained of soil particle as well as on quantity of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is sophisticated classification of soil References Casagrande A (1948) ldquoClassification and Identification of Soils Transactions ASCE

Vol 113 901 ndash 930 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Annual Book of ASTM Standards D

2487-83 04 08 American Society for Testing and Materials 1985 pp 395 ndash 408

Page 141 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian Standard Classification and Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purpose (First Revision) IS 1498 ndash 1970 Edition 22 (1987 ndash 09)

Jitendra Khatti Prof N P Kaushik Prof J K Sharma Prof K S Grover ldquoModified Textural Soil Classification Indian Geotechnical Conference 2018

Krumbein W C Aberdeen Esther (April 1937) ldquoThe Sediments of Barataria Bayrdquo Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 7(1) Retrieved 11 May 2014

Sieve Analysis and Particle Analysis - Grand Solution Manual SJ Soft Technologies 2008 October 13 2009

Dr K R Arora Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Seventh Edition - 2011) ndash ISBN ndash 81-8014-112-8

Dr B C Punmia Ashok Kumar Jain Arun Kumar Jain Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Sixteenth Edition ndash March 2005) ndash ISBN ndash 81-7008-791-0

Page 142 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

सहयो य यापकः स कत वभागः

घाटालरबी शतवा षक महा व ालयः घाटालः प मम दनीपरः

प मव गः भारतबषः

भिमका वालित श दष कोमलता न धताप व तामौिलकता च व त प पस शवालः क याः एकः अन यसाधारणस ः य मन अना वलान द व त स ण यथा मा य िथत भबित त त प रवार प य मा य या प वाल एव स ससशः यन ससार य ीव भबित पर त नाटक च र िमद कदाच िमलना तकप रसमा ः कदाच ना यगितव ौ कदा प वा ना यो कषवधनाथ योजन भबित एता शाना िशशच र ाणा त मन ना य क योजनिम य म वषय अ ालो यत मया व मोवशीयम प रवा-ऊव योः िमलना तकिमद प चा क विश नाटक कािलदासन िथतम नाटक या य प चमा क तयोः स तान स गः कािलदासन चम कार पण उप था पतः ldquoअस तान व वजिय वा य न कम प शोचनीयम rdquo(प चमा कः) ndashअ याथः इयमनप यता यतीतः त य शोकः ना त अनन ायत यत नपः प रवा अप क आसीत अन तर कािलदासन स गम णहरण वषयमप था पतम य वलासवती य याः अ सरसः ललाट थर व पम णः एकन शकनन मासख ड म वा अप तः तदथ नपण उ म ndash ldquoर िमित न म त मन मनौ य व वह गमा ः यया तना थ सख स गमनीयन स गिमतःrdquo इित ( ५५) अ याथः वहगन अप त त मन मणौ मम आ हः ना तपर त अनन म णना यतमया सह मम िमलन सघ टतमासीत अ ः नप य समीप र य यवहा रकम याप या िमलन य

हत पण त य म यमप रसीमम त अतः यन तन उपायन नपण र ः ई सतः अनया नप यो या कािलदासः वािभ ाय य च रताथ कतः अतःपर यत वाण व ः शकनः य मन वाण ो दतासीत ndash

ldquoऊवशीस भव याय मलसनोधनभतः कमार यायोषो वाणः हत षदायषाम rdquo इित ( ५७ )

अ याथः ऊव याः गभजात य प रवसः च ऒरसजात य कमार य आयसः अय वाणः अर णामाय यकार अतः कािलदासः वहगन र ापहरण वषयम था य माता पत या सह स तान य िम नमाग य सगम कत च त अनन कारण आयसः वशलितका दाना तर कािलदासः अय वषय क चत अ ातत यम थापयित यथा यवनमिनना लािलतम आयः त च आ म त य जातकमा न ान भबित तद र तत आयः घटना वाहन प रवस िनकषा उप थत भबित पर त अ मन थल आयसः च र ोप थापन य भतकारणािन स त यथा ndash

Page 143 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

१) आयच र वना प रवसः दय अनप यतायाः क ात अप य नह य रसिस ः न भ बतमहित ndash

ldquo वा पायत िनपितता मम र मन वा स यव ध दय मनसः मादः स जातवपथिभ झतधयव ndash

र छािम चनमदय प रर धम गः rdquoइित ( ५९) प ाभावात िमकप रवसः च र कदा य प पता पण न कािशत भ बतमहित

२) आयच र वना त य दय पतर ित गभीर नहः यथा य न भ वतमहित तथव द घ व छदात अनाका त वषय ित त य अक मभावावगः अ प न य ः भ वतमहित ndash

ldquo य द हादिमद वा पता ममाय सतोऽहम यित उ स गविधताना ग ष भवत क शः नहः rdquoइित ( ५१०)

आयसः दय नहाभावात पतर ित त य व षस ः भ वतमहित यन नाटक कदा प िमलना तक न भ वत पारयित पनर प िन वकारिच य आयसः नाटक न योजन भवत

३) आयसः च र ाभावात स गमनीयमणः स गः अ योजनीयः भवत यतः म ण-च र ौ पर परयोः प रपरकौ

४) नाटक आयस आ म व कमकत यत अथात त तन वालकन एकः शकनः वाण व ः भबित ndash ldquoगह तािमषः कल ग ः पादपिशखर िगलीयमानो ल यीकतो वाण य rdquoइित ( प चमा कः )

अनन कारणन यवनन स आ मात व ह कतो भवित अ मात ायत यत ततकाल आचायगह व ाजनकाल प ादय य हनन पापमासीत

५) प रवा यथाथ पण वषवत वरनप ासीत इित न कवल कािलदासन पर त आयसा अ प व यत ndash

ldquo नाहित तातः प गवधा रताया ध र द य िनयोजित rdquoइित ( प चमा कः ) आयसा ई श पत वशषणन द घ व छदाद प र स ब धः न कदा प िम या भवित इित कािलदासन कािशतम त ६) कािलदासन आयसा सह महाभारत य कण य एकः सामी यः वीक या प ना य य

योजनात क चत प रवतन सघ टतम त ततीया क वग ऊवशी ित इ य शतः ndashldquoय मन व भावािस व त य म रणसहाय य राजषः य करणीयम सा व प रवस यथाकामम यावत स प र स तानो भबतीित rdquo(ततीया कः ) अथात प रवसा स तान य मखदशनपय त भबती त य नप य इ छानसारतः स वतमहित अतः य द ऊवशी म य प रवसा सह थातिम छित त ह प य स गः नो था पतो भ व यित एतदथ ऊव या जात णादव आयः प र य मासीत अ य मन दिश मा ा क या अ प कणः प र य ः आसीत यतः स कानीनः लोकल जा च तया स प र य ः अतः य त प याग य हतः वा यवाधकता एव आसीत इित य य अिभ न वम

Page 144 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

माता पत या सह प य िमलनन य वष यम त कणन माता य ा भबित अिभमानात पर त आयसा त य पतरौ गह तौ भबतः ाभावादव ई शन वशा शन एव नाटक य िमलना तकप रसमाि भबित

७) कािलदासन आयसः स गाभावात चतथा क एव ना यसमाि ः भ वतमहित यतः पवरागः मलनन व छदन वा समाि भवित तदथ नाटक या य ग धमादनपवत ऊवशी-प रवसोः मलनात थमा क एव पवराग य िमलना तकप रणितभ वतमहित अ प च चतथा कपय त नाटक कदा प नाटखपदवा य न भवित यतः नाटक य ल णम ndashldquoप चािधका दशपर त ा का rdquoइित एतदथ कािलदासन अव यमव प चमा क कािचत घटना सयो जत या पर त िभ नका हनीमसयो य तन आयसः च र मप था पतम ततीया क इ य शतसाय य वात

८) आयसः च र मप थापनन प ीकतिमद यत स तान य ज मनः अिभशाप य च व ा तािन ऊव या ातािन न त प रवसा एतदथ शरिन पका रणः ना नः आ रा ण ाना तर प रवा वा ो भबित तदा तनो म ndash

ldquoआ वलपयोधरा लबलीदलपा डरानन छायम तािन िनदािन वपरभत कवलमालस ण त याः rdquoइित ( ५८)

अ याथः अय कित दन यावत त याः (ऊव याः ) तना भागः आ वलः मखका तः लबलीफ़लस शा पा डवणा ह तवलय थः अभबन पर त व ा तिमद यवनन ातमासीत ndashldquoिनयातय ह यासिमित rsquoवचनात महाराजात व छदभयात ऊवशी ज म हणमा व प व ालाभाथ भगवतः यवन य आ म महामा यायाः स यव याः ह त सम पतवती ndashldquoमया महाराज वयोगभी तया जातमा एव व ागमनिनिम भगवत यवन या मपद आयायाः स यव या ह तऽ काश िन ःrdquo ndash प चमा कः

) अ ऊव याः समीप कत य य धान पण ितभातम त थमतः पती िनकषा जीवनाितवाहनम तीयत यथायो य थान प य सर ा अतः य प

प याग प कम ग हत तथा प उ कत यपालनाथ ना य योजनात ऊव याः दोषिमद मा म अिभ ानशक तलम कािलदास य अमरका य स ा क विश नाटकमिभ ानशक तलम य सवदमननामक य िशशच र योप थितः यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमव ना य या य ितपा म अ य नाटक य थम अ क क वा म द य तशक तलयोः पवरागः ऋणम य अ गर यकदानम ह तव ा तन च य य णक व छदः तीया क द य त- वदषकयोः कथोपकथनम रा द य त य च तपोवनात

गमन यासः ततीया क द य तशक तलयोः गा धव ववाहः रा दर करणाथ च द य त य गमनम चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम ना शक तला ित दवाशसः शापः क व य च िनदशात श गरव-शार ता या सह शक तला द य त य गह षणम प चमा क द य तन शक तला या याता क तलायाः सती व माण व वध वधान दान सानम या च शक तला गह वा अ यीभवनम ष ा क धीवरव ा तम अ गर यकदशनन द य त य म य ाटन त य च वलापः स मा क मार चा म

Page 145 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

शक तला सवदमनम द य त य च मलनम अतः ना य य स मा क एव िशशच र य उप थापन कत ना यकारण यथा नद सागर पितत सित पण व ा ा भबित तथव शाक तलनाटक य नद स शः षडा कः सागरस श स मा क पिततो भबित य सवदमन एव सागरस गमः अ म नाटक अ य िशशच र य योजनम त िन न पम

१) नाटक य ततीया क लताक ज शक तला-द य तयोः िनभतालापान तर क वा म य सािधकायाः गौत याः आगमनात य य व छदो भबित गौत या च सह शक तलायाः गमन कत सित नपणो म ndashldquoकथम य निमत न च बत त rsquoइित ( ३२२) अथात कना प उपायन आननो ोलन कत अ प च बत न पारयािम िशशच र य उप थ या रा ई श य कथन य अस यता मा णता भबित यतः य द त काल द य तः च वतम प न पारयित म त ह कथ अय िशशः जातोऽभबत क च वन वना तयोः मलन अभबत रा ा कामशा य ई शम ल घनमस भवम

अ य मन दिश तयोः गा धव ववाहः मा णतो भवित अनन िशशना यतः गा धव ववाह वषय मनना उ म ndash

ldquoइ छया यो यसयोगात क याया वर य च स त गा धवः व यो मथ यः कामस भवः rdquo इित ( मनस हता ndash ३३२) )

यो ववाहः वरक ययोः स मितपवकः ग जनानाम ात स प नो भबित स एव गा धव ववाहित क यत अतः िशशना एव एतत मा णत भबित यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमभबत

२) चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम नया अ गर यक ित िन परतया शक तलया कोपन वभाव य मनरागमन अ ातम त तदथ सा दवाससा अिभश ा ई शः वा यः ndash

ldquo विच तय ती यमन यमानसा तपोधन व स न मामप थतम म र यित वा न स वोिधतोऽ प सन

कथा म ः थम कतािमव rdquoइित ( ४१) अथात य विच य म स शमप थततप वी तया अवमािनतोऽभबत तन वम म वत व मता भ व यित अतः अनन शापन वहघटना सघ टता भ बतमहित यथा ndash क) द य तन शक तला आजीवन या याता भ बतमहित ख) पनः सा क वा म यावतन कत पारयित ग) सा आ मघाितनी भ बतमहित घ) सा समाज कलटानार पण ितभाता भ बतमहित

पर त शक तलायाः स तानस भा यतया व ा तिमद असामा य पण पयविसत भबित एतदथ उपय व ा ताना स भा यता स वऽ प अपरा घटना सघ टता ता यथा ndash

क) अिभशाप य िनरसनाथ मारकिच दशन यत शक तलया द य त य नामा कतात अ गर यकादशनात द य त य पवव ा त व मरण भबित

ख) ऋ षकमारा याम प शक तला आ ममानयनाथम वीकता अभबत

Page 146 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ग) प वश य राजपरो हतनो म दवबा यानसारतः द य त य थमस तान राजच व ल णय भ ब यित तदथ स तान य ज मनः परमव हण वजन वा य करम

आतसिशशायाः म यादागतः सयालोकः यथा क भ वा कागज द त त पः सभाम य थाना सवषा स दहः शक तलायामग छत यन त याः दय अपमानानलन द ध भबित अतः स मा क राजच व ल णय य सवदमन य उप थ यामव शक तलायाः कल किमद मोचन भबित

घ) सोमतीथात यावतनादन तरमव क व आकाशभा षत श द वा जग क याणाथ शक तलया द य त य तजधारणस दश ातोऽभबत ndash

ldquo द य तना हत तजो दधाना भतय भवः अव ह तनया न नगभा शमीिमव rdquo इित ( ४४ )

तदथ िशशच र ाभावात अशर रछ दोमयीवाणी िम या अभबत ङ) ष ा क धीवरव ा तात पर घटनाच स मा क द य त मार चा म वश सित

िसहशावकम पीडनरत वालकमक वा त य दय अप य नहः जाग रतो भबित ndashldquo क न खल वाल म नौरस इव प न ित म मनः ननमनप यता मा व सलयित rsquo( स मा कः )

अतः सवदमन य उप थतौ वत कत य द य तच र य वा स य मः जाग रत भबित शो णतस व ध य च ाधा य मा णत भबित य त द घकाल यवधानऽ प िम या न भवित

च) कािलदासन सवदमनच र नो था पत सित नाटकसमा भ बतमहित अ य मन दिश िशशच र य वक प व प कम प अ यव ा त अ य नाटक य ई श माहा मदान कत न श नोित

अतः अनन कारण माणीयत यत न कवल कािलदासीयसा ह यष अ प च स कतसा ह यष इमािन च र ा ण न कवल च र पायनाथ स ािन तषा योजनीयता अ त सहायक थाः अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः अिनलच वसः- स कतप तकभा डारः ndashकिलकाता अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः स यर जनव ोपा यायः- स कतव डपो ndashकिलकाता स कतसा ह यस भारः ndashडः गौर णाथशा ी ndashनवप काशनम

Page 147 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 148 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 149 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 150 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 151 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 152 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 153 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 154 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 155 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 156 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 157 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 158 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 159 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 160 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 161 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 162 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 163 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 164 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 165 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 166 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 167 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 168 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES MOOCS FUTURE OF E-LEARNING

HIGHER EDUCATION PLATFORM IN INDIA

1DrAbdul Jalil and 2Iftikhar Islam 1Librarian Rupahi College

2Department of Political Science Rupahi College

Page 169 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 170 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 171 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 172 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 173 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 174 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 175 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 176 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 177 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 178 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 179 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 180 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 181 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 182 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 183 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 184 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 185 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 186 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 187 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 188 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 189 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 190 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 191 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 192 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 193 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 194 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 195 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 196 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 197 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 198 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 199 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 200 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 201 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 202 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 203 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 204 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 205 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 206 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 207 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 208 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 209 of 209

Page 6: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:

Dr K VICTOR BABU

MAMAMPhilPhDPDF (DLit) Associate Professor Institute of Education amp Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) amp Sucharitha A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Mettu University Metu Ethiopia

ISSN 2277 ndash 7881 Impact Factor 6514(2020)

Index Copernicus Value 516

Editorialhelliphellip

It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect

The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action

The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER a Journal of Repute

DrKVictor Babu

Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMANITIES COMMERCE amp MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY MEDICINE SCIENCES ART amp DEVELOPMENT STUDIES LAW

wwwijmerin

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

NEW INTERPRETATIONS OF BUDDHIST ART SPECIAL

REFERENCE TO AMARAVATI AND NAGARJUNAKONDA

Mr Ravi Kumar Kodali Research Scholar

Andhra University Visakhapatnam

The art of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had its beginnings during the

Mauryan period In due course of time the art flourished under the different patronage of art lovers besides the contributions made by the various sections of the society The carvings at Amaravati reached a climax and excelled the art of Barhut Sanchi and western Indian Rock-cut caves etc The style of Buddhist art reached its climax in the various carvings at Amaravati and there by justified in being called the Amaravati school of art During the period under consideration it became a normal trend to adorn the stupas with beautifully carved panels on pale green or white limestone Only a few stupas have retained a few panels while at Amaravati the panels are not only large in number but also varied in nature The school of Amaravati art later on spread across Nagarjunakonda Kesanapalli Chandavaram Jaggayyapeta etc

The present study is look into new interpretations of Buddhist art in Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda Many scholars attempted to reveal the rich art and architecture of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda but it still incomplete The idea of art and motives which exists in pre and protohistoric sites like cave temples open temples are unreadable and incomplete why because we can read the physical form of art and architecture but not sentiment of our ancestors Here we attempt to evaluate and codified the Buddhist art with two references with the help of new techniques and interpretation in metropolitan cultural dimensions Keywords Amaravathi Nagarjunakonda Art and Architecture Buddhist art

The earliest art of Amaravati can be seen across the granite rail particularly on the uprights The registers included the Triratna symbol a Vriksha chaitya and a Stupa on outline These are dated to 3rd century BC on the basis of the associated cross-bar which is inscribed Particularly in the carvings of the stupa in outline one can see characters of graphic art It is from these initial beginnings the Amaravatiart records strides of development as seen in the sculptures of the limestone stele and the Yaksha figures which are presently displayed in the Archaeological Site Museum at Amaravati The stele is all the more important because it records in six scenes the events connected with the life of Buddha from Vaishali to his final Mahapariniruana at Kusmagara Most of these scenes are appended with label inscriptions which is a practice very common at Barhut On the second face of the stele the buildings at Sravastf are depicted along with the story related to Anadhapindika The story goes to say that Anadhapindika purchases Jetavana from prince Jeta for the construction of

Page 1 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Gandhara Kausambhi and Karerikut etc for the residence of Lord Buddha On the third face of the stele the river Krishna is represented as flowing water flanked by multi-storeyed structure provided with stair case Also a vaulted structure with massive pillars and other structures having chaitya arches and a pavilion are all carved inside a railing The structural complex may as well belong to the Vandanamagoshti

In general the art on the stele bears close resemblance to the art of Suhgas as seen across the panels of Barhut In some aspects particularly while showing structures isometrically the Amaravati artisans exhibited a lead The other sculptures like the Elephant the Yaksha and the Stupa figures indicate flatness in form and angularities recalling examples from Barhut Datable to 1st century BC are the panels which included the adoration of the Bodhiuriksha at Bodhgaya and the scene related to the Mahabhinishkramana These figures are characterized by shallow reliefs besides flat and plump limbs They maintain smiling faces They had turbans crowned over the head and the human bodies are decorated with heavy jewellery These features are common to the sculptures of the Sunga period available at Barhut and Sanchi Comprising of a harmonious blend of the Suriga art form we have a few art pieces at Jaggayyapeta

However the Jaggayyapeta examples appear slender and tall compared to similar examples of Amaravati In both the cases angularities and linear features are common It is held that these figures have some comparable features to the Chenchu population of the Krishna valley In the Buddhist tradition kingship was idealized as the Universal Monarch The panel of Chakravartin recovered at Jaggayyapeta depicts a motif of this kind In this panel the seven emblems of his supremacy namely Wife Horse Minister General Elephant Wheel and the Star are arranged on either side of a standing male figure representing the Chakravartin From the top of the panel a few coins descend symbolically stating that a righteous king at his will can cause showers of food cloth jewels and coins According to a set of scholars the Chakravartin represented in this panel is no other than Mandhate of the Jataka stories The story goes to suggest that excessive greed on the part of the Chakravartin resulted in his downfall In this panel the central figure representing the king is carved with elongated arms flat body and the arrangement of the various members of the panel are out of balance Almost to the same time of 2nd and 1st centuries BC are the representations of the worship of the Bodha tree and the stupa at Rarnagrama identified at the stupa of Chandavaram Also belonging to the same time is the stupa at Dhulikatta where panels representing the worship of the stupas the great renunciation and the panel representing the Buddhapadas being sheltered by Muchalinda Naga are noticed An interesting panel representing a Srivatsa symbol from which a number of lotus shoots emanate has been reported from the stupa at Kesanapalli this panel also bears similarity with the early panels of Amaravati After the early additions the Mahastupa of Amaravati began to be embellished with many more panels across the drum and the dome These additions can be dated to the time of the later Satavahanas The earlier railing which was humble in nature is replaced by a majestic and granite railing during this period The railing itself is also decorated with a number of panels The name of Sivasri appears on the railing probably suggesting that the work was done during the time of SivaskandaSatakarni

Page 2 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

During the Mature phase of the Amaravatiart the later Satavahana rulers like VasisthiputraPulumavi Sivasri and Yajna Satakarni were ruling the region During the later Satavahana period the coping above the railing was decorated in all fullness On the outer face of the coping stone men and women are carved as carrying a long meandering garland In the intermediate spacersquos representation of Stupa Wheel and Bodhi-tree are carved with a view to fill in the gaps The garland is so carved that it is emitting out of monsters flanked by makaras and dwarfs On the interior side of the coping a number of scenes related to the life of Buddha and the Jataka stories are carved

The uprights or the Three are decorated with medallions consisting of full-blown lotus half lotus and the Pumaghata Images of Lions are crowned above the coping close to the gates Just opposite to the entrance facing the entrance itself the drum of the stupa is provided with panels representing either the Foot-prints of Buddha or the Dharmachakra On the stupa proper the drum-slabs are decorated with highly ornate stupa representations alternated by the panels of Dharmachakra Occasionally the panels constitute representation of the four miracles performed by Lord Buddha The four projections of the drum in the cardinal directions are crowned by five ayaka pillars

Across the anda portion or the dome of the stupa there are three registers of sculptures exhibiting skill in all its excellence The top most register is characterized by panels representing the Trisula motif The immediate lower register is characterized by a number of panels depicting variously scenes related to Buddhist lore Some of such scenes included the First Sermon of Buddha at Saranath representation of a Chakravartin the Ramagrama stupa the Dharmachakra etc Also a number of Jataka stories and the events connected with the life of Buddha are carved in the middle register At the bottom of these panels a number of running animals are carved Also each register is separated from the other by friezes of flowing creepers During this phase datable to the Satavahana period the art of Amaravati reached its highest watermark The carvings on the panels gain more depth and roundedness compared to the earlier phases Panels appear to be throbbing with life The composition included men and women with youthful appearance The central figures are surrounded by groups of men and women in activity The scenic location are also indicated in some of the panels by representing entrance gates locations inside a palace or streets The concept of space is well understood by the craftsman In a number of panels men and women are crowded around a central figure in a parabolic way This is in contrast to what we find at Barhut and Sanchi We know that in a number of panels of Barhut and Sanchi human beings are represented one above the other in a tiered fashion usually flanking on either side or at the bottom of the central figure of the theme In contrast at Amaravati inside any single panel all the figures are grouped as if drawn to the central figure which usually is a symbolic representation of Buddha or the figure of a king or the image of Buddha itself It is interesting that some of the figures are shown in three quarter profile People in the foreground are some times carved with their back towards the onlooker Also in a few other panels in front of the central theme people are represented as if in a kneeling position worshipping the Buddhapadas In certain cases the figures show the hip in back view and the torso in profile Thus the Mature phase of

Page 3 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Amaravati art is characterized by three-dimensional representation of the various flexes and twists of the body

ldquoIt is this arrangement of figures and settings in a number of planes that distinguishes Andhra art from the Mathura Sanchi or other schools and this is attributed to the Roman influence for Maisolia was a hinder land of Roman trade from the 1st century AD

In general the figures carved are slim and prominent they have long legs and light body The standing postures are vibrant with dynamism Whether it be an animal motif or a human being in a scene the figures are full of life and graceful expression Some of the scenes connected with the life of Buddha included the adoration of the begging bowl of Buddha the meeting of Gautama with his wife the submission of the mad elephant Nalagiri etc The choicest Jataka tales sculptured in panels included the Vidurapandita the Vessantara the Champeyya etc Also the worship of Buddha in the form of a Flaming-pillar has become a novel feature of the Amaravatiart All these features sculptured on panels unconsciously convey the greatness of the Paramita of Buddhism Among the Mahasarighikas the Caityakas were responsible for the worship of Buddha in the form of an image The genesis of this trend can be traced to the second half of 1st century or the beginnings of 2nd century AD Though the Buddha is conceived in human form symbolic representation of him continued in the form of a Lotus in a vase a Pillar crowned by Lion capital an Empty-throne Foot-prints Pillars crowned by Wheel a Stupa and finally a pillar of Fire the Bodhitree crowned by the event related to the crossing of the river Niranjara by the Buddha individual Relic-casket as the focus of worship is known from Amaravati At Sanchi a flame of fire is associated with the meditating Buddha In one of the panels on the east gateway of Sanchi the miracle of the serpent in the fire temple at Uruvela is represented In this Buddha is represented as a Flamming fire or torch In contrast to representing the Buddha in the form of a flame or torch as at Sanchi the craftsman at Amaravatiadopted a Flaming-pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra and Trident symbol with an Empty-throne and Foot-prints in the foreground as a symbolic representation of the Buddha in the panel representing the event connected with the presentation of Rahula At Nagarjunakonda belonging to a slightly later date Flamming-pillar symbolically represented the presence of Buddha in the Nalagiri episode carved on an ayaka-panel Apparently the artisans under the direction of the Caityakavadins or in general the Mahasarighika school followed the theme associating fire with Buddha as prescribed in the DighaNikaya

ldquothe flaming pillar which symbolizes the idea that the Buddha sat on sodhimanda where Agni (fire) emerged anew as part of the suns powerrdquo

At Amaravati the first sermon of Buddha at Saranath is represented by a pillar crowned by a Dharmachakra In the foreground a cushioned Emptythrone representing Buddha is depicted The panel is flanked on either side by chouri bearers and a large number of devotees At the base of the throne a deer is represented symbolizing the event at Saranath and in the top portions Lions are represented In this panel the Buddha is however not represented in human form It is of interest to note

Page 4 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

that at Amaravatiseated Buddha in the lsquoDharmachakraPravartanamudrarsquo is not represented in human form

In due course of time the artists of Amaravati on the dictates of their patron sanghas have produced the images of Buddha These images are tail and heavy Their bodies are covered with heavy draperies exhibiting prominent folds of (Uttara) Sanghati The common mode of representation of Buddha is with the robe covering the left shoulder and the left forearm is bent up with a view to holding the robe while the right arm is in Abhayamudra There are cases where in both the shoulders of Buddha are covered with a cloth with multiple folds In either case the toga-like garment is reminiscent of the Roman impact on the images of Buddha In addition to the images of Buddha we have icons and images of Bodhisattvas In panels they are represented either in seated or standing positions with a prominent halo behind their head Some of the images may be identified as Bodhisattva Padmapani belonging to 2nd century AD From the village of Goli a similar image of Bodhisattva Padmapani is reported which shares some common features with similar images at Nasik and Mathura

Nagarjunakonda Art The art of Nagarjunakonda has been studied by many scholars after its initial

discovery followed by retrieval of many more pieces through the excavations A critical analysis of the art of Nagarjunakonda indicated that lsquothe general atmosphere of allegiance and sophistication of passionate gaiety and animation of conscious grace and dolorous dalliance and sometimes even of exuberant abandon and trembling unrest all unmistakable evident in the Andhra reliefs of this period - have also been noticed again and again When compared to the joyful and animated reliefs of Bodhgaya Barhut and Sanchi the art exhibited at Amaravati and more particularly at Nagarjunakonda is sensuous and mundane and exhibit the innocent joy in life This is in contrast to the physical charm perceivable in the Yakshus of Mathura and to some extent Barhut and Didarganj When compared to Sanchi and Mathura the art of AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda is passionate and sensuous representing a Mature phase

This also shows a change in the aesthetic vision technical exuberance and changing ideals of beauty It has been stated that the transformation in the art is from the stable and permanent to the transient and mobile The change is in tune with the artistic development from Barhut to Amaravati there is along the arrow line of time a story of evolution along a straight high way laid down by the art itself from the epigraphical record of Nagarjunakonda we understand that the art was patronized by members of the sangha the ladies of the royal and noble families who were attached to the Buddhist order Also a monastic establishment at AmaravatiandNagarjunakonda represent a transitional phase in Buddhist ideology and thereby the art is a reflection of that

The reliefs of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda along with those at Goli represent a physiognomic composition of men and women comparable to the description given for the progressive type of the Chenchus This aspect is evident in the representations of the human beings of Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda across the well-built frame and slim and springy physiognomic forms of men and women Particularly the busts of women are slighter and softer and the lips thinner and narrower much as we find amongst Chenchu women Also slender and tall with elongated legs tapering

Page 5 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

downwards particularly standing in an abhangapose with the entire weight of her body resting on her right leg as such the female form is mastered by the craftsman In some cases the physical form was able to express the psychological state of men and women In a general way we may say that linearism dominated the human sculptures with all grace and charm Each sculpture human or animal throbs with life The human figures are present in each scene in all possible poses and attitude Some of them express high tension while others elegant languor

ldquoIndeed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda of the Satavahanas and the Ikshvakus men and women were no longer the innocent children of nature they had blossomed into full blooded youths and myths and legends of the religion they belonged to had become but the vehicles of their own visions and experiencesrdquo

In the art of Amaravati two streams can be seen one is of refined elegant courtly and sophisticated while the other is simple easy and spontaneous Even in the friezes of animals represented at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda we find dynamism in its fullness In the terracotta art of Nagarjunakonda the impact of Roman art is clear Even at Yelesvaram some of the terracotta figures suggest Roman impact in the treatment of the faces expressions hairdo etc In general the art of Nagarjunakonda over takes the one we find at Amaravati under-current of experience gained at Bodhgaya Sanchi western Indian caves and Amaravati can all be felt in the panels of Nagarjunakonda It is also stated that the faces of men and women at Amaravati are slightly oval while those at Nagarjunakonda are rounded

ldquoThe Art of Amaravati is an Art of experience the Art of Nagarjunakonda is an Art of statement yet both belong technically and the point of view of craft to the same levelrdquo The most interesting aspect of the art of Nagarjunakonda is the Mithuna couples They are sensuous and in various poses The masculine grace and the feminine charm expressed in them indicate a fine workmanship In certain aspects some of the rectangular reliefs of the Nagarjunakonda which are elaborately carved with roundness in form recall examples of ivory work At Nagarjunakonda a large number of sculptures representing Buddha have come to light They have been variously employed as decorative images to the stupas and independent images as well The monastic establishments at Nagarjunakonda particularly under the patronage of AparaMahavinaseliya sect has established the worship of Buddha in human form During this period the human form of Buddha finds placement in the narrative panels besides being icons of worship in the Buddha-chaityas In general these artistic t adventures are dated to the period of the rule of the Ikshvakus of Srfparvata- Vijayapurf In general the images of Buddha here range in height from 2 to 4 meters Most of them are standing images holding the hem of the garment with the left hand and the right hand representing Abhayamudra

In general the images possess more body mass than their counterparts at Amaravati Also images with the Sahghati covering both the shoulders are not much favoured at Nagaijunakonda Besides the events connected with the life of Buddha a large number of Jataka stories were depicted in panels adorning the stupas In general characters the compositions of the themes appear more animated The figures in general are taught and slender In some of the panels representing motifs related to amorous

Page 6 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

scenes wine drinking wrestling guards etc we find a clear impact of the presence of Sakas at Nagaijunakonda Some of the representations included guards with a beard and long hair covered by a pointed helmet They are usually represented in heavy tunics trousers and boots Some of the best representations of this kind can be seen in the Indo-Scythian figures carved on pillars constituting the palace area of Vijayapuri

The art of the Ikshvaku times is also to be seen at various places like Goli

Uppugunduru Chandavaram Gummadidurru Nelakondapalli Alluru Namburu Jaggayyapeta Ghantasala Chinaganjam Buddam Rentala Garikapadu etc The Buddhist art of the post Ikshvaku period can be seen in the stone and Bronze images of Nelakondapalli Sankaram Amaravati Salihundam Guntupalle etc However the Bronze images of Avaloketesvara and Siddhartha from Nagarjunakonda and the images of Buddha from Nelakondapalli and Buddam represent classic pattern of the images As the art of Nagarjunakonda and Amaravati have influenced the later art forms of the Vishnukundins Salankayanas the Pallavas etc this art is called the Andhra art The recent excavations at Kanaganahalli not far away from Sannati in Karnataka have brought to light a number of sculptured panels They belong to 2nd-3rd centuries AD and show definite sign of the impact of Amaravati-Ndgarjunakonda art style It is interesting that a number of epigraphs of Kanaganahalli mention the name of Dhanyakataka Even in the western Indian Rock-cut examples we find definite signs of Amaravati style of art Particularly in the painted compositions of Ajanta we find a definite sign of Amaravati mark on the postures and grouping of figures

The Buddhist art of the lower Krishna valley influenced the South East Asian

Buddhist art particularly the standing images of Budha with heavy physique and the robe covering the forearm along with the Abhayamudra of the right arm have influenced the art of South East Asia Also the Uma a circular mark on the forehead of the images of Buddha of Krishna valley along with a topknot of the hair have been adopted by the South East Asian Buddhist establishments The Bronze images of Buddha excavated in Celebes and in Malaya along with the Pong-Tuk Bronzes of Thailand datable to 5th Century AD recall features common to the Buddha images of Amaravati At Anuradhapura in Sri Lanka particularly the Runaveli stupa is adorned with images of Buddha which received similar influence

The rock paintings at Sihagiri dated to 5th Century AD are abound in images

of Buddha which received similar influence Thus the Buddhist art that was developed at Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda had a deep impact on the art of South East Asia and Srilanka

The Amaravati and Nagarjunakonda reliefs tell stories in the most sublime

way their superb composition tantalizes the viewer with associative thinking whose meanings we often cannot read But we need to hope that one day we will fully understand them

Page 7 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PLATES

Sarvaṃdada jataka rail pillar (detail) Amaravati c 3rd century AD

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail pillar (detail) Amaravati 3rd century AD

Page 8 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

British Museum

Unidentified scene rail coping (detail) Amaravati c 1stndash2nd century AD Government Museum Chennai

Page 9 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century ce Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda

Seven scenes from the life of the Buddha drum frieze Nagarjunakonda late 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjuakonda

Page 10 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Sarvaṃdada jataka fragment Nagarjunakonda c 3rd century AD Archaeological Museum Nagarjunakonda Reference Barrett DE 1954a Sculptures from Amaravati in the British Museum

London Barrett DE 1954b The later school of Amaravati and its influences Arts and

Letters (Journal of the India Pakistan and Ceylon Society) 28(2) 41ndash53

Becker C 2009 Remembering the Amaravati stupa the revival of a lsquoruinrsquo in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 267ndash87

Bopearachchi O 2008 Sculptures of Amaravati tradition in Sri Lanka Journal of the Asiatic Society 50 1ndash26

Cole HH 1882a Memorandum of the present condition of Amaravati tope in Madras India Home Proceedings Archaeology June 1882 (BL IOR P1681)

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nāgārjunakoṇḍa and Amarāvatī Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Burgess J 1887 The Buddhist Stupas of Amaravati and Jaggayapeta in the Krishna District Madras Presidency Surveyed in 1882 Archaeological Survey of Southern India 1 London (reprinted Varanasi 1970)

Dimand MS 1928 Two Indian reliefs of the Amarāvatī school Bulletin of Metropolitan Museum Art 23(10) 238ndash44

Howes J 2002 Colin Mackenzie and the stupa at Amaravati South Asian Studies 18 53ndash64

Howes J 2009 The colonial history of sculptures from the Amaravati stupa in Hawkes and Shimada 2009 20ndash37

Page 11 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ghosh A and Sarkar H 1967 Beginning of sculptural art in south-east India a stele from Amaravati Ancient India 20ndash1 (1964ndash5) 168ndash77

Gupta SS 2008 Sculptures and Antiquities in the Archaeological Museum Amarāvatī New Delhi

Koezuka T 1994 The Amaravati sculpture in Masterpieces of Buddhist and Hindu Sculpture from the British Museum (exhib cat) 21ndash4 Tokyo

Rea A 1912 Excavations at Amaravati ARASI (1908ndash9) 88ndash91 Sarkar H 1971 Some early inscriptions in the Amaravati museum Journal of

Ancient Indian History 4 (1ndash2) 1ndash13 Shimada A 2006 The great railing at Amarāvatī an architectural and

archaeological reconstruction ArtibusAsiae 66(1) 89ndash141 Singh U 2001 The dismembering of the Amaravati stupa South Asian

Studies 17 19ndash40 Sivaramamurti C 1942 Amaravati Sculptures in the Madras Government

Museum Bulletin of Madras Government Museum ns general section 4 Madras

Schopen G 1988 On the Buddha and his bones the conception of a relic in the inscriptions of Nagarjunakoa Journal of the American Oriental Society 108 527ndash37 (also included in G Schopen 1997 Bones Stones and Buddhist Monks 148ndash64 Honolulu Hawaii)

Nagarjunakoa Ramachandran TN 1953 1938 MASI 71 Delhi (reprinted 1999)

Misra BN 2000 Some newly discovered Jatakas at Nagarjunakonda in South Indian Archaeolog y (ed G Kamalakar M Veerender and A Vijaya Kumar Babu) 100ndash9 Delhi

Khare M D 1962 Ceylonese monks in Nagarjunakonda Maha Bodhi 72(11ndash12) 317ndash19

Nagarjunakoa Longhurst AH 1938 The Buddhist Antiquities of Madras Presidency MASI 54 Delhi

Coomaraswamy AK 1929 Buddhist reliefs from Nagarjunakoa and Amaravati Rupam 38ndash39 70ndash6

Page 12 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SPIRITUALITY AND REALIZATION ndashA WAY TO PEACE

Ouseppachan P A Research Scholar

Department of Philosophy Sree Sankaracharya University of Sanskrit Kalady Abstract Human beings are peace-loving by nature It is because of the spiritual nature And both this spiritual and peaceful situation can constitute the background for the all-round development of onersquos life The notion of peace has to be understood generally in two ways peace within the person and peace outside the person The main question that arises is how to attain peace in onersquos life It is the perennial search that most of us ask Moreover there may be many ways and means for it But with an Indian Philosophical perspective this paper is an attempt to find a way for it The spiritual characteristics of Indian Philosophy could open the horizons with the foundations on spirituality and realization as the way for peace It is to be noted that an actualising spirituality can transform the person for a harmonious understanding towards each other and manifest the values like compassion tolerance and acceptance This becomes the motto of life along with all other progress of the world Therefore this kind of vocabularies has to be a constant companion of humanity along with all the so called developments If this spiritual values to be practiced a realized person will be a channel for harmony and peace to onersquos surroundings and finally to the world as well Key words Spirituality Realization Peace Values Practice Introduction Spirituality has become an inseparable aspect of humanity It is difficult to find out the historical origin for the nature of spirituality It goes with all humans as they are composed with body and spirit (soul) In the course of time human beings approached it for meaning of their life ldquoSpiritualrdquo being the nature there aroused many religions as an expression of the spiritual nature of mankind But it is to be noted that this paper is not dealing with the notion of any religions rather it only focus on a ldquospiritualityrdquo that can lead to the ldquorealizationrdquo and thus resulting in peace within the person in all its radiance The concept peace has to be understood as lsquothe inner state of mind where the person experiences harmonyrsquo There are different understandings on the attainment of ldquopeacerdquo But the harmony or peace that the person experiences through the spiritual realization is positive and constructive to oneself and to the society It is because of the logical connection underlining between the reality of spirituality and realization Thus the transformed person possesses the values like love compassion tolerance and

Page 13 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

acceptance A spiritually realized person who shares a peaceful state of mind would include the vocabulary of a ldquouniversalrdquo outlook It implies the concepts like justice and care Thus this dynamic unity and harmony in turn become the vital energy and constructive force to be content and meaningful in onersquos search for the ultimate meaning of life This paper is not to discard any exciting systems on realization but to analyse the role of spirituality along with realization It can touch the heart of the individual than having any peripheral practice alone And thus it will give a revised outlook towards spirituality and spiritual practices A spiritual person has to manifest the nature of the ldquoDivinerdquo which one experiences within in the process of realization The outcome of it such as peace non-violence justice and harmony would provide the way out for a harmonious living in its fullness Notion of Peace ndash A Land Mark of Indian Philosophy A close analysis of classical modern and contemporary Indian Philosophy will provide amble thinkers who have directly and indirectly touched the notion of peace in their contributions When we analyses the characteristics of Indian Philosophy beside its logical and metaphysical contributions it is more of spiritual yet dynamic in nature These spiritual characteristics are still carried on by even the contemporary philosophers of India even today India has all the more realised the need of spirituality for a peaceful living of the humans in general Moreover spirituality has a universal acceptance because of the very nature of humankind It results in the emergence of peace within the person and to the vicinity where one live This will be further analysed by taking into account some of the philosophical views of the Indian thinkers in particular Mahatma Gandhi Rabindranath Tagore and the ancient sage Pataǹjali The Gandhian Philosophy regarding peace is much associated with his view on non-violence (ahimsa) This concept non-violence is even a pre-Gandhian notion which would find in the teachings of the various systems of Indian Philosophy especially in Jainism and Buddhism Gandhi based his understanding on peace on nonviolence and forgiveness More than his philosophical teachings on peace Gandhi has manifested it with his life examples and principles He was focusing on the good of all His life has taught us that it is easy to teach various principles on peace but very difficult to put into practice Here one is in need of the spiritual assistance to become a better channel of peace When we come to the visions of Rabindranath Tagore on peace he is of the opinion that peace is the outcome of the inner harmony and spiritual unity within a person It dwells in truth rather than any adjustments He had a vision of both the inner aspects of peace as well as on the world peace His writings were the key examples for the promotion of love and tolerance among the humanity It is to be noted that he was well aware that when science and developments divorce spirituality and realization that would lead to

Page 14 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

destruction Hence we are compelled to re-read that without peace and peaceful atmosphere all the so called developments and infrastructures would one day become worthless The ancient sage Pataǹjali too had understood the relevance of peace in the life of humans To acquire a peaceful state of mind through his contribution of Yoga Sūtra Pataǹjali puts forward a way to attain purity and harmony by means of dhyāna or meditation It is explicated clearly in the Aṣṭāṅga Yoga of Yoga Sūtra as ldquoyama niyama āsanaprāṇāyāmaprathyāhāradhāraṇādhyāṇasamādhiyostamganirdquo (Yoga Sūtra2 29) The first five ie yama niyama āsana prāṇāyāma and prathyāhāra are called bahirangasādhana (external components) The last three aredhāraṇādhyāṇa and samādhi are called aṇdharangasādhana All these stages are the stepping stone for attaining spiritual realization and thus the person enjoys peace and harmony Aṣṭāga Yoga according to Shri Yogendra ldquoit covers all aspects of human life that lead to physical well-being mental harmony and spiritual consciousness culminating in positive and lasting happiness and peace through the integration of personalityrdquo1 Spirituality ndashA Way of an Inner Journey Spirituality in its general sense is an inward journey for the meaning of life And spirituality has to be viewed from this perspective that it is the actualisation of those divine qualities of God and moulding our life in view of that Supreme Being or the content of onersquos belief in experiencing and responding to it in onersquos life here and now In other words spirituality is the life witness of the Divine It is the commitment towards other in the process of realisation that I am the part of that Divine Being Besides this spirituality is more of an individual practice and has to do with having a sense of peace and purpose In order to limit what is spirituality in this frame of paper it is the ongoing strive to know the source of our existence and find meaning of our existence Thus to be spiritual means to know and to live according to the knowledge that God is present to us in the very nature of spirit and in our body as we are his creations This way of understanding enables one to have a personal relation to him It will foster one in keeping harmony with one another and even to the cosmos It is not out of fear or survival for existence but out of love for the creator and the result of realization It has to be manifested in the day today life where the person who claims to be a believer in the Ultimate Reality It is to be noted that whether the person is a believer or not the need of peace is essential for every one which automatically have a divine realm than being a channel of ldquonon- peacerdquo and becoming a cause of ldquohimsardquo Spirituality and Realization ndashA Way to Peace The above analysis shows that there is an inseparable link between spirituality and realization Spirituality is beyond ethics It can surpass even all other forms of religious

1Shri Yogendra Facts About Yoga(Bombay The Yoga Institute Santa Cruz 1971) 27

Page 15 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

practices and customs It recalls one to have a search for the true meaning of onersquos beliefs It also focuses on the content of one being a believer It will comprise both our innate nature to seek God and thus be a channel to help others in the way to realisation It follows the simple logic that the divine aspect of a reality has to be divine Thus spirituality which leads to realization leads the person to a state of peace and peace of mind How this spirituality is actualised will be clear from the following analysis The Nature of Spirituality The very notion of spirituality itself related to the spirit soul and divine aspects The fact of being spiritual implies the direction towards the divine Even though there are many expressions in spiritual practice2 the end result of it shows the qualities of the spirituality The religiosity and other practices of the religions very well focus to the faith aspect of the person than realization in particular to the Indian context people too follow janana-mārga karma-mārga bhakti-mārga The very nature of spirituality surpasses all the barriers that are around us in onersquos constant search for the Truth The Uniqueness and Universality The existence of similarities among religions points out a common factor as spirituality which bounds the people in having religious harmony and even for the promotion of religious tolerance and acceptance The common characteristics of religions show that there is an underlying factor that which unites all religions as well It is nothing other than the spirituality that flows from the Divine Being to the human being and to the cosmos unites every one under one reality and one experiences3 What is needed is religions has to Therefore the universal need of peace to every living being including the cosmos would explicitly express its harmony One thing has to be taken in to account about the consistency in striving for it rather than expecting an immediate result in the progress of peace Here arose the need of spirituality and the realization which would result in peace and harmony Conclusion The 21st century has to witness a new outlook towards this immense need of spirituality and realization They are inseparable as they are interlinked with each other If humanity realises the need of spirituality it will result an outstanding implications in all the spheres of life It will be a great blessing as well as a challenge to each one of us because spirituality comprises everything It focuses not only the spiritual wellbeing of the humanity but also to the material wellbeing of every individual as it has the social dimensions Moreover spirituality upholds the humanitarian values like peace love and harmony among individuals and among humans despite of the different religions and other social implications 2The undeniable reality of the existence of various religions in the world 3What is needed is that religions have to promote spirituality as its essence than ritualism

Page 16 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Here the notion of ldquopeacerdquo to an extent could become a means and end Peace as a means needs the way of spirituality and peace as an end result in realization and harmony in its outcome In this way it is an enquiry into onersquos nature and aim of life Thus Indian Philosophy has a new role to continue in this present situation as a promoter of peace Therefore to be at peace and to spread the fragrance of peace (shānti) one needs self-knowledge and knowledge of the Divine This can create a harmony in life even to fulfil the puruṣhārthas like dharma artha kāma and moksha References Bhattacharyya N N Indian Religious Historiography VOl1 New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 1996 Baba Bangali Yoga Sūtra of Pataǹjali With the Commentary of Vyasa Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 2010 Badruddin Global Peace and Anti- Nuclear Movements New Delhi 2003 Bharati Swami Veda Yoga Sūtras of Pataǹjali With the Exposition of Vyasa A Translation and Commentary Vol1Himalayam Institute India2015 Dalai B K Yoga Traditions AnIndepth Study of Less Known Yoga Concept Delhi Pratibha Prakashan 2013 FeuersteinGeorge Textbook of Yoga London Rider and Company 1975 James Williams The Varieties of Religious Experience New York Collier Macmillan Publishers 1977 Krishnananda Swami A sahort History of Religious and Philosophic Thoughtin India UPHimalayas The Divine Life Society Publication1994 NilakantaSastri K A Development of Religion in South India New Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd 2017 Naikar Chandramouli S Makers of Indian Literture Pataǹjali of Yogasutras New Delhi Sahitya Akademi2002 Reardon B A Comprehensive Peace Education New York Teachers College Press1988 Srivastava Rama Shanker Comparative ReligionNew Delhi MunshiramManoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd1996 Vivekanad Swami Raja Yoga Conquering the Internal Nature AlsoPataǹjali rsquos Yoga Aphorism with Commenteries Delhi Bharatiya Kala Prakashan 2012 Weeraperuma Susunaga Major Religions of India Delhi Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited 1998

Page 17 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY ON THE ROLE OF TOURISM ADVERTISING AND EXPLORING

THEIR POSSIBILITIES IN INDIAN CONTEXT WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO NORTH EAST

Prabhat Kumar Research Scholar

Department of Mass Communication and JournalismTezpur University Assam Abstract

We live in an era which is connected more than ever The world today has become a lsquoGlobal Villagersquo(McLuhan 199493) Innovations in transport and telecommunications have been the key enablers behind this process of globalization The number of people moving in and out of their nations is on rise day by day This is one of the primary reasons why the tourism sector has seen a huge growth It is no longer just a leisure activity or about rich people spending their vacations overseas Rather it has evolved to have multiple dimensions It is viewed as a way in which nations try to assert their soft power and create a niche market for their cultural products It helps in improvement of bilateral relations between two countries By creating employment opportunities in millions it boosts the economy It helps to attract investments in allied sectors It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level Today branding has become essential not just for commercial social or scientific entities but for nations too A positive image helps in attracting a greater number of tourists investors students consumers donors etc This paper is a comparative study of such advertisements to try and understand what lessons can be drawn out of successful tourism ad campaigns for the North East region Keywords TourismSoft power Globalization Advertisements Languages Bilateral Relations North East Region Introduction

Tourism is considered as one of the major sources of economic growth At international level it is one of the fastest growing industries accounting for more than 10 of total international trade and almost half of total trade in services and can be considered as one of the worldrsquos largest export earners (WTO 2010) Tourism helps in increasing employment opportunities and thus reducing poverty There are several examples of small islands that depend heavily on international tourism revenue and where the tourism sector has received strong support from the government (Louca 2006) Tourism helps to increase the foreign exchange reserves of a nation which can then be used to import essential commodities Tourism is the leading source of foreign exchange in at least one of three developing countries that have made it a priority sector and this holds especially for small islands (Durbarry 2004) It leads to investments in infrastructure of a nation When Olympics world cups athletic events etc are organised in a nation it helps them to create a sound infrastructure and attract a greater number of

Page 18 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

tourists Tourism stimulates other economic industries by direct indirect and induced effects Importance of ad campaigns

The world of traditional power politics was typically about whose military or economy wins but politics in an information age ldquomay ultimately be about whose story winsrdquo (Arquila and Ronfeldt 1999) It is this reason why countries are increasingly becoming conscious about their image being projected on a global level A well-managed country image helps the country to lsquobrand its own products services its own culturersquo or to say in exercising its soft power in the global arena ldquoBranding is essential not just for commercialSocial or scientific entities but for nations too Countries compete with each other for the attention respect and the trust of investors tourists consumers donors immigrants the media and the governments of other nationsrdquo (Klodkowski 2012) Languages being the carriers of culture civilization and ideas play a significant role in the creation of a unique identity and image for the nations eg French German Swiss Advertisements and the whole communication strategy to attract tourists is weaved keeping this unique identity in mind This is how the media sets the agendaAccording to the Agenda-setting Theory lsquo(McCombs and Shaw 1972) media plays a crucial role in the dissemination of information which consequently leads to determining what issues are important Through this process opinions are formed on almost everything ranging from individuals to countries Through the media a unique picture is painted on the minds of people about countries It is this media which forms these mental imagesThus we have come know that Japanese technology is the best China is authoritarian Africa is dark continent America stands for democratic ideals Pakistan a terror exporting nation people of Bhutan are the happiest French perfumes have most pleasant fragrance Canada is the land of Maple Scandinavian nations are most peaceful and naturally beautifulWhen we look at the nations which attract the most number of tourists each year we find that they are extremely good at selling these images They try to create a unique identity for themselves through the advertisements

France and Spain are much smaller nations compared to India They also have

much lesser geographical diversity Still they continue to be on the top spot One of the reasons for it being that the packaging of the message ie the way they communicate their message is very appealing Take the case of France the ads depict the grandeur of the city of Paris They lay more emphasis on its architectural works art works museums its rich history etc Decorated churches such as Notre Dame Cathedral Eiffel Tower Louvre Museum Palace of Versailles are key attractions The ads are designed in a way to showcase the beauty in and around these beautiful landmarks Language is something at the heart of identity

French language has also played an important role in creation of a unique

French identity which ultimately increases tourism in the country French is the official language in 29 countries which includes many countries from Africa mainly due to colonial reasons With about 300 million speakers it is the sixth most widely spoken

Page 19 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

language in the world France is a natural go to destination for higher studies and tourism for Francophone countries which find an easy connection due to familiarity with the language

In case of Spain The Alhambra(fortress) Seville Cathedral Sagrada Familia

City of Arts and Sciences(Valencia) Coacuterdobarsquos Great Mosque Guggenheim Museum ( Bilbao)Santiago de Compostela Cathedral The Prado Museum (Madrid) are the key attractions displayed in tourism ads of the nation Showcasing the human architectural wonders and the works of art is something at the core of Spanish tourism Spanish language has benefited the nation in increasing tourism as it is the official language of 20 countries With more than 400 million native speakers and being the second most spoken native language in the world people can find a connection very easily to this nation It is no secret why Spanish songs are so popular globally owing to this cultural connection

Tourism in India

Indiarsquos image has changed vastly in the post independent years It was once considered the land of lsquosnake charmersrsquo and lsquomaharajas riding on elephantsrsquoFrom there it is now seen as a nation of software engineers scientists and mathematicians Historian Bipan Chandra in his book India Since Independence says ldquoIn 1947 the country commenced its long march to overcome the colonial legacy of economic underdevelopment gross poverty near total illiteracy wide prevalence of disease and stark social inequality andIn justicerdquo In 1991 India adopted the path of economic liberalization privatization and globalization popularly called as LPG reforms following the balance of payments crisis It opened its economy to foreign and private investment The reforms gave a new direction to the Indian economy which has been on the path of rise since then This has changed the international image of India

Mukherjee amp Malone (2011) say about these changes that Indias voice carries

more weight today in multilateral forums largely due to its enhanced economic power political stability and nuclear capability India too realised this importance of image in assertion of soft power Mazumdar (2018) argues that the sources of Indiarsquos soft power include Ayurveda Bollywood Buddhism Cinema Cricket Cuisine Diaspora Fine Arts (architecture music painting poetry and sculpture) Information Technology Performing Arts (dance and theatre) and Yoga Its tourism ads depict these things which are at its core lsquoIncredible Indiarsquo is how the nation projects itself globally through the ads Slogans such as lsquoAthiti Devo Bhavarsquo and lsquoVasudhaivKutumbakamrsquo project its deep-rooted values It offers a diverse portfolio of niche tourism products - cruises adventure medical wellness sports eco-tourism film rural spiritual and religious tourism As of 2018 there are 38 World Heritage Sites located in India These include 30 cultural sites seven natural sites and one mixed site The country has huge potential in the field of travel and tourism Total contribution by travel and tourism sector to Indiarsquos GDP is expected to increase from Rs 1524 trillion (US$ 23403 billion) in 2017 to Rs 3205 trillion (US$ 49221 billion) in 2028 India was ranked 7th among 184 countries

Page 20 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in terms of travel amp tourismrsquos total contribution to GDP in 2017 Travel and tourism is the third largest foreign exchange earner for India (India Brand Equity Foundation May 2019)According to India Tourism Statistics At a Glance annual report published by Ministry of Tourism Government of India for year 2019 here are some key findings- The top 3 States of India which received maximum number of domestic tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 208 2 Uttar Pradesh 154 3 Karnataka 116 The states which received maximum number of foreign tourists are- 1 Tamil Nadu 21 2 Maharashtra 176 3 Uttar Pradesh 131 Here we will try to analyse the tourism campaigns of some of these states The ads which have been analysed here are available on You Tube Maharashtra Tagline- ldquoMaharashtra Unlimitedrdquo Maharashtra leads in terms of attracting the highest number of foreign tourists With 720 km of coastline and 78 beaches the images of blue sea waters clean beaches with white sand breath-taking beauty of sunsets seagulls flying high in the blue sky shoals of fish underneath water are some enchanting images created in the minds of viewers through ads Places of historical importance such as Raigarh Vasai Janjira Fort mostly those related to Shivaji Maharaj are shown Famous architectural works such as KailashaTemple(Ellora) Buddhist Caves Jain temples Religious places such as Sai Baba( Shirdi) Haji Ali Mount Mary Hazur Saheb Vithoba Temple Shri Mahalaxmi Temple Khandoba Temple etc are shown to attract domestic tourists of all faiths Mumbai is presented as a megacity in these ads to attract not just tourists but investments and business opportunities The colourful celebration of Ganpati festival finds special mention in the ads Tamil Nadu Tagline- Enchanting Tamil Nadu The state calls itself a civilization which is more than 10000 years old It tries to showcase its rich civilizational values through ads Monolitic marvels of Mamallapuram Tanjore Temple Madurai Meenakshi Temple Chidambaram Nataraj Temple Vivekananda Rock Kanyakumari GangaikondaCholapuram speak a lot about the rich historical and traditional roots of the place The famous classical dance form Bharatnatyam folk art performances Madurai Jallikattu celebration of Pongal are the

Page 21 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

dominant images visible in the ads Backwaters at Pichawaram Hill stations like Ooty Valparai Kodaikanal Megamalai etc add to its natural beauty Uttar Pradesh Tagline- UP NahinDekha to India Nahin Dekha The state projects itself as the land of Ganga(Benaras) land of Buddha(Sarnath) Land of Krishna( Mathura Vrindawan) Land of Rama( Ayodhya) Land of Nawabs( Lucknow) Land of Love( Taj Mahal Agra) Being situated in the Gangetic plains of India the state has less of natural beauty in terms of pure and pristine forests waterfalls or rivers rather there are a lot of historical places to visit which have been associated with one or the other ruling dynasty which has ruled over North India in the due course of time Many Mughal architectural works are there in the state which find a mention in the tourism ads showcasing its composite and syncretic culture also called the Ganga Jamunitahjeeb A record over 24 crore people visited Kumbh-2019 more than total tourists in UP in 2014-17 The Kumbh 2019 visitors included 1030 lakh foreign tourists(Hindustan Times May 21 2019) Karnataka Tagline- One State Many Worlds Aihole Badami Temples and caves Gulbarga Fort Gol Gumbaj( Bijapur) remains of Hampi are some of the historical sites shown in ads Gokak falls Murdeshwara Shiva Kudle beach Om beach are the beaches which also find mention Western Ghats which are full of natural beauty are the prime attractions It is one of the biodiversity hotspots in the world which has a variety of flora and fauna present in pure and pristine state It is an ideal location for those adventurous souls who want to be in the company of nature and wildlife Tourism scenario of the states in North East India

We find that it is mostly the historical places religious sites areas full of natural beauty and geographical wonders which attract the greatest number of tourists North East part of India consists of eight states Assam Meghalaya Nagaland Manipur Tripura Mizoram Arunachal Pradesh and Sikkim Each of these states is full of abundant greenery and natural beauty National Parks Wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries rivers lakes waterfalls mountains ample rainfalls are the things which make these states one of the most beautiful places for tourists to see Not just natural beauty but there are historical sites as well Still any of these states do not rank in the top ten list in terms of states which attract the greatest number of tourists in India The states need to rethink over their tourism strategy again to get more footfalls

Page 22 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The first thing to do is to change the misconceptions formed in the minds of people Advertisements are the most effective way to do so They can help in better perception management Some of the popular myths regarding the North East region are as follows The whole region is seen as a single unit What people donrsquot know is that it consists of eight states hundreds of tribes and indigenous languages This region is very remote and has poor road rail and air connectivity People donrsquot know Hindi It is always drenched in rain Momos are the only cuisines available They are closer to Nepalese Chinese origins This region is mostly disturbed due to insurgency and terrorism Visa and other documents are needed to travel in the region One cannot not get vegetarian meals Diversity is the main strength of the North East It exists in almost everything that we find in the region from tribes dressing cuisines culture music festivals traditions rituals etc The ads need to be framed in such a way that they create a unique identity for reach state through these McLuhan said ldquoMedium is the messagerdquo and what can be the better medium than music to convey the message Music videos in native languages such as Assamese Bodo Nepali Naga Khasi Mizo etc can be of great help in popularising the destinations Easily recognisable faces from the state who are famous nationally as well as internationally need to be chosen as the brand ambassadors for state tourism lsquoPlace Brandingrsquo and lsquoDestination Brandingrsquo can be ways in which tourism can be promoted Places such as Tawang Bomdila Pass ZiroValley Ukhrul Gangtok Kohima Cherrapunjee can be shown in individual ads with the lives of local people Summary and conclusion-

Wellness tourism and medical tourism can be developed the way it has been done in Kerala Pure and pristine nature has huge potential for Ayurveda and Naturopathy National parks wildlife sanctuaries bird sanctuaries lakes mountains etc can be big attractions in the time when people want to skip the moribund lifestyle of cities and want to be in naturersquos company But since this region is ecologically fragile it falls in the zone five of earthquake zones which makes it very prone to earthquakes so special attention should be paid to promote sustainable tourism The Constitution of India has placed many states of this region under 6th schedule making special provisions for them to protect their unique culture and identity Tourism ads need to take care of these essential aspects while designing the message References Chandra B Mukherjee M amp Mukherjee A(2008) India Since Independence

Penguin India DurbarryR (2004)Tourism and economic growth the case of MauritiusTourism

Economics 10 (4) pp 389-401 Klodkowski P (2012) Story of the clashing image of the country The case of

Indiarsquos image at home and in Poland Polish Sociological Review No178 pp 303-324

Page 23 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Louca C(2006) Income and expenditure in the tourism industry time series evidence from CyprusTourism Economics 12 (4) (2006) pp 603-617

Mazumdar A(2018) Indiarsquos Soft Power Diplomacy Under the Modi Administration Buddhism Diaspora and Yoga Asian Affairs 493 468-491 DOI 1010800306837420181487696

McCombs M amp Shaw D (1972) The agenda-setting function of mass media Public Opinion Quarterly 36 176-185

Mukherjee R and Malone DM (2011) Indian foreign policy and contemporary security challenges International Affairs (Royal Institute of International Affairs 1944-) Vol 87 No 1 (January 2011) pp 87-104

McLuhan M 1994 (first published in 1964) Understanding Media The Extensions of Man Massachusetts MIT press

Page 24 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INTREPRITING BHARAT LEELA AN AMAZING FOLK DANCE OF SOUTH

ODISHA

Prof Bhagaban Sahu Professor and Head Department of History Central University of TamilnaduThiruvarur

Abstract

South Odisha acts like a bridge between the Aryan culture north and Dravidian culture of south The socio cultural life of this reign forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is a cradle of many folk dances which are special in some

respect The Dravidian culture or the Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South Odisha It not only provides recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people but also spread the ideas of morality universally brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and love

The southern part of modern Odisha consists of seven districts viz Ganjam

Gajapati Rayagada Koraput Nabarangapur Malkangiri and Kandhamal Situated like a bridge between the northern and southern halves of India South Odisha is the meeting place of Dravido-Aryan culture The socio cultural life of this region forms a highly interesting amalgam evolved out of Dravido-Aryan elements with delightful assimilations from the life of the tribals This elements are reflected in language folk-dance folk-music and folk songs of South Odisha

South Odisha is the cradle of many folk dances The Dravidian culture or the

Karnataki style is discernible in some of the folk dances of this region The folk dances of this reign are not only simple in its form and composition but carries the deep message of human values1

Bharata Leela occupies a distinct place among the folk-dances of South

Odisha It has its origin in Ganjam district Itrsquos creator was Dinabandhu Das of Kalyanapur near Ganjam town His creation of Subhadra HaranaSuanga became familiar as Bharata Leela2 But his composition was not accepted and termed as Leela by the-then society and it was called as Huguli Bharata But later on Bhima Panda of Magura near Aska improved this to a great extent and gave the touch of a folk-theatre to it In course of time Shyam Sundar Sabat of village KandhKharida near Hinjilicut

Page 25 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

collected the palm leaf manuscript of Dinabandhu Das corrected it and gave it the touch of a Leela He himself played the role of a Duari and named it lsquoDuari Natarsquo Jogendra Mallick(1866-1932) of village Nimapadara of Ghumusar also composed another version of Bharat Leela Srinivas Das of Golamundala near Buguda also composed Bharat Leela in a different style Gangadhara Pradhan of Sambalpur region also composed Subhadra Haran on the light of Bharat Leela of Ganjam which is popular in that area

Thus the origin of the Bharata Leela can be traced back to 1840 AD At

present NabaghanaParida of Kabisurya Nagar (Boirani) is the most popular director or guru of Bharat-Leela3 It is heartening to note that this Leela was staged and became very popular Folk Dance in Rengoon (Burma) where nearly fifty thousand Odias were serving

Bharat Leela is relatively shorter in the length of performance and has only six

characters such as Arjun Subhadra Duari Satyabhama Hadi and Hadiani Arjuna the third Pandava and the King of Hastinapura is counted as a major character and Duari- Arjunarsquos gatekeeper acts as the hero The course of conversation and ultimately the marriage between Arjuna and Subhadra (an important part of the Mahabharat story) is presented in this Leela in a dramatic style with humorous dialogues The role played by the Duari in establishing contact between the other two characters through the series of queries is of great interest to the rural audience The lsquoBharat Leela is also known as lsquoDuari Nacharsquo as the Duari (gate keeper) plays a prominent role as a mediator in Subhadra Haran4

All over the world the folk plays draw their plots from mythologies epics tales ballads or romantic legends The rural audience is familiar with these tales hence the emphasis is laid on characterization and intricacy Duari Nata or Bharat Leela prevalent in the district of Ganjam in Odisha is such a play which draws its plot from the epic tales of Visnu Purana and Mahabharata It is therefore called Bharat Leela But it is more popular by the name of lsquoDuari Leelarsquo as Duari or the sentry remains the most important indispensable and pivotal character of the play As it is told in the verse-play Subhadra the cousin sister of Sri Krishna madly falls in love with Arjuna the most handsome and heroic brother of the Pandavas When Subhadra offers her love Arjuna bluntly refuses as she would be like a sister to him When argued he takes various pretexts and all his pretexts are counteracted by Duari who supports Subhadra for her unflinching love and devotion to Arjuna At last Arjuna yields to the true love and agrees to marry Subhadra5

In course of arguments and counter arguments between the characters smaller episodes from Puranas and other religious texts are also told as corollary to the main episode For instance Arjuna argues that he being a Kshatriya by caste and she belonging to the mild-maid community the marriage is not possible Then Duari brings out an episode from some texts and narrates musically about how and when a Kshatriya married a

Page 26 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

mild-maid When it is argued by Arjuna that Subhadra is not a woman of elegant features the Duari narrates the characteristics of all types of women quoting authorities to prove Subhadra to be the best type The altercation between the two proceeds till the end of the play which is punctuated with several songs of variety moral fables witty remarks and verses of wisdom in support of their contention On the other hand the play in crux is a battle of wits between Arjuna and Duari Therefore the repartee is simply an exposition of the knowledge of the Sastras Chapter from books and verses are also quoted in support of their arguments from the religious texts To this extent this is a secular form for much of its humor is contemporary6

Duari Leela is held throughout the night and even it runs for consecutive nights In order to arrest the attention of the audience the Duari improvises subplots which may use local reference or satirical comment on the current socio-political scene These sub-plots employ music unrelated to the main theme Actors

There are four major characters such as Duari Arjuna Subhadra Satyabhama and ten minor characters like Chaukia Sri Krishna AstaPatta Bansi Balarama Nand Raj Purohit Dagara Gayakas Hadi and Hadiani

Though Arjuna Duari Subhadra and Satyabhama are the main characters of

this play the teen-aged boys act in Bharataleela as both male and female characters They play the role of Subhadra and Satyabhama and also the dancing girls The dialogues of Arjuna and Subhadra are casted in Odia prose The Duari speaks in colloquial local language and he is free to improvise All the prose dialogue is introductory to particular situations of events and often serves as interludes to song dialogues The songs strictly set to traditional tunes are meant for Arjuna and Subhadra Though songs of Duari may include traditional tunes he freely imbibes from the prevalent folk songs and dances7 Duari is the central figure of this Leela The success of the Leela predominantly depends upon him He creates sense of humour and carries the audience with him

Stage

Bharata Leela is staged under the open sky No stage is required for the performance of this Leela Only a mandala is prepared limited to eight to ten feet diameter To prepare the mandala the bharataleelaperformers mainly use the tarpaulins or the mats The patromax lights or electric bulbs are also used to illuminate the mandala in the night performances A kathakurchi (wooden chair) is the only property of the mandala Arjuna the hero of the play use it as his throne bed dancing area and it is used as the shrine of the deity in different episodes and scenes of the play Arjuna performs his action carrying a khanda in his right hand and a handkerchief in the left The deepalis (ghee lamps) mayurapinchha (peacockrsquos tail) Khajurichanchuni (date

Page 27 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

leaf broom) tokei (basket) and madakancha(wine bottle) could be taken as the stage articles used by sakhis Hadianiand Hadi respectively8Harmonium Dholki(Small Drum) Mrudanga Gini Bansi Jhumuka are the different musical instruments used in this Leela

Attire of the Characters

Duari the gate keeper wears a chedi (half pant) an angi (half shirt) and a kaba(waist coat) For makeup Duari uses pink colour paints and draws a U-shape insignia on his forehead He wears a knotted wig locally called ganthibabuli It covers his head and upper parts of the shoulder as well as the neck The front side of the wig is chipped with the petal like aluminium balachhappa (hair clips) as well tahia(atiara) The tahia always rests on a padaka (golden pandant) and it is pinned up in the wig on the forehead On the left side of the chest he pins round padaka (pendants) and triangular and conical chhappas also to signify himself as the servant of a king9 Arjuna is dressed like a warrior with a long velvet coat embroided with zari and tinsel He wears silken trousers and on his back an uttaranahangs He wears nylon stockings like a horse rider and his wrist bands are adorned with plastic manibandha He uses pink colour paints and draws a suryachita (sun mark) on his forehead The subject matter of Bharata Leela has been derived from OdiaMahabharata (Madhyaparva) of Sarala Das The base is the immortal love story between Subhadra amp Arjuna10

Bharat leela is an epitome of artistic excellence We find amalgamation of different rasas likeBira Rasa Karuna Rasa and Sringara Rasa and folk dances in Bharata Leela Dance place no less a part in making this Leela a grand success It is the field to express onersquos artistic hidden potentialities More than one hundred Bharata Leela teams are there in Ganjam district alone Among them the countable fews are KandhKharida Tiapentha Duanpalli Arakhapur Badapada Khalingi Kumuruda Kainchapur Lochapada Nuagada Kuruli Kabisuryanagar Kalasandhapur Nabaratnapur Mamudhiya Gunthapada Goudagaon Puhundi Choudhury Tikarapada Vijay Laxminarayanpur Khariaguda Sarabadi Hadichira Solaghara Polosara Mangalpur Dharakote Sheragad Gangapur Sasan Banthapalli Pratapur are important11

Those who are established as outstanding Duari the names of Dinabandhu

Das ShyamasundarSabat Ramachandra Reddy Bhima Panda SatyabadiSabat TrinathPattnayak DambaruSahu (Duanpalli) Dukhishyam Behera (MahuritiharPentha) Ananta Parta (Arakhapur) Juria Gouda of Kharida Kantaru Behera Ulla Dalai of Kankorada BajiaSahu of Sundarpur Lachhana Reddy of Satapandia SibaramSahu of B Karada Badi Kasinath Behera of Dadarakhola Bharata Samantara of Gudiapalli Kirtana Gouda Rankanidhi Gouda DandapaniDalua of Kendubadi Kasinath Das of DadaraKhola Chakrapani Badatya of Nabaratnapur Chandamani Sahu12 Chandra Sekhar Nayak Bipracharan Nayak Durjyodhana Naik Kampa Gouda of Tinkachai Sadananda Swain NabaghanaParida of KabiSurya Nagar Dandapani Behera of

Page 28 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Kulagada Sanyasi Behera of Sundarpalli Haribandhu Mohanty of Kalasandhapur Satrughna Swain of Mundamarai Santosh Kumar Padhi of Patapur may be mentioned here13

This popular folk dance of South Odisha was not only limited to Odisha but

also spread to Rangoon(Burma) It is hearting to note that there were more 2000 Odia from Ganjam in Rangoon during the 1st half of the 20th century The Bharat Leela of Ganjam was practiced and staged there14

Truly speaking Bharat Leela is the index of all the Folk Dances of south

Odisha Duari the director demonstrates the role of Chhadheya of Dandanata Gayaka of Dasakathia Ghudhuki player Gahak of Pala HiranyakasyapaPrahlladnataka and the role of a comedian in different tunes and styles through this dance It not only entertains the villagers who work from dawn to dusk in their field but also enlightens them a lot on puranas epics and other religious texts

From the above discussion it is inferred that the Bharat Leela is a very artistic

lively and popular dance in South Odisha It supplied livelihood to a large number of families and entertainment to the travelers tourists poets onlookers and the lovers of beauty It explores the rare and native genius of the folk people But the irony of the fate is that the folk dances like Bharat Leela which provided recreation entertainment and subsistence to thousand and thousands of the rural people and spread the ideas of morality universal brotherlihood truthfulness honesty and victory of righteous over evil forces are declining fast As a result the society of South Odisha which enjoyed perfect peace better harmony and understanding between the divergent communities and races in the past is now regarded as a cockpit of murderers dacoits and looters Hence steps may be taken to preserve all these folklore traditions alive either at the Government level or by the NGO and Private enterprises References 1 Indubhusan Kara Folklore of Odisha Cuttack 1991p1 2 HKDas Odia Lokanataka(Odia) Cuttack 1983 p 122 3 KC Behera opcitp66 4 BCharchi opcitpp332-341 5 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha SahatyaSamaja Cuttack 1998pp224-227 6 KCPradhan Odia Loka Sahitya O LokaSanskruti Cuttack 1995pp227-235 7 Banambara Acharya opcitpp2-4 8 OdisharaLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998p232 9 DKTripathy The Role of Fine Art in the Folk Theatres of South Odisha An Art

Historical Study PhD Thesis(unpublished) Berhampur University 2000pp63-65

10 B Charchi Bharata Leela in OdishareLokanataka Odisha Sahitya Samaja Cuttack 1998pp229-232

Page 29 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 BhagabanSahu Folk Life and Folk Culture of Odisha New Delhi-2015 12 Revealed from field study conducted by the author in the different villages of South

Odisha 13 Cultural Heritage of Ganjam opcitp340 14 BayamanuCharchi GanjamraLokanatya Parampara(Odia) Bhubaneswar-2012p73

Page 30 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADOLESCENTS ADDICTION TO SMART PHONE AND ITS REMEDIES

1Cyma Anjum and 2Bina Kumari

1Assistant Professor of Education LNMBM Faculty of Education Muzaffarpur 2Principal RGMTT College Diwadih BBMQ University Dhanbad

Abstract

Adolescents are highest addicted to smart phone and particularly adult sites on internet They are very impulsive owing to some physiological changes which compelled them for its gratification Smartphone causes stress among teenagers arising out of family and school It causes many musculoskeletal symptoms which are the consequences of staying in one position for a long time Starring at a small screen for longer period can impair eye sight Smart phone addiction is the greatest reason of depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems Effort was made to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression and sense of control Keywords Smart Phone Addiction Remedy amp Depression Introduction - Addiction can be defined as a mental state which compels the person for the satisfaction of psychological desires formed a habit Addiction can be developed in all ages and can be categorized into alcohol cigarettes drugs gambling games internet and sex Korean Ministry of Gender Equality and Family implemented a research on the actual condition of media usage rate among teenagers and reported that the middle school students 862 percent high school students 849 percent This data reflects that most of the teenagers in the country were smart phone users So it can be presumed that most of the adolescents own a smart phone and thus are exposed to an environment that entices them to overuse it By Looking at it from a general perspective adolescents are not fully developed and as their self-consciousness continues to grow they are highly exposed to the risk of adverse effect more than any other age group The basic cause of adolescentsrsquo addiction to smart phone is due to stress arising from family and school When students are experiencing physical and mental stress from external forces by way of relieving stress they turn to internet surfing and games as means of escape in order to overcome problems they encounter from their social group of friends and overwhelming school work Smart phone addiction caused very harmful effects in adolescentsrsquo daily lives which they cannot get rid of Treatment related to smart phone addiction is the Integrated Arts Therapy Integrated Arts Therapy has been taken from Gestalt Therapy and Fritz Pearls Institute (FPI) that promotes encouragement of creativity Petzoldrsquos Art Therapy was incorporated to art music dancing movements drama and etc and found that

Page 31 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Therapyrsquos perspective is not composed of one particular sense but it is the act of integrating the sense with creativity This therapy has been verified to cure the behavioral and emotional aspect related to depression sense of control and assimilation in school However overuse of smart phones causes high exposure to electromagnetic waves and in turn generates other associated problems such as damage to brain cells neck syndrome and vision impairment syndrome This study involves smart phone addiction and its integrated treatment and the supporting hypothesis in the following perspectives Physical health problems related to Smart phone

Use and misuse of any invention or innovation happened to be normal phenomena -since long Atom bomb was never invented for annihilation of any nation or state The new device in cell phone Android or Smart really brought the whole world on the palm of the users through Net services When itsrsquo use has certainly provided immense of facilities in the field of communication But itrsquos over use can cause many problems including musculoskeletal symptom which is usually developed due to staying in one posture for a longer period of time Furthermore starring at a small screen for an extended time can causes loss of sight this is called amblyopia Sitting in a still position can cause muscular contraction which can lead to long-term muscle fatigue including neck pain The bad posture cause by overuse of smart phones may lead to the neck becoming a ldquoCrdquo shape and further it tends to deliver great amount of stress to the muscles and joints Other homeostasis related problems can arise as well such as blockage in the local blood supply to the muscles including metabolite Mental health problems related to Smart phone

Over use of Smart phone certainly causes mental problems along with physical abrasion Excess use of smart phone causes decreased self-restraint ability impulsive behaviors and anxiety which can become critical barriers when carrying out healthy relationships school activities and mental well-being According to the psychologists it is commonly observed that the smart phone addiction increases the level of depression and anxiety Depression often plays as an index to display the overall health status of a person When the level of addiction alleviates one tends to lose self-control which decreases ones willingness and ability to socialize and network with others As a result one may begin to feel a sense of loneliness becoming more dependent on the smart phone simultaneously increasing onersquos level of anxiety especially when the smart phone is not present From looking at the above associated problems to smart phone addiction we can conclude that the addicting creates negative effects to mental health Smart phone addiction causes depression and anxiety which will lead to severe mental problems This will lead to problems associated to onersquos social life and human network According to advance studies related to smart phone addiction depression is the most probable health complication Increased addiction to smart phones is associated with increased level of depression Yong Min Parkrsquos research study concluded that smart phone addiction is

Page 32 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

highly related to obsessive-compulsive neurosis and other illnesses in the following order depression mental health disorders anxiety and social delusional disorder antagonism and phobia It has also been established through researches that over use of smart phone becomes an impulsive act and it is very much related to Obsessive ndash Compulsive behaviour Some studies revealed that smart phone addiction creates hostility and rage among users It was further revealed that the small childrenrsquos mental health was not highly affected by smart phone usage compared to the childrenrsquos of higher grade However the higher grade students displayed mental health problems such as rage compulsive characterizations anxiety disorders personality disorders and delusional disorders Cognitive Therapy is the most suggested type of treatment in the cases of smart phone addiction Remedies Bibliotherapy has been advised in the cases of smart phone addiction whichprovides treatment through reading literature It helps to expand the subjectrsquos range of thoughts In this process reading book and finding new meanings from the literature based on the Identical Principle Catharsis Principle and Discernment Principle are implemented This process involves subjects reading the literature Subsequently they engage in debates role plays and other creative activities to assess each other in order to find the defined sense of time Musical treatments can also help treat physical and cognitive problems This treatment provides psychological security to those being treated for physical and cognitive problems For example music treatment that is customized to fit the need of the subject being treated with physical therapy can be highly effective Conclusion This report provided methods for smart phone addicted to adolescents to overcome the illness through the integrated treatment aspects However the risk of the symptoms recurring was substantially high This suggested that fundamental treatment of cognitive and emotional elements needed to become harmonized as a whole in order to increase the effectiveness of the treatment results It can be presumed that this study provides the opportunity and support for the creation of a fundamental treatment method that can help teenagers live a healthy life by overcoming addiction to smart phones References 1 Robinson TE Berridge KC The psychology and neurobiology of addiction an incentivendashsensitization view Addiction 95 91-117 (2000)

Page 33 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 Ji-Hyung P Shin G-K Effects of Smartphones Usability on Users Satisfaction and Loyalty Focusing on Moderating Effect of Terms of Use The Korean Academic Association of Business Administration 25 811-831 (2012) 3 Park S-Y Lee H-J Determinants of internet addiction among the Korea youth The Journal of the Korea institute of electronic communication sciences 8 291-299 (2013) 4 Choi S Kim S Yang J-S Lee J-H Joo C Jung H-I Real-time measurement of human salivary cortisol for the assessment of psychological stress using a smartphone Sensing and Bio-Sensing Research 2 8-11 (2014) 5 Kim H Exercise rehabilitation for smart phone addiction Journal of exercise rehabilitation 9 500 (2013) 6 Hall AS Parsons J Internet addiction College student case study using best practices in cognitive behavior therapy Journal of mental health counseling 23 312-327 (2001) 7 Wu A Cheung V Ku L Hung E Psychological risk factors of addiction to social networking sites among Chinese smartphone users Journal of behavioral addictions 2 160-166 (2013) 8 Polster E Polster M Gestalt therapy integrated Contours of theory and practice BrunnerMazel (1973) 9 Lusebrink VB Art therapy and the brain An attempt to understand the underlying processes of art expression in therapy Art Therapy 21 125-135 (2004) 10 Alanzi T Istepanian RS Philip N An integrated model for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for mobile diabetes self-management system In Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) 2014 36th Annual International Conference of the IEEE pp 5393-5396 IEEE (Year)

Page 34 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ANTIPSYCHOTICS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA

D Udaya Kumar1and V Raja Babu2 1 Department of Human Genetics Andhra University Visakhapatnam India

2 Department of Biology College of Natural Science Arba Minch University Ethiopia

Abstract Schizophrenia is commonly thought of as a psychiatric term for a range of experiences which some laypeople in the community may describe as madness For this reason to be diagnosed as having schizophrenia carries a stigma which other diagnoses do not (Ministry of Health 2000) Schizophrenia is a serious mental disorder characterized by intense disturbances in thought emotion and behavior (Kring Johnson Davison amp Neale 2012) A person with schizophrenia is thought to have lost touch with reality (Kalat 2009) A great deal of research has been devoted to study schizophrenia and the complexity of the disorder seems to be much more than what originally had been thought The lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia is less than 1 and it slightly affects more men than women (Kalat 2009 Kring et al 2012) Almost all people diagnosed with schizophrenia are eventually treated with antipsychotic drugs and multidimensional medications (Kalat 2009) Keywords Schizophrenia Antipsychotics The majority of people detained under the NZ Mental Health Act 1992 are diagnosed as suffering from a form of mental illness known as schizophreniaRecently the New York Times published an article stating that medications for schizophrenia are remarkably effective however the article discusses nothing in regards to the serious adverse effects of such medications (Steinberg 2012) An ideal medication for schizophrenia would be a drug that is highly effective in reducing both positive and negative symptoms produces its effects within a convenient dosage and has less-serious side effects (Rey 2002) The drugs commonly used to treat schizophrenia mainly belong to two main groups typical (first-generation) and atypical (second-generation) antipsychotics Despite the proclamations of new forms of drugs that will magically solve the puzzle with schizophrenia none of these medications have been proven to be highly effective (Whitaker 2002 Whitaker 2005) It is the stated intention of this essay to arrive at an understanding of the effectiveness of atypical drugs This will be accomplished by investigating the characteristics and differences of antipsychotic agents along with a review from existent studies and their outcomes The first conventional antipsychotic drugs had beenwere discovered by accident in the 50s when a drug considered an antihistamine (chlorpromazine) showed unique antipsychotic effects when tested in schizophrenic patients (Kring et al 2012) Apart

Page 35 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

from some histamine activity chlorpromazine had an important impact within dopamine receptors (Kring et al 2012) However typical antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine cause various extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) include acute dyskinesias dystonic reactionstardive dyskinesia and Parkinsonism-like symptoms due to their blockage of dopamine receptors in the striatal dopaminergic route Subsequent attempts to improve the therapeutic profile of classical antipsychotics were based on studies showing that dopamine receptor mediated route striatal extrapyramidal side effects (Stahl 2000) With the introduction of clozapine in the 80s the term atypical was expanded to increased efficacy with reduced side effects as they produce significantly fewer extrapyramidal side effects than typical antipsychotics at clinically equivalent doses (Stahl 2000) Antipsychotic agents differ according to their profiles of specific sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) Although the exact underlying mechanisms of action are not sufficiently explained atypical antipsychotics appear to be more effective than typical antipsychotic agents Typical agents produce their antipsychotic effects through the blockage of dopamine receptors particularly D2 receptors (Stahl 2000) On the contrary the antipsychotic effects of atypical agents such as clozapine has been attributed to its ability to block the intense stimulation of serotonin receptors including (5-HT2A) (5-HT2C) and dopamine receptors including D1 D2 D3 D4 receptors (Duncan Lieberman amp Zorn 1999) Likewise similar results were replicated in Horacek et al (2006) study which concluded that atypical antipsychotics such as clozapine show superior advantages in treating positive symptoms negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction compared to the typical antipsychotic agents partially due to their sites of action (Horacek et al 2006) In addition the study also found that atypical antipsychotics induce neuronal plasticity and synaptic remodeling in several sites that are associated with schizophrenia including the striatum prefrontal cortex and hippocampus Hence it seems that there is a strong consensus among researchers that atypical antipsychotic agents are more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia as well as improving cognitive deficits that are associated with schizophrenia Sexual dysfunction is widespread among people with schizophrenia and those who are taking antipsychotics Both typical and atypical antipsychotics have been shown to produce prolactin imbalances that are regularly linked to infertility (Mahmoud Drake Lewis amp Hayhurst 2012) The study of Mahmoud et al (2012) used a cross-sectional prevalence study to assess sexual functions in (144) patients diagnosed with schizophrenia The study involved two groups with each group receiving either typical or atypical antipsychotics for at least twelve weeks The study found no differences in sexual functions in patients treated with typical antipsychotics compared to atypical antipsychotics (Mahmoud et al 2012) However Bobes et al (2003) reached a different conclusion in their EIRE study The number of participants involved in the study was 636 The EIRE study compared sexual dysfunction effects related to haloperidol

Page 36 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

risperidone olanzapine and quetiapine Results indicated that frequency of sexual dysfunction was highest for risperidone (432) haloperidol (381) olanzapine (353) and quetiapine (182) (Bobes et al 2003) The study also concluded that sexual dysfunction seems to be dose-related with antipsychotic drugs and that atypical drugs produce higher risks of sexual dysfunction and other reporductive side effects including decreased libido erectile ejaculatory dysfunction gynecomia and amenorrhea than typical drugs (Bobes et al 2003) Therefore it seems that much debate exists on the issue of sexual dysfunction related to antipsychotics and more research is needed It has long been long known that suicide rates are quite high among people diagnosed with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) Recent studies have found a positive association between antipsychotic use and suicide (Khan et al 2007) One study in North Wales investigated the lifetime suicide rate in treated patients with schizophrenia between the pre-chlorpromazine era (1874-1924) and recent period (1994-2003) (Healy et al 2006) The study found that people treated with antipsychotics were at greater risk of suicide compared to the people with schizophrenia in the pre-chlorpromazine era (Healy et al 2006) Therefore there is some indication that the use of antipsychotics increases suicide rates However other studies do not agree with the conclusion of Healy et al (2006) study and show quite the opposite Khan et al (2007) conducted a study in which they assessed mortality rates for patients with schizophrenia according to the type of antipsychotics taken Participants were assigned to atypical antipsychotic agents (olanzapine quetiapine risperidone or ziprasidone) a control antipsychotic (haloperidol or chlorpromazine) or a placebo group Results indicated that patients assigned to the placebo group were significantly at higher rate of suicide than other groups Furthermore the study found no difference in suicide rates between patients assigned to either atypical or typical antipsychotic agents (Khan et al 2007) Perhaps the study had methodological limitations which may have affected the findings Therefore evidence on the implications of typical and atypical antipsychotics in suicide rates among people with schizophrenia are mixed and further controlled studies are required Typical and atypical antipsychotics show similar effects on quality of life across one year of medications The Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project aimed to evaluate the long-term effectiveness and tolerability of atypical and typical antipsychotics in patients with schizophrenia (Kring et al 2012) The study involved about 15000 participants from the USA The primary outcome measure was the discontinuation of treatment (Lieberman et al 2005) Patients were randomized to receive olanzapine perphenazine quetiapine risperidone or zisprasidone Findings indicated that 74 of patients discontinued their medication 18 months before the study ended Olanzapine appeared to be the most effective since its group had a significantly longer time to discontinuation (Lieberman et al 2005) The efficacy of perphenazine was similar to that of the other atypical antipsychotics Even though it exhibited a greater degree of effectiveness olanzapine was associated with

Page 37 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

greater weight gain and increases in blood glucose lipid levels and cholesterol levels (Lieberman et al 2005) The study concluded that in the long-term atypical drugs were not more effective and did not produce fewer side effects when compared to typical antipsychotic (perphenazine) Similar findings have been replicated in (Jones et al 2006) study The study included 227 people with schizophrenia aged between 18 to 65 years Randomized prescriptions of either typical or atypical (other than clozapine) were given to participants Findings indicated that long-term effectiveness of typical drugs was similar to those of atypical drugs (other than clozapine) (Jones et al 2006) Thus it seems that patients may need to change their medications only for clinical reasons and such evidence that indicate the superiority of atypical antipsychotics may be based on short-term efficacy trials Serious adverse effects are common features among both typical and atypical antipsychotics The emergence of the atypical drugs has been accompanied by an assumption that these are associated with less reversible extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) as well as less propensity to cause tardive dyskinesia (TD) (Malla et al 2004) One study indicated that the incidence of EPS is strongly associated with typical antipsychotics and that about 50 to 75 of patients who are taking typical antipsychotics will suffer from EPS (Arana 2000) Another study found similar results The study compared symptom severity and quality of life in patients with schizophrenia who were treated adequately either by typical antipsychotic or by clozapine (atypical) (Sergio et al 2005) Results indicated that clozapine caused significantly fewer EPS than did the typical antipsychotic (Sergio et al 2005) However other studies have indicated equivocal results (Peluso Lewis Barnes amp Jones 2012) A study conducted recently in the United Kingdom included 118 participants in the typical antipsychotic group and 109 participants in the atypical group Findings suggested that both groups had similar EPS however despite the apparent equivalence patients in the atypical group were significantly (3mdashfold) less likely to be prescribed adjunctive anticholinergic medications than those in typical group (Peluso et al 2012) Even though second-generation antipsychotic drugs appear to be more effective in elevating both positive and negative symptoms on schizophrenia evidence on whether the second-generation antipsychotic drugs cause less EPS is inconsistent In conclusion antipsychotic drugs are the main treatment for patients with schizophrenia The typical antipsychotics are high-affinity antagonists of dopamine D2 receptors and are more effective in managing psychotic symptoms but have a high incidence of serious adverse effects such as extrapyramidal symptoms and tardive dyskinesia In the 1950s typical antipsychotics has brought considerable benefit to patients with schizophrenia to the extent that such drugs have shown efficacy in combating psychotic symptoms and as a consequence increased the possibility of outpatient treatment Atypical antipsychotics entered the market with the proposed superiority with respect to efficacy especially improvement of negative symptoms and the absence of

Page 38 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

extrapyramidal symptoms These atypical antipsychotics differ from those of the first generation by their low affinity for dopamine D2 receptor and the high affinity for other neuronal pathways such as serotonin and noradrenaline Conclusion Unfortunately there are no antipsychotics free from unwanted effects The clinical advantage of a group of drugs often exposes the user to particular complications Unlike the partial success of medications for improving the positive symptoms associated with schizophrenia it is well documented that antipsychotic use ndash typical or atypical ndash does little to ameliorate the debilitating the overall negative symptoms associated with schizophrenia Additionally much of the scientific evidence indicating the superior safety and effectiveness of atypical antipsychotics is inconsistent In terms of inducing adverse effects the superiority of atypical antipsychotics has been questioned in many studies due to the propensity for weight gain and changes in glucose and lipid metabolism that they may cause Thus it seems the debate about the effectiveness of typical and atypical antipsychotic drugs in treating schizophrenia is continuous Furthermore it is clear that due to the complexity inherent in any treatment of schizophrenia a psychiatry-psychology alliance might be very welcomed by frontline care providers who are often frustrated and dismayed by the limited effectiveness and all-too-prevalent side effects of medications References Arana G (2000) An overview of side effect caused by typical antipsychotics Journal of Clinical Psychiatry

61 5-11 Bobes J Garcia-Portilla M Rejas J Hernandez G Garcia-Garcia M Rico-Villademoros F amp Porras

A (2003) Frequency of sexual dysfunction and other reproductive side-effects in patients with schizophrenia treated with risperidone olanzapine quetiapine or haloperidol The results of the EIRE study Journal Of Sex Marital Therapy 29(2) 125-147

Duncan G Lieberman J amp Zorn S (1999) Mechanisms of typical and atypical antipsychotic drug action in relation to dopamine and NMDA receptor hypofunction hypotheses of schizophrenia Molecular Psychiatry 4(5) 418-428

Healy D Harris M Tranter R Cutting P Austin R Jones-EdwardsG ampRobertsA (2006) Lifetime suicide rates in treated schizophrenia 1875-1924 and 1994-1998 cohorts compared British Journal of Psychiatry 188 223-228

Horacek J Bubenikova-Valesova V Kopecek M Palenicek T Dockery C Mohr P Hoschl C (2006) Mechanism of action of atypical antipsychotic drugs and the neurobiology of schizophrenia CNS Drugs 20(5) 389-409

Jones P Barnes T Lloyd H Davies L Dunn G Hayhurst K amp hellip Murray R (2006) Randomized controlled trial of the effect on quality of life of second- vs first-generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia Cost utility of the latest antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia study (CUtLASS 1) Archives of General Psychiatry 63(10) 1079-1087

Kalat J (2009) Biological psychology (10th ed) Belmont California Wadsworth Cengage Learning Khan A Schwartz K Stern C Redding N Kolts R Brown W amp Robinson D (2007) Mortality risk

in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 68(12) 1828-1833

Kring A Johnson S Davison G amp Neale J M (2012) Abnormal psychology (12th ed) Hoboken NJ John Wiley amp Sons

Page 39 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Lieberman J Stroup T McEvoy J Swartz M Rosenheck R Perkins D amp Hsiao J (2005) Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia New England Journal of Medicine 353(12) 1209-1223

Mahmoud A Drake R Lewis S amp Hayhurst K (2012) Sexual function of patients with schizophrenia receiving first-generation (FGA) or second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) treatment International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice 16(2) 148-152

Malla A Norman R Scholten D Townsend L Manchanda R Takhar J ampHaricharan R (2004) A comparison of two novel antipsychotics in first episode non-affective psychosis One-year outcome on symptoms motor side effects and cognition Psychiatry Research129(2) 159-169

Peluso M Lewis S Barnes T amp Jones P (2012) Extrapyramidal motor side-effects of first and second-generation antipsychotic drugs The British Journal of Mental Science 200(5) 387-392

Rey J A (2002) Antipsychotic therapy A pharmacoeconomic perspective American Journal of Health-System Pharmacy 59(22 Suppl 8) S5-S9

Sergio A S Ana P Ruben A Julian B Julieta C Soledad F amp hellip Gabriel A (2005) Brief report Lack of extrapyramidal side effects predicts quality of life in outpatients treated with clozapine or with typical antipsychotics Psychiatry Research 133 277-280

Stahl S M (2000) Essential psychopharmacology Neuroscientific basis and practical application (2nd ed) Cambridge University Press

Steinberg P (2012 December 25) Our fail approach to schizophrenia The New York Times Retrieved April 15th 2013 from httpwwwnytimescom20121226opinionour-failed-approach-to-schizophreniahtml_r=0

Whitaker R (2002) Mad in America Bad science bad medicine and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill Cambridge MA Perseus Pub

Whitaker R (2005) Anatomy of an Epidemic Psychiatric Drugs and the Astonishing Rise of Mental Illness in America Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry 7(1) 23-35

Ministry of Health (2000) Guidelines to the Mental Health (Compulsory Assessment and Treatment) Act 1992 Wellington Ministry of Healthhttpwwwprnewswirecomnews-releasesbraeburn-pharmaceuticals-achieves-primary-endpoint-in-pivotal-phase-23-study-of-bb0817-risperidone-6-month-implant-for-treatment-of-schizophrenia-300446397html

Braeburn Pharmaceuticals Achieves Primary Endpoint in Pivotal Phase 23 Study of BB0817 Risperidone 6-month Implant for Treatment of Schizophreniahttpspsychcentralcomnews20120607marijuana-compound-may-beat-antipsychotics-at-treating-schizophrenia39803html

Page 40 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

INSOLVENCY FRAMEWORK FOR FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

(FSPs)

Dr Binoy J Kattadiyil and Adv Ankita Agarwal ICSI IIP IPA of IBBI New Delhi

In the Indian Insolvency scenario the insolvency and bankruptcy is governed by a uniform law of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (ldquoCoderdquo) which came into force in 2016 In the almost 4 years of its inception the Code has seen a lot of important judgments and orders being given by the National Company Law Tribunal (ldquoNCLTrdquo) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (ldquoNCLATrdquo) as well as the Apex Court of India The Code provides a framework for the insolvency resolution inter alia corporate and individuals which does not include Financial Service Providers Section 3(16) of the Code defines lsquoFinancial Servicesrsquo and reads as (16) ldquoFinancial servicerdquo includes any of the following services namely ndash (a) Accepting of deposits (b) Safeguarding and administering assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person or agreeing to do so (c) Effecting contracts of insurance (d) Offering managing or agreeing to manage assets consisting of financial products belonging to another person (e) rendering or agreeing for consideration to render advice on or soliciting for the purposes ofndashndash (i) buying selling or subscribing to a financial product (ii) availing a financial service or (iii) exercising any right associated with financial product or financial service (f) Establishing or operating an investment scheme (g) Maintaining or transferring records of ownership of a financial product (h) underwriting the issuance or subscription of a financial product or (i) Selling providing or issuing stored value or payment instruments or providing payment services Section 3(17) defines financial service providers as a person engaged in providing financial services and would also include non-banking financial companies micro finance institutions etc Insolvency of Financial Service Providers was not covered under the Code however the Central Government has power under Section 227 of the Code to notify Rules for FSPs as and when necessary

Page 41 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The definition of FSP and what constitutes Financial Services was deliberated in the matter of Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd v RHC Holding Private Ltd1 wherein NCLAT held that ldquo13 The definition of lsquofinancial servicesrsquo as defined in Section 3(16) of IampB Code is not limited to the 9 activities as shown at Clause (a) to (i) of Section 3(16) The aforesaid Clauses (a) to (i) are inclusive which means there are other services means there are other services which come within the meaning of ldquofinancial servicesrdquo 14 The Registration of Certificate issue by RBI shows that it has granted certificate to commencecarry on business of ldquonon-banking financial servicesrdquo However the Respondent has not been allowed to accept the public deposit and such certificate is condition to other conditions as provided in the back of the CertificaterdquoIn this order NCLAT held that a non-banking financial institution which is carrying on business of financial institution and thereby it being financial service provider will not come within the meaning of Corporate PersonCorporate DebtorThe NCLAT also suggested for the Appellant to bring any complaints against the Financial Institution to the Regulator ie Reserve Bank of India The need for a framework to deal with FSPs was felt in the market and was also expressed in various cases such as that of Randhiraj Thakur v Jindal Saxena Financial Services2 wherein it was held that ldquo10 If the entire scheme of the IampB Code is seen it will be evident that the Code is to consolidate and amend the laws relating to reorganisation and insolvency resolution of lsquocorporate personsrsquo lsquopartnership firmsrsquo and lsquoindividualrsquo in a time bound manner It is a self-contained Code which is exhaustive in nature when it comes to reorganisation and insolvency resolution However an exception had been carved out while enacting the Code that the lsquofinancial service providersrsquo have been kept outside the purview of the Code Being a consolidating legislation only those acts are permitted which are mentioned in the Code and it cannot be made applicable to lsquofinancial service providersrsquo including lsquonon-banking financial institutionsrsquo and MFIrsquos banks which have been kept outside the purview of the CoderdquoIn the present case the Corporate Debtor was a NBFC and had undertaken financial deposits from the respondent thus falling under the ambit defined under Section 3(16) of the Code The application was thus found non-maintainable under Section 7 of the Code It is by virtue of these cases that a need for rules for FSP and their categories were recognized

1httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2019Jul11493138195d25d9f0d704d_2019-07-1120100857pdf 2httpsibbigovinwebadminpdforder2018OctRandhiraj20Thakur20Director20Mayfair20Capital20Private20Limited20Vs20Jindal20Saxena20Finacial20Services20Private20Ltd_2018-10-1120212941pdf

Page 42 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FSP Rules3 In exercise of the powers conferred under section 227 read with clause (zk) of sub-section (2) of section 239 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 (31 of 2016) the Central Government made the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings of Financial Service Providers and Application to Adjudicating Authority) Rules 2019 and notified them on 15th November 2019The rules were framed to provide a generic framework for insolvency and liquidation proceedings of systemically important Financial Service Providers (FSPs) other than banks The Rules shall apply to such FSPs or categories of FSPs as will be notified by the Central Government under section 227 from time to time in consultation with appropriate regulators for the purpose of their insolvency and liquidation proceedingsAs per the FSP Rules all provisions of the Code relating to a corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and liquidation process of a corporate debtor shall apply to FSPs with certain modifications as specified in the FSP Rules However it does not mean that all FSPs would now be covered under these Rules The FSP Rules will apply to only those FSPs who are notified by the Central Government under Section 227 from time to time A notification was issued for all systemically important NBFCs and for RBI to be the appropriate regulator in this regard For all other FSPs the IBC is required to apply in the same manner as that to all other corporate debtors Just like in insolvency proceedings of a Corporate Person a Resolution Professional (RP) is appointed to take over the control of assets and management of the Corporate Debtor The FSP Rules provide that on the admission of an application for initiation of CIRP against an FSP NCLT shall appoint an individual proposed by the appropriate regulator as the Administrator The Administrator will have the powers of an RP The appropriate regulator can constitute an Advisory Committee to advise the Administrator in the operations of the FSP during the CIRP The Advisory Committee has to consist of 3 or more members who shall be persons of ability integrity and standing and who have expertise or experience in finance economics accountancy law public policy or any other profession in the area of financial services or risk management administration supervision or resolution of an FSP Ministry of Corporate Affairs notified the manner of dealing with the third party assets in custody or possession of a FSP by the Administrator appointed under FSP Rules vide Notification No SO 464(E) dated 300120204 The FSP Rules note that moratorium will not apply to any third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties

3httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframworkcb1d53c7fe47f8f22ab36a40f441db2cpdf 4httpsibbigovinuploadslegalframwork3878e1c4a2332a3e4398d924fac58166pdf

Page 43 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However the FSP Rules provide that an Administrator shall take control and custody of third-party assets or properties in custody or possession of the FSP including any funds securities and other assets required to be held in trust for the benefit of third parties only for the purpose of dealing with them in the manner as may be notified by the Central Government under Section 227 The Rules were put to test in the cases initiated under these FSP Rules The first case initiated under these Rules was that of Reserve Bank of India v Dewan Housing Finance Limited5 The whole process to be followed under the rules was laid down in the order RBI as the regulator had also appointed an administrator and formed an advisory committee to act as a COC for the same NCLT Mumbai Bench held that ldquoThe Applicant RBI in the capacity of Appropriate Regulator has submitted this Application against the Financial Service Provider Dewan Housing Finance Corporation Limited on account of the fact that the default in repayment of the ECB Loan to SBI was committed therefore after following the due procedure as discussed supra prayed for Admission of the Petition us 7 to be read with Section 227 of the Insolvency Code hellip74 Upon Admission it is hereby pronounced that Moratorium as defined us14 of the Insolvency Code shall commence with effect from the date of Application ie 29112019 as prescribed under Rule 5(b)(i) of FSP Rules 2019 On commencement of Moratorium the institution of any Suit or continuation of proceedings or execution of any decree against the Financial Service Provider (DHFL) shall be prohibitedrdquo The process followed has proved that IBC can prove to be a beneficial law for reconstruction and recovery even for financial service providers Conclusion The wait for the Rules to deal with FSPs was long but the mechanism has provided a definite band-aid solution to the current problem of having no framework These Rules however cannot be construed as a permanent solution to deal with all the restructuring and liquidation of Financial Service Providers as a whole The FSP rules provide for a complementary system wherein the Adjudicating Authority the Regulator and the Administrator all have to work in tandem with each other for best results Although these Rules provide a much needed relief to all the stakeholders of FSPs for smooth and clear implementation of Resolution and Restructuring a comprehensive framework which can be considered a one stop solution just like the Code is what should be the aim of the government in the long run

5httpsibbigovinuploadsorderd9c77ba13d4eea5107ae79715a8c0402pdf

Page 44 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 AND UNPRIVILEDGE CLASS AN ANALYSIS

Dr Hajra Masood Assistant Professor ndash Sociology

Karamat Husain PGCollage Lucknow

The World Health Organizationrsquos (WHO) guidelines for safety against COVID-19 are extremely simpleamp basic The guidelines states people to wash their hands regularly with soap practice social distancing with a strict stay at home if one happens to be in an affected area or has been exposed to the virus in any way possible Home quarantine is also advised for people who are in or have recently visited (in the past 14 days) COVID-19 affected areas to avoid the spread of the disease (World Health Organization nd) Indiarsquos most populated state with over 200 million people Uttar Pradesh has managed well to keep the cases below 500 (451 at the time of writing) The state has further sealed all the 160 hotspots completely Uttar Pradesh had no laboratory to test the Sars-CoV-2 pathogen when the first positive case was reported on 3 March it now has 10 The state government has established a Covid Care Fund and is getting support from public representatives and the general public The money is being used to expand testing and treatment facilities 2400 tests are being done daily The government is already working to boost the manufacturing units of PPE N95 masks triple-layer masks thermal analysers ventilators and other equipment

Since healthcare systems in progressive nations like the United States (US) United Kingdom (UK) amp Italy has failed to contain the rapid increase in the number of cases then in this case it becomes crucial to follow such advice to pre-empt the spread of this dangerous virus especially in low- amp middle-income countries where healthcare systems are a luxury for millions to afford The reality of such a densely populated country like India it becomes questionable as how practical it is to adhere to these guidelines It is the question every mind follows and is scared to even admit to self By examining and analyzing the latest National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) reported data on housing amp sanitation (76th round 2018) we make an assessment of the accessibilityamp availability of basic housing amp related amenities of an average Indian household such as sanitation facilities which are set at minimum requirements in order to follow WHO guidelines effectively We consider per capita availability of rooms access to fresh hygienic water for bathing amp toilet facilities as fundamentals to comply with the social distancing norms and to maintain hygiene

Cheek-by-jowl Living Spaces

Investigating on the housing substructure in India it reveals that almost a third of the rural population amp a half of the urban population in India live in houses which as per capita space available are less than a single room which effectively means that isolating

Page 45 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

a person with risk of infection is extremely difficult in these compact spaces This implies that home quarantineself-isolation measures would be difficult to implement among 60 of the population of India in the event of spread of infection (Table 1)

Table 1 Per Capita Availability of Rooms

Rural Urban Total

Less than a room 6608 4516 596

Just a room 1471 171 1545

More than one room 1921 3774 2495

Total 100 100 100

Water Woes

Accessibility of running water in homes is an important part of hygiene and a necessity to ensure regular hand washing with soap The NSSO data reveals that 40 of urban households amp 75 of rural households in India do not have access to tap water in their homes or even in radius of their residential premises (Table 2)

Table 2 Source of Water

Drinking Water Domestic Needs

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Bottled water 34 103 55 01 04 02

Piped water into houses 115 437 214 139 496 248

Piped water to yardplot 98 141 111 98 108 101

Piped water from neighbor 08 10 08 08 09 08

Page 46 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Source Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

Public tapstandpipe 91 71 85 74 54 68

Tube well 108 103 107 115 172 132

Hand pump 453 80 339 414 79 312

Well Protected 29 16 25 27 24 26

Well Unprotected 43 25 37 45 28 40

Tanker truck Public 01 08 03 01 05 05

Tanker truck Private 04 05 04 05 05 05

Spring Protected 03 01 02 02 00 02

Spring Unprotected 03 00 02 04 00 03

Rainwater Collection 03 01 02 01 00 01

Surface water TankPond 04 01 03 49 10 37

Other surface water (river dam stream canal lake etc 02 01 02 03 01 02

Others (cart with small tank or drum etc) 02 01 02 03 01 02

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Page 47 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

It implies that majorly households obtain their basic resource of water from public taps wells or other shared water sources This denotes that while maintaining any sort of hygiene amp social distancing is itself difficult in these unusual circumstances there is a higher risk of contamination of water resource amp also the spread of infections during public health crises

Furthermore it has been observed that average time required to collect water from community sources is close to approximately an hour every day certainly implying that social distancing is difficult task to followamp execute for a large proportion of households with no proper regulations amp measures for this daily need crisis (Table 3b) As is the practice in many developing or under-developed countries the liability of collecting water from open resources is predominantly on females of the household (73) exposing them to greater health risks (Table 3c)

Table 3 Access to Drinking Water

Rural Urban Total

(a) Access to drinking water

Within dwelling 30 59 39

Outside dwelling but within the premises 31 22 28

Outside premises

Less than 02 km 286 137 240

02 km to 05 km 80 32 65

05 km to 10 km 21 12 18

10 km to 15 km 04 04 04

15 km or more 05 05 05

Total 100 100 100

Page 48 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Rural Urban Total

(b) Average time (in minutes) required to fetch water in a day from outside premises

485 400 470

(c) Who fetches water

Male members 208 338 230

Female members 775 566 739

Hired labour 06 47 13

Others 11 49 18

Total 100 100 100

Poor Sanitation Facilities

Following on we examine Indians access to exclusive washrooms amp latrines required to maintain hygiene to avoid coming into contact with viral discharges of infected persons (Table 4) Among the rural households 45 have no access to exclusive washrooms amp 39 have no access to exclusive latrines while 5 each use public facilities

In urban areas while the percentage of people without access to washrooms amp latrines are lower at 9 amp 4 respectively a higher proportion of households use commonpublic washrooms amp latrines (11 amp 135 respectively)

Overall about 8 of the Indian population uses public sanitation facilities amp a quarter of the population has no access to any sanitation facility making it difficult to follow good hygiene

Page 49 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 4 Access to Bathrooms amp Latrines

Bathrooms Latrines

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

For the exclusive use of household 515 797 602 650 822 702

For common use of households in a building

48 107 66 57 106 72

Publiccommunity use without payment

01 02 01 02 15 06

No bathroom 0 0 0 0 12 04

Others 02 01 02 05 04 04

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100

Prevalence of proper hand-washing practices

Finally we examine hand-washing practices amongst Indians prior to meals amp after defecation to comprehend in what way these are strongly embedded is this idea of washing or cleaning hands with soap amp water (Table 5) We find that while 75 of the population washes their hands using soap amp water after defecation whereas only 34 of it performs cleaning of hand before having a meal The majority of the population (62) uses only water to wash hands before meals This displays that the fundamental practice required to curtail infections through hand-washing with soap several times a day is a practice that majority of Indians are yet to adopt

Page 50 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table 5 Hand-washing Practices

Rural urban Total

(a) Hand-washing regularly before meals

With water amp soap detergent 250 553 343

With water amp ash mudsand etc 36 14 29

With water only 701 427 617

Do not wash 13 06 11

Total 100 100 100

(b) Hand-washing regularly after defecation

With water amp soap detergent 684 892 747

With water amp ash mudsand etc 181 21 132

With water only 135 87 120

Do not wash 01 00 01

Total 100 100 100

Our study amp breakdown of the situation exhibits that maintaining social-distancing following proper hygiene ampobserving self-isolation guidelines in the case of this deadly infection are practically difficult for majority of the population residing in India due to existing housing patternsamp sanitation facilities Even if information regarding protective measuresamp safety norms is circulated to reach amp go rounds through the entire population the lack of basic amenities amp resources makes the financially amp resourcefully less-privileged sections of the Indian society defenceless against COVID-19 httpseconomictimesindiatimescom India shares two SARS-CoV-2 genome sequences

Page 51 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSES REPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

DIRECTORATE AND ISTEQLAL HOSPITAL OF THE MINISTRY OF PUBLIC HEALTH KABUL AFGHANISTAN

Faridullah Rahiq12345 Li Xiguang2 Muhammad Rehman13458 Azizaqa Zahed13 Khalil

Ahmad Pashtoonyar145 Bashir Ahmad Taseer 6 Ahmad Shah Wazir 7 Mohammad Mustafa Amarkhil13

1 Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 2 Tsinghua University Beijing PR China

3 Forensic Medicine Strengthening Project Forensic Medicine Directorate Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

4 Forensic Medicine Laboratories Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

5 Forensic Medicine Services Forensic Medicine Directorate of the Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 6 Mental Health and Substance Abuse Department Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan

7 Plastic and burn surgery Department Isteqlal Hospital Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 8 Noor Rahman Medical Laboratory Kabul Afghanistan

ABSTRACT Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases happened in the country during 2014 The majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriage Since there is no proper data collection system about suicide neither in the Ministry of Public Health nor in other ministries the only source of data is represented by some research done by human right commission or NGOs and their main focus is on gender base violence and human rights violations against women rather than suicide Evidence in recent years shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world the cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will not be forgiven by Almighty Allah On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental levels to understand the situation The complicity of silence the general hesitancy to address the issue and the lack of reliable statistics are all reasons not to understanding the underlying structural roots of the problem The aim of the study is to review the frequency of the suicide cases recorded There is little information on suicide and majority of the attempted suicide remains hidden as it is considered

Page 52 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

shameful in the society This behavior is strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors In general policy and judicial actions are needed to prevent andor reduce suicides in the county In addition the suicide reporting process must be strengthened in order to develop efficient interventions awareness rising on the issue is also considered very effective and practical on the issue The study is mostly quantitative and the study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years Data collection is based on the past year data records in both sites interview from personnel and questioning from relevant staff Key words SuicideAfghanistanQuantitative StudyMinistry of Public Health Afghanistan INTRODUCTION Identifying the Problem Suicide is an irrational desire to die The term irrational because no matter how bad a persons life is suicide is a permanent solution to what is nearly always a temporary problem Suicide is a symptom and sign of serious depression Depression is a treatable disorder but often the treatment takes time energy and effort on the part of the person who is feeling depressed It is during this time in treatment that many people turn to suicide and suicidal acts Suicide is serious public health problems globally According to the World Health Organization (WHO) in 2012 an estimated 804000 suicide deaths occurred worldwide representing an annual global age-standardized suicide rate of 114 per 100000 populations The World Health Organization (WHO) also estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10ndash20 attempts at suicide Seventy five percent of all global suicides occur in low and middle-income countries (LMIC) Risk factors for suicide are many and varied including physical and sexual abuse childhood neglect and deprivation parental separation maternal physical and mental health problems lack of family personality disorder psychiatric disorders (particularly depression) as well as current life-stressors Suicidal behavior is complex Some risk factors vary with age gender and ethnic group and may even change over time The risk factors for suicide frequently occur in combination Research has shown that 90 percent of people who kill themselves have depression or another diagnosable mental or substance abuse disorder Difficult life events in combination with other strong risk factors such as depression may lead to suicide Warning signs prior to suicide are significant and divided in to three groups verbal behavioral and environmental I Verbal warning signs include any written letter verbal communication may be direct or

indirect II Behavioral warning signs are behavioral signals which demonstrate emotional changes mood

changes and behavioral changes of a person

Page 53 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

III Environmental warning signs are any major changes in at the home family or job which leads to mood variation and emotional attacks

rdquoThe number of lives lost each year through suicide exceeds the number of deaths due to homicide and war combined Every 40 seconds another family loses a loved one to suiciderdquo said Dr Peeperkorn ldquoPolicy and legislative actions are needed to prevent suicide together with awareness rising of suicide as a public health problem in Afghanistan Surveillance and reporting on suicides and suicide attempts also needs strengthening to devise effective interventions ldquo Over 800000 people die due to suicide every year and there are many more who attempt suicide Suicide occurs throughout the lifespan and was the second leading cause of death among 15-29 year olds globally in 2012 Suicide is a global phenomenon in all regions of the world in fact 75 of global suicide occurred in low- and middle-income countries Suicide accounted for 14 of all deaths worldwide making it the 15th leading cause of death in 2012 Effective and evidence-based interventions can be implemented at population sub-population and individual levels to prevent suicide and suicide attempts Research Methodology Study Design The study is quantitative The study population is the referred suicide cases recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Isteqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health in Kabul Afghanistan during the past three years (Some samples (suicide attempts through poisoning) of the last year from other 5 hospitals are also included for comparison) NATIONAL SITUATION Afghanistan Afghanistan is a land-locked country (current estimated population 29 million and 2 hundred thousand) that connects central to South Asia 99 of its population is Muslims Kabul (current estimated population 4 million) is the capital city The country has poor social and health indicators made worse by over three decades of continuous war which has caused enormous social political amp economic disorder and suffering Afghanistanrsquos public health ministry officials said that over 9000 suicide attempt cases were recorded in the country during 2014 Deputy public health service chief said 4466 cases of poisoning and 707 cases of burns were recorded in the capital while 4136 cases of burns were recorded in the provinces during the year 2014 The majority of the victims who are females attempted to commit suicide by setting themselves on fire Hanging and use of weapons are the other means used to commit suicide Evidence shows that after the fall of Taliban the number of suicides increasing amongst Afghans every year At least 184 cases of self-immolation was registered by the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) in 2007 against 106 in 2006

Page 54 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Country-wide investigations showed that the vast majority of suicide cases in Afghanistan were amongst woman and young girls experiencing physical abuse according to the United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) Afghan women experience some of the highest rates of domestic violence in the world According to UNAMAs mid-year report cases of violence and self-immolation against women were higher in 2013 than in 2012 The real prevalence may be higher than what is mentioned because of general knowledge of silence attached to this issue as suicide is a criminal act in Islamic lsquoShariarsquo and also in the Afghani civil and criminal laws The reactions of the Afghan Government towards suicide issues has been differ widely Some condemn the act pointing to the Islamic belief that those who commit suicide will go to hell On the other hand there have been real attempts at the governmental and para-statal levels to understand the situation However majority of the attempted suicide cases remains hidden since the act of attempting suicide is considered shameful in the society ldquoThe majority of reported cases of suicide and suicide attempts in Afghanistan are women Gender-based violence is among the main causes for womenrsquos suicides and self-immolation According to research the most common reason for self-immolation is forced or child marriagerdquo noted the UNFPA representative for Afghanistan Dr Annette Robertson according to the public health ministry The womenrsquos rights chief at the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission told Afghanistan Times that methods of suicide used by Afghan women last year include ldquoself-immolation self-poisoning drowning hanging and cutting off the arteryrdquo ldquoSexual abuse domestic violence forced and early marriagesrdquo are among the primary reported reasons for female suicides she added Most ldquosuicide incidents remained covert due to family disgrace but suicides would decline substantially if the ministry of health cooperates with the policerdquo In the Afghanistan Times article a Kabul University lecturer said ldquoDemocracy has not expanded across the country to protect the womenrsquos rights and itrsquos quite challenging to defend women in such a society Women are very vulnerable and often undergo drastic atrocities in their social livesrdquo Violence against women in Afghanistan reached record levels in 2013 according to the Independent Human Rights Commission of Afghanistan (AIHRC) Figures released between 6 months of 2013 witnessed a 25 percent increase in recorded attacks As Seema Samar the chair of AIHRC told Reuters attacks were more frequent and more brutal with incidents including ldquothe cutting of [womenrsquos] noses lips and earsrdquo and ldquopublic raperdquo The struggle to secure womenrsquos rights in Afghanistan has been an embattled one After years of faltering campaigns the landmark Elimination of Violence against Women Act (EVAW) was passed in 2009 by presidential decree The unprecedented law criminalizes 22 offences from forced prostitution to denying women their inheritance (Article 5) prescribes punishments for offenders (Articles 17 ndash 42) and outlines a number of state responsibilities (Articles 8 ndash 16) Most significantly Article 6 enshrines seven victimsrsquo rights including the right of prosecution legal representation and compensation

Page 55 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The 2009 act marked a major turning point in the legal status of Afghan women Before the EVAW was passed cases of violence against women were governed by Afghanistanrsquos penal code in force since 1976 which contains no reference to violence within the family or underage marriage Even these scant legal protections were illusory during Taliban rule when women were denied free movement and access to education and when women were even stoned to death Since then Afghanistan has signed numerous international rights treaties and as a signatory is obliged under international law to respond to reports of attacks on women And yet according to UN statistics out of 650 reported cases between October 2012 and September 2013 the law was applied in a mere 109 On average over the past three years the EVAW act has only been applied to between 15 and 17 percent of reported cases The failure to enforce the law is a chief concern among activists Speaking to Al Jazeera Latifa Sultani an AIHRC spokesperson recounted a case in which a man evaded justice despite being accused of using an axe to dismember his wife With perpetrators at large many victims do not speak out for fear of reprisals leaving countless women to suffer in silence Heather Barr of Human Rights Watch accuses the Afghan government of failing women attributing low rates of law enforcement to a lack of political will In a 2012 report entitled ldquoStill a Long Way to Gordquo the UN made 71 recommendations for strengthening protections for Afghan women The UN found that only four of these proposals had been implemented The United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan notes that a major challenge is the lack of resources and technical and political support for police prosecutors and the courts Securing womenrsquos rights had become one of the prime justifications for intervention Activists fear that the prospect of withdrawal has fuelled an attitude of impunity contributing to the intensification of attacks against women According to UN Women Chief PhumzileMlambo-Ngcuka violence against women in Afghanistan is ldquopandemicrdquo with 872 percent of women experiencing some form of physical psychological sexual economic or social violence 2014 is a year of flux for Afghanistan With a looming general election crumbling economy and concerns over security activists fear worsening of the already hostile environment for women in Afghanistan Vulnerable groups

i Women especially young girls between age of 14 -19 years which are most vulnerable due to gender base violence and violence against their rights

ii Drug users nowadays data showed 11 of general population is using some kind of drugs such as opiates opioid heroin sleep pills or pain killers and hashish (INL Afghan rural drug survey result 2015)

iii Returnees and displaced people with facing acculturation iv Disables family of martyrs v Poor people jobless

vi People with mental disorder and psycho-social problem vii People affected by serious infections such as HIVAIDS HBV and HBS

viii People who have lost their dear ones ix People who are affected from civil war x People who have suddenly faced a very big economical loss

xi People specially youth who are disowned by the family andor face some sort of dishonor by society

Causalities There is little information on suicide in Afghanistan-behaviors that are strongly influenced by socio-cultural and psychological factors Afghanistan is a poor and post conflict country with huge burden of health Mental Health- psycho-social problems large risk factors prohibit people from seeking help such as gender

Page 56 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

imbalance gender base violence poverty domestic violence mental disorders cultural changes kinds of human right violation women and children rights violation and related results Most of these risk factors contribute to increase vulnerability for suicide and the situation is going to be worse when we knew the low level of awareness of people and the extreme cultural restrictions to suicide and suicide attempts cases and highlights SUICIDE CASES AND CAUSESREPORTED IN FORENSIC MEDICINE DIRECTORATE Forensics or forensic science is the application of science to questions which are of interest to the legal system as well as social sciences Today forensic doctors are claimed by courts law enforcement offenders and accusers to analyze evidence and report conclusions Sometimes forensic experts are asked to be expert witnesses in court and report those findings As Forensic science is the application of the scientific method to help the judicial system Therefore Forensic doctors collect preserve and analyze scientific evidence during the course of an investigation Some forensic doctorsrsquo travel to the scene of the crime to collect the evidence themselves others are in laboratory performing analysis on objects brought to them by other individuals Worth to mention that In addition to forensic doctorsrsquo laboratory role they also testify as expert witnesses in both criminal and civil cases and can work for either the prosecution or the defense Forensic Medicine Directorate in Afghanistan was established in the year 1981with some basic resources and facilities At present Forensic Medicine Directorate operates under direct supervision of Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan Currently the Directorate operates 24 hours and over passage of time certain sections have developed to incorporate the majority of forensically related cases Forensic specialties that are currently developed in Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan

1 Forensic Pathology 2 Forensic Toxicology 3 Forensic Anthropology 4 Forensic Evidence 5 Forensic Chemistry 6 Forensic Odontology 7 Forensic Genetics 8 Forensic Psychiatry 9 Forensic Serology 10 Criminalistics 11 Document Examination 12 Forensic Autopsy Examinations 13 Medical Malpractice amp Mispractice Investigation Though Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the cause of death as it is not part of their authority therefore they only describe and record the cause of death The cause of death can clearly indicate the intention behind it The suicide attempts that had led to death and were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate during the years 2014 2015 and 2016 Suicide Cases ndash Forensic Medicine Directorate Kabul Afghanistan During the year 2014 2015 and 2016 total 119 deaths (suicide cases) were recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate the breakdown is shown in below table and the graph chart

Page 57 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 58 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 59 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 60 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 61 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 62 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 63 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 64 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 65 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 66 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 67 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 68 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 69 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 70 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 71 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 72 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 73 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 74 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 75 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 76 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 77 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 78 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 79 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 80 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 81 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 82 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

FINDINGS

The basic goal is to prevent suicide both injury and death study results indicate that standards by which progress can be documented could empower government to actually implement their plans This can include constantly connecting suicide prevention to other issues to which the public government agencies or the educational system are already committed More work is needed at the national level to assist in developing these standards There are some findings indicated during the research that are concluded as below 1 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Forensic Medicine Directorate that has led

to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 was 119 The average of suicides that are recorded in Forensic Medicine Directorate per year was 396 suicides

2 Among the cases in Forensic Medicine Directorate 44 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 56 were committed by male

3 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people in Forensic Medicine however still 55 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

4 The methods used for suicide were hanging mouse killer drown in water gun shot and Burn As per available data hanging was the most common method used ie 74 while other methods usages was 19 2 4 and 1 respectively

5 The total number of recorded suicide attempts in Isteqlal hospital that has led to death during the years 2014-2015-2016 is 41 The average of suicides that are recorded in Isteqlal Hospital per year was 136 suicides

6 Among the cases 80 percent of the suicides were committed by female and 20 were committed by male

7 Mostly the age group that is recorded was between 15-35 years old people however still 68 of them are between 15-25 years old This reveals that younger people are much vulnerable

8 As per detailed information provided in chapter 4 there were 4 female suicide cases (Poisoning) reported in Isteqlal hospital in the years 2015 and 2016 This number shows that as per chapter 5 data from five hospitals where 391 women who had attempted suicide 4 have died which shows the average ratio of 1001 that means in every 100 poisoned cases in women 1 die

9 Forensic Medicine Directorate canrsquot give specific opinion about the type of death as it is not part of their authority They only describe the cause of death

10 Forensic medicine directorate is not well equipped and not trained and authorized to give exact opinion

11 There is no proper database available that records suicides and suicide attempts with all possible details Most of the cases are recorded quantitatively while lots of details related to the quality of the case are missing

12 Registration and medical records of hospitals donrsquot have sufficient data available to enhance related researches

13 Strong coordination and cooperation lack between Forensic Medicine Police Prosecutors and Courts

14 The final decisions taken on cases are not shared with Forensic Medicine by Courts 15 The recorded cases show that the age group is in between 15 ndash 35 with higher percentage

between 15-25 which means young age group is much vulnerable 16 The method of suicide is different by sex men usually use hanging as a method however

women usually choose poisoning and self-immolation 17 Though as per observations female suicide cases are higher than male but most of the cases

related to women are hidden at family and community level and are not referred for investigation therefore there are fewer records available in Forensic Medicine Directorate

Page 83 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

18 Overall in Kabul with an estimated population of Four million the number of poisoning cases recorded in 5 hospitals is 2061 cases According to authorities almost more than 90 of all these cases are attempts to suicide which means there are 52 people attempting suicide in every 100000 people

19 The present analysis found that Afghan women attempted suicide 113 times more than men 20 Finally there is no certain prevention strategy in place yet Conclusively it can be stated that though suicide rate is not high in Afghanistan but still suicide prevention strategies must be developed within the context of social economic and political realities There will be challenges that may come during the processes of planning and implementation But it is really important to compare experiences of several governments discover commonalities and gather recommendations about national level suicide prevention planning and implementation strategy SUGGESTION amp CONCLUSION This study shows that incidence of suicide may have increased in Afghanistan but also there is a lack of information of the subject The prolonged war and the socio-political and socio-economical disorder in Afghanistan have all but destroyed the social order of the country and this may be reflected in the suicide statistics of the country Suicide is strongly prohibited in Islam Attempting or committing suicide offends the whole family socially and could be one of the reasons why suicides are under- reported and under-researched in Afghanistan In case of hospitals (as shown in records of Isteqlal Hospital) the number of female cases are high because for treatment purpose family members do bring the victim to the hospital and the case is recorded both by the hospital authority as well as the investigative department In such cases family members canrsquot deny the incident and therefore the real data is recorded in hospitals Most acts of self-immolation by young Afghan women are due to some factors such as arranged and forced marriages trading women with the intention of marriage and the outdated and illegal practice of ldquobaadrdquo (the giving away of a female to settle a dispute) The lack of family support in many cases appears make the situation worse Therefore suicide in Afghan women is a form of social protest against the domination they face However the majority of the suicide victims have no intention to kill themselves they just want to express their pain by burning or eating poison Still due to immediate effects adverse harm complications and complication and non-availability of time the victims lose their lives Though government has passed different laws such as EVAW law - Elimination of Violence against Women but the politics and logistics of moving from paper to practice present a significant challenge The number of female attempting suicide by any mean is high the more women learn about their rights the more they will less go to the extreme that is attempt suicide Therefore the effectiveness of the human rights system at the national level needs to be improved and an effective advocacy initiative or strategy is required at national level More than three decades of almost continuous conflict in an impoverished country of Afghanistan has severely compromised the mental health status of the population From the small number of scientific reports (and a growing number of media reports) it appears suicidal behavior has become a serious public health problem in Afghanistan This is neither unexpected nor surprising However in order to understand the problem better and to inform policy for developing suicide prevention programs there is need for more and better research My review is an initial attempt to

Page 84 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

draw attention to this problem in Afghanistan In order to reduce the growing number of suicides in addition to give the sufferersrsquo immediate health care the below points are recommended 1 To decrease illiteracy and promoting literacy in each and every community 2 To provide long term awareness sessions in order to show families broader ways to struggle

in reducing violence against women stop domestic problems etc through media ie TV and radio

3 To create jobs and provide occupations to improve peoplersquoseconomicstatus and reduce related tensions

4 To seek assistance of influential community people religious leaders and teachersprofessors to publicize the issue of domestic violence

5 To expand and well equip the burn and attempt suicide wards within hospitals in addition to establishment of specialization programs

6 To establish proper psychosocial sessions for the survivors in order to convince them not to commit suicide again and help them to return to their normal life

7 To establish an emergency department equipped by emergency call number to speedily prevent and cover the cases

8 To keep away insecticides pesticides (poison) and firearm from all certain people who are under observation with different behaviors characteristics and mental issues

9 To conduct a national wide research on identifying the main and frequent causes behind suicides lead by Forensic Medicine Directorate and Mental Health Department of MOPH

10 Scope of government responsibility needs to be expanded for protection of womens human rights at each and every level

AUTHORS CONTRIBUTION This research was conducted in Forensic Medicine Directorate and Istiqlal Hospital of the Ministry of Public Health Afghanistan FR carried out experiment and collected data LX carried data analysis FR and MR drafted manuscript BAT ASW AZ MMA and KAP conceived of the study and participated in the research coordination the authors read and approved the final manuscript REFERENCES 1 MoPH 2014b Suicide Report Press Report MoPH Kabul Afghanistan 2 Epidemiology and outcome of burns in Isteqlal Hospital of Kabul Afghanistan Burns 36

1101ndash1106 3 General Directorate of Preventive Medicine Ministry of Public Health Kabul Afghanistan 4 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Isteqlal Hospital of

Kabul Afghanistan 5 Records and files Interview and questions from doctors responsible of Forensic Medical

Department of Kabul Afghanistan 6 httpwwwbreitbartcomnational-security20140913afghanistan-4-136-cases-of-self-

immolation-primarily-involving-women-registered-so-far-this-year 7 httpwwwwhointmental_healthpreventionsuicidesuicidepreventen 8 httpwwwkhaamacomover-9000-suicide-attempt-cases-recorded-in-afghanistan-6666 9 httpdxdoiorg101016jajp201701004 10 httpwwwtherichestcomrich-listthe-biggest10-countries-with-the-highest-suicide-rates-

in-the-world 11 A study of deliberate self-harm and its repetition among patients presenting to an emergency

department Crisis ndash2011

Page 85 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

12 Asian Journal of Psychiatry 13 Guanglin He et al 2019 A comprehensive exploration of the genetic legacy and forensic

features of Afghanistan and Pakistan Mongolian-descent Hazara Forensic Science International Genetics 42 (2019) e1-12doiorg101016jfsigen201906018

14 Shahzad MS Kalsoom S Bajwa JI Arif A Khan MAU (2018) Detection and comparison of light metals in hair among workers of different industries using Particle Induced X-Ray Emission (PIXE) for forensic casework Adv Life Sci5 (4) 154-158

15 WAQAS M et al 2019 trace elemental analysis of hair for toxicity using partial induced x-ray emission (pixe) testing for forensic science applications IJBPAS 8(11) 2181-2194

Page 86 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 ECONOMY IN JEOPARDIZE

Gurpreet Kaur

Research Scholar Desh Bhagat University Amloh Ludhiana Abstract The rampant spread of COVID-19 outbreak across borders and geographies has severely impacted almost the whole world and triggered significant downside risks to the overall global economic outlook India too suffered decline in its economy due to the lockdown It was assumed while presenting the budget in February that GDP growth rate will be higher from last few years However now this task seems next to be impossible as the growth rate in spite of inclining has started declining This is a serious issue as many industries has been fallen Even it can be said that industries are at the last stage of survival This paper tends to highlight those sectors which suffered a lot Along with that this paper also tries to find steps that can be taken to combat this problem Keywords Rampant Growth Rate GDP Economy Outlook Global Introduction Coronavirus has almost broken all the norms and boundaries which has been set in the world As its breakdown resulted in locking almost everything It just stop the movement and it seems that only time has been running and rest of the things are being paused The major impact it had on the lives of human being and at the economy of the any country It can be estimated that globally the economy has suffered a lot This pandemic has even broken the record of the loss that has occurred in the Great Depression which happened in 1930 Due to the lockdown announced by the Indian Government the economy may slow over the next few months For most businesses the slowdown could be in the form of supply disruptions fall in consumption demand and stress on the banking and financial sectors Objective This paper tries highlight The major sectors which suffered the most due to pandemic The impact of COVID-19 in the economy of India The future challenges that need to be taken to combat this situation Research Methodology The method used to write this paper is purely descriptive The secondary sources has been opted to write this paper The matter is gathered from articles journals books and so on

Page 87 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Reality Check It is a matter of fact that after the lockdown a humanitarian crisis unfolded It forced people into starvation joblessness poverty destitution depression and many more This is apart from health infrastructure crisis

Prediction of GDP growth rate before the Breakdown of Coronavirus Amid the coronavirus pandemic several countries across the world resorted to lockdowns to ldquoflatten the curverdquo of the infection These lockdowns meant confining millions of citizens to their homes shutting down businesses and ceasing almost all economic activity According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) the global economy is expected to shrink by over 3 per cent in 2020 ndash the steepest slowdown since the Great Depression of the 1930s As the annual year was around the corner before the spread of hazardous virus The Union - Government has already passed the Budget While presenting the Finance Bill for the year 2020-21 the Union Government on 01022020 had reasonably estimated Indias nominal GDP growth rate (ie real growth + inflation) of 10 percent however the same now seems far from reality and certainty The slowdown in demand closure of production activities fall in the global price of crude oil ban on foreign trade price decrease in the commodities like energy metals and fertilizers restrictions on the aviation industry as also on tourism amongst others are bound to exert downward pressure on the inflation thus adversely affecting the economy chart It is believed that Indias aggressive lockdown could bring the countrys growth down to 25 percent from 45 percent it had earlier estimated However as per a statement released by Chief India Economist of Goldman Sachs on 09042020 the economic growth of India has been estimated at a low figure of 16 only It is really a matter of concern As the incline in Indian Economy is also estimated by the World Bank In the latest World Banks assessment India was expected to grow 15 to 281 Even the IMF also projected a growth rate of 19 for India in 2020 However all seems to be mere a dream Adversely affected Sectors The manufacturing an important part of any economy suffers from total lack of clarity Lockdown has put great stress on the supply chains of essential commodities and

1 World Bank Assessment Report

Page 88 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

therefore many of the Indian companies have focused on the production and supply of essential items only thereby stopping all other production activities thereby bringing down the production graph Likewise the other sectors like agriculture being the primary sector and the tertiary sector are also not free from its impact There is hardly any manpower available for the agricultural purposes in different states Lockdowns have manifestly made the farmers difficult to take their produce for sale to the markets Informal sector of India the backbone of its economy will be hardest hit in view of economic activities coming to a total standstill These lockdowns and restrictions on commercial activities and public gatherings are necessarily likely to strongly impact domestic growth As estimated by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE) on 07042020 the overall unemployment rate may have surged to 23 per cent with urban unemployment standing at nearly 31 per cent International Labour Organisation (ILO) has estimated about 40 crores workers of unorganised sectors to be unemployed The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD)2 has suggested that Indias trade impact due to the COVID-19 outbreak could be around USD 348 million For India the overall trade impact is estimated to be at 129 million dollars for the chemicals sector textiles and apparel at 64 million dollars the automotive sector at 34 million dollars electrical machinery at 12 million dollars leather products at 13 million dollars metals and metal products at 27 million dollars and wood products and furniture at 15 million dollars As per UNCTAD estimates exports across global value chains could decrease by USD 50 billion during the year in case there is a 2 reduction in Chinas exports of intermediate inputs What is also worrisome is the effect of all the circumstantial conditions on the Rupee value which is at its lower value of more than Rs 76 per USD exerting extra burden and pressure on the cost of import of commodities and services in India and on the accumulated foreign reserves Industries Corona virus had its impact in the industry in general which has seen not only cutting the salaries but also laying off its employees The hotels are vacant and airlines have closed their wings The live events industry has also estimated a loss of more than Rs 3000 crores It is also resulted that businesses are grappling with tremendous uncertainty about their future According to the survey3 COVID-19 is having a deep impact on Indian businesses over the coming months jobs are at high risk because firms are looking for some reduction in manpower Further it is added that already COVID-19 crisis has caused an unprecedented collapse in economic activities over the last few weeks

2 UNCTAD Statistics available at unctadorg 3Survey conducted by Industry body FICCI and tax consultant Dhruva Responses are from about 380 companies across the sectors

Page 89 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The present situation is having a high to very high level impact on their business according to almost 72 per cent respondents Further 70 per cent of the surveyed firms are expecting a de growth sales in the fiscal year 2020-21

Apparel ampTextile get hit adversely due to disruption in labour supply raw material unavailability working capital constraints and restricted demand due to limited movement of people and

purchasing ability Auto sector4 (which includes automobiles and auto parts) will continue to face

challenges on account of lack of demand global recession and falling income levels Aviation amp Tourism5 is one sector which has the highest probability of going under

without direct government intervention Due to pandemic there are high chances that in the next 12 months itrsquos highly unlikely people will travel for leisure apart from very essential travel Dependency of earning money by tourist depends on the visitors It is certain that this industry will be affected the most as people would not like to travel without any reason This will not only drop economy rate in own country but also has a great impact on global economy

Building amp Construction6 businesses are generally leveraged and hence will face the dual challenges of high-interest payments and lack of sales Lack of work and payment are the greatest hurdle in the way of building and construction industries

Hotel industryis among one such industry which has suffered a lot As their hotels are totally shut down and they have no other mode of earning

Gym industryalso faced a huge loss Due to lockdown everything is closed Trainers owners are facing huge loss Large number of population has become unemployed This problem would not resolve quickly It would take time In other words anything which involves personal interaction will face problems in the next 12 months ndash real estate or big-ticket itemsluxury products Sectors with a possible uptick

Digital amp Internet Economy Online based products amp services companies will find new takers

o Ed-tech and Online Education along with firms involved with online-skill development have become popular which also resulted in the growth of E-Learning Almost every school has opened their arms for online teaching

4 wwwsmallcasecom 5 Ibid 6 Ibid

Page 90 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

o Online groceries also gain With the lockdown people are now become habitual to buy things online As a result online grocery gain profit and other retailer would suffer

o There will be a sudden spike in the demand for Content with digital content being in demand more than ever

FMCG amp Retail7 will benefit immensely With continued fear food-based retail chains and companies catering to low-ticket consumption demand will emerge as winners

Speciality Chemicals8 Firms dealing in Chemicals will see a jump due to increased demand for disinfectants drugs and medicines Measures to Combat this Situation With COVID-19 spreading rapidly in India policymakers are worried about how to fight the virus and minimise its impact on the economy There are no easy answers In addition to containing the spread of the disease and support those who are affected policymakers have to be prepared for the long-term challenges and opportunities that may arise once the crisis is over and it will eventually be To minimise the effect in the economy caused by the COVID -19 outbreak the Union Finance amp Corporate Affairs Minister on 24032020 announced several important relief measures taken by the Government of India especially on statutory and regulatory compliance matters related to several sectors The Central Government amongst others announced much-needed relief measures in areas of Income Tax GST Customs amp Central Excise Corporate Affairs Insolvency ampBankruptcy Code (IBC) Fisheries Banking Sector and Commerce intended to boost the economy What is next in the list It might be a mouthful but herersquos a look at whatrsquos to come in the immediate future Liquidity is expected to remain tight as the cost of borrowing in real terms will jump upwards This is despite central banksrsquo efforts to reduce interest rates Banks and financial institutions will be under immense pressure as the fear of NPAs insolvency and bankruptcies increase multi fold The government will focus on meeting hyper demand for essential goods while non-essential businesses will focus on recovering their receivablesoutstanding money due from debtors New strategic alliances or business partnerships will not emerge during this period A smallcase is a basket of stocksETFs based on ideas themes and strategies They are professionally managed and offer investors more transparency and control over their investments Many lives will be lost and millions more affected Countries will introspect businesses will realign But as Jackiersquos 21st-century take on turning lemons into lemonade goes there may be a silver lining We may have to wait for the rain clouds to depart

7 wwwsmallscalecom 8 Ibid

Page 91 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Technology amp Future of Work Technology for many businesses until today was considered to be a support function with it being used as a means to get to an end This is set to change as technology will now become the frontline requirement in most organizations Its importance will be comparable to that of revenue-generating functions ndash sales and business development Trends will accelerate Automation will gain momentum as the spend on sophisticated IT infrastructure outpaces human resources Job creation will be limited with more offers being rolled out on a contractual basis than on a full-time basis This sort of gig economy will emerge in the emerging markets as well as the more developed markets Work from home will be the new normal Firms in some sectors will realise that employees working from home are equally productive as compared to when they are working from the office This will also help in saving infrastructure costs Back to basics Businesses will rethink their strategy of focusing on sales without profitabilityprofitability growth Organizations claiming hefty valuations just on the basis of sales growth will no longer find buyers ndash focus on profit and profit growth will be the new normal Data is the new oil That is as long as the price of oil doesnrsquot drop to $0 again (FYI only the expiring futures contract dropped to zero) Data will become even more valuable and with it data misuse through AI will also become rampant Wersquore already seeing governments and private entities roll out contact tracing tools which have poor implementation and pose severe threats to data security and privacy As these entities have realized data can play a huge role in limiting the impact of viral phenomena ndash diseases protests misinformationhellipthe list goes on

Page 92 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Data and IT security will become even more important for businesses Traditional businesses including heavy industries will find it difficult to survive without access to information that would help with optimization and extracting efficiency All about the money Finally big financial conglomerates with large balance sheet exposure will become history Wersquoll see the emergence of specialized segmental lenders who will strive to make better lending decisions through AI amp social intelligence Traditional lenders will exit the game There is no doubt that COVID-19 will have a large impact on the Indian economy With respect to India the discussion can be bifurcated into 2 parts ndash Indiarsquos economy and its stock markets The recovery of the underlying economy will be slow and it will take around 2 years for normalcy to come back across sectors While the overall economy might take a hit because of the government lockdown some sectors are set to see immense growth in the post-COVID era ndash FMCG B2C specialised lenders gold-dependent companies food retail and pharmaceutical companies to name a few Stock markets have a mind of their own formed by the collective emotions + intelligence of millions They are often skewed and arenrsquot the best indicators of the underlying economy Stock markets will have a strong recovery not due to the fundamentals strength but due to global liquidity which is available for almost free (as interest rates tend to near zero) Availability of debt capital will be scarce in India whilst equity capital will be available in plenty over a period of time What can the Government do Like its counterparts across the globe the Indian government has announced a slew of measures to prevent total collapse However it isnrsquot enough This works to alleviate some of the pain not counter it 1 Loosen its purse and spend money on infrastructure development ndash lsquoRebuild India

Rejuvenate Indiarsquo 2 Public sector financial institutions need to be further capitalized and nudged by the

RBI to lend out low-ticket loans below INR 1 Crore in the form of working capital to ensure that liquidity comes back into the system

3 Banking sector needs to be nudged to pass on rate cuts induced by RBI to the borrowers

4 Personal tax cuts amp tax holidays for 6 ndash 12 months can be adopted to revive consumption which will help spur economic growth

Page 93 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

These are not an exhaustive list of measures but could help alleviate the impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy while stimulating growth To conclude I would like to pen down by saying that this pandemic may wreck the Indian economy The level of GDP may further fall more so when India is not immune to the global recession In fact it is believed that India is more vulnerable since its economy has already been ailing and in a deep-seated slowdown for several quarters much before the COVID-19 outbreak became known The Prime Minister of India has already spoken of setting up an Economic Task Force to devise policy measures to tackle the economic challenges arising from COVID 19 as also on the stability of Indian economy However the concrete plans would have to be kept in place to support the economy and its recovery At last but not the least as the disruption from the virus progresses globally as well as within India it is for us to forget at least for the time being all talking only about economic recovery and instead join hands whole heartedly to tackle the outcome of COVID-19 References 1 Siddhartha RastogiThe impact of COVID-19 on the Indian economy 2 Shikha Goyal What is the impact of Coronavirus on Indian Economy 3 Annual Budget presented by Union Government 4 httpswwwjagranjoshcom 5 httpsmeconomictimescom 6 httpsmeconomictimesindiatimescom 7 wwwbusiness-standardcom 8 wwwindiatodayin 9 httpseconomictimesindiatimescommarketsexpert-viewgoldman-sachs-revised-

global-growth-forecast-for-2020-to-2-and-that-of-us-to-6-prachi-mishraarticleshow75065449cms

10 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPublicationsPDFsMPRAPRIL2020E3D4AD8245734F27B6C5688F22B4FA2FPDF

11 httpswwwbusinesstodayincurrenteconomy-politicscoronavirus-fallout-unemployment-rate-spikes-to-23-after-lockdown-says-cmiestory400349html

12 httpsengaonconnectioncommore-than-40-crore-workers-in-indias-unorganized-sector-may-be-affected-due-to-the-lockdown-which-will-affect-their-employment-and-earnings-ilo

13 httpsrbidocsrbiorginrdocsPressReleasePDFsPR22761B4E43FCBED94A12955FD65458EBEEDAPDF

14 httpswwwindiatodayinindiastoryschool-books-to-path-labs-delhi-govt-relaxes-lockdown-1671877-2020-04-28

Page 94 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

PROBLEMS IN SHIP BREAKING INDUSTRY OF INDIA A

CASE OF ALANG SHIP BREAKING YARD

Hrudanand Misra Professor Institute of Management

Nirma University Ahmedabad Gujarat India

Abstract

The requirement of steel production in India the ship breaking industry has become a vital for the countryrsquos economy After four decade of growth India continues to compete with Bangladesh to lead the international ship breaking industry In Alang area the ship breaking sector and related downstream activities provides employment and resources to nereby communities The industry is profitable and income generating poor working practices and low environmental standards tarnish the image of the sector at national and international levels A huge number of accidents and fatalities in ship breaking processes highlight the lack of adequate Occupational Health and Safety Standards Seasonal migrant workers many of whom are unaware with the industry These labours are recruited through sub-contractors most of the workers in India lack sufficient hazard awareness and basic safety requirement necessary to work in a ship breaking yard This paper focuses on the Ship Breaking and Recycling Industry (SBRI) of India to access its present situation impact on environment as well as worker rights and safety The paper also puts light on how India Ship Breakers Association (ISBA) reacts to unhygienic unsafe scrapping facilities and what remedies shall be taken to overcome the challenges of this potential industry

Keywords Ship Breaking And Recycling Challenges Environment Worker Right Introduction Ship breaking is the process of dismantling of old ships to recover steel scrap and other materials Ships breaking industry is a recycling industry which recover steel from the ship which is expected to constitute 90 percent in terms of value The other materials constitute the remaining 10 percent and consist of machines and equipment furniture and fittings asbestos wood panels oil chemicals electrical fittings etc These items can at best be considered as by-products of this industrial activity Ship breaking is a challenging process involving a complexity of issues like ecology environment labour health and safety Thus it has been recognized as one of the hazardous industries and this activity is mainly concentrated in developing countries of Asia The ship breaking activity shifted gradually from high-income countries to middle income countries and then to low income countries due to growing environmental concern and stringent regulations in developed countries During this process the ship breaking industry has transformed from being a capital-intensive industry to labour

Page 95 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

intensive industry Although Ship breaking industries produce the potentiality for economic growth it also brings with it dangers of environmental imbalances Until the 1970rsquos ship breaking activities were concentrated in developed countries But after 1980 due to availability of cheap labour a shift of these activities from the developed countries to developing countries is witnessed Countries like India Bangladesh China and Pakistan have less stringent norms or legislation pertaining to environment and also the availability of huge labour force It is estimated that on an average 700 ships are taken for decommissioning every year world over Out of these 350-450 ships are scrapped in India The ship breaking activities are carried out at various places in India along the sea coast of the country Viz Alang in Gujarat Sachana in Gujarat Dharukhana near Bombay Tadri in Karnatka Maipe in Karnataka Baypore in Kerala Vishakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh Valinokan in Tamil Nadu and at Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu However the main ship breaking centre is located on the west coast at Alang Gujarat The ship breaking activity at Alang began in 1982 and currently 141 plots are in operation and Alang is considered to be the largest ship breaking yard in world India has the worldrsquos largest ship breaking facility in terms of volume According to Basel convention report of 2003 38 percent of ship breaking activities are concentrated in India followed by China 25 percent Bangladesh 19 percent and Pakistan 7 percent Alang has grown from small coastal village with a small population of fishermen and farmers to become worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard Upto 1980rsquos ship breaking activities were limited to the breaking of small-sized ship at Darukhana yard near Bombay At the end of 1970rsquos the Metal Scrap Trade Corporation (MSTC) of the Government of India decided to import non-useable ships from foreign countries and the Government decided to set up ship breaking yards During 80rsquos there was a tremendous demand for scrap from large number of foundries and re-rolling mills in Gujarat Therefore Government of Gujarat adapted policies in favour of ship breaking industry on Gujarat coast The Gujarat Maritime Board made intensive survey and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity In 1983 the first ship was beached and this laid the foundation of ship breaking at Alang which has now grown as worldrsquos largest ship breaking yard The working environment and negative impacts on the environment have become a growing concern over the time by the industrialists some social groups NGOrsquos and local and global media Some sort of comprehensive plans are need to be established to improvise current problems in the Alang ship breaking yards So the overall objectives this study include are bull To study the general overview of Ship Breaking Industry bull To evaluate the impact of environmental adversity bull To assess the issues involved in workers safety bull To recommend for the challenges occurred in SBRI

Page 96 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Ship Breaking Industry Its Global Impact Ship breaking or ship scrapping as defined by the US occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is ldquoany breaking of a vesselrsquos structure for the purpose of scrapping the vessel including the removal of gear equipment or any component of a vesselrdquo (US Environmental Protection Agency 2000) A ship consists mostly of steel At the end of its useful life it becomes a source of ferrous scrap The scrap is particularly reprocessed for manufacturing simple steel products such as steel rods used in civil engineering A large portion of the waste generated following the demolition or scrapping process is largely returned to good use Useable equipment is such as pumps motors generators etc are sold as it finds alternative applications and the scrap steel is reprocessed (Andersen 2001 1-2) Ships were historically broken at regulated European dry dock facilities by skilled workers After 1970rsquos the high cost of environmental controls and employees safety standards shifted the work onto cheaper shores As a result during 1980rsquos these countries delocalized their activities to developing countries Besides the availability of cheap labour in developing world the adoption of stringent environmental norms by developed countries acted as the major reason for the shift of these activities toward the developing countries The ship breaking industry creates enormous employment opportunities and generates income as it also provides with recycling of products and scrap materials for further production According to 2001 OCED report on ship scraping ldquoship demolitions remove large volume of obsolete tonnage from fleets recycle many of the materials used in ships construction and are a major employer in the main ship breaking areasrdquo (International Federation of Human Rights 20004)

On average a ship has an active life span of 25 to 30 years After it fails to meet the safety requirement it is sent for breaking The ship is sold through international broker or via cash buyers Until 1960rsquos ship breaking activities was highly mechanized and concentrated in industrialized countries like United States the United Kingdom Germany and Italy The United Kingdom accounted for 45 percent of ship breaking industry During 1960rsquos and 1970rsquos ship breaking activities shifted to semi-industrialized countries such as Spain Turkey and Taiwan mainly because of availability of cheaper labour and also the existence of re-rolling mills in these countries About 79 countries were involved in ship breaking activity Asian yards come into existence during 1980rsquos Despite their late establishment at present this region account for over 95 percent of the industry Alang ship breaking yard of India has become eminent industry holding first position in Asia and also in world market Bangladesh holds second position after India Table 21 presents the number of vessels that were dismantled during 1994 and 2002 Out of 3854 vessels that were dismantled during this period 58 percent were dismantled

Page 97 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

in India alone Table also reveals that out of top eight destinations for these ships six are Asian countries More than 80 percent of ships dismantled were done in Asia The Asian countries also account for more than 80 percent of tonnage of these ships Out of 35789303 million tonnes of Ldt worldwide approximately 45 percent from the ships dismantled in India The table clearly shows the important place of India and Asia in the ship breaking industry world over Table 1 Number of Vessels by Breaking Location and their tonnage 1994-2002

Country Number of Vessels

Total of Ldt (Million

tons)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

India 2245 16135949 5825 4509 Bangladesh 529 7737562 1373 2162

China 379 4734533 983 1323 Pakistan 192 3521888 498 984 Turkey 109 379641 283 106

Vietnam 29 372882 075 104 Spain 18 59439 046 017

Mexico 18 75746 046 021 Other Countries 345 2771663 871 774

Total 3854 35789303 10000 10000 Source Clarksonrsquos Demolition Database 2002

Note These are some of the major countries involved in ship breaking activity Light displacement tonnage (Ldt) the lightweight is the displacement without cargo fuel lubricating oil ballast water fresh water and feed water consumable stores and passengers and crew and their effects but including liquids in piping Ship Breaking Industry in India At present India has large share in ship breaking industry (OCED 2001) and most of the activity is concentrated in Alang and Sosiya the two villages situated in the coast of Arabian Sea in the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat In India upto the 1980rsquos the ship beraking industry was concentrated in Darukhana yard near Mumbai However the activities were limited as it involved breaking of small-size ships It was in the late 1970rsquos that the MSTC decided to import non-useable ships and consequently the government decided to set up ship breaking yards Ship breaking activities was recognized as a major source of steel supplier for the re-rolling steel plants Subsequently in 1979 ship scrapping was recognized as an industry The initiation of this move was also the growing demand of scrap from the large number of foundries and re-rolling mills The state of Gujarat was one of the states where the demand for scrap was high for meeting the needs of the re-rolling mills Therefore the Government of Gujarat adopted policies in favour of ship breaking and set-up ship

Page 98 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

breaking yards on coast of Gujarat This step was also backed by the reports of various committees that recommended the development of ship breaking activities Gujaratrsquos has been blessed with one of the longest coast lines Besides it also has a long glorious past dated to almost 3000 years manifested by the maritime commercial ties that it had developed with countries such as China Egypt Sri-Lanka Greece African and Arabian countries Following the demand for steel and also the recommendation of various committees the Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) carried intensive survey of the coastal region and identified Alang as the most suitable site for developing ship breaking activity The GMB as well as the groups of ship breakers endorsed the selection of this site for the following reasons 1 The site falls in the high tide zone where the highest tide reaches upto 10 to 11

meters This is considered to be most favourable for ship breaking activities 2 This site is located in the Gulf of Khambhat and whose harbours are protected

areas during rainy season which allows ship breaking activity 3 The coast of Alang is sloping and has a long dry area which facilities reaching up

vessels 4 The seabed at Alang dries up very quickly even during monsoon thus facilitating

the handling as all kinds of material and equipment 5 The area along the coast as Alang is free from other competitive users like

merchant shipping fishing and even salt work Alang is a small coastal village as the district of Bhavnagar in Gujarat dominated by a small population of fishermen and farmers Presently it has turned out to be one of the largest shipbreaking yards not only in India but also in the world The yard stretches over 15 Km and actually covers two yards (Alang and Sosiya) The Alang ship breaking yards have the capacity to break VLCCs and ULCCs vessels a facility not available to any other ship breaking countries in the world Furthermore unlike other countries where the ship breaking activities is capital intensive in India it is labour intensive Being a labour surplus country labour is available in plenty and that too at competitive rate Alang ship breaking yard provides large number of employment opportunities to number of skilled and unskilled labours Moreover there are many other activities and industries which are directly and indirectly dependent on Alang ship breaking yard and the number of such workers directly and indirectly employed is estimated to be in between 15 to 16 lakhs (International Federation of Human Rights 2000 56) This also includes the downstream industries generated by the ship breaking industry such as re-rolling mills foundries oxygen plants local scrap store transportation companies and other small local businessmen and upstream activity such as brokers service sectors

Very Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 160000-320000 Dead Weight Tonnage Ultra Large Crude Carrier Tanker of 320000 Dead Weight Tonnage

Page 99 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

etc A survey conducted by the International Federation of Human Rights (FIDH) found that 100 re-rolling mills are functioning in the area and each generally employs between 80-120 and thus employing about 8000-10000 workers The existing site of Alang-Sosiya ship breaking yard (ASSBY) comprises of 183 plots of different sizes The breakup of these plots is as given below Table 23 which clearly indicate that more than half of the plots are of larger sizes which are used for breaking ships of higher Ldt while the small size plots are used for breaking medium sized ships of lower Ldt All these plots are developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which is also the owner Table 2 Distribution of Plots of Alang Ship Breaking Yard

Plot Size Number 120 times 50 Mt 10 80 times 45 Mt 24 50 times 45 Mt 56 30 times 45 Mt 93 Total 183

Source Gujarat Maritime Board Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is an autonomous institution which monitors all the ports of Gujarat and is responsible for the development of ship breaking yard at Alang All the plots are owned by the GMB which lease out the plot to the ship breakers The initial lease period is for ten years which has to be renewed thereafter Upto 1990rsquos the Gujarat Maritime Board played a direct role in the business as it used to buy the vessels from the world market and dispatch them to the ship breakers on first-come first serve basis However with the opening of the markets in the post 1990rsquos the ship breakers compete in the open international market to purchase ships On February 13th 1983 M V Kota Tenjong was the first ship to be beached at Alang Thereafter ship breaking at Alang has grown in number and reached world-class status Table 24 gives the number of ships beached and average ship LDT During 1982-83 5 ships were broken and the average output was 24716 Ldt It was a small but a good beginning of ship breaking activity at Alang In year 1983-84 and 1984-1985 the number of ships broken was 51 and 42 with an average output of 259387 and 228237 Ldt respectively This rise continued till 1987-88 however a sudden decline in the ship breaking activity was recorded in the year 1987-88 but thereafter the activities marked an upward swing Upto 1991-1992 total number of ships broken were 601 and total output was 3514783 Ldt From February 1982 to January 2005 Alang ship breaking yard processed 4135 and total Ldt recovered was 29875654 million tons with an average 180 ships with 1298942 Ldt per year The rise in the breaking activities is attributed to the cost advantage involved in the breaking large ships Alang and Sosiya have become the destination of all type of ships viz oil tankers war ships cruise ships etc that have surpassed their active economic life span Presently it has become the

Page 100 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

largest yard for ship breaking activities placing India on the top of the worldrsquos list in terms of ship breaking activities

Table 3 Ships Broken at Alang Ship Breaking Yard Year No of

Vessels Light Displacement

Tonnages(Ldt) (Million Tones)

of all Vessels

of total tonnage

1982-83 5 24716 012 008 1983-84 51 259387 123 087 1984-85 42 228237 102 076 1985-86 84 516602 203 173 1986-87 61 395139 148 132 1987-88 38 244776 091 082 1988-89 48 253991 116 085 1989-90 82 451243 198 151 1990-91 86 577124 208 193 1991-92 104 563568 252 189 1992-93 137 942601 331 316 1993-94 175 1256077 423 420 1994-95 301 2173249 728 727 1995-96 183 1252809 443 419 1996-97 348 2635830 842 882 1997-98 347 2452019 839 821 1998-99 361 3037882 873 1017

1999-2000

296 2752414 716 921

2000-01 295 1934825 713 648 2001-02 333 2727223 805 913 2002-03 300 2424522 726 812 2003-04 294 1986121 711 665 2004-05 164 785304 397 263

Total 4135 29875659 10000 10000 Source Gujarat Maritime Board Economical Benefits India has a demand of 5 million tons of metalsteel But the domestic production is insufficient to meet this demand In this case the ship breaking industry plays a vital role via providing steels More than 350 re-rolling mills have been using scrapped metals from the breaking yard Ship breaking industry is currently supplying about 60 percent of raw materials for local steel industry Almost everything on a ship can be recycled reused or resold The scrapped materials are used as raw materials of steel mills steel plate re-manufacturing asbestos re-manufacturing They can be used as furniture paint electrical equipment and

Page 101 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

lubricants Problems in Ship Breaking Industry Environment Pollution With lots of assets scrapping a vessel provides us tons of waste up to various asbestos noxious substances thou- sand litter oils approximately about 1000 cubic meters of lasting oil too In India vessels are scrapped on open beaches As a result harmful substances have easy access to the environment Substances like Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPrsquos) Asbestosareathreat to both human health and marine environment POPrsquos are highly to xicchmicals that have long term effect on environment These type of pollutants can be distributed easily and pose a threat by accumulating fatty tissue in living organisms ie human body wildlife marine environment In some cases POPrsquos are the cause of death to many lives In old ships asbestos was a used as heat insulator It is often mistaken that the disposal procedure is free from asbestos fibers But the workers all surrounded by this dangerous fiber The workers often handle asbestos particles with bare hands Asbestos is said to be one of the lethal because it cause diseases like asthma mesothelioma (a rare cancer that affects the lining of the lungs chest cavity or abdomen It should be noted that there is a synergistic effect between smoking and asbestos exposure which creates lung cancer [8] Moreover materials such as Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAHs) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) heavy metals poisonous paint ie Tribtylin (TBT) and some other harmful substances come in contact to the environment and pollute it All these harmful elements are originated from ship breaking yards Recent World Bank research (2010) found soil contamination in beaching sites of India This contamination is indicative of the threats to the environment caused by the practices and improper management of hazardous materials during the dismantling of ships

Workers safety and worker-rightviolation

More than 50peoplesweredeathduetotheexplosionat various sites of Alang between 1990-2003From the data it is clear that there is a lack of safety for labors working in ship breaking yards Most of the labors are uneducated They donrsquot have any knowledge or guidance about their work Hence more accidents are occurring causing serious injuries and deaths The prime accidental cause is the explosion of left over gas and fumes in the tanks Falling from high height is also one of the major accidents Workers intend to cut the side shells at first This kind of practice results in falling of plates from high positions Due to lack of safety measures like measurement devices safety suite ventilation etc serious accident occurs while working in confined space While cutting plates from cargo vessels improper gas freeing and gas monitoring procedures causes serious fire hazards that pose a risk to workers Minor accidents like brushing broken bones while carrying heavy metals cutting due to sharp edge are often occurred every

Page 102 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

nowandtheninshipbreakingyardsLackoffirstaidemergencyexitemergencyresponseandrescueisalsocommon in ship breaking industry in India When a worker dies while working in a ship breaking yard the family donrsquot receive that much compensation from the ship breaking yard But the scenario is different for the local workers Recommendations For the economical development of India ship breaking industry is one of the potential industries One hand it is developing the economical status of India on the other hand it is destroying the environment causing damage to people workers of the ship breaking yards For workers safety a training program shall be arranged by the ship breaking yard Training program must include tasks like- bull Awareness and communication of information about Hazardous Materials bull Job hazard awareness including handling and management of Hazardous materials bull Personal protective equipment bull Fire protection and prevention bull Emergency response and evacuation bull Safety and health training bull Environmental awareness bull First aid awareness

Besides ship breaking yards must have functions like- bull Safe for entry criteria bull Safe for hot work procedure bull Safe for hot work criteria bull Proper health and sanitation programs

Further recommendations are put forward for the better living and working conditions

1 Gujarat State Government and Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) should implement various labor laws in the right earnest Their implementation of rules and regulations in a way will lead to safe working and better living conditions at Alang This can ultimately increase the productivity of labour and also the growth of the industry 2 GMB and the State Government need to take initiative to create proper

infrastructure at Alang as there is total absence of any civic amenities for workers Better working and living conditions in the industry will lead to inflow of better skilled labor Even local labor who keeps away from working in this industry should express preference to be employed in this industry 3 There is a necessity for creation of labor union which can protect the rights of

the workers With the creation of union the bargaining power of the workers would increase and the employers are likely to act more responsibly

Page 103 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

4 The provision of medical insurance and life insurance for workers employed at Alang is of prime importance The provision of medical and life insurance will increase the working conditions of the workers enormously GMB also needs to take initiative for monthly medical checkup for workers 5 GMB should provide requisite training to the workers The workers employed

in hazardous and risk prone activities must be trained and provided with proper equipments The training will reduce the frequency of accidents and increase the productivity of workers at Alang

1 Conclusion Over a period the ship breaking industry has gained one of the top place in the national economy The benefits of ship breaking are enormous in sectors like steel company ship building company small businesses etc Despite having so much benefits the ship breaking industries have some problems ie environment pollution workers safety Environment pollution can be kept to minimum by following international regulations for dumping leftover ship materials Safety issues and health factors of the workers can be ensured by following some strict rules Safety gears like goggles helmets hand gloves face masks aprons should be provided to minimize the casualties To hold the position in world ship breaking India needs upgrade the infrastructure for waste management health issues of workers References 1 Arora R (2000) ldquoLabour Lawsrdquo Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai 2 Aziz A (1984) ldquoUrban Poor and Urban Informal Sectorrdquo Ashish Publishing

House 3 Bailey P (2002) ldquoIs there a decant way to break up shipsrdquo ILO Discussion Paper 4 Barik BC (1987) ldquoUnorganised Migrant Labour in the Textile Industry of Surat A

Case Studyrdquo in Vidyut Joshi (ed) Migrant Labour and Related Issues Oxford amp IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd New Delhi

5 Clifford J Jansen (1969) Some Sociological Aspects of Migrationrdquo in J A Jackson (ed) Migration Cambridge University Press New Delhi

6 Connell J B Das Gupta R Laishely and M Lipton (1976) ldquoMigration from Rural Areas The Evidence from Village Studiesrdquo Oxford University Press Delhi

7 Deogaokar C K (2003) ldquoEvolving a Health Causing Water Supply and Sanitation System-Public-Private Partnerships in a Developing Economyrdquo Proceedings of Third International Conference on Environment and Health Chennai India

8 ILO (1978) ldquoSocial Security and National Developmentrdquo Report of the National Seminar in India New Delhi

9 ILO (1981) ldquoAccident Prevention- A Workers Education Manualrdquo ILO Geneva Vol I amp II

10 IMF-FNV project (2006) ldquoA Survey on Working and Socio-Economic Conditions of Ship Breaking Workers in Indiardquo International Metalworkers Federation New Delhi

Page 104 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

11 Investigation Mission (2000) ldquoWhere do the Floating Dustbin end up Labour Rights in Ship Breaking Yards in South Asia The Cases of Chittagong (Bangladesh) and Alang (India)rdquo International Federation of Human Rights

12 Justino P (2003) ldquoSocial Security in Developing Countries Myth or Necessity Evidence from Indiardquo Prus Working Paper No 20 University of Sussex

13 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) (2000) ldquoA Guide for Ship Scrappers Tips for Regulatory Compliancerdquo Washington DC

14 UNESCO (2004) ldquoImpacts and Challenges of large Coastal Industry Alang-Sosiya Ship Breaking Yard Gujarat Indiardquo Coastal Region and Small Island Paper 17 Paris

15 Upadhyay G (2005) ldquoEnvironmental Problems of Ship Breaking Activity A Case Study of Alang Ship Breaking Yardrdquo National Seminar-Cum-Workshop on Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSUniversity of Baroda Gujarat

Page 105 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CHALLENGES TO EMERGENCY REMOTE

LEARNING IN INDIA AN EXPLORATORY ANALYSIS

Janetius ST1 Nayan KS2 and Mini TC3 1 Principal and Professor of Psychology St John College Dimapur

2Assistant Professor of Computer Science St John CollegeDimapur 3FreelanceStatistician and Education Consultant Kerala

Abstract The educational institutions across India were shut down due to COVID-19 on March 17 2020 To reduce the inconvenience of students the Indian educational system came with the solution of emergency remote online learning This sudden change of platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning was a temporary solution without any institutional physical psychological and technological preparedness The unexpected situation caused problems to the management teachers and students as well In this backdrop this study was focused on the challenges of college teachers due to this sudden change of teaching mode Collecting survey data from college teachers all over India the sample was set at 90 confidence level and a 5 margin of error The research findings show that the teachers did their best in the given situation to impart knowledge to the students The study also brought out various issues and challenges that the students teachers and institutions faced that need better attention if the pandemic situation continues and the institutions plan to do remote online teaching for a prolonged period Keywords COVID-19 and higher education emergency remote learning college teachers and e-learning online learning preparation traditional vs virtual classroom Introduction and the problem COVID-19 distorted the face of the earth not only economically but also physically Human life has changed a lot as the pandemic lingers around and threatens every sphere of life with no signs of improvement From lockdown and suspension of activities some relaxation in the movements are permitted here and there however signs of quarantine exhaustion are seen everywhere COVID-19 is a pandemic affecting many countries globally World Health Organisation identifies COVID-19 as an infectious disease caused by a coronavirus an outbreak started in Wuhan China in December 2019 A locked up due to lockdown began in the month of March and continues partly or totally for more than four months now in India Pundits predict that this pandemic effect would remain till the end of 2020 The first case of COVID-19 in India came to the attention of the public at Thrissur district of Kerala state on January 30 2020 It is said to have tested in a girl medical student who returned from China with the symptoms of flu with

Page 106 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

cough running nose and fever (Vara 2020) Although many conspiracy theories in America suggest a virology lab in China is the starting point of the disease the global sources identify a wet market in Wuhan - China as the ground zero of this pandemic (Gan 2020) COVID-19 started as an epidemic in China in 2019 began to spread to other countries and continents in the first and second months of 2020 Pandemics and epidemics are not new in human history The first recorded pandemic in human history was in the north-eastern city of Pelusium Egypt often referred to as Plague of Justinian in the sixth century AD recorded by the Byzantine historian Procopius (Orent 2004 GageampKosoy 2005) WHO declared Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic in March 2020 and on the 1st of July 2020 there have been 10357662 confirmed cases around the world including 508055 deaths and India has 585493 confirmed cases with 17400 deaths (WHO 1 July 2020) Although WHO promptly gave strategic guidelines to have a lockdown requesting people to stay at homes wash hands frequently using water and soap or use hand sanitizers wear masks in public places and practice social distancing these are not cures or remedies these are precautions not to get affected by the virus As the pharmaceutical companies are competing among each other to find a medicine for this virus so far no vaccines or remedy medicines available in the market In India as a first preventive measure the government announced the total lockdown on March 25 (Chandrashekhar 2020) This sudden lockdown has affected the higher education sector in the worst possible manner just as other social religious or business establishments As the months stack up in the lockdown the younger generation finds it entertaining spending time carousing their mobile phones connected to the social world find life more comfortable and carefree Some people working in the government sector enjoy life as if they received a bonanza once in a lifetime experience of doing nothing and getting the monthly salary which many dreamed of for years Nevertheless it is a different situation for many people The daily wage workers who became jobless instantly private sector employees who do not get their monthly salaries small scale business that closed partly or fully disrupted all increased the economic liabilities of insecure people The pathetic painful life situations of stranded migrants all over India became a major concern The unpreparedness poor planning and the dismal implementation of the movement of migrant labourers to their hometowns after the initial lifting of lockdown by central and state governments resulted in many unreported deaths all over India (Agarwal 2020 Dutta 2020 Khan 2020) Not bothering much about the root cause of this misery the media hailed some people as unsung heroes who ventured to travel miles and miles by foot or bicycles or any stray vehicles on the road The central government of India announced on March 16 that all universities across the country would be closed to contain the COVID-19 outbreak The ruling came into effect the next day A similar declaration came into force in different countries at different dates some in February some in March and some in April The top-notch education institutions around the globe were easily shifted to online teaching mode and comfortably framed their teaching schedules and online exams as they were familiar with the online system that ran parallel to face to face classroom teaching However the

Page 107 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian educational system came to a standstill due to the non-practise of online learning in educational institutions Since the government suspended all academic activities the higher education sector was confused about the semester classes and exams The suspension announcement came in the middle of an academic calendar in many States and in some States at the time of end semester exams To save the situation many colleges jumped into emergency remote teaching through online mode without any preparation Some institutions instantly associated themselves with NGOs research foundations and other private sector EdTech companies to provide online education to their wards (Wadia 2020) Some small institutions requested their teachers to be in constant touch with the students to help them learn and to teach in every possible way In general the higher education sector in India was not prepared to respond promptly Although not ready for the digital initiative many institutions shifted to the digital or e-learning mode for the sake of doing something Lack of institutional preparedness and investment lack of human resource in computer and internet operations for online learning institutions and individuals jumped into the fray Using the social media platform which is the primary medium of entertainment and social communication a platform commonly polluted and misused for spreading rumours and scandals became a medium of education Education went to the extreme level of disturbance and distortion further when there were demands from various sectors to promote all students without any regular end-semester exams (Sharma 2020) The inability to conduct final exams on the one side the uncertainty of opening colleges on the other side the higher education authorities are further pressured by various student bodies to take decisions for which they were not prepared The University Grants Commission (UGC) formed two committees in the month of April 2020 to deliberate on the issues and outcome of lockdown to avoid academic loss and the welfare of the future of students (Pandya 2020) The local universities and autonomous institutions sometimes became hapless in making any announcements to their students regarding the course of action As the universities were unprepared and unauthorised to take individual decisions in the pandemic situation the whole ruling was done by the UGC which in turn heavily dependent on HRD Ministry for all its announcements The non-availability of adequate internet facility in some towns and villages not having laptops or personal computer by teaching faculty and students in the higher education not having a Smartphone by students all crept in as a complex issue stumbling blocks for every possible meaningful teaching-learning process to continue Even some teachers who own a laptop or computer tried to hide this from their management to avoid serious remote teaching works The undeniable fact that almost all teaching faculty and students carry a Smartphone these days became a source of satisfaction saving the situation and became the ultimate medium of education to many Thus most of the initiative taken by the educational institutions in India were emergency remote teaching not online education per se

Page 108 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Online teaching is a powerful medium of imparting knowledge today After the advent of internet and information technology online teaching has become a well-established educational practice all over the world It originated in the form of a correspondence course in England in the 19thcentury (Rumble 1986) When the railway network became very stable in England learning materials were delivered in the mail which was fast and more reliable and thus correspondence learning became popular (Moore ampKearsley 2011) This mode of learning went further into radio learning when such communication became trendy Furthermore when satellites were launched for the use of education in the western countries and TV lectures and live broadcasting became available distance education became popular among both adult and young learners (Casey 2008) Finally by the arrival of information technology based on the existing strong correspondence and distance learning platform online learning evolved Therefore online education has all the elements of quality learning outcome with a well-designed curriculum as well as evidence-based practices The online teaching-learning process is considered a paradigm shift in the way people teach and learn in the era of information technology Some educationists consider this mode as a more active process of learning in which passive students of the classroom become more interactive and collaborative learners (Nilsonamp Goodson2017) Online learning requires students and teachers to possess computers the Internet facility and the motivation to learn through the non-traditional classroom Similarly it also needs the active involvement of teachers trained in the art of online teaching and the institutional infrastructure (Picciano 2018 Bullenamp Janes 2007) If COVID-19 pandemic prolongs the lockdown situation a serious online teaching initiative is needed and the educational institutions need to be prepared for that The three immediate needs that could be foreseen are institutional infrastructure trained faculty members proper equipment like Laptopcomputer and other audiovisual aids for communication (both for teachers and students) and finally good internet facility across the country Therefore it is a collaborative act of individual students teachers management and the government There is a general perception in India among the public that online teaching is inferior to face-to-face education The quality of online education provided by some universities in India in the name of distance education or correspondence courses in the past has an extremely poor record and tarnished the meaning and quality of remote learning There is an ongoing debate among different sectors whether to consider the degrees of distance learning in par with regular education degrees (Sharma 2015) Although UGC recognises many distance education degrees as valid qualification the programmes that need hands-on training like engineering medicine dental pharmacy nursing architecture physiotherapy and similar programs are not permitted under Distance Learning mode(Kunju 2018 UGC 2018) Some well-designed online courses of universities around the globe provide better knowledge to students and the graduates are better equipped with skill sets than degrees obtained from regular classroom learning from shabby universities In this backdrop of the unforeseen pandemic the study is focused on the emergency remote learning in India and the issues related to that

Page 109 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Objectives COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill in many areas The unprecedented lockdown and the unexpected closures of educational institutions in India forced the institutions to initiate remote online teaching This abrupt change of teaching platform from face to face classroom to remote online learning is neither pre-planned it is a temporary solution Therefore it is presumed that there is no physical and technological readiness from the part of the institutions no psychological preparedness from the part of teachers and students which would pose a challenge to the teachers The study therefore focuses on the challenges and issues related to remote learning done through the online platform from three areas the institution teachers and students

1 What is the institutional preparedness for change to remote online teaching during COVID-19 lockdown

2 Teacherrsquos readiness and effectiveness to remote teaching-learning 3 Studentrsquos response to remote learning perceived by teachers 4 What are the key challenges of the unexpected shift in the mode of teaching

Methodology This is exploratory survey research The data was collected from teachers working in higher education institutions of different states of the country through Google form survey method Convenient sampling was used to collect data As per the All India Survey of Higher Education (AISHE) by the HRD Ministry there are 1247453 college teachers in India (Ministry of HRD 2014) Based on this universe the minimum sample size for the survey was set at 273 considering 90 confidence level with a 5 margin of error The college teachers who can access the email or WhatsApp communication app were asked to answer 30 item survey questionnaire prepared by the researchers Besides demographic data the questionnaire was focused on the four objectives of the study Further the data were analysed qualitatively as per the objectives of the study Results and Discussion In this section the data obtained from the survey is given below in percentage and results were discussed as per the objectives of the study The following table gives details of some of the demographics

Table 1 Showing the demographic details (n=279)

Gender Age Education Teaching Experience Working Institution

M 491 lt 24 63 Masters 563 lt 3 34 Pvt Col 563 25-34 526 MPhil 16 4-7 286 Pvt Uni 89 35-44 223 PhD 259 8-12 142 G Col 196

F 509 45-54 143 Post Doc 18 gt 12 232 G Uni 71 gt 55 45 Other 8

Page 110 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The collected data comes from both the genders almost equally As for the age distribution 839 per cent of the teachers who responded fall below the age of 45 belonging to Xennials Millennials and Gen Y Therefore they are more prone to the use of computers and information technology than the rest of the elder generation (Belinne 2017) Majority of the respondents (563) have a Masterrsquos degree Only less than 2 per cent of the subjects have a Post-Doctoral degree Concerning the teaching experience of the respondents 23 per cent has more than 12 years of experience and the majority (626) have less than seven years of teaching Few subjects (268) have industry experience also Majority of the teachers work in private colleges whereas 267 per cent in government colleges or universities Out of 28 Indian States and 8 Union Territories there were respondents from 17States and the Union Territory of Delhi There were no data from Chhattisgarh Goa Himachal Pradesh Manipur Mizoram Odisha Punjab Sikkim Telangana Tripura Uttarakhand The participated subjects from states range from 25 per cent to 09 per cent Institutional preparedness Institutional readiness is a particularly important point while turning physical classroom education into digital education The study results show that majority of the institutions were not prepared at the time of COVID-19 lockdown for online teaching Only 313 per cent of the subjects received some orientation for emergency online mode of education Majority of the colleges did not offer any training 482 per cent of the teachers did not receive any training at all However 866 per cent of the respondents expected some basic training from the institution for emergency remote online teaching Regarding the software used or prescribed by the institutions 357 per cent of the subjects reported that no specific platform was used or prescribed by their institutions Only 63 per cent answered that their institution has specialised software used by the institutions which effortlessly facilitated online teaching The common platforms used by the teachers were Google classroom Zoom Video conferencing MS Team and Skype video and chat discussion Although from 2017 UGC had allowed universities to offer 20 of their course material through the Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) platform called Swayam and conduct regular online exams for students it was not taken up by colleges seriously and not practised fully As per the free facilities provided by the institution to facilitate emergency remote online teaching 902 per cent of the subjects expressed concerns that no free provisions were given to them Those who received free facilities from their institutions reported laptop free Wi-Fi recording instruments and tab However 47 per cent of the teachers expected from their organisations one or other following facilities internet allowance laptop or a Tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for online mode of teaching Few teachers were desperate to mention that they do not expect any freebees except their regular salary Nearly 75 per cent of the teachers opined that the college needs some encrypted safe software and 33 per cent fear that the intellectual property could be stolen or cyber-attacks can disturb them if no proper encrypted software is used

Page 111 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Teacherrsquos preparedness to adopt remote teaching The readiness of the teachers comes from a few factors Primarily it was assessed by the instruments they possess Most of the teachers have a laptop (82) computers (304) and Tab (152) Almost all the teachers can use computers well 383 per cent of the subjects learned it by certificate or degree course Also the computer use expertise scale is skewed positively between 5 and 9 on the scale of 10 being the highest computer knowledge This result is because most of the subjects of the study are below the age of 45 696 per cent of the teachers find it hard to be fully involved in online teaching Also the majority of the teachers (643) felt boredom and were uninterested without students in front of them This answer shows a lack of training teachers had to shift to this emergency online teaching However 42 per cent believe that it could be made interesting if teachers involve fully More than half of the subjects (527) took extra steps and helped the students for active involvement in the teaching-learning process They used video lessons and other video materials motivational talks continuous regular assignments interactive discussions MCQ surprise quiz and personal contacts to reach out to the students To make the learning process stimulating used video conferencing provided online links to read gave Podcasts PPT slides and requested submission of assignments in video mode Studentrsquos response to emergency online teaching In the opinion of teachers the current level of active involvement (518) and paying attention to the teaching-learning process (616) are acceptable in this situation A good majority of the teachers (848) believe that if the students were given training or orientation for online learning the many problems they faced could be avoided The teachers perceive that studentrsquos education was affected by COVID-19 but they are optimistic that the emergency remote learning would bring excellent results in the students The following graph shows the expected per cent learning happens in the students as per the view of teachers

Figure 1 Showing the percentage of learning benefited by the students due to emergency learning

Majority of the teachers (527) believe the percentage of learning among students would be between 40 to 100 per cent and 152indicated that it is above 60 per cent

1530

323750

1250

270

lt20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 gt80

Page 112 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

However 153 per cent of the teachers opined that the learning would be below 20 per cent The main challenges The main challenges faced by teachers in organising emergency online teaching in the colleges could be viewed from three factors Firstly the institutional issues second teacherrsquos concerns and finally student-related issues In the institution-based problems the primary constraint teachers faced is related to infrastructure It means the need for high-end technology and equipment both hardware and software needed for this venture In addition to that the uncertainty of job and income is raised by some faculty members as an issue because the management is confused by the repeated conflicting reports and announcements by the university UGC MHRD ministry state government and central government The higher authorities gave no clear guidelines and the management kept the teachers in a limbo situation in which many private institutions failed to pay the full salary As far as the issues and challenges coming from the faculty members teachers who are trained only for face-to-face teaching mode reported that online teaching is inferior to regular classroom teaching They further opined that the classroom could never be replaced by online education Therefore 643 per cent of the teachers consider lecturing without seeing students face to face is uninteresting There are evidence-based findings that prove that online teaching is not inferior to the regular classroom The belief of the teachers regarding the superiority of classroom teaching also reveals the fact that they lack training and proper orientation for online education Some teachers even think that the online classroom is limited to sharing notes in Google classroom or WhatsApp group Even in emergencies these are not sufficient for imparting knowledge Another challenge identified by teachers is the attitude of students towards learning It is a known fact that not all students are interested in acquiring knowledge There are a good number of students who want to get degrees or diplomas and they are least interested in learning Placing proxy students or copying assignments or quizzes cannot be verified when a proper sophisticated software system is not in use These became constraint for some teachers Also students are not trained or prepared for online classes resulting in less enthusiasm among students for learning during the pandemic emergency period As some teachers suggested the level of motivation among students to acquire knowledge is limited and those who are committed towards academics will benefit quite remarkably from online learning Some teachers narrated that the Indian system of education that focuses on memorising notes and omitting them in exams does not give room for learning concepts in an application-oriented way Therefore online teaching-learning becomes a challenge for both teachers as well as students Another major issue raised by nearly 35 per cent of the respondents is the slow data connection and weak signal strength This issue lies with the Telecom policy of the government and the major service providers It is a shocking fact to know that Telecom network is an issue in the 21st century When the government encourages online transaction to boost transparency in money matters the government should provide

Page 113 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

proper network facility not only in rural areas but also in the cities Therefore the Indian infrastructure development in Telecom affects emergency education services too Conclusion The COVID-19 pandemic made the world standstill comma and the unprecedented lockdown forced the sudden closures of educational institutions which in turn initiated emergency remote online learning Therefore there was no physical technological psychological or social readiness from the part of the institution teachers and students The study findings reveal that the teachers expect some essential facilities like Wi-Fiinternet allowance laptop or tab good teaching-learning software and other instruments needed for remote learning from the institutions They also expected some training for teachers and orientation for students on this new platform The findings thus bring out the fact that many higher education institutions were lacking in IT facilities and do not have adequate preparedness to cater to the concept of e-learning Teachers on the other hand despite having computers were not aware of the intricacies of online learning and the usefulness of technology in imparting better knowledge than classroom education However the efforts some teachers put to attract the attention of students were truly commendable The study also brings out the fact that the students need a change of attitude towards online education and how to make use of it for improving knowledge Although UGC and NAAC repeatedly requesting colleges to implement ICT based teaching imparting technology-oriented education is far from reality in the Indian scenario Recommendations 1 Due to the uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic institutions and teachers need to be ready for online teaching 2 Institutions should have necessary infrastructures like uninterrupted power supply Internet with sufficient bandwidth for audiovideo communication and encrypted software 3 Adequate training for staff and students 4 Use of smartphone as the only equipment for virtual classroom limits the vibrant remote learning process Therefore the use of a computer laptoptablet would be ideal References Agarwal K (2020) Not Just the Aurangabad Accident 383 People Have Died Due to the Punitive Lockdown Retrieved on June 26 from httpsthewirein Belinne J (2017) The Care and Feeding of Your Young Employee A Managers Guide to Millennials and Gen Z Amazon CreateSpace Bullen M amp Janes D (2007) Making the Transition to E-Learning Strategies and Issues Information Science Publishing Casey D M (2008) The Historical Development of Distance Education through Technology TechTrends 52(2) 45ndash51 Chandrashekhar V (2020) 13 billion people A 21-day lockdown Can India curb the coronavirus Retrieved on June 22 from wwwsciencemagorg

Page 114 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Dutta A (2020) 198 migrant workers killed in road accidents during lockdown Report Retrieved on June 26 fromhttpswwwhindustantimescom Gage K L and M Y Kosoy (2005) Natural history of the plague perspectives from more than a century of research Annual Review of Entomology 50505 ndash 528 Gan N (2020) China to lift lockdown on Wuhan ground zero of coronavirus pandemic CNN online edition Retrieved on June 25 from httpseditioncnncom Khan F (2020) Mapping Accidents That Killed Over 100 Migrant Workers on Their Way to Home During Lockdown Retrieved on June 28 fromhttpswwwnews18com Kunju S (2018) Open Degrees Are Equivalent to Regular Degrees UGC Retrieved on June26 from wwwndtvcom Ministry of HRD (2014) All India Survey on Higher Education 2011-2012 Govt of India Delhi Moore M G ampKearsley G (2011) Distance Education A Systems View Belmont CA Wadsworth Nilson L Bamp Goodson L A (2017) Online Teaching at Its Best Merging Instructional Design with Teaching and Learning Research Jossey-Bass Inc Orent W (2004) Plague the mysterious past and mystifying future of the worlds most dangerous disease Free Press New York Pandya J (2020) HRD Minister Asks UGC to Revisit College Exam Guidelines Says focus On Health amp Safety Retrieved on June 25 from httpswwwrepublicworldcom Picciano A G (2018) Online Education Foundations Planning and Pedagogy Routledge Rumble G (1986) The planning and management of distance education London UKCroom Helm Sharma JP (2015) Is an open and distance learning degree substandardRetrieved on June 26 from httpswwwhindustantimescom Sharma K (2020) Colleges could drop plan to conduct offline exams in July as Covid cases rise Retrieved on June 25 fromhttpstheprintin UGC (2018) Public Notice on Recognizing and treating the DegreesDiplomas Retrieved on June 24 from httpswwwugcacinpdfnews5628873_UGC-Public-Notice---treating-all-degreespdf Vara V (2020) Coronavirus in India how the COVID-19 could impact the fast-growing economy Retrieved on June 15 from wwwpharmaceutical-technologycom Wadia L C (2020) Graduating from emergency remote teaching to online higher education in India Retrieved on June 10 from httpswwworfonlineorg WHO(2020) Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Dashboard updated on July 1 2020 608pm CEST Retrieved on July 1 from httpscovid19whoint

Page 115 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

IMPACT OF COVID-19 ON THE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT

Virendra Singh

PhD Scholar SSJ Campus Almora Kumaun University Nainital Abstract

COVID-19 Compassion is not just a virus but a vicious circle of a serious crisis one to ten ten to hundred and hundred to thousand it is spreading one man in The Wuhan must have been infected and today the whole world has been affected by it do not come to your own house we are all inviting it with my own small negligence if it comes to the doorstep of the house Will not go empty handed In these circumstances we should think about how education can be spread to children in all the rural areas of the country where there is no means of telecommunications Millions of students from schools and colleges around the world are joining the class through Zoom although such distance education is not just for the youth it can be very useful for 4 people like us as well The epidemic has brought millions of working Indians to the brink of scarcity by the already widespread social inequality and deepened job and income losses Now we will not only have less food to eat but also the quality of it which will make them far more vulnerable to not just COVID-19 but also to different kinds of diseases The epidemic is not just a biomedical issue but also a social issue there have been indications that the COVID-19 alcohol ism has caused an increase in domestic violence and suicide and death and disease poverty and unemployment are also the essential consequences of the epidemic so not only public health expert economists but also experts in their subject should consult the government with sociologists and psychologists When we look to the future we can expect based on the fact that our population is somewhat young compared to Europe and North America The epidemic in India probably took the lives of fewer people than luck so it is being said that once this passes we will need to re-constitute with re-formations of our economy for far greater protection and caution to our society and our health system Keywords COVID-19 Epidemic Unemployment Rural telecommunications Online Education

The closure of schools colleges and educational institutions due to corona virus has affected the education of 157 crore students in 191 countries of the world which is 913 percent of the total students enrolled at various levels This information has been revealed in the study of UN Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) It said that the most impact of the closure of the school is affecting the students and girls of the disadvantaged sections

Page 116 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

According to UNESCOs global monitoring study of school closures due to COVID-19 an estimated 1575270054 students (learners) in 191 countries have been affected by 14 April 2020 The number of girls in it is 743 crore According to the World Banks education team the corona virus (Corona virus) Covid-19 epidemic poses a risk of very poor education outcomes He has said that if no aggressive policy is adopted it will have a very bad effect on the education and health of children and youth World Bank experts have said that even before the epidemic the world was going through an education crisis and had already deviated from the path of achieving the goals of Sustainable Development Goal Under the Sustainable Development Goal for all countries commit to among other ambitious goals that all girls and children complete free equal and quality primary and secondary education He said the epidemic has already had a profound impact on education as schools are closed almost everywhere in the world this is the biggest setback for all education systems in our lifetime The damage will be further aggravated when a health emergency turns into a deep global recession The World Banks education team said it is possible to counter the setback and turn the crisis into an opportunity The report states the first step is to successfully withstand school closures This can be done by protecting health and reducing the harm to students using distance education Also countries need to start planning to reopen schools This means preventing students at school from dropping out of education ensuring healthy conditions at school and using new technologies to promote rapid learning in key areas once children return to school More than a million people have been infected with Covid-19 and the number of deaths from it is 283 lakhs In the wake of the epidemic all the educational institutions were suddenly stopped so that the Corona could be protected from infection after which all the institutions made a commendable effort to run the teaching work at their home by using Google Meet Zoom etc with the help of internet for teaching In spite of all the difficulties people are able to work through this medium in the meantime various Webinar are also getting a lot of possibilities for academic action and this digital medium has been used for infinite possibilities while teaching from the Internet the teacher also has to be ready His work becomes an account of his class video and his text content may be used later it is also possible to improve and expand a particular kind of creativity in doing such work A primary student is attending his class through a laptop or mobile in a village in Uttar Pradesh several 100 kilometers away from Delhi He is talking to the teacher and reading not only the teacher the student also has to pay attention during the class period because all is transparent and there is no option to engage in educational work so that new dimensions are also added

Page 117 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Taking online education as an opportunity to use it on ideal education can give a positive direction to compulsion virtually online education is in both alternative and complementary roles The work started several years ago some of the measures provide one-sided information but there are many who give active participation to the student who is using it Of course the teachers behavior gestures and social differences are also not possible to reach the opportunities that the students give to them to learn but the difficulties with the teacher such as his unavailable can also be overcome by not preparing properly for the classroom or behaving unfairly with the students etc In independent India the network of educational institutions has expanded yet the satisfaction of ministrations in every sector has not been provided and the centers which are there face all difficulties in their operation when we consider that the number of school-going children has grown exponentially the problem looks even more formidable It is constantly being experienced that there are many hurdles in the way of meeting the needs like school building teacher textbook hostel and library and a certain level of quality required in teaching work

Red tape is legal difficulty due to the vandalism of permanent elements etc most of the educational institutions have been battling continuously for many years meanwhile institutions with systems below standard levels also spread like mushrooms for other reasons The private sector has been flooded with institutions ranging from nursery and primary to university which are charging arbitrary fees some are good in terms of quality Some of them are good in terms of quality so a large number of standards do not meet the result is that both students and parents have started spreading discontent so the number of certificates that pass the exam has increased The number of such certificates has increased but there is also a shortage of qualified candidates in terms of capacity and skill etc in this skewed environment of demand and supply in the academic business the system of distance education has shown a new path

The National Institute of Open Education and IGNOU have taken a flexible stand in the system of formal education but have not compromised in terms of quality there have been good results in such a system which is being found to be satisfactory and the qualifications and capacity of the students are being found satisfactory Many state governments have also set up universities for distance education But the mental stress of adolescent studentrsquos increases greatly when even those who get good marks do not get admission in the next class in such an environment important work has started under the National Mission on Education of Information and Communication Technology which has the most ambitious programmed called self It provides for conducting 2000 courses which are available to both formal and informal students of school college and university level

Page 118 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

The study on the emerging dimensions in the field of education after the passing of Covid-19 said Due to Covid-19 epidemic more people are studying in digital medium and short duration courses are also becoming popular Huh These changes are causing difficulty but they are also showing examples of innovation in the field of education This indicates that the impact of digital medium is going to be long lasting in the academic world

According to a study conducted by Pearson after the corona virus epidemic and its ensuing lockdown schools and colleges will have to invest in sustainable technical infrastructure in which the training of teachers will be focused on the skills of working in a digital environment and higher educational institutions The examination will be conducted online through traditional methods London-based Pearson is a leading global service provider of schools and students in the field of academic publishing and testing The study said Digital medium will be used more to study in schools and colleges Use of apps and email like WhatsApp zoom team will increase to achieve educational goals Academic institutions will develop such infrastructure in which teachers and students will be able to read and study while remaining outside the academic campus Institutions will invest in such permanent technical infrastructure through which quality online education can be imparted According to the study conducted on the basis of the methods being adopted in different countries higher educational institutions will evaluate students through online instead of traditional methods of examination Work Cited httpkhabarndtvcomnews httpwwwindiacom httpswwwwhoint

Page 119 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REVIEW ON NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING

RELATED TO DEPLOYMENT MODELS AND CLOUD SERVICE MODELS

T Srajan Kumar1 K Bharath Reddy2 E Lingamurthy3 Vignanrsquos Institute of Management and Technology for Women Ghatkesar Hyderabad

Telangana India ABSTRACT Cloud computing technology is a better and unique way for modern era The reason for cloud computing is different kinds of resources are shared on network platform The resources are storage servers power consumption security and other computing infrastructure in several multiple locations which are connected by network For many cloud computing applications are completely depends on network performance and security So it is a key issue for any cloud computing performance with good results Keywords- Network Connectivity in Cloud Computing Deployment Models and Service Models 1 INTRODUCTION In the cloud when an application is submitted for its execution needy and suitable resources are allocated from the collection of resources as all these resources are connected through the network the cloud user will get their required results So cloud computing has four deployment models we consider those important aspects relate to the cloud and their accessibility from the view of network connectivity [1] [3] 11 CLOUDCOMPUTING Cloudis another name given as a network or internet Cloud Computing is the process of resource sharing for online applications It provides huge space for data storage Cloud computing is a platform independent [1] [5]

Page 120 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY IN CLOUD COMPUTING For many cloud computing applications the network connectivity performance will be the key issue for good results over cloud Cloud computing has various deployment options we now consider the important aspects related to cloud deployment models and their accessibility of network connectivity [2] [5] 21 Public cloud access network connectivity In these public cloud access network connectivity though some cloud providers are able to support virtual private network VPN for Users While accessing the public cloud will always creates an issue related to security and performance One of the possible approaches can be maintained for security and performance is the network connectivity should be in encrypted tunnels The data can be exchanged through the pipes via secure fashion without any problems The procedure may be overhead in the connectivity if we want to reduce the delay in time without any compromising we have to select good routing protocol or suitable routing methods for any transiting hops The end-to-end connectivity is provided between the cloud provider and cloud consumer

22 Private cloud access networking connectivity In these private cloud accesses network connectivity the cloud is among organizational network and the technology approaches are local to the in-house networking structure In this virtual private network is provided for services In an organizational network structure application submitted for execution is properly done Some private networks have been architected for on-premise application and security 3 CLOUD DEPLOYMENTMODELS Cloud deploy models are essential for any cloud services which are divided into four types [2] [5] ie 31 Public CloudModel In Public Cloud Model cloud systems and services are accessible to public Public cloud is a type of shareable storage services Eg Microsoft Google Email

Page 121 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] CostEffective [2] Reliability [3] Flexibility [4] LocationIndependence [5] HighScalability

Disadvantages [1] Low Security [2] Less customizable

32 Private Cloud Model In Private Cloud model cloud systems and services are accessible within an organization It can be internally managed or by third- party Private cloud is a type of dedicatable storage services Eg Meeseva ERP etc

Advantages

[1] Higher Security and Privacy [2] More Control [3] Cost and energy efficiency

Disadvantages [1] Restricted Area [2] Inflexible Pricing [3] Limited Scalability [4] Additional Skills

33 Hybrid Cloud Model The Hybrid Cloud is a combination of public and private cloud Critical activities are performed using private cloud and non- critical activities using private cloud

Page 122 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Scalability [2] Flexibility [3] Cost Efficiencies

Disadvantages [1] Networking Issues [2] Security Compliance [3] Infrastructural Dependency

34 Community Cloud Model In Community Cloud model cloud system and services are accessible by group of organizations It shares the infrastructure between several organizations It can be internally managed or by third-party

Advantages

[1] Costeffective [2] Sharing Between Organizations [3] Security

Disadvantages

[1] Since all data is housed at one location therefore one must be careful in storing data in community cloud because it might be accessible by others

4 CLOUD SERVICEMODELS There are three cloud service models They are

[1] Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS)Model [2] Platform as a Service(PaaS)Model [3] Software as a Service(SaaS)Model

Page 123 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

41 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure to deploy or implement any software on the computing resources which are provided by the service providers The infrastructure underline the following things are compute network load balancer and storage are managed by the service providersUsing server virtualization the above resources are made available to end client or customerIaaS provides access to resources such as [3] [4] [1] Virtual machine disk storage [2] Virtual local area network(VLANs) [3] Load balancers [4] IPaddresses [5] Softwarebundles [6] Physical and virtualmachines Advantages [1] Portability [2] Interoperability with Legacy Applications Disadvantages [1] Compatibility with Legacy SecurityVulnerabilities [2] Virtual MachineSprawl [3] Robustness of VM-levelIsolation [4] Data ErasePractices Characteristics [1] Virtual machines with pre-installedsoftware [2] Virtual machines with pre-installed Operating Systems such as windows Linux

andSolaris [3] On-demand availability ofresources [4] Allows storing of particular data in particularlocation 42 Platform as a Service (PaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure offers development amp deployment tools that are required to develop applications and run time environment for applications Some of the popular PaaS providers include Google App Engine Red Hat Open Shift etc

Page 124 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Advantages [1] Lower administrative overhead [2] Lower total cost of ownership [3] Scalable Solutions [4] More current system software

Disadvantages

[1] Lack of portability between PaaS clouds [2] Event Based Processor Scheduling [3] Security Engineering of PaaS applications

43 Software as a Service (SaaS) In this model ability given to the infrastructure it refers to software that is deployed on a host service and is accessible via internet Software as a Service (SaaS) model provides applications as a service to the end users Applications

[1] Billing and Invoicing System [2] Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications [3] Help Desk Applications [4] Human Resource (HR) Solutions

Characteristics

[1] SaaS makes the software available over the internet [2] They are available on demand [3] They can be scaled up or down on demand [4] They are automatically upgraded and updated

Advantages

[1] Modest Software Tools [2] Efficient use of Software Licenses [3] Centralized Management amp Data [4] Platform responsibilities managed by provider [5] Multitenant solutions

Disadvantages

[1] Browser based risks [2] Network dependence [3] Lack of portability between SaaS clouds

CONCLUSION This paper discussed the definition of cloud computing network connectivity in cloud computing deployment models and service models It also address the challenges and issues in cloud computing In spite of these limitations cloud computing has many advantages and is used in many businesses purpose

Page 125 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

REFERENCES

[1] httpsazuremicrosoftcomen-inoverviewwhat-is-cloud-computing [2] httpswwwtutorialspointcomcloudcomputingindexhtm [3] httpsawsamazoncomwhat-is-cloud-computing [4] httpswwwinvestopediacomtermsccloud-computingasp [5] httpsCloud-Computing BooksEssentials of cloud computing(2015)

Page 126 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A STUDY OF SCHOLASTIC ACHIEVEMENT OF GIFTED SECONDARY

SCHOOL STUDENTS OF VIJAYAPUR DISTRICT IN RELATION TO THEIR SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT

1Smt JyotilaxmiMIrasur and 2ProfVVMalagi

1Research Scholar and 2Professor Department of Education Karnataka State Akkamahadevi Womenrsquos University

Vijayapur Abstract In the present investigation an attempt has been made to study the Scholastic Achievement of gifted secondary school students in relation to their School Adjustment The sample consisted of 600 gifted students studying in 9th std secondary school students of Vijayapur District The Academic Achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and School Adjustment Inventory for School Students by Dr AKP Sinha and DrRPSingh was used to collect the data from the sample subject The statistical techniques used are Differential analysis Mean SD correlation T-test ANOVA and Regression analysis The result shows that the gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with low and high School Adjustment have different scholastic achievement scores The gifted boy students have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of rural schools have significant lesser School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher School Adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district The gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district have different School Adjustment scores Key words School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement Introduction In the present society education is widely understood as an important factor scientific and economic development of a nation The importance of achievement in educational institutions is a matter of great social salience and concern It has now become an imperative for educationalists to ensure maximum achievement of all students enrolled for higher education both for the benefit of society and for the individual himself In spite of the numerous reforms those are being made for maximizing the academic achievement of pupils in educational institution The research topic aims to clarify the concepts of School Adjustment and Scholastic Achievement of the students and provide some insight into a topic which teachers and parents are likely

Page 127 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

to encounter It may be also even to embrace for their children to remain successful and competitive in this new knowledge era Man is a social animal He is sensitive enough to adjust to his environment Adjustment is process by which the individual tries to have cordial and co-operative relationship with his surroundings Adjustment can be understood as both process and the outcome of that process in the form of some attainment of goal When a poor child studies under the candle light because he has no lighting arrangement at home he is said to be in a process of adjustment What he attains in terms of success in his examination or the fulfillment of his ambition or pride in his achievement is nothing but the result of his adjustment to his self and his environment Thus adjustment as an achievement means how the potency with which an individual can act in changed circumstances and is as such related to his sufficiency and regarded as an achievement that is attained either badly or well Adjustment as a process describes and explains the ways and means of an individualrsquos adaptation to his self and his environment without reference to the quality of such adjustment or its outcome in terms of success or failure It only shows how individuals or a group of people cope under changing circumstances and what factors influence this adjustment Gifted students learn differently from their peers They learn and understand new matter in a very a smaller amount of time They distinguish facts and concepts at more concrete and difficult levels than do their peers They are more interested in definite topics and have complexity in moving on to other learning tasks until they feel contented that they have learned as much as they probably can about their zealous interest Lastly gifted students are able to execute on many different levels of concentration so without paying direct and visual attention to them they can monitor classroom activities and they should have opportunities to function at more advanced levels of complexity and depth and to tie their own passionate interests into their schoolwork

Scholastic achievement is the criterion for selection promotion or recognition in various walks of life the attention of educators are being increasing down to it In the present study scholastic achievement refers to the marks obtained by the students in different subjects and also their performance in other activities are considered It is defined as the desire to excel regardless of social reward and the desire of wining or doing better than someone else Scholastic Achievement is defined as success in completion with standard of excellencerdquo This is also defined as the desire to exceed regardless of social rewards Objectives of the study 1) To identify the gifted students studying in secondary schools of Vijayapur District 2) To find out the relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment among the secondary school gifted students of Vijayapur District 3) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to gender (girls and boys) 4) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to locality (urban and rural)

Page 128 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

5) To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur city with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) 6)To study the difference in school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur District with respect to medium of instruction (Kannada and English) Hypotheses

Ho1 There is no significant relationship between scholastic achievement and school adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district Ho2 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to gender (girls and boys) Ho3 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to locality (urban and rural) Ho4 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to type of management (government aided and unaided) Ho5 There is no significant difference in the level of school adjustment among the secondary school students of Vijayapur district with respect to medium of instruction (English and Kannada) Variables Independent variables is school adjustment Dependent variable is Scholastic Achievement Limitations The present study was confined to 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Methodology The study was designed to find out Scholastic Achievements and School Adjustment of gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District The study conducted on sample of 600 students of 9th std gifted secondary school students of Vijayapur District Stratified random sampling technique was employed Tools The scholastic achievement is the marks scored by the students in their previous class have been collected and school adjustment tool was prepared by the investigator Statistical Techniques used Mean SD correlation T-test and ANOVA were used for calculating and for analyzing the data Analysis of data

Page 129 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Table-1 No significant correlation between scholastic achievements with school adjustment of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Table-2 No significant difference between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Sex Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Boys 1736 329 Girls 1810 336 598 27149 19600 lt005 S Table-3 No significant difference between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Rural 1750 255 Urban 1793 380 598 15390 19600 gt005 NS Table ndash 4 No significant difference between Kannada and English medium gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Location Average Std Dev df t-value Critical

value P-value Signi

Kannada medium 1744 307

English medium 1818 365 598 27112 19600 lt005 S

Table ndash 5 No significant difference between gifted students of government aided and unaided secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores Managements Government Aided Unaided

Average 1668 1823 1834

SD 238 37 354

Government -

Aided P=00001 S -

Unaided P=00001 S P= 09281 NS -

Variables

Correlation between scholastic achievement with

r-value t-value p-value

School adjustment 07410 269818 00001S

Page 130 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

From the table 1 it can be seen that a significant and positive relationship was observed between school adjustment and scholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district From the table 2 it can be inferred that a significant difference was observed between boy and girl gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 3 it can be seen that a non significant difference was observed between gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 4 it can be seen that a significant difference was observed between gifted students of Kannada medium and English medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district with respect to school adjustment scores From the table 5 it can be seen the gifted students of aided and unaided secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of government Major findings

1 The higher or lower in school adjustment supports in increase or decrease thescholastic achievement scores of gifted students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

2 The gifted boy students have significant lesser school adjustment scores as compared to gifted girl students of secondary schools in Vijayapur district

3 The gifted students of rural and urban secondary schools in Vijayapur district have similar school adjustment scores

4 The gifted students of English medium schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of Kannada medium secondary schools in Vijayapur district

5 The gifted students of aided and unaided secondary schools have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to gifted students of government secondary schools in Vijayapur district

Conclusion The secondary school gifted students with high school adjustment have higher scholastic achievement scores as compared to students with low school adjustment The girl gifted secondary school students have significant higher school adjustment as compared to boy students The gifted students of urban secondary school have significant higher school adjustment scores as compared to students of rural

Page 131 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

References 1 Advanced general Psychology course-I lesson I-20 MSc applied psychology

Annamalai University press 2 Afshan (1991) MPhil Edu Univof Kashmir A study made on gifted rural and

urban girls their vocational interests and creativity Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

3 Aggarwal Kantaprasad-(1988) PhD Edn Jamia Millia Islamia Investigated the types of schools and corresponding factors as predicators of creativity at secondary level surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II(1988-92)

4 AggarwalJC ldquoEducational Research an Institutionrdquo New Delhi- Arya Book Depot

5 Basabtia JM and MukhopadyayaD(2001) ldquoEffects of Environmental Factors on Achievement a study on Rural Studentsrdquo The Educational Review Vol144NoIINov2001pp201-204

6 Bhaskar Rao D Somasuraya Prakash Rao ABhuvaneswaraLakshi G (2004) The Educational Review Jan2004 387 9th cross Mahalaxmin Layout Banglore-560086

7 BestJohnW ldquoResearch in Educationrdquo Fourth Edition New Delhi Prentice Hall of India (1977)

8 ChadhaNK and Chandra Sunanda-(1990) A study made on creativity Intelligence and scholastic achievementIndian educational Review Vol 25(3) 81-85 Surveys of educational research MBBuch Vol-II-(1988-92)

9 DandpaniSldquoAdvanced Educational Psychologyrdquo Anmol publications PvtLtd New Delhi 1 1002

10 SK Mangal- Advanced Educational psychology second Edition published by Asoka G Ghosh prentice Hall of India Pvt New Delhi 110001 (2007)

Page 132 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ADVANCED MACRO MODIFIED TEXTURAL SOIL CLASSIFICATION

SYSTEM

Jitendra Khatti[1] Prof Kamaldeep Singh Grover[2] PhD Research Scholar Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[1]

Professor Department of Civil Engineering RTU Kota[2]

Abstract ndash Soil classification is a method and system of identify classify and nomenclature of soil which is based on particle size and consistency limits There are many soil classifications are present ie AASTHO classification system MIT classification system HRB classification system Indian soil classification system USDA soil classification system Unified soil classification system and many others These all present available soil classification or classification systems are consisting of limitations Due to these limitations a new soil classification is required to develop The developed new soil classification is named as Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System This classification system is based on sum of percentage weight retained and percentage weight retained of soil particles The first coarse ndash grained textural triangle is introduced by advanced macro modified textural soil classification system The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is made by coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle and middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of properties of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle This classification system also introduced the twenty ndash four nomenclatures of soil Keywords Middle ndash Grained Triangle Percentage Weight Retained Ultra ndash Sand Soil Particle Coarse ndash Grained Triangle 1 Introduction In this universe everything is divided or classified by their properties or formation or formation process Similarly the soil is also classified and these classifications were introduced by numerous scientists and organizations Scientists and researchers introduced the two types of classification of soil on the basis of field or research area ie agricultural soil classification and mechanical or engineering classification The present available soil classifications or classification systems are Massachusetts Institute of Technology System Textural Classification System International Classification System Unified Soil Classification System Indian Soil Classification System US bureau of Public Road Association and AASTHO classification systemEvery soil classification or classification system is consisting of limitation The Indian soil classification system introduced many terms to define soil ie Well Graded Soil Poorly Graded Soil and Uniformly Graded Soil These terms of classification of soil were not well defined and given statements were not also cleared A statement ldquoWell graded soil is a soil Which is consisting of good representation of all the particlerdquo was given for well graded soil The good representation of all soil particles may be based on physical

Page 133 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

appearance or parentage weight of particle of particles Unified soil classification system introduced the dual classification of soil but the criteria of dual classification was not cleared The textural classification system was introduced for classifying agricultural soil These limitations showed the geotechnical engineering is requirement a new soil classification system 2 Advanced Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System On the basis of limitations in present available soil classifications or classification systems a new soil classification system is required to develop For the better classification of soil a classification of soil is proposed and it is named as Advance Macro Modified Textural Soil Classification System The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the concept of percentage weight retained of soil particles This classification system is introduced twenty ndash four types of classified soil The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is shown in Fig 1

Fig 1 ndash Advanced macro modified textural soil classification system 21 Size of Particles and Their Designations The proposed advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of six soil particles ie gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay The particle size of gravel more than 20mm sand 20mm to 01mm ultra ndash sand 01mm to 002mm silt 002mm to 20microns clay 20microns to 02microns and ultra ndash clay less then to

Page 134 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

02microns are introduced by international classification system The sand particle is sub ndash classified as very coarse coarse medium and fine sand Similarly silt and clay particles are sub ndash divided as coarse and fine ndash grained particles 22 Development of Triangles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles are known as coarse ndash grained particles and remaining soil particles (silt clay and ultra ndash clay) are known as fine ndash grained particles By the overlapping of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle another triangle is evolved and it is named as middle ndash grained triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particle 221 Coarse ndash Grained Triangle The coarse ndash grained triangle is evolved by gravel sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The coarse ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 2 with classification of soil

Fig 2 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle 222 Fine ndash Grained Triangle The fine ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash clay soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash clay particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The fine ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classification of soils The fine ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 3 with classification of soil

Page 135 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 3 ndash Classification of soil by fine ndash grained triangle 223 Middle ndash Grained Triangle The middle ndash grained triangle is formed by the overlapping of coarse ndash grained triangle and fine ndash grained triangle at fifty percentage weight retained of soil particles The middle ndash grained triangle is consisting of sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay soil particles The silt and clay soil particles are arranged at left and right axis of triangle respectively The sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of coarse and fine ndash grained triangle respectively Similarly the sand and clay soil particle are arranged at bottom axis of triangle The middle ndash grained triangle has introduced ten classifications of soil The middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 4 with classifications of soil

Fig 4 ndash Classification of soil by middle ndash grained triangle

Page 136 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

A triangle is formed by three axes hence the middle ndash grained triangle is further sub ndash divided as upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle a Upper Middle ndash Grained Triangle The upper middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt sand and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The upper middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 5 with classification of soil

Fig 5 ndash Classification of soil by upper middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt sand and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 50 to 100 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt sand and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and the axis of silt and sand is scaled from zero to fifty percent b Lower Middle ndash Grained Triangle The lower middle ndash grained triangle is evolved by silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles The silt clay and ultra ndash sand particles are arranged at left bottom and right axis of triangle respectively The lower middle ndash grained triangle is shown in Fig 6 with classification of soil

Page 137 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Fig 6 ndash Classification of soil by lower middle ndash grained triangle The axis of silt clay and ultra ndash sand is varied from 50 to 100 0 to 50 and 0 to 50 respectively If a soil specimen is consisting of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particles only the percentage weight retained of silt clay and ultra ndash sand soil particle is re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained of these soil particles and axis of silt particle is scaled from zero to fifty percent

3 Method of Classification of Soil The classification of soil is based on the sum of percentage weight retained of soil particles Each triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is consisting of three soil particles If the sum of percentage weight retained of these three soil particle is higher as compared sum of percentage weight retained of other set of three soil particles the classification of soil is done by triangle of higher sum of percentage weight retainedThe advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on the star key method In the classification system the rays are drawn with respect to next axis of triangle in clockwise direction If star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle the ray of gravel is drawn with respect to axis of ultra ndash sand ray of ultra ndash sand is drawn with respect of axis of sand and ray of sand is drawn with respect to axis of gravel particle For the classification of soil the following steps are given below ndash i Take a 1000gram soil specimen now put this soil specimen in sieve set of

advancedmacro modified textural soil classification system and cover the top sieve by lid

ii Now put the sieve set on the sieve shaker and start sieving for 5 to 6 minutes After sieving of soil specimen determine weight of soil specimen for particular

Page 138 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

sieve or sieve size by weighing machine or balance The weight of soil specimen is known as weight retained of soil specimen or particles Now the percentage of weight retained of particles is calculated

iii After calculating percentage weight retained of soil particles the percentage weight retained of particle for coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle A triangle is selected for classification of soil which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of soil particles

iv Now the selected triangle and classification of soil is drawn The rays are drawn in selected triangle with the help of percentage weight retained of soil particles These rays are met at a point which is known as STAR KEY

v The classification of soil is done by star key and the method is known as star key method

vi If a soil is consisting of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt soil particle The classification of soil is done by middle ndash grained triangle While classifying the soil the percentage weight retained of ultra ndash sand sand or clay and silt particles are re ndash calculated for fifty percentage weight retained The rays star keyis drawn for re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of soil particles

4 Results A soil specimen is tested in geotechnical laboratoryFrom the test results of soil specimen the specimen is consisting of maximum quantity of gravel particles The percentage weight retained of soil particles of soil specimen is calculated in Table 1 Table 1 ndash Calculation of Percentage weight retained of soil specimen Particle Name

Retained

Sum of Percentage Weight Retained of Soil Particles

Recalculation of Wt Retained of Coarse ndash Grained Particles

Coarse Fine Upper Lower Gravel (G) 44

86

51 Sand (S) 24

52

28 Ultra ndash Sand (Us)

18

32

21

Silt (Ms) 10

14

- Clay (C) 4 - Ultra ndash Clay (Uc)

0 -

From the calculation the percentage weight retained of gravel sand ultra ndash sand silt and clay particle are determined as 44 24 18 10 and 4 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle fine ndash grained triangle upper

Page 139 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

middle ndash grained triangle and lower middle ndash grained triangle is calculated as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively The sum of percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained triangle is higher as compared other triangle of advanced macro modified textural soil classification Hence the classification of soil is done by coarse ndash grained triangle The percentage weight retained of particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is re ndash calculated for hundred percentage weight retained The axes ofcoarse and fine ndash grained are ranged from zero percent to hundred percent The percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand is re ndash calculated as 51 28 and 21 respectively For the classification of soil the star key is drawn by the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of gravel sand and ultra ndash sand particles The star key is drawn in coarse ndash grained triangle and it is shown in Fig 8

Fig 8 ndash Classification of soil by coarse ndash grained triangle (star key method) From Fig 8 it is observed that the classification of soil specimen A is done as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend Here blend is presenting the mixture of soil particle which is formed by sand soil particles

5 Discussion From the study of present available soil classifications and classification systems it is observed that the classification of soil is not done by US Bureau of Public Road Association MIT classification system International Classification System because these classification or classification system is defined range of particles size only The USDA soil classification system is used for agricultural soil classification If a soil is evolved by coarse ndash grained particle hence the classification of soil is not done by USDA soil classification system The Indian soil classification system is not classified soil on the basis of quantity of soil particles or mix state of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is introduced the ldquohow a soil is classified on the basis of quantity of particle and mix state of soil particlesrdquo In

Page 140 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

advanced macro modified textural soil classification system it is also observed that the classification of soil is done by soil particle which is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained 6 Conclusions From the experimental results and study of different soil classifications and classification systems the following conclusions are mapped ndash i The range of size of sand silt and clay particles were introduced by MIT

classification system US bureau of public road association classification system international classification system but the classification of soil was not introduced by these classifications or classification systems

ii AASTHO classification and HRB classification was developed for classifying the soil for pavement design The soil particles are classified as per requirement of pavement

iii Indian soil classification system introduced dual symbol system but the symbol system was not described for combination of coarse and fine ndash grained particles

iv The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced the classification of soil on the basis of quantity of particle or percentage weight retained of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system introduced fifty classifications of soil

v From the test results of soil specimen A it has observed that the percentage weight retained of coarse fine upper and lower middle ndash grained triangle has determined experimentally as 86 14 52 and 32 respectively It is also observed that the coarse ndash grained triangle is consisting of maximum percentage weight retained of gravel particles The axis of each particle of coarse ndash grained triangle is ranged from zero to hundred percentage Hence the percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles is re ndash calculated for hundred percent From the re ndash calculated percentage weight retained of coarse ndash grained particles the soil has classified as Gravel Ultra ndash Sand Sand Blend

From the conclusions it is summarized that the advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is based on percentage weight retained of soil particle as well as on quantity of soil particles The advanced macro modified textural soil classification system is sophisticated classification of soil References Casagrande A (1948) ldquoClassification and Identification of Soils Transactions ASCE

Vol 113 901 ndash 930 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Annual Book of ASTM Standards D

2487-83 04 08 American Society for Testing and Materials 1985 pp 395 ndash 408

Page 141 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Indian Standard Classification and Identification of Soils for General Engineering Purpose (First Revision) IS 1498 ndash 1970 Edition 22 (1987 ndash 09)

Jitendra Khatti Prof N P Kaushik Prof J K Sharma Prof K S Grover ldquoModified Textural Soil Classification Indian Geotechnical Conference 2018

Krumbein W C Aberdeen Esther (April 1937) ldquoThe Sediments of Barataria Bayrdquo Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 7(1) Retrieved 11 May 2014

Sieve Analysis and Particle Analysis - Grand Solution Manual SJ Soft Technologies 2008 October 13 2009

Dr K R Arora Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Seventh Edition - 2011) ndash ISBN ndash 81-8014-112-8

Dr B C Punmia Ashok Kumar Jain Arun Kumar Jain Soil Mechanics and Foundations (Sixteenth Edition ndash March 2005) ndash ISBN ndash 81-7008-791-0

Page 142 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

कािलदास य नाटक यष िशशच र ाणा योजनीयता ndashएका समी ा ड दलीपकमारप डा

सहयो य यापकः स कत वभागः

घाटालरबी शतवा षक महा व ालयः घाटालः प मम दनीपरः

प मव गः भारतबषः

भिमका वालित श दष कोमलता न धताप व तामौिलकता च व त प पस शवालः क याः एकः अन यसाधारणस ः य मन अना वलान द व त स ण यथा मा य िथत भबित त त प रवार प य मा य या प वाल एव स ससशः यन ससार य ीव भबित पर त नाटक च र िमद कदाच िमलना तकप रसमा ः कदाच ना यगितव ौ कदा प वा ना यो कषवधनाथ योजन भबित एता शाना िशशच र ाणा त मन ना य क योजनिम य म वषय अ ालो यत मया व मोवशीयम प रवा-ऊव योः िमलना तकिमद प चा क विश नाटक कािलदासन िथतम नाटक या य प चमा क तयोः स तान स गः कािलदासन चम कार पण उप था पतः ldquoअस तान व वजिय वा य न कम प शोचनीयम rdquo(प चमा कः) ndashअ याथः इयमनप यता यतीतः त य शोकः ना त अनन ायत यत नपः प रवा अप क आसीत अन तर कािलदासन स गम णहरण वषयमप था पतम य वलासवती य याः अ सरसः ललाट थर व पम णः एकन शकनन मासख ड म वा अप तः तदथ नपण उ म ndash ldquoर िमित न म त मन मनौ य व वह गमा ः यया तना थ सख स गमनीयन स गिमतःrdquo इित ( ५५) अ याथः वहगन अप त त मन मणौ मम आ हः ना तपर त अनन म णना यतमया सह मम िमलन सघ टतमासीत अ ः नप य समीप र य यवहा रकम याप या िमलन य

हत पण त य म यमप रसीमम त अतः यन तन उपायन नपण र ः ई सतः अनया नप यो या कािलदासः वािभ ाय य च रताथ कतः अतःपर यत वाण व ः शकनः य मन वाण ो दतासीत ndash

ldquoऊवशीस भव याय मलसनोधनभतः कमार यायोषो वाणः हत षदायषाम rdquo इित ( ५७ )

अ याथः ऊव याः गभजात य प रवसः च ऒरसजात य कमार य आयसः अय वाणः अर णामाय यकार अतः कािलदासः वहगन र ापहरण वषयम था य माता पत या सह स तान य िम नमाग य सगम कत च त अनन कारण आयसः वशलितका दाना तर कािलदासः अय वषय क चत अ ातत यम थापयित यथा यवनमिनना लािलतम आयः त च आ म त य जातकमा न ान भबित तद र तत आयः घटना वाहन प रवस िनकषा उप थत भबित पर त अ मन थल आयसः च र ोप थापन य भतकारणािन स त यथा ndash

Page 143 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

१) आयच र वना प रवसः दय अनप यतायाः क ात अप य नह य रसिस ः न भ बतमहित ndash

ldquo वा पायत िनपितता मम र मन वा स यव ध दय मनसः मादः स जातवपथिभ झतधयव ndash

र छािम चनमदय प रर धम गः rdquoइित ( ५९) प ाभावात िमकप रवसः च र कदा य प पता पण न कािशत भ बतमहित

२) आयच र वना त य दय पतर ित गभीर नहः यथा य न भ वतमहित तथव द घ व छदात अनाका त वषय ित त य अक मभावावगः अ प न य ः भ वतमहित ndash

ldquo य द हादिमद वा पता ममाय सतोऽहम यित उ स गविधताना ग ष भवत क शः नहः rdquoइित ( ५१०)

आयसः दय नहाभावात पतर ित त य व षस ः भ वतमहित यन नाटक कदा प िमलना तक न भ वत पारयित पनर प िन वकारिच य आयसः नाटक न योजन भवत

३) आयसः च र ाभावात स गमनीयमणः स गः अ योजनीयः भवत यतः म ण-च र ौ पर परयोः प रपरकौ

४) नाटक आयस आ म व कमकत यत अथात त तन वालकन एकः शकनः वाण व ः भबित ndash ldquoगह तािमषः कल ग ः पादपिशखर िगलीयमानो ल यीकतो वाण य rdquoइित ( प चमा कः )

अनन कारणन यवनन स आ मात व ह कतो भवित अ मात ायत यत ततकाल आचायगह व ाजनकाल प ादय य हनन पापमासीत

५) प रवा यथाथ पण वषवत वरनप ासीत इित न कवल कािलदासन पर त आयसा अ प व यत ndash

ldquo नाहित तातः प गवधा रताया ध र द य िनयोजित rdquoइित ( प चमा कः ) आयसा ई श पत वशषणन द घ व छदाद प र स ब धः न कदा प िम या भवित इित कािलदासन कािशतम त ६) कािलदासन आयसा सह महाभारत य कण य एकः सामी यः वीक या प ना य य

योजनात क चत प रवतन सघ टतम त ततीया क वग ऊवशी ित इ य शतः ndashldquoय मन व भावािस व त य म रणसहाय य राजषः य करणीयम सा व प रवस यथाकामम यावत स प र स तानो भबतीित rdquo(ततीया कः ) अथात प रवसा स तान य मखदशनपय त भबती त य नप य इ छानसारतः स वतमहित अतः य द ऊवशी म य प रवसा सह थातिम छित त ह प य स गः नो था पतो भ व यित एतदथ ऊव या जात णादव आयः प र य मासीत अ य मन दिश मा ा क या अ प कणः प र य ः आसीत यतः स कानीनः लोकल जा च तया स प र य ः अतः य त प याग य हतः वा यवाधकता एव आसीत इित य य अिभ न वम

Page 144 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

माता पत या सह प य िमलनन य वष यम त कणन माता य ा भबित अिभमानात पर त आयसा त य पतरौ गह तौ भबतः ाभावादव ई शन वशा शन एव नाटक य िमलना तकप रसमाि भबित

७) कािलदासन आयसः स गाभावात चतथा क एव ना यसमाि ः भ वतमहित यतः पवरागः मलनन व छदन वा समाि भवित तदथ नाटक या य ग धमादनपवत ऊवशी-प रवसोः मलनात थमा क एव पवराग य िमलना तकप रणितभ वतमहित अ प च चतथा कपय त नाटक कदा प नाटखपदवा य न भवित यतः नाटक य ल णम ndashldquoप चािधका दशपर त ा का rdquoइित एतदथ कािलदासन अव यमव प चमा क कािचत घटना सयो जत या पर त िभ नका हनीमसयो य तन आयसः च र मप था पतम ततीया क इ य शतसाय य वात

८) आयसः च र मप थापनन प ीकतिमद यत स तान य ज मनः अिभशाप य च व ा तािन ऊव या ातािन न त प रवसा एतदथ शरिन पका रणः ना नः आ रा ण ाना तर प रवा वा ो भबित तदा तनो म ndash

ldquoआ वलपयोधरा लबलीदलपा डरानन छायम तािन िनदािन वपरभत कवलमालस ण त याः rdquoइित ( ५८)

अ याथः अय कित दन यावत त याः (ऊव याः ) तना भागः आ वलः मखका तः लबलीफ़लस शा पा डवणा ह तवलय थः अभबन पर त व ा तिमद यवनन ातमासीत ndashldquoिनयातय ह यासिमित rsquoवचनात महाराजात व छदभयात ऊवशी ज म हणमा व प व ालाभाथ भगवतः यवन य आ म महामा यायाः स यव याः ह त सम पतवती ndashldquoमया महाराज वयोगभी तया जातमा एव व ागमनिनिम भगवत यवन या मपद आयायाः स यव या ह तऽ काश िन ःrdquo ndash प चमा कः

) अ ऊव याः समीप कत य य धान पण ितभातम त थमतः पती िनकषा जीवनाितवाहनम तीयत यथायो य थान प य सर ा अतः य प

प याग प कम ग हत तथा प उ कत यपालनाथ ना य योजनात ऊव याः दोषिमद मा म अिभ ानशक तलम कािलदास य अमरका य स ा क विश नाटकमिभ ानशक तलम य सवदमननामक य िशशच र योप थितः यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमव ना य या य ितपा म अ य नाटक य थम अ क क वा म द य तशक तलयोः पवरागः ऋणम य अ गर यकदानम ह तव ा तन च य य णक व छदः तीया क द य त- वदषकयोः कथोपकथनम रा द य त य च तपोवनात

गमन यासः ततीया क द य तशक तलयोः गा धव ववाहः रा दर करणाथ च द य त य गमनम चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम ना शक तला ित दवाशसः शापः क व य च िनदशात श गरव-शार ता या सह शक तला द य त य गह षणम प चमा क द य तन शक तला या याता क तलायाः सती व माण व वध वधान दान सानम या च शक तला गह वा अ यीभवनम ष ा क धीवरव ा तम अ गर यकदशनन द य त य म य ाटन त य च वलापः स मा क मार चा म

Page 145 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

शक तला सवदमनम द य त य च मलनम अतः ना य य स मा क एव िशशच र य उप थापन कत ना यकारण यथा नद सागर पितत सित पण व ा ा भबित तथव शाक तलनाटक य नद स शः षडा कः सागरस श स मा क पिततो भबित य सवदमन एव सागरस गमः अ म नाटक अ य िशशच र य योजनम त िन न पम

१) नाटक य ततीया क लताक ज शक तला-द य तयोः िनभतालापान तर क वा म य सािधकायाः गौत याः आगमनात य य व छदो भबित गौत या च सह शक तलायाः गमन कत सित नपणो म ndashldquoकथम य निमत न च बत त rsquoइित ( ३२२) अथात कना प उपायन आननो ोलन कत अ प च बत न पारयािम िशशच र य उप थ या रा ई श य कथन य अस यता मा णता भबित यतः य द त काल द य तः च वतम प न पारयित म त ह कथ अय िशशः जातोऽभबत क च वन वना तयोः मलन अभबत रा ा कामशा य ई शम ल घनमस भवम

अ य मन दिश तयोः गा धव ववाहः मा णतो भवित अनन िशशना यतः गा धव ववाह वषय मनना उ म ndash

ldquoइ छया यो यसयोगात क याया वर य च स त गा धवः व यो मथ यः कामस भवः rdquo इित ( मनस हता ndash ३३२) )

यो ववाहः वरक ययोः स मितपवकः ग जनानाम ात स प नो भबित स एव गा धव ववाहित क यत अतः िशशना एव एतत मा णत भबित यत द य तशक तलयोः मलनमभबत

२) चतथा क पितिच ताया िनम नया अ गर यक ित िन परतया शक तलया कोपन वभाव य मनरागमन अ ातम त तदथ सा दवाससा अिभश ा ई शः वा यः ndash

ldquo विच तय ती यमन यमानसा तपोधन व स न मामप थतम म र यित वा न स वोिधतोऽ प सन

कथा म ः थम कतािमव rdquoइित ( ४१) अथात य विच य म स शमप थततप वी तया अवमािनतोऽभबत तन वम म वत व मता भ व यित अतः अनन शापन वहघटना सघ टता भ बतमहित यथा ndash क) द य तन शक तला आजीवन या याता भ बतमहित ख) पनः सा क वा म यावतन कत पारयित ग) सा आ मघाितनी भ बतमहित घ) सा समाज कलटानार पण ितभाता भ बतमहित

पर त शक तलायाः स तानस भा यतया व ा तिमद असामा य पण पयविसत भबित एतदथ उपय व ा ताना स भा यता स वऽ प अपरा घटना सघ टता ता यथा ndash

क) अिभशाप य िनरसनाथ मारकिच दशन यत शक तलया द य त य नामा कतात अ गर यकादशनात द य त य पवव ा त व मरण भबित

ख) ऋ षकमारा याम प शक तला आ ममानयनाथम वीकता अभबत

Page 146 of 209

INTERNATIONALJOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

ग) प वश य राजपरो हतनो म दवबा यानसारतः द य त य थमस तान राजच व ल णय भ ब यित तदथ स तान य ज मनः परमव हण वजन वा य करम

आतसिशशायाः म यादागतः सयालोकः यथा क भ वा कागज द त त पः सभाम य थाना सवषा स दहः शक तलायामग छत यन त याः दय अपमानानलन द ध भबित अतः स मा क राजच व ल णय य सवदमन य उप थ यामव शक तलायाः कल किमद मोचन भबित

घ) सोमतीथात यावतनादन तरमव क व आकाशभा षत श द वा जग क याणाथ शक तलया द य त य तजधारणस दश ातोऽभबत ndash

ldquo द य तना हत तजो दधाना भतय भवः अव ह तनया न नगभा शमीिमव rdquo इित ( ४४ )

तदथ िशशच र ाभावात अशर रछ दोमयीवाणी िम या अभबत ङ) ष ा क धीवरव ा तात पर घटनाच स मा क द य त मार चा म वश सित

िसहशावकम पीडनरत वालकमक वा त य दय अप य नहः जाग रतो भबित ndashldquo क न खल वाल म नौरस इव प न ित म मनः ननमनप यता मा व सलयित rsquo( स मा कः )

अतः सवदमन य उप थतौ वत कत य द य तच र य वा स य मः जाग रत भबित शो णतस व ध य च ाधा य मा णत भबित य त द घकाल यवधानऽ प िम या न भवित

च) कािलदासन सवदमनच र नो था पत सित नाटकसमा भ बतमहित अ य मन दिश िशशच र य वक प व प कम प अ यव ा त अ य नाटक य ई श माहा मदान कत न श नोित

अतः अनन कारण माणीयत यत न कवल कािलदासीयसा ह यष अ प च स कतसा ह यष इमािन च र ा ण न कवल च र पायनाथ स ािन तषा योजनीयता अ त सहायक थाः अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः अिनलच वसः- स कतप तकभा डारः ndashकिलकाता अिभ ानशक तलम ndashअ यापकः स यर जनव ोपा यायः- स कतव डपो ndashकिलकाता स कतसा ह यस भारः ndashडः गौर णाथशा ी ndashनवप काशनम

Page 147 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 148 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 149 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 150 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 151 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 152 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 153 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 154 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 155 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 156 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 157 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 158 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 159 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 160 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 161 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 162 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 163 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 164 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 165 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 166 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 167 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 168 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

MASSIVE OPEN ONLINE COURSES MOOCS FUTURE OF E-LEARNING

HIGHER EDUCATION PLATFORM IN INDIA

1DrAbdul Jalil and 2Iftikhar Islam 1Librarian Rupahi College

2Department of Political Science Rupahi College

Page 169 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 170 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 171 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 172 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 173 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 174 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 175 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 176 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 177 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 178 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 179 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 180 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 181 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 182 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 183 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 184 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 185 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 186 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 187 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 188 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 189 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 190 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 191 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 192 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 193 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 194 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 195 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 196 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 197 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 198 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 199 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 200 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 201 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 202 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 203 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 204 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 205 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 206 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 207 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 208 of 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

ISSN2277-7881 IMPACT FACTOR 6514(2020) IC VALUE516 ISI VALUE2286

wwwijmerin Peer Reviewed VOLUME 9 ISSUE 7(3) JULY 2020

Page 209 of 209

Page 7: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 8: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 9: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 10: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 11: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 12: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 13: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 14: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 15: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 16: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 17: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 18: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 19: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 20: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 21: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 22: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 23: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 24: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 25: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 26: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 27: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 28: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 29: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 30: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 31: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 32: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 33: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 34: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 35: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 36: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 37: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 38: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 39: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 40: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 41: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 42: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 43: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 44: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 45: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 46: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 47: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 48: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 49: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 50: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 51: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 52: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 53: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 54: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 55: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 56: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 57: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 58: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 59: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 60: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 61: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 62: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 63: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 64: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 65: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 66: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 67: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 68: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 69: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 70: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 71: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 72: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 73: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 74: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 75: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 76: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 77: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 78: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 79: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 80: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 81: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 82: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 83: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 84: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 85: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 86: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 87: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 88: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 89: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 90: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 91: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 92: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 93: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 94: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 95: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 96: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 97: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 98: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 99: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 100: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 101: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 102: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 103: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 104: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 105: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 106: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 107: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 108: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 109: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 110: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 111: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 112: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 113: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 114: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 115: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 116: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 117: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 118: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 119: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 120: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 121: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 122: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 123: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 124: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 125: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 126: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 127: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 128: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 129: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 130: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 131: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 132: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 133: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 134: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 135: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 136: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 137: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 138: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 139: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 140: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 141: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 142: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 143: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 144: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 145: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 146: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 147: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 148: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 149: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 150: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 151: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 152: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 153: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 154: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 155: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 156: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 157: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 158: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 159: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 160: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 161: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 162: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 163: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 164: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 165: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 166: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 167: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 168: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 169: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 170: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 171: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 172: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 173: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 174: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 175: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 176: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 177: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 178: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 179: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 180: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 181: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 182: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 183: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 184: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 185: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 186: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 187: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 188: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 189: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 190: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 191: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 192: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 193: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 194: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 195: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 196: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 197: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 198: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 199: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 200: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 201: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 202: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 203: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 204: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 205: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 206: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 207: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 208: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 209: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 210: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 211: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 212: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 213: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 214: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords:
Page 215: Volume 9, Issue 7(3), July 2020 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational ...s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/ijmer/pdf/volume9/volume... · 2020. 8. 1. · Keywords: